SB    ET7    123 


Edu c at ion    Lib rarv 


/I  . 


SCHOOL    HISTORY 


OP  THE 


UNITED    STATES, 


FROM  THE  DISCOVERY  OF  AMERICA  TO  THE  YEAR  1877. 


BY  DAVID   B.  SCOTT. 


ILLUSTRATED   WITH  MAPS  AND  ENGRAVINGS. 


NEW    YORK: 
HARPER    &    BROTHERS,    PUBLISHERS, 

FRANKLIN     SQUARE. 

1879. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1879,  by 

HARPER   &  BROTHERS, 
In  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington, 


PREFACE. 


; 


L-\ 

THERE  are  certain  points  in  the  School  History  of  the 
United  States  now  submitted  to  the  public  to  which  it  is 
proper  to  ask  the  attention  of  teachers. 

The  work  is  profusely  embellished  with  ENGRAVINGS. 
These  serve  not  only  to  illustrate  the  text,  but  will  be  of 
assistance  in  fixing  on  the  memory  many  of  the  important 
occurrences  mentioned. 

Numerous  MAPS  are  inserted  at  suitable  places. 

At  the  close  of  various  marked  periods  in  the  narrative 
will  be  found  GENERAL  REFLECTIONS,  which,  it  is  hoped, 
will  prove  interesting  and  instructive  to  both  teachers  and 
pupils.  In  these  sketches  an  attempt  has  been  made,  within 
the  small  limits  that  can  be  spared  in  a  school-book,  to  out 
line,  in  the  form  of  generalizations,  the  habits,  industries, 
and  character  of  the  people,  the  growth  of  the  country,  and 
the  causes  as  well  as  effects  of  the  more  prominent  events 
in  its  history. 

In  the  account  of  those  wars  where  simultaneous  opera 
tions  were  carried  on  at  widely-separated  points,  particular 
ly  in  the  Civil  War,  the  movements  of  the  different  cam 
paigns  are,  with  trifling  exceptions,  kept  together.  It  is  be 
lieved  that  in  this  way  a  clearer  idea  of  the  progress  of  mil 
itary  events  can  be  given  to  a  young  student  than  by  a 
purely  chronological  order.  The  table  at  the  end  of  the 
book,  if  carefully  studied,  will  supply  whatever  knowledge 
of  this  sort  may  be  deemed  desirable. 

Questions  for  review  will  be  found  interspersed. 

With   this  brief  statement,  the  history  is  introduced  to 
the  notice  of  teachers. 
NEW  YORK,  June,  1870. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

EARLY    DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS. 
Section  **&> 

I.  Discovery  of  America  by  Columbus. — The  Cabots 1 

II.  The  Aborigines  east  of  the  Mississippi 8 

III.  Spanish  Discovery  and  Explorations  after  the  Year  1500 15 

IV.  French  Discovery  and  Exploration  to  the  Year  1G08 19 

V.  English  Discovery  and  Exploration  previous  to  the  year  1607. . .  22 

VI.  Early  Dutch  Discovery  and  Exploration 27 

VII.  GENERAL  REFLECTIONS  ON  CHAPTER  1 28 

CHAPTER  II. 

COLONIAL   HISTORY  TO   THE   BEGINNING   OF   THE   WAR   OF   THE   REVO 
LUTION. 

I.  Early  Southern  Colonies. — Virginia  and  Maryland 33 

GENERAL  REFLECTIONS 49 

II.  New  England  Colonies — Massachusetts 55 

Connecticut 72 

Rhode  Island 78 

New  Hampshire 80 

GENERAL  REFLECTIONS 82 

III.  Middle  Colonies— New  York 90 

New  Jersey 99 

Delaware  and  Pennsylvania 101 

GENERAL  REFLECTIONS 106 

IV.  Later  Southern  Colonies. — North  Carolina 113 

/            South  Carolina 115 

1 1  Georgia % 116 

yj  V.  French  Explorations  in  the  West  and  Southwest 119 

VI.  French  and  Indian  War 125 

GENERAL  REFLECTIONS 144 

VII.  Causes  of  the  Revolutionary  War 148 

CHAPTER  III. 

THE   WAR   OF   THE   REVOLUTION. 

I.  Events  of  1775 I59 

II.  Events  of  1776 167 

III.  Events  of  1  777 179 

IV.  Events  of  1778 189 


Vlll  TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Section  Page 

V.  Events  of  1779 196 

VI.  Events  of  1780 201 

VII.  Events  of  1781 209 

VIII.  Events  of  1782-83— Close  of  the  War 217 

IX.  From  the  Treaty  of  Peace  to  the  adoption  of  the  Federal  Con 
stitution 219 

GENERAL  REFLECTIONS 223 

CHAPTER  IV. 

FROM    THE    COMMENCEMENT    OF    WASHINGTON'S    ADMINISTRATION,  1789,  TO 
THE    CLOSE    OF    JEFFERSON'S    IN    1809. 

I.  Washington's  Administration 232 

II.  John  Adams's  Administration 237 

III.  Jefferson's  Administration 240 

CHAPTER  V. 
MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION. — WAR  OF  1812. 

I.  Events  previous  to  the  Second  War  with  England 247 

II.  Events  of  1812 249 

III.  Events  of  1813 254 

IV.  Events  of  1814-15,  and  to  the  Close  of  the  Administration 261 

CHAPTER  VI. 

FROM  THE  TEAR  1817  TO  THE  BEGINNING  OF  THE  MEXICAN  WAR. 

I.  Monroe's  Administration 274 

II.  John  Qnincy  Adams's  Administration 279 

III.  Jackson's  Administration 280 

IV.  Van  Buren's  Administration 284 

V.  Administrations  of  Harrison  and  Tyler 286 

CHAPTER  VII. 

FOLK'S    ADMINISTRATION. — WAR    WITH    MEXICO. 

I.  Commencement  of  Hostilities  with  Mexico 292 

II.  Events  of  1847-48 297 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

FROM  THE  END  OF  FOLK'S  ADMINISTRATION  TO  THE  BEGINNING  OF 
LINCOLN'S. 

I.  Taylor's  Administration 306 

II.  Fillmore's  Administration •  •  •  307 

III.  Pierce's  Administration 309 

IV.  Buchanan's  Administration 311 

V.  GENERAL  REFLECTIONS  ON  THE  CAUSES  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR..  320 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS.  IX 


CHAPTER  IX. 

FROM    THE    COMMENCEMENT    OF    THE    CIVIL   WAR    TO    THE    YEAR    1870. 

Section  Page 

I.  Lincoln's  Administration — Events  of  1861 321 

II.  Events  of  1 862 332 

III.  Events  of  1863 353 

IV.  Events  of  1864 333 

V.  Events  of  1865 382 

VI.  Johnson's  Administration,  April  15th,  to  March  4th,  1869 385 

VII.  Grant's  Administration 390 

CHAPTER  X. 

/  SETTLEMENT  AND   GROWTH    OF   THE   PACIFIC   STATES. 

California 396 

Oregon .399 


Presidents  and  Vice-Presidents  of  the  United  States 402 

Settlement  and  Admission  of  the  States 403 

Declaration  of  Independence 405 

Constitution  of  the  United  States 408 

Chronological  Table 421 


MAPS  AND  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Landing  of  Columbus.    Frontispiece. 
Map  of  the  World  as  known  to  Eu 
rope  in  1418 Page    2 

The  World  as  known  in  our  own  Day...    2 
Columbus  before  Ferdinand  and  Isa 
bella 4 

Vessels  of  Columbus 5 

Columbus  in  Chains 7 

Indian  Wigwam 8 

Indian  Shield  and  Weapons 9 

Indian  Picture-writing 10 

Warrior  and  Squaw 11 

Indians  in  Council 11 

Indian  Ruins,  Central  America 12 

Map  of  early  Discoveries  and  Explo 
rations  14 

De  Soto  discovering  the  Mississippi.. .  18 
Queen  Elizabeth  knighting  Raleigh. . .  24 

One  of  Raleigh's  Ships 25 

Hudson  ascends  the  River  in  the  Half 

Moon 27 

Map — Early  Voyages  of  the  Spaniards.  28 

Arrival  at  Jamestown,  1607 33 

Portrait  of  Captain  John  Smith 35 

Map— Early  Settlements  in  Virginia 

and  Maryland 37 

Marriage  of  Pocahontas 39 

Cultivation  of  Tobacco  at  Jamestown, 

1615 40 

Indian  Massacre,  1622 43 

Ruins  of  Jamestown,  1676 45 


The  Wrath  of  Peter  Stuyvesant.Page    95 
Sloughter  signing  the  Death-warrant.    97 

Map— Middle  Colonies 99 

Peun's  arrival  at  New  Castle 103 

Portrait  of  Benjamin  Franklin 105 

Dutch  Family  Scene 106 

Portrait  of  Oglethorpe 116 

Portrait  of  La  Salle 120 

Map—  English,  French,  and  Spanish 

Occupation,  1750 124 

Washington  on  his  homeward  Jour 
ney 12G 

Map  — Chief  Scene   of  Operations, 

French  and  Indian  War 128 

Map  — Acadia,  Cape  Breton  Island, 

and  Nova  Scotia 130 

Washington   warning   Braddock  in 

his  Tent 132 

Capture  of  Fort  Du  Quesne,  1758. ...  139 

Map— Quebec  and  vicinity,  1759 141 

Monument  to  Wolfe  and  Montcalm..  141 
Battle  of  the  Heights  of  Abraham. . .  142 

Portrait  of  Patrick  Henry 152 

Portrait  of  Samuel  Adams 156 

Portrait  of  John  Hancock 159 

The  firing  at  Lexington 160 

Map— Boston  and  Vicinity,  1775-6. . .  162 

Portrait  of  Joseph  Warren 163 

View   of  Boston    from    Dorchester 

Heights,  1774..... 107 

Attack  on  Fort  Moultrie. 


Exploration  of  Plymouth  Bay,  1620. . .  66  1  Map— Battle  of  Long  Island 170 


Signing  of  the  Compact  on  board  the 

Mayflower 58 

Map— New  England  Colonies 63 

The  great  Swamp  Fight  in  R.  Island.  65 

Death  of  King  Philip 67 

Indians  attacking  the  Settlers 74 

The  Discussion  over  the  Connecticut 

Charter 76 

Final  Landing-place   of  Roger  Wil 
liams 78 

Wampum  Belt  and  Currency 84 

Pine-tree  Shilling  and  other  Currency.  84 

Tail-piece— Charter  Oak 89 

Block  building  a  Vessel  on  Manhat 
tan  Island 90 

Landing  of  the  Walloons 92 


Surprise  of  the  Hessians  at  Trenton..  174 
Map— Seat  of  War  in  New  Jersey.. . .  179 

Map— Philadelphia  and  Vicinity 183 

Map— Burgoyne's  Campaign 185 

Surrender  of  Burgoyne 188 

Portrait  of  General  Lee 192 

Map  —  Scene  of  Operations  in  the 

South 196 

Map — The  Hudson.  Newburg  to  New 

York 198 

Map— Charleston  and  Vicinity 202 

Portrait  of  Lafayette 205 

Portrait  of  Benedict  Arnold 206 

Capture  of  Major  Andre 207 

j  Medal  given  to  Morgan  after  the  Bat- 
!     tie  of  the  Cowpeus 211 


Xll 


MAPS    AND    ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Portrait  of  General  Greene Page  213 

Map— Siege  of  Yorktown 216 

Washington  bidding  farewell  to  his 

Officers 219 

Map— The  Southwest  Territory 222 

Franklin  at  the  Court  of  France 225 

State-house,  Philadelphia 230 

Mount  Vernon 231 

Portrait  of  President  Washington ...  232 

Federal  Hall,  New  York 233 

Portrait  of  Alexander  Hamilton 234 

Portrait  of  John  Jay 236 

Portrait  of  President  Adams 238 

Portrait  of  President  Jefferson 240 

Duel  between  Burr  and  Hamilton . . .  243 

Fulton's  Steam-boat 244 

Portrait  of  President  Madison 247 

Map— United  States  in  1812 250 

Map  —  Niagara  Frontier.  Western 

Part  of  Lake  Erie 251 

Destruction  of  the  Guerriere  by  the 

Constitution '. 253 

Perry  changing  his  Ship  during  the 

Battle  of  Lake  Erie 256 

Map— Seat  of  the  Creek  War 259 

Map— Battle  of  Plattsburg 263 

British  attempting  to  cross  the  Sara- 

nac 263 

Map— Vicinity  of  Washington,  1814..  204 
Eemains  of  the  Capitol  after  the 

Fire 265 

Map— Vicinity  of  Baltimore,  1814. ...  265 

Battle  of  New  Orleans 268 

Portrait  of  President  Monroe 274 

Whitney's  Cotton  Gin,  1793 276 

Portrait  of  President  J.  Q.  Adams.. . .  279 

Portrait  of  Daniel  Webster 280 

Map— Scene  of  the  Seminole  W^ar.. . .  281 

Portrait  of  President  Jackson 281 

Portrait  of  John  C.  Calhoun 282 

Portrait  of  President  Van  Buren  —  285 

Portrait  of  President  Harrison 287 

Portrait  of  President  Tyler 287 

Professor  Morse  explaining  his  Tele 
graphic  Machine 290 

Portrait  of  President  Polk 292 

Map— Campaigns  in  Mexico 294 

Capture  of  Monterey 295 

Map— Scott's  Campaign  in  Mexico. . .  298 

Bombardment  of  Vera  Cruz 299 

The  Army  in  sight  of  the  Valley  of 

Mexico 301 

The  American  Army  in  the  City  of 

Mexico 303 

Portrait  of  Lieut.  General  Scott 305 

Portrait  of  President  Taylor 306 

Portrait  of  Henry  Clay 307 

Portrait  of  President  Fillmore SOS 

Portrait  of  President  Pierce 310 


Portrait  of  President  Buchanan.  Page  312 

Portrait  of  Jefferson  Davis 314 

Fort  Sumter 315 

Portrait  of  President  Lincoln 821 

Destruction  of  the  Navy  Yard  at  Nor 
folk 323 

Map— Vicinity  of  Fortress  Monroe. . .  324 
Map — Campaign  in  Western  Virginia.  325 

Map— The  Battle  of  Bull  Run 326 

Harper's  Ferry 327 

Map— Missouri  and  Arkansas 328 

Map — Kentucky  and  West  Tennes 
see  ; 334 

Map  — The  War  in   the  West  and 

Southwest 339 

Map — From  New  Orleans  to  the  Gulf.  340 
Map— Forts  Jackson  and  St.  Philip. . .  341 
Passage  of  Forts  Jackson  and  St. 

Philip 341 

The  Monitor  and  the  Merrimac 344 

Map— North  Virginia.    Shenandoah 

Valley 345 

Map— M'Clellan's  Campaign  in  Vir 
ginia 346 

Portrait  of  Geueral  Robert  E.  Lee.. . .  348 
Map— Pope's  Retreat  to  Washington.  350 

Portrait  of  General  Jackson 354 

Map  —  Part  of  Pennsylvania,  Mary- 
laud,  and  Virginia 355 

Union  Vessels  passing  the  Vicksburg 

Batteries. 356 

Capture  of  Lookout  Mountain 358 

Map — Vicinity  of  Charleston 360 

Fort  Sumter  after  the  Bombardment.  361 
Destruction  of  the  Alabama  by  the 

Kearsarge 365 

Portrait  of  General  W.  T.  Sherman . .  360 
Map— War  in  the  Southwest.  Red 

River  Expedition 367 

Battle  of  Atlanta 370 

Map— North  Carolina,  South  Caroli 
na,  and  Georgia 371 

Portrait  of  General  Thomas 371 

Siege  of  Nashville 372 

Sherman's  Army  on  its  March  to  the 

Sea 373 

A  Battle  Scene  in  the  Wilderness —  374 
Map  —  Petersburg  and  Richmond, 

1864-65 376 

Map— Shenandoah  Valley 377 

Portrait  of  General  Sheridan 377 

Farragut  entering  Mobile  Bay 379 

Grant  and  Lee  signing  the  Terms  of 

Surrender 383 

Portrait  of  General  J.  E.  Johnston. . .  384 

Portrait  of  President  Johnson 385 

Portrait  of  President  Grant 390 

Early  Gold  Mining  in  California 3ii2 

Three  Brothers — Yosemite  Valley.   .  396 


HISTORY  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


CHAPTEE  I. 

EARLY  DISCOVERIES  AND  EXPLORATIONS. 

SECTION  I. 
DISCOVERY   OF   AMERICA   BY   COLUMBUS. — THE    CABOTS. 

1.  THERE  are  writers  who  tell  us  that  the  inhabitants  of 
Iceland  visited  the  most  northerly  shores  of  America  in  the 
eleventh  or  twelfth  century,  arid  for  some  time  traded  with 
the  natives.     But  if  these  hardy  voyagers  ever  did  this,  the 
very  remembrance  of  America  and  the  route  to  it  soon  died 
out  among  the  Icelanders  themselves,  and  the  discovery  was 
not  published  to  the  nations  of  Europe. 

2.  In  the  first  of  the  two  maps  that  follow  is  traced  the 
outline  of  the  world  as  known  to  the  geographers  of  Europe 
in  the  first  quarter  of  the  fifteenth  century.     This  was  be 
fore  the  famous  navigator,  Prince  Henry  of  Portugal,  began 
to -send  out  expeditions  to  explore  the  west  coast  of  Africa. 
In  place  of  the  now  known  shape  of  that  peninsula,  the  low 
er  part  is  cut  off  by  a  slightly  curved  line  running  from 
Cape  Nam — now  Nun — on  the  west,  to  Juba  on  the  east ; 
the  continent   of  America  is  wanting ;  Australia  and  the 
East  Indies  are  wanting ;   and  the  pictured  animals  show 
the  nameless  terrors  of  the  unknown  coasts.     In  the  second 
map,  on  the  same  scale,  is  the  world  as  known  in  our  own 
day. 

1.  What  is  stated  by  some  writers  about  the  first  discovery  of  America?    Is  this 
statement  denied  ?    If  this  discovery  was  made,  of  what  advantage  was  it  to  the 
Icelanders  and  to  Europe  ? 

2.  What  is  shown  by  the  first  map  on  the  next  page  ?    What  is  shown  by  the  sec 
ond  ?    State  what  parts  of  the  world  are  wan  tin  or  in  Map  I. 

A 


EARLY   DISCOVERIES   AND    EXPLORATIONS. 


I.    THE  WORLD   AS    KNOWN    TO   EUROPE   ABOUT   THE   YEAR   1418. 


II.    THE   WORLD  AS   KNOWN    IN   OUK   OWN    DAY. 

3.  It  may  therefore  be  safely  said  that  the  continent  of 
America  was  unknown  to  the  leading  nations  of  the  eastern 
hemisphere,  until  nearly  the  close  of  the  fifteenth  century. 
A  vast  and  stormy  ocean  lay  between,  and  the  boldest  sailors 
seldom  ventured  on  its  waters,  far  from  the  coasts  of  Europe 
and  Africa. 

4.  The  latter  half  of  the  fifteenth  century  was  a  time  of 
great  activity  throughout  Europe.     The  science  of  naviga 
tion  had  been  vastly  improved  ;  the  art  of  printing  had  been 

3.  What  was  known  of  America  previous  to  the  year  1492?     What  separated 
America  from  Europe  ?    How  had  sailors  looked  on  this  unknown  sea? 


EARLY    DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS.  3 

invented  ;  books  of  travel  and  adventure  were  eagerly  read  ; 
and  men's  minds  were  thus  greatly  excited  by  stories  of  the 
wealth  of  the  Indies,  of  the  gold  of  Cathay  or  Farther  In 
dia,  and  of  Cipango  (se-pango),  supposed  to  be  Japan,  the 
gorgeous  descriptions  of  which  were  to  be  read  in  the  trav 
els  of  Marco  Polo  and  other  authorities. 

5.  The  trade  of  the  Indies  for  many  centuries  enriched 
every  nation  that  was  in  turn  able  to  control  it.     At  this 
time,  in  Europe,  the  Italians  had  held  it  for  many  years. 
But,  as  the  rich  goods  of  India  reached  Italy  only  after  te 
dious  and  expensive  transportation  on  the  Red  Sea  and  by 
caravan,  it  became  a  leading  idea  of  those  times  to  find  a 
more  direct  route  to  the  East.     The  passage  by  the  way  of 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  had  not  yet  been  discovered  ;  though 
Portugal  was  making  great  efforts  to  reach  and  pass  the 
Stormy  Cape,  and  thus  secure  the  India  trade. 

6.  Christopher  Columbus,  an  Italian,  a  native  of  Genoa 
(jen'-o-ah),  but  residing  at  Lisbon,  where  he  made  maps  and 
charts,  had  caught  the  spirit  of  the  times,  and  was  filled  with 
a  desire  to  discover  a  shorter  route  to  the  Indies.     From  the 
age  of  fourteen  he  had  been  a  navigator,  and  had  traversed 
a  large  part  of  the  world  as  then  known,  had  voyaged  to 
Iceland,  and  sailed  with  the  Portuguese  explorers  along  the 
coast  of  Africa.     While  engaged  in  his  business  at  Lisbon, 
he  carefully  studied  the  charts  and  accounts  of  former  voy 
ages,  and  at  length  came  to  the  conclusion  that,  as  the  earth 
was  round,  Asia  must  stretch  so  far  to  the  east  as  to  be 
easily  reached  by  sailing  westward  from  Europe.     He  was 
probably  not  less  than  forty  years  of  age  when  he  began  to 
form  this  opinion. 

7.  About  the  year  1484  Columbus  applied  to  Genoa,  his 
native  state,  for  assistance  in  preparing  an  expedition  to 

4.  What  is  said  of  the  latter  half  of  the  fifteenth  century  ?    What  art  had  awaken 
ed  the  mind  of  Europe?    What  wonderful  stories  filled  men's  minds? 

5.  What  is  said  of  the  trade  of  India?    What  people  held  this  at  the  close  of  the 
fifteenth  century?    How  did  the  India  trade  of  these  times  reach  Europe?    What 
did  these  long  journeys  lead  men  to  desire?    Why  did  they  not  sail  round  Africa? 
What  nation  was  trying  to  find  a  route  that  way  ? 

6.  Who  was  Columbus?    What  effect  had  these  stories  about  India  produced  on 
his  mind  ?    What  was  his  occupation  in  early  life  ?    What  was  his  business  in  later 
life,  and  to  what  studies  did  this  lead  him  ?  At  w^hat  conclusion  did  he  arrive  ?   How 
old  was  he  when  he  arrived  at  this  ?    Where  in  Lisbon  ? 


4  EARLY    DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS. 

test  his  theory  of  a  westward  passage  to  India,  but  was  un 
successful  ;  then  to  the  King  of  Portugal,  who  kept  him  in 
suspense  for  some  time,  and  at  last  disappointed  him.  Next 
he  sent  his  brother  to  the  King  of  England  for  help.  He 
himself  went  to  the  court  of  Spain  in  1486,  to  ask  assistance 
from  Ferdinand,  king  of  Aragon,  and  his  wife  Isabella,  queen 
of  Castile  (cas-teel)  and  Leon  (la-on).  Here  he  waited  anx 
iously  for  five  long  years ;  but  at  last  a  council  of  learned 
men,  to  whom  his  petition  was  referred,  decided  against  his 
plans.  He  then  turned  to  France  for  help ;  and,  while  on 
his  way  thither,  he  was  persuaded  to  make  another  attempt 
to  secure  the  assistance  of  the  Spanish  court,  and  especially 
to  gain  the  favor  of  the  queen. 

8.  Isabella,  who  was  a  deeply  religious  woman,  gave  him 
a  hearing,  and  became  greatly  interested  in  his  plans,  espe- 


COLCMBUS   EXPLAINING   HIS   PLANS   TO   FERDINAND   AND   ISABELLA. 


cially  when,  in  his  enthusiasm,  he  spoke  of  the  conversion 
of  the  natives  in  those  distant  yet  unknown  countries  to  the 

7.  Did  he  apply  to  England  ?  Where  did  he  himself  go  ?  Who  at  that  time  ruled 
over  Spain  ?  What  was  the  result  of  his  application  ?  Where  did  he  then  conclude 
to  go  f  What  happened  after  he  began  his  journey  ? 


EAKLY    DISCOVERIES    AXD    EXPLORATIONS. 

Christian  religion.  She  at  last  overcame  her  husband's  in 
difference,  and  offered  to  pledge  her  crown  jewels  for  the 
expenses  of  the  expedition.  These  were  not  needed.  The 
royal  treasurer  furnished  seven  eighths  of  the  cost  of  the  ex 
pedition.  Columbus  and  his  friends  provided  the  rest. 

9.  Columbus  was  nearly  forty-eight  years  of  age  when 
he  first  sought  the  assistance  of  Genoa ;  he  was  about  fifty- 
six  when  he  received  the  final  approval  of  Ferdinand  and 
Isabella.  He  had  spent  eight  years  of  waiting  in  weariness, 
amid  mockery  and  discouragement ;  but,  through  all  his 
anxieties,  he  was  supported  by  a  deep  religious  enthusiasm, 
because  he  firmly  believed  that  he  was  chosen  by  God  to 
carry  Christianity  to  the  Indies. 


OJf   OOL.UM.UUb. 


10.  On  Friday,  August  3, 1492,  he  sailed  from  the  port  of 
Palos  ( pah'-los),  in  Spain,  having  received  from  the  king  and 
queen  the  commission  of  high  admiral  and  the  title  of  vice 
roy.  In  addition,  he  was  to  be  allowed  a  considerable  share 
of  the  profits  of  the  expedition.  This  consisted  of  three  ves 
sels,  the  Pinta  (peen'-tah)9  Santa  Maria  (ma-re-ah),  and  Nina 

8.  What  was  the  character  of  Isabella  ?    What  deeply  interested  her  in  the  plans 
of  Columbus  ?    How  did  she  show  her  husband  what  she  felt  in  regard  to  them  ? 
How  were  the  expenses  of  the  expedition  met? 

9.  How  old  was  Columbus  when  he  began  to  seek  help  ?    How  old  when  h?  ob. 
tained  it  ?    Ho\v  many  years  had  he  waited  ?    What  supported  his  noble  soul  during 
this  long  period  ? 


EARLY    DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS. 

^  with  their  crews,  numbering  ninety  seamen.  Co 
lumbus  stopped  at  the  Canary  Islands  a  month  to  refit ;  and 
thence,  on  the  6th  of  September,  he  struck  out  westward 
over  the  unknown  sea.  On  the  12th  of  October,  1492,  the 
admiral  descried  land,  and  immediately  after  took  possession 
of  it  with  great  pomp  and  solemnity,  in  the  name  of  Ferdi 
nand  and  Isabella.  The  land  he  found  to  be  an  island,  which 
he  named  St.  Salvador,  called  by  the  natives  Guanahani 
(gwah-nah-Iiah'-ne),  one  of  the  Bahama  Islands.  Supposing 
that  this  was  near  the  eastern  shores  of  India,  he  called  the 
natives  Indians,  a  name  which  was  afterward  given  to  the 
red  or  copper-colored  race  over  the  whole  continent, 

11.  Columbus  soon  after  discovered  the  great  island  of 
Cuba,  and  coasted  along  its  shores,  believing  them  to  be 
the  famous  Cipango.     Sailing  thence,  he  first  saw  the  island 
which  he  named  Hispanio'la,  now  called  Hayti  (ha-te),  and 
here  founded  a  colony.     In  January,  1493,  he  returned  to 
Spain  to  recount  his  discoveries  to  the  king  and  queen.    He 
made,  in  all,  four  voyages  to  the  "  New  World."     In  the 
third  of  these,  during  the  year  1498,  he  reached  the  main 
land  at  the  mouth  of  the  River  Orinoco,  in  South  America, 
But  he  died  in  the  belief  that  what  he  had  discovered  was 
only  the  eastern  part  of  Asia. 

12.  His  last  days  were  extremely  sad.     Through  the  mal 
ice  and  jealousy  of  his  enemies,  he  was  removed  from  his 
government  in  the  year  1500,  and  sent  home  to  Spain  in 
chains  as  a  criminal.     The  king  and  queen,  when  they  saw 
him,  expressed  great  sorrow  for  his  ill  treatment,  but  he  was 
never  restored  to  his  viceroyalty.     In  the  year  1502  he  was 
sent  out  on  his  fourth  and  last  voyage.     From  this  he  re 
turned  in  1504,  a  disappointed  man,  to  find  Queen  Isabella, 
his  friend,  dying,  and  Ferdinand  cold  and  forgetful.     Two 
years  after  this,  in  1506,  the  discoverer  of  a  "JSTew  World" 

10.  What  commission  did  Columbus  receive  ?    When  and  from  what  place  did  he 
sail  ?    What  was  the  size  of  the  expedition  1    Where  did  he  stop,  and  how  long  did 
he  remain  there  ?    When  did  he  discover  land  ?    How  many  days  was  this  from  the 
time  he  left  the  Canaries?    What  was  the  land?    What  name  did  he  give  the  na 
tives  ?    Why  ?    How  far  did  this  name  extend  ? 

11.  What  great  island  did  he  discover?    What  island  did  he  make  hie  residence  ? 
How  many  voyages  did  he  make  from  Spain  ?    When  and  where  did  he  reach  the 
main  land  ?    Did  he  know  that  this  was  a  new  continent  ? 


EARLY    DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS. 


COLUMliUB   IN   OUAINB. 

died,  at  the  age  of  nearly  seventy,  poor,  and  neglected  by  the 
monarch  whose  reign  lie  had  rendered  forever  illustrious. 

13.  The  discoveries  of  Columbus  quickly  drew  many  ad 
venturers  to  the  shores  of  the  new  continent.    Among  them, 
in  the  year  1490,  came  a  Florentine  named  Amerigo  Ves 
pucci  (fi-mtr'-e-go  ves-pootch'-ce),  \v\\o  published  the  first  ac 
count  of  the  new  regions  that  was  given  to  the  people  of 
Europe.     For  this  reason  the  continent  came  by  degrees  tc 
be  called  America. 

THE    CABOTS. 

14.  The  man  who  first  touched  the  main  land  of  America 
was   neither  Columbus   nor  Vespucci.     In  the  year  1497 
John  Cabot  (cab'-ot),  a  Venetian  by  birth,  with  his  son  Se 
bastian,  left  Bristol,  England,  with  one  vessel,  and  sailec 
along  the  coast  of  N"orth  America  for  three  hundred  leagues 

12.  What  happened  to  Columbus  in  the  year  1500?    How  did  the  king  and  queei 
receive  him  on  his  arrival  at  court  ?    What  happened  to  him  in  1502  ?    What  did  h 
find  on  his  return  ?    What  is  paid  of  his  death  ? 

13.  What  immediate  effect  was  produced  by  the  discoveries  of  Columbus  ?    Wh< 
visited  the  continent  in  1499  ?    Why  was  the  new  continent  called  America? 


EARLY    DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS. 

or  more.  He  discovered  the  island  of  Newfoundland,  and 
gave  the  whole  coast  that  name.  John  Cabot  labored  un 
der  the  same  opinion  as  Columbus,  that  this  was  only  the 
eastern  coast  of  Asia,  "  the  land  of  the  Great  Cham"  (kam), 
the  sovereign  prince  of  Tartary.  The  voyage  of  the  Cabots 
was  in  the  reign  of  Henry  VII.  of  England,  and  under  a  com 
mission  from  that  prince.  Sebastian  Cabot  the  next  year, 
1498,  with  two  ships,  sailed  along  the  coast  from  Labrador 
to  Florida,  touching  at  several  places,  and  hoping  to  find  an 
open  passage  to  India.  Little  attention  was  paid  to  these 
discoveries  of  the  Cabots,  because  Yasco  de  Gama  (da  gali- 
maA),  under  the  Portuguese  flag,  in  the  year  1498,  rounded 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  opened  for  ships  the  long- 
wished-for  route  to  the  East. 


SECTION  II. 

THE   ABORIGINES,  OR   EARLY  INHABITANTS    OF   NORTH  AMERICA  EAST 
OF    THE   MISSISSIPPI. 

1.  AT  the  beginning  of  the  16th  century,  North  America 

was  inhabited  by  numerous 
tribes  of  copper-colored  men, 
or  Indians,  the  name  that  Co- 
hnnbus  iirst  gave  to  the  na- 
tives  of  San  Salvador.  With 
in  the  present  limits  of  the 
United  States,  these  tribes 
were  rude  and  uncivilized. 
They  had  no  cities,  although 
they  sometimes  had  large  but 
poorly  constructed  villages, 
or  Indian  towns,  surrounded  by  palisades  of  trees  or  brush 
wood.  There  were  no  houses,  but  only  wigwams  or  tents 


14.  Who  was  the  first  voyager  that  touched  the  American  continent?  When? 
Who  was  John  Cabot  ?  State  what  is  said  of  his  voyage.  What  opinion  did  he 
hold  respecting  his  discovery?  In  the  reign  of  what  king  was  the  voyage  made? 
Who  sailed  again  from  England  in  1498  ?  What  was  the  extent  of  his  explorations  ? 
What  was  Sebastian's  object?  Did  these  voyages  of  the  Cabots  attract  much  no 
tice?  Why  was  this? 


THE    ABORIGINES. 

made  of  the  skins  of  animals,  or,  in  summer,  huts  made  of 
the  branches  of  trees. 

2.  They  were,  for  the  most  part,  an  unsettled  race ;  yet  the 
wanderings  of  each  tribe,  with  but  few  exceptions,  were  con 
fined  to  its  own  hunting-grounds.    Their  dress  was  as  rude  as 
their  dwellings.    In  summer  they  had  little  clothing,  in  win 
ter  they  wore  the  skins  of  animals.     The  men  were  fond  of 
the  display  of  dress  and  ornament.     No  civilized  fop  could 
surpass  an  Indian  chief  tricked  out  with  gewgaws,  painted 
and  tattooed  with  vermilion,  with  stripes  of  black,  red,  and 
blue  from  ear  to  ear,  and  his  head  adorned  with  the  beak  and 
plumage  of  the  raven  or  eagle,  or  the  wing  of  the  redbird. 

3.  The  men,  proud  of  their  idleness,  left  the  cultivation  of 
the  fields  to  the  women,  and 

spent  a  large  part  of  their  time 

in  eating,  or  play,  or   sleep. 

Their  great  business  was  war, 

fishing,  and  hunting.     Their 

weapons,  which  were  the  work 

of  the  men,  were  bows  and 

arrows,  spears,  tomahawks  or 

hatchets,  and    clubs.      Their 

tomahawk    and   spear   heads 

were  made  of  flint  or  the  hard- 

est  stone ;  their  arrows  were  pointed  with  flints,  shells,  or 

bone,  sometimes  with  eagles'  claws.    They  could  bring  a  tree 

down  only  by  burning  around  it.     Their  canoes,  made  from 

the  trunks,  were  hollowed  by  fire  and  their  stone  hatchets. 

Afterward  from  the  white  man  they  obtained  weapons  of  iron. 

4.  They  had  no  learning,  because  they  had  no  written  lan 
guage.     But  they  had  a  sort  of  rude  picture  writing,  an  ex 
ample  of  which  is  given  on  the  following  page. 

1.  By  whom  was  North  America  inhabited  at  the  time  of  its  discovery?    What 
was  their  condition  in  refinement?    How  did  they  live  together?    Describe  their 
villages  and  dwellings.    What  would  it  have  shown  had  they  lived  in  cities? 

2.  What  habits  interfered  with  the  building  of  houses?    What  was  their  usual 
dress  ?    What  is  said  of  their  fondness  for  decoration  ? 

3.  On  what  did  they  depend  for  a  living?    What  was  the  occupation  of  the  men  ? 
What  were  their  weapons,  and  of  what  were  the  heads  of  these  made,  and  why? 
Give  an  example  of  the  difficulty  produced  by  the  want  of  metals. 

4.  Did  they  have  written  or  printed  books  ?    Why  was  this  ?    What  was  there  in 
its  place  ? 

A  2 


10  EAKLY   DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS. 

5.  Their  records  were  made  up  of  a  few  of  these  on  skins 
or  bark,  or  occasionally  belts  of  beads  made  of  shells  were 
used  to  keep  up  the  remembrance  of  treaties.  Their  tradi 
tions  consisted  chiefly  of  the  stories  of  brave  deeds  recited  by 
the  father  to  his  sons,  or  by  the  older  men  to  the  younger. 


<**** 


WESTERN    INDIAN    PICTURE    WRITING. 

Tne  chiefs  Black  Wolf,  Raven,  Fast  Bear,  and  Standing  Bear  hold  a  war  council 
round  the  fire  where  grass  was  high.  They  dig  up  the  hatchet,  have  plenty  of  ar 
rows,  and  start  on  foot  (moccasin  tracks)  to  a  Cheyenne  village  (Cut-arm,  Cheyenne 
sign)  on  Beaver  Creek,  where  they  expect  to  have  a  fight,  and  stampede  the  herd  of 
fat  ponies. 

6.  In  youth  they  were  taught  to  throw  the  tomahawk,  to 
shoot  the  arrow,  and  to  spear  the  fish.     War  was  held  to  be 
the  most  honorable  and  glorious  employment.     In  it  they 
learned  to  follow  their  enemies  with  unquenchable  revenge 
through  cold  and  heat  ;  to  fight   with   cunning  and   with 
courage,  and,  if  taken  prisoner,  to  endure  any  torment,  and 
even  death  itself,  with  unflinching  and  wonderful  fortitude. 

7.  Indolent  by  nature,  and  with  few  wants,  they  were 
careless  of  the  future.     Perhaps  on  this  account  they  had 
not  the  steady  purpose  that  marks  the  white  race.     Al 
though  capable  of  powerful  exertions  when  once  roused, 
they  could  not  be  relied  on.     Yet  they  were  hospitable  to 
strangers,  for  this  they  regarded  as  a  sacred  virtue  ;  and 
they  seldom  forgot  a  kindness,  and  never  an  injury. 

8.  The  condition  of  the  Indian  women  was  very  misera 
ble.     They  raised  the  fruitful  crops  of  maize,  prepared  skins 

5.  How  did  they  preserve  the  remembrance  of  past  events  ?    What  is  said  of  their 
traditions  ? 

6.  What  was  an  Indian  boy  taught  ?    What  was  regarded  as  of  the  first  impor 
tance?    Name  some  of  the  required  virtues  in  the  warriors. 

7.  Were  they  industrious?    Why  was  this?    What  steady  virtue  did  they  culti 
vate?  and  what  is  said  of  their  friendship  and  enmity? 


THE    ABORIGINES. 


11 


WAEKIOB  AND  SQUAW. 


for  clothing,  and  in  their  wanderings  bore  the  heavy  bur 
dens,  besides  carrying  their 
papooses  or  infants.  They  did 
all  the  drudgery  at  home  and 
abroad,  and  were  little  better 
than  slaves.  Daughters  were 
purchased  in  marriage  from 
their  parents,  and  the  chiefs 
had  often  several  wives,  who 
might  be  dismissed  at  pleasure. 

9.  The  government  of  the 
tribes  was  patriarchal.     The 

head  of  the  tribe  was  a  chief  or  sachem,  sometimes  so  by 

birth,  but  generally  chosen  on  account  of  his  bravery,  or 

wisdom,  or  eloquence.  His 
opinion,  if  supported  by  a 
council  of  the  elders,  was  the 
only  law.  But  he  had  no 
means  of  enforcing  it  on  those 
who  were  unwilling  to  obey. 
His  influence  depended  wholly 
on  his  persjohal  character.  The 
warriors  followed  him  on  a 
war  party  only  if  they  chose  ; 
there  could  be  no  compulsion. 

Proud  as  the  Indian  was  in  many  things,  that  of  which  he 

was  most  proud  was  his  personal  freedom. 

10.  The  god  of  the  red  man  was  the  Great  Spirit.     To  the 
Indian  there  was  an  invisible  spirit  in  every  thing  grand,  or 
terrible,  or  beautiful ;  in  the  sun,  the  moon,  and  the  stars ; 
in  the  cataract,  the  great  forest,  the  thunder,  and  the  tem 
pest  ;  in  the  water ;  and  in  the  fire.     He  believed  that  after 
death  the  warriors  or  braves  only  would  be  taken  to  the  hap 
py  hunting-grounds  in  another  world. 

8.  How  did  they  treat  their  women  ?    Describe  their  labors  and  drudgery.    What 
is  said  of  marriage  ? 

9.  What  was  the  government?    What  is  patriarchal?    State  what  is  said  of  the 
head  of  the  tribe,  and  of  his  authority. 

10.  What  idea  did  the  Indian  have  of  God  ?    Where  did  this  invisible  spirit  reside  ? 
What  was  the  Indian  belief  of  the  state  after  death  ? 


INDIANS    IN    COUNCIL. 


12  EARLY    DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS. 

11.  The  tribes  inhabiting  the  present  limits  of  the  United 
States  are  generally  grouped  under  eight  families,  speaking 
different  languages.     The  four  which  were  most  active  in 
the  history  of  this  country  were  the  Algonquin,  the  linron- 
Iroquois,  the  Cherokee,  and  the  Mobilian.     The  first  and  last 
divided  between  them  almost  the  entire  country  east  of  the 
Mississippi.     The  Algonquin  family  of  tribes  stretched  from 
Hudson's  Bay  as  far  south  as  Cape  Fear  River  and  the 
mouth  of  the  Ohio,  and  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Mississippi. 
The  Mobilian  family  occupied  nearly  all  the  territory  from  the 
southern  boundary  of  the  Algonquins  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

12.  Between  these  two,  on  the  southern  slope  of  the  Alle- 
ghanics — the  highlands  of  Alabama,  Georgia,  and  Carolina 
—  were  the  Cherokees,  a  family  of  mountaineers.     In  the 
heart  of  the  Algonquin  tract  was  the  family  of  the  Huron- 
Iroquois  (e-ro-kwafi),  consisting  of  several  confederacies,  chief 
ly,  the  Hurons,  lying  north  and  south  of  Lake  Erie,  and  the 
fierce  Iroquois,  who  claimed  the  country  from  Vermont  to 
Western  New  York,  south  of  Lake  Ontario,  as  far  as  the 
head  waters  of  the  Ohio,  Susquehanna,  and  Delaware.    Thus 
the  Algonquins  completely  surrounded  the  Iluron-Iroquois ; 
the  jVlobilians  and  Algonquins,  the  Cherokees. 

13.  The  Algonquin  tribes  appear  in  the  early  settlements 
on  the  coast  north  of  Cape  Fear,  the  Po  what  an  a  in  Virginia ; 
the  Delawares  and  Mohegans  in  the  Middle  Colonies ;  the 
Pequods,  Narragansetts,  Massachusetts,  and  others,  in  New 
England.     The  warlike  Iroquois,  or  Five  Nations — Senecas, 
Cayugas  (lti-oog-as),  Onondagas  (on-on-ddh-gas),  Oneidas 
(o-ni-das),  and  Mohawks — were  actively  engaged  in  all  the 
intercolonial  wars  and  in  that  of  the  Revolution.     In  the 
settlement  of  the  Northwest,  the  early  settlers  had  bloody 
struggles  with  the  Algonquin  tribes  of  Miamis,  Illinois,  Sacs 
and  Foxes,  and  others. 

11.  How  are  the  North  American  Indians  generally  grouped  ?    Why  is  this  ?  What 
four  of  these  were  most  known  in  United  States  history?    Which  of  these  had  the 
largest  territory?    What  were  the  limits  of  the  Algonquins?    Give  the  boundaries 
of  the  Mobilians. 

12.  Where  did  the  Cherokees  live?    What  family  did  the  Algouquius  surround? 
What  tract  did  this  occupy  ? 

13.  Where  do  we  find  the  Algonquins  in  the  history  of  the  coast?    State  what  ie 
said  of  the  Iroquois  or  Five  Nations  ?    Where  do  we  meet  the  Algonquius  still  later  * 


THE    ABORIGINES.  13 

14.  With  the  Mobilian  tribes  the  later  history  is  deeply 
interwoven :  the  Creeks  and  Seminoles  fought  with  a  bravery 
that  rivaled  the  Iroquois  on  the  north.     The  Uchee,  Tusca- 
rora,  Catawba,  and  Natchez  families  residing  among  or  near 
the  Mobilians  were  feeble  in  numbers.     West  of  the  Missis 
sippi  was  the  wide-spread  family  of  the  Dahcotah  Sioux 
(siroo),  of  whom  little  was  known. 

15.  Vast  as  was  the  country  east  of  the  "Father  of  Wa 
ters"  inhabited  by   these   aboriginal  tribes,  their  numbers 
were  exceedingly  small.     The  warlike  Iroquois,  for  exam 
ple,  never  exceeded  three  thousand  warriors,  and  neither 
the  Creeks,  nor  Cherokees,  nor  Seminoles  reached  five  thou 
sand.     Careful  students   of  Indian   history  assure  us  that 
there  is  no  reason  to  believe  that  the  entire  Indian  popula 
tion  east  of  the  Mississippi,  at  any  time  since  the  discovery 
of  the  continent,  was  over  two  hundred  thousand. 

16.  It  was  far  otherwise  on  the  table-lands  of  Mexico,  in 
Central  America,  and  on  the 

western  plateaus  of  South 
America  as  far  as  Peru.  Here 
was  a  teeming  population  that 
had  reached  a  far  higher  state 
of  civilization  than  the  tribes 
of  the  North.  They  had  pop 
ulous  cities;  they  wove  cot 
ton  cloth ;  they  worked  in 
copper  and  gold ;  they  labor 
ed  steadily  in  the  fields ;  they 
erected  stately  buildings  of  stone,  and  they  had  a  fixed  so 
ciety,  with  priests  and  kings,  or  hereditary  princes.  On  the 
islands  near  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  there  was  an  immense  In 
dian  population,  doomed  ere  long  to  be  destroyed. 

1 7.  From  what  place  these  red  men  first  came,  peopling 

14.  Where  do  we  meet  the  Mobilian  tribes  ?    What  family  lay  west  of  the  Missis 
sippi,  arid  what  northeast  of  the  Algonquins  ? 

15.  What  is  said  of  the  number  of  the  aborigines?    Illustrate  this  from  what  is 
known  of  different  tribes.    What  number  is  believed  to  have  covered  the  Indian 
population  east  of  the  Mississippi? 

16.  How  was  the  Indian  population  elsewhere  ?   What  was  their  condition  ?    State 
the  different  points  that  showed  their  advancement. 


liSDIAM    14  U  IMS,   OEMTKAL   A.MEKKJA. 


14 


EARLY    DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS. 


?  - 

POUT  !ROYAL/  Irench  under  IRiJiauUt 


EABLY   MSCOVEKIE8   AND   EXPLORATIONS. 


SPANISH    DISCOVERY    AND    EXPLORATION.  15 

the  continent  from  the  far  north  to  Cape  Horn,  is  not  yet 
ascertained.  Some  have  asserted  that  the  emigration  was 
from  the  northeast  of  Asia.  But  the  general  opinion  seems 
to  be  that  the  Indian  is  a  distinct  race  from  those  of  the  Old 
World. 

1 8.  When  the  white  man  first  came  to  these  shores  he  was 
received  by  the  Indians  as  a  superior  being.  It  was  not 
long  before  the  inhuman  conduct  of  the  whites  uprooted 
this  feeling  of  veneration,  for  we  shall  presently  see  that  the 
wrongs  of  the  Indian  began  soon  after  the  discovery  of  the 
continent. 


SECTION  III. 

SPANISH   DISCOVERY   AND   EXPLORATION    AFTER  THE   YEAR 


1500. 

,  Porto  ^| 


1.  THE  Spaniards  soon  occupied  the  islands  of  Cuba, 
Rico  (ree-ko),  Hispaniola,  and  Jamaica.  From  these  points  it 
was  not  a  long  voyage  to  the  main  land  in  different  direc 
tions.  In  1510,  Ojeda  (p-lia-dali),  a  companion  of  Columbus 
sailed  south  from  Cuba,  landed  on  the  isthmus,  and  settled 
Darien.  From  this  place,  in  the  year  1513,  Nunez  de  Bal 
boa  (noori-yeth  da  bal-bo-ah]  started  with  an  expedition 
across  the  isthmus,  and  from  a  height  of  the  Andes  first  saw 
the  Pacific  Ocean  in  a  southerly  direction,  named  by  him,  on 
that  account,  the  South  Sea.  Descending  the  mountains,  he 
reached  its  shores,  and,  wading  into  its  waters,  took  posses 
sion  of  this  sea  with  great  solemnity  for  the  King  of  Castile. 
On  another  account  this  expedition  deserves  notice,  for  Pizar- 
ro  (pe-zdr-ro),  who  served  under  Balboa,  was  present  when 
an  Indian  chief  near  the  South  Sea  first  told  Nunez  of  the 
country  of  Peru  and  its  wonderful  riches. 

17.  Whence  did  the  red  man  come  to  America  ?    What  different  opinions  are  men 
tioned  about  this  ? 

18.  What  treatment  did  the  first  explorers  receive  from  the  natives?    How  was 
this  repaid  ? 

1.  What  islands  were  soon  occupied  by  the  Spaniards  ?  What  was  easily  reached 
from  these  points  ?  What  is  the  first  voyage  that  is  mentioned  ?  What  settlement  ? 
What  great  discovery  was  made  in  1513  ?  State  what  is  said  of  it.  On  what  other 
account  is  this  voyage  also  worthy  of  notice  ?  Where  is  Peru  ? 


18  SPANISH    DISCOVERY    AN!)    EXPLORATION. 

2.  The  year  before  Balboa's  discovery,  Juan  Ponce  de 
Leon  (ponthd1  da  laori),  who  had  been  governor  of  Porto 
Rico,  sailed  northwest  from  that  island  to  the  Bahamas  in  a 
vain  search  for  an  imaginary  fountain  of  perpetual  youth. 
While  he  was  sailing  among  the  islands,  March,  1512,  he 
discovered  the  main  land,  which  he  at  first  supposed  to  be 
an  island,  on  Easter  Sunday,  called  by  the  Spaniards  Pasqua 
de  Flores — the  Feast  of  Flowers.     To  commemorate  the  day 
of  the  discovery,  he  named  the  country  Florida. 

3.  Cordova,  another  Spaniard,  landed  and  explored  the 
northern  coast  of  Yucatan  in  1517.     Grijal'va  (yre-hahl'-va) 
in  1518  explored  the  southern  coast  of  Mexico.     In  1519, 
Hernan  Cortez,  sent  by  Velasquez  (va-lah'-sketJi)^  Governor 
of  Cuba,  at  the  head  of  a  small  body  of  men,  marched  into 
the  interior  of  Mexico.     After  a  severe  struggle,  marked  by 
great  bravery  and  cruelty  on  the  part  of  the  Spaniards,  he 
overthrew  the  empire  of  the  Aztecs,  and  brought  it  under 
the  dominion  of  Spain  in  the  year  1521. 

4.  The  expedition  of  Vasquez  d'Ayllon  (vaJi-sketh  da-ile- 
yon'},  in  1520,  shows  the  dreadful  cruelty  of  the  Spaniards 
to  the  Indians.     He  went  to  the  Bahamas  to  seize  the  na 
tives  and  bring  them  to  the  island  of  Hispaniola  to  work 
there  in  the  mines  as  slaves.     A  storm  drove  him  on  the 
coast  of  what  is  now  South  Carolina,  where  he  was  treated 
with  great  kindness  by  the  Indians.     While  many  of  these 
were  visiting  on  board  his  ships,  they  were  suddenly  fasten 
ed  down  under  the  hatches,  and  the  vessels  set  sail.     Disas 
ter  followed  the  ships.     One  of  them  was  wrecked,  and  all 
on  board  perished.    The  Indians  on  the  other  preferred  death 
to  slavery,  and  almost  to  a  man  starved  themselves.    D'Ayl 
lon  paid  the  penalty  of  this  atrocious  cruelty  in  1525,  when 
he  went  to  settle  his  new  province  of  Chicora,  now  South 
Carolina.     The  natives,  imitating  his  former  treachery,  en 
ticed  many  of  his  men  from  the  ships  and  massacred  them. 

2.  Who  sailed  in  1512?    In  what  direction  and  for  what  purpose?    What  discov 
ery  did  Ponce  de  Leon  make  ?    When  ?    What  name  did  he  give  to  the  country,  and 
why  ? 

3.  Who  first  landed  on  tfie  coast  of  Yucatan  ?    When  and  by  whom  was  the  coast 
of  Mexico  first  explored  ?    What  expedition  was  made  in  1519  ?    What  did  Cortez 
accomplish  ? 


SPANISH    DISCOVERY    AND    EXPLORATION.  17 

D'Ayllon  himself  escaped  with  difficulty,  only  to  return  in 
disgrace  to  Hispaniola. 

5.  Pamphilo  de  Narvaez  (pam-fee-lo  da  nar-vah'eth)  ob 
tained  a  grant  of  land  in  Florida,  and  sailed  from  Cuba  to 
take  possession   of  it,  in  the   year  1528.     He  landed  with 
three  hundred  men  at  Appalachee  Bay,  and  marched  inland. 
After  a  series  of  terrible  Bufferings  from  hunger,  fatigue, 
and  constant  skirmishes  with  the  natives,  he  returned  to  the 
coast.     Here  he  built  small  boats,  and  embarked  to  find  a 
Spanish  settlement.     A  storm  overtook  them,  and  all  but 
four  men  were  lost.     These  disastrous  expeditions,  so  far 
from  discouraging  the  Spaniards,  only  made  many  of  them 
more  eager  to  penetrate  Florida,  the  fabled  "Land  of  Gold." 

6.  Ferdinand  de  Soto  (da  so-to)  entertained  a  strong  be 
lief  that  in  the  interior  of  Florida  there  was  a  rich  and  pow 
erful  people  like  the  Peruvians  or  Mexicans.     A  renowned 
companion  of  Pizarro  in  the  conquest  of  Pern,  he  had  been 
made  governor  of  Cuba,  and  had  received  an  unlimited  grant 
of  land  in  Florida  from  the  Emperor  Charles  V.    lie  left  Cuba 
for  Florida  with  one  thousand  men,  infantry  and  cavalry, 
and  landed  at  Tampa  Bay  in  the  month  of  May,  1539. 

V.  He  marched  first  north,  then  westward,  and,  after  two 
years  of  wandering  and  hardship,  reached  the  banks  of  the 
Mississippi  in  1541,  and  crossed,  as  is  supposed,  into  Arkan 
sas.  Next  spring,  1542,  he  returned  to  the  Mississippi,  and 
there,  worn  out  and  disappointed,  died,  and  was  buried  in 
the  waters  of  the  river  he  had  discovered.  The  remnant  of 
his  companions  floated  in  rude  boats  down  the  Mississippi 
to  its  mouth,  and,  coasting  along  the  gulf,  reached  a  Spanish 
settlement. 

4.  What  do  we  learn  from  D'Ayllon's  voyage?    Where  and  for  what  purpose  did 
he  sail?    Where  was  he  driven?    How  was  he  treated  by  the  natives?    What  return 
did  he  make  for  their  kindness  ?    What  occurred  on  the  homeward  voyage  ?    Where 
did  D'Ayllon  go  in  the  year  1625  ?    How  did  the  natives  repay  his  former  treachery  ? 
What  became  of  D'Ayllon  ? 

5.  Who  next  obtained  a  grant  of  land  in  Florida?    What  attempt  did  he  make  to 
settle  it  ?    Where  did  he  land,  and  then  march  ?    What  is  said  of  his  march  ?    What 
was  the  end  of  the  expedition  ?    What  effect  did  this  and  the  other  failures  have  on 
the  Spaniards? 

6.  What  views  did  De  Poto  hold  about  Florida  ?    Who  was  he  ?    What  grant  had 
he  received  ?    What  use  did  he  make  of  this  grant  ?    Where  and  when  did  he  land  ? 

7.  What  is  said  of  his  march  ?    What  discovery  did  he  make,  and  when?    What 
became  of  him  ?    What  became  of  his  companions  ? 


18 


SPANISH    DISCOVERY    AXD    EXPLORATION. 


DB   60TO  DISCOVERING   THE  MISSISSIPPI. 


8.  Still  another  attempt  to  settle  Florida  was  made  in 
1564  by  Melendez  (ma-leri detJi) ,  a  Spanish  noble,  who  had 
gained  great  wealth  in  America,  and  had  been  made  gov 
ernor  of  Florida  by  King  Philip.     He   sailed  from  Spain 
with  2500  persons,  300  of  whom  were   soldiers.     A  storm 
scattered  his  fleet,  and  scarce  a  third  of  the  passengers  ar 
rived  at  Porto  Rico.    With  these  he  set  sail  for  Florida,  and 
landed  on  the  coast,  where  he  laid  out  the  plan  of  a  town, 
and  named  it  St.  Augustine  (aw-giis-teeri),  September,  1565. 
This  is  the  oldest  town  in  the  United  States,  and  some  of  the 
stone  houses  said  to  have  been  built  by  the  Spaniards  still  re 
main.     A  further  account  of  the  doings  of  Melendez  will  be 
given  under  the  head  of  French  Discovery  and  Exploration. 

9.  In  the  year  1580,  Augustin  Ruyz  (rithe),  a  Franciscan 
friar,  with  two  or  three  companions,  penetrated  the  wilds 

8.  Who  made  another  attempt  to  settle  Florida  ?  When  ?  Who  was  he  ?  Where 
did  he  first  sail  from  ?  What  is  said  of  the  expedition  that  he  started  with  ?  Fronr 
what  place  did  he  filially  sail  to  Florida  ?  Where  and  when  did  he  laud  ?  What  to 
said  of  St.  Augustine  ? 


FRENCH    DISCOVERY    AND    EXPLORATION.  19 

north  of  Mexico  as  far  as  the  upper  valley  of  the  Rio  Grande 
(reo  gra?id).  Next  year,  1581,  Don  Antonio  de  Espego  (es- 
pa'-ho)  followed  with  a  band  of  soldiers,  explored  the  coun 
try,  and  named  it  New  Mexico.  He  founded  the  town  of 
Santa  Fe  (san-tahfa)  in  the  following  year,  1582.  This  was 
seventeen  years  later  than  the  settlement  of  St.  Augustine, 
and  Santa  Fe  is  therefore  the  second  oldest  town  in  the 
United  States. 


SECTION  IV. 

FRENCH   DISCOVERY  AND   EXPLORATION. 

1.  THE  French  were   anxious  to  share  the  wealth  that 
Spain  was  gathering  in  America.     Francis  L,  the  French 
king,  sent  out   an    exploring   expedition    under  Verazzani 
va-rat-tsah'-ne),  a  Florentine,  in  the  year  1524.     He  sailed 
northward  along  the  coast,  and  appears  to  have  entered  the 
harbors  of  New  York  and  Newport,  and  to  have  gone  as  far 
as  Newfoundland.    This  voyage  of  Verazzani,  with  the  subse 
quent  voyage  of  Cartier  (car-te-d),  formed  the  foundation  of 
the  French  claim  to  the  northern  part  of  North  America. 

2.  The  French  turned  their  attention  to  the  exploration 
of  this  region.     An  expedition  was  sent  out  by  the  Admiral 
of  France  in  the  year  1534,  under  James  Cartier,  who  dis 
covered  the  Gulf  and  River  St.  Lawrence.     In  his  second 
voyage,  1535,  he  explored  the  river  as  far  as  Montreal,  and 
tried  to  form  a  settlement  on  the  island  of  Orleans  (or'-le- 
anz).     But  the  climate  was  too  severe,  and  in  the  spring 
Cartier  and  his  men  returned  to  France,  carrying  with  them 
the  Indian  chief  whom  they  had  decoyed  on  board. 

9.  What  important  exploration  was  made  in  1580?  What  one  was  made  in  the 
year  following?  What  town  was  founded?  by  whom?  and  when?  What  is  said 
of  Santa  Fe  ? 

1.  What  stimulated  the  French  to  make  voyages  to  America?    Who  sent  out  an 
expedition  ?   Who  commanded  this  expedition  ?   What  is  said  of  his  voyage  ?  When 
was  it  ? 

2.  To  what  part  of  the  continent  did  the  French  turn  their  attention?    What 
Frenchman  first  went  there?    What  discovery  did  he  make?    When?    How  many 
years  was  this  after  Verazzani's  voyage  ?    How  soon  after  his  first  voyage  did  Car- 
tier  go  again  ?    What  was  said  of  his  attempt  to  form  a  settlement  ? 


20  FRENCH    DISCOVERY    AND    EXPLORATION. 

3.  De  la  Roque  (roti),  Lord  of  Roberval,  was  made  vice 
roy  of  the  new  country  by  the  king,  and  great  preparations 
were  made  for  an  expedition,  of  which  Cartier  was  appoint 
ed  chief  pilot  and  captain  general.    Cartier  started  first  with 
five  ships,  in  1541,  and  passed  the  winter  on  the  island  of 
Orleans.     The  climate  proved  so  severe,  and  the  Indians, 
whose  chief  Cartier  had  on  his  last  voyage  treacherously 
carried  away,  kept  the  settlers  in  such  constant  alarm,  that, 
when  the  river   opened,  they  were  glad  to  make   sail  for 
home.     Roberval,  with  three  vessels,  set  out  from  France  in 
1542,  and  met  Cartier  and  his  men  off  the  island  of  New 
foundland  (nti-fund-land'}  on  their  way  home.     Roberval 
pushed  on  to  the  St. Lawrence,  and,  after  wintering  at  the  isle 
of  Orleans,  he  also  returned  to  France.     In  the  year  1549  he 
made  another  voyage,  but  was  never  heard  of  afterward. 

4.  Some  French  Protestants,  called  Huguenots  (hu'-ge- 
nots),  being  anxious  to  emigrate  to  America,  John  Ribault 
(re-bo)  was  sent  out  on  a  voyage  of  exploration  to  Florida 
in  1562,  and,  after  touching  at  St.  John's  River,  entered  Port 
Royal  Inlet.     Here  he  built  a  fort,  and  named  it  Carolina, 
in  honor  of  Charles  IX.,  king  of  France.     Leaving  twenty- 
six  men  in  charge,  Ribault  then  returned  for  supplies.    None 
came  ;  and,  after  enduring  great  hardships,  they  set  sail  for 
France  in  a  vessel  they  had  built,  and  were  picked  up,  when 
nearly  starved,  by  an  English  ship. 

5.  Two   years  afterward,  in  1564,  Laudonniere  (lah-don- 
yer~),  with  three  ship-loads  of  Huguenot  settlers,  landed  at 
St.  John's  River,  and  built  a  fort  called  also  Carolina.    They 
became  dissatisfied,  and  were  about  leaving,  when  Ribault 
arrived  with  provisions  and  colonists.     Melendez,  the  Span 
ish  governor,  who  has  already  been  mentioned,  determined 
to  expel  the  French  from  his  territory.     He  landed  at  St. 
Augustine  in  September,  1565,  and  soon  after  surprised  the 

3.  Who  was  made  viceroy  of  the  new  territory?    What  is  n  viceroy?    What  was 
immediately  done?    What  position  did  Cartier  occupy?    When  did  he  sail  ?    What 
success  attended  the  settlement?    What  part  did  Roberval  take  in  the  expedition  ? 
Whom  did  he  meet  on  his  way  back?    What  was  Roberval's  success?    What  hap 
pened  to  him  in  1549  ? 

4.  What  Frenchmen  were  anxious  to  make  a  home  in  America?    Who  was  ?ent 
out  to  begin  a  settlement  ?    Where  and  when  did  he  land  ?    What  beginning  did  he 
make  ?    Where  did  Ribault  go  ?    Who  were  left  in  the  fort  ?    What  became  of  them  3 


FRENCH    DISCOVERY    AND    EXPLORATION.  21 

Huguenot  fort,  and  put  nearly  all  the  men,  women,  and 
children  to  the  sword. 

6.  The  French  king  took  no  steps  to  avenge  this  slaugh 
ter,  but  a  chivalrous  French  knight,  Dominic  de  Gourges 
(d&rgoorj))  at  his  own  expense  equipped  an  expedition,  and 
sailed  in  1567  secretly  to  Florida.  Here,  next  year  (1568), 
he  surprised  and  captured  two  hundred  Spaniards  at  Fort 
Carolina,  and  hung  his  prisoners  on  trees.  De  Gourges  then 
returned  to  Europe. 

V.  Nothing  further  was  done  in  America  by  the  French 
until  1598,  when  the  Marquis  de  la  Roche  (la-rosh]  sent  a 
colony  of  forty  convicts  to  the  sandy  island  of  Sable,  off  the 
coast  of  Nova  Scotia.  In  a  few  years  the  settlement  died 
out.  In  1603,  De  Merits  (dii-mong),  a  rich  Huguenot  cour 
tier,  obtained  the  grant  of  a  large  tract  of  land  extending 
from  the  40th  to  the  46th  degree  of  north  latitude,  or  from 
a  line  south  of  New  York  as  far  north  as  Cape  Breton.  To 
this  tract  was  given  the  name  of  Acadia,  limited  afterward 
to  what  is  now  New  Brunswick,  Cape  Breton,  and  adjacent 
islands. 

8.  De    Monts,   accompanied  by   the    celebrated  Samuel 
Champlain  (sham-plane),  came  out,  in  1604,  with  two  ships, 
to  explore  the  country  and  to  form  a  settlement.     A  fort 
was  built  at  the  mouth  of  the  St.  Croix  (kroi)  River,  but 
he  soon  abandoned  this,  and  settled  finally  at  Port  Royal, 
September,  1605.     This  was  the  first  permanent  French  set 
tlement  in  America. 

9.  Champlain,  in  1608,  on  .1  trading  and  exploring  voy 
age  up  the  St.  Lawrence,  established  a  post  which  he  named 
Quebec.     In  the  next  year,  1 609,  he  pushed  south  into  the 
interior,  and  was  the  first  European  that  saw  the  lake  that 
bears  his  name.    Other  French  explorations  were  made  west- 

5.  Who  came  out  again  in  1564?    Where  did  he  land?    How  did  the  settlers  like 
their  new  home?    What  kept  the   colonists  from  leaving  the  settlement?    Who 
looked  on  the  French  as  intruders  ?    Why  ?    What  did  he  do  ? 

6.  How  did  the  French  king  regard  this  massacre  ?    Who  took  the  quarrel  up? 
Did  he  have  the  consent  of  the  king  ?    What  did  he  do  when  he  got  to  Florida  ? 

7.  When  and  where  did  the  French  make  the  next  settlement?    What  became  of 
it?  Who  was  De  Monts?  What  grant  did  he  receive?  What  name  did  he  give  to  it? 

8.  What  was  the  first  use  that  De  Monts  made  of  his  grant  ?    Where  was  the  fort 
built  ?    Did  he  stay  here  long  ?    Where  did  he  linally  settle  ?    When  aud  where  did 
the  French  first  settle  permanently  ? 


22  ENGLISH    DISCOVERY   AND    EXPLORATION. 

ward,  and  the  territory  thus  opened,  together  with  Canada 
and  Acadia,  was  known  as  New  France.  Canada  embraced 
all  the  territory  watered  by  the  St.  Lawrence  or  its  tribu 
taries. 


SECTION  V. 

ENGLISH   DISCOVERY   AND   EXPLORATION   PREVIOUS   TO   THE 
YEAR    1608. 

1.  AFTER  the  year  1492,  the  commerce  of  England  rapid 
ly  increased,  and  the  merchants  were  anxious  to  obtain  a 
share  of  the  trade  with  India.     As  a  western  passage  seem 
ed  hopeless,  they  directed  their  effortsto  the  discovery  of  a 
northeast  passage  through  the  Arcti<^*L,u     This  was  given 
up  after  several  attempts.     They  then  renewed  the  search 
for   a  northwest  passage;  and  in  1576,  Martin  Frobisher, 
with  this  object,  entered  and  discovered  the  straits  that 
bear  his  name. 

2.  In  1579,  Sir  Francis  Drake,  a  celebrated  Englishman, 
endeavored,  from  the  Pftciiic  side  of  the  continent,  to  find  a 
passage  to  the  Atlantic.     He  had  sailed  north  along  the  west 
coast  of  America  in  pursuit  of  plunder  from  Spanish  ships, 
and  had  explored  the  coast  of  Upper  California,  which  he 
named  New  Albion.    He  then  entered  and  explored  the  Bay 
of  San  Francisco,  where  he  passed  the  winter  of  1579-80. 

3.  Sir  Humphrey  Gilbert,  an  English  knight,  took  a  deep 
interest  in  the  discovery  of  a  northwest  passage,  and  was 
anxious  to  plant  a  colony  in  America.     For  this  purpose  he 
received  a  patent  from  Queen  Elizabeth,  granting  him  au- 

9.  Who  ascended  the  St.  Lawrence  in  1608  ?  What  post  did  he  establish  ?  What 
year  was  this  ?  What  noticeable  thing  did  Champlain  do  in  1609?  In  what  direc 
tion  did  French  explorers  go?  What  name  was  given  to  all  the  French  claim? 
What  did  Canada  embrace? 

1.  What  nation  was  fast  rising  in  commercial  importance?    What  did  her  mer 
chants  greatly  desire?    In  what  direction  did  they  try  to  find  a  road  to  India? 
Why  did  they  attempt  this  route  ?   Did  they  succeed  ?    When  and  in  what  direction 
did  Frobisher  make  the  attempt?    What  name  on  the  map  of  America  still  points 
this  out  ? 

2.  What  attempt  was  made  by  Sir  Francis  Drake  ?    When  ?    How  did  he  come  to 
be  on  the  Pacific  side  ?    What  did  he  explore  and  name  ?    What  bay  did  he  en 
ter  and  explore  ?    What  did  he  hope  ihat  this  would  prove  to  be  ?    When  was  thhi  ? 


ENGLISH    DISCOVERY    AND    EXPLORATION.  23 

thority  over  six  hundred  miles  of  territory,  unoccupied  by 
the  settlers  of  any  Christian  prince.  In  1583  Gilbert  sailed 
with  three  ships  and  reached  Newfoundland,  of  which  he 
took  possession  in  the  name  of  the  queen,  and  soon  after 
sailed  for  the  continent.  As  he  neared  the  shore,  one  of  his 
ships  struck  a  hidden  rock  and  was  lost.  The  other  two 
set  out  for  England.  On  the  passage,  the  vessel  in  which 
Gilbert  sailed  foundered,  and  all  on  board  perished. 

4.  Walter  Raleigh  (raw'-ly),  half-brother  of  Gilbert,  was  a 
great  favorite  with  Queen  Elizabeth,  and  easily  obtained  a 
patent  nearly  the  same  as  Gilbert's.     He  immediately  sent 
out  two  skillful  commanders,  Am'idas  and  Barlow.     They 
landed  near  Cape  Fear,  North  Carolina,  and  thence  went 
to  Roanoke  Island,  where  they  were  treated  by  the  Indians 
with  great  kindne&^§IOn  their  return  their  vessels  were 
loaded  with  skins  and  furs,  cedar  wood  and  sassafras  bark. 
When  they  arrived  in  England  they  made  a  flattering  re 
port  of  the  country,  and  the  name  Virginia  was  given  to  this 
new  and  beautiful  region  in  honor  of  Elizabeth,  "  the  Virgin 
Queen."     The  queen  herself  was  delighted,  and  conferred 
on  Raleigh  the  honor  of  knighthood^ 

5.  Raleigh,  now  Sir  Walter,  in  1585  sent  out  seven  ships, 
under  Sir  Richard  Grenville,  to  Roanoke  Island.     He  left 
Ralph  Lane,  with  one  hundred  and  ten  men  there,  and  then 
returned  to  England.     Lane  and  his  men  nearly  starved  to 
death  in  the  year  that  followed,  and  were  almost  in  a  state 
of  despair,  when  Sir  Francis  Drake,  on  his  way  home  from 
the  West  Indies  with  a  large  fleet,  appeared  off  the  settle^ 
ment.    Drake,  who  was  an  intimate  friend  of  Raleigh,  treat 
ed  them  with  great  kindness,  and  on  their  urgent  entreaty 
took  them  back  to  England  with  him  in  June,  1586,.,,   They 
had  scarcely  gone  when  a  ship  with  provisions  sent  by  Ra- 

3.  What  is  said  of  Sir  Humphrey  Gilbert?    Who  was  Queen  of  England  at  the 
time?    What  grant  did  Gilbert  receive?    When  and  what  place  did  Gilbert  first 
land  ?    What  did  he  do  here  ?    Where  did  he  then  go  ?    Did  he  land  here  ?    What 
happened  to  him  ? 

4.  Who  took  up  Gilbert's  scheme  ?    Who  was  Raleigh  ?    What  grant  did  he  get  ? 
Whom  did  he  send  out  ?    At  what  two  points  did  they  land  ?    How  were  they  treat 
ed  by  the  natives  ?    What  was  the  cargo  they  brought  home  ?    What  occurred  on 
their  arrival  in  England  ?    What  name  was  given  to  the  country,  and  why  ?    How 
was  Kuleigh  rewarded? 


24  ENGLISH    DISCOVERY    AND    EXPLORATION. 


QUEEN   ELIZABETH   KNIGHTING   KALEIGH. 

leigh  arrived,  and  a  fortnight  afterward  Grenville  came  with 
three  more  ships.  Finding  nothing  of  the  colony,  he  left  fif 
teen  men  on  the  island,  and  then  returned. 

6.  Raleigh  was  too  great  a  man  to  be  easily  discouraged, 
and  he  at  once  prepared  another  expedition.     This  time,  in 
stead  of  single  men,  he  sent  families,  and  with  them,  as  gov 
ernor,  John  White,  to  commence  the  "  City  of  Raleigh."    On 
arriving  at  Ro.inoke  Island  in  1587,  they  found  that  the  fif 
teen  men  left  by  Grenville  had  been  killed  by  the  Indians. 

7.  White  went  back  to  England  in  the  fall  of  1587  for  sup 
plies,  leaving  in  the  colony  117  persons,  men,  women,  and 
children.     When  he  arrived  home  the  nation  was  greatly 

5.  When  and  under  whom  did  Raleigh  send  out  the  next  expedition  ?    Where  did 
he  land?    Did  Grenville  remain  long?    Who  were  left?    How  did  Lane  and  the  col 
onists  pass  the  next  year  ?    Who  fortunately  arrived  in  time  ?    Why  did  Drake  look 
after  the  settlement  ?    What  did  he  do  ?    What  arrivals  came  soon  after  Drake  left  ? 
What  did  Grenville  do  ?    Where  ife  Roanoke  Island? 

6.  What  did  Raleigh  do  when  he  got  the  news?    When  did  he  send  the  next  ex 
pedition?    Who  commanded  it?    Of  whom  was  it  composed?    In  what  condition 
did  they  find  Greuville's  colony  ?    Give  date. 


ONE   Oif  KALEIGI1  8   6UIPS. 


ENGLISH    DISCOVERY   AND   EXPLORATION.  25 

excited  on  account  of  a  threatened 
Spanish  invasion,  and  all  vessels  were 
forbidden  to  leave  the  country.  Ra 
leigh  at  last  managed  to  send  off  two 
ships,  under  White,  in  1588,  but  the 
latter,  instead  of  proceeding  directly 
to  the  colony,  turned  aside  to  cruise 
for  Spanish  prizes,  was  badly  beaten, 
and  compelled  to  return  to  England. 

8.  Raleigh  had  spent  a  sum  nearly 
equal  to  $200,000  on  the  colony — a 

great  sum  in  those  days — and  was  unable  or  unwilling  to 
spend  more.  He  therefore  assigned  his  patent,  March,  1589, 
to  some  Londoners,  who  did  not  send  help  to  Roanoke  Isl 
and  until  next  year,  1590.  When  the  vessel  arrived  there 
not  one  of  the  settlers  could  be  found,  nor  was  any  one  of 
them  ever  heard  of  afterward.  Although  Raleigh  had  failed 
in  settling  Virginia,  he  was  the  means  of  introducing  tobac 
co  into  England.  He.  himself  set  the  fashion  at  court,  and 
the  habit  of  "  drinking  tobacco,"  as  it  was  called,  spread  so 
rapidly,  that  before  many  years  it  created  such  a  demand 
for  the  plant  as  to  turn  the  attention  of  emigrants  to  Vir 
ginia. 

9.  The  assignees  of  Raleigh's  patent  kept  up  a  small  tra 
ding  business  with  Virginia.    Bartholomew  Gosnold,  master 
of  a  vessel  sent  out  by  them  in  1602,  discovered  the  point 
of  land  which  he  named  Cape  Cod.    He  discovered  also  the 
islands  which  he  named  Nantucket,  Martha's  Vineyard,  and 
the  Elizabeth  Islands.     In  June,  1602,  he  returned  to  En 
gland  with  a  valuable  cargo  of  sassafras  and  furs. 

10.  Gosnold  praised  the  country  so  highly  that  some  Bris 
tol  merchants  sent  out  Martin  Pring  in  1603  to  obtain  furs, 

7.  Why  did  White  leave  in  the  fall  ?   How  many  did  he  leave  in  the  colony  ?  What 
state  of  things  did  he  find  on  his  arrival  in  England  ?    When  and  to  what  extent  did 
Raleigh  find  means  to  send  help  ?    What  happened  to  the  ships  ? 

8.  What  amount  had  Raleigh  spent  on  the  colony?    What  did  he  do  in  1589? 
When  did  the  assignees  send  help  to  Roanoke  ?    What  state  of  things  was  found 
when  the  vessel  arrived  ?    What  habit  was  introduced  into  England  from  Virginia  ? 
By  whom  ?    What  effect  did  this  have  on  the  future  of  Virginia  ? 

9.  To  what  use  did  Raleigh's  assignees  put  the  grant?    When  and  what  discov 
eries  did  Gosnold  make  ?    What  was  the  trading  return  for  this  voyage  ?    In  whose 
employment  was  he  ? 

B 


26  ENGLISH    DISCOVERY    AND    EXPLORATION. 

and  sassafras  which  had  rapidly  grown  into  use  as  a  medi 
cine;  he  was  also  ordered  to  explore  the  country.  Pring 
entered  Penobscot  Bay,  coasted  as  far  south  as  Martha's 
Vineyard,  and  returned  to  England  after  a  successful  voy 
age. 

11.  King  James,  in  the  year  1603,  confiscated  Raleigh's 
patent,  and  this  made  the  previous  assignment  of  no  value. 
In  the  year  1606  the  king  granted  all  the  territory  between 
the  34th  and  45th  degrees  north  latitude  to  two  companies. 
From  the  34th  to  the  38th  degree  was  given  to  the  London 
Company,  composed  principally  of  Londoners.    To  the  Plym- 
outh  (plim'-uth)  Company,  made  up  of  persons  living  in  the 
west  of  England,  was  given  the  country  between  the  41st 
and  45th   degrees.     Between  the   38th   and  41st  degrees 
neither  company  could  settle  within  one  hundred  miles  of 
a  colony  of  its  rival.     A  council  residing  in  England  was  to 
superintend  and  make  general  laws  for  both  colonies;  and 
each  colony  was  to  be  governed  by  a  council  of  seven  per 
sons  residing  therein.     All  these  officers  were  appointed  by 
the  king. 

12.  The  London  Company  made  active  preparations,  and 
in  December,  1606,  sent  out  three  ships  with  105  settlers, 
under  the  command  of  Captain  Christopher  Newport.     The 
intention  was  to  land  at  Roanoke ;  but  a  storm  drove  the 
vessels  north,  and  they  entered  Chesapeake  Bay.    After  three 
weeks'  search  for  a  suitable  place  for  a  settlement,  they  as 
cended  the  River  Powhatan  to  a  spot  fifty  miles  from  its 
mouth.     Here,  on  the  23d  of  May,  1607,  the  first  permanent 
English  settlement  in  America  was  made.     It  was  called 
Jamestown  in  honor  of  the  king,  and  the  river  was  at  first 
named  the  King's,  afterward  the  James. 

10.  What  effect  did  Gosnold's  account  of  his  voyage  produce  in  Bristol  ?    Where 
is  Bristol  ?    What  was  Pring  ordered  to  do  ?    State  what  is  said  of  the  voyage. 

11.  What  was  done  by  the  king  in  1G03  ?    How  did  this  affect  the  right  of  the  as 
signees  ?    What  grant  did  the  king  make  in  1606  ?    What  were  the  names  of  these 
companies?    How  much  land  was  given  to  each?    How  were  both  colonies  to  be 
superintended  ?    How  was  each  colony  to  be  governed  directly  ?    Who  appointed 
the  members  of  all  these  councils  ? 

12.  What  movement  did  the  London  Company  make?    Where  did  they  intend 
that  these  colonists  should  settle?    What  prevented  this?    What  place  did  they 
finally  select  for  a  settlement?    When  was  this?    What  names  were  given  to  th» 
settlement  and  to  the  Powhatan  River  ?    Why  were  they  so  named  ? 


DUTCH    DISCOVERY    ON   THE    HUDSON. 

SECTION  VI. 

EARLY  DUTCH  DISCOVERY   AND   EXPLORATION. 


1I0DSON   ASCENDS    TUB   KIVEE   IN   THE   HALF   MOON. 

1.  CAPTAIN  HENRY  HUDSON,  in  command  of  an  English 
ship,  was  searching  along  the  American  coast,  in  the  year 
1607,  for  a  northwest  passage  to  the  Pacific.  Failing  in 
this,  he  sailed  again  in  1608,  and  sought  a  northeastern 
passage  between  Nova  Zembla  and  Spitzbergen,  but  was 
stopped  by  the  ice.  In  1609,  in  the  service  of  the  DUTCH 
EAST  INDIA  COMPANY,  Hudson  made  another  unsuccessful 
attempt  in  the  same  direction.  He  then  crossed  over  to 
the  American  continent,  and,  entering  New  York  Bay,  May, 
1609,  ascended  the  river  that  bears  his  name  as  far  as  the 
head  of  navigation.  This  was  the  foundation  of  the  Dutch 
claim  in  North  America. 


1.  What  is  said  of  Hudson's  first  voyage  and  its  success  ?  What  is  said  of  his 
second  voyage  ?  Why  is  his  next  voyage  of  great  interest  to  us  ?  State  what  is  said 
of  the  voyage  of  1609. 


28 


EAELY   DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS. 


2.  Hudson's  fourth  voyage  was  his  last.  Next  year,  1610, 
still  un discouraged,  and  once  more  in  the  employment  of 
the  English,  he  went  in  search  of  a  northwest  passage,  and 
entered  that  inland  sea  known  as  Hudson's  Bay.  Here  his 
crew  mutinied  and  set  him  adrift  in  an  open  boat,  with  his 
son  and  eight  of  his  companions.  They  were  never  again 
heard  of. 


SECTION  VII. 

GENERAL   REFLECTIONS   ON   CHAPTER   I. 

1.  THE  most  important  voyages  connected  Avith  the  dis 
covery  and  exploration  of  the  North  American  continent 
have  already  been  given.  The  first  Europeans  that  fixed 
themselves  firmly  on  the  continent  were  the  SPANIARDS. 


KARLY  VOYAGES   OF   THE    8PAN1AKU8    FKOM    CUBA  AN!)    OTJL1EK    ISLANDS. 

2.  How  many  voyages  did  he  make  in  search  of  a  passage  to  Asia  ?  Give  the  dates 
and  flags  under  which  he  sailed.  What  was  the  object  of  his  fourth  voyage  in  1610  ? 
Describe  the  voyage  and  its  result. 


GENERAL   REFLECTIONS.  29 

It  is  worthy  of  notice  that  the  land  which  Columbus  first 
touched  lies  midway,  north  and  south,  on  the  shores  of  the 
Western  World.  Hispaniola,  now  St.  Domingo,  Cuba,  Porto 
Rico,  and  Jamaica  were  soon  occupied,  and  from  these,  as  a 
centre,  the  Spanish  adventurers  pushed  out  in  different  di 
rections,  to  South  America,  to  the  Pacific,  to  Yucatan,  to 
Mexico,  to  Florida. 

2.  In  these  early  voyages  for  the  exploration  of  the  con 
tinent,  the  leading  object  was  to  find  gold  and  silver,  and, 
combined  with  this,  to  obtain  fresh  supplies  of  Indians  to 
work  as  slaves  in  the  mines  of  Hispaniola,  and  in  the  other 
islands.     The  treatment  of  the  Indians  by  the  Spaniards 
forms  one  of  the  most  terrible  records  in  connection  with 
the  history  of  the  New  World.     No  language  can  do  justice 
to  the  cruelty  that  the  poor  and,  at  first,  confiding  natives 
suffered  at  their  hands.     They  were  put  into  the  mines  and 
worked  to   death;    they  were    tortured,  burnt,  murdered. 
The  Indians  made  every  effort  to  escape  from  this  frightful 
misery,  but  it  was  impossible.     Families,  and  often  whole 
villages,  committed  suicide  to  avoid  the  oppression  of  their 
taskmasters. 

3.  To  the  credit  of  the  rulers  in  Spain,  it  must  be  said 
that  they  tried  to  stop  this  terrible  work.     Ferdinand  and 
Isabella  both  spoke  strongly  against  it.     The  Church  issued 
orders  in  condemnation  of  it,  and  the  bishops  in  the  West 
India  Islands  tried  to  interfere.     But  the  New  World  in 
those  days  appeared  much  farther  away  from  Europe  than 
in  our  times  with  the  swift  steamer ;  and  the  governors,  who 
of  course  came  from  Spain,  nearly  all  became  cruel  tyrants 
after  they  began  to  govern.     In  the  end,  whole  nations  of 
Indians  were  blotted  out  of  existence.     One  million  two  hun 
dred  thousand  natives  are  stated  on  good  authority  to  have 
been  destroyed  in  a  few  years,  in  Hispaniola  alone. 

4.  By  these  explorations  and  efforts,  Spain  was  filled  with 

1.  What  circumstance  connected  with  the  landing  of  Columbus  is  worthy  of  notice  ? 
What  naturally  followed  ?    Give  these  voyages  from  the  map,  page  28. 

2.  What  was  the  leading  object  of  the  early  explorers?    What  object  was  after 
ward  intimately  connected  with  this?    What  is  said  of  their  treatment  of  the  In 
dians?    Give  some  idea  of  the  cruelty  of  the  Spaniards. 

ft.  What  efforts  were  made  to  put  a  stop  to  this  cruelty?    Whv  did  this  prove  inef 
fectual  ?    What  was  the  result  of  this  cruel  treatment  ?    Give  a  particular  instance. 


80  EARLY   DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS. 

wealth  that  she  obtained  from  her  new  territories.  Over 
these  she  held  entire  control,  and  would  allow  no  other  na 
tion  to  trespass  within  them.  She  had  grown  so  powerful 
that  she  could  easily  maintain  her  claims ;  and  the  other  Eu 
ropean  nations,  being  thus  prevented  from  getting  a  share 
of  the  wealth  of  Mexico  and  Peru,  became  the  more  anxious 
to  discover  a  western  passage  to  India.  Portugal  opened  a 
new  route,  round  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  five  years  after 
the  discovery  of  America.  Yet  this,  although  a  great  im 
provement  on  the  overland  journey,  was  long  and  perilous ; 
and  the  southwestern  passage  to  India  through  the  Straits 
of  Magellan,  discovered  in  1520,  was  still  longer  and  more 
dangerous  than  that  by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  A  SHORT 
WESTERN  PASSAGE  TO  THE  EAST  INDIES  remained  the  anx 
ious  wish  of  maritime  nations.  It  was  the  hope  of  discov 
ering  this  that  led  to  the  exploration  of  the  northern  part 
of  the  continent  by  Cabot,  by  Verazzani,  by  Car-tier,  by  Fro- 
bisher,  by  Hudson,  and  others.  Long  afterward,  when  col 
onies  were  planted  on  the  coast,  the  same  hope  was  still 
strong  that  somewhere  would  be  found  a  passage  to  the 
South  Sea  of  Balboa. 

5.  The  FRENCH,  with  the  exception  of  the  Huguenot  fail 
ures,  first  at  Port  Royal  Inlet,  and  next  at  the  St.  John's 
River,  confined  their  explorations  to  country  far  north,  on 
and  near  the  St.  Lawrence.     To  this  entire  claim,  one  of 
immense  extent,  they  gave  the  name  of  NEW  FRANCE. 

6.  The  ENGLISH  explorations  were  limited  to  Pamlico  and 
Albemarle  Sounds,  and  to  the  coast  of  Massachusetts  and 
Maine,  with  the  neighboring  islands.     To  their  claim  ofter- 

'  O  O 

ritory,  which  was  founded  on  the  voyage  of  the  Cabots,  ex 
tending  from  Labrador  to  Florida,  the  English  gave  the 
name  of  Virginia. 

4.  In  what  way  did  Spain  grow  rapidly  great  by  the  discovery  of  America?   What 
course  did  she  pursue  toward  other  nations?    To  what  did  this  drive  the  maritime 
nations  of  Europe  ?    What  success  did  Portugal  meet  with  ?    How  was  this  route  re 
garded  ?    What  other  route  is  mentioned  ?    What  hope  still  animated  the  navigators 
of  Europe  ?   Who  are  mentioned  ?    How  far  onward  in  history  did  this  hope  extend  ? 

5.  Where  did  the  French  confine  their  explorations  ?    What  name  did  they  give  to 
the  vast  territory  they  claimed  ? 

6.  To  what  parts  of  the  coast  were  the  English  explorations  limited  ?    What  name 
did  they  give  to  their  claim?    How  far  did  it  extend  ? 


GENERAL    REFLECTIONS.  31 

7.  The  DUTCH,  by  virtue  of  the  voyage  of  Hudson,  after  a 
time  laid  claim  to  a  portion  of  the  coast  within  the  limits 
of  Virginia,  a  claim  which  the  English  would  never  for  one 
moment  allow.  To  this  territory,  extending  from  Cape  Cod 
to  the  Delaware  River,  the  Dutch,  some  twelve  years  after 
Hudson's  voyage,  gave  the  name  of  NEW  NETHERLANDS. 
'  8.  These  three  claims  —  for  Florida  did  not  give  much 
trouble — in  course  of  time,  greatly  interfered  with  each  oth 
er.  Their  boundaries  were  very  indefinite.  The  French 
claim  overlapped  the  northern  and  western  part  of  Virginia ; 
that  of  the  Dutch  struck  into  the  middle  of  it.  While  the 
country  was  only  settled  at  points  many  miles  apart,  there 
was  little  or  no  trouble;  but  as  settlements  began  to  in 
crease,  these  rival  claims  became  a  fruitful  source  of  quar 
rels,  which  were  at  last  ended  mainly  by  the  sword. 

CONTEMPORANEOUS    EVENTS    AND    REIGNS. 

9.  Just  before  Columbus  sailed,  the  Spaniards  had  driven 
the  Moors  out  of  Spain,  where  they  had  been  for  eight  hun 
dred  years.  It  was  at  the  surrender  of  Granada  (gran-ali'- 
dah),  the  last  strong-hold  of  the  Moors,  that  Columbus  final 
ly  obtained  the  approval  of  Ferdinand  and  Isabella  for  his 
expedition.  At  the  time  that  De  Soto  was  struggling  to 
ward  the  Mississippi,  the  Emperor  of  Germany,  Charles  V. 
of  Spain,  was  the  ruler  of  the  mightiest  empire  in  the  world. 
When  the  French  and  Spanish  were  slaughtering  each  other 
in  Florida,  Charles  IX.  reigned  in  France  ;  Philip  II.,  son  of 
Charles  V.,  was  King  of  Spain;  and  the  great  Queen  Eliza 
beth  reigned  in  England.  When  Raleigh  was  making  the 
last  attempt  to  plant  his  colony  on  Roanoke  Island,  Spain 
was  preparing  her  great  Armada  to  conquer  England,  an 
expedition  which  ended  in  that  terrible  defeat  so  famous  in 
English  and  Spanish  history. 

T.  What  is  said  of  the  Dutch  claim  ?    How  far  did  it  extend  ?    What  name  did  they 
give  to  this  ? 

8.  Why  did  these  claims  interfere  with  each  other?    In  what  way  did  this  happen  ? 

9.  What  great  event  in  Spain  happened  just  before  the  sailing  of  Columbus  ?    With 
what  is  the  surrender  of  Granada  associated  ?    Who  was  ruler  in  Spain  when  De 
Soto  was  engaged  in  his  expedition?    What  names  are  mentioned  as  rulers  in  Eu 
rope  while  Melendez  was  in  Florida?    When  was  this?    What  was  taking  place  in 
Europe  while  Raleigh  was  busy  with  his  Roanoke  colony?    When  was  this? 


32  EARLY  DISCOVERIES    AND    EXPLORATIONS. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— DISCOVERY  AND  EXPLORATION. 

1.  State  what  ideas  the  Europeans  had  of  the  extent  of  the  world  previous  to  the 
discovery  of  America. 

2.  What  was  the  state  of  the  public  mind  in  Europe  daring  the  latter  half  of  tho 
15th  century  ? 

3.  What  can  you  state  about  the  India  trade  of  those  early  times? 

4.  What  great  idea  prompted  the  discovery  of  America  ? 

5.  Give  an  account  of  the  struggles  of  Columbus  for  assistance. 

6.  What  great  events  were  occurring  in  Spain  while  Columbus  was  soliciting  aid? 

7.  State  the  connection  of  Ferdinand  and  Isabella  with  the  voyages  of  Columbus. 

8.  How  many  voyages  did  he  make,  and  when? 

9.  Sketch  the  painful  events  that  marked  the  close  of  his  life. 

10.  Why  was  America  not  named  after  Columbus  ? 

11.  Who  rirst  touched  the  American  continent  ?    Give  an  account  of  his  expedition 
and  that  of  his  son  ? 

12.  What  claim  was  founded  on  these  voyages? 

13.  Where,  during  the  first  few  years  after  the  discovery,  did  the  Spaniards  plant 
colonies  ? 

14.  What  cruelties  marked  the  early  Spanish  settlements  ? 

15.  What  leading  expedition?  were  undertaken  by  the  Spaniards  from  149S  to  1545  ? 

16.  Which  of  these  belong  to  the  history  of  the  United  States  ? 

17.  What  was  the  most  striking  point  of  De  Soto's  expedition? 

18.  What  were  the  notions  of  the  Spaniards  as  to  the  extent  and  value  of  Florida? 

19.  How  many  attempts  were  made  by  the  Spaniards  to  explore  or  settle  it  ? 

20.  Were  any  attempts  made  by  any  other  people :  if  so,  when,  by  whom,  and  with 
what  result  ? 

21.  What  part  of  the  coast  besides  Florida  did  the  French  attempt  to  settle  ? 

22.  What  names  are  connected  with  the  discovery  and  exploration  of  the  St.  Law 
rence  ? 

23.  Where  and  what  was  Acadia?  to  whom  granted,  and  when? 

24.  What  did  these  early  French  and  English  explorers  hope  to  find? 

25.  Why  were  they  forced  to  search  for  this  north  of  Florida  ? 

26.  What  names  can  you  give  connected  with  these  attempts  ? 

27.  What  Englishman  first  explored  San  Francisco  Bay  ? 

28.  With  what  hope  did  he  enter  it,  and  when  did  he  do  so? 

29.  Where  and  in  what  years  were  the  principal  efforts  at  settlement  by  the  En 
glish  previous  to  the  year  1600  ?    Give  the  story  of  Sir  Humphrey  Gilbert. 

30.  What  great  Englishman  was  connected  with  these  attempts? 

31.  Give  a  brief  sketch  of  the  attempts  atRoanoke.    What  was  the  original  extent 
of  Virginia  ? 

32.  With  what  rulers,  and  with  what  great  event  in  European  history  are  these  ef 
forts  associated  ? 

33.  Give  the  dates  of  the  following:  1,  the  settlement  of  St.  Augustine  ;  2,  of  Santa 
Fe ;  3,  the  attempts  on  the  St.  Lawrence. 

34.  What  bloody  event  is  connected  with  the  settlement  of  St.  Augustine  ? 

35.  What  can  you  state  regarding  Henry  Hudson  ? 

36.  Who  is  supposed  to  have  entered  New  York  Bay  before  him,  and  how  many 
years  ? 

37.  Which  is  the  oldest  colony  in  the  United  States  ?    Give  the  date. 

38.  What  division  was  made  of  Virginia  in  1606? 

39.  What  immediate  use  was  made  of  these  grants? 

40.  Where  is  Jamestown  ?    Why  so  called  ? 

41.  How  many  and  what  European  nations  were  connected  with  the  North  Amer 
ican  continent  previous  to  the  year  1610  ? 

42.  How  did  their  claims  interfere  with  each  other  ? 

43.  Give  an  account  of  the  attempts  to  find  a  western  passage. 


VIRGINIA. 


CHAPTER  II. 

SETTLEMENT  AND  PROGRESS  OF  THE  ENGLISH  COLONIES  PROM  THE 
YEAR  1607  TO  THE  BEGINNING  OP  THE  WAR  OP  THE  REVOLUTION. 

SECTION  I. 
VIRGINIA  AND  MARYLAND. 

VIRGINIA. 


•'ARRIVAL  AT  JAMKbTOWM,  1607. 

1.  THE  colonists  that  settled  at  Jamestown  were  for  the 
most  part  poorly  fitted  to  make  a  living  in  a  new  country. 
Forty-eight  of  them  were  broken-down  gentlemen,  who  de 
spised  work,  and  of  the  remainder  only  twelve  were  labor 
ers,  and  seven  or  eight  were  mechanics.  The  leading  men 
were  Newport,  the  commander;  Wingfield,  a  London  mer 
chant;  Gosnold,  the  discoverer  of  Cape  Cod;  and  John 
Smith,  a  man  still  under  thirty  years  of  age,  but  who  had 
passed  a  life  of  wonderful  adventure  in  the  Old  World. 

1.  What  was  the  character  of  the  men  who  settled  Jamestown?    Describe  them. 
Who  were  the  leading  men  ?    What  is  said  of  each  ? 

B  2 


34  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

2.  The  voyage  had  been  long  and  wearisome,  and  this  led 
to  discontent,  which  was  increased  by  jealousy  among  the 
chief  men.     Unfortunately,  the  names  of  the  council  for  the 
colony  were  unknown;  and  had  been  put,  by  the  king's  or 
der,  into  a  sealed  box,  not  to  be  opened  until  the  settlers 
landed.     Smith  was  charged  by  Wingfield  with  the  design 
of  seizing  the  government,  and  was  placed  under  arrest  dur 
ing  the  remainder  of  the  voyage. 

3.  When  they  arrived  in  Virginia  the  box  was  opened, 
and  the  leading  men  already  mentioned,  together  with  Rad- 
cliffe,  Martin,  and  Kendal,  were  found  named  as  the  seven 
councilors.     Wingfield  was  chosen  president.     Smith,  not 
allowed  to  take  his  seat,  was  soon  after  brought  to  trial  and 
acquitted.    The  jury  gave  him  heavy  damages  against  Wing- 
field,  and  he  was  permitted  to  take  his  place  in  the  Council. 

4.  In  the  month  of  June,  Newport  returned  to  England. 
He  had  scarcely  sailed  when  the  settlers  began  to  sicken 
from  want  of  proper  food,  from  exposure,  and  from  the  dis 
eases  common  to  settlers  in  a  new  country.     By  the  month 
of  September,  fifty  had  died  ;  among  these  was  Gosnold.    To 
add  to  their  distress,  Wingfield  was  found  to  be  living  on  the 
best  of  the  stores  while  others  were  starving.     For  this,  and 
for  attempting  to  desert  the  colony  in  a  small  vessel,  he  was 
deprived  of  the  presidency ;  and  he  and  Kendal,  his  accom 
plice,  were  expelled  from  the  Council. 

5.  There  were  but  three  members  left,  Smith,  Radcliffe, 
and  Martin.     Radcliife  was  made  president ;  but  he  was  a 
weak  man,  and  the  power  fell  into  the  strong  hand  of  Smith. 
He  cheered  the  spirits  of  the  colonists,  and,  to  keep  them 
busy,  persuaded  them  to  erect  a  fort  and  to  build  log  huts 
for  the  winter.     From  the  Indians  he  obtained,  partly  by 
threats,  partly  by  kind  words,  supplies  of  Indian  corn;  and 
as  winter  approached,  there  came  plenty  of  game.     Thus  all 
fear  of  famine  was  removed.     Smith  then  proceeded,  Decem- 

2.  What  is  said  of  the  voyage  and  its  effects?    What  unfortunate  thing  increased 
this  jealousy  ?    With  what  was  Smith  charged  ?    How  was  he  treated  ? 

3.  When  the  box  was  opened,  who  were  found  named  of  the  Council  ?    Who  was 
made  president?    What  is  said  of  Smith's  trial  and  the  verdict? 

4.  What  occurred  soon  after  Newport  returned  to  England  ?    How  soon  was  this  ? 
How  many  died?    What  leading  man  was  among  this  number?    How  was  this  dis 
aster  increased  ?    What  measure  became  necessary,  aud  why  t 


VIRGINIA. 


35 


CAPTAIN    JOHN   SMITH. 


ber,  1607,  to  explore  the  Riv 
er  Chickahominy,  which  en 
ters  the  James  River  above 
Jamestown,  hoping  that  this 
might  prove  a  passage  to  the 
South  Sea.  For  this  the  col 
onists  had  been  particularly 
ordered  to  search. 

0.  On  the  expedition  he  was 
captured  by  the  Indians,  and, 
after  being  carried  round  from 
one  Indian  village  to  another, 
was  condemned  to  die.  As  he 
lay  bound,  with  his  head  on  a  stone,  awaiting  the  fatal  blow 
from  the  Indian  club,  Po-ca-hon-tas,  a  young  girl  ten  or 
twelve  years  old,  the  favorite  daughter  of  the  chief  Pow- 
hatan  (poic-hah-tari),  rushed  forward,  and,  clasping  Smith's 
head  in  her  arms,  implored  his  life.  Her  prayer  was  grant 
ed,  and  in  a  short  time  he  was  sent  back  in  honor  to  James 
town,  after  a  captivity  of  seven  weeks. 

7.  When  he  arrived  there  he  found  the  settlers  in  a  miser 
able   condition,  and  Avholly  disheartened.     They  were  re 
duced  in  number  to  forty  persons,  some  of  whom  were  pre 
paring  to  escape  in  the  company's  bark.     Smith  persuaded 
or  compelled  them  to  remain;  and,  by  his  influence  with  the 
Indians,  with  whom  he  was  now  in  favor,  obtained  abun 
dance  of  provisions. 

8.  Soon  after,  Newport  arrived  from  England,  bringing 
supplies  and  120  colonists.     These  were  no  better  fitted  for 
the  new  country  than  the  first.     They  were  chiefly  vagabond 
gentlemen  unused  to  labor,  and  a  few  goldsmiths  sent  out 
to  seek  for  mines.     Xot  long  after  their  arrival  they  found 
some  glittering  mica,  which  they  mistook  for  gold  dust;  and 

5.  Who  were  left  in  the  council?  What  is  said  of  Radcliffe?  How  did  Smith 
phow  his  greatness  of  character  ?  How  did  they  secure  their  supplies  for  the  win 
ter?  How  did  Smith  then  busy  himself?  Where  is  the  Chickahominy  ? 

G.  What  misfortune  befell  Smith?  Give  an  account  of  what  followed.  How  was 
this  prayer  regarded ?  How  was  he  treated  after  this? 

T.  How  did  he  find  things  On  Iris  return  to  the  colony?  What  were  they  about  to 
do  ?  What  was  Smith's  conduct  ?  In  what  way  did  Smith's  captivity  among  the  Iii- 
fiians  prove  a  benefit  ? 


36  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

one  of  Newport's  ships  was  sent  back  laden  with  this  to  En 
gland. 

9.  Smith  left  them  to  their  folly,  digging  and  washing 
the  useless  earth,  and  spent  his  time  exploring  the  country. 
In  an  open  boat  he  examined  the  shores  of  the  chief  rivers 
that  flow  into  the  Chesapeake,  sailed  more  than  three  thou 
sand  miles,  and  made  the  first  map  of  the  great  bay.     On 
his  return  to  Jamestown,  in  September,  he  was  made  Presi 
dent  of  the  Council. 

10.  The  same  month  Newport  brought  from  England  an 
addition  of  seventy  settlers,  and  a  very  angry  letter  from 
the  Company,  who  were  dissatisfied  with  the  returns  they 
had  obtained  from  the  colony.     Smith  wrote  to  them  that 
"it  were  better  to  send  out  thirty  working   men  than  a 
thousand  like  the  present  colonists."     Of  so  little  service 
had  these  proved,  that  Jamestown,  at  the  end  of  two  years 
from  its  settlement,  was  still  a  mere  village,  with  very  little 
cultivated  land  around  it. 

11.  A  new  charter  was  given  to  the  London  Company  in 
1609.     The  council  resident  in  the  colony  was  abolished, 
and  Lord  De  la  War,  known  as  Delaware,  was  appointed 
governor  for  life.     The  Company  went  to  work  with  new 
vigor,  hoping  for  better  returns ;  and  sent  out  a  fleet  of  nine 
ships,  with  five  hundred  colonists,  under  command  of  New 
port.     Lord  Delaware  was  not  able  to  go  with  the  expedi 
tion  ;  but  Newport,  Sir  Thomas  Gates,  and  Sir  George  Som- 
ers  were  appointed  commissioners  to  govern  the  colony  until 
his  arrival.     Unluckily,  these  three  embarked  on  the  same 
vessel.     A  severe  storm  dispersed  the  fleet,  and  drove  the 
vessel  in  which  they  sailed  on  the  Bermudas,  where  they 
were  compelled  to  remain  all  winter. 

8.  Who  arrived  about  this  time  ?    Describe  the  new  settlers.    Into  what  folly  did 
their  ignorance  lead  them  ? 

9.  How  did  Smith  look  upon  all  this  ?    How  did  he  spend  his  time  ?    What  is  said 
of  his  explorations  ?    What  took  place  on  his  return  ? 

10.  What  month  did  Newport  come  with  fresh  settlers  ?    What  else  did  he  bring  ? 
How  did  Smith  reply  to  this  ?    What  is  said  of  Jamestown  at  the  end  of  two  years  ? 

11.  What  important  event  took  place  in  1609  ?     What  changes  were  made  ?     Did 
this  charter  have  any  effect  on  the  spirits  and  efforts  of  the  Company?    What  ar 
rangement  was  made  about  the  government  of  the  colony  ?    What  happened  to  the 
vessels  of  the  expedition  ?    Were  the  commissioners  in  different  ships?    What  be 
came  of  the  vessel  in  which  they  were  ? 


VIRGINIA. 


37 


EABLY    SBTTJLKMENIB    1JS    V1KG1MA  AND 
MARYLAND. 


12.  The  other  ships,  save 
one  which  was  lost,  arrived 
at    Jamestown    with    their 
passengers.      The  most  of 
these  were  indolent  and  vi 
cious,    litter    "  to    breed    a 
riot  than  found  a  colony." 
Smith    at    first    had    great 
trouble  in  dealing   with 
them,  because  they  claimed 
that  under  the  new  charter 
he  was  no  longer  president ; 
but  he   maintained  his  au 
thority  in  the   absence   of 
the  commissioners,  and  firm 
ly   repressed   all  disorder. 
In   October  he   was   badly 
wounded  by  an  accidental 

explosion  of  gunpowder,  and  was  compelled  to  go  to  En 
gland  for  surgical  aid. 

13.  After  his  departure  the  colonists  became  riotous  and 
idle.     They  wastefully  consumed  the   provisions,  and  ill- 
treated  the  Indians,  who,  in  revenge,  killed  several  small 
parties  out  foraging.     Vice,  famine,  sickness,  and  the  hos 
tility  of  the  natives  made  so  great  a  havoc  among  them, 
that  out  of  five  hundred  persons  in  the  colony  when  Smith 
sailed,  there  were,  in  six  months,  only  sixty  left.     This  drea 
ry  and  terrible  winter  of  1609-10  was  long  known  in  Vir 
ginia  as  "  the  starving  time."     Fortunately,  Newport,  Gates, 
and  Somers  arrived  from  the  Bermudas  in  May,  1610,  just  in 
time  to  save  these  sixty  from  starvation. 

14.  The  new  comers  brought  with  them  only  about  six 
teen  days'  provisions,  expecting  to  find  abundance  in  the 
colony.     They  found  only  starving  men  and  a  ruined  settle- 

12.  What  became  of  the  remainder  of  the  vessels  ?    What  is  said  of  the  passengers 
in  them  ?    What  success  did  Smith  have  in  dealing  with  these  men  ?    What  occurred 
in  October,  1609  f 

13.  How  did  this  affect  the  settlers?    Describe  their  bad  conduct.     What  was  the 
consequence  of  all  this?    When  did  this  take  place,  and  what  was  it  called?    What 
fortunate  arrival  saved  the  remnant  of  the  colony  ? 


38  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

merit.  As  it  appeared  useless  to  remain  at  Jamestown,  they 
all  determined  to  sail  for  Newfoundland,  and  obtain  help 
from  the  fishing  vessels  there.  While  they  were  descend 
ing  the  James  River,  June,  1610,  they  met  Lord  Delaware, 
who  had  just  arrived  from  England  with  three  ships  con 
taining  provisions  and  settlers.  He  persuaded  them  to  re 
turn  with  him  to  Jamestown,  where  he  at  once  began  to  ar 
range  the  affairs  of  the  colony.  While  engaged  in  this  he 
was  taken  sick,  and  shortly  returned  to  England. 

15.  Lord  Delaware  left  about  two  hundred  settlers  in  the 
colony.     In  May,  1611,  three  ships  came  out  with  three  hun 
dred  colonists.     In  September  of  the  same  year,  Sir  Thomas 
Gates,  deputy  governor,  brought  out   six   ships  and  three 
hundred  and  fifty  men.     What  was  still  needed  to  place  the 
colony  on  a  firm  foundation  was  families. 

16.  Gates  made  :i  wise  regulation  that  proved  of  great  ad 
vantage.    Hitherto  all  the  land  had  been  worked  in  common, 
and  the  proceeds  put  into  the  public  store.     Gates  ordered 
that  three  acres  should  be  set  apart  to  each  man  to  cultivate 
for  his  own  use.     This  put  new  life  and  energy  into  the  poor 
er  settlers,  by  giving  every  man  the  fruit  of  his  own  labor. 

17.  The  London  Company  had  spent  a  large  amount  of 
money  on  their  colony,  and  had  received  little  or  no  return. 
In  London  the  settlement  of  Virginia  was  publicly  sneered 
at  as  a  failure,  and  the  stockholders  threw  the  blame  on  the 
council  in  England.     To  quiet  this  outcry,  the  charter  was 
altered  in  1612.     The  governing  council  residing  in  London 
was  abolished,  and  every  stockholder  was  allowed  a  voice 
in  the  weekly  meetings  of  the  Company.     No  change  was 
made  in  the  office  of  governor,  which  was  held  by  Lord  Del 
aware,  still  in  England  on  account  of  ill  health. 

14.  What  amount  of  supplies  were  brought?    By  what  were  they  met?    What 
course  was  determined  on?    What  happened  before  they  had  gone  out  of  the  river? 
What  did  Lord  Delaware  persuade  them  to  do?    How  was  this  interrupted  ? 

15.  How  many  settlers  did  Lord  Delaware  leave  in  the  colony  ?    How  many  arrived 
in  May  and  September  ?    Who  came  with  the  September  party? 

16.  How  was  the  land  cultivated  previous  to  the  arrival  of  Gates  ?    What  wise  reg- 
cilation  did  he  make?    How  did  this  affect  the  energies  of  the  colonists? 

17.  What  had  been  the  success  of  the  London  Company  so  far  ?    How  was  Virginia 
regarded  on  this*  account  ?    On  whom  was  the  blame  thrown  ?    When  was  the  char 
ter  altered,  and  why  ?    What  alterations  were  made  ?    Who  still  remained  governor? 
Where  was  he  at  the  time  ? 


VIRGINIA. 


39 


18.  During  the  same  year,  Pocahontas  was  enticed  on 
board  of  a  vessel  by  one  Captain  Argall,  and  taken  to 
Jamestown.  Powhatan  demanded  his  daughter;  but  the 
colonists  refused  to  givre  her  back,  claiming  that  the  Indians 
had  enticed  away  the  servants  of  the  settlers  and  stolen 
some  fire-arms.  Powhatan  was  greatly  enraged,  and  vowed 
revenge,  which  was  fortunately  appeased  by  the  marriage 
of  Pocahontas  with  one  of  the  settlers,  in  April,  1613.  John 
Rolfe,  a  young  man  of  good  family,  asked  her  in  marriage, 
and  Powhatan  consented.  In  the  year  1616  Rolfe  took  his 
young  bride  on  a  visit  to  England,  where  she  died.  She  left 
a  son,  from  whom  some  of  the  leading  families  of  Virginia 
have  been  proud  to  trace  their  descent. 

' 


MARRIAGE    Ol'    POCAIlOiNTAB. 

19.  The  marriage  had  a  very  happy  effect  on  the  Indians, 
and,  while  Powhatan  lived,  the  good  understanding  was 
kept  up  between  them  and  the  colonists.  It  is  worthy  of 
notice  that  Rolfe's  example  was  not  followed.  The  In- 

18.  What  happened  to  Pocahontas  in  1612?  What  did  her  father  do?  How  did 
the  colonists  justify  their  conduct?  How  did  Powhatan  receive  this?  How  was  a 
war  with  the  Indians  prevented?  State  what  is  said  of  her  marriage.  What  after 
ward  happened  to  Pocahontas  ?  What  is  said  of  her  sou  ? 


40  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

dians  were  desirous  of  intermarriage,  but  the  English  de« 
tested  it. 

20.  During  the  year  1613,  Captain  Argall  sailed  from  Vir 
ginia  to  look  after  the  English  fisheries  at  Newfoundland. 
On  Mount  Desert  Island  he  found  a  few  Frenchmen,  and  at 
once  broke  up   their  settlement.     Sailing   again  in   a  few 
months,  he  burned  the  houses  at  Port  Royal  abandoned  by 
the  French,  who  fled  to  the  woods.     On  his  way  home  he 
entered  New  York  Harbor,  and  compelled  the  Dutch  traders 
on  Manhattan  Island  to  hoist  the  English  flag.     All  these 
places  wrere  claimed  to  be  within  the  limits  of  English  au 
thority.     Argall's  successes,  however,  were  only  temporary. 
The  French,  immediately  after  his  departure,  returned  to 
Port  Royal,  and  the  Hollanders  again  hoisted  the  Dutch 
flag  on  Manhattan  Island. 

21.  The  cultivation  of  tobacco,  as  a  staple,  was  begun  in 
Virginia  as  early  as  the  year  1615,  and  spread  so  rapidly 


CULTIVATION   OF   TOBACCO   AT   JAMESTOWN,  1615. 


19.  What  was  the  effect  of  this  marriage  on  the  Indians?    Was  Rolfe's  example 
followed  ?    How  was  intermarriage  looked  on  by  the  English  and  Indians  ? 

20.  Who  sailed  from  Virginia  in  1613,  and  for  what  purpose?    What  did  he  do  at 
Mount  Desert  Island  and  Port  Royal  ?    What  happened  on  his  second  voyage  ?    Why 
had  Argall  dared  to  act  as  he  did?    Was  his  conduct  of  any  lasting  benefit  to  the 
English  ?    State  what  occurred  after  his  departure  from  Port  Royal  and  Manhattan 
Island. 


VIRGINIA.  41 

that,  in  a  short  time,  "  the  fields,  the  gardens,  and  even  the 
streets  of  Jamestown"  were  planted  with  tobacco.  It  readily 
brought,  in  1620,  three  quarters  of  a  dollar  per  pound;  but 
the  price  fell  as  low  as  two  or  three  pence  per  pound  in  after 
years.  So  eagerly  did  the  colonists  plant,  that  they  neglect 
ed  to  raise  corn,  and  suffered  not  a  little  in  consequence. 

22.  Meanwhile  Virginia  was  ruled  by  deputy  governors, 
for  Lord  Delaware  was  still  sick  in  England.     In  1617  the 
complaints  against  ArgalPs  conduct  as  deputy  became  so  se 
rious  that  the  Company  besought  Delaware  to  go  out  to  Vir 
ginia.     He  accordingly  set  sail,  but  died  on  the  passage  at 
the  mouth  of  the  bay,  which,  from  that  time,  has  borne  his 
name. 

23.  Yeardley  was  appointed  governor,  and,  on  his  arrival, 
found  the  settlers  arranged  in  "  seven  plantations."     This 
number  he  increased  to  eleven.     He  then,  in  1619,  called  to 
gether  an  assembly,  composed  mainly  of  two  representatives 
from  each  of  these  plantations  or  boroughs.     This  assembly 
was  called  the  House  of  Burgesses,  from  the  word  borough, 
and  was  the  first  Colonial  Assembly  that  met  in  Virginia. 

24.  In  the  same  year  ninety  young  women  of  good  char 
acter  were  induced  to  emigrate  to  Virginia   and  become 
wives  to  the  settlers.     Previous  to  this  there  were  but  few 
women  in  the  colony.     The  price  of  a  wife  was  fixed  at  the 
cost  of  the  passage — one  hundred  Ibs.  of  tobacco,  worth  at 
that  time  about  $75  of  our  currency.     In  the  year  1621,  six 
ty  more  we're  sent  out,  and  the  price  was  raised  to  150  Ibs. 
of  tobacco. 

25.  In  August  of  the  preceding  year,  1620,  twenty  negroes 
were  brought  by  a  Dutch  vessel  to  the  James  River  and 
sold  as  slaves.     This  was  the  beginning  of  negro  slavery  in 
the  colonies,  but  it  did  not  extend  rapidly  for  forty  years. 

21.  When  was  the  cultivation  of  tobacco  begun  in  Virginia?    What  is  a  "staple?" 
How  did  the  cultivation  spread  ?    What  prices  did  it  bring  ?    What  mistake  did  the 
colonists  fall  into  in  their  anxiety  to  make  money  on  tobacco? 

22.  How  was  Virginia  ruled  at  this  time  ?   Why  was  this  ?    What  was  done  in  con 
sequence  of  Argall's  conduct  ?    What  is  further  said  of  Lord  Delaware  ? 

23.  Who  was  made  governor?    How  did  he  find  the  settlers  arranged  ?    What  im 
portant  steps  did  he  take  ?    Of  whom  was  the  Assembly  composed  ?    What  was  thia 
called  ? 

24.  What  important  addition  was  made  to  the  colony  this  year?    What  was  the 
price  of  a  wife  ?    When  did  others  arrive  ?    To  what  was  the  price  raised  ? 


42  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

In  1621,  the  year  following,  a  few  cotton  seeds  were  planted 
as  an  experiment.  The  plants  throve,  yet  their  farther  cul 
tivation  was  neglected  for  many  years. 

26.  As  the  colony  increased  in  numbers,  the  people  began 
to  obtain  more  liberty.     Martial  law  was  abolished,  and  trial 
by  jury  took  its  place.    A  constitution,  denning  their  rights, 
was  granted  to  the  colony  in  the  year  1621.     To  the  House 
of  Burgesses,  under  the  name  of  the  "  General  Assembly  of 
Virginia,"  was  given  the  power  of  making  the  laws.     But 
these  could  not  be  put  in  force  until  they  had  been  signed 
by  the  governor,  and  had  received  the  approval  of  the  Com 
pany  in  England. 

27.  The  settlements,  in  the  year  1022,  had  spread  to  a  con 
siderable  distance  around  Jamestown,  and  every  thing  be 
gan  to  bear  the  marks  of  prosperity.     The  settlers,  grown 
over-confident  in  themselves,  had  learned  to  despise  the  wily 
Indians,  who  were  only  waiting  an  opportunity  to  wreak 
their  revenge.     Powhatan,  the  friend  of  the  colony,  had  died 
in  1618,  and  Opecancanough,  his  brother,  a  bold  and  cun 
ning  man,  who  hated  the  English,  was  now  chief. 

28.  At  the  same  hour  of  the  clay,  March   22,  1622,  the 
savages  fell  suddenly  on  the  plantations  at  a  distance  from 
Jamestown,  and  killed  three  hundred  and  forty-seven  per 
sons.     Jamestown  and  a  few  plantations  near  it  were  saved 
by  a  converted  Indian,  who  gave  warning  to  the  settlers  the 
night  before  the  massacre.     A  bloody  war  followed,  and,  at 
the  end  of  a  year,  the  number  of  colonists  had  fallen  from 
4000  to  2500.     The  Indians  suffered  so  severely  that  they 
remained  quiet  till  1644.     Then  came   a  massacre  of  five 
hundred  settlers,  and  war  ending  in  the  expulsion  of  the 
natives  from  their  lands  near  the  York  and  James  Rivers. 

25.  When  did  negro  slavery  begin  in  the  colonies  ?    How  did  it  begin  ?    Did  it  ex 
tend  nipidly  ?    What  experiment  was  made  in  1621,  and  with  what  success  ? 

26.  What  was  the  effect  of  the  increase  of  numbers  on  the  colony  ?    What  two 
great  rights  were  granted  the  settlers?    What  new  name  and  powers  were  given  to 
the  House  of  Burgesses  ?    What  was  necessary  before  laws  could  be  put  in  force  ? 

27.  What  is  said  of  the  settlements  at  this  time  ?    How  did  the  settlers  feel  about 
the  Indians  ?    Who  was  now  chief  of  the  Powhatans  ? 

2S.  What  was  the  sad  result  of  their  carelessness  about  the  Indians?  How  was 
Jamestown  and  the  plantations  near  it  saved  ?  How  did  the  whites  act  ?  What  was 
the  effect  of  the  war  on  the  colonists  and  on  the  Indians  ?  What  occurred  in  1C44  ? 
How  did  the  war  end? 


VIRGINIA. 


43 


INDIAN   ilASSACBE,  1622. 

29,  The  disasters  of  the  colony  produced  much  contention 
in  the  meetings  of  the  stockholders  in  London,  and  a  part 
of  them  appealed  to  the  king  to  examine  the  affairs  of  the 
company.     This  was  what  King  James  wanted.     He  had 
been  long  jealous  of  it,  on  account  of  the  patriotic  senti 
ments  uttered  at  its  meetings.     Examiners  were  appointed, 
and  their  report  was  as  unfavorable  to  the  company  as  the 
king  could  have  desired.     He  thereupon  dissolved  it  in  1624, 
and  declared  its  charter  forfeited  to  the  crown.     Thus  end 
ed  the  London  Company,  after  an   existence  of  eighteen 
years,  during  which  it  had  spent  8700,000  in  trying  to  set 
tle  Virginia.     For  this,  a  great  sum  of  money  in  those  days, 
the  stockholders  had  received  no  pecuniary  return. 

30.  The  king,  during  the  brief  remainder  of  his  life,  did 

29.  How  was  the  news  of  these  disasters  received  in  England  ?  What  did  a  part 
of  the  Company  do?  Why  was  this  particularly  pleasing  to  King  James?  What 
was  at  once  done  by  the  king,  and  with  what  result?  How  long  had  the  London 
Company  existed?  How  much  money  had  been  expended?  What  is  said  of  the 
stockholders  ? 


44  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

not  disturb  the  colony  by  any  serious  changes.  His  son, 
Charles  I.,  who  succeeded  him  in  1625,  also  left  the  Virgin 
ians  to  manage  their  own  affairs,  because  he  had  enough  to 
do  in  England  in  trying  to  crush  the  patriots  who  were  strug 
gling  in  and  out  of  Parliament  for  p'opular  freedom. 

31.  Civil  war  broke  out  between  the  king  and  his  Parlia 
ment  in  the  year  1642,  and  lasted  for  seven  years.     In  1649 
the  Parliament  triumphed,  and  King  Charles  was  tried  and 
beheaded.     During  the  struggle, Virginia  remained  loyal  to 
the  king;  yet,  after  the  restoration  of  Charles  II.  to  the  throne, 
the  colony  received  a  poor  return  for  its  loyalty. 

32.  A  Navigation  Act  was  passed  in  1660,  excluding  all 
foreign  vessels  from  the  colonies.     This  was  felt  to  be  so 
great  a  grievance  in  Virginia,  that  Governor  Berkeley  (berk'- 
ly)  was  sent  to  England  in  1662 ;  and  200,000  Ibs.  of  tobacco 
wrere  appropriated  to  meet  his  expenses.     Instead  of  reliev 
ing  the  colonists,  the  English  government,  in  1663,  passed 
a  still  more  oppressive  act,  compelling  them  to  ship  their 
staples  to  England  alone,  and  forcing  them  to  buy  all  their 
European  goods  there  also.     This  carrying  trade  was  to  be 
done  only  by  English  vessels. 

33.  The  colonists  were  at  the  same  time  far  from  being  at 
peace  among  themselves.     Two  parties  had  sprung  up,  the 
aristocratic  party,  composed  chiefly  of  rich  planters  and  of 
fice-holders,  and,  opposed  to  this,  the  party  of  the  people. 
Berkeley,  the  governor,  belonged  to  the  aristocratic  party ; 
and  we  may  learn  what  its  spirit  wTas  from  what  he  said  in 
1671  :  "I  thank  God  there  are  no  free-schools  nor  printing- 
presses  here,  and  I  hope  we  shall  not  have  them  these  hun 
dred  years.     God  keep  us  from  both." 

34.  The  people  began  to  groan  under  burdensome  taxes 

30.  Did  James  meddle  any  farther  with  the  colony?    Who  succeeded  him  on  the 
throne  ?    How  did  he  treat  the  colonists  ?  •• 

31.  What  took  place  in  the  year  1C42  in  England?    How  long  did  the  war  last? 
Who  triumphed  at  last  ?    What  side  did  Virginia  take  ?    How  were  they  treated  for 
ineir  loyalty?  •  . 

32.  What  oppressive  act  was  passed  ?    State  the  object  of  this  act.    How  was  this 
received  in  Virginia?    What  was  done  by  the  colonists?    Did  the  English -govern 
ment  relieve  them?    What  did  this  new  act  compel  them  to  do? 

33.  In  what  condition  were  the  colonists  themselves  ?    Describe  these  two  parties. 
Which  side  did  Berkeley  take?    What  remark  of  his  is  given  showing  the  spirit  of 
themaii? 


VIRGINIA. 


45 


raised  to  pay  heavy  salaries  to  office-holders,  and  to  com 
plain  that  they  had  no  voice  in  regulating  the  taxes  or  their 
local  affairs.  The  troubles  came  to  a  crisis  when  an  Indian 
war  broke  out  on  the  frontiers  of  Virginia  in  1675.  A  large 
body  of  the  settlers  thought  that  Berkeley  and  his  party  did 
not  provide  sufficiently  for  their  protection,  and  they  charged 
the  governor  with  a  leaning  toward  the  natives.  The  colo 
nists  at  once  rallied  round  a  young  man,  Nathaniel  Bacon, 
as  their  leader,  who,  without  a  commission  from  the  govern 
or,  promptly  marched  at  the  head  of  500  men  against  the 
Indians,  April,  1676. 

35.  Berkeley,  who  was  a  courageous  but  wrong-headed 
man,  for  this  proclaimed  him  a  rebel,  and  determined  to 
punish  him.  Bacon  had  the  bulk  of  the  people  on  his  side ; 
and,  in  the  struggle  that  followed,  the  governor  and  his 
party  were  expelled  from  Jamestown,  and  the  village  itself 
was  burned.  While  at  the  height  of  his  success,  the  young 


KUIJNb    OF   JAMESTOWN,  1676. 


34.  What  pressed  heavily  on  the  people  ?  Of  what  did  they  particularly  complain  ? 
How  did  their  troubles  reach  a  crisis  ?  Give  the  date  of  the  war.  How  did  a  large 
body  of  the  settlers  feel  toward  Berkeley  ?  What  charge  was  brought  against  him  ? 
Whom  did  they  choose  for  a  leader?  How  did  Bacon  show  his  spirit? 


46  COLONIAL   HISTORY. 

leader  of  the  people  suddenly  died.  This  left  his  adherents 
without  a  head.  The  armed  force  gradually  retired  to  their 
homes,  and  the  rebellion,  as  it  was  called  by  the  aristocratic 
party,  ended  October,  1676. 

36.  Governor  Berkeley  returned  to  power,  and  made  a  ter 
rible  use  of  it.     lie  hanged  twenty-three  persons,  and  could 
scarcely  be  persuaded  to  stop  here.     A  great  many  were 
fined,  imprisoned,  or  banished.     So  cruel  was  his  conduct, 
that  when  King  Charles  II.  heard  of  it  he  said,  "  The  old 
fool  has  hanged  more  men  in  that  naked  country  than  I  did 
in  England  for  the  murder  of  my  father." 

37.  In  1673,  three  years  before  the  rebellion,  King  Charles 
granted  the  entire  colony  of  Virginia  for  thirty-one  years  to 
Lords  Culpepper  and  Arlington,  two  profligate  noblemen. 
After  the  death  of  Governor  Berkeley  in  England,  Culpep 
per,  who  had  obtained  Arlington's  share  of  the  grant,  was 
appointed  in  1677  governor  for  life.     He  came  out  in  1680, 
and  governed  with  such  tyranny  and  rapacity  that  he  was 
deprived  of  his  office  in  1684.    He  then  surrendered  his  pat 
ent  to  the  crown,  and  Virginia  once  more  became  a  royal 
province.     Its  further  history,  until  the  year  1754,  presents 
little  to  attract  our  notice.     When,  in  that  year,  war  broke 
out  between  the  French  and  English  colonies,  Virginia,  as 
will  be  seen  hereafter,  at  once  assumed  a  position  of  the  first 
importance. 


MARYLAND. 

1.  GEORGE  CALVERT,  an  English  nobleman  by  the  title  of 
Lord  Baltimore,  was  a  member  of  the  original  London  Com 
pany.  In  religion  he  was  a  Catholic,  and  was  anxious  to 
secure  a  refuge  in  America  for  those  of  his  own  persuasion  at 

35.  What  step  did  Berkeley  take  against  Bacon  ?    How  were  the  people  divided  ? 
Which  party  was  defeated?    What  event  occurred  that  put  an  end  to  the  contest? 
Give  the  date  of  this  ? 

36.  What  use  did  Berkeley  make  of  his  restored  power?    What  did  the  king  say 
when  he  heard  of  these  cruel  acts? 

37.  To  whom  and  when  had  King  Charles  assigned  the  colony?    For  how  lon^9 
When  did  Berkeley  die  ?    Who  was  appointed  governor  for  life  ?    When  did  Culpcp- 
per  come  out  to  Virginia?    Whnt  kind  of  a  governor  did  he  make?    What  did  Vir 
ginia  now  become,  and  why  ?    What  is  stated  with  regard  to  its  further  history  ? 


MARYLAND.  47 

that  time  persecuted  in  England.  He  first  attempted  to 
plant  a  colony  in  Newfoundland,  but  the  severe  climate  and 
the  barren  soil  soon  brought  it- to  an  end.  He  then  turned 
his  attention  to  Virginia,  which  he  himself  visited  in  the 
year  1628.  The  feeling  at  that  time  in  the  Jamestown  col 
ony  was  very  bitter  against  the  Catholics,  and  he  soon  re 
turned  to  England. 

2.  After  his  return,  he  obtained,  in  1632,  from  Charles  I., 
a  grant  of  land  lying  north  of  the  Potomac  ;  and  in  honor  of 
the  queen  Henrietta  Maria,  he  called  the  country  Maryland. 
Lord  Baltimore  died  before  the  patent  received  the  king's 
seal,  and  it  was  finally  made  out  in  the  name  of  his  son, 
Cecil  Calvert,  second  Lord  Baltimore. 

3.  By  this  patent  he  was  made  proprietor,  with  full  power 
to  frame  laws  with  the  consent  of  the  people.     It  was  the 
first  colonial  charter  that  secured  to  freemen  in  America  a 
voice  in  the  making  of  the  laws.     It  also  made  no  distinc 
tion  in  favor  of  any  Christian  sect,  a  provision  greatly  in  ad 
vance  of  the  general  opinions  of  the  age. 

4.  The  Virginia  colony  remonstrated  against  this  grant  to 
Lord  Baltimore,  because  Maryland  was  within  the  limits  of 
Virginia    as   granted  to  the  London  Company.     William 
Clayborne,  a  member  of  the  council  at  Jamestown,  espe 
cially  refused  to  recognize  Lord  Baltimore's  right.    As  early 
as  1632  he  had  established,  under  royal  license,  two  trading 
posts,  one  on  the  isle  of  Kent,  in  the  Chesapeake,  the  other 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Susquehanna.     Both  of  these  were 
within  the  limits  of  the  Maryland  grant. 

5.  A  company  of  Catholic  gentlemen,  led  by  Leonard  Cal 
vert,  brother  of  Lord  Baltimore,  sailed  from  England  in  No 
vember,  1633,  in  two  vessels,  the  Ark  and  the  Dove.     In 
February,  1634,  Calvert  arrived  in  the  Chesapeake,  and  on 

1.  Who  was  George  Calvert  ?    Why  was  he  anxious  to  form  a  settlement  in  Amer 
ica?    Where  was  his  first  attempt  made?    With  what  result?    Where  did  he  then 
go  ?    In  what  year  was  this  ?    Why  did  he  soon  return  to  England  ? 

2.  What  did  he  get  from  the  king?    When  was  this?    How  was  it  named,  and 
why  ?    In  whose  name  was  the  patent  made  out  ?    Why  was  this  ? 

3.  What  power  was  given  by  this  patent  ?    What  privilege  was  it  the  first  colonial 
charter  to  secure  ?    What  remarkable  provision  was  there  in  it  about  religion  ? 

4.  How  did  the  Virginia  colony  look  on  this  grant  to  Lord  Baltimore  ?    Why  war; 
this?    Who  especially  objected  to  the  grant?    On  what  grounds  did  he  object  ? 


48  COLONIAL    HISTOKY. 

the  27th  of  March  settled  on  the  site  of  an  Indian  village, 
which  he  named  St.  Mary's. 

6.  Clayborne  soon  began  to  quarrel  with  the   colonists, 
and  fitted  out  a  small  vessel  to  annoy  them.     After  a  sharp 
skirmish,  in  which  Clayborne  was  beaten,  he  escaped  to  Vir 
ginia.     The  governor  of  that  colony  sent  him  to  England 
for  trial,  and  his  settlement  at  the  isle  of  Kent  was  seized 
by  the  Marylanders.     In  1644  Clayborne  returned  to  Mary 
land,  raised  a  rebellion,  and  compelled  Governor  Calvert  to 
flee  to  Virginia.     In  1646  the  governor  came  back  with  a 
body  of  troops,  and  Clayborne  fled. 

7.  In  order  to  confirm  the  right  of  religious  freedom  as 
granted  in  the  charter,  the  Assembly,  in  April,  1649,  passed 
the  "  Toleration  Act,"  securing  to  all  Christians  the  right  to 
worship  God  according  to  their  own  consciences.    Maryland 
thus  became  an  asylum  for  all  persecuted  sects  of  Christians, 
a  large  number  of  whom  came  from  Virginia,     It  is  not 
pleasant  to  know  that  some   of  those  very  men,  who  had 
come  to  Maryland  to  enjoy  this  freedom,  afterward  united 
to  deprive  those  who  had  passed  the  "  Toleration  Act"  of 
the  rights  guaranteed  by  that  statute. 

8.  After  the  Parliament  triumphed  over  King  Charles, 
they  sent  out   commissioners  in  1652   to  look  after  "the 
plantations  within  Chesapeake  Bay."     One  of  these  officers 
was  Clayborne,  the  old  enemy  of  Maryland.     Proceeding 
partly  on  his  advice,  they  compelled  Stone,  who  was  acting 
governor,  to  resign.     The  Protestant  party  took  sides  with 
the  Commissioners,  and  a  decisive  battle  was  fought,  March, 
1655,  in  which  Stone  was  taken  prisoner,  with  several  of  his 
chief  officers.     Some  of  the  latter  were  hanged. 

9.  During  the  three  years  that  followed  it  was  difficult  to 

5.  Who  sailed  from  England  in  1633  ?    When  and  where  did  they  arrive  ?    Where 
and  when  did  they  settle  ? 

6.  What  did  Clayborne  do  ?    What  happened  to  him  in  Maryland  ?    What  became 
of  him  when  he  fled  to  Virginia,  and  of  his  settlement  ?    When  did  Clayborne  return, 
and  what  happened  to  him  ?    How  long  did  this  state  of  things  continue  ? 

7.  What  act  was  passed  by  the  -Assembly,  and  when  ?   What  was  its  nature  ?    Why 
was  it  so  celebrated?    What  did  Maryland  thus  become?    In  what  way  did  many 
of  these  new  settlers  show  their  want  of  toleration  ? 

8.  What  was  done  to  Maryland  by  Parliament  after  it  triumphed  over  the  king? 
Who  was  one  of  these  officers  ?    What  did  they  proceed  to  do  by  his  advice  ?   Which 
party  took  sides  with  the  Commissioners?    What  followed ? 


MARYLAND.  49 

tell  which  party  was  uppermost.  There  were  two  govern 
ments,  one  Protestant,  the  other  Catholic ;  and  there  was 
great  confusion.  In  1658  these  disputes  were  settled,  and 
in  1660  Lord  Baltimore  was  restored  by  the  king  to  all  his 
rights  as  proprietor.  Philip  Calvert  was  appointed  govern 
or.  The  second  Lord  Baltimore  died  in  1675,  and  was  suc 
ceeded  by  his  son  Charles,  third  Lord  Baltimore.  In  the 
year  1691  King  William  III.  deprived  him  of  the  right  of 
government  in  Maryland,  and  it  was  made  a  royal  prov 
ince. 

10.  Sir  Lionel  Copley  arrived  in  1692  as  royal  governor. 
Very  soon  after,  the  Assembly  established  the  Church  of 
England ;  and  the  Catholics  soon  found  themselves  disfran 
chised  in  the  colony  they  had  established.  Under  Copley, 
the  capital  was  changed  from  St.  Mary's  to  Annapolis.  For 
twenty-four  years  Maryland  remained  under  royal  govern 
ors.  In  1715,  the  fourth  Lord  Baltimore  was  restored  to  his 
proprietary  rights.  These  passed  by  his  death  the  same 
year  to  his  infant  son,  fifth  Lord  Baltimore,  in  whom  they 
remained  undisturbed  until  the  Revolution. 


GENERAL  REFLECTIONS  ON  VIRGINIA  AND  MARYLAND. 

1.  Character  of  the  Settlers.— The  early  troubles  of  Vir 
ginia  arose  chiefly  from  the  kind  of  men  that  came  from 
England  during  the  first  year.  They  were  a  worthless  class, 
who  despised  labor,  and  meant  to  live  without  it.  They 
came  with  no  idea  of  remaining  for  life,  but  only  to  make 
their  fortunes  and  then  go  back  to  England.  They  brought 
neither  wives  nor  families  with  them,  and,  without  homes, 
there  was  nothing  to  attach  them  to  the  settlement.  It  was 
for  twelve  years  a  colony  of  men  chiefly,  with  all  the  vices 

9.  In  the  years  that  followed,  what  was  the  condition  of  the  colony  ?    When  were 
matters  brought  to  a  settlement,  and  how?    How  long  did  the  right  of  government 
remain  at  this  time  in  the  Baltimore  family  ?    What  change  took  place  ? 

10.  Who  was  sent  as  governor  ?    What  did  the  Assembly  do  ?    In  what  condition 
did  the  Catholics  ere  long  find  themselves?    What  is  "disfranchised?"    Who 
changed  the  name  of  the  capital  ?    How  long  did  the  colony  remain  under  royal 
governors?    When  was  Lord  Baltimore  restored  to  Ir^s  original  rights?    How  long 
did  this  last?    How  many  Lord  Baltimore*  u:x  mentioned  in  tht  history  of  Mary 
land  ? 

c 


50  COLONIAL   HISTORY. 

of  such  a  state.  When  ninety  young  women  were  sent  over 
in  the  year  1619,  and  became  wives  of  the  settlers,  then  the 
permanence  of  the  colony  was  secured.  The  settlement  of 
Maryland  began  long  after  Virginia  had  passed  through  its 
early  trials,  and  without  suffering,  with  no  fear  of  want,  the 
foundation  was  peacefully  and  happily  laid. 

2.  Their  Treatment  of  the  Indians. — In  the  treatment  of 
the  Indians  by  the  Virginia  settlers  we  see  one  of  the  causes 
of  their  troubles,  and  the  origin  of  the  dreadful  Indian  mas 
sacres  of  1622  and  1644.     The  natives,  it  is  true,  were  jeal 
ous  of  the  whites,  but  there  was  something  very  brutal  in 
the  way  the  English  treated  them,  as  savages  who  had  few 
or  no  rights,  whose  rich  lands  were  to  be  seized,  and  who, 
when  they  resisted,  were  to  be  blotted  out  of  existence. 

3.  Smith,  the  most  active  and  useful  man  that  came  to 
Virginia,  found  it  difficult  to  restrain  the  settlers  from  acts 
of  cruelty  to  the  Indians.    While  he  remained  in  the  colony 
they  were  kept  on  good  terms  with  the  whites.     One  great 
cause  of  Governor  Berkeley's  unpopularity,  as  late  as  the 
year  1675,  at  the  beginning  of  Bacon's  rebellion,  was  that 
he  was  supposed  to  have  a  kindly  leaning  toward  "  the 
doomed  Indian." 

4.  Industry  and  Progress. — Tobacco,  for  many  years  the 
great  staple  of  Virginia,  and  also  its  currency,  was  the  first 
product  which  brought  prosperity  and  trade  to  the  settle 
ments.     The  plant  needed  a  rich  soil,  and  wherever  this  was 
found,  there  the  colonists  grouped  themselves  near  one  an 
other  for  mutual  defense,  and  called  the  assemblage  of  farms 
a  plantation.     The  settlers  were  thus  scattered  over  a  con 
siderable  area,  making  a  widely  extended  agricultural  col 
ony. 

1.  What  caused  the  early  trials  of  the  Virginian  colonists?    What  was  their  char 
acter?    What  was  their  object  in  going  to  Virginia?    Why  had  they  little  to  attach 
them  to  the  colony  ?    What  remedied  this,  and  gave  stability  to  the  settlement  ? 
What  is  said  of  the  early  settlement  of  Maryland  as  compared  with  Virginia? 

2.  To  what  cause  are  the  Indian  massacres  of  1C22  and  1644  to  be  attributed  ?  What 
is  said  of  the  treatment  of  the  Indians  by  the  English  settlers  ? 

3.  How  was  the  character  of  Smith  distinguished  from  the  others  ?    How  is  tho 
Virginian  hatred  of  the  Indians  shown  by  an  incident  in  the  later  history  of  the 
colony  ? 

4.  What  was  the  great  staple  of  the  colony?    How  did  its  culture  affect  the  modo 
of  life  of  fie  settlers  ?    What  sort  of  a  colony  did  it  in  this  way  become  ? 


MARYLAND.  5] 

5.  The  coast  of  Virginia  is  deeply  indented  by  large  riv 
ers  that  cut  the  country  into  narrow  peninsulas,  or  necks, 
and  which  furnished  a  convenient  route  by  which  the  plant 
ers  could  get  their  tobacco  and  other  produce  to  market. 
The  vessels  came  up  these  convenient  waters  almost  to  the 
very  doors  of  the  Virginians,  and  took  from  them  what  each 
desired  to  send  to  a  distance,  bringing  back  in  exchange 
what  articles  were  wanted.    There  was  no  need  of  any  large 
towns,  and  they  built  none.    Jamestown,  when  it  was  burnt 
in  1676,  had,  besides  the  church  and  State-house,  only  some 
sixteen  or  eighteen  substantial  houses. 

6.  In  1649,  forty-two  years  after  the  settlement  and  five 
years  after  the  Indian  massacre  of  10 44,  there  were  15,000 
Englishmen  in  the  Virginia  colony,  and  300  negroes.    There 
were  several  hundred  acres  of  wheat  under  cultivation,  and 
many  fields  of  tobacco.     There  were  thirty  ships  trading 
regularly  to  the  colony.     They  exported  not  only  tobacco, 
but  also  staves,  lumber,  and  heavy  timber.     Maryland  in 
1660  had  a  population  of  about  10,000. 

7.  Religion  and  Education. — The  established  religion  of 
Virginia,  which  was  that  of  the  Church  of  England,  was  well 
provided  for.     In  1649  there  were  twenty  good  churches, 
the  ministers  of  which  each  received  a  salary  of  £100  a  year. 
Public  education  was  not  thought  worthy  of  any  great  care. 
We  have  already  seen  how  Governor  Berkeley  regarded 
public  schools,  and  printed  books  in  the  hands  of  the  people. 
The  College  of  William  and  Mary  was  chartered  in  1691, 
and  established  at  Williamsburg,  the  new  capital,  in  1692. 

8.  In  Maryland  at  first  there  was,  as  we  have  seen,  no  es 
tablished  religion.     Before  the  law,  all  Christian  sects  be< 
lieving  in  the  Trinity  were  equal.     This  lasted,  with  some 
interruptions,  until  the  year  1692,  when,  in  the  reign  of  King 
William  III.,  Copley  being  royal  governor,  the  Episcopal 

5.  What  is  said  of  the  coast  of  Virginia  ?    Of  what  advantage  did  this  prove  ?   De 
scribe  this  in  full.    How  did  this  peculiarity  of  surface  affect  the  building  of  towns  ? 
Give  an  instance. 

6.  What  was  the  population  of  the  colony  in  1649  ?   What  is  said  of  the  state  of  ag 
riculture  ?    Of  the  commerce  and  exports  ?    What  are  exports  ? 

7.  What  was  the  established  religion  ?    Show  what  provision  was  made  for  its  snp' 
port.    To  what  extent  was  public  education. cared  for?    Do  you  remember  wh;** 
Governor  Berkeley  eaitl  about  this? 


52  COLONIAL   HISTORY. 

Church  was  established  by  law.  In  the  year  1713,  seventy- 
eight  years  after  its  settlement,  Maryland  adopted  a  school 
system,  the  most  liberal,  in  its  provisions,  of  any  colony  ex 
cept  those  of  New  England. 

9.  Growth  of  Political  Liberty. — The  political  history  of 
the  colony  of  Virginia  divides  itself  naturally  into  two  parts 
—  the  first,  under  the  London  Company,  from  1607  until 
1624,  a  period  of  seventeen  years;  the  second,  under  a  roy 
al  government,  from  1624  until  the  Revolution,  broken  by  a 
short  interval  of  eleven  years  under  Culpepper.     The  first 
period  under  the  London  Company  is  by  far  the  most  im 
portant,  short  as  was  the  time ;  because  during  these  seven 
teen  years  the  colony  was  planted^  the  habits  of  the  people 
were  formed,  and  the  foundation  of  their  future  liberty  was 
laid. 

10.  The  Virginians  were  fortunate  in  this,  that  in  the  early 
years  of  their  settlement — that  is,  under  the  London  Com 
pany —  the  party  of  liberty  in  England  had  begun  their 
great   struggle  with  James  I.  for  political   rights,  which 
ended  forty  years  after  in  the  beheading  of  his  son  Charles 
I.     The  majority  of  the  stockholders  of  the  London  Com 
pany  were  of  this  party,  and  they  granted  to  the  colonists 
those  rights  for  which  they  themselves  were  struggling  in 
England. 

11.  From  this  we  see  the  great  work  which  the  London 
Company  did  for  Virginia,  although  the  stockholders  sunk 
all  the  money  they  had  invested  in  it.     The  colony  never 
lost  the  good  effects  of  the  efforts  of  their  English  friends ; 
for  amid  all  the  changes  of  charters  and  governors  until  the 
time  of  the  careless  Charles  II.,  the  liberties  of  the  colonists 
were  in  the  hands  of  all  freemen  without  exception.     It  was 
the  same  in  Maryland. 

8.  What  was  the  established  religion  in  the  early  settlement  of  Maryland?    How 
•tfere  all  Christian  sects  treated  ?    By  what  sect  was  it  settled  ?    How  long  did  this 
religious  freedom  last  ?    What  is  said  of  public  schools  in  Maryland  ? 

9.  Into  what  parts  is  the  political  history  of  the  colony  divided  ?    Which  of  these 
is  by  far  the  most  important,  and  why?    How  long  did  it  last? 

10.  What  circumstance  was  very  favorable  to  early  Virginia  liberty  ?    How  did  this 
circumstance  affect  Virginia? 

11.  What  do  we  gather  from  this  ?    State  what  is  said  of  these  efforts  of  the  En 
glish  stockholders. '  Do  you  remember  how  much  money  the  London  Company  ex 
pended  on  Virginia  ? 


MARYLAND.  53 

12.  Then  came  a  period  of  oppression.     The  Navigation 
Act  was  a  deadly  blow  at  the  welfare  of  the  colonists ;  but 
this  did  not  crush  out  their  free  spirit.    That  which  is  called 
Bacon's  Rebellion  was  really  a  struggle  commenced  by  the 
people,  under  Bacon,  against  the  aristocratic  party  in  the 
Colonial  Assembly  for  rights  denied  them.     The  chief  of 
these  rights  was  the  right  to  vote  how  much  money  should 
be  spent,  and  who  should  spend  it. 

13.  The  Navigation  Act  and  other  oppressive  measures 
brought  good  with  them.     They  weaned  the  settlers  from 
their  love  and  attachment  to  England,  and  prepared  the 
way  for  those  feelings  that  burst  out  in  the  American  Rev 
olution.    The  seed  of  liberty  was  thoroughly  planted  in  Vir 
ginia,  and  also  in  Maryland ;  and  neither  foes  from  without 
nor  Royalists  from  within  were  able  to  prevent  its  growth 
into  a  goodly  tree. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS. 

1.  What  were  the  limits  of  South  Virginia  in  160T  ? 

2.  When  and  under  whose  auspices  was  the  colony  of  Jamestown  settled? 

3.  What  class  of  persons  came  over  during  the  first  year  or  two? 

4.  How  many  periods  of  disaster  befell  the  colony  during  the  first  four  years? 

5.  Who  saved  it  repeatedly  from  ruin  ? 

6.  Give  a  sketch  of  Smith's  services  to  Virginia. 

7.  How  was  the  loss  of  his  remarkable  energy  felt  at  Jamestown  ? 

8.  Who  was  Pocahontas,  and  what  influence  did  she  have  on  the  fortunes  of  the 
colony  ? 

9.  What  important  addition  of  immigrants  in  1619  first  gave  stability  to  the  colony  ? 

10.  Can  yon  tell  why  this  produced  such  a  result  ? 

11.  When  was  the  cultivation  of  tobacco  begun,  and  what  effect  did  its  cultivation 
produce  on  the  settlement  of  the  country? 

12.  When  and  where  did  negro  slavery  commence  in  the  United  States  ? 

13.  What  plant  was  first  raised  as  an  experiment  about  this  tima? 

14.  How  rapidly  did  its  cultivation  spread  ? 

15.  How  many  charters  did  the  London  Company  receive  ? 

16.  State  in  what  these  charters  differed. 

17.  What  great  misfortune  befell  the  colony  in  1G22? 

18.  To  what  important  change  did  this  lead,  and  how? 

19.  How  long  did  the  London  Company  rule  Virginia? 

20.  What  was  its  success  as  a  company  ? 

21.  What  nobleman  was  intimately  connected  with  the  settlement  of  Virginia? 

22.  To  what  was  his  name  given,  and  for  what  reason? 

23.  Under  what  charter  was  this  ? 

12.  What  act  shows  the  oppression  of  King  Charles  II.  ?    From  Avhat  do  we  see 
the  spirit  of  the  people  ?   What  was  the  great  right  for  which  the  colonists  struggled  ? 

13.  What  were  the  good  effects  of  the  Navigation  Act  and  the  other  oppressive 
measures  ? 


54  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

24.  What  prevented  the  King  of  England  from  meddling  much  with  Virginia  after 
the  London  Company  ceased  ? 

25.  What  side  did  the  Virginians  take  in  the  quarrel  between  the  king  aud  his  Par 
liament? 

26.  How  were  they  rewarded  for  this  ? 

27.  Describe  the  main  features  of  the  Navigation  Act. 

28.  What  two  parties  arose  in  Virginia? 

29.  What  were  the  complaints  of  the  people  ? 

30.  Who  was  governor  at  the  time  ? 

31.  By  what  can  we  judge  of  the  opinions  of  the  aristocratic  party? 
82.  What  brought  the  quarrel  between  parties  to  a  crisis  ? 

S3.  Give  an  account  of  Bacon's  rebellion. 

34.  How  did  Governor  Berkeley  act  when  he  returned  to  power? 

35.  To  whom  was  Virginia  granted  in  1673,  and  for  how  long  a  time  ? 

36.  Give  a  sketch  of  the  government. 

37.  What  led  the  colonists  to  settle  in  groups  called  "  plantations  ?" 

38.  To  what  was  it  owing  that  there  were  no  large  towns  in  the  colony? 

39.  What  was  the  size  of  Jamestown  just  before  it  was  burned? 

40.  How  long  had  it  then  been  in  existence? 

41.  Give  an  account  of  the  size  and  enterprise  of  the  colony  in1 1649. 

42.  What  was  the  most  important  period  in  the  colonial  history  of  Virginia  ? 

43.  Why  was  this  ?    State  this  fully. 

44.  Sketch  the  effect  of  this  training  in  what  is  called  Bacon's  rebellion. 

45.  What  influence  was  produced  by  the  Navigation  Act  on  the  spirit  of  the  people? 

46.  Under  how  many  kinds  of  government  was  Virginia  from  1607  to  1776? 

47.  What  led  to  the  settlement  of  Maryland? 

48.  To  whom  was  the  grant  made  ? 

49.  Give  a  sketch  of  the  connection  of  the  first  Lord  Baltimore  with  America. 

50.  What  was  remarkable  in  his  patent? 

51.  How  was  this  grant  regarded  by  Virginia? 

52.  Under  whom  and  where  was  Maryland  first  settled?    Give  date. 

53.  Who  gave  the  first  settlers  of  Maryland  a  great  deal  of  trouble? 

54.  Describe  the  celebrated  act  passed  by  the  Assembly  in  1649. 

55.  In  what  way  did  the  termination  of  the  civil  war  in  England  affect  the  Mary- 
landers? 

56.  How  were  these  troubles  arranged  ? 

57.  How  was  the  arrangement  disturbed  ? 

58.  In  what  way  did  the  Catholics  suffer  by  the  change? 

59.  Under  what  form  of  government  was  the  Maryland  colony  during  the  most  of 
Jts  existence  ? 

60.  When  did  the  Baltimore  connection  with  Maryland  end? 

61.  State  briefly  the  different  circumstances  under  which  the  colonies  of  Virginia 
fcnd  Maryland  were  settled. 

C2.  Give  the  principal  events  in  the  history  of  Virginia,  with  dates. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


55 


SECTION  II. 

NEW  ENGLAND  COLONIES. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 


EXPLORATION  OF  PLYMOUTH  BAY,  1620. 

1.  BY  King  James's  charter  of  1606  North  Virginia  was 
given  to  the  Plymouth  Company.     In  August,  1607,  they 
sent  out  two  ships,  with  forty-five  colonists,  under  Raleigh 
Gilbert,  younger  son  of  Sir  Humphrey  Gilbert,  as  admiral, 
and  George  Popham  as  president  of  the  council.     Gilbert 
landed  on  a  small  island  at  the  mouth  of  the  Kennebec,  and 
there  built  a  rude  fort.     The  winter  was  long  and  severe ; 
the  president  died ;  and  the  colonists  were  so  disheartened 
that  they  all  returned  to  England  in  the  spring. 

2.  For  some  years  after  this,  the  coast  of  North  Virginia 
was  only  visited  by  vessels  on  private  trading  and  fishing 
voyages.     In  one  of  these,  Captain  John  Smith,  celebrated  in 

1.  What  was  the  first  attempt  made  by  the  Plymouth  Company  to  settle  North  Vir 
ginia  ?    Where  did  Gilbert  land  ?    What  is  the  further  history  of  the  colony  ? 


56  COLONIAL    1IISTOKY. 

South  Virginia  history,  commanded  two  vessels  that  lay  near 
the  Penobscot  River  in  the  year  1614.  Leaving  the  ships, 
in  a  boat  with  eight  men  he  explored  the  shore  from  the 
Penobscot  to  Cape  Cod,  drew  a  map  of  it,  and  named  the 
country  New  England.  In  the  year  1615,  Smith,  with  the 
help  of  several  members  of  the  Company,  twice  tried  to 
plant  a  colony  on  the  coast.  On  his  second  attempt  he  was 
left  by  his  crew  in  the  hands  of  French  pirates.  He  was 
then  taken  to  France,  but  escaped  to  England  from  the  har 
bor  of  Rochelle  (ro-shel)  in  an  open  boat. 

3.  As  soon  as  he  arrived  he  published  a  description  of  New 
England.     This  energetic  man  then  traveled  through  the 
West  of  England,  stirring  up  the  merchants  and  gentry  by 
his  descriptions  of  the  beauty  of  the  new  country.     The 
North  Virginia  Company,  moved  by  Smith's  flattering  ac 
counts,  applied  for  a  new  patent,  and  a  charter,  known  as 
"  the  Great  Patent,"  was  given  them  by  the  king  in  the 
year  1620. 

4.  By  the  terms  of  this  instrument,  the  whole  country  be 
tween  the  40th  and  48th  degrees  of  north  latitude,  west 
ward  to  the  Pacific,  was  granted  to  forty  noble  and  influen 
tial  persons,  under  the   name  of  the  Council  of  Plymouth. 
Within  this  vast  territory,  which  was  named  New  England, 
and  which  covered  more  than  a  million  of  square  miles,  the 
Company  had  full  power  to  make  settlements  and  laws,  and 
to  carry  on  trade. 

PLYMOUTH    COLONY. 

5.  The  first  settlement  in  New  England  was  not  made  by 
the  Council  of  Plymouth,  but  by  a  small  band  of  persecute? 
"Puritans,"  without  the  knowledge  of  the  Council  or  the 
king.     The  Puritans  were  so  called  at  first  in  derision,  be- 

2.  What  visits  were  made  to  the  coast  during  the  next  few  years  ?    What  remark 
able  man  now  reappears  ?    How  was  he  employed  ?    State  what  he  did.    When  was 
this  ?    What  took  place  next  year  ?    What  occurred  on  his  second  attempt  ?    How 
did  he  escape? 

3.  What  did  he  do  on  his  arrival  in  England  ?    How  did  he  further  show  his  regard 
for  this  "New  England?"    With  what  success  did  his  efforts  meet?    How  did  the 
king  regard  their  application  ? 

4.  What  was  the  extent  of  the  grant  in  the  great  patent,  and  to  whom  was  it  made  ? 
What  name  was  given  to  the  territory  ?    What  was  its  area  in  miles  ?    What  powers 
were  granted  to  the  Company  ? 


MASSACHUSETTS.  57 

cause  they  set  up  claims  to  live  a  pure,  religious  life.  A 
portion  of  them  left  the  Church  of  England,  to  which  they 
belonged,  and,  being  persecuted,  fled  to  Amsterdam,  in  Hol 
land,  in  1608.  In  the  following  year  they  removed  to  Ley- 
den  (li'-den).  Being  exiles  from  their  own  country,  and 
having  no  fixed  home,  they  took  the  name  of  "  Pilgrims." 

6.  At  Leyden  they  lived  for  several  years  in  religious  free* 
dom,  under  the  care  of  their  minister,  John  Robinson.     But 
they  were  very  poor ;  they  were  in  a  strange  land,  and  they 
dreaded  the  influence  of  the  Dutch  manners  on  their  chil 
dren.     These  things  led  them  to  turn  their  minds  to  Amer 
ica,  and  in  the  year  1619  they  obtained  a  grant  of  land  from 
the  South  Virginia  or  London  Company.     Some  London  mer 
chants  advanced  the  money  for  the  voyage,  and  were  to  re 
ceive,  for  seven  years,  a  large  share  of  the  profits  of  the 
venture. 

7.  A  small  Dutch  vessel  was  bought,  which  they  named 
the  Speedwell,  and  brought  to  Delfthaven,  on  the  coast  of 
Holland.     Here  it  took  on  board  a  part  of  the  Leyden 
congregation,  and  sailed  for   Southampton,  England.     At 
Southampton  they  found  the  Mayflower,  a  ship  hired  for 
the  voyage,  and  a  small  band  of  "  pilgrims"  from  London. 
In  these  two  vessels  the  whole  party  was  distributed,  and 
they  then  set  sail.     The  Speedwell  proved  old  and  leaky, 
and  twice  both  vessels  put  back — the  last  time  to  Plymouth. 
The  Speedwell  was  here   condemned  as  unseaworthy,  and 
the  Mayflower,  crowded  with  one  hundred  persons — men, 
women,  and  children — set  sail  September  16, 1620. 

8.  The  Pilgrims  intended  to  reach  some  place  not  far  from 
the  Hudson  River,  within  the  limits  of  South  Virginia ;  but, 
when  they  first  saw  land  near  Cape  Cod,  they  had  been  at 

5.  Did  the  Council  of  Plymouth  make  the  first  settlement  ?    Who  did  ?    Did  they 
have  any  permission  to  settle  there?    How  did  they  regeive  the  name  of  Puritans? 
Give  the  story  of  those  that  fled  to  Holland  until  they  arrived  at  Leyden  ?    Why  did 
they  assume  the  name  of  "Pilgrims?" 

6.  What  is  said  of  their  life  at  Leyden  ?    What  led  them  to  turn  their  attention  to 
America  ?    What  did  they  get  in  1619  ?    How  did  they  raise  money  to  meet  the  ex 
penses  of  the  voyage?  and  on  what  terms? 

7.  What  preparation  was  made  for  the  voyage  ?    Who  sailed  in  the  Speedwell  from 
Delflhaven  ?    Who  joined  them  at  Southampton  ?    What  happened  on  the  first  at 
tempt?    What  vessel  finally  sailed,  and  when?    Why  did  the  Speedwell  not  go? 
How  many  persons  went  on  board  of  the  Mayflower  ? 

C  2 


OS  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

sea  sixty-three  days,  and  the  voyage  had  been  very  stormy. 
They  had  suffered  so  long  and  so  severely  from  their  crowd 
ed  condition,  and,  besides,  the  season  was  so  late,  that  they 
determined  to  anchor  in  Cape  Cod  Harbor. 

9.  In  the  cabin  of  the  ship,  before  landing,  they  signed  a 
u  compact"  or  agreement  that  every  settler  should  have 
equal  rights,  and  that  they  would  obey  the  laws  they  should 
make  for  the  common  sjood.  They  then  chose  John  Carver 


OF    TilE    COMPACT    ON    I3OARD    THE   MAYFLOWER. 


governor  for  one  year.  Such  was  the  first  form  of  govern 
ment  in  New  England.  The  names  of  all  the  signers  have 
been  preserved.  The  most  distinguished  of  them  were  Car 
ver,  Bradford,  afterward  governor,  Brewster,  a  leading  elder, 
Standish,  the  brave  soldier,  and  Edward  Winslow. 

10.  The  place  where  they  at  first  landed  was  bleak  and 
sandy,  and  they  spent  five  weeks  in  exploring  the  neighbor- 

8.  To  what  place  did  they  intend  to  go  ?    Where  and  when  did  they  first  see  land  ? 
How  long  had  their  voyage  lasted  ?    Where  did  they  determine  to  anchor  ?    What 
was  their  reason  for  this  ? 

9.  What  remarkable  agreement  did  they  make  before  landing?    Whom  did  they 
choose  for  governor?    What  were  the  terms  of  this  "compact?"    Whatform  of  gov 
ernment  was  this?    Who  were  the  most  celebrated  of  these  signers? 


MASSACHUSETTS.  59 

ing  country.  On  the  21st  of  December,  1620,  a  party  sound 
ed  Plymouth  Harbor,  and,  finding  it  good  for  shipping,  went 
ashore  and  chose  a  place  for  a  settlement.  This  is  the  day 
kept  as  the  anniversary  of  the  Landing  of  the  Pilgrims.  In 
"kind  remembrance"  of  the  place  from  which  they  last  sail 
ed,  they  named  the  spot  chosen  New  Plymouth. 

11.  The  winter  was  a  mild  one,  but  the  sufferings  they 
had  already  endured  from  exposure  began  to  wear  on  their 
health.     Within  the  first  five  months  after  they  landed  they 
lost  half  their  number  from  colds  and  lung  diseases.     Fortu 
nately,  no  Indians  troubled  them  during  the  winter.     In 
March,  1621,  Massasoit  (mas-sas'-o-it),  chief  of  the  Warnpa- 
noags  (wom-pa-no-ags]  living  north  of  Narragansett  Bay, 
came  to  visit  the  Pilgrims.     He  was  treated  with  great  kind 
ness,  and  Governor  Carver  made  a  treaty  of  friendship  with 
him. 

12.  In  the  month  of  April,  1621,  Carver  died  from  the  ef 
fects  of  exposure,  and  Bradford  was  chosen  governor.     In 
February,  1622,  Canon 'icus,  chief  of  the  Narragansetts,  sent 
a  bundle  of  arrows  tied  with  a  rattlesnake's  skin  to  New 
Plymouth,  by  way  of  defiance.     Bradford  sent  back  the  skin 
stuffed  with  powder  and  ball.     The  Indians  in  the  interior, 
taking  this  for  a  fatal  charm,  sent  it  around  from  village  to 
village,  and  then  returned  it  to  New  Plymouth.     The  gov 
ernor's  firmness  effectually  overawed  the  Narragansetts. 

13.  The  harvest  of  1621  proved  a  failure,  and  the  colonists 
were  compelled  to  live  on  half  allowance  for  six  months. 
Strong  men  staggered  with  weakness  from  want  of  food. 
They  would  have  perished  had  they  not  obtained  scanty 
supplies  from  the  Indians,  and  from  the  fishing  vessels  off 
the  coast.     The  colony  progressed  slowly.     At  the  end  of 
four  years,  although  it  had  received  several  companies  of 

10.  How  long  did  they  spend  exploring  the  country?    Why  did  they  not  settle  at 
once  ?    What  place  did  they  finally  select  ?    When  was  this  ?    How  is  the  day  kept 
among  Xew  Englanders  ?    What  name  did  they  give  the  new  settlement,  and  why  ? 

11.  What  name  did  they  give  the  new  settlement?    Why?    What  is  said  of  their 
sufferings  during  the  next  five  months?    What  caused  these?    What  trouble  did 
they  have  from  the  natives?    What  tribe  of  Indians  was  not  far  from  them?    Who 
visited  them,  and  what  was  the  result  of  his  visit? 

12.  What  important  man  died  in  April  ?    Who  succeeded  him?    Tell  how  he  cow 
ed  the  Narragausett  Indians. 


60  COLONIAL    HISTOKY. 

settlers,  it  numbered  only  one  hundred  and  eighty-four  in* 
habitants.  There  had  been  spent,  thus  far,  about  34,000 
dollars,  and  the  London  adventurers  would  advance  no 
more.  They  were  glad  to  sell  out  their  entire  interest  to 
six  of  the  leading  colonists  for  9000  dollars,  November,  1627. 

14.  Till  the  year  1630  the  settlers  had  no  grant  of  the 
lands  they  occupied.     In  this  year  they  obtained  from  the 
Council  for  New  England  a  grant  of  territory  embracing 
New  Plymouth,  but  without  any  rights  of  government  there 
in.     These  could  only  be  exercised  under  a  charter  from  the 
crown,  and  this  they  were  unable  to  obtain.     The  colonists 
therefore  continued  to  make  such  laws  as  they  needed  with 
out  royal  authority. 

MASSACHUSETTS  BAY  COLONY. 

15.  The  Council  for  New  England,  in  the  year  1628,  grant 
ed  to  John  Endicott  and  five  associates  a  belt  of  land  stretch 
ing  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  and  extending  three 
miles  south  of  the  Charles  River  and  Massachusetts  Bay, 
and  three  miles  north  of  every  part  of  the  River  Merrimac. 
Endicott  came  over  the  same  year  with  seventy  settlers,  and, 
after  landing  at  Naumkeag  (nahm-fae-dg),  explored  the  head 
of  Massachusetts  Bay. 

16.  A  number  of  persons  of  rank  joined  the  associates  in 
England,  and  in  1629  obtained  a  royal  charter  in  the  name 
of  the  Governor  and  Company  of  Massachusetts  Bay  in  New 
England.     Endicott  was  made  governor  of  the  colony.     The 
same  year  two  hundred  Puritan  settlers  arrived  at  Naum 
keag,  named  by  them  Salem,  and  about  one  hundred  of 
these  founded  Charlestown. 

17.  In  the  charter  given  to  the  Company,  it  was  originally 

13.  What  is  said  of  the  harvest  of  1621  ?    What  followed  from  this  scarcity  ?   What 
good  fortune  befell  them  ?    What  had  been  the  success  of  the  colony  at  the  end  of 
four  years  ?    How  much  had  been  spent  on  the  settlement  ?    What  were  the  feelings 
of  the  adventurers  ?    What  became  of  their  interest  ? 

14.  Under  what  grant  was  the  colony  settled  ?    When  and  from  whom  did  they  ob 
tain  one  ?    What  right  were  they  unable  to  get  ?    How  did  they  manage  without  this  ? 

15.  What  grant  was  made  in  the  year  1628?    When  and  by  whom  was  the  first  at 
tempt  at  settlement  made?    What  is  said  of  his  landing,  and  the  exploration  th&t 
followed  ? 

16.  How  was  the  association  in  England  increased?    What  did  they  obtain  ?    Who 
Wiis  made  governor  of  Massachusetts  Bay  Colony  ?    What  settlements  followed  ? 


MASSACHUSETTS.  61 

arranged  that  the  governor  and  his  assistants  should  reside 
in  England.  It  soon  became  plain  that  the  affairs  of  the 
colony  would  best  succeed  if  the  government  and  charter 
were  transferred  to  New  England,  and  placed  in  the  hands 
of  the  settlers  there.  This  change  was  accordingly  made  in 
September,  1629,  and  produced  great  results.  A  great  num 
ber  of  persons  determined  to  emigrate.  Many  of  these  were 
of  the  best  Puritan  families  of  England,  well  educated,  and 
in  good  circumstances,  who  longed  for  that  religious  free 
dom  they  could  not  obtain  at  home. 

18.  In  June  and  July,  1630,  not  far  from  1500  settlers, 
chiefly  Puritans,  arrived,  some    at  Salem,  and   others    at 
Charlestown.     John  Winthrop  had  been  chosen  governor 
from  among  them  before  they  left  England.     Presently  the 
governor  and  several  families  removed  from  Charlestown  to 
the  peninsula  of  Shawmut,  and  laid  the  foundation  of  Bos 
ton.     The  rest  settled  principally  at  Dorchester,  and  at  Wa- 
tertown  on  Charles  River.     The  colonists  did  not  escape 
the  usual  fate  of  early  settlers.     Before  December  passed, 
two  hundred  of  them  died  from  the  effects  of  exposure  in 
tents  and  the  diseases  of  the  climate. 

19.  Although  the  Puritans  had  come  to  America  to  enjoy 
religious  freedom,  they  were  not  willing  to  allow  the  same 
liberty  to  any  who  differed  from  the  religious  opinions  of 
the  majority.     Among  those  who  found  the  rule  of  the  Mas 
sachusetts  churches  hard  to  bear  was  Roger  Williams,  the 
young  minister  of  the  church  at  Salem,  who  had  fled  from 
persecution  in  England,  and  had  arrived  in  the  colony  in  the 
beginning  of  the  year  1631. 

20.  Among  other  doctrines,  he  preached  that  no  power 
could  bind  the  conscience  of  men  in  religion,  or  deprive 
them  of"  soul  liberty,"  as  he  called  it.     His  sermons  aroused 
the  great  body  of  the  churches  and  ministers  against  him ; 

IT.  Where  was  it  originally  intended  that  the  governor  and  his  associates  should 
reside  ?  What  change  was  found  necessary  ?  When  was  the  change  made  ?  What 
immediate  result  followed  ?  What  class  of  persons  were  these  from  ? 

18.  How  many  came  over  in  1630  ?     Who  was  chosen  governor  ?     What  led  to 
the  settlement  of  Boston  in  1630  ?    What  other  places  were  settled  ?    What  is  said 
of  the  hardships  endured  by  the  settlers  ? 

19.  How  did  the  Puritans  treat  those  who  differed  from  them  in  opinion?    Who 
•vns  "Roger  Williams  ?    What  is  said  of  him  ? 


62  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

and  in  the  year  1635,  he  was,  after  trial,  ordered  to  leave 
the  colony  within  six  weeks.  He  found  refuge  with  Mas- 
sas'oit,  the  Indian  chief,  and,  soon  after,  with  five  compan 
ions,  settled  within  the  limits  of  the  present  state  of  Rhode 
Island. 

21.  During  the  same  year,  1635,  three  thousand  settlers 
arrived  in  Massachusetts  Bay,  many  of  whom  brought  with 
them  extreme  notions  with  regard  to  the  right  of  free  speech 
that  were  very  displeasing  to  the  Massachusetts  ministers. 
One  of  these  new  arrivals,  Mrs.  Hutchinson,  a  very  remarka 
ble  woman,  held  meetings  of  her  own  sex,  where  she  preached 
very  plainly  about  the  ministers  from  whom  she  differed  on 
religious  points.     She  was  strongly  supported  by  Governor 
Henry  Vane,  and  some  of  the  leading  men ;  but  the  minis 
ters  generally,  and  very  many  of  the  "judicious"  settlers,  op 
posed  her.     After  a  long  controversy,  she  was  tried,  and, 
in  the  winter  of  1637,  sentenced  to  be  banished  from  the 
colony. 

22.  The  colonists  knew  the  value  of  education,  and  made 
provision  for  it  at  a  very  early  date.     In  1636,  the  "  General 
Court,"  as  the  assembly  of  freemen  was  called,  set  apart  one 
thousand  dollars  to  found  a  seminary  or  college  at  New- 
town.     Two  years  after,  in  1638,  John  Harvard,  a  minister, 
died,  and  left  to  this  school  his  library  and  the  sum  of  £800. 
It  then  received  the  name  of  Harvard  College,  and,  in  honor 
of  the  University  in  England  where  many  of  the  settlers  had 
been  educated,  the  name  of  Newtown  was  changed  to  Cam 
bridge. 

UNION   OF   NEW    ENGLAND    COLONIES. 

23.  Besides  the  colonies  of  Plymouth  and  Massachusetts 
Bay,  those  of  New  Haven   and  Connecticut,  both  settled 

20.  What  was  one  of  the  particular  doctrines  he  advanced?    What  was  the  effect 
of  his  preaching?    How  did  they  deal  with  him?    With  whom  did  he  find  refuge, 
and  when  and  where  did  he  settle  ? 

21.  How  many  settlers  arrived  in  1635?    What  is  said  of  their  opinions?    What 
remarkable  woman  was  among  these  new-comers?    What  is  said  of  the  course  she 
pnrsv.ed  ?    Who  were  her  supporters  ?    Who  opposed  her  ?    How  did  they  deal  with 
her? 

22.  What  appropriation  was  made  in  163G?    How  was  this  amount  increased  in 
1638?    Why  was  the  college  named  Harvard?    Why  was  the  name  of  Newtown 
changed  ? 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


63 


principally  from  Massachusetts,  had  meanwhile  grown  into 
importance.  These  four  colonies,  in  the  year  1643,  formed  a 
union  for  mutual  protection  against  the  Dutch,  French,  and 
Indians.  Two  delegates  from  each  colony  were  to  meet  at 
least  once  every  year  and  consult  for  the  common  good. 
Their  decisions  did  not  bind  any  of  the  colonies,  each  of 
which  voted  whether  it  would  adopt  the  measures  proposed. 
This  union  lasted  for  more  than  forty  years.  Rhode  Island 
was  refused  admission  because  it  would  not  acknowledge  the 
authority  of  Plymouth  colony. 


NEW   ENGLAND    COLONIES   AND   PART   OP   NEW   NETHERLANDS. 

24.  Notwithstanding  the  banishment  of  Roger  Williams 
and  Mrs.  Hutchinson,  with  their  adherents,  the  Massachu 
setts  magistrates  had  fresh  trouble  from  a  new  set  of  opin 
ions.  In  1656  the  Quakers  first  arrived  from  England.  They 

23.  What  colonies  in  IS^ew  England  had  grown  into  importance  besides  Massa 
chusetts  Bay  and  Plymouth  ?  In  what  important  agreement  did  these  lour  colonies 
unite?  Why  was  Rhode  Island  excluded?  \Vhat  was  the  plan  of  union?  What 
veto  was  there  on  their  proceedings  ?  How  long  did  the  union  last? 


64  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

believed  in  an  "  inward  light"  as  a  guide,  in  freedom  from 
all  Church  control,  and  in  the  doctrine  of  non-resistance. 
The  magistrates  first  tried  banishment  from  the  colony,  but 
this  did  no  good,  for  the  Quakers  came  in  greater  numbers. 
Then  laws  were  passed  against  them  so  severe  that  they 
might  perhaps  be  called  cruel.  Still  the  Quakers  persisted 
in  coming,  particularly  to  Boston,,  where  the  prison  was 
crowded  with  them,  glorying  in  their  sufferings. 

25.  As  a  last  resort,  the  Commissioners  of  the  New  En 
gland  Union  recommended  that  all  banished  Quakers  re 
turning  to  any  of  the  colonies  should  be  put  to  death.     A 
law  to  this  effect  was  passed  in  Massachusetts,  and  four 
were  hung.    This  excessive  severity,  however,  brought  pub 
lic  opinion  over  to  the  side  of  the  Quakers.    Before  long  the 
persecution  ceased,  and  they  were  allowed  to  live  in  peace. 

26.  The  Navigation  Act  of  1660  has  been  already  men 
tioned  in  the  history  of  Virginia.     It  pressed  with  great  se 
verity 'on  the  people  of  Massachusetts,  for  there  was  a  large 
and  active  shipping  trade  belonging  to  the  colony  which 
was  entirely  broken  up  by  this  oppressive  act. 

KING  PHILIP'S  WAR. 

27.  The  Wampanoags  for  about   fifty  years   faithfully 
kept  the  treaty  of  peace  that  was  made  with  the  Plymouth 
colony  in  1621.     Yet,  though  quiet,  they  were  far  from  be 
ing  contented,  because  they  saw  themselves  gradually  pushed 
out  of  their  hunting-grounds  on  the  east  side  of  Narragan- 
sett  Bay. 

28.  Massasoit,  the  prudent  friend  of  the  whites,  died  in 
1659;  and  in  1661,  his  younger  son,  called  by  the  colonists 
King  Philip,  of  Mount  Hope,  near  Bristol,  Rhode  Island,  be- 

24.  What  new  trouble  did  the  Massachusetts  magistrates  now  suffer  from  ?  When 
did  some  of  this  new  sect  arrive  ?  What  were  their  opinions  ?  What  measures  were 
first  tried  against  them  ?  What  was  next  resorted  to  ?  How  far  did  this  prevent 
them  from  coming  to  Boston  ? 

'25.  What  was  recommended  as  the  last  resort?  To  what  extent  was  this  put  in 
force  ?  How  did  this  excessive  severity  operate  on  the  public  mind  ?  State  what 
followed. 

26.  What  was  the  Navigation  Act?    See  history  of  Virginia.    How  did  it  affect 
the  people  of  Massachusetts  ?    Why  was  this  ? 

27.  How  had  the  Wampanoags  kept  their  treaty  ?    How  did  they  look  on  the  con 
duct  of  the  English  meanwhile  ? 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


65 


THE   GREAT   SWAMP  FIGHT   IN    RHODE   ISLAND.      Page  66. 


came  chief  of  the  tribe.  In  the  year  1674,  a  converted  In 
dian,  employed  by  Philip,  told  the  Plymouth  magistrates 
that  he  had  discovered  a  plot  on  the  part  of  the  chief  to 
unite  the  New  England  Indians  and  destroy  the  whites. 
Not  long  after,  this  informer  was  found  drowned.  The  col 
onists  seized  three  Wampanoags  on  suspicion,  and  hung 
them  for  the  murder. 

29.  Exasperated  by  this,  the  Indians  attacked  Swanzey, 
thirty-five  miles  southwest  from  Plymouth,  and  killed  some 
of  the  people,  June,  1675.  The  Plymouth  settlers,  assisted 
by  Massachusetts  men,  promptly  marched  to  the  Wampa- 
noag  villages  near  Mount  Hope,  intending  to  surprise  and 
capture  Philip  ;  but  he  had  received  notice  of  their  ap 
proach,  and  escaped  before  they  arrived.  In  a  short  time 
he  persuaded  the  other  New  England  tribes  to  join  in  a  war 
against  the  whites. 

28.  What  took  place  in  1659  and  1661?    What  startling  report  was  made  to  the 
Plymouth  magistrates  ?    What  was  the  fate  of  the  informer  ?    What  did  the  colo 
nists  do  on  hearing  of  the  murder? 

29.  How  did  the  Indians  revenge  this,  and  when  ?    What  did  the  settlers  do  ?   Hoty 
did  Philip  defeat  this  plan  ?    What  league  did  he  form  ? 


GO  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

30.  The  colonists  at  first  thought  they  could  easily  chas 
tise  the  "insolent  savages,"  but  they  soon  found  out  their 
mistake.     The  war  spread  rapidly  along  the  frontier  settle 
ments.    Brookfield,  Northfield,  Deerfield,  Hadley,  and  Spring 
field,  outlying  northerly  villages  on  and  near  the  Connecti 
cut,  were  attacked  in  August,  September,  and  October,  1675, 
and  some  of  them  burned.     Even  small  bands  of  armed  set 
tlers  were  surprised  and  massacred. 

31.  The  New  England  men  determined  to  strike  the  Nar- 
ragansetts,  who  had  broken  their  treaty  with  the  whites,  be 
fore  they  could  join  Philip  in  the   spring.     In  December, 
1675,  fifteen  hundred  colonists  suddenly  attacked  three  thou 
sand  of  them,  posted  in  the  middle  of  a  swamp  in  Rhode  Isl 
and,  where  they  had  laid  up  a  large  store  of  provisions  for 
the  winter.     This  "  Swamp  Fight"  was  a  bloody  aifair  for 
the  colonists,  for  six   captains  and  two  hundred  and  fifty 
men  were  killed  or  wounded.     Of  the  Indians  over  a  thou 
sand  warriors  were  killed,  and  several  hundred  were  taken 
prisoners.     Six  hundred  wigwams  were  burned,  and  the  pro 
visions  were  destroyed. 

32.  This  proved  a  heavy  blow  to  the  Indians,  but  it  did 
not  end  the  war.     Philip  made  fresh  exertions,  and  in  the 
spring  of  1676  it  burst  with  greater  fury  over  three  hundred 
miles  of  frontier.    Nor  was  the  war  confined  to  the  outposts. 
The  Indians  attacked  villages  within  twenty  miles  of  Bos 
ton  ;  Warwick,  Rhode  Island,  was  burned,  and  Providence 
partially  destroyed ;   the  whole  colony  of  Plymouth   was 
overrun :  the  Indians  seemed  every  where.     This  lasted  till 
June.     Then  the  Indians  began  to  grow  weary  of  fighting; 
their  resources  failed,  and  the  colonists  pressed  them  with 
energy.     Some  of  them  submitted,  and  were  sold  as  slaves ; 
others  fled  to  Canada;  hundreds  were  tracked  by  the  colo 
nists  and  shot  down. 

30.  How  did  the  colonists  at  first  look  on  the  war  ?    Give  some  account  of  how  it 
spread.    Tell  from  the  map,  page  C3,  the  location  of  these  villages. 

31.  What  tribe  did  the  colonists  fear  would  join  the  Wampanoags  ?    What  did  the 
colonists  determine  to  do?    What  attack  was  made?    What  is  said  of  the  battle^ 
and  the  losses  on  both  sides? 

32.  Did  this  defeat  end  the  war?    What,  took  place  in  the  spring  of  1676?    De 
scribe  the  extent  of  the  Indian  movements.    Ho\v  long  did  this  last?    What  took 
place  after  June? 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


67 


33.  Philip  himself  would  not  submit.  He  went  back  to 
his  old  home  at  Mount  Hope  in  July,  and  was  at  last  shot 
in  August,  1676,  by  a  traitorous  Indian  who  had  guided  the 
whites  to  his  hiding-place.  His  wife  and  little  son  had  been 
previously  taken  prisoners,  and  the  latter  was  sent  to  the 
Bermudas  and  there  sold  as  a  slave.  Thus  ended  KING 
PHILIP'S  WAR.  The  Wampanoags  and  Narragansetts  were 
blotted  out  of  existence  as  tribes. 


DEATH   OF   KINO   rUIL,IP. 


34.  A  tract  of  land  embracing  the  territory  of  Maine  and 
New  Hampshire  had  been  granted  to  Gorges  and  Mason  in 
1622.  In  the  year  1677,  Massachusetts  bought  out  the  rights 
of  the  heirs  for  six  thousand  dollars.  New  Hampshire  did 
not  remain  long  in  her  possession,  for  Charles  II.  in  1680 
made  it  a  royal  province.  Six  years  after,  Massachusetts 
also  became  a  province.  An  officer  of  customs,  while  en 
forcing  the  Navigation  Act  at  Boston,  had  been  resisted, 
and  forced  to  return  to  England.  King  Charles  II.  eagerly 
seized  on  this  as  an  excuse  for  annulling  the  charter,  but  he 
died  before  the  arrangements  were  completed. 

33.  Where  was  Philip  during  this  time  ?    What  happened  to  him  ?    What  oecame 
of  his  wife  and  his  little  son  ?    What  Indian  tribes  were  destroyed  ? 

34.  How  did  Massachusetts  increase  her  territory  in  16TT?    How  large  was  the 
tract?    How  long  did  Massachusetts  retain  possession  of  it?    What  befell  the  col« 
ony  in  1686  ?    What  led  to  this  ? 


68  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

35.  In  1686,  after  his  death,  the  charters  of  all  the  New 
England  colonies  were  declared  forfeited,  and  King  James 
II.  sent  over  Sir  Edmund  Andros  as  first  royal  governor  of 
New  England.  His  rule,  which  was  very  tyrannical,  last' 
ed  three  years.  When,  in  1689,  the  news  arrived  that  King 
James  had  been  expelled  from  the  English  throne,  the  peo 
ple  of  Massachusetts  rose  against  Andros,  and  sent  him  un 
der  arrest  to  England.  The  New  England  colonies  then 
quietly  resumed  their  old  form  of  government. 


36.  When  James  II.  fled  to  France  in  1688,William,  Prince 
of  Orange,  was  called  to  the  throne  of  England.    The  French 
king,  Louis  XIV.,  took  up  the  cause  of  the  exiled  king,  and 
declared  war  against  England  in  1689.     The  contest  spread 
at  once  to  the  colonies  in  North  America,  the  French  unit 
ing  with  the  Indians  against  the  English  settlers. 

37.  A  body  of  French  and  Indians,  in  the  year  1690,  at 
tacked  different  posts  on  the  frontiers  of  New  York  and  New 
England,  and  committed  great  barbarities.     Massachusetts, 
in  return,  fitted  out  a  fleet,  and  sent  seven  hundred  men  with 
it,  under  Sir/William  Phipps,  to  ravage  the  French  settle 
ments.     He  captured  Port  Royal,  in  Acadia,  and  obtained 
plunder  enough  to  pay  the  expenses  of  the  expedition. 

38.  This  success  led  the  colonies  of  New  York,  Massa 
chusetts,  and  Connecticut,  the  same  year,  to  fit  out  a  land, 
and  also  a  naval  expedition  for  the  conquest  of  Canada. 
But  both  failed  miserably,  and  proved  so  costly  that  no  oth 
er  important  expedition  was  attempted  by  these   colonies 
during  the  war.     It  lingered  along  until  the  year  1697,  when 
it  was  terminated  by  the  treaty  of  peace  signed  at  Ryswick 
(riz'-ivik),  in  Holland. 

35.  What  sweeping  measure  was  adopted  in  1686  by  the  new  king?    Who  was  ap 
pointed  governor  of  all  New  England  ?    What  is  said  of  his  rule,  and  how  was  it 
brought  to  an  end  ?    What  kind  of  government  followed  throughout  New  England  ? 

36.  Who  succeeded  James  on  the  throne  of  England?    How  did  the  French  king 
regai'd  this?    What  followed  in  Europe  and  America? 

3T.  What  colonies  suffered  severely  ?  What  did  Massachusetts  do  in  return  ?  What 
was  Phipps's  success  ?  Where  was  Acadia  ? 

38.  To  what  did  the  success  of  Phipps  lead  ?  What  was  the  success  of  these  expe< 
ditious  ?  How  lou&  did  the  war  last,  and  how  did  it  terminate  ? 


MASSACHUSETTS.  69 

39.  In  the  year  1692,  Phipps  had  been  sent  to  England  for 
assistance,  but  could  get  none.     The  colonies  were  left  to 
defend  themselves.     He  had  better  fortune  for  himself,  for 
he  returned  the  same  year  with  a  royal  charter,  including 
Massachusetts  colony,  Maine,  and  Nova  Scotia  in  one  prov 
ince,  under  the  name  of  Massachusetts,  of  which  he  was 
made  royal  governor.     From  this  time  onward  to  the  Rev 
olution,  Massachusetts  remained  a  royal  province. 

40.  On  his  arrival  at  Boston,  Phipps  found  great  excite 
ment  on  the  subject  of  witchcraft.     There  were  nearly  one 
hundred  persons  in  prison  charged  with  this  crime.     Acting 
on  "  learned  advice,"  he  ordered  a  "  special  court"  for  their 
trial.     This  court  hanged  twenty  of  the  prisoners.     One  of 
the  hanged  was  a  clergyman.     When  the  delusion  reached 
its  height,  eight  persons  were  under  sentence  of  death,  the 
jails  were  full  of  prisoners,  and  new  accusations  were  made 
every  day.     No  one  was  safe ;  even  Lady  Phipps,  the  wife 
of  the  governor,  was  suspected.     In  1693  reason  began  to 
resume  its  place;  the  "special  court"  was  abolished;  and 
Phipps  ordered  that  all  those  in  prison  on  the  charge  of 
witchcraft  should  be  set  at  liberty. 

QUEEN  ANNE'S  WAR. 

41.  The  French  and  English  colonies  were  not  permitted 
to  remain  long  at  peace.     In  the  year  1701,  James  II.,  the 
dethroned  king,  died  an  exile  in  France,  and  his  son  was 
proclaimed  King  of  England  by  the  French  monarch.     The 
English  at  once  resented  this  as  an  affront  to  Queen  Anne, 
their  reigning  sovereign,  and  war  was  declared  in  1 702.    This 
was  known  in  America  as  Queen  Anne's  War ;  and  in  Eu 
rope,  from  causes  that  involved  Spain  as  well  as  France,  the 
War  of  the  Spanish  Succession. 


39.  For  what  purpose  was  Phipps  sent  to  England?    How  far  was  he  successful? 
What  was  the  extent  of  the  new  province  ?    How  long  did  Massachusetts  remain  a 
royal  province  ? 

40.  What  disturbance  had  sprung  up  during  Phipps's  absence?    How  many  had 
been  imprisoned  ?    What  measure  did  Phipps  adopt  ?    What  immediately  followed  ? 
What  was  the  state  of  things  when  the  delusion  was  at  its  height?    When  did  the 
delusion  end?    State  what  was  done. 

41.  How  many  years  did  the  colonies  remain  at  peace?    What  led  to  war  in  Eu 
rope  ?    When  was  war  declared  ?    By  what  names  is  this  war  known  ? 


70  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

42.  In  America,  the  weight  of  hostilities  fell  on  South  Car 
olina  and  New  England.     The  operations  of  the  former  will 
be  noticed  hereafter  under  the  history  of  that  colony.     The 
middle  colonies  remained  unharmed  during  the  war.     New 
York,  which  was  particularly  exposed,  was  fortunately  saved 
by  a  treaty  of  neutrality  that  the  Five  Nations  had  con 
cluded  with  the  French  of  Canada.     On  the  north,  the  French 
guided  the  Canadians  and  Maine  Indians  in  barbarous  at 
tacks  on  the  frontiers  of  Massachusetts. 

43.  To  revenge  these  barbarities,  a  thousand  men  sailed 
from  Massachusetts,  June,  1707,  against  Port  Royal,  in  Aca- 
dia,  which  had  been  restored  to  France  by  the  treaty  of  Rys- 
wick.     This  expedition  failed;  but  in  1710,  New  England, 
assisted  by  an  English  fleet,  compelled  it  to  surrender.     The 
name  was  changed  to  Annapolis,  in  honor  of  the  queen. 

44.  This  success  encouraged  the  English  government,  in 
1711,  to  attempt  the  conquest  of  Canada  by  means  of  two 
expeditions,  one  by  land,  the  other  by  sea ;  and  a  powerful 
fleet  and  army  was  sent  from  England  to  co-operate  with 
the  colonial  troops.     The  fleet,  badly  handled  while  pro 
ceeding  against  Quebec,  was  wrecked  in  the  St.  Lawrence, 
with  the  loss  of  eight  vessels,  and  884  men  drowned.     This 
disaster  compelled  the  return  of  the  naval  expedition,  and 
the  abandonment  of  the  movement  by  land  against  Montre 
al.     Hostilities  were  at  last  brought  to  an  end  by  the  treaty 
of  Utrecht  (u-trekt)  in  1713.     By  this  Acadia  was  ceded  per 
manently  to  Great  Britain,  and  became  a  province  under  the 
old  name  of  Nova  Scotia. 


45.  For  thirty  years  peace  reigned  between  tlie  rival 
French  and  English  colonies.  In  1 744,  war  arose  in  Europe 
out  of  disputes  about  the  succession  to  the  throne  of  Aus- 

42.  How  was  the  contest  felt  by  the  colonies?    How  was  New  York  saved  from 
Indian  incursions  ?    What  happened  on  the  New  England  frontier  ? 

43.  What  did  Massachusetts  do  in  return  ?    State  the  success.    Where  was  Port 
Royal  ?    What  other  Port  Royal  is  mentioned  in  the  earlier  history  ?    What  happen 
ed  in  1710  ?    What  was  Port  Royal  named,  and  why  ?. 

44.  What  expedition  was  next  planned,  and  where?    With  what  success  did  it 
meet  ?    When  did  the  war  end  ?    What  permanent  accession  of  territory  did  England 


MASSACHUSETTS.  71 

tria.  England  and  France  took  opposite  sides  in  the  con< 
test,  and  this  involved  the  colonies.  In  Europe  it  was  known 
as  the  War  of  the  Austrian  Succession,  in  America  as  King 
George's  War. 

46.  The  principal  event  in  the  struggle  on  this  continent 
was  the  capture  of  the  strong  and  important  post  of  Louis- 
burg,  on  the  island  of  Cape  Breton.     Massachusetts,  New 
Hampshire,  Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut  agreed  to  fur- 
nish  men  and  ships  for  the  expedition ;  New  York  sent  some 
money  and  cannon,  and  Pennsylvania  gave  provisions.   The 
chief  burden  of  the  enterprise  fell  on  Massachusetts.     In 
April,  1745,  over  three  thousand  men,  under  Sir  William 
Pepperell,  sailed  from  New  England,  and  on  their  way  were 
joined  by  a  large  British  fleet  and  additional  troops.     On 
the  11  th  of  May,  to  the  surprise  of  the  garrison,  they  an 
chored  within  sight  of  Louisburg,  and,  so  spirited  were  the 
movements   of  the  4000  combined  troops  in  the  ensuing 
siege,  that  the  French  surrendered  on  the  28th  of  June. 

47.  The  colonial  forces  were  greatly  rejoiced  at  their  suc 
cess.     The  expedition  had  been  planned  in  New  England, 
the  great  body  of  the  troops  were  from  New  England,  and 
they  had  done  the  most  of  the  work  in  the  siege ;  but  the 
English  fleet  got  the  glory  and  the  prize-money.     The  war 
was  ended  in  1748  by  the  treaty  of  Aix-la-Chapelle  (akes-la- 
sha-pel),  in  Prussia.     The  capture  of  Louisburg,  accomplish 
ed  at  so  much  expense  on  the  part  of  the  colonies,  proved 
of  no  permanent  value.     It  was  given  back  to  France  by 
the  treaty. 

48.  These  three  wars  laid  the  foundation  of  bitter  hatred 
between  the  French  and  English  colonies.     This,  together 
with  the  disputes  about  territory,  was  the  cause  of  that 
long  and  bloody  contest  that  followed  not  seven  years  after, 

45.  How  long  did  peace  last  between  the  French  and  English  colonies  ?    When  did 
war  break  out  in  Europe,  and  what  was  the  cause  ?    By  what  names  is  the  war 
known  in  Europe  and  America? 

46.  What  was  the  principal  event  of  this  war  in  America?    What  did  the  different 
colonies  contribute  to  the  carrying  on  of  the  war?    What  is  said  of  the  force  sent 
against  Louisburg?    State  what  is  said  of  the  siege,  and  the  result. 

47.  How  did  England  regard  the  success,  and  why?     Who  were  rewarded? 
How  was  the  war  ended?    Did  the  capture  of  Louisburg  prove  of  auy  permanent 
value  ? 


72  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

known  as  the  French  and  Indian  War,  and  which  involved 
all  the  colonies  from  New  Hampshire  to  the  Carolinas. 


CONNECTICUT. 

1.  IN  the  year  1630,  a  tract  of  land,  extending  one  hun 
dred  and  twenty  miles  along  the  coast  west  of  Narragansett 
River,  and  from  the  Atlantic  westward  to  the  Pacific,  was 
granted  to  the  Earl  of  Warwick  (war-icfc)  by  the  Council 
of  Plymouth.     Next  year  he  transferred  his  grant  to  Lord 
Say-and-Seal  and  Lord  Brooke,  in  company  with  other  En 
glishmen.     The  territory  embraced  within  its  limits  the 
present  State  of  Connecticut. 

2.  The  Dutch  claimed  that  the  Connecticut  Valley  was  a 
part  of  New  Netherlands,  and  in  1633  built  a  block-house  in 
the  south  part  of  what  is  now  the  city  of  Hartford,  naming 
it  Good  Hope.    The  same  year  some  traders  from  New  Plym 
outh  sailed  up  the  river  past  the  Dutch  fort — the  command 
er  of  this  threatening  to  fire  upon  them  as  they  went  by — 
and  built  a  trading-house  at  Windsor.    Two  years  after  this, 
in  1635,  sixty  immigrants  came  across  the  country  through 
the  wild  forest  from  Massachusetts  Bay  colony,  and  settled 
near  the  New  Plymouth  trading-house. 

3.  In  1635  the-  agents  of  the  English  proprietors  sent  a 
small  party  from  Boston  to  the  mouth  of  the  Connecticut, 
who  there  built  a  fort,  which  was  named,  in  honor  of  the 
proprietors,  Say-Brook.     This  became  the  foundation  of  the 
Saybrook  colony,  and  completely  prevented  the  Dutch  from 
any  further  attempts  to  take  possession  of  the  river.    During 
the  summer  of  1636,  one  hundred  persons,  under  the  Rever 
end  Thomas  Hooker,  from  four  towns  around  Boston,  came 
across  the  country,  and  settled  chiefly  at  Hartford,  Windsor, 

48.  What  was  the  effect  of  these  wars  on  the  French  and  English  colonists  ?    To 
what  did  this  hatred  eventually  lead? 

1.  Describe  the  tract  of  land  granted  in  1630.    To  whom  was  it  granted,  and  to 
what  parties  was  it  afterward  transferred  ?   What  state  was  embraced  by  that  grant  ? 

2.  What  claim  did  the  Dutch  make  to  a  portion  of  this?    Why?    What  did  they 
proceed  to  do?    Where  is  Hartford?    Who  interfered  with  the  claims  of  the  Dntch 
at  this  time?    How  did  the  Dutch  resent  this?    When  did  other  immigrants  arrive, 
and  where  did  they  settle  ? 


CONNECTICUT.  73 

and  Wethersfield.    These  settlements  were  under  the  protec 
tion  of  Massachusetts,  and  known  as  CONNECTICUT  COLONY. 

PEQUOD   WAR. 

4.  The  new  settlements  were  scarcely  planted  when  war 
sprang  up  with  the  Pequod  Indians,  living  on  Long  Island 
Sound  east  of  the  Connecticut  River.     Charged  with  several 
murders  of  the  whites,  an  expedition  was  sent  against  them 
from  Massachusetts,  which  burned  their  villages  and  rav 
aged  their  country,  August,  1636.     Thirsting  for  revenge, 
they  tried  to  persuade  the  Narragansett  Indians  to  join 
them  in  an  attack  upon  the  English  settlements.     Fortu 
nately,  Roger  Williams  heard  of  this,  and,  forgetting  all  the 
wrongs  the  Massachusetts  people  had  done  him,  went  to  the 
Narragansett  chief  while  the  Pequod  messengers  were  still 
there.    At  the  risk  of  his  life,  he  succeeded  in  persuading  the 
Narragansetts  not  to  take  sides  against  the  English. 

5.  The  Pequods  meanwhile  lurked  about  Fort  Saybrook, 
and  killed  or  captured  several  persons.     During  the  winter 
they  killed  several  settlers  as  far  up  the  river  as  Wethers- 
field.     These  murders  roused  the  Connecticut  towns,  and  in 
May,  1637,  they  met  at  Hartford  and  declared  war.     Massa 
chusetts  sent  twenty  men,  under  Captain  Underhill,  to  help 
them.     Captain  Mason,  with  sixty  Connecticut  troops,  mak 
ing,  with  Underbill's  men,  some  eighty  whites,  together  with 
several  hundred  friendly  Mohegans  and  Narragansetts,  start 
ed  out  rapidly  to  attack  the  Pequods. 

6.  Mason,  learning  that  they  were  collected  in  two  rude 
forts  a  few  miles  east  of  the  Pequod  River,  now  called  the 
Thames,  landed  near  one  of  them  at  nightfall  on  the  4th  of 

3.  Who  sent  the  nest  party  of  immigrants,  and  wh  ::e  did  they  locate  themselves? 
What  name  did  they  give  to  their  fort?    What  did  this  eventually  become?    How 
did  this  affect  the  claims  of  the  Dutch  ?    When  and  by  whom  were  the  next  settle 
ments  made  ?    Under  what  protection  were  these  made  ? 

4.  What  occurred  to  disturb  the  peace  of  the  new  settlers?    Where  did  these  In 
dians  live?    What  cause  had  they  for  this  bad  feeling?    What  alliance  did  they  at 
tempt  to  enter  into  against  the  whites  ?    How  was  this  alliance  prevented  ?    Why  is 
this  to  be  considered  a  very  generous  act  on  the  part  of  Williams  ?    What  do  you  re 
member  of  his  treatment  by  the  people  of  Massachusetts  ? 

5.  Did  the  Pequods  still  persist  in  their  hostilities?    What  did  the  Connecticut 
settlers  do  ?    Who  assisted  the  latter  ?    What  forces  were  raised,  and  who  were  th3 
leaders  ? 

D 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


INDIANS   ATTACKING   THE   BETTLJ5K8. 


June,  1637.  At  daybreak  next  morning  he  moved  on  the 
enemy,  and  in  one  hour  burned  the  fort  and  killed  some  five 
or  six  hundred  of  the  warriors,  together  with  a  number  of 
old  men,  women,  and  children.  Only  seven  of  the  Indians 
fell  alive  into  the  hands  of  the  colonists. 

7.  The  Indians  were  allowed  but  little  time  to  recover 
from  the  effects  of  this  terrible  blow.    Fresh  troops  came  to 
the  help  of  the  Connecticut  meiTffom  Massachusetts.     The 
wretched  Pequods,  hunted  and  broken-spirited,  fled  to  the 
swamps.     There   many  were  surrounded  and  shot;  some 
surrendered,  and  were  enslaved  by  the  English ;  some  es 
caped  and  joined  other  tribes.     By  the  close  of  the  year 

1637  nearly  nine  hundred  Pequods  had  perished,  and  the 
tribe  itself  was  exterminated. 

8.  The  COLONY  OF  NEW  HAVEN  was  founded  in  the  year 

1638  by  a  body  of  wealthy  emigrants  from  London,  who  ar 
rived  at  Boston  in  1637  under  the  leadership  of  John  Dav 
enport,  a  Puritan  minister,  and  Theophilus  Eaton,  a  London 

6.  Where  did  Mason  find  them  ?    When  and  where  did  he  make  his  attack  ?    De 
scribe  what  followed.    How  did  the  result  show  the  bitter  feelings  of  the  colonists  ? 

7.  What  energetic  measures  followed?    What  is  said  of  the  sufferings  of  the  un 
happy  Pequods  ?    How  and  when  was  the  war  terminated  ? 


CONNECTICUT.  75 

merchant.  Land  was  purchased  from  the  Indians,  and  the 
plan  of  the  city  of  New  Haven  was  laid  out.  The  new  set 
tlers  were  soon  joined  by  others  from  England  and  from  the 
Connecticut  colony.  During  the  first  year  little  government 
was  needed,  but  in  1639  the  settlers  agreed  that  the  Bible 
should  be  adopted  as  the  law  of  the  colony,  and  that  only 
Church  members  should  be  freemen.  They  then  chose  Eaton 
as  governor. 

9.  Earlier  in  the  same  year  1639,  the  towns  of  Hartford, 
Windsor,  and  Wethersfield  agreed  on  a  very  liberal  form  of 
government,  and,  in  remarkable  contrast  with  that  of  the 
New  Haven  colony,  they  allowed  all  residents  of  good  char 
acter  to  be  freemen.     The  power  was  thus  left  in  the  hands 
of  the  whole  people.     The  Connecticut  colony  is,  therefore, 
the  first  example  of  a  pure  democratic  government  in  Amer 
ica. 

10.  There  were  at  this  time  three  colonies  in  what  is  now 
the  State  of  Connecticut — Say  brook,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river,  governed  by  the  proprietors ;  the  towns  of  Hartford, 
Windsor,  and  Wethersfield,  called  Connecticut,  independ 
ent  ;  and  New  Haven,  with  adjacent  towns,  also  independ 
ent.     Next  year,  1644,  the  only  remaining  proprietor  of  the 
Saybrook  colony  sold  his  interest  in  it  to  the  Connecticut 
towns,  and  it  became  a  part  of  that  colony. 

11.  The  disputes  about  the  boundary-line  between  New 
Netherlands  and  Connecticut  several  times  threatened  to 
end  in  a  war  with  the  Dutch.     This  was  one  of  the  causes 
that  led  to  the  formation   of  the  New  England  Union  in 
1643.     In  the  year  1650  a  boundary  was  agreed  on,  and  the 
matter  was  put  at  rest. 

12.  In  the  year  1662  the  Connecticut  colony  obtained  a 
royal  charter,  wrhich  included  New  Haven,  and  from  the 

8.  When  and  by  whom  was  the  New  Haven  colony  founded  ?    Who  were  the  lead 
ers  ?    How  did  they  procure  their  land  ?    Who  soon  joined  them  ?    What  is  said  of 
the  government  during  the  first  year?    What  was  finally  adopted  as  the  law  of  the 
colony?    Who  was  chosen  governor? 

9.  What  towns  are  spoken  of  as  having  agreed  on  a  remarkable  form  of  govern 
ment  ?    What  was  its  main  feature  ?    Of  what  is  the  Connecticut  colony  an  example  F 

10.  How  many  colonies  were  there  at  this  time  in  Connecticut?    Name  them,  and 
state  their  forms  of  government.    What  union  was  formed,  and  when?    How  was 
the  Saybrook  colony  united  to  this? 

31.  What  danger  now  threatened  the  colony  ?   In  what,  way  was  the  matter  settled  ? 


76 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


year  1665  the  latter  ceased  to  have  a  separate  existence 
This  was  the  most  liberal  charter  that  had  yet  been  granted 
to  any  colony.  It,  secured  to  the  whole  people  all  the  rights 
of  free  government  that  had  been  agreed  upon  by  the  Con 
necticut  towns  in  1639.  So  perfect  was  it,  and  so  liberal,  that 
it  remained  the  constitution  of  the  State  of  Connecticut  long 
after  the  American  Revolution. 

13.  When  Andros  was  appointed  governor  of  New  En^ 
gland  in  1687,  he  was  anxious  to  get  possession  of  this  fa 
mous  charter.  For  this  purpose,  he  went  to  Hartford  while 
the  Assembly  was  in  session,  and  demanded  it  from  the  mem 
bers.  It  was  brought  out  and  laid  on  the  table.  The  mem 
bers,  who  were  determined  to  keep  it,  spoke  so  long  about 
their  right  to  do  so  that  the  debate  was  carried  on  until 
evening.  As  the  discussion  drew  to  an  end,  suddenly  the 


THE  DISCUSSION    OVER   THE   CIIARTEK. 


12.  When  did  Connecticut  obtain  a  charter  ?  What  was  included  in  this  ?  When 
did  the  existence  of  the  New  Haven  colony  terminate  ?  What  is  said  of  the  charter  ? 
How  long  did  it  remain  iu.  force  ? 


CONNECTICUT.  77 

lights  were  extinguished.  When  they  were  relighted  the 
charter  had  disappeared.  A  trusty  hand  had  carried  it  off, 
and  hid  it  in  the  hollow  trunk  of  a  tree,  which  was  after 
ward  known  as  the  "  Charter  Oak." 

14.  Andros,  however,  declared  the  charter  government  at 
an  end,  dissolved  the  Assembly,  and  with  his  own  hand 
wrote  the  word  "finis"  at  the  end  of  the  minutes  of  the  last 
meeting.     His  triumph  was  very  short,  for  in  1689,  after  he 
was  arrested  in  Boston,  the  charter  was  taken  from  its  hid 
ing-place,  and  the  colony  quietly  resumed  its  old  form  of 
government. 

15.  Connecticut  took  a  firm   stand  for  its  rights  under 
the  charter  in  the  year  1693,  during  King  William's  War. 
Fletcher,  the  governor  of  New  York,  had  received  a  royal 
commission  to  order  out  the  Connecticut  militia  for  service. 
This  was  resented  by  the  colony  as  a  violation  of  the  char 
ter,  which  provided  that  the  militia  could  only  be  called  out 
by  the  General  Court.     Fletcher  went  to  Hartford,  and  or 
dered  out  the  militia  to  hear  his  commission  read. 

1 6.  When  the  reading  began,  Captain  Wadsworth,  in  com 
mand  of  the  company,  ordered  the  drums  to  be  beaten  to 
drown  the  voice.    Fletcher  ordered  silence,  and  the  reading 
again  began,  only  to  be  once  more  drowned  by  the  drums. 
When  Fletcher  again  ordered  silence,  Wadsworth  very  firm 
ly  told  him  that  if  he  repeated  that  order  "  he  would  make 
the  sun  shine  through  him  in  a  moment."     The  governor 
gave  up  the  attempt,  and  returned  to  New  York. 

17.  In  the  year  1701,  the  General  Court,  instead  of  meet 
ing  entirely  at  Hartford,  was  ordered  to  meet  alternately  at 
Hartford  and  New  Haven.     This  was  the  foundation  of  the 
two  capitals.     In  the  same  year,  a  school  for  the  education 
of  ministers  was  established  at  Saybrook.    It  was  afterward 

13.  What  attempt  was  made  to  deprive  the  colony  of  this  charter?    Give  an  ac 
count  of  the  proceedings  in  the  Assembly  with  regard  to  it.    In  what  way  were  the 
charter  taken  care  of? 

14.  What  did  Andros  persist  in  doing  ?    How  long  did  the  charter  remain  hid  ? 
What  event  brought  it  from  its  hiding-place  ?    Did  the  colony  continue  a  royal  gov 
ernment? 

15.  What  offensive  requisition  was  made  by  the  Governor  of  New  York  in  1693? 
How  was  this  resented  ?    What  did  Fletcher  do  ? 

16.  How  was  the  reading  of  the  commission  received  ?    How  was  Fletcher  finally 
forced  to  yield  ? 


78  COLONIAL   HISTORY. 

removed  to  New  Haven,  and  named  Yale  College,  after  Elihu 
Yale,  its  first  patron. 

18.  Connecticut,  as  a  colony,  continued  to  enjoy  her  rights 
under  the  charter  and  to  elect  her  own  governors.  She  was 
not  compelled,  like  Massachusetts,  to  endure  the  tyranny  of 
governors  appointed  by  the  crown.  She  bore  her  share  in 
all  the  intercolonial  wars,  and,  as  a  part  of  New  England,  vig 
orously  supported  Massachusetts.  We  shall  find  her  again 
active  in  the  French  and  Indian  War. 


FINAL   LANDING-PLACE   OF   KOGEE   WILLIAMS   ON   THE    PAW  TUCKET. 


1.  IN  November,  1635,  Roger  Williams,  the  minister  of 
the  Salem  church,  was  banished  from  the  Massachusetts 
Colony.     He  started  in  the  depth  of  winter,  and,  after  wan 
dering  fourteen  weeks  in  the  woods  without  a  guide,  he 
found  a  shelter  and  a  welcome  among  the  Narragansett  In 
dians.     From  them  he  received  a  grant  of  land  at  Seekonk, 
on  the  east  side  of  the  Seekonk  or  Pawtucket  River,  which 
flows  into  Narragansett  Bay. 

2.  He  had  just  begun  to  plant  corn  here  in  1636,  when 
Governor  Winslow,  of  the  Plymouth  Colony,  advised  him  to 

17.  What  change  was  made  with  regard  to  the  place  of  meeting  of  the  General 
Court?    What  do  you  understand  by  the  General  Court?    In  what  year  was  this? 
What  school  was  established  this  year?    Where  was  it  removed  to,  and  what  was  it 
named  ? 

18.  What  rights  did  Connecticut  enjoy?    In  what  respect  was  she  better  off  than 
Massachusetts  ?    What  is  finally  said  of  Connecticut  ? 

1.  What  is  said  of  Roger  Williams?    Give  an  account  of  his  wanderings.    What 
did  he  procure  from  the  Indians?    Where  is  the  Seekonk  River  ? 


RHODE    ISLAND.  79 

remove,  as  the  land  was  within  the  limits  of  the  Plymouth 
grant.  To  be  entirely  free,  he  and  five  companions  went  to 
a  place  on  the  west  side  of  Pawtucket  River,  and,  in  remem 
brance  of"  God's  merciful  providence  to  him  in  his  distress," 
he  named  the  new  plantation  Providence. 

3.  Shortly  after  he  began  this  settlement  he  was  asked  by 
Governor  Vane,  of  Massachusetts  Colony,  to  use  his  influ 
ence  with  the  Narragansetts  against  the  Pequods.     We  have 
already  seen  how  prompt  and  how  successful  he  was  in  doing 
this.     The  kindness  of  Williams  met  a  poor  return  from  the 
Massachusetts  ministers  and  magistrates.    In  1638  the  latter 
forbade  all  trade  with  the  Providence  people,  and  threatened 
to  arrest  them  if  found  within  the  limits  of  Massachusetts. 

4.  In  the  year  1637,  the  husband  of  the  celebrated  Mrs. 
Hutchinson,  together  with  William  Coddington  and  others, 
by  the  advice  of  Williams  came  to  Narragansett  Bay.    Cod 
dington,  through  the  influence  of  Williams,  bought  the  island 
of  Aquiday  from  the  Indians,  and  named  it  the  Island  of 
Rhodes,  a  name  afterward  changed  to  that  of  Rhode  Island. 
He  settled  at  Portsmouth,  on  the  upper  end.     Newport,  at 
the  lower  end,  was  not  settled  until  the  year  1644. 

5.  Mrs.  Hutchinson  joined  her   husband  and  friends   at 
Portsmouth,  when  she  was  banished  in  1638.     This  greatly 
persecuted  woman  was  not  permitted  to  remain  long  on  Aqui 
day  Island.     Coddington,  in  1641,  began  to  talk  about  mak 
ing  friends  with  the  magistrates  of  Massachusetts.     Think 
ing  herself  not  safe  here,  she,  being  now  a  widow,  removed 
near  what  is  now  New  Roohelle,  within  the  limits  of  New 
Netherlands.     Soon  after  her  arrival  there,  the  whole  family 
of  eighteen  persons  except  one — a  daughter  carried  off  pris 
oner — were  massacred  by  the  Indians  in  the  Dutch  and  In 
dian  war  under  Governor  Kieft. 

2.  Why  did  he  find  it  necessary  soon  to  leave  this  place  ?    Where  did  he  finally  set 
tle  ?    What  name  did  he  give  this  "  plantation  ?" 

3.  How  was  his  influence  used  for  the  benefit  of  the  Massachusetts  Bay  Colony? 
How  was  this  requited  ? 

4.  What  persons  settled  on  Narragansett  Bay  by  the  advice  of  Williams?    How 
did  they  procure  land  ?    What  name  was  given  to  this  land  ?    Where  did  Codding 
ton  settle  ?    When  was  Newport  settled  ? 

5.  When  did  Mrs. Hutchinson  join  them?    Did  she  remain  long  here?    Why  did 
she  not  feel  safe  ?    What  became  of  her? 


80  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

6.  In  the  year  1643  the  Massachusetts  rulers  showed  their 
dislike  of  the  free  principles  prevailing  in  the  Providence 
and  Rhode  Island  plantations  by  refusing  to  admit  them 
into  the  New  England  Union.     This  they  did  under  the 
plea  that  these  two  settlements  had  no  charter,  and  that 
they  were  within  the  limits  of  the  Plymouth  and  Massachu 
setts  grants.     To  terminate  these  disputes,  Williams  deter 
mined  to  go  to  England  and  solicit  a  charter. 

7.  He  was  not  allowed  by  the  Massachusetts  magistrates 
to  visit  Boston,  and  there  embark,  but  was  compelled  to  go 
to  Manhattan,  and  take  passage  by  way  of  Holland.    Vane, 
the  former  governor  of  Massachusetts,  and  a  friend  of  Wil 
liams,  was  at  this  time  a  man  of  great  influence  in  England. 
Through  his  assistance,  Williams  obtained,  in  1644,  a  charter 
for  the  two  plantations,  uniting  them  in  one  colony.     The 
two  plantations  did  not  come  together  without  some  diffi 
culty.     It  was  not  until  the  year  1647  that  they  met  and 
elected  a  governor  and  officers.     They  then  agreed  on  a  set 
of  laws,  the  greatest  of  which  was  that  celebrated  act  which 
granted  freedom  of  religious  faith  and  worship  to  all  sects. 

8.  Like  Connecticut,  the  colony  received  a  new  charter 
from  Charles  II.  in  the  year  1663,  securing  to  the  people  all 
the  liberties  guaranteed  by  the  first.     When  Andros  was 
made  royal  governor  of  New  England,  Rhode  Island  submit 
ted,  but  resumed  her  own  form  of  government  when  he  was 
expelled.     No  further  event  of  striking  importance  marks 
the  history  of  the  colony  until  the  Revolution. 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

1.  SIR  FERDINAND  GORGES  and  John  Mason,  in  1622,  ob 
tained  from  the  Council  for  New  England  a  tract  of  land, 
which  they  named  Laconia,  stretching  from  the  Merrimac  to 
the  Kennebec  River,  and  extending  westward  to  the  St. 

6.  How  did  the  Massachusetts  rulers  show  their  dislike  to  these  settlers?    How 
did  they  justify  themselves  in  this  ?    What  did  Williams  determine  to  do  ? 

7.  Where  was  he  obliged  to  go  to  take  passage  ?    Was  he  successful  in  his  under 
taking?    When  did  the  two  plantations  unite  to  form  one  colony  ?    What  is  said  of 
their  laws? 

S.  When  was  their  charter  renewed?    When  did  Rhode  Island  submit  to  a  royal 
governor  ?    How  long  did  this  last  ? 


XEW    HAMPSHIRE.  81 

Lawrence.  A  colony  of  fishermen  was  sent  out  next  year, 
1623,  and  settled,  part  of  them  at  Little  Harbor,  near  Ports 
mouth,  and  part  at  Dover,  eight  miles  up  the  river.  These 
were  nothing  but  fishing  stations,  and  for  several  years  had 
a  very  feeble  life.  \ 

2.  In  1629,  the  country  between  the  Merrimac  and  Piscat- 
aqua  was  given  to  Mason   alone.      This  tract  was  called 
New  Hampshire,  after  Hampshire  in  England,  where  Mason 
lived.     It  was  soon  subdivided  by  grants,  passing  into  the 
hands  of  several  proprietors,  and  creating  constant  litiga 
tion.     In  the  year  1641  the  people  put  themselves  under  the 
protection  of  Massachusetts.  Against  their  will,  and  to  please 
the  heirs  of  Mason,  they  were  placed  under  royal  government 
in  the  year  1680. 

3.  Mason's  grandson  came  over  next  year,  1681,  and  sought 
to  enforce  his  claim  to  the  soil.     The  courts  sustained  his 
right,  but  the  people  resisted,  and  neither  he  nor  his  heirs 
could  recover  any  thing.     They  were  at  last  compelled  to 
allow  the  actual  settlers  to  enjoy  their  farms  undisturbed. 

4.  The  two  colonies  of  Massachusetts  and  New  Hampshire 
were  so  closely  united  that  they  have  almost  a  common  his 
tory.     Three  times  they  either  voluntarily,  or  by  royal  or 
der,  were  joined  under  one  government,  and  as  often  were 
changed  back  to   separate  provinces.     In  1 741  they  were 
finally  separated,  and  New  Hampshire  remained  under  its 
own  royal  governor  until  the  Revolution.     It  suffered  se 
verely  from  the  Indians  during  the  intercolonial  wars.     Ly 
ing  north  of  Massachusetts,  her  people  were  greatly  exposed 
to  the  inroads  of  the  savages  and  the  French.     The  villages 
were  laid  waste,  and  the  settlers  murdered;  but  she  had  a 
hardy,  courageous,  and  persevering  race,  who  rallied  with 
renewed  energy  after  every  trial. 

1.  When  and  to  whom  was  the  first  grant  of  land  given  ?    What  were  its  limits? 
What  was  the  first  attempt  at  settlement  ?    What  is  said  of  these  settlements  ? 

2.  When  did  Mason  get  a  separate  portion?    What  name  did  he  give  this  part? 
What  eventually  caused  great  strife  ?    What  protection  did  they  place  themselves 
under?    What  change  was  afterward  made? 

3.  Who  set  up  a  claim  to  this  land  ?    How  was  this  received  ?    How  did  it  end  ? 

4.  What  is  said  of  New  Hampshire  in  connection  with  another  colony?    When  did 
they  finally  separate  ?    From  what  did  New  Hampshire  suffer  ?    Why  was  this  ?    In 
what  did  he;-  strength  consist? 

D  2 


82  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


GENERAL  REFLECTIONS  ON  THE  NEW  ENGLAND  COLONIES. 

1.  Character  of  the  Settlers. — The  first  settlers  of  New  En 
gland  were  very  different  from  the  men  who  first  arrived  in 
Virginia.     The  Puritans  came  with  their  families  to  make 
homes  in  which  they  could  live  in  peace,  worship  God  in 
their  own  way,  and  govern  themselves  for  the  common  good. 
They  endured  hard  trials  soon  after  their  first  settlement ; 
but  these  were  principally  owing  to  the  severe  climate,  and 
to  the  exposure  arising  from  their  new  life  in  so  wild  a 
country. 

2.  Treatment  of  the  Indians.— In  the  New  England  colo 
nies  wre  find  a  great  deal  of  the  Virginian  mode  of  dealing 
with  the  natives.     Although  their  treatment  by  the  New  En 
gland  governments,  except  in  war,  was  in  the  main  just  and 
honorable,  yet  the  individual  settlers  were  too  often  regard 
less  of  their  rights.     They  wanted  the  lands  of  the  red  men, 
and  bargained  for  these  when  they  were  able ;  but  they  sel 
dom  hesitated  to  drive  the  Indians  from  the  territory  when 
the  latter  could  not  be  persuaded  or  cajoled  into  a  bargain. 

3.  Still,  it  is  to  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  Indians,  at  a 
very  early  day,  became  jealous  of  the  whites,  and  this  not 
only  in  New  England,  but  in  nearly  all  the  other  colonies. 
They  saw  the  pale  faces  steadily  increasing  in  numbers;  they 
were,  besides,  inwardly  conscious  of  the  superiority  of  the 
latter;  and  the  oldest  and  wisest  men  of  the  tribes  foresaw — 
what  soon  happened — that  they  must  be  driven  westward 
from  their  hunting-grounds  by  the  energy  of  the  whites. 

4.  That  the  settlers  regarded  the  Indians  as  an  inferior 
race  is  plain  from  what  took  place  after  the  Pequod,  and  es 
pecially  after  King  Philip's  War.     At  these  times  a  number 
of  the  captives  were  sold  to  slavery  in  the  Bermudas,  or 
wTere  divided  as  slaves  among  the  colonists.    Notwithstand 
ing  all  this,  there  was  also  a  strong  mixture  of  kindness  in 

1.  How  did  the  early  New  England  settlers  differ  from  the  first  settlers  at  James 
town  ?    State  what  you  remember  about  the  latter. .  What  is  said  of  their  trials  ? 

2.  What  different  treatment  did  they  experience  from  the  magistrates  and  from  in 
dividuals?    Give  the  mode  of  dealing  with  the  red  men  in  reference  to  their  land. 

3.  What  is  said  of  the  ill  feeling  on  the  part  of  the  Indians,  and  its  cause  ?    How  did 
the  old  men  look  on  this  ? 


NEW    ENGLAND   COLONIES.  83 

their  treatment  of  the  aborigines,  for  the  Puritans  felt  that  the 
natives  had  souls  to  save ;  and  the  story  of  the  labors  of 
Eliot  and  other  Puritan  ministers  among  the  Indian  tribes 
furnishes  some  pleasing  pages  in  New  England  history. 

5.  Industry,  Trade,  and  Commerce. — The  chief  business  of 
the  earlier  New  England  colonists  was  agriculture.     Their 
farms  were  for  the  most  part  small,  and  the  lives  of  the  set 
tlers  were  hard  and  laborious.     The  name  "Plantations" 
was  used  in  the  early  years  of  New  England,  particularly  in 
Rhode  Island,  but  was  soon  dropped.     A  few  settlers  quick 
ly  turned  their  attention  to  commerce,  for  in  1631,  the  year 
after  Boston  was  founded,  we  learn  that  they  had  built  and 
launched  the  first  vessel.     In  1641  they  had  seven  ships 
trading  to  Virginia  alone,  besides  a  number  sailing  to  the 
West  Indies  and  Europe. 

6.  Then  they  had  the  mackerel  fisheries  of  Maine  within 
their  own  borders,  and  they  were  not  far  from  the  great 
cod  fishing  ground  lying  close  to  Newfoundland.     The  fish 
they  cured,  and  sent  chiefly  to  Spain  and  Portugal,  and  to 
the  West  Indies,  from  which  they  brought  back  in  exchange 
the  products  of  these  warmer  climes.     In  1690  they  com 
menced  the  whale  fishery.     In  New  Hampshire  there  was 
considerable  ship-building,  and  great  quantities  of  pine-tree 
masts  and  spars  were  shipped  to  England  annually.     As  the 
people  traded,  they  collected  more  and  more  into  towns  near 
the  coast,  and  in  this  they  formed  a  striking  contrast  to  the 
settlers  in  Virginia  and  Maryland. 

7.  Money  was  for  many  years  very  scarce  in  New  En 
gland,  as  it  was  in  all  the  colonies.     The  chief  supply  was 
obtained  from  the  immigrants  who  arrived  from  the  Old 
World.     In  the  year  1635  it  was  so  scarce  that  the  General 
Court  of  Massachusetts  ordered  that  musket  bullets  should 
pass  in  place  of  farthings,  not  more  than  twelve  in  one  pay- 

4.  What  was  the  general  feeling  toward  the  Indians  ?    What  instance  is  given  of 
this  ?    How  far  was  this  an  unmixed  feeling  ? 

5.  What  is  the  chief  employment  of  New  Englanders  ?    How  soon,  and  to  what 
other  mode  of  livelihood,  did  they  soon  turn  their  attention  ?    What  is  said  of  the 
progress  in  this  ? 

6.  In  what  other  way  were  the  people  busy  ?    What  addition  to  their  means  of  get 
ting  a  living  was  made  in  1690  ?    In  what  respect  did  these  settlements  differ  from 
Virginia? 


84 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


WAMPUM   BELT  AND  CURRENCY. 


ment.  In  Virginia  tobacco  was  the  chief  currency.  In  New 
England  it  was  principally  corn  and  other  grain,  and  beaver 
skins. 

8.  Grain  was  made  a  legal  tender  for  debts,  at  prices  fix 
ed  by  law ;  but  beaver  skins  held  the  next  place  to  coin,  on 

account  of  these  being  easily 
transported  to  any  distance. 
A  more  convenient  currency 
than  beaver  skins  for  small 
amounts  was  found  in  the  In 
dian  wampum.  This  wTas  made 
of  beads  half  an  inch  long,  of 
two  colors,  white  and  bluish 
black,  manufactured  out  of 
sea-shells  and  strung  together. 
These  strings  of  wampum  were  of  different  lengths,  to  rep 
resent  different  sums  of  money ;  but  their  value  steadily  de 
clined  as  the  colonies  increased  in  trade. 

9.  The  taxes  wrere  paid  in 
"kind,"  that  is,  in  what  was 
raised  or  manufactured  by  the 
people ;  and  the  tax-gatherer 
often  found  k  difficult  to  dis 
pose  of  the  beef  and  pork  he 
took  in  this  way.     The  town 
of  Hingham, in  Massachusetts, 
in  the  year  1687,  compound 
ed  for  its  taxes  in  milk-pails. 
Money,  in  small  amounts,  was 
coined  in   New   England  as 
early  as  the  year  1652.     The 
pine-tree  shilling  of  that  date 
is  still  preserved.     Through 
out  the  Colonial  times,  and  un-   PINE-TREE  SHILLING  AND  OTHER  CURRENCY. 


7.  What  is  said  of  the  abundance  of  money  ?    What  curious  currency  was  author 
ized  in  Massachusetts?    What  was  the  common  currency  in  Virginia,  and  what  in 
New  England? 

8.  What  was  made  a  legal  tender  for  debts?    What  stood  next  to  this  as  a  tender 
in  trade  ?    What  was  the  currency  for  small  amounts  ?    Describe  this  wampum. 
What  is  said  of  their  value  ? 


NEW    ENGLAND    COLONIES.  85 

til  after  the  close  of  the  Revolution,  the  English  currency 
— sterling  money — was  chiefly  used  in  business. 

10.  Dress  and  Customs. — The  dress  of  the  country  people 
was  mostly  home  made,  spun  from  the  wool  of  their  own 
sheep ;  in  the  towns  it  was  richer,  and  obtained  by  trading 
with  other  countries.     In  the  early  times  they  had  few  lux 
uries.     Four-wheeled  carriages  were  not  much   seen  until 
after  the  Revolution.     The  roads  were  poor,  and  the  usual 
mode  of  land  travel  in  all  the  colonies  was  on  foot  or  on 
horseback.  *\ 

11.  The  great  annual  feast  of  New  England— "  Thanksgiv 
ing  Day" — which  is  now  kept  throughout  the  United  States, 
had  its  origin  at  Plymouth  in  1623.     Governor  Bradford, 
after  the  gathering  of  the  harvest  that  year,  sent  out  men  to 
get  game,  who  brought  it  home  in  abundance.     A  feast  was 
made,  and  to  it  were  invited  Massasoit  and  ninety  of  his  In 
dians.     The  colonists,  with  overflowing  and  grateful  hearts, 
"  thanked  God  for  the  good  things  of  this  world,"  and  there 
they  kept  the  first  thanksgiving. 

12.  Religion  and  Government. — We  can  only  obtain  a  cor 
rect  idea  of  the  early  government  of  the  New  England  col 
onies  by  noticing   the  difference  in  this  which   prevailed 
among  them  for  a  number  of  years.     In  the,  early  history 
of  Massachusetts,  Plymouth,  and  New  Haven,  the  Puritan 
churches,  in  fact,  governed  the  people,  and  the   ministers 
were  nearly  equal  to  the  magistrates-  in  political  influence. 
Only  Church  members  were  allowed  to  be  freemen.     This 
was  very  severe  on  the  male  settlers,  a  large  proportion  of 
whom,  as  the  colonies  increased  in  numbers,  were  not  Church 
members,  and  were  thus  deprived  of  the  rights  of  citizen 
ship.     Nor  would  the  churches  permit  any  other  religious 
sect  among  them.     Out  of  this  sprang  the  banishment  of 

: ^— — - 

9.  How  were  the  taxes  paid?  and  what  was  often  the  situation  of  the  tax-gatherer? 
What  instance  is  given  of  this  payment  "  in  kind  ?"    What  mention  is  made  of  coin 
ed  money  in  New  England  ?    In  what  denominations  of  money  were  accounts  kept 
in  all  the  colonies  until  after  the  close  of  the  Revolution  ? 

10.  What  is  said  of  the  dress  of  the  people  in  the  country  and  in  the  towns  ?   What 
instances  can  you  give  of  their  simple  habits  in  travel  ?    To  what,  besides  their  pov 
erty,  was  this  owing  ? 

11.  When  and  where  did  the  feast  of  "Thanksgiving"  have  its  origin  ?    State  the 
circumstances  under  which  the  first  was  made. 


86  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

Roger  Williams,  of  Mrs.  Hutclrinson,  and  also  of  the  Quak 
ers. 

13.  In  the  year  1662,  Charles  II.  sent  orders  to  have  the 
religious  test  of  citizenship  abolished,  but  this  order  was  not 
obeyed.     When  the  charter  of  Massachusetts  was  taken 
away  in  1686,  and  a  royal  governor  was  appointed,  the  pow 
er  of  the  ministers  and  churches  began  to  wane.     Other  re 
ligious  sects  were  allowed  to  build  houses  of  worship,  and 
greater  religious  freedom  prevailed.     Finally,  in  the  year 
1692,  under  King  William's  charter,  the  religious  test  of  cit 
izenship  was  entirely  abolished. 

14.  The  government  of  Connecticut  and  Rhode  Island 
colonies  was  in  striking  contrast  with  that  of  the  others. 
Here  every  male  adult  of  good  moral  character,  without  ref 
erence  to  Church  membership,  was  allowed  to  be  a  citizen. 
Rhode  Island  was  particularly  remarkable  for  toleration 
from  the  very  first ;  and  when  New  Haven  was  merged  in 
Connecticut  by  the  charter  of  1655,  that  instrument  secured 
to  the  enlarged  colony  the  entire  political  freedom  which 
the  Connecticut  River  towns  assumed  for  themselves  in  the 
year  1639. 

15.  Much  has  been  said  against  the  severe  laws  of  New 
England.     But  severe  and  cruel  laws  were  not  peculiar  to 
these  colonies :  they  were  the  custom  of  the  times,  in  Europe 
as  well  as  America.    In  New  England,  in  the  year  1641,  the 
oifenses  punishable  with  death  were  twelve  in  number.    In 
Virginia,  in  1611,  only  thirty  years  before  this,  the  number 
of  a  like  sort  was  seventeen. 

16.  Education. — If  the  ministers  and  churches  were  strict 
in  religious  matters,  they  deserve  praise  for  their  care  of  ed 
ucation.     The  public  school  or  seminary  at  Newtown,  now 

12.  How  can  we  best  understand  the  early  government  of  New  England  ?  What  was 
the  state  of  things  in  Massachusetts,  Plymouth,  and  New  Haven  ?  How  did  this  affect 
the  great  body  of  male  settlers  ?    In  what  other  way  was  this  exclusiveness  felt  ? 

13.  In  what  way  did  King  Charles  II.  interfere  ?    What  broke  the  power  of  the 
churches  of  Massachusetts  ?    How  was  this  shown  ?    When  and  how  was  freedom 
of  citizenship  obtained  ? 

14.  What  difference  was  there  in  Connecticut  and  Rhode  Island  ?   What  is  said  of 
Rhode  Island  in  particular  ?   How  was  New  Haven  colony  affected  by  its  union  with 
Connecticut? 

15.  State  what  is  said  of  the  so  called  "  severe  laws"  of  New  England.    What  com 
parison  is  made  between  the  death  code  of  New  England  and  Virginia  ? 


NEW    ENGLAND    COLONIES.  87 

known  as  Harvard  College,  was  provided  for  1636,  six  years 
after  the  first  settlement  of  Boston.  This  school  was  so  dear 
to  the  people  that  the  ministers  in  1645  easily  persuaded 
each  family  in  the  colony  to  give  one  peck  of  corn  or  one 
shilling  in  cash  to  the  college. 

17.  Free  schools  were  begun  as  early  as  1635  in  Boston, 
and  the  other  towns  soon  followed.     In  1665  every  town 
had  a  free  school,  and,  if  over  one  hundred  families,  a  gram 
mar  school.     In  Connecticut,  in  1665,  they  punished  every 
town  that  would  not  keep  a  school  for  three  months  in  a 
year  with  a  fine  of  £5  for  each  offense.     The  early  schools 
were  partly  supported  by  free  contributions  and  partly  by 
tax ;  but  it  was  expressly  provided  that  the  children  of  the 
poor  should  be  taught  free. 

1 8.  Love  for  Civil  Freedom. — The  "  town  meetings"  which 
were  held  throughout  the  New  England  colonies  for  the  set 
tlement  of  local  matters  were  assemblies  where  every  thing 
was  discussed  with  great  freedom.     There  young  and  old 
met  together,  and  the  rich  and  poor  were  on  an  equal  foot 
ing  if  they  were  citizens.     These  were  the  great  schools  of 
New  England  liberty.    Meeting  in  this  way,  the  people  grew 
up  independent,  bold,  and  self-helpful. 

19.  Being  Puritans,  they  were  left  to  themselves,  and  were 
not  disturbed  by  the  Long  Parliament  or  by  Oliver  Crom 
well.     After  the  king  came  to  the  throne  they  suffered  in 
common  with  other  colonies  from  oppression  and  commer 
cial  restrictions ;  but,  in  spite  of  this,  we  have  already  seen 
with  what  spirit  they  sent  off  Governor  Andros  to  England 
when  they  could  no  longer  endure  his  tyranny.    During  the 
intercolonial  wars  with  the  French  and  Indians,  the  great 
weight  of  the  struggles  fell  on  the  New  England  colonies. 
This  made  them  still  more  hardy  and  determined ;  and  when 

16.  For  what  do  the  ministers  and  churches  deserve  praise  ?  When  was  Harvard 
College  established  ?  What  instance  is  given  showing  how  the  settlers  regarded  this 
seminary? 

IT.  When  and  where  were  free  schools  begun  ?  How  long  was  this  after  the  set 
tlement  of  Boston  ?  What  was  the  state  of  education  in  1665  ?  What  rule  was  put 
in  force  in  Connecticut  in  regard  to  education  ?  How  were  the  early  schools  sup 
ported  ?  What  excellent  provision  was  made  ? 

18.  What  is  said  of  the  town  meetings  of  New  England  ?  What  took  place  at  those 
meetings  ?  How  did  they  affect  the  spirit  of  the  people  ? 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

the  tyranny  of  England  showed  itself  after  the  close  of  the 
French  and  Indian  War,  the  New  England  men  met  it,  in 
common  with  their  brethren  in  Virginia  and  the  other  colo 
nies,  like  men  who  knew  how  to  fight  and  to  die  for  their 
rights. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— NEW  ENGLAND  COLONIES. 

1.  Whose  name  is  linked  with  the  settlement  of  Virginia  and  the  exploration  of 
the  coast  of  New  England  ? 

2.  By  whom  was  it  named  New  England  ? 

3.  Give  the  circumstances  under  -which  Smith  was  connected  with  the  exploration 
of  the  latter,  and  date. 

4.  In  what  grant  was  it  ? 

5.  State  the  extent  of  this  grant. 

6.  What  are  known  as  the  New  England  colonies? 

7.  Which  of  these  was  first  settled,  and  when  ? 

8.  What  was  the  origin  of  Plymouth  colony  ? 

9.  What  grant  of  land  did  it  have  at  first  ? 

10.  When  did  it  get  any,  and  what  was  its  extent? 

11.  What  is  there  remarkable  about  its  compact  of  government  ? 

12.  How  far  was  it  a  successful  colony  ? 

13.  When  was  it  united  to  Massachusetts  ? 

14.  What  was  the  name  of  the  leading  colony  of  Massachusetts? 

15.  When  and  where  were  the  first  settlements  ? 

16.  What  was  the  extent  of  the  grant? 

17.  State  the  origin  of  the  settlement  of  Rhode  Island. 

18.  Did  Williams  have  at  first  any  grant  from  the  Plymouth  Company  f 

19.  Why  was  he  compelled  to  get  oiie,  and  what  was  its  extent? 

20.  What  colony  sprang  from  Massachusetts  in  1635  ? 

21.  What  and  how  many  colonies  are  embraced  in  the  earlier  history  of  Con 
necticut  ? 

22.  How  and  when  did  these  become  united  under  the  name  of  Connecticut  ? 

23.  Give  the  origin  of  these  different  colonies. 

24.  Under  what  government  was  New  Hampshire  settled? 

25.  How  many  of  the  early  New  England  colonies  were  at  first  under  this  form? 

26.  What  was  the  character  of  the  great  body  of  the  settlers  of  New  England  ? 

27.  What  had  they  come  to  this  country  chiefly  to  obtain  ? 

28.  How  far  did  they  grant  this  freedom  to  others  in  their  new  settlements  ? 

29.  Give  a  sketch  of  three  leading  instances  of  persecution  in  the  early  history  of 
Massachusetts,  and  the  dates. 

30.  Sketch  the  histoiy  of  Mrs.  Hutchinsou. 

31.  Name  the  early  Indian  wars  in  New  England. 

32.  Give  the  cause  and  duration  of  the  first  of  these. 

33.  What  was  its  effect  on  the  Indian  tribe  ? 

34.  Give  the  cause  and  duration  of  King  Philip's  War. 

35.  What  tribes  were  engaged? 

36.  What  was  the  result  ? 

37.  State  an  incident  at  the  close  of  this  war  showing  how  the  early  New  England- 
ers  regarded  slavery. 

38.  When  and  for  what  purpose  did  the  first  union  of  colonies  in  America  take 
place  ? 

19.  How  were  they  treated  by  the  English  Puritan  government  ?  How  by  the  kinu;  ? 
How  far  did  this  repress  their  spirit  ?  What  wars  fell  most  heavily  on  the  New  En 
gland  colonies  ?  What  effect  did  these  produce  on  the  spirit  of  the  people  ? 


NEW    ENGLAND    COLONIES.  89 

39.  How  long  did  it  last,  and  what  were  its  power  and  influence  ? 

40.  What  side  did  the  New  England  colonies  take  in  the  struggle  between  the  En- 
glish  king  and  his  Parliament  ? 

41.  Sketch  the  early  history  of  New  Hampshire. 

42.  When  was  New  Hampshire  made  a  royal  province  ? 

43.  From  what  did  the  principal  troubles  of  New  Hampshire  arise? 

44.  When  and  under  what  circumstances  was  Massachusetts  nrst  made  a  royal 
province  ? 

45.  How  long  did  it  remain  at  that  time  under  a  royal  governor  ? 
40.  When  was  it  made  a  royal  province  a  second  time  ? 

47.  How  long  did  this  last  ? 

48.  For  what  was  the  charter  of  Connecticut  so  famous? 

49.  State  briefly  her  spirited  struggles  with  Audros  about  this  charter. 

50.  Under  what  government  did  Connecticut  and  Rhode  Island  remain  after  the 
expulsion  of  Andros  ? 

51.  How  many  intercolonial  wars  were  there  before  the  year  1750? 

52.  What  was  the  cause,  duration,  and  termination  of  King  William's  War  ? 

53.  State  any  important  event  connected  with  it. 

54.  Give  the  origin,  duration,  and  termination  of  Queen  Anne's  War. 

55.  Mention  any  important  events  connected  with  it. 

56.  How  and  when  did  King  George's  War  begin,  and  how  long  did  it  continue? 

57.  Name  the  principal  events  of  this  war. 

58.  What  was  the  eft'ect  of  these  three  intercolonial  wars  on  the  colonies  ? 

59.  Why  is  their  story  told  in  connection  with  the  New  England  colonies? 
GO.  What  were  the  three  leading  pursuits  of  New  England? 

61.  How  was  one  of  these  affected  by  the  Navigation  Act  ? 

62.  State  some  facts  showing  the  early  and  deep  interest  taken  by  these  colonies 
in  education. 

63.  Give  some  account  of  the  primitive  habits  of  the  people. 

64.  What  can  you  state  regarding  the  rude  currency  of  early  New  England? 

65.  What  was  necessary  to  become  a  citizen  in  some  of  the  New  England  colonies  ? 

66.  What  colonies  formed  a  marked  exception  to  this? 

67.  On  what  great  principle  was  the  settlement  of  Rhode  Island  based  ? 

68.  How  did  the  early  New  England  laws  compare  with  those  of  Virginia? 

69.  To  what  extent  did  their  religious  views  interfere  with  their  love  for  taid  de 
fense  of  civil  liberty? 

70.  State  in  what  way  civil  liberty  was  cultivated  among  them. 


THE  CUAETEB  OAK. 


90 


COLONIAL   HISTORY. 


SECTION  III. 
MIDDLE  COLONIES. 
YOEK. 


BLOCK  AND  HIS  COMPANIONS  ON  MANHATTAN   ISLAND  BUILDING  A  VESSEL. 


1.  DURING  the  year  1610,  the  year  after  Hudson's  discov 
ery,  the  Dutch  sent  out  ships  to  trade  with  the  Indians  on 
the  new  river,  which  they  named  the  Mauritius.  To  shelter 
the  men  engaged  in  this  trade,  huts  were  built  in  several 
places.  In  1613,  one  or  more  of  these  was  at  the  south  end 
of  the  island  of  Manhattan.  It  was  this  point  that  Captain 
Argall,  of  Virginia,  visited  in  1613,  and  there  compelled  the 
Hollanders  to  pull  down  their  flag.  In  1615  there  was  a 
fortified  trading -house  a  little  below  the  present  site  of 
Albany. 

1.  What  use  did  the  Dutch  make  of  Hudson's  discovery?  What  was  the  origin  of 
the  first  European  settlement  on  Manhattan  Island?  Who  was  Captain  Argall? 
Can  you  tell  why  he  interfered  with  the  Dutch  traders  ?  See  History  of  Virginia. 


NEW    YORK.  91 

2.  Iii  the  year  1614,  an  Amsterdam  Company  sent  out  five 
vessels  on  an  exploring  voyage.     Adrian  Block,  one  of  the 
commanders,  starting  from  Manhattan  Island,  sailed  through 
the  East  River,  which  he  named  Helle-gat.     He  then  ex 
plored  the  north  shore  of  Long  Island  Sound,  discovered  the 
Housatonic  and  Connecticut  rivers,  and  sailed  as  far  as  Cape 
Cod.     Block  Island  was  one   of  his  discoveries.     Captain 
Mey,  a  companion  of  Block,  after  exploring  the  southern 
shore  of  Long  Island,  entered  the  South  Bay,  now  known  as 
Delaware  Bay.     His  name  was  given  to  its  northern  cape. 

3.  The  English,  who  claimed  all  this  country,  remonstrated 
with  the  States  of  Holland  about  their  conduct.     The  latter 
paid  no  attention  to  this  remonstrance,  and  in  the  year  1621 
granted  the  territory  from  Cape  Henlopen  to  Cape  Cod,  al 
ready  known  as  New  Netherlands,  to  a  powerful  association 
called  the  Dutch  West  India  Company. 

4.  In  1623,  the  company  sent  out  two  vessels,  one  of  which 
was  commanded  by  Captain  Mey,  who  was  made  the  direct 
or  of  New  Netherlands.     With  him  came  a  number  of  fami 
lies,  some  of  which  settled  Manhattan  Island.     Mey  ascend 
ed  the  South  River,  now  the  Delaware,  and  built  Fort  Nas 
sau,  a  few  miles  below  Camden.     During  the  same  year,  Fort 
Orange  was  built  near  the  place  where  Albany  now  stands, 
to  protect  the  Indian  traders  on  the  north. 

5.  Peter  Minuits  arrived  as  director  in  1626.     Among  the 
first  settlers  were   some  Walloons — Protestants  from  Hol 
land,  descendants  of  exiled  French  Huguenots.     These  set 
tled  finally  at  Wahle-bocht,  or  Foreigner's  Bay,  now  known  as 
the  Wallabout,  on  the  East  River,  probably  in  1626.     This 
was  the  beginning  of  the  Dutch  settlement  of  Long  Island. 
Bruekelen  —  Brooklyn  —  was  first  settled  about  the  same 
time.     After  his  arrival,  Minuits  purchased  the  island  of 

2.  What  expedition  was  sent  from  Holland  in  1614  ?    Who  first  sailed  through  the 
East  Eiver,  and  when?     What  were  his  discoveries?    Who  was  Captain  Mey?    In 
what  direction,  and  how  far  did  he  sail  from  Manhattan  ?    What  point  still  retains 
his  name  ? 

3.  How  did  the  English  regard  the  conduct  of  the  Dutch  ?    How  far  were  theHof- 
landers  hindered  from  proceeding  through  fear  of  the  English  ?    What  was  the  name 
of  the  Dutch  claim  in  America  ? 

4.  What  steps  did  the  West  India  Company  take  to  occupy  their  new  grant  ?  What 
forts  wero  built  in  the  year  1623? 


92 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


Manhattan  from  the  Indians  for  about  twenty-four  dollars. 
A  block-house,  surrounded  by  a  palisade,  was  immediately 
built  at  the  southern  extremity,  and  named  Fort  Amster 
dam.  Round  this,  for  shelter,  houses  were  gradually  built, 
and  a  little  village  grew  up,  named  New  Amsterdam,  now 
supplanted  by  the  great  city  of  New  York. 


LANDING   OF   TUE   WALLOONS. 


6.  The  West  India  Company  were  anxious  to  settle  the 
country.  They  offered  large  tracts  of  land,  with  extraordi 
nary  rights  and  privileges,  to  any  of  their  members  who 
should,  within  four  years,  plant  colonies  thereon  of  fifty  per 
sons  over  fifteen  years  of  age.  The  members  wTho  received 
these  grants  were  called  Patroons,  signifying  patrons  or  pro 
tectors,  a  name  which  was  in  use  for  more  than  two  hundred 
years  afterward. 

5.  What  important  arrivals  took  place  in  the  year  1625?    Where  did  they  finally 
settle?    How  is  this  settlement  to  be  regarded ?    Why?    What  great  city  was  first 
settled  about  this  time?    What  important  purchase  was  made  in  1626?    What  use 
was  at  once  made  of  the  purchase  ?    What  farther  remarks  are  made  regarding  it  ? 

6.  How  did  the  Dutch  Company  show  theiranxietytosettle  New  Netherlands?  What 
were  the  persons  called,  and  why  so  named,  who  availed  themselves  of  these  grants  ? 


NEW    YORK.  93 

7.  Minuits  was  recalled  in  1632,  and  Wouter  (woo-ter)  von 
Twiller  came  over  as  director  in  1633.     In  a  short  time  a 
dispute  about  territory  arose  between  the  Dutch  and  En 
glish  on  the  Connecticut  River.     The  former  had  built  a 
fort,  named  the  "  House  of  Good  Hope,"  near  Hartford.    The 
English,  disregarding  this,  erected  a  trading-house  a   few 
miles  above  the  Dutch  post.     Presently  an  English  fort  was 
built  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  commanding  its  entrance. 

8.  In  the  south  of  New  Netherlands  also  there  was  trouble. 
The  Swedes,  in  1638,  sent  out  a  body  of  settlers  under  Min 
uits,  who  had  left  the  employment  of  the  Dutch  Company, 
and  taken  service  under  the  Swedish  king.     Minuits  (inin- 
yu-its)  erected  a  fort  on  Christiana  Creek,  near  what  is  now 
Wilmington,  Delaware.     The  new  Dutch  director,  Sir  Wil 
liam  Kieft  (keeft],  sent  word  to  them  that  this  was  within 
the  limits  of  New  Netherlands,  but  the  Swedes  paid  no  at 
tention  to  Kieft  or  the  Dutch  claim. 

9.  The  Dutch  governor  had  now  as  much  as  he  could  take 
care  of  nearer  home.     The  Algonquin  Indians  around  Man 
hattan  Island  had  been  growing  uneasy,  and  Kieft,  by  his  in 
human  cruelty,  early  in  1643  drove  them  almost  to  desper 
ation.     The  Dutch  farms  or  boweries  extended  thirty  miles 
east,  and  from  ten  to  twenty  miles  north  and  south  of  New 
Amsterdam.     On  these  settlements  the  Indians  fell  sudden 
ly,  burning  and  slaying  without  mercy.     The  frightened  col 
onists,  from  all  sides,  fled  to  New  Amsterdam.     After  a  time 
the  revenge  of  the  Indians  was  satisfied,  and  they  made  pro 
posals  for  peace,  which  were  gladly  accepted.     But,  in  the 
interim,  the  war  broke  out  anew,  and  continued,  with  all  its 
horrors,  until  the  year  1645.     It  was  in  this  war  that  the 
unfortunate  Mrs.  Hutchinson,  and  all  but  one  of  her  family, 
were  murdered  by  the  natives. 

7.  Who  succeeded  Minnits  ?    When,  where,  and  with  whom  did  trouble  spring  up  ? 
What  measures  were  taken  by  the  Dutch  ?    What  was  done  by  the  English  ? 

8.  In  what  way  did  their  former  governor  give  the  Dutch  Company  trouble  ?  What 
notice  did  the  Dutch  take  of  this?    What  attention  was  paid  to  Kieft 's  remonstrance? 

9.  Why  was  Kieft  prevented  from  taking  active  measures  to  expel  the  Swedes? 
Describe  the  exposed  state  of  the  Dutch  settlements,  and  the  Indian  massacre  that 
took  place.    How  was  the  war  terminated  for  a  time,  when  was  it  recommenced,  and 
how  long  did  it  continue  ?    What  interesting  incident  is  connected  with  the  horrors 
of  this  war  ? 


94  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

10.  Kieft,  who  had  grown  very  unpopular,  arid  whose  con 
duct  had  mainly  brought  on  the  Indian  War,  was  recalled 
by  the  Dutch  Company  at  the  request  of  the  colonists.     He 
sailed  in  1647,  taking  with  him  a  rich  cargo  of  furs;  but  the 
ship  was  cast  on  the  rocks  of  Wales,  and  Kieft  and  others 
were  drowned. 

11.  Peter  Stuyvesant  (sti-ve-sant),ihQ  new  director,  who 
arrived  in  1647,  was  a  very  different  man — a  "brave  soldier, 
and  a  person  of  great  spirit  and  energy.     One  of  the  first 
things  he  did  was  to  settle  the  boundary-line  between  Con 
necticut  and  New  Netherlands.     This  being  done,  he  turned 
his  attention  to  the  Swedes,  and  built  Fort  Casimir,  on  the 
Delaware,  five  miles  below  the  Swedish  fort  at  Christiana 
Creek. 

12.  The  Swedes  shortly  after  surprised  and  took  Fort  Cas 
imir;  and  in  due  time  a  letter  came  from  the  Company  in 
Holland  ordering  Stuyvesant  to  expel  them  from  the  South 
River  and  Bay.     Accordingly,  he  went  from  New  Amster 
dam  in  1655,  to  the  Delaware,  with  six  hundred  men ;  and 
so  overwhelming  was  his  force,  that  every  Swedish  post  at 
once  submitted  to  his  authority.  .  Thus  ended  the  Swedish 
colony,  after  an  existence  of  seventeen  years. 

13.  There  was,  however,  no  quiet  for  Stuyvesant.    A  num 
ber  of  emigrants,  principally  from  England,  had  settled  in 
and  around  New  Amsterdam.     They  began  to  ask  that  the 
laws  should  be  made  by  the  consent  of  the  people,  and  this 
idea  soon  spread  among  the  Dutch  settlers.     Stuyvesant, 
who  hated  popular  government,  resisted  these  demands  as 
well  as  he  could,  but  was  kept  in  constant  trouble  by    hem 
until  the  year  1664. 

14.  In  that  year  a  British  fleet,  under  Colonel  Nichols,  ap 
peared  in  front  of  Fort  Amsterdam,  and  demanded  its  sur 
render  in  the  name  of  the  Duke  of  York,  the  brother  of 

10.  When  and  for  what  reason  did  Kieft's  directorship  terminate  ?    What  is  said 
of  his  unhappy  end  ? 

11.  Who  succeeded  Kieft,  and  what  was  his  character?    What  is  said  of  his  move 
ments  ?    What  did  he  next  do  ? 

12.  What  befell  Stnyvesant's  fort  ?    How  did  the  Company  in  Holland  look  on  this  ? 
What  spirited  movements  followed?    How  long  had  the  Swedish  colony  existed? 

13.  What  settlers  gave  Stuyvesant  a  great  deal  of  trouble?    What  opi^ons  did 
those  settlers  hold  ?    How  did  Stuyvesant  act  ? 


NEW   YORK. 


95 


Charles  II.  The  king  had  granted  his  brother  the  whole 
territory  from  the  Connecticut  to  the  Delaware.  Stout 
hearted  Peter  Stuyvesant,  now  sixty-two  years  old,  tried 
hard  to  get  his  council  to  refuse  the  demand  of  Nichols  and 
fight,  but  in  vain.  The  Dutch  were  lukewarm,  and  the  En- 


THE   WRATH   OF   PETER   STUYVESANT. 


glish  settlers  favored  the  English  demand.  The  magis 
trate-  signed  a  treaty  of  surrender,  and,  at  the  last  moment, 
Stuyv^ant,  in  great  sorrow  and  chagrin,  added  his  own 
name.  The  English  flag  rose  over  New  Amsterdam  Septem 
ber,  1664,  and  over  Fort  Orange,  changed  to  the  name  of  Al 
bany,^  in  October  following.  The  entire  province,  as  well  as 
the  city,  was  named  New  York,  in  honor  of  the  proprietor. 
Thus  ended,  after  an  existence  of  forty  years,  the  supremacy 
of  the  Dutch  West  India  Company  in  New  Netherlands. 

14.  What  important  event  occurred  in  1664?  Upon  what  claim  was  this  demand 
ounded  ?  How  did  Stuyvesant  act  in  the  crisis  ?  What  was  the  conduct  of  the  mag 
istrates  ?  What  changes  took  place  011  the  surrender  of  Fort  Amsterdam  ? 


96  COLONIAL    HISTOEY. 


NEW    YOKK    UNDER   THE    ENGLISH. 

15.  Colonel  Nichols  was  the  first  governor  of  the  prov 
ince  of  New  York,  and  proved  both  a  wise  and  kind  ruler 
during  the  three  years  he  was  in  power.     He  was  followed 
by  Lovelace,  who  oppressed  the  colonists,  and,  when  they 
complained  and  protested,  ordered  their  protest  to  be  burn 
ed  by  the  common  hangman. 

16.  A  war  between  England  and  Holland  broke  out  in  the 
year  1672.     In  July,  next  year,  1673,  a  Dutch  squadron  ap 
peared  in  the  harbor  of  New  York,  and  the  city  surrendered 
at  the  first  summons.     The  authority  of  the  Dutch  continued 
only  fifteen  months.     In  the  month  of  November,  1674,  after 
peace  had  been  proclaimed,  it  was  restored  to  the  English, 
according  to  the  terms  of  the  treaty. 

17.  Major  Edmund  Andros  came  out  as  governor  in  1674, 
but  did  not  find  a  very  submissive  colony.     He  ruled  with 
an  iron  hand,  and  attempted  to  extend  his  authority  over 
New  Jersey,  which  had  been  granted  by  the  Duke  of  York 
to  Lord  Berkeley  and  Sir  George  Carteret.     Complaint  was 
made  by  the  governor  of  New  Jersey,  and  Andros  was  re 
called  in  1680.     This  was  the  same  Andros  who  was  expel 
led  for  his  tyranny  from  New  England  nine  years  later. 

18.  The  governors  who   succeeded  Andros  were   severe 
rulers,  and  when  the  Duke  of  York  was  declared  king,  un 
der  the  title  of  James  II.,  in  1685,  they  became,  by  his  tyran 
nical  order,  more  and  more  severe.     When  the  news  arrived, 
in  1689,  that  he  had  been  expelled  from  the  throne  of  En 
gland,  a  portion  of  the  citizens  placed  themselves  under  the 
command  of  Jacob  Leisler  (lis-ler),  a  merchant,  and 'seized 
the  fort  in  the  name  of  the  new  king,  William  III. 

19.  Nicholson,  the  governor,  fled  to  England,  and  told  the 

15.  What  was  the  character  of  the  new  governor  ?    What  is  said  of  his  successor, 
and  of  his  treatment  of  the  people? 

16.  What  war  broke  out  in  Europe  in  1C72  ?    How  long  did  this  affect  New  York  ? 
How  long  did  it  remain  in  the  possession  of  the  Dutch  ?    In  what  way  did  it  return 
under  English  control? 

17.  What  well-known  colonial  governor  first  appears  as  governor  of  New  York? 
What  was  his  character  and  conduct  ?    To  what  did  this  lead  ? 

1R.  What  is  said  of  the  governors  that  followed  ?    What  important  event  occurred 
in  England  in  1689  ?    How  did  this  affect  the  colony  of  New  York  ? 


NEW    YORK.  97 

king  that  Leisler  was  an  arch  rebel  and  renegade.  In  1690, 
King  William  appointed  Colonel  Sloughter  (slaw-ter)  gov 
ernor,  and  sent  out  Captain  Ingoldsby  in  command-  of  a 
small  body  of  soldiers.  Ingoldsby  arrived  at  New  York 
early  in  1691,  before  Sloughter,  and  demanded  of  Leisler 
the  surrender  of  the  fort.  Leisler  refused  to  give  it  up  un 
til  the  arrival  of  the  governor.  When  Sloughter  did  arrive 
in  1691,  Leisler  and  his  son-in-law,  Milborne,  who  had  acted 
as  his  deputy,  were  thrown  into  prison,  and,  after  trial,  con 
demned  as  traitors  and  rebels. 

20.  Sloughter  was  unwilling  to  order  them  to  execution; 
but  Leisler's  enemies  of  the  aristocratic  party  invited  the 
governor  to  a  dinner-party,  and  it  is  said  that,  when  he  was 
intoxicated,  they  obtained  his  signature  to  the  death-war 
rant.  Leisler  and  Milborne  were  taken  out  of  prison  in  the 


*   TilE    D-EATU-VVARBANT. 


19.  How  was  King  William's  mind  poisoned  against  Leisler  ?  Who  was  appointed 
governor  ?  Who  preceded  him  ?  What  occurred  on  his  arrival  at  New  fork  ?  What 
happened  on  the  arrival  of  Governor  Sloughter  ? 

E 


98  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

early  morning  following,  and  executed,  May,  1691.  The 
mass  of  the  citizens  were  greatly  excited  by  the  execution 
of  their  favorite  leader.  He  was  styled  the  people's  mar 
tyr,  and  his  cruel  death  divided  the  colony  into  two  par 
ties,  that  long  regarded  each  other  with  the  most  bitter 
hatred. 

21.  During  Leisler's  government,  and  for  some  time  after, 
the  French  and  their  Indian  allies  bore  heavily  on  the  north 
ern  frontier.     This  was  in  King  William's  War,  a  sketch  of 
which  has  been  given  in  the  history  of  Massachusetts.     As 
early  as  1690,  Schenectady,  a  frontier  village  on  the  Mo 
hawk,  was  burned  by  the  French  and  Indians.     Sixty  per 
sons  were  killed  with  barbarous  cruelty,  and  thirty  were 
made  prisoners.     In  Queen  Anne's,  and  also  King  George's 
War,  the  colony  bore  its  full  share  of  the  expense  and  suf 
fering.     We   shall  shortly  see  that,  in  the  French  and  In 
dian  War,  her  frontier  territory  became  the  scene  of  bloody 
conflicts. 

22.  In  1741,  the  citizens  of  New  York  were  thrown  into 
great  excitement  by  a  report  that  the  negroes  had  formed  a 
plot  to  burn  the  city  and  murder  the  inhabitants.     The  wild 
est  rumors  prevailed,  and,  on  very  slight  suspicions,  thirty 
persons  were  executed,  some  of  whom  were  whites.     It  took 
some  time  for  common  sense  to  resume  control,  but  the  citi 
zens  came  at  last  to  be  ashamed  of  the  cruelty  of  which  they 
had  been  guilty.     New  York  suffered  much  from  the  oppres 
sion  of  the  royal  governors.     The  struggles  of  the  people  for 
their  rights  developed  the  spirit  of  liberty,  which  fitted  the 
New  Yorkers  to  take  a  very  active  part  in  the  events  that 
preceded  the  American  Revolutionary  War.     Until  the  close 
of  that  contest,  a  large  part  of  the  colony  remained  a  royal 
province. 

20.  What  delayed  their  execution  ?    What  means  did  their  enemies  take  to  reach 
thts?    What,  followed?    How  was  the  execution  regarded  by  the  people?    How  did 
it  affect  the  future  of  the  colony  ? 

21.  What  intercolonial  war  was  raging  during  Sloughter's  government?     What 
event  occurred  on  the  frontiers  during  this  war  ?    What  is  said  of  the  colony  during 
the  other  colonial  wars? 

22.  What  excitement  broke  out  in  the  city  of  New  York  in  1741  ?    State  what  is 
tiaid  of  it.    From  what  did  New  York  suffer?    What  good  result  came  out  of  this? 
How  long  did  England  retain  control  of  the  colony  ? 


NEW    JERSEY. 


w 


JERSEY. 


df 

1.  NEW  NETHERLANDS  embraced  within  its  limits  the 

country  lying  between  the  Hudson  and  the  Delaware,  now 
known  as  New  Jersey.  A  few  of  the  Dutch  from  Manhat 
tan  Island  crossed  the  "  North"  River,  so  named  to  distin 
guish  it  from  the  "  South"  River,  or  Delaware,  and  formed  a 
small  settlement  at  Bergen  about  the  year  1620.  But  the 
active  settlement  of  New  Jersey  did  not  begin  until  the 
year  1664.  In  that  year  the  whole  of  New  Netherlands 
passed,  as  we  have  seen,  into  the  possession  of  the  Duke  of 
York. 

2.  Nichols,  the  duke's  governor,  on  his  arrival  at  New 
Amsterdam,  granted  lands 

lying  west  of  the  Hudson 
to  some  Long  Islanders  and 
New  England  men,  and 
they,  the  same  year,  1664, 
settled  Elizabethtown. 
This  is  the  first  settlement 
of  New  Jersey  by  the  En 
glish.  In  the  mean  time, 
the  duke,  in  England,  had 
sold  a  large  tract  between 
the  Hudson  and  the  Dela 
ware  to  Lord  Berkeley  and 
Sir  George  Carteret.  This 
was  then  named  New  Jer 
sey,  after  the  island  of  Jer 
sey,  in  the  English  Chan 
nel,  of  which  Carteret  had 
been  governor.  For  part  of  New  Netherlands> see  MaP>  ^  63- 

3.  Philip  Carteret,  the  brother  of  Sir  George,  was  sent 
over  as  governor  in  1665,  and  mad6  Elizabethtown  his  resi- 

1.  What  did  New  Netherlands  embrace  within  its  limits?    What  was  the  earliest 
pettlement  made  here  ?  When  did  the  active  settlement  of  New  Jersey  begin  ?  What 
important  event  occurred  that  year? 

2.  What  grants  were  made  on  the  territory  west  of  the  Hudson  ?    What  settlement 
was  made  the  same  year?    What  disposition  had  meanwhile  been  made  of  a  large 
part  of  the  territory  ?    What  was  it  named,  and  why  ? 


MIDDLE    COLONIES. 


100  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

dence.  Colonists  began  to  flock  into  the  province,  and  New 
ark,  Middletown,  Shrewsbury,  and  other  places  were  rapidly 
settled.  The  climate  was  mild,  the  soil  in  many  places  was 
rich,  the  proprietors  charged  no  rents  for  the  land  for  five 
years,  and  there  was  no  danger  from  Indians. 

4.  At  the  end  of  five  years,  the  settlers  who  had  received 
their  grants  from  Nichols  refused  to  pay  the  quitrent  of  a 
halfpenny  per  acre  demanded  by  the  proprietor,  and,  in  the 
disturbances  that  followed,  the  governor  was  compelled  to 
leave  the  colony  in  the   year  1670.     Afterward,  in  1675, 
some  concessions  were  granted  to  the  settlers,  and  he  quiet 
ly  resumed  the  government. 

5.  Lord  Berkeley  sold  out  his  right  to  Fenwick  and  Byll- 
inge  (bill-inj),  two  Quakers,  in  the  year  1674.     Next  yea*1 
Fenwick  came  over  with  a  number  of  immigrants,  and  set 
tled  Salem,  at  the  head  of  Delaware  Bay.    Byllinge  became 
unfortunate  in  his  business,  and  his  interest  in  Berkeley's 
grant  was  assigned,  for  the  benefit  of  his  creditors,  to  three 
trustees,  who  divided  it  into  ninety  shares,  and  sold  them. 
As  Carteret  was  still  half  owner  of  the  original  grant  of 
New  Jersey,  it  was  agreed,  in  1676,  to  divide  the  territory 
into  East  and  West  Jersey.    Carteret  took  the  eastern  part ; 
Fenwick  and  the  trustees  of  Byllinge  took  the  western.    The 
same  year  upward  of  four  hundred  Quakers  from  England 
settled  at  Burlington,  on  the  Delaware.     These  were  soon 
followed  by  others,  and  West  Jersey  in  this  way  became 
distinctively  Quaker. 

6.  In  the  year  1678,  Major  Edmund  Andros,  as  governor 
of  New  York  under  the  duke,  claimed,  as  we  have  already 
seen,  that  the  whole  of  New  Jersey  was  included  in  his  gov 
ernment.    In  enforcing  this  claim,  he  carried  Philip  Carteret 
prisoner  to  Manhattan  Island  in  the  year  1680.    Next  year, 

3.  Who  was  sent  over  as  governor  in  1665?    Whal  was  made  the  capital  of  the 
province  ?    What  places  were  settled  ?   What  is  said  of  the  soil  and  climate,  and  the 
encouragement  to  settlers  ? 

4.  What  trouble  occurred  in  the  colony  at  the  expiration  of  the  five  years  ?    When 
were  these  troubles  settled,  and  how? 

5.  What  change  in  proprietors  took  place  about  this  time  ?    When,  where,  and  by 
whom  was  a  settlement  soon  after  made?    What  other  change  in  proprietors  oc- 
eurred  shortly  ?    How  and  why  was  New  Jersey  divided  ?    What  kind  of  settlers 
came  to  West  Jersey  ? 


DELAWARE.       PENNSYLVANIA.  101 

1681 ,  the  Duke  of  York  relinquished  all  claim  to  the  Jerseys, 
and  the  proprietors  were  restored  to  their  rights. 

7.  Sir  George  Carteret  dying,  his  heirs,  in  the  year  1682, 
sold  East  Jersey  to  William.  Penn  and  eleven  other  Quakers. 
The  government  did  not  not  move  very  smoothly  here  on 
account  of  disputes  about  land  titles,  and  it  was  the  same  in 
West  Jersey.     There  were  too  many  proprietors,  and  they 
could  not  always  agree  among  themselves  as  to  who  had  a 
right  to  grant  a  title  to  the  purchasers.     Wearied  out  in 
disputes  with  the  tenants,  who  seemed  to  think  that  the 
government  of  the  proprietors  was  mainly  for  the  purpose 
of  extorting   quitrents,  the   latter,  in  1702,  gave  up  their 
right  of  government  to  the  crown ;  they,  however,  retained 
their  private  rights  to  vast  tracts  of  land,  some  of  which  ti 
tles  have  descended  through  their  heirs  to  the  present  time. 

8.  In  1702,  the  whole  of  New  Jersey  was  united  with  New 
York  under  one  governor ;  they  had,  however,  separate  As 
semblies.     This  arrangement  continued  twenty -six  years, 
and  then,  on  the  earnest  petition  of  the  people,  New  Jersev 
obtained  a  royal  governor  for  itself.     Under  this  separate 
government  it  remained  until  the  Revolution. 


9  

DELAWARE.     PENNSYLVANIA. 

1.  DELAWARE  was  first  settled  by  the  Swedes,  under  Peter 
Minuits,  on  Christiana  Creek,  near  the  present  city  of  Wil 
mington,  in  the  year  1638.  The  tract  of  land  lying  around 
the  settlement,  purchased  from  the  Indians,  was  named  New 
Sweden.  In  1643  they  built  a  fort  on  Tinicum  Island,  in  the 
Delaware,  a  few  miles  below  Philadelphia.  This  was,  there 
fore,  the  first  settlement  in  what  is  now  the  State  of  Penn 
sylvania. 

6.  What  claim  was  set  up  by  the  Governor  of  New  York  ?    What  high-handed  act 
did  Audros  perpetrate  ?    How  was  the  contest  about  government  settled  ? 

7.  What  disposition  was  made  of  East  Jersey  in  1682?    What  interfered  with  the 
peace  of  the  settlement  ?    What  was  a  principal  cause  of  these  disputes  ?    How  did 
the  settlers  gain  the  victory?    What  did  New  Jersey  thus  become?    What  did  the 
proprietors  retain,  and  what  is  stated  in  regard  to  these  titles? 

8.  What  union  took  place  in  1702?    How  long  did  this  last?    What  change  took 
place,  and  how  long  did  this  remain  in  force? 

1.  By  whom  and  where  was  Delaware  first  settled?    By  whom,  where,  and  when 
was  Pennsylvania  first  settled  ? 


102  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

2.  The  Dutch  regarded  the  Swedish  posts  on  the  Dela 
ware  as  an  intrusion  on  their  territory  of  New  Netherlands, 
and,  as  we  have  already  seen,  compelled  the  settlers  to  sub 
mit  to  their  authority  in  1655.     But  these  settlements  on 
the  west  bank  of  the  river  continued  to  flourish  long  after 
the  Swedish  power  there  had  ended,  and  from  time  to  time 
were  increased  by  Dutch  and  English  immigrants  from  New 
York  and  New  England. 

3.  In  the  year  1681,  William  Penn,  a  son  of  the  celebrated 
English  Admiral  Penn,  obtained  a  grant  of  land  in  America, 
west  of  the  Delaware,  from  Charles  II.  of  England,  in  pay 
ment  of  a  debt  due  to  his  father.     This  tract,  called  Penn 
sylvania  by  the  king,  was  increased  by  a  grant  to  Penn  from 
the  Duke  of  York  of  all  that  territory  now  forming  the  State 
of  Delaware,  and  presently  named  "the  territories  or  three 
lower   counties   on  the  Delaware."     This   gave  Penn  the 
western  and  southern  shore  of  the  river  and  bay,  and  also 
an  outlet  to  the  ocean  for  his  new  province.     Being  himself 
a  Quaker,  his  desire  was  to  provide  a  home  in  the  New 
World  for  oppressed  "  Friends,"  as  the  Quakers  called  them 
selves,  that  they  might  here  enjoy  their  religion  in  peace. 

4.  In  1682,  Penn  himself  came  over  with  a  hundred  immi 
grants,  and  in  the  same  year  twenty-three  vessels  with  set 
tlers  sailed  from  England,  all  of  which  arrived  safely.    Penn 
landed  at  Newcastle,  November,  1682,  and  was  received  by 
the  settlers  on  the  Delaware,  as  well  as  those  who  had  pre 
ceded  him  in  1681,  with  great  respect.     Early  in  1683  he 
laid  out  the  city  of  Philadelphia,  on  land  purchased  from 
the  Swedes,  which  they  had  bought  from  the  Indians.     It 
progressed  so  rapidly  that  by  the  close  of  the  year  there 
were  eighty  substantial  houses. 

5.  Penn's  treatment  of  the  Indians — with  whom,  soon  aft- 

2.  What  colony  treated  these  settlements  as  trespassing  on  its  territory?    Do  you 
remember  who  compelled  them  to  submit?    How  far  did  this  break  up  the  Swedish 
settlements?    How  were  they  increased  ? 

3.  Who  was  William  Penn  ?    In  what  way  did  he  become  connected  with  the  his 
tory  of  America?    What  was  the  new  province  named,  and  by  whom?    What  fur 
ther  grant  did  he  obtain  ?    How  was  this  addition  known  ?    Of  what  advantage  was 
this  to  the  province  ?    To  what  denomination  did  Penn  belong  ?    How  did  he  design 
to  use  the  grant  of  land  that  had  been  given  to  him  ? 

4.  When  did  Penn  himself  first  come  over?    What  i:nmigiation  came  in  the  i;ame 
year?    Where  did  Penu  land,  and  how  was  he  received  ? 


DELAWARE.       PENNSYLVANIA. 


103 


PENN'S  AEBIVAL,  AT 


er  he  landed,  he  made  a  treaty  of  love  and  friendship  undei 
an  elm-tree  near  Philadelphia  —  was  so  kind  and  truthful. 
that  the  natives  always  trusted  one  in  the  dress  of  a  Quaker. 
The  consequence  was  that  the  early  settlers  of  Pennsylva 
nia  were  not  troubled  by  the  Indians  for  many  years.  He 
was  equally  liberal  to  the  colonists,  both  Swedes  and  English. 
He  freely  gave  them  the  right  to  elect  all  the  subordinate 
officers  of  the  colony,  and  all  the  law-making  was  placed 
in  their  hands.  Entire  religious  freedom  was  also  secured 
by  law. 

6.  Lord  Baltimore  from  the  very  first  disputed  the  bound 
aries  of  Penn's  grants,  and  claimed  that  the  northerly  line 
of  Maryland  ran  west  from  the  Delaware  above  the  Schuyl- 
kill.  This  claim  covered  the  three  lower  counties,  and  also 
included  the  city  of  Philadelphia.  Penn,  unable  to  agree 
with  Baltimore  about  the  boundaries,  went  to  London  in 

5.  How  did  Penn  sectire  the  love  of  the  Indians  ?    How  was  this  shown  in  the  early 
history  of  the  colony  ?    What  is  said  of  his  treatment  of  the  early  settlers? 


104  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

1684  to  have  the  dispute  settled.  It  was  there  decided 
that  Penn  should  have  half  the  territory  between  the 
Chesapeake  and  the  Delaware  lying  north  of  Cape  Hen- 
lopen. 

7.  When  Penn  went  to  England  he  left  a  deputy,  with  a 
council  of  five,  to  take  charge  of  the  colony.     In  1691  this 
council  gave  great  oifense  to  the  three  lower  counties  on 
the  Delaware,  and  the  latter   set  up  a   separate  govern 
ment.     Penn  "  sorrowfully"  sent  word  from  England  to  let 
them  have  their  way,  and  appointed  a  deputy  governor  over 
them.    Next  year,  1692,  the  province  and  the  territories  were 
taken  from  him,  because  he  was  thought  to  be  a  firm  friend 
of  the  deposed  King  James,  and  were  united  to  New  York ; 
but  in  1694  all  his  rights  were  restored  to  him. 

8.  In  1699  he  came  out  from  England,  and  found  the  peo 
ple  angry  and  dissatisfied.     There  was  no  good  reason  for 
their  complaints.     Penn  had  been  very  kind  to  them,  and 
their  lives  had  been  entirely  free  from  the  troubles  that  had 
befallen  the  early  settlers  in  nearly  all  the  other  colonies. 
Penn,  always  anxious  for  the  welfare  of  the  people,  gave 
them  a  new  "  Charter  of  Liberties,"  but  this  did  not  satisfy 
the  three  lower  counties. 

9.  Meanwhile  news  was  brought  from  England  that  an  at 
tempt  was  in  progress  to  bring  all  the  proprietary  govern 
ments  in  the  colonies  under  the  crown.     This  led  Penn,  in 
1701,  to  return  to  England,  whence  he  wrote  to  his  province 
that  he  would  allow  the  lower  counties  to  have  a  separate 
Assembly.     A  final  agreement  of  separation  was  according 
ly  made  in   1703  ;  but  both   colonies  until  the  American 
Revolution   remained  under  one  governor.     After  Penn's 
death  in  England  in  1718,  they  were  governed  by  his  de 
scendants  or  deputies.     In  the  year  1779,  the  State  of  Penn 
sylvania,  grateful  to  the  memory  of  its  founder,  paid  to  his 

6.  With  whom  was  Penn  involved  in  disputes?    What  were  the  rival  claims  of 
Lord  Baltimore  ?    What  was  Penn  compelled  to  do  ?    What  was  the  result  ? 

7.  What  occurred  during  Penn's  absence  in  England  ?    How  did  Penn  act  when  he 
heard  the  news?    What  great  change  took  place  in  1692,  and  why?    When  and  in 
what  way  was  justice  done  to  Penn  ? 

8.  When  did  he  return  from  England  ?    What  did  he  find  on  his  arrival  ?    What  is 
paid  of  the  grounds  which  the  settlers  had  for  this  discontent  ?    How  did  Penri  show 
his  oenevolent  feelings  ?    How  far  did  this  satisfy  them  ? 


DELAWARE.       PENNSYLVANIA. 


105 


heirs  nearly  five  hundred  and  eighty  thousand  dollars  as 
an  equivalent  for  their  proprietary  rights. 

10.  The  history  of  one  of  the  very  greatest  of  American 
patriots  and  philosophers,  Benjamin  Franklin,  is  closely 
connected  with  the  later  colonial  history  of  Pennsylvania. 
Born  in  Boston  in  1706,  he  settled,  when  a  youth,  as  a 
printer  in  Philadelphia,  where  he  gradually  rose  to  the  first 
honors  in  the  province.  Here  he  made  his  famous  discov 
eries  in  electricity,  and  here  he  gained  a  great  reputation 
for  sagacity  and  skill  in  the  management  of  public  business. 
We  shall  meet  him  in  the  history  of  the  French  and  Indian 
War  and  of  the  American  Revolution. 


9.  What  attempt  important  to  Perm  was  being  made  in  England?    How  did  he 
meet  this  ?    What  concessions  did  he  make  ?    When  was  this  concluded  ?    How 
were  Delaware  and  Pennsylvania  governed  after  the  separation?    When  and  where 
did  Peun  die  ?    What  eventually  became  of  the  rights  of  his  heirs  ? 

10.  What  great  man  was  a  resident  of  Philadelphia  during  its  colonial  history? 
What  is  said  of  his  character? 


106 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


GENERAL  REFLECTIONS  ON  THE  MIDDLE  COLONIES. 

tit-il^  ^V  ^  Mfe,  &€&»Aft  -J^r     -  '  -  •  ' 


1>UTUU   FAMILY    bOiiJSJi. — -NEW 


1.  Early  Settlers.  —  In  the  middle  colonies  —  New  York, 
New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  and  Delaware — we  find  the  set 
tlers  differing  in  language  and  in  race  much  more  than  in 
Virginia  or  New  England.     Among  them  were  to  be  found 
DUJGH,  SWEDISH,  G£RMA^",  FRENCH,   and   ENGLISH    colo 
nists.     The  Swedes  had  only  a  very  limited  influence  on  the 
lower  Delaware ;  the  Dutch  left  a  very  powerful  and  lasting 
impression  on  New  York  and  on  East  Jersey ;  the  Germans 
settled  principally  in  Pennsylvania,  where  their  influence  was 
confined  to  their  own  communities — Germantown,  for  exam 
ple,  was  settled  by  a  band  of  German  Quakers;  the  French 
were  to  be  found  in  considerable  numbers  in  New  York. 

2.  The  English  were  the  most  numerous  throughout  these 
four  colonies,  and,  after  the  conquest  of  New  Netherlands, 

1.  What  comparison  is  made  between  the  early  settlers  in  the  middle  colonies 
and  those  in  Virginia  and  New  England?  From  what  nations  did  they  come? 
What  is  said  of  the  Swedes  ?  the  Dutch  ?  the  Germans  ?  the  French  ?  the  English  ? 


THE    MIDDLE    COLONIES.  107 

overshadowed  all  the  others.  The  English  Quakers  spread 
over  Pennsylvania,  West  Jersey,  and  Delaware.  The  New 
England  men  settled  the  east  part  of  Long  Island,  and  work- 
ed  their  way  in  among  the  Dutch  of  Manhattan,  very  much 
to  the  annoyance  of  the  Dutch  governors  and  the  settlers. 
They  crossed  over  also  into  East  Jersey,  where  soon  came  a 
large  number  of  Scotch  Presbyterians,  whose  influence  has 
come  down  to  our  own  time. 

3.  Their  Relations  with  the  Indians. — With  the  exception 
of  the  quarrels  with  the  proprietors  and  others  about  land 
titles  under  conflicting  land  grants,  New  Jersey,  after  the 
English  settlement,  was  remarkably  free  from  every  thing 
that  could  disturb  the  settlers.     Nearly  surrounded  by  the 
other  colonies,  it  was  almost  entirely  sheltered  from  the  In 
dians,  and  the  early  inhabitants  endured  no  such  privations 
from  exposure  or  wTant  of  food  as  the  settlers  of  Virginia 
and  New  England. 

4.  Pennsylvania  w^as  equally  fortunate.    Perm's  kind  treat 
ment  of  the  Indians,  from  the  very  first,  won  their  confidence. 
It  is  to  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that  these  Delawares  of 
the  Algonquin  family  were  a  feeble  remnant,  and  very  dif 
ferent  from  the  Eastern  Indians  or  the  fierce  Iroquois.     The 
settlers  in  the  "three  lower  counties  on  the  Delaware,"  and 
in  West  Jersey  in  particular,  were  as  happily  situated  as  the 
Pennsylvanians.     It  may  be  said  safely  that  no  body  of  peo 
ple  ever  enjoyed  more  abundant  blessings  in  peace,  comfort, 
and  moderate  freedom,  than  the  early  settlers  in  West  Jer 
sey,  Pennsylvania,  and  the  Territories.     There  are  no  very 
striking  events  in  the  history  of  these  colonies,  because  there 
was  among  them  so  much  solid  happiness.     It  is  out  of  op 
pression  and  wars  that  what  are  generally  called  the  great 
events  of  history  arise. 

2.  Where  did  the  Quakers  settle?     Where  do  we  find  the  New  England  men? 
How  were  these  immigrants  regarded  in  the  New  Netherlands?    Where  else  did 
they  find  their  way? 

3.  What  is  said  of  the  early  condition  of  New  Jersey  ?    How  was  it  saved  from  the 
Indian  massacres  ?    In  what  other  thing  are  the  settlers  to  be  considered  fortunate  ? 

4.  How  was  Pennsylvania  saved  from  Indian  trouble?  ?    What  is  said  of  the  "three 
lower  counties?"    What  general  statement  is  made  regarding  the  happiness  of  the 
settlers  ?    Why  are  there  very  few  striking  evenj.$  in  the  history  of  New  Jersoy,  Punn 
*ylvania,  and  Delaware  ? 


108  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

5.  The  early  history  of  New  York  was  different.     The  In« 
dian  wars,  at  an  early  day,  carried  destruction  among  the 
settlers.     Not  only  on  the  north  were  they  exposed  to  the 
fury  of  the  Indians,  but  the  neighborhood  of  Manhattan  Isl 
and  suffered  severely.     For  these  massacres  the  D'ltch  had 
themselves  to  blame.     Governor  Kieft's  cruelty  to  the  In 
dians  produced  the  effect  that  might  have  been  expected  on 
the  jealous  and  revengeful  natives. 

6.  Industry  of  the  People. — All  these  colonies  were  for  a 
long  time  agricultural.     The  climate  was  temperate,  and 
the  soil  yielded  in  abundance  maize,  wheat,  and  other  grains, 
much  of  which  was  exported,  particularly  from  Pennsylva 
nia.     But  the  industry  of  the  settlers  was  not  confined  par 
ticularly  to  farming.     The  foundations  of  two  great  mercan 
tile  cities  were  laid,  New  York  and  Philadelphia. 

7.  New  Amsterdam,  admirably  situated  for  commerce,  at 
a  very  early  day  did  a  considerable  business  with  the  In 
dians  in  skins  and  furs,  which  were  exported  to  Europe ;  but 
the  Dutch  town  grew  slowly.     In  the  year  1656  there  were 
only  1000  inhabitants.     After  it  passed  into  the  hands  of  the 
English,  New  York  increased  more  rapidly,  for  in  the  year 
1700  there  were  nearly  6000  residents. 

8.  Philadelphia,  on  the  other  hand,  grew  quickly  and  vig 
orously  from  the  very  first.     In  1684,  two  years  after  its 
settlement,  it  was  estimated  to  contain  2400  inhabitants,  and 
for  many  years  was  greatly  in  advance  of  New  York.     It 
carried  on  an  active  commerce,  and,  having  a  rich  country 
near  it  on  both  banks  of  the  Delaware,  occupied  by  thrifty 
farmers,  it  soon  became  a  place  of  considerable  business. 
The  manufactures  of  the  people  will  be  alluded  to  hereafter 
in  some  general  remarks  on  colonial  commerce  and  manufac 
tures,  and  the  restrictions  imposed  on  them  by  the  English 
government. 

5.  What  contrast  is  to  be  found  in  the  history  of  New  York  ?    What  was  the  cause 
of  this  ? 

6.  What  was  the  chief  occupation  of  the  settlers  in  the  middle  colonies?    What  ie 
^aid  of  this  ?    What  other  calling  was  pursued  ? 

7.  What  is  said  of  the  business  of  New  Amsterdam,  and  its  growth  ?    Why  is  it  so 
well  situated  for  commerce  ?    What  was  its  population  in  1656  and  in  1700  ? 

8.  What  is  said  of  the  growth  of  Philadelphia?    What  is  stated  of  its  commerce 
and  local  business  ? 


THE    MIDDLE    COLONIES.  109 

9.  The  Proprietary  Governments  and  Land  Grants.— In  these 
middle  colonies  we  see  a  full  trial  of  the  proprietary  plan  of 
government.    There  was  much  civil  freedom,  but  the  admin 
istration  of  authority  did  not  work  happily  for  the  proprie 
tors.     Even  Penn,  who  said  he  desired  nothing  so  much  as 
the  happiness  of  his  colonists,  became  in  time  very  weary  of 
their  sturdy  opposition.     They  wanted  constantly  more  of 
their  own  way,  and  this  he  was  not  always  ready  to  grant. 
Then  there  were  bitter  disputes  in  New  Jersey,  as  well  as 
New  York,  about  land  titles.     The  proprietors  either  sold 
their  lands  in  small  farms  or  leased  them  perpetually  at  low 
rents.     But  the  titles  of  these  proprietors  were  often  conflict 
ing,  and  the  rents  were  not  paid  when  they  became  due,  no 
matter  how  small  the  amount.     The  whole  arrangement  did 
not  work  well  for  the  proprietors,  and  in  the  end  they  were 
happy  to  give  up  their  powers  of  government  to  the  crown. 

10.  The  system  practiced  by  the  West  India  Company  of 
granting  great  tracts  of  land  in  New  Netherlands  to  pa- 
troons  proved  very  oppressive.     The  troubles  these  grants 
produced  have  descended  almost  to  our  own  times,  break 
ing  out  into  armed  resistance  to  the  claims  of  proprietors  as 
late  as  the  year  1842.     These  were  called  the  "Anti-rent 
Troubles,"  and  occurred  in  some  of  the  Hudson  River  coun 
ties  in  New  York.     The  same  system  of  land  grants  was 
pursued  under  the  English  governors.     As  an  instance,  Liv 
ingston  Manor,  a  large  tract  below  the  present  city  of  Hud 
son,  extending  twelve  miles  on  the  river  bank,  and  stretch 
ing  with  increasing  width  as  far  as  the  Massachusetts  line, 
was  granted  by  Governor  Dongan  to  Robert  Livingston,  a 
Scotch  immigrant. 

11.  These  enormous  grants  in  New  York  helped  greatly 
to  produce  an  aristocracy,  and  the  chief  power  of  the  colony 
was  thus  held  in  the  hands  of  a  few  leading  families  and 
their  friends.     That  greatest  event  in  the  early  history  of 

9.  What  form  of  government  was  fully  tried  in  the  middle  colonies,  and  how  did  it 
operate  for  the  governors  and  the  governed  ?    How  is  this  shown  in  Penn's  experi 
ence  with  his  settlers  ?    What  was  the  state  of  things  in  New  Jersey  about  lands  ? 

10.  What  is  said  of  the  grant  made  by  the  Dutch  West  India  Company  and  the 
troubles  that  proceeded  therefrom?    What  were  these  troubles  called,  and  where 
did  they  take  place?    What  instance  is  given  of  the  system  of  English  grantfc? 


110  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

the  colony  of  New  York,  the  political  murder  of  Leisler, 
sprang  from  this.  Leisler  was  the  leader  of  the  people,  and 
lost  his  life  when  the  aristocracy  triumphed,  the  Livingston 
mentioned  above  being  one  of  his  prominent  enemies. 

12.  After  his  death  the  struggle  became  more  bitter  be 
tween  the  party  of  the  people  and  their  enemies,  continuing 
for  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century ;  and  this  contest  fitted 
the  people  to  take  the  bold  stand  they  did  against  the  moth 
er  country  in  Revolutionary  times.     Nowhere  throughout 
the  colonies  was  there  a  more  active  spirit  shown  against 
England  than  by  the  "  Sons  of  Liberty"  in  New  York  City 
in  1774. 

13.  Religion  and  Education. — It  is  interesting  to  notice 
how  many  of  the  colonies  were  founded  by  persons  escap 
ing  from  religious  persecution.     We  have  already  seen  Ma 
ryland,  Massachusetts,  and  Rhode  Island  first  settled  from 
this  cause.    The  middle  colonies  were  also  the  refuge  of  the 
persecuted.    No  religious  sect  was  called  on  to  endure  more 
reproach  and  persecution  than  the  Quakers,  and  no  people 
was  at  last  more  happily  situated  than  they  were  in  West 
Jersey  and  Pennsylvania. 

14.  To  New  Netherlands,  also,  came  the  Walloon  fami 
lies  from  the  South  Belgic  provinces — exiles  from  France 
for  religious  persecution,  and  really  Huguenots  speaking  the 
French  language.     The  persecuted  Waldenses,  exiled  from 
Piedmont  to  Holland,  were  early  settled  on  Staten  Island. 
Fifty  years  after  the  arrival  of  the  Walloons  there  was  a 
large  addition  of  Huguenot  families  of  the  first  character, 
many  of  whom  settled  on  and  near  Manhattan  Island,  others 
in  what  is  now  Ulster  county.     New  Rochelle,  in  Westches- 
ter  county,  settled  in  1689,  still  points  out,  by  its  French 
name,  an  early  Huguenot  settlement. 

11.  What  did  these  grants  tend  to  produce  ?    What  event  sprang  out  of  this  ?    What 
leading  man  was  closely  connected  with  the  execution  of  Leisler? 

12.  How  far  did  Leisler's  death  put  an  end  to  this  contest?    How  did  it  educate 
the  people?    In  what  way  was  this  spirit  shown  in  later  times? 

13.  What  is  stated  as  worthy  of  particular  notice  ?    What  colonies  already  men 
tioned  were  settled  from  this  cause?    How  was  it  in  Pennsylvania  and  Jersey? 

14.  Who  were  among  the  first  settlers  of  New  Netherlands?    What  were  they? 
Who  were  the  Waldenses?    What  can  you  say  of  the  Huguenots  and  their  early  set 
tlements? 


THE    MIDDLE    COLONIES.  Ill 

15.  The  Protestant  settlers  of  New  Amsterdam  brought 
with  them  from  Holland  the  church  of  their  choice.     They 
soon  added  to  this  the  school  and  the  schoolmaster,  because 
they  understood  the  value  of  education.     One  of  the  most 
urgent  and  constant  demands  made  by  them  to  the  West 
India  Company  was  that  the  directors  should  send  compe 
tent  schoolmasters  from  Holland,  and  the  settlers  freely  of 
fered  to  be  taxed  for  their  support  and  for  that  of  a  public 
school.    In  the  year  1659,  a  Latin  school  was  established  by 
the  directors  at  their  earnest  solicitation,  and  a  learned  pro 
fessor  was  sent  from  Europe  to  conduct  it.     This  school  be 
came  so  successful  that  in  1662  children  were  sent  to  it  from 
as  far  south  as  the  Delaware  River  and  Virginia. 

16.  After  New  York  passed  into  the  hands  of  the  English 
in  1664,  the   subject   of  education  was  greatly  neglected. 
This  was  owing,  among  other  things,  to  the  intermixture  of 
languages,  races,  and  sects.    The  same  causes  operated  pow 
erfully  in  Pennsylvania,  where,  though  Penn  had  granted  a 
charter  for  a  high  school  as  early  as  1689,  it  was  owing  to 
the  vigorous  efforts  of  Benjamin  Franklin  that  an  "  acad 
emy"  was  established  in  1749.     This  became  in  a  short  time 
a  college,  and  finally  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.     By 
Franklin's  influence,  there  was  added,  in  1752,  a  free  school, 
where  all  poor  children  were  taught  reading,  writing,  and 
arithmetic. 

In  conclusion,  we  see  that  among  the  early  settlers  of 
these  middle  colonies  there  wTere  the  elements  that  form  a 
vigorous,  liberty-loving,  industrious,  and  intellectual  people. 
They  came  from  the  sturdiest  and  most  advanced  nations  of 
Europe,  and  in  this  new  land  their  children  displayed  in  due 
time  the  sterling  virtues  which  they  inherited  from  their  an 
cestors. 

15.  How  early  did  the  settlers  attend  to  education  in  New  Netherlands  ?    How  is 
this  shown  ?    Give  an  account  of  the  establishment  of  the  Latin  school.    What  is 
said  of  its  success  ? 

16.  What  is  said  of  education  after  16G4  ?    To  what  was  this  greatly  owing  ?   What 
was  the  state  of  things  in  Pennsylvania?  When  and  through  whom  was  a  free  school 
established  in  Philadelphia  ? 

What  is  said  in  general  of  the  settlers  in  the  middle  colonies  ? 


112  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— MIDDLE  COLONIES. 

1.  From  what  European  nations  did  the  first  settlers  of  the  middle  colonies  come  ? 

2.  Which  was  the  first  of  these  colonies  ? 

3.  What  were  the  limits  of  New  Netherlands,  and  to  whom  granted? 

4.  Why  was  the  Hudson  River  called  the  North  River  ? 

5.  What  was  the  South  River  ? 

6.  Where  and  when  was  the  first  occupation  of  this  colony  ? 

7.  Where,  and  by  whom,  and  when  was  it  first  settled? 

8.  What  people  from  the  north  of  Europe  settled  in  New  Netherlands  ? 
9  When  and  where  did  they  settle? 

10.  How  long  were  they  a  separate  colony  ? 

11.  When  and  how  did  it  end  ? 

12.  Which  of  the  middle  colonies  did  the  English  first  settle  ? 

13.  How  long  did  the  Dutch  maintain  their  authority  in  New  Netherlands? 

14.  Who  was  their  last  governor,  and  what  was  his  character  ? 

15.  When  and  how  did  the  Dutch  supremacy  come  to  an  end  ? 

16.  How  much  territory  did  the  Duke  of  York  claim  to  be  within  his  grant? 
IT.  In  what  way  did  this  claim  influence  the  settlement  of  New  Jersey  ? 

18.  Where  and  when  was  it  first  settled  by  the  English? 

19.  By  whom  was  the  eastern  end  of  Long  Island  first  settled? 

20.  To  whom  did  the  duke  assign  a  large  portion  of  his  territory? 

21.  When  and  why  was  it  afterward  named  New  Jersey  ? 

22.  By  whom  was  West  Jersey  principally  settled  ? 

23.  Tell  from  the  map,  page  124,  the  boundaries  of  East  and  West  Jersey? 

24.  What  trouble  did  the  settlers  have  with  the  proprietors? 

25.  How  did  such  troubles  generally  end  ? 

26.  What  grant  was  made  to  William  Penn  ?    Who  was  he? 

2T.  What  colony  did  Pennsylvania  originally  embrace  within  its  limits? 

28.  Why  did  it  separate  from  Pennsylvania? 

29.  Give  the  particulars  of  the  early  settlement  of  Pennsylvania? 

30.  What  sect  formed  the  great  bulk  of  the  settlers  there? 

31.  When  and  how  did  the  colonizing  of  Delaware  begin  ? 

32.  What  colonies  were  to  a  large  extent  first  settled  by  Friends? 
3&  How  many  of  the  middle  colonies  had  proprietary  governments  ? 

34.  What  was  their  experience  under  this  form  of  government  ? 

35.  Which  of  these  colonies  were  first  settled  out  of  religious  persecution  ? 

36.  What  tragical  event  is  deeply  interwoven  with  the  early  politics  of  New  York? 

37.  State  briefly  the  particulars  of  this. 

38.  Who  were  the  patroons,  and  how  did  they  affect  the  comfort  of  the  colony  ? 

39.  Where  did  the  Germans  settle  ? 

40.  Were  there  any  French  Protestants  in  any  of  these  colonies?    If  so,  where? 

41.  Who  were  the  Walloons  and  the  Waldenses  ? 

42.  In  what  respect  did  Penn  and  the  Dutch  differ  in  their  treatment  of  the  Indians  ? 

43.  How  did  Penn  and  his  colonists  treat  each  other  ? 

44.  What  is  said  of  the  condition  of  the  early  settlers  of  West  Jersey  and  Pennsyl 
vania  ? 

45.  Give  the  dates  of  the  different  settlements,  and  state  by  whom  they  were  made. 


NORTH    CAROLINA.  113 

SECTION  IV. 
EXTREME  SOUTHERN  COLONIES, 

NORTH  CAROLINA. 

1.  UNDER  his  Virginia  grant,  Raleigh,  it  will  be  remem 
bered,  made  several  unfortunate  attempts  to  settle  on  Ro 
anoke  Island.     These  were  the  first  efforts  at  settlement 
within  the  present  limits  of  North  Carolina.     The  country 
remained  unnoticed  until  the  year  1630,  when  Charles  I. 
of  England  granted  an  immense  tract  of  land  south  of  the 
Chesapeake  to  Sir  Robert  Heath ;  but  he  did  not  make  any 
settlement  on  the  territory,  and  the  grant  thus  became  void. 

2.  About  the  year  1651,  a  few  emigrants  from  Virginia  set 
tled  near  the  mouth  of  the  Chowan  River.     Ten  years  later, 
some  New  England  people  settled  on  the  Cape  Fear  River, 
near  the  present  site  of  Wilmington.     The  land  there  was 
very  barren,  the  Indians  were  hostile,  and  the  colony  soon 
went  to  ruin. 

3.  In  1663,  Charles  II.  granted  to  Lord  Clarendon  and 
seven  noblemen,  out  of  the  territory  originally  given  to 
Heath,  a  new  province,  which  was  named  Carolina,  in  honor 
of  the  king.     A  party  of  settlers  from  Virginia,  under  a  gov 
ernor  appointed  by  the  proprietor,  settled,  in  the  year  1664, 
on  the  Chowan  River,  near  the  old  settlement  of  1651,  and 
the  colony  was  named  Albemarle,  in  honor  of  one  of  the 
proprietors. 

4.  The  proprietors  as  well  as  the  settlers  supposed  this  to 
be  within  the  limits  of  the  Carolina  grant.     They  soon  found 
they  were  north  of  it,  and  new  boundaries  were  granted. 
The  present  southern  boundary  of  Virginia  became  the  line 
on  the  north,  and  the  southern  line  took  in  more  than  one 
half  of  Florida.     About  the  year  1665,  Sir  John  Yeamans 
brought  a  number  of  emigrants  from  Barbadoes,  who  settled 

1.  Where  and  by  whom  were  the  first  attempts  made  to  settle  North  Carolina? 
Was  this  attempt  successful  ?    When  and  to  whom  did  King  Charles  I.  grant  land  ? 
What  use  was  made  of  the  grant  ? 

2.  What  settlement  was  made  in  the  year  1C51  ?    What  was  made  ten  years  later? 
What  was  its  success? 

3.  When  was  the  next  grant  given,  and  to  whom?    From  what  place  did  the  set 
tlers  come,  and  when  ?   Where  was  the  first  settlement  made  ?   What  was  it  named  ? 


114  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

near  Wilmington.     This  was  named  the  Clarendon  County 
Colony.       y 

5.  Earl  Shaftesbury  and  John  Locke,  two  celebrated  En 
glishmen,  on  behalf  of  the  proprietors,  drew  up  a  plan  of 
government  for  Carolina.     It  provided  for  the  creation  of 
an  order  of  nobility,  who  were  to  govern  the  people  and 
make  the  laws.     This  aristocratic  government  was,  perhaps, 
suited  to  an  old  and  populous  country,  but  not  to  a  wild  ter 
ritory,  where  the  settlers  were  few  and  widely  scattered. 
After  being  tried  for  more  than  twenty  years,  it  was  found 
to  produce  nothing  but  constant  heart-burnings,  and  was 
finally  given  up. 

6.  Clarendon  County  Colony  did  not  succeed.     The  coun 
try  around  it  was  barren,  and  the  settlement  was  nearly 
abandoned  in  1671.     Albemarle  County  Colony  flourished 
in  numbers,  but  there  was  constant  discord  between  the  set 
tlers  and  the  proprietors,  arising  partly  out  of  the  scheme 
of  government,  and  partly  out  of  the  old  and  troublesome 
question  of  yearly  rents  for  their  lands. 

V.  The  same  state  of  things  existed  in  North  Carolina  as 
in  nearly  all  the  other  colonies  under  proprietors — the  peo 
ple  were  unwilling  to  pay  these  rents,  and  the  proprietors 
found  it  impossible  to  collect  them.  The  trouble  that  this 
occasioned  in  the  province  was  increased  by  the  bad  govern 
ors  that  were  appointed.  Things  went  on  in  this  unsettled 
way  until  the  year  1729,  when  North  Carolina  passed  under 
royal  government,  and  so  remained  a  royal  province  until 
the  American  Revolution. 

4.  Where  did  these  settlers  suppose  themselves  to  be  ?    How  were  the  boundaries 
finally  arranged  ?    "Where  did  the  next  settlers  come  from  ?    What  was  the  name  of 
this  colony? 

5.  Who  drew  up  the  first  form  of  government  ?    How  were  the  people  to  be  gov 
erned  under  this  form  ?    Did  this  prove  suitable  at  that  time  ?    Did  it  finally  prove 
successful  ? 

6.  What  is  said  of  the  Clarendon  County  Colony?    Was  the  Albemarle  County 
Colony  more  successful ?    From  what  did  their  troubles  arise  ? 

7.  What  trouble  did  North  Carolina  have  in  common  with  other  colonies?    How 
was  this  increased  ?    How  long  did  this  state  of  things  last  ?    How  did  it  finally  end  ? 


SOUTH  CAROLINA.  115 

SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

1.  JOHN  RIBAULT,  as  has  been  already  stated,  attempted 
to  settle  a  colony  of  Huguenots  at  Port  Royal  in  the  year 
1562,  but  was  driven  off  by  the  Spaniards. 

2.  The  proprietors  under  Clarendon's  grant  turned  their 
attention  to  the  southern  part  of  their  territory,  and  sent 
out  some  colonists,  who  settled  first  at  Port  Royal,  but  after 
ward  removed  to  the  Ashley  River,  and  founded  old  CharleV 
ton,  1670.     The  settlement  was  named  the  Carteret  County 
Colony.     In  1680,  the  old  Charleston  settlers  removed  to  the 
junction  of  the  Cooper  and  Ashley  Rivers,  and  laid  the  foun 
dation  of  the  present  city  of  Charleston. 

3.  Religious  persecution  in  France  drove  a  large  body  of 
Huguenots  to  seek  a  home  in  South  Carolina  about  the  year 
1686.     They  were  not  well  received  by  the  colonists,  who 
were  at  first  disposed  to  drive  them  out  of  the  country.    The 
French  exiles  bore  all  this  with  great  patience,  and  so  won 
on  the  better  feelings  of  the  English  by  their  industry  and 
integrity,  that  they  were,  after  some  time,  admitted  to  the 
full  rights  of  citizenship.     From  this  Huguenot  stock  there 
descended  many  of  the  most  powerful  and  well  known  fami 
lies  of  South  Carolina. 

4.  The  people  of  the  colony  were  no  more  submissive  to 
authority  than  in  the  northern  settlements.     They  quarrel 
ed  with  the  proprietors  about  rents,  taxes,  and  their  rights ; 
resisted  the  famous  scheme  of  government  already  alluded 
to,  and  went  so  far  as  to  banish  one  of  their  governors. 

5.  The  Spaniards  at  St.  Augustine,  in  Florida,  were  their 
nearest  neighbors  on  the  south.    When  war,  known  as  Queen 
Anne's,  was  declared  in  1702  by  England  against  France 
and  Spain,  South  Carolina  raised  an  expedition,  and  sent  it 

1.  Who  made  the  first  attempt  at  settling  in  North  Carolina,  and  when  ? 

2.  What  was  the  next  attempt?    Where  did  they  finally  remove  to?    In  what  year 
was  old  Charleston  settled? 

3.  What  event  in  France  caused  a  great  many  people  to  seek  a  home  in  South  Car 
olina  ?    How  were  they  received  ?    How  did  the  exiles  bear  this  treatment  ?    What 
was  the  result  of  their  forbearance  ?    What  effect  on  the  colony  did  this  Huguenot 
immigration  eventually  produce  ? 

4.  What  is  said  of  the  submissiveness  of  the  South  Carolinians?    What  did  they 
qnarrel  about?    How  far  did  they  carry  their  resistance  to  the  government? 


116  COLONIAL   HISTORY. 

against  St.  Augustine,  in  Florida.  The  Spanish  fort  was 
found  too  strong,  and  the  Carolina  troops  were  compelled 
to  return  without  effecting  their  object.  In  the  year  1706, 
a  French  fleet  from  Havana  attacked  Charleston,  but  was 
repulsed,  with  the  loss  of  three  hundred  men,  and  one  of  the 
ships,  which  was  captured. 

6.  The  Indians  on  the  borders  occasioned  them  great 
irouble  at  different  times;  but  in  1715  a  severe  battle  was 
fought,  and  the  natives  were  driven  into  the  swamps  of  Flor 
ida.  When  the  Indian  War  ended,  the  expenses  that  had 
been  incurred  produced  discontent,  which  broke  out  in  open 
rebellion,  and  the  settlers  a  second  time  expelled  the  gov 
ernor.  In  1720  the  king  declared  the  charter  forfeited,  but 
paid  the  proprietors  about  $80,000  for  their  rights.  Thus 
ended  the  proprietary  government,  and  South  Carolina  be 
came  a  royal  province. 


GEORGIA. 

1.  THE  present  State  of  Georgia  formed  a  portion  of  the 
great  Carolina  grant  of  Clarendon. 
This  southern  portion  remained  un 
settled  until  the  year  1 732,  at  which 
time  all  the  land  between  the  Savan 
nah  and  the  Altamaha  Rivers  was 
granted  to  James  Oglethorpe  and 
others. 

2.  Oglethorpe  was  a  man  of  for 
tune,  an  officer  in  the  English  army, 
and  a  member  of  Parliament.  The 
interest  we  feel  in  the  history  of  the 
settlement  of  Georgia  centres  in  this 
very  remarkable  person.  He  was  possessed  of  a  very 

5.  Who  were  their  nearest  neighbors  on  the  south  ?    What  did  South  Carolina  do 
when  war  was  declared  between  France  and  England  ?    What  was  the  result  of  this  ? 
What  attack  was  made  on  them  after  this,  and  with  what  success? 

6.  What  caused  them  much  trouble  ?    How  was  this  put  an  end  to  ?    What  new 
trouble  arose  out  of  this  Indian  war?    What  was  done  by  the  king?    What  did 
South  Carolina  thus  become  ? 

1.  In  what  grant  was  the  present  State  of  Georgia  included  ?    How  long  did  this 
remain  unsettled  ?    What  grant  was  made  in  that  year  ? 


GEORGIA.  117 

benevolent  nature,  and  had  made  his  name  well  known  by 
his  efforts  to  abolish  imprisonment  for  debt,  and  the  cruel 
ties  of  the  prisons  in  England.  His  object  in  establishing 
the  colony  of  Georgia  was  to  provide  a  home  for  suffering 
poor  people,  and  for  such  discharged  prisoners  as  might  de 
sire  to  live  a  better  life  in  a  new  country.  For  this  pur 
pose,  the  tract  was  conveyed  to  twenty-one  trustees  for  the 
period  of  twenty-one  years. 

3.  Oglethorpe  settled  with  the  first  immigrants  at  Savan 
nah,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Savannah  River,  in  the  year  1733. 
The  class  of  poor  persons  that  he  brought  out  with  him  was 
badly  chosen.     It  was  composed  of  bankrupt  tradesmen  un 
used  to  labor,  very  helpless  and  complaining.     In  the  fol 
lowing  year  some  600  settlers  came  over,  but  they  were  of 
that  class  which  poverty  had  made  lazy  and  vicious.    Ogle 
thorpe  went  back  to  England,  and  brought  over  221  poor 
persons  from  England  at  the  trustees'  expense.     Meanwhile 
the  colony  was  increased  by  an  arrival  of  a  party  of  sturdy 
Scotch  Highlanders  and  a  considerable  body  of  industrious 
German  emigrants. 

4.  The  Spaniards  looked  on  the  Georgia  colony  as  an  intru 
sion  on  their  territory  of  Florida,  and  Oglethorpe  very  soon 
saw  that  it  would  be  necessary  to  provide  means  to  defend 
the  settlements.     In  1736  he  went  to  England  to  ask  for 
help,  and  returned  in  1738  at  the  head  of  a  regiment  of  sol 
diers. 

5.  In  the  early  part  of  the  year  1740,  Oglethorpe,  at  the 
head  of  twelve  hundred  whites,  five  hundred  of  whom  were 
from  North  Carolina  and  Virginia,  and  twelve  hundred 
Creek  Indians,  marched  against  St.  Augustine  ;  but  he  found 
the  fort  stronger  than  he  expected,  and  this,  together  with 
sickness  among  his  troops,  obliged  him  to  return  home. 

2.  Who  was  Oglethorpe  ?    How  had  he  distinguished  himself  in  England  ?    What 
was  his  object  in  settling  Georgia  ?    To  whom,  and  for  what  purpose,  was  this  tract 
conveyed  ? 

3.  Where  and  when  did  Oglethorpe  first  settle  ?    Of  what  class  of  people  were  the 
emigrants  composed?     Describe  those  who  came  the  following  year.    What  did 
Oglethorpe  next  do  ?    How  had  their  numbers  been  increased  in  the  mean  time? 

4.  How  did  the  Spaniards  look  upon  this  colony  ?    What  discovery  did  Oglethorpe 
make? 

5.  What  did  he  next  proceed  to  do  ?    How  far  was  this  movement  successful  ? 


118  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

6.  In  1742,  the  Spaniards,  in  turn,  fitted  out  at  Havana  an 
expedition  of  three  thousand  men  against  the  coast  of  Geor 
gia.     Frederica,  a  small  town  on  St.  Simon's  Island,  was  at 
tacked  in  June ;  but  the  Spanish  general  managed  the  busi 
ness  so  badly,  and  Oglethorpe  was  so  watchful  and  active, 
that  the  expedition  returned  to  Cuba  in  July  without  effect 
ing  any  thing. 

7.  While  Oglethorpe  was  active  in  protecting  the  colony 
from  the  Spaniards,  the  settlers  had  been  busy  in  sending  a 
messenger  to  England  with  complaints  against  him.     Ogle 
thorpe  went  there  to  meet  his  accuser  in  1743.     It  is  pleas 
ing  to  know  that  this  good  man  was  highly  trusted  by  the 
government ;  for  all  the  charges,  after  a  fair  hearing,  were 
dismissed,  and  the  accuser  was  punished  for  making  false 
complaints.     Oglethorpe  was  made  a  major  general  in  the 
English  army,  and  did  not  again  return  to  Georgia. 

8.  The  settlers  continued  to  complain  against  the  trustees 
in  the  same  way  that  they  had  complained  of  Oglethorpe. 
After  twenty  years'  efforts,  and  at  a  cost  of  $700,000,  there 
were  only  three  small  towns,  seventeen  hundred  white  inhab 
itants,  and  four  hundred  negroes.     The  colonists  wanted  the 
rights  the  Carolinians  had,  and  especially  the  right  to  own 
slaves,  which  the  trustees  had  forbidden.     Wearied  with  the 
complaints  of  the  people,  the  trustees  at  last  resigned  their 
rights  to  the  crown  in  1752,  and  Georgia  became  a  royal 
province. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS. -NORTH  AND  SOUTH  CAROLINA,  AND  GEORGIA. 

1.  In  what  original  grant  was  North  Carolina  included? 

2.  What  do  you  remember  about  Roanoke  Island  ? 

3.  How  did  the  grant  in  1006  affect  North  Carolina  ? 

4.  Who  first  settled  it?  when  and  where? 

5.  Who  settled  South  Carolina?  when  and  where? 

6.  Under  what  grant  was  this  ? 

7.  What  was  its  extent  ?  

6.  What  is  said  of  the  movements  of  the  Spaniards  ?    Why  did  they  fail  in  this  en 
terprise  ? 

7.  While  Oglethorpe  was  thus  active,  what  were  the  settlers  doing?    What  did  he 
do  ?    Were  his  accusers  successful  in  their  charges  against  him  ?    What  is  finally 
said  of  Oglethorpe? 

8.  Were  the  colonists  any  more  contented  ?    What  had  been  the  success  of  the  col 
ony  ?    What  rights  did  settlers  want  ?    What  special  permission  did  they  desire  that 
had  been  forbidden  them?    How  did  the  trustees  meet  these  complaints? 


FRENCH    EXPLORATIONS    AND    SETTLEMENTS.  119 

8.  What  plan  of  government  was  prepared  for  both  colonies? 

9.  How  did  this  operate  ? 

10.  How  many  settlements  called  colonies  can  you  name  within  their  limits? 

11.  Give  their  respective  histories. 

12.  How  far  were  they  connected  with  any  intercolonial  wars  before  1750  ? 

13.  What  was  the  government  of  these  colonies  ? 

14.  WThen  was  this  changed,  and  why? 

15.  Under  what  grant,  and  for  what  purpose  was  Georgia  settled? 

16.  Who  was  the  founder  of  the  colony,  and  what  is  said  of  his  previous  life  ? 

17.  Give  a  sketch  of  Oglethorpe's  energetic  operations  in  its  behalf. 

18.  How  far  was  the  colony  a  success  at  first  ? 

19.  What  was  the  cause  of  this  ? 

20.  Under  what  government  was  it  conducted  ? 

21.  How  was  he  treated  by  the  colonists  and  by  the  English  government  ? 

22.  How  long  did  the  trustees'  government  continue,  and  why  was  it  abandoned! 


SECTION  V. 

FRENCH   EXPLORATIONS   AND   SETTLEMENTS   IN   THE   WEST   AND 
SOUTHWEST. 

1.  SAMUEL  CHAMPLAIN,  the  French  explorer  and  governor 
of  New  France,  entered  the  northern  part  of  what  is  now 
New  York  in  1609,  to  assist  the  Algonquin  and  Huron  tribes 
against  the  Iroquois,  or  Five  Nations.     By  his  help  the  Iro- 
quois  were  defeated,  and  he  gained  for  the  French  the  in 
veterate  hostility  of  that  great  confederacy.     The  French 
missionaries,  who  not  long  after  settled  among  tribes  near 
the  Iroquois,  were  seized  by  the  latter,  put  to  torture  and 
murdered,  and  the  missions  were  broken  up. 

2.  Prevented  in  this  way  from  exploring  the  country  to 
the  south,  the  French  penetrated  along  the  north  shore  of 
Lake  Ontario  in  1626.     The  explorers  were  chiefly  Jesuit 
and  other  Catholic  missionaries,  whose  object  was  to  plant 
Christian  missions  among  the  natives.    In  the  year  1634  we 
find  these  remarkable  men  as  far  west  as  Lake  Huron,  with 
several  missions  established  on  Georgian  Bay.    In  1664  they 
explored  a  considerable  distance  on  the  shores  of  Lake  Su 
perior,  where  they  first  learned  of  the  great  copper  region 
near  the  lake;  and  in  1668  the  mission  of  St.  Mary  was  es 
tablished,  the  oldest  European  settlement  in  Michigan.     In 

1.  Who  was  Champlain.  and  of  what  territory  was  he  the  first  explorer?  What 
was  his  chief  object  and  the  result  of  his  expedition  ?  In  what  way  were  the  French 
made  to  feel  this  ? 


120 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


1672  the  missionaries  visited  Milwaukee,  Chicago,  and  St. 
Joseph's,  and  planted  missions  among  the  tribes  on  Lake 
Michigan.  From  these  Indians  they  heard  vague  accounts 
of  a  great  western  river. 

3.  Next  spring,  the  missionary  Marquette  (mar'-ket),  in 
company  with  Joliet  (zho-l&a),  a  trader  from  Quebec,  and 
five  other  Frenchmen,  floated  in  canoes  down  the  Wisconsin 
River,  and  discovered  the  Mississippi,  or  "  Great  River,"  in 
the  month  of  June,  1673.  They  then  sailed  down  its  wa 
ters  as  far  as  the  mouth  of  the  Arkansas.  In  the  early  part 
of  the  next  year  they  ascended  the  Mississippi,  and,  having 
discovered  the  mouth  of  the  Illinois,  went  up  this  river  as 
far  as  it  was  navigable,  and  then  crossed  by  land  to  Chica 
go,  whence  they  paddled  their  canoes  to  the  mission  at 
Green  Bay. 

4o  La  Salle,  a  famous  French  adventurer,  and  celebrated  as 

the  explorer  of  the  Lower 
Mississippi,  was  a  man  of 
extraordinary  energy.  As 
early  as  1670  he  had  been 
engaged  in  trying  to  find 
in  Canada  an  overland 
western  passage  to  China. 
As  a  reward  for  the  sagac 
ity  and  energy  he  display 
ed  in  exploring  Lakes  On 
tario  and  Erie,  the  French 
king  had  granted  to  him 
Fort  Frontenac,  at  the  out 
let  of  Lake  Ontario,  to 
gether  with  a  large  tract 
of  the  adjacent  country. 
His  imagination  was  so  inflamed  by  the  accounts  he  had  re 
ceived  of  the  newly-discovered  "  great  river,"  that  he  went  to 

2.  In  what  direction  did  the  French  then  turn  their  attention?    Who  were  these 
explorers  ?    Where  do  we  find  them  in  1634  ?    Where  in  1664  ?    Where  were  they  in 
a  few  years  after?    What  did  they  learn  while  there  ? 

3.  When  did  they  make  an  attempt  to  pee  this  river?    Who  were  the  explorers? 
What  was  their  success  ?    To  what  point  did  they  go  on  its  waters  ?    Describe  their 
return, 


FEENCH    EXPLORATIONS    AND    SETTLEMENTS.  121 

France  in  1677  and  obtained  a  commission  from  the  French 
king  to  continue  the  exploration. 

5.  Returning  to  Canada  and  Fort  Frontenac  in  1678,  he 
built,  near  the  present  site  of  Buffalo,  on  Lake  Erie,  a  bark, 
the  Griffin,  of  sixty  tons,  and  in  the  following  year  sailed 
through  the  great  lakes  as  far  as  Green  Bay.     From  this 
place  he  sent  back  his  vessel,  laden  with  furs,  for  supplies ; 
while  he,  with  some  companions,  sailed  up  Lake  Michigan 
in  birch-bark  canoes  to  the  mouth  of  the  St.  Joseph's,  and 
there  built  a  fort. 

6.  On  a  branch  of  the  Illinois  they  built  another  fort, 
called  by  La  Salle  Creve-coeur  (krave-kur) — "  Heart-break," 
on  account  of  his  disappointment  at  the  non-arrival  of  the 
Griffin  with  supplies.     To  obtain  these,  La  Salle,  with  fear 
less  energy,  took  with  him  three  companions,  and  struck 
through  the  wilderness  to  Fort  Frontenac  in  the  spring  of 
1680.     While  he  was  gone,  Father  Hennepin,  by  his  orders, 
explored  the  Upper  Mississippi  as  far  as  the  Falls  of  St.  An 
thony.     In  1680  La  Salle  returned  to  Lake  Michigan. 

7.  In  1682  he  descended  the  Mississippi  to  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  and  named  the  country  on  the  banks  of  the  great 
river  Louisiana,  in  honor  of  Louis  XIV.,  king  of  France. 
Ascending  the  Mississippi,  he  returned  to  France  in  1683  to 
enlist  his  countrymen  in  his  plans  for  the  settlement  of  the 
new  territory.    He  was  successful  in  this,  and  toward  the  end 
of  the  year  1684  La  Salle  left  France  with  four  ships  and 
280  persons,  well  supplied  with  all  the  necessaries  to  plant 
a  colony  at  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi.     But  the  entrance 
of  the  "  great  river"  was  hard  to  find :  La  Salle  missed  it, 
went  westward,  and  early  in  1685  landed  his  colony  at  Mat- 
agorda  Bay,  as  is  supposed,  in  Texas,  where  he  built  Fort 
St.  Louis. 

4.  Who  was  La  Salle  ?    What  was  he  doing  in  1670?    How  and  for  what  was  he 
rewarded  ?    Why  was  he  not  contented  to  remain  on  his  grant  ? 

5.  What  were  La  Salle's  movements  in  1678  ?    What  important  steps  did  he  take  ? 

6.  What  incident  shows  the  disappointment  he  endnred  ?    How  did  he  try  to  meet 
these  difficulties  ?    What  explorations  were  made  during  his  absence  ?    When  did 
La  Salle  return  ? 

7.  What  took  place  in  1GS2?    With  what  name  is  La  Salle  forever  associated? 
Where  and  for  what  object  did  he  go  in  1683  ?    How  far  was  he  successful  in  this  ? 
What  is  said  of  the  sailing  of  the  expedition  ?    Where  did  the  vessels  laud  ?    Wto 
was  this  ? 

F 


122  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

8.  In  little  more  than  two  years  the  colony  was  reduced 
by  disease  and  suffering  from.  250  to  36  persons.     La  Salle, 
despairing  of  help  from  France,  started  with  16  men  to  go 
north  to  Canada  by  land  in  1687.     His  wonderful  skill,  en 
ergy,  and  courage  might  have  carried  him  through,  but  on 
Ms  journey  he  was  murdered  by  two  of  his  companions. 
Five  of  them,  who  kept  together,  after  six  months'  wander 
ing,  reached  a  small  French  post  on  the  Mississippi  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Arkansas.     The  twenty  men  left  at  the  fort  in 
Texas  were  never  again  heard  of. 

9.  In  1699,  twelve  years   after  La  Salle's  death,  D'lber- 
ville,  a  native  of  Quebec,  came  from  France  with  an  expedi 
tion,  and  built  huts  on  Ship  Island.     Taking  with  him  fifty 
men,  he  sailed  up  the  Mississippi  as  far  as  Red  River,  and 
returned  by  way  of  Lakes  Maurepas  (mo-re-pah)  and  Pont- 
chartrain,  so  named  by  him  in  honor  of  two  ministers  of  the 
French  king.     Soon  after  he  left  a  colony  on  the  Bay  of  Bi- 
loxi,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Pascagoula,  Mississippi,  and  sailed 
for  France,  May,  1699. 

10.  Toward  the  end  of  the  year  he  returned  to  the  Missis 
sippi,  and  early  in  1700  went  up  as  far  as  the  present  site 
of  Natchez,  wrhere  he  marked  out  a  settlement  named  Rosa 
lie  (roz-a-lee).     In  1702  he  came  a  third  time  from  France, 
and  removed  the  colony  from  Biloxi  to  Mobile,  which  be 
came  the  capital  of  Louisiana ;  but  it  did  not  flourish.    Dur 
ing  ten  years  its  population  never  increased  beyond  200 
persons,  and  it  was  only  kept  alive  by  supplies  from  France 
and  the  island  of  St.  Domingo. 

11.  While  these  attempts  were  in  progress  in  Louisiana, 
the  French  were  active  in  the  West.     Detroit  was  founded 
in  1701,  and  about  the  same  time  the  villages  of  Kaskaskia 
and  Cahokia  grew  up  round  the  missionary  stations  on  the 
east  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  above  the  mouth  of  the  Ohio. 

8.  What  was  the  fate  of  the  colony?    What  resolution  did  La  Salle  form  and  put 
in  execution?    What  prevented  him  from  fulfilling  it?    What  portion  of  his  com 
panions  escaped  ?    What  became  of  those  left  at  Fort  St.  Louis  ? 

9.  When  and  by  whom  was  the  next  attempt  made  to  settle  Louisiana?    Where 
did  he  first  land  ?    What  were  his  next  movements?    Where, before  his  return  to 
France,  did  he  plant  a  colony? 

10.  When  did  he  return  to  Louisiana  ?    Where  and  when  did  he  then  £O  ?    What 
is  said  of  D'Iberville's  third  voyage  ?    What  was  the  success  of  the  colony  at  Mobile  ? 


FKEXCH    EXPLORATIONS    AND    SETTLEMENTS.  123 

Yet  the  French  population  in  America  did  not  increase  rap 
idly.  In  1690  Canada  had  not  more  than  1200  inhabitants; 
Acadia  had  scarce  1000.  In  the  whole  of  Louisiana,  in  the 
year  1702,  there  were  not  more  than  30  families. 

12.  The  designs  of  the  French  were,  however,  of  the  grand 
est  sort.     They  looked  to  the  formation  of  a  mighty  empire 
in  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi,  stretching  from  the  great 
lakes  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.     This  hope  was  not  destined  to 
be  realized.     In  Louisiana,  notwithstanding  a  lavish  expen 
diture  of  money  in  colonizing  it,  the  repeated  efforts  of  the 
government  and  of  individuals  met  with  little  but  misfor 
tune,  from  the  unhealthiness  of  the  climate,  and  nearly  con 
stant  wars  with  the  Natchez  and  Chickasaw  Indians.     Al 
though  in  1722  the  colony  was  firmly  planted,  its  population 
in  1740  did  not  exceed  5000  whites  and  half  that  number  of 
blacks. 

13.  It  is  impossible  not  to  admire  the  remarkable  enter 
prise  and  activity  of  the  French.    While  the  English  settle 
ments  were  confined  to  a  strip  of  territory  east  of  the  moun 
tains,  the  French  had  pushed  thousands,  of  miles  into  the  in 
terior.    They  had  explored  the  great  lakes ;  they  had  exam- 
ined  the  Fox,  the  Wisconsin,  the  Illinois,  the  Maumee,  and 
Wabash  Rivers — the  Ohio  they  had  comparatively  neglect 
ed — and  they  were  familiar  with  the  shores  of  the  Missis 
sippi  from  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony  to  its  mouth. 

14.  Before  the  year  1750  they  had  more  than  sixty  mili 
tary  stations,  at  intervals  from  Lake  Ontario,  by  way  of 
Green  Bay  and  the  Illinois,  the  Wabash,  and  Maumee  Riv 
ers,  down  the  Mississippi  to  New  Orleans.    At  the  principal 
posts  were  regular  garrisons,  relieved  once  in  six  years.    All 
this  had  been  done  in  the  face  of  most  bitter  Indian  wars 
waged  against  them  by  their  old  enemies  the  Iroquois,  and 
also  by  the  Chickasaws  and  the  Natchez  on  the  Lower  Mis 
sissippi.     In  addition,  they,  in  the  year  1748,  traversed  the 

11.  What  settlements  were  meanwhile  made  in  the  West?    What  is  said  of  the 
French  population  in  Canada?    In  Acadia?    In  Louisiana? 

12.  What  great  designs  had  the  French  formed?    What  is  said  of  the  success  of 
their  efforts  ?     How  is  this  shown  by  a  comparison  of  dates  ? 

13.  Where  were  the  English  during  these  active  movements  of  the  French  ?    What 
explorations  had  the  French  made  ? 


124 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


ENGLISH,  FRENCH,  AND  SPANISH  OCCUPATION. — 1750. 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN    WAR.  125 

country  south  of  Lake  Erie  east  to  the  mountains,  and  took 
formal  possession  of  it  by  burying,  at  important  points,  lead 
en  plates  with  the  arms  of  France  engraved  thereon. 

15.  It  was  on  such  vigorous  efforts  at  occupation  that  the 
French  based  their  claim  to  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi  and 
the  country  watered  by  its  tributaries.  According  to  the 
usual  custom  prevailing  among  rival  European  nations  on 
this  continent,  the  French  could  scarce  have  held  the  new 
territory  by  a  much  stronger  title.  That  claim  was  soon 
put  to  a  test  at  the  cannon's  mouth  in  the  French  and  Indian 
War. 


SECTION  VI. 
FRENCH  AND  INDIAN  WAR. 

EVENTS  IMMEDIATELY  PRECEDING  THE  WAR. 

1.  THE  three  intercolonial  wars  left  intense  hatred  be 
tween  the  French  and  English  in  America.     A  fresh  source 
of  quarrel  soon  arose  out  of  rival  claims  to  territory.     In 
the  year  1749,  only  a  year  after  the  close  of  King  George's 
War,  a  grant  of  six  hundred  thousand  acres  of  land  west  of 
the  Alleghanies,  on  and  near  the  Ohio  River,  was  made  to 
some  Londoners  and  Virginians,  under  the  name  of  the  Ohio 
Company. 

2.  As  the  French  considered  this  to  be  a  part  of  their  ter- 
tory,  they  treated  the  Company's   surveyors  as  intruders, 
made  them  prisoners,  and  broke  up  the  trading-posts.    They 
acted  with  still  greater  vigor  in  1753.     In  that  year  twelve 
hundred  men  were  sent  from  Montreal,  who  built  a  fort  at 
Presque  Isle  (pres-keel),  on  the  southern  shore  of  Lake  Erie, 
now  the  present  town  of  Erie.     The  same  year  they  ad 
vanced  south  from  this,  and  built  two  forts — one,  Fort  le 
Boeuf  (biff),  at  the  present  town   of  Waterford,  and  Fort 

14.  Describe  their  line  of  posts.    How  many  did  they  have  ?    What  is  said  of  their 
garrisons  ?    In  what  other  way  had  they  claimed  possession  of  a  large  tract  of  coun 
try  ?    What  is  said  of  the  opposition  they  had  met  with  ? 

15.  On  what,  then,  was  the  French  claim  to  the  Mississippi  Valley  based  ?    What  is 
said  of  the  justice  of  this  claim  ?    How  was  this  claim  tested  ? 

1.  What  was  the  feeling  between  the  French  and  English  colonies?    What  new 
quarrel  arose  ?    Describe  the  grant  made  in  1T49. 


126 


COLONIAL   HISTORY. 


Venango,  on  French  Creek,  which  flows  into  the  Alleghany 
River. 

3.  Dinwiddie,  lieutenant  governor  of  Virginia,  alarmed  at 
the  movements  of  the  French,  sent  a  messenger  to  the  French 
commander  of  these  posts,  asking  their  removal.  The  per 
son  he  chose  to  carry  this  message  was  George  Washington, 
a  native  of  Virginia,  then  a  young  man  of  two-and-twenty. 
On  the  30th  of  October,  1753,  the  very  day  on  which  he  re 
ceived  his  credentials,  he  left  Williamsburg,  and,  pushing 
through  the  wilderness,  arrived  at  Fort  Venango  Dec.  4.  At 
Le  Boeuf  he  at  last  found  St.  Pierre  (pe-are),  the  commandant, 
who  received  his  letter,  and  treated  him  with  marked  kind 
ness.  In  the  course  of  Washington's  stay  the  French  officers 
talked  with  great  frankness,  said  that  they  were  there  by 


WASHINGTON    ON    HIS    HOME \VABD   JOURNEY. 


2.  How  did  the  French  claims  interfere  with  those  of  the  English?  In  what  way 
did  they  treat  the  servants  and  property  of  the  Company?  What  active  measures 
did  they  take  to  keep  possession  of  the  territory  ? 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN    WAR.  127 

order  of  the  king,  and  should  remain  there  so  long  as  he 
commanded  them  to  do  so. 

4.  St.  Pierre's  written  reply  to  Dinwiddie  was  given  to 
Washington,  who  at  once  commenced  his  long  and  fearful 
journey  of  four  hundred  miles  to  Williamaburg.     Snow  had 
fallen;  the  rivers  had  risen,  and  were  filled  with  ice;  the 
horses  broke  down  at  the  very  commencement,  and  the  jour 
ney  had  to  be  made  on  foot.     The  Indians  were  far  from 
friendly,  and  once  Washington  was  shot  at  from  a  distance 
of  not  more  than  fifteen  paces.     Through  all  these  dangers 
he  made  his  way  home  unharmed,  January,  1754,  and  deliv 
ered  St.  Pierre's  letter,  which  contained  a  polite  but  firm  re 
fusal  to  give  up  the  posts. 

EVENTS  OF  1754. 

5.  Commencement  of  Hostilities. — Early  in  1754,  the  Ohio 
Company  sent  out  a  small  party  to  erect  a  fort  at  the  j.unc- 
tion  of  the  Alleghany  and  Monongahela  Rivers,  and  Dinwid 
die  dispatched  a  captain's  command  to  protect  them.     In 
addition  to  this,  in  March,  a  regiment  of  six  hundred  men 
was  raised  in  Virginia,  of  which  Frye  was  colonel,  and  Wash 
ington  second  in  command.     They  quickly  commenced  their 
march  to  the  new  fort,  intending  to  occupy  it.     While  on 
their  way,  they  learned  that  the  French  had  surprised  and 
driven  off  the  Company's  men,  and  had  then  completed  the 
works,  naming  them  Fort  du  Quesne  (doo-kane). 

6.  Washington  was  sent  on  in  advance  to  reconnoitre,  and 
fell  in  with  a  small  body  of  French  under  Jumonville  (zlwo- 
mong-veet),  at  Great  Meadows,  about  forty-five  miles  from 
Fort  du  Quesne.     Washington  surprised  this  party  on  the 
night  of  May  28,  and  in  the  attack  Jumonville  was  slain, 
and  nine  of  his  men.     This  was  the  first  blood  shed  in  the 
war.     Frye  died  about  this  time,  and  Washington  assumed 

3.  What  was  done  by  the  English  ?    Who  was  chosen  to  carry  this  message  ?    De 
scribe  Washington's  journey  to  the  French  post.    How  was  he  received,  and  what 
was  said  by  the  French  officers  ? 

4.  How  long  was  Washington's  journey  back  ?    Describe  its  difficulties.     What  an 
swer  did  St.  Pierre  send  to  Governor  Dinwiddie  ? 

5.  What  measures  did  the  Ohio  Company  take  to  protect  their  claims  ?    What  help 
did  they  at  first  get  from  Dinwiddie  ?    What  additional  troops  were  raised  ?    What 
news  met  them  while  on  their  way? 


128 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


the  command.     The  rest  of  the  troops  soon  joined  him  at 
Great  Meadows,  where  he  built  a  stockade,  which  he  called 

Fort  Necessity. 


CHIEF   SCENE   OF   OPERATIONS.      FKENOU   A_ND   INDIAN   WAB. 

7.  Here  he  was  attacked  in  July  by  De  Villiers  (vil-yerz) 
with  1500  French  and  Indians.  At  the  end  of  ten  hours' 
hard  fighting,  Washington-  surrendered  the  fort  on  condition 
that  his  troops  should  be  allowed  the  honors  of  war.  This 
expedition  under  Washington  was  the  commencement  of 
the  great  struggle  between  the  French  and  English  for  the 
possession  of  the  North  American  continent.  All  the  pre 
vious  intercolonial  Avars  sprang  from  disputes  in  Europe, 
which  involved  the  French,  English,  and  Spanish  colonies. 


6.  What  happened  to  Washington  ?    What  did  he  do?    \\hat  was  his  success? 
How  did  he  get  the  command  ?    Where  did  he  encamp  and  build  a  fort  ? 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN    WAR.  129 

This  began  in  America  itself  about  territory.  There  was,  as 
yet,  no  formal  declaration  of  war  between  the  two  nations, 
nor  was  any  made  till  nearly  two  years  later. 

8.  The  English  government  was  anxious  that  their  colo 
nies  should  take  the  most  active  part  in  the  contest,  and 
urged  them  to  unite  on  some  plan  of  defense.     While  Wash 
ington  was  fighting  in  the  wilds  of  Virginia,  a  convention 
of  delegates  from  seven  of  the  colonies  assembled  at  Albany 
to  see  what  could  be  done.     The  first  object  they  had  in 
view  was  to  secure  the  friendship  of  the  powerful  Iroquois 
on  the  northern  borders.     This  they  succeeded  in  doing. 

9.  They  then  debated  and  adopted  a  PLAN  OF  UNION  for 
mutual  defense,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  colonies  and 
the  English  government.     The  author  of  the  plan  was  Ben 
jamin  Franklin,  a  delegate  from  Pennsylvania.     It  never 
went  in  force,  because  it  pleased  neither  the  king  nor  the 
colonies.     The  king  thought  it  gave  the  people  too  much 
power,  the  colonies  thought  it  gave  the  king  too  much. 
The  probability  is,  therefore,  that  Franklin's  plan  was  near 
ly  correct. 

EVENTS  OF  1755. 

10.  The  plan  of  union  not  having  been  adopted,  the  En 
glish  government  determined  to  carry  on  the  war  with  such 
help  as  the  colonies  might  feel  inclined  to  furnish.     In  Feb 
ruary,  1755,  General  Braddock  was  sent  out  from  England 
to  the  Chesapeake,  as  commander -in -chief,  with  two  regi 
ments  of  British  troops.     At  Alexandria,  Braddock  met  a 
convention  of  colonial  governors,  and,  with  their  advice,  de 
cided  on  the  campaign  for  the  year.     Braddock,  in  person, 
was  to  march  against  Fort  du  Quesne ;  Governor  Shirley,  of 
Massachusetts,  to  lead  an  expedition  against  Fort  Niagara ; 
and  William  Johnson,  an  influential  man  with,  the  Iroquois, 

7.  What  attack  was  made,  and  when  ?    Which  party  was  successful  ?    What  may 
this  be  called  ?    How  does  this  differ  from  the  other  intercolonial  wars  ?    Was  there 
any  formal  declaration  of  war  ? 

8.  How  did  the  English  government  show  their  interest  in  this  ?    While  Washing 
ton  was  fighting,  what  was  done  elsewhere?    What  was  the  first  object?    How  did 
they  succeed  in  this  ? 

9.  What  was  the  next  proceeding?    Who  was  the  author  of  this?    Why  did  this 
never  go  in  force  ? 

F2 


130 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


was  to  attempt,  with  their  assistance,  the  capture  of  Crown 
Point. 

II.  Besides  these  three  expeditions  planned  by  Braddock, 
still  another,  against  the  French  settlements  at  the  head  of 
the  Bay  of  Fundy,  had  been  previously  arranged  in  Massa 
chusetts.  They  were  defended  by  two  French  forts,  and 
were  considered  by  the  English  to  be  within  the  limits  of 
N"ova  Scotia.  In  the  month  of  May,  Colonel  John  Winslow, 
at  the  head  of  three  thousand  New  England  men,  left  Boston 
to  attack  these  posts.  On  his  arrival  at  the  Bay  of  Fundy, 
Colonel  Monckton,  with  three  hundred  British  regulars,  join 
ed  him,  and  assumed  the  command.  The  forts  were 'soon 
taken  with  little  bloodshed,  and  the  whole  territory  was  now 
completely  in  the  hands  of  the  English. 


\ 


Ll'E   UKETON    ISLAND,  AND   NOVA   SCOTIA. 


12.  The  French  settlers  or  Acadians,  twelve  thousand  or 
more  in  number,  were  a  simple-hearted  people,  devoted  to 
their  farms  and  their  country  pleasures,  and  attached  to  the 
French  rule  by  language  and  religion.  They  would  have 

10.  What  was  the  determination  of  the  English  government?    Who  was  sent  out 
with  troops  ?    Whom  did  he  meet  ?    What  was  decided  on  ?    What  was  the  plan  of 
the  campaign  ? 

11.  WThat  other  expedition  had  been  previously  arranged?  and  by  what  colony? 
Why  was  this  undertaken?    What  was  the  size  of  the  expedition?    What  was  its 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN    WAK.  131 

been  glad  to  have  seen  the  French  authority  established 
throughout  the  old  limits  of  Acadia,  but  they  were  far  from 
being  troublesome  to  the  English. 

13.  Under  false  pretenses,  the  Acadians  were  induced  to 
assemble  in  large  numbers  at  different  points ;  and,  without 
warning,  with  scarce  an  opportunity  of  bidding  farewell  to 
their  homes,  seven  thousand  of  them  were  thrust  on  board 
of  English  vessels,  and  were  scattered  throughout  the  En 
glish  colonies.     Wives  were  separated  from  husbands,  chil 
dren  from  parents ;  and,  in  misery  and  wretched  exile,  this 
once  happy  people  lingered  out  a  weary  life.     To  add  to 
this  dreadful  cruelty,  the  country  was  laid  waste,  the  farm 
houses  were  burned ;  the  growing  crops  were  destroyed,  in 
order  to  starve  any  who  might  still  be  lurking  in  the  woods, 
and  this  beautiful  and  fertile  tract  was  for  a  time  reduced  to 
desolation.  4 

14.  Braddock's  Expedition  against  Fort  du  Quesne. — Brad- 
dock's  force  at  Alexandria  had  been  increased  by  the  arrival 
of  Virginia  troops,  and,  in  the  month  of  May,  numbered  2500 
men.     In  the  beginning  of  June  he  left  Fort  Cumberland, 
on  the  extreme  frontiers  of  Virginia,  and,  with  his  whole 

O  " 

army,  proceeded  against  Fort  du  Quesne.  Impatient  at  the 
slowness  of  the  march,  lie  ordered  General  Dunbar  to  follow 
him  with  the  baggage,  and  pushed  on  with  1200  light  troops. 
This  was  done  at  the  advice  of  Washington,  who  was  one  of 
his  aids-de-camp. 

15.  Washington  had  already  earnestly  warned  him  of  the 
Indian  mode  of  fighting ;  and  Benjamin  Franklin,  who  vis 
ited  the  general  at  Frederickton,  did  the  same.     But  Brad- 
dock  was  a  vain  man,  and  held  the  provincial  troops  and 
the  Indians  in   contempt.     His   self-confidence  proved  his 
ruin.     When  he  was  less  than   seven  miles  from  Fort  du 
Quesne,  he  was  suddenly  attacked  on  the  9th  of  July  by 


12.  What  was  the  character  of  the  Acadians  ?    Why  did  they  prefer  French  rule  ? 
How  far  did  this  feeling  make  them  troublesome  to  the  English  ? 

13.  What  method  did  the  colonists  take  to  drive  them  from  their  country?    How 
far  was  it  successful  ?    What  cruel  measures  were  taken  to  prevent  their  return  ? 

14.  How  had  Braddock's  forces  been  increased?     What  was  the  object  of  the 
expedition?    From  what  point  did  he  finally  set  out?    How  did  he  hasten  his 
mrtrch  ? 


132 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


WASHINGTON   WARNING   GENEEAL  BEADDOOK   IN  HIS   TENT. 

about  800  Indians  and  a  few  Frenchmen,  commanded  by  an 
officer  no  higher  than  the  rank  of  captain. 

16.  The  enemy  were  posted  chiefly  behind  trees.  The 
English  were  in  open  ground,  without  shelter,  exposed  to  a 
deadly  fire.  It  was  in  vain  that  the  English  officers  again 
and  again  led  their  men  against  their  unseen  foe.  They 
themselves  were  shot  down.  Braddock,  after  showing  the 
greatest  bravery,  was  at  last  mortally  wounded  and  carried 
from  the  field,  and  the  troops  fell  into  confusion.  Washing 
ton  did  every  thing  in  his  power  to  restore  order.  He  was 
repeatedly  shot  at,  and  was  the  only  mounted  officer  that 
escaped  without  a  wound.  At  last  he  was  able  to  rally  the 
Virginia  troops,  and  in  this  way  cover  the  retreat  of  the 
regulars. 

15.  What  warnings  did  he  receive?    How  did  Braddock  treat  these?    What  was 
the  consequence  of  this  imprudence  ? 

16.  Give  an  account  of  the  first  part  of  the  battle.    What  was  the  fate  of  Braddock  ? 
How  did  Washington  conduct  himself  in  this  terrible  defeat  ?    What  did  he  succeed 
in  doing  ?    What  is  said  of  Dunbar  ? 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN    WAK.  133 

17.  The  day  had  been  most  disastrous  to  Braddock.     Out 
of  the  1200  engaged,  nearly  800  were  killed  or  wounded, 
and  of  these,  62  were  officers.     Dunbar,  who  was  coming  on 
slowly  with  the  baggage  and  the  rest  of  the  army,  on  learn 
ing  the  disaster,  destroyed  his  wagons  and  made  a  hasty  re 
treat,  or  rather  flight,  with  the  wreck  of  his  army,  first  to 
Fort  Cumberland,  and  then  to  Philadelphia,    fy 

1 8.  Expedition  against  Niagara.  —  Governor  Shirley,  in 
command  of  the  expedition  against  Niagara,  had  only  reach 
ed  Oswego  by  the  month  of  August.     The  news  of  Brad- 
dock's  defeat,  together  with  sickness  among  his  men,  and 
the  desertion  of  his  Indian  allies,  so  discouraged  him  that, 
after  building  two  forts  at  Oswego,  and  leaving  700  men  to 
garrison  them,  he   returned  to  Albany.     By  the  death  of 
Braddock,  Shirley  became  commander -in -chief  of  all  the 
forces  in  America. 

19.  Expedition  against  Crown  Point. — In  July,  1755,  Gen 
eral  Lyman  was  in  command  of  six  thousand  provincial 
troops  assembled  on  the  Hudson,  at  the  head  of  boat  navi 
gation,  fifty  miles  north  of  Albany.     While  waiting  the  ar 
rival  of  Johnson,  he  threw  up  a  strong  fortification,  named 
at  first  Fort  Lyman,  afterward  called  Fort  Edward.     In  Au 
gust,  General  Johnson  joined  him  with  the  stores  and  artil 
lery,  and  then  advanced  to  Lake  George,  fifteen  miles  distant. 

20.  On  his  arrival,  he  learned  that  two  thousand  French 
and  Indians  from  Montreal,  under  Baron  Dieskau  (de-es-ko), 
governor  of  Canada,  were  on  their  wTay  to  attack  him.     He 
at  once  sent  out  Colonel  Williams  with  a  thousand  Massa 
chusetts  men,  and  Hendrick,  a  Mohawk  chief,  with  his  In 
dians,  to  intercept  him.     About  three  miles  from  Johnson's 
camp,  Williams  and  Hendrick  fell  into  an  ambuscade,  and 
were  both  slain.     Their  troops  retreated  to  the  camp,  pur 
sued  by  the  French. 

IT.  What  is  said  of  Braddock's  loss?    What  assistance  did  Duubar  render?    To 
what  points  did  he  retreat  ? 

18.  What  is  said  of  Shirley's  expedition  ?    What  events  conspired  to  alter  his  plans? 
Who  succeeded  Braddock  as  commander-in-chief  ? 

19.  What  was  the  position  of  Lyman  in  July  ?    How  did  he  employ  his  time  ?    Who 
Joined  him  ?    To  what  post  did  they  advance  ? 

20.  What  news  awaited  him  ?    What  measure?  did  he  take  to  prevent  this  attack  ? 
What  was  the  fate  of  these  men  ?    How  did  the  troops  save  themselves  ? 


134  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

21.  Dieskau  promptly  led  his  troops  to  the  assault,  but 
was  driven  back  by  the  deadly  fire  of  the  colonists  from  be 
hind  the  breastworks.     The  Indians  fled,  and  left  the  French 
alone,  who  fought  bravely.     Dieskau  was  severely  wounded 
and  made  prisoner,  and  the  French  fell  back  to  Crown  Point 
after  losing  their  baggage  and  a  thousand  men.     General 
Lyman,  as  Johnson  was  wounded  early  in  the  action,  really 
fought  and  won  the  battle.     The  latter  did  not  follow  the 
enemy,  but  contented  himself  with  building  Fort  William 
Henry  near  his  encampment.     Late  in  the  fall,  he  left  garri-- 
sons  in  this  and  also  in  Fort  Edward,  and  then  went  to  Al 
bany,  where  he  dispersed  his  army.     For  the  defeat  of  Dies 
kau  he  was  rewarded  with  the  honors  of  knighthood  and 
£5000  ;  General  Lyman  received  nothing. 

EVENTS  OF  1756. 

22.  In  December,  1755,  Shirley  met  with  the  colonial  gov 
ernors  at  New  York,  and  decided  that  there  should  be  three 
expeditions  in  1756 — one  against  Niagara,  the  others  against 
Fort  du  Quesne  and  Crown  Point.     In  June,  General  Aber- 
crombie   arrived  from  England  with  troops,  and  relieved 
General  Shirley  from  his   command.      Lord  Loudoun,  the 
commander-in-chief,  did  not  reach  America  until  July,  and 
nothing  was  done  until  his  arrival. 

23.  Loudoun,  who  was  a  pompous  and  slow  man,  went  to 
Albany  and  took  charge  of  7000  men  preparing  to  move 
against  Ticonderoga  and  Crown  Point.     While  he  was  idle 
at  Albany,  the  Marquis  of  Montcalm,  successor  of  Dieskau, 
at  the  head  of  5000  Canadian  regulars  and  Indians,  crossed 
Lake  Ontario,  and  attacked  the  forts  at  Oswego.     One  of 
these  was  at  once  abandoned  by  the  garrison,  and  the  other, 
after  a  short  bombardment  and  the  death  of  the  commander, 
Colonel  Mercer,  was  surrendered  August  14th. 

24.  Montcalm  obtained  by  this  over  1000  prisoners,  135 

21.  Was  the  fort  attacked  ?    How  was  it  defended  ?    How  did  the  Indians  behave  ? 
What  was  the  result  to  the  French  ?    Who  really  commanded  in  this  battle?    Who 
reaped  all  the  honors  ? 

22.  What  plans  were  decided  on  for  this  year  ?    Who  relieved  Shirley  ?    By  whose 
conduct  were  operations  delayed  ? 

23.  What  did  Loudoun  first  do?    How  did  the  French  employ  the  time  wasted  by 
Loudoun  ?    Where  is  Oswego  ?    What  was  their  success  ? 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN    WAR.  135 

cannon,  an  immense  quantity  of  military  stores,  and  a  fleet 
of  boats  and  larger  vessels  that  Shirley  had  made  ready  the 
year  before  for  his  Niagara  expedition.  Montcalm  destroy 
ed  the  forts,  and  thus  for  a  time  secured  the  favor  of  the 
native  tribes,  who  had  looked  with  great  jealousy  upon  the 
erection  of  these  posts  by  the  English. 

25.  Loudoun  sent  out  some  troops,  under  Colonel  Webb, 
to  Oswego,  but  they  were  dispatched  so  late  that  they  were 
met  on  their  way  by  the  disastrous  news,  and  returned  in 
haste  to  Albany.     Nothing  came  of  Loudoun's  expedition 
against  Crown  Point.     The  main  body  of  the  troops  did  not 
leave  Albany.     The   expeditions  planned  against  Fort  du 
Quesne  and  Niagara  were  also  failures. 

26.  The  Ohio  Indians  fell  on  the  outlying  settlements  in 
Pennsylvania  and  committed  great  devastations.     Expedi 
tions  were  sent  against  them.     At  Kittaning  the  natives  re 
ceived  a  severe  defeat,  and  were  compelled  to  retire  farther 
west ;  but  scalping-parties  continued  to  penetrate  within  30 
miles  of  Philadelphia. 

EVENTS  OF  1757. 

27.  In  January,  1757,  it  was  arranged  at  Boston  that  there 
should  be  but  one  expedition  this  year,  and  that  this  should 
proceed  against  Louisburg.     The  frontier  posts  were  to  be 
defended,  especially  Fort  William  Henry  and  Fort  Edward. 
Washington,  with  provincial  troops,  was  employed  to  watch 
the  outposts  of  Virginia,  a  very  laborious  and  a  very  diffi 
cult  duty  so  long  as  the  French  held  Fort  du  Quesne. 

28.  Expedition  against  Louisburg. — Lord  Loudoun  sailed 
from  New  York  with  6000  regulars  against  Louisburg.     At 
Halifax  he  was  joined  by  a  fleet  of  11  men-of-war  and  6000 
troops.     While  Loudoun,  with  his  usual  slowness,  hesitated, 

24.  What  did  Montcalm  gain  by  this  victory  ?    How  did  he  secure  the  favor  of  the 
Indians  ?    Why  did  the  destruction  of  the  forts  do  this  ? 

25.  What  did  Loudoun  undertake  to  do  ?    Why  was  this  a  failure  ?    How  far  was 
he  successful  against  Crown  Point  ?    What  is  said  of  the  other  expeditions  of  the 
year? 

26.  What  trouble  was  made  by  Indians  ?   What  did  the  settlers  oblige  them  to  do  ? 
Did  this  quiet  them  ? 

27.  What  was  the  arrangement  for  1757  ?    What  posts  were  to  be  defended  ?    How 
was  Washington  to  be  employed  ? 


136  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

a  large  French  fleet  entered  the  harbor  of  Louisburg  and 
made  an  attack  hopeless.  Nothing  was  left  for  the  English 
but  to  sail  back  to  New  York. 

29.  Capture  of  Fort  William  Henry. — Montcalm,  as  we  have 
seen,  was  a  very  different  man  from  Lord  Loudoun — prompt, 
active,  and  vigorous.     Suddenly  he  moved  up  Lake  George 
from  Ticonderoga,  and  laid  siege  to  Fort  William  Henry, 
garrisoned  by  2000  troops  under  Colonel  Monroe.     General 
Webb  was  at  Fort  Edward,  fifteen  miles  south,  with  4000 
men,  but  made  no  effort  to  assist  him.     The  siege  lasted  six 
days,  and  Monroe  then  capitulated  with  the  honors  of  war. 
The  Indians,  greedy  for  plunder,  in  spite  of  the  strenuous  ef 
forts  of  the  French  officers,  attacked  Monroe's  baggage  and 
killed  some  of  the  prisoners.     Montcalm,  satisfied  with  his 
success,  did  not  proceed  farther,  but  destroyed  Fort  William 
Henry  and  returned  to  Crown  Point. 

30.  The  close  of  the  year  found  the  French  in  possession 
of  all  the  territory  they  had  before  the  war  except  the  set 
tlements  on  the  Bay  of  Fundy.     The  English  had  suffered 
greatly.     They  had  lost  the  Oswego  forts  and  an  immense 
quantity  of  supplies.     Fort  William  Henry  had  also  been 
destroyed.     Around  the  borders,  the  Indian   allies  of  the 
French,  all  the  way  from  Massachusetts  to  Virginia,  pene 
trated  by  scalping-parties  into  the  interior,  and  kept  the  set 
tlers  in  constant  alarm. 

EVENTS  OF  1758. 

31.  The  mismanagement  of  American  affairs  created  in 
England  a   strong   feeling  against  the  government.     This 
compelled  the  king,  George  II,  to  form  a  new  administra 
tion,  and  William  Pitt,  afterward  Lord  Chatham,  was  made 
prime  minister.     The   entire  management  of  the  war  wr.s 
placed  in  his  hands,  and  he  immediately  went  to  work  with 

28.  What  movement  was  made  by  Lord  Loudoun  ?  How  were  his  forces  increased  ? 
How  were  his  plans  frustrated  ?    What  were  the  English  forced  to  do  ? 

29.  How  did  Montcalm  differ  from  Londoun?    What  energetic  movement  did  he 
make?    How  was  this  fort  garrisoned  ?    What  is  said  of  Webb?    What  was  Mont- 
calm's  success?    What  was  the  conduct  of  the  Indians?    Did  Montcalm  undertake 
any  thing  further? 

30.  What  was  the  condition  of  the  French  at  the  close  of  the  year  ?   What  had  been 
the  losses  of  the  English  ?    How  had  the  settlers  been  annoyed  ? 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN   WAR.  137 

great  spirit.  He  persuaded  the  colonies  to  raise  28,000  men, 
and  to  these  he  added  22,000  regulars  from  England,  mak 
ing  in  all  50,000  troops.  Lord  Loudoun  was  recalled,  and 
General  Abercrombie  was  appointed  commander -in -chief. 
The  plan  of  the  campaign  was  to  attack  Louisburg,  Ticon- 
deroga,  and  Fort  du  Quesne.  ^ 

32.  Expedition  against  Louisburg.  —  An  army  of  12,000 
men,  under  General  Amherst,  with  a  fleet  of  37  ships,  under 
Admiral  Boscawen,  appeared  before  Louisburg  on  the  8tK  of 
June.     The  fortress,  somewhat  dilapidated,  was  vigorously 
defended  by  less  than  3500  men,  and  by  11  ships  of  war  that 
lay  in  the  harbor.     After  a  severe  bombardment,  in  which 
the  works  were  reduced  to  ruin,  the  French  surrendered 
on  July  27.     With  Louisburg,  Cape  Breton  Island  and  St. 
John's,  now  Prince  Edward's  Island,  fell  into  the  hands  of 
the  English.     The  hero  of  the  siege  was  the  brave  young 
General  Wolfe,  who  was  killed  next  year  at  Quebec.    Rich 
ard  Montgomery,  also  killed  there  fighting  for  the  patriot 
cause  in  1775,  served  as  an  officer  in  Wolfe's  brigade.    J 

33.  Expedition  against  Fort  Ticonderoga.— Early  in  July, 
Abercrombie,  the  commander-in-chief,  with  15,000  men,  ad 
vanced  to  the  lower  end  of  Lake  George.     When  near  Fort 
Ticonderoga,  the  advanced  guard,  under  young  Lord  Howe, 
fell  in  with  a  French  scouting-party.     An  engagement  fol 
lowed,  and  Howe  was  slain,  July  7.    He  was  greatly  beloved 
by  the  New  England  troops,  and  his  death  proved  a  serious 
loss  to  the  army.     Abercrombie,  without  waiting  for  his  ar 
tillery  to  come  up,  ordered  an  assault  on  the  following  day, 
July  8,  and  was  repulsed  with  the  loss  of  2000  in  killed  and 
wounded.     He  then  fell  back  hastily  and  in  disorder  to  the 
head  of  the  lake,  and  there  built  Fort  George,  near  the  ruins 
of  Fort  William  Henry. 

31.  What  was  the  effect  of  these  disasters  in  England?    What  change  was  made 
in  the  government  ?    What  power  was  given  Pitt  ?    How  did  he  increase  the  army  ? 
Who  was  placed  in  command  ?    What  was  the  plan  ? 

32.  What  movement  was  now  made?    Describe  the  condition  of  the  fortress. 
What  was  the  success  of  the  English  ?    What  did  the  English  gain  with  Louisburg  ? 
What  officers  distinguished  themselves  in  this  siege  ? 

33.  What  advance  was  made  by  Abercrombie?    What  took  place  on  the  march  ? 
What  followed?    How  was  this  loss  regarded?    What  hasty  movement,  did  Aber 
crombie  execute?    What  was  the  effect  of  this  haste?    Where  did  they  retreat? 
What  fort  was  built  ? 


138  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

34.  While   encamped  here,  he    sent  Colonel  Bradstreet, 
with  3000  men,  against  Fort  Frontenac,  on  Lake  Ontario. 
The  place  was  easily  taken,  nine  vessels  were  captured,  and 
the  fort,  w,ith  a  large   store   of  provisions,  was  destroyed. 
We  shall  presently  see  that  this  affair  of  Fort  Frontenac 
proved  to  4*  of  no  small  importance.     Abercrombie  was  re 
lieved  of  his  command  on  account  of  his  want  of  success  at 
Ticonderoga,  and  Amherst,  who  had  captured  Louisburg, 
was  made  commander-in-chief. 

35.  Expedition  against  Fort  du  Quesne. — The  expedition 
against  Fort  du  Quesne,  composed  of  7000   men,  5000   of 
whom  were  from  Pennsj^ania  and  Virginia,  was  led  by 
General  Forbes.     Washington,  who   commanded  the  Vir 
ginia  troops,  advised  him  to  t^ke  the  old  Braddock  road, 
but  he  chose  to  build  a  new  on  a  at  great  expense  of  labor, 
and,  JihAt  was  more  precious,  of  time.    So  badly  did  he  man 
age,  tnaY,  though  he  started  in  the  early  part  of  September, 
the  beginning  of  November  found  him,  with  his  whole  army, 
little  iriore  than  ^wo  thirds  on  his  way,  and  fifty  miles  from 
Fort  du  Quesne. 

36.  He  had,  besides,  lost  300  men  of  an  advance  corps,  sur 
prised  by  the  French.     The  army  was  weakened  by  deser 
tion  and  dispirited  by  sickness,  and  winter  was  approaching. 
A  council  of  war  was  held,  and  it  advised  that  the  enterprise 
should  be  given  up.    Fortunately,  the  British  general  heard, 
through  some  deserters,  that  th'ofcpirits  of  the  French  at  the 
fort  were  greatly  depressed  by  the  capture  of  Fort  Fronte 
nac  and  the  destruction  of  the  stores  intended  for  their  use. 
In  consequence  of  this  loss  they  had  been  deserted  by  the 
greater  part  of  their  Indian  allies. 

37.  Forbes,  encouraged  by  this   information,  pushed   on 
more  rapidly.     The  French  abandoned  the  works  on  his  ap 
proach,  and  the   advanced  guard,  under  Washington,  took 

34.  What  was  undertaken  while  they  lay  here?    What  was  their  success?    Did 
this  prove  of  much  consequence  ?    Why  was  Abercrombie  relieved  ?   Who  was  made 
Commander-in-chief? 

35.  How  many  men  were  engaged  in  this  expedition  ?    Who  led  a  large  part  of 
them  ?   What  was  Washington's  advice  ?    What  did  he  prefer  to  do  ?    How  did  this 
delay  him  ? 

30.  What  discouragement  was  he  laboring  under?    What  was  advised?    What 
news  reach?  d  them  at  this  crisis  ? 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN    WAR. 


139 


possession  November  25.  The  name  was  changed  to  Fort 
Pitt,  in  honor  of  the  prime  minister.  The  capture  of  Fort 
du  Quesne,  although  so  long  delayed,  was  of  great  impor 
tance,  because  it  at  once  broke  the  spirit  of  the  Indians  in 
that  quarter,  who  had  hitherto  been  on  the  side  of  the 
French.  The  frontiers  of  Virginia  and  Pennsylvania  were 
thenceforth  relieved  from  Indian  incursions  during  the  war. 


OAPTUKE   OF   FOliT   DU   QUESNE,  1758. 

EVENTS  OF  1759. 

38.  The  English  minister,  Pitt,  put  forth  fresh  efforts  in 
the  year  1759.  Three  expeditions  were  again  planned — one 
against  Quebec,  under  General  Wolfe  ;  another,  under  Am- 
herst,  against  Forts  Ticonderoga  and  Crown  Point ;  a  third, 
under  General  Prideaux  (prid-o),  by  way  of  Oswego,  against 
Fort  Niagara.  Amherst  and  Prideaux,  after  capturing  the 

37.  How  did  this  news  affect  Forbes's  movements?  ?    What  was  his  success  ?    How- 
was  the  fort  named  ?    Why  was  the  capture  of  this  fort  of  great  importance  ? 


140  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

forts  assigned  to  them,  were  to  join  Wolfe  on  the  St.  Law 
rence,  opposite  Quebec. 

39.  Expedition  against  Niagara.  —  General  Prideaux  was 
killed  soon  after  the  siege  of  Fort  Niagara  began,  and  Sir 
William  Johnson  succeeded  to  the  command.     On  July  23 
the  French  surrendered  the  fort ;  but  Johnson,  encumber 
ed  by  prisoners,  was  unable,  from  want  of  provisions  arid  of 
boats,  to  move  down  the  St.  Lawrence  to  the  help  of  Wolfe, 
as  was  originally  arranged. 

40.  Expedition  against  Ticonderoga. — When  General  Am- 
herst  and  his  army  reached  Ticonderoga,  they  found  that 
this  fort,  and  also  Crown  Point,  had  been  abandoned  by  the 
French.     As  was  the  case  with  Johnson's  army,  Amherst's 
troops  could  not  co-operate  with  Wolfe,  because  vessels  had 
not  been  provided  to  carry  them  down  Lake  Champlain. 

41.  Expedition  against  Quebec.— On  the  26th  of  June,  Gen 
eral  Wolfe  arrived  in  the  St.  Lawrence,  opposite  the  isle  of 
Orleans.     He  had  with  him  8000  troops  and  a  fleet  of  22 
ships  of  the  line,  besides  frigates  and  smaller  vessels.     This 
immense  fleet  had  entire  command  of  the  river ;  and  Wolfe 
found  it  easy  to  erect  batteries  on  Point  Levi,  opposite  Que 
bec.     The  city  was  composed  of  two  parts,  the  upper  and 
the  lower  town.     Wolfe's  guns  easily  destroyed  the  houses 
along  the  river,  but  could  do  no  harm  to  the  citadel  in  the 
upper  town.     For  miles  above  the  city  the  rocks  rose  pre 
cipitously  from  the  river  bank,  and  every  landing-place  at 
their  foot  seemed  to  be  guarded  by  cannon  or  floating  bat 
teries. 

42.  The  lower  side  of  the  city  was  protected  by  the  Rivers 
St.  Charles  and  Montmorenci,  and  between  these  the  French 
had  an  intrenched  camp.    In  the  month  of  July,  Wolfe  cross 
ed  the  St.  Lawrence  with  a  portion  of  his  army  and  attacked 

38.  What  were  Pitt's  plans  for  this  year?    Name  the  expeditions  and  the  officers 
in  charge  of  them.    What  further  orders  did  Amherst  and  Prideaux  receive  ? 

39.  What  was  the  fate  of  Prideaux?    Who  took  his  command  ?    What  success  at" 
tended  this  ?    Was  he  able  to  join  Wolfe  ? 

40.  What  discovery  did  Amherst  make  oil  reaching  Ticonderoga?    Why  was  he 
unable  to  go  to  the  assistance  of  Wolfe? 

41.  When  did  Wolfe  arrive  in  the  St.  Lawrence?    What  forces  had  he  ?    How  did 
this  fleet  greatly  assist  him  ?    How  was  the  city  divided  v    What  eflect  did  his  guns 
have  ?    How  was  the  upper  town  guarded  ? 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN    WAR. 


141 


these  intrenchments,  but  was  repulsed  with  the  loss  of  500 
men.  To  crown  his  disappointment,  no  help  came  from  the 
Niagara  expedition  nor  from  Amherst,  and  he  himself,  sick 
with  a  slow  fever,  was  left,  with  his  diminished  army,  to 
gain  Quebec  as  he  could. 

43.  The  Plains  or  Heights  of  Abraham  lay  west  of  the 
city,  and  there  was  a  narrow  path  up  their  face  scarce  wide 
enough  for  two  men  abreast,  leading  from  a  small  cove  on 
the  river.  By  this  path,  Wolfe,  under  the  advice  of  his  offi 
cers,  determined  to  ascend  with  his  army  to  the  plains.  He 
first  sailed  up  the  river  several  miles  above  the  landing-place, 
now  known  as  Wolfe's  Cove,  Sept.  12.  That  night,  flat-bot 
tomed  boats,  containing  the  soldiers,  dropped  down  the  riv 
er  and  landed  them  at  the  cove.  Slowly  they  climbed  to 
the  top,  and  early  in  the  morning  they  were  there  drawn  up 
ready  for  battle.  Montcalm  saw  that  he  was  now  compelled 
to  fight,  and  at  once  moved  against  them.  The  battle  was 
hotly  contested,  and  was  decided  in  favor  of  the  British,  but 
not  until  Wolfe  and  Montcalm  were  both 
mortally  wounded. 


OPERATIONS  ABOUND   QUE1JEC,  1T59.  MONUMENT   TO    WOLFE  AND   MON'JLOALM. 

44.  Five  hundred  French  were  killed  and  1000  made  pris 
oners.  The  loss  of  the  English  was  600  in  killed  and  wound 
ed.  Wolfe  died  on  the  field  of  battle  just  as  the  French  had 

42.  How  was  the  lower  side  protected  ?    When  and  with  what  success  did  Wolfe 
attack  them  ?    What  added  to  his  disappointment  ?    What  was  he  forced  to  do  ? 

43.  How  did  the  Plains  of  Abraham  lie  ?    Describe  the  passage  of  the  face  of  these 
heights.    What  did  Wolfe  undertake  to  do?    What  was  his  first  step?    What  was 
done  at  night  ?    Where  did  morning  find  them  ?    What  was  Montcalm  forced  to  do  ? 
What  was  the  result  of  this  battle  and  fate  of  the  leadens  ?    When  was  it  fought  ? 


142 


COLONIAL   HISTORY. 


BATTLE  OF  THE  HEIGHTS  OF  AUBAUAM. 

begun  to  retreat.  Montcalm  died  next  morning  in  Quebec. 
Five  days  after,  on  September  18,  the  city  and  garrison  sur 
rendered  to  General  Townsend,  the  successor  of  Wolfe. 

EVENTS  OF  1760. — CLOSE  or  THE  WAR. 

45.  In  April,  1760,  De  Levi  left  Montreal  with  10,000  mea 
to  attack  Quebec  before  the  arrival  of  re-enforcements  from 
England.  Murray,  who  was  in  command  at  Quebec,  marched 
out  with  scarce  3000  men  to  give  him  battle.  A  severe  en 
gagement  followed,  April  26,  in  which  Murray  lost  1000 
men,  and  fled  back  to  the  city,  leaving  all  his  artillery. 
Quebec  was  at  once  besieged  by  the  French,  but,  fortunate 
ly,  the  English  fleet  arrived  May  9,  and  De  Levi  retreated 

in  a  few  days  to  Montreal.  k 

* /±_ __ 

44.  What  were  the  losses  on  both  sides  ?    When  did  Wolfe  and  Montcalm  dio  t 
When  and  to  whom  did  the  city  surrender? 

45.  What  occurred  in  April  of  this  year  ?    How  was  he  received  ?   Who  was  beaten 
in  this  engagement?    What  did  the  French  proceed  to  do?    What  proved  fortunate 
for  the  English? 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN    WAE.  143 

46.  The  English  made  extraordinary  efforts   during  the 
summer,  and   in   September  three   powerful   armies   were 
united  under  General  Amherst  in  front  of  Montreal.     The 
force  was  so  great  that  the  French  governor  at  once  surren 
dered,  and  with  Montreal,  all  the  posts  in  Canada  were  giv 
en  up.     There  were  no  further  hostilities  in  America,  but  the 
war  continued  elsewhere  until  the  year  1763. 

47.  On  the  10th  of  February,  1763,  a  treaty  of  peace  was 
signed  at  Paris.     By  this  treaty,  Great  Britain  obtained  all 
the  French  territory  east  of  the  Mississippi,  with  the  excep 
tion  of  the  island  of  New  Orleans,  bounded  on  the  north  by 
the  Rivers  Iberville  and  Amite,  and  Lakes  Maurepas  and 
Pontchartrain.     From  Spain   she   received  Florida  in  ex 
change  for  Havana.     As  some  recompense  to  Spain,  France 
ceded  to  her  the  island  of  New  Orleans,  and  all  Louisiana 
west  of  the  Mississippi. 

48.  Two  nations  now  claimed  the  North  American  conti 
nent,  the  Spanish  and  the  English ;  the  French  had  not  re 
tained  a  foothold.     The  whole  vast  region  east  of  the  Mis 
sissippi,  with  the  exception  of  the  island  of  Orleans,  from  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  to  the  Arctic  Ocean,  was  under  the  British 
flag.     Florida  was  divided  by  the  English  government  into 
two  provinces,  East  and  West  Florida ;  and  the  River  Apa- 
lachicola  Avas  made  the  dividing  line.    The  Mississippi  form 
ed  the  western  boundary  of  West  Florida.     At  the  same 
time,  Canada  was  erected  into  the  province  of  Quebec. 

49.  Pontiac's  War.  —  After  the  treaty  of  peace  was  con 
cluded,  the  British  were  not  quietly  permitted  to  hold  pos 
session  of  the  vast  territory  on  the  north  and  west.     The 
Indian  tribes  friendly  to  the  French  were  unwilling  to  sub 
mit  to  the  English  rule,  and  organized  a  formidable  league 
in  1763  under  Pontiac,  a  famous  chief  of  the  Ottawas.     Ev- 

46.  What  great  preparations  were  made  for  the  fall  by  the  English  ?    What  effect 
did  these  energetic  measures  have  on  the  French  ?    What  was  involved  in  the  sur 
render  of  Montreal  ?    Did  this  end  the  war  ? 

47.  What  took  place  in  February?    What  was  given  to  Great  Britain  by  this  trea 
ty?    What  was  given  to  Spain?    What  exchange  was  made  between  Spain  and 
Great  Britain  ? 

48.  What  two  nations  now  claimed  the  North  American  continent  ?    What  part 
was  nnder  the  British  flag  ?    How  was  Florida  divided  ?    What  formed  the 
limit?    What  did  Canada  become  ? 


144  COLONIAL   HISTORY. 

ery  post  west  of  Fort  Niagara,  with  the  exception  of  Detroit 
and  Fort  Pitt,  was  captured  or  destroyed,  arid  their  garri 
sons  made  prisoners  or  massacred;  these  two  posts  were 
closely  blockaded,  and  only  saved  by  re-enforcements  sent 
by  Ainherst.  Many  settlers  were  killed,  and  the  rest  fled 
eastward  for  protection.  .In  1764,  the  Indians,  overawed  by 
the  preparations  made  to  put  them  down,  sued  for  peace. 
Thus  ended  what  is  known  as  Pontiac's  War. 


GENERAL  REFLECTIONS  ON  THE  FRENCH  AND  INDIAN  WAR. 

1.  THE   French   and  Indian  War   settled  the    question 
whether  the  North  American  continent  was  to  be  French 
or  English  in  language,  laws,  and  manners.     This  mighty 
result  had  been  achieved  by  means  of  armies  small  in  com 
parison  with  the  immense  armies  engaged  in  wars  of  more 
modern  times.     Yet  the  issue  of  the  struggle  could  never 
have  been  very  doubtful.    The  French  must  have  been  final 
ly  crushed  out  by  mere  weight  of  numbers. 

2.  In  the  year  1758,  when  Pitt,  the  English  prime  minis 
ter,  undertook  the  management  of  the  war,  he  raised  at  once 
50,000  men.     This  was  nearly  twice  the  number  of  all  the 
French  in  America  able  to  bear  arms.     The  whole  popula 
tion  of  Canada,  New  France,  and  Louisiana  scarcely  reached 
100,000;  the  population  of  the  English  colonies  was  nearly 
1,500,000. 

3.  In  spite  of  the  vast  superiority  in  numbers,  the  English 
for  three  years — 1755, 1756,  and  1757 — had  little  but  disas 
ter,  and  this  was  owing  mainly  to  the  obstinacy  and  conceit 
of  the  English  generals.     On  the  other  hand,  it  was  the 
quickness  and  spirit  with  which  the  French  moved,  togeth 
er  with  the  assistance  of  the  Indians,  that  made  them  so  for- 

49.  Were  the  English  able  to  hold  their  possessions  without"  dispute  ?  Why  were 
the  Indians  unfriendly  ?  What  preparations  did  they  make  for  war  ?  How  far  were 
they  successful  ?  How  was  this  ended  ?  What  was  this  rising  of  the  Indians  called  ? 

1.  What  was  the  great  result  gained  by  the  French  and  Indian  War?    How  had 
this  been  achieved  ?    What  might  have  been  anticipated  at  the  beginning  of  the 
struggle  ? 

2.  What  great  minister  infused  energy  into  the  management  of  the  war?    What 
comparison  is  made  between  the  men  he  raised  and  the  French  population  ?    What 
was  the  population  of  the  French  and  of  the  English  colonies-? 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN    WAK.  145 

midable.  It  must  be  owned,  therefore,  that  the  French,  with 
the  means  at  their  disposal,  made  a  very  gallant  struggle  in 
a  war  stretching  over  so  great  an  extent  of  territory ;  for 
there  were  in  those  days  no  railroads  nor  steam-boats  to 
carry  men  and  supplies  from  point  to  point.  Nearly  every 
thing  was  to  be  done  through  a  wild  country,  without  roads, 
over  immense  distances,  and  with  great  labor. 

4.  This  war  has  been  called  the  French  and  Indian  War ; 
but  the  English,  as  well  as  the  French,  employed  Indians. 
Sir  William  Johnson,  of  New  York,  rose  to  influence  en 
tirely  on  account  of  the  power  he  had  with  the  Iroquois, 
now  known  as  the  Six  Nations.     The  English  used  all  the 
means  in  their  power  to  gain  the  help  of  the  other  Indian 
tribes,  but  the  French  were  generally  far  more  skillful  than 
the  English  in  gaining  and  keeping  the  regard  of  the  na 
tives. 

5.  Cost  and  Extent  of  the  War. — The  contest  originally 
begun  for  supremacy  in  America,  in  a  few  years  extended 
throughout  the  world.     It  raged  in  the  West  Indies,  in  Eu 
rope,  and  on  the  plains  of  Hindostan.    At  its  close  England 
was  every  where  triumphant.     She  was  in  possession  of  a 
large  number  of  the  West  India  islands,  had  laid  the  foun 
dation  of  her  great  East  Indian  empire,  and  was  mistress  of 
North  America  east  of  the  Mississippi.    But,  in  acquiring  so 
much,  she  had  enormously  increased  her  national  debt. 

6.  In  their  share  of  the  struggle  in  America,  the  colonies 
had  spent  $16,000,000,  and  were  repaid  only  $5,000,000  of 
this  by  the  English  government.     Thirty  thousand  of  their 
vigorous  young  men  had  died  from  wounds,  or  exposure,  or 
on  the  battle-field.    In  addition  to  this,  the  sufferings  of  the 
settlers  from  the  Indians,  on  the  exposed  frontiers  for  hun 
dreds  of  miles,  had  been  frightful. 

3.  What  was  the  success  of  the  English  during  the  first  three  years  ?    Why  was 
this  ?   What  made  the  French  so  successful  at  first  ?    State  what  is  said  of  the  strug 
gle  made  by  the  French.    What  makes  their  efforts  appear  so  remarkable  ? 

4.  Is  the  name  French  and  English  War  strictly  correct  ?    What  is  said  about  this  '? 
What  is  said  of  the  French  mode  of  dealing  with  the  Indians  compared  with  that  ol 
the  English  ? 

5.  What  is  said  of  the  extent  of  the  war  ?    What  was  England's  success  at  its 
close  ?    What  drawback  was  there  to  all  this  glory  ? 

6.  What  had  it  cost  the  colonies  in  money  ?    What  was  the  loss  in  men  ?    What  i* 
said  of  the  suffering  on  the  frontiers  ? 

G 


146  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

7.  Advantages  of  the  War  to  the  Colonies.— As  an  offset  to 
all  this,  the  colonists  reaped  considerable  benefits  from  the 
war.     Great  Britain   spent   a  great  deal  of  money  among 
them,  particularly  in  the  northern  colonies,  for  the  support 
of  her  fleets  and  armies ;  and  she  paid  for  the  food  of  the 
provincial  troops  as  well  as  the  regulars.     War  makes  busy 
times,  and  the  Americans  in  this  way  gathered  considerable 
amounts  of  money  during  these  six  years.     Then,  too,  they 
had  been  united  in  a  common  enterprise,  and  had  learned 
their  strength,  and  what  they  could  accomplish  by  union. 
Franklin's  plan  for  a  federal  union  indeed  failed  in  1754,  but 
the  colonies  worked  on  in  a  united  way  without  it,  sending 
supplies  of  men,  money,  and  materials  for  the  common  use. 
Thus  they  were  better  prepared  to  act  together  when  the 
Revolutionary  War  began. 

8.  The  treatment  of  the  provincials  by  the  English  troops 
was  another  thing  that  served  to  unite  the  former  more 
closely.     The  English  sneered  at  the  awkward  ways  of  the 
young  farmer-soldiers.     During  the  w^ar,  nearly  every  im 
portant  command  in  the  army  was  given  to  British  officers. 
The  provincial  officers,  with  scarce  any  regard  to  rank,  were 
thrust  aside  to  make  room  for  young  British   subalterns. 
But  many  of  the  future  leaders  in  the  Revolutionary  War 
were  trained  in  this  long  war — Washington,  Gates,  Morgan, 
Montgomery,  Stark,  Putnam,  Arnold,  and  others. 

9.  Gain  in  Liberty. — The  liberties  of  the  colonists  were 
more  firmly  settled  at  the  end  of  the  war,  because  the  royal 
governors  found  it  next  to  impossible  to  enforce  arbitrary 
laws  while  the  war  was  going  on.     The  English  needed  the 
help  and  money  of  the  colonists,  and  the  Colonial  Assem 
blies  would  have  refused  to  grant  such  assistance  had  the 
governors  been  tyrannical.     When  the  colonies  voted  sup 
plies  of  money,  they  did  it  with  great  caution,  and  kept  the 
control  of  the  purse  in  their  own  hands.     In  this  way,  much 
was  gained  in  showing  the  people  where  their  power  lay, 

7.  What  adtantage  had  the  colonies  reaped  in  business  during  the  war?    What 
greatly  important  lesson  had  the  war  taught  them?    For  what  was  this  a  prepara 
tion  ?    . 

8.  What  cemented  the  colonists  still  more  closely?    What  is  said  of  this  favorit 
ism  ?    In  spite  of  all  this,  what  training  sprang  on'  of  the  war  ? 


FRENCH    AND    INDIAN    WAR.  147 

and,  when  the  war  ended,  the  royal  governors  found  it  im 
possible  to  go  back  to  their  old  arbitrary  modes  of  govern- 
ment. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— FRENCH  EXPLORATIONS.    FRENCH  AND 
INDIAN  WAR. 

1,  What  drove  the  French  westward  in  their  explorations? 

2.  To  what  class  of  men  did  these  explorers  belong  ? 

a.  Who  first  discovered  the  Upper  Mississippi  and  explored  it,  and  when  ? 

4.  Give  the  general  direction  of  the  French  exploration  from  1609  to  16T5. 

5.  What  was  the  great  object  of  these  explorations  ? 

6.  When  and  by  whom  was  the  territory  called  Louisiana  named  and  oartiallv  ex- 
plored  ? 

7.  Give  a  brief  account  of  La  Salle's  labors. 

8.  What  idea  do  you  form  of  his  character? 

9.  What  do  you  know  of  Father  Hennepin  ? 

10.  Describe  briefly  D'Iberville's  expedition. 

11.  What  contrast  is  drawn  between  the  activity  of  the  French  and  that  of  the  En. 
glish  ? 

12.  What  was  necessary  to  complete  the  line  of  French  occupation  from  the  east 
end  of  Lake  Erie  to  the  Mississippi  ? 

13.  How  did  the  French  posts  affect  the  English  settlements  ? 

14.  What  portion  of  North  America  was  occupied  by  the  English? 

15.  Give  the  claims  of  the  two  nations  to  territory  and  what  they  were  based  on. 

16.  What  and  where  was  the  first  grant  of  lauds  to  the  English  beyond  the  \lle 
ghanies? 

17.  How  did  this  interfere  with  the  French  plan  ? 

18.  What  directly  brought  on  the  French  and  Indian  War? 

19.  Why  was  it  so  called  ? 

20.  What  was  the  comparative  population  of  the  French  and  English  at  the  begin 
ning  of  the  Avar? 

21.  How  did  actual  hostilities  commence,  and  in  what  year? 

22.  What  great  man  first  appears  in  history  just  before  the  commencement  of  hos 
tilities,  and  in  the  performance  of  what  service? 

23.  What  event  in  Braddock's  ill-fated  expedition  had  a  powerful  influence  on  the 
future  history  of  America  ? 

24.  When  was  Braddock's  expedition,  and  what  was  its  object? 

25.  Why  was  the  possession  of  this  so  desirable  ? 

26.  State  the  general  plan  of  the  expeditions  for  each  year  of  the  war. 

27.  Give  the  leading  events  of  each  year. 

28.  In  connection  with  what  event  is  Benjamin  Franklin  mentioned  in  1753  ?    Give 
an  account  of  this. 

29.  In  what  does  his  name  appear  in  1754? 

30.  To  the  efforts  of  what  great  English  statesman  was  the  final  overthrow  of  the 
French  in  America  greatly  owing? 

31.  In  what  year  was  Fort  du  Quesne  taken  ? 

32.  Give  an  account  of  its  capture,  and  of  the  expedition  of  which  it  formed  a 
part. 

33.  What  closing  event  marked  the  conquest  of  Canada? 

34.  Did  the  French  make  any  attempt  to  recover  it  ?    If  so,  give  an  account  of  it. 

35.  How  long  did  the  war  last? 

9.  In  what  way  were  the  liberties  of  the  colonists  benefited  ?  How  did  they  hold 
then-  royal  governors  in  check  ?  In  what,  then,  did  they  find  that  their  power  lay  ? 
How  did  all  this  affect  the  future  conduct  of  these  (jovernors  ?  ' 


148  COLONIAL   HISTOEY. 

36.  Why  was  the  war  not  ended  until  the  ytar  1T63  ? 

31.  What  names  connected  with  the  French  and  Indian  War  occur  to  you  afa  thz 
most  remarkable,  end  why  ? 

38.  What  names  of  places,  and  why  ? 

39.  Who  was  the  most  distinguished  Frenchman,  and  state  for  what  elements  of 
character  he  was  most  remarkable? 

40.  What  was  the  great  battle-ground  in  the  northern  part  of  New  York? 

41.  What  made  this  advanced  post  so  valuable  ? 

42.  When  and  where  was  the  treaty  of  peace  proclaimed  ? 

43.  Give  the  terms  of  this  so  far  as  relates  to  possession  in  North  America. 

44.  What  great  question  did  the  war  settle  ? 

45.  By  what  were  the  military  movements  of  the  French  marked  as  compared  with 
those  of  the  English  ? 

46.  What  was  the  cost  of  the  war  to  the  colonies  in  money  and  men  ? 

4T.  What  advantages,  on  the  other  hand,  did  the  war  bring  to  the  colonies— 1,  in 
reference  to  union  among  themselves  ?  2,  in  the  training  of  military  officers  ?  3,  in 
confidence  in  their  own  powers  ?  4,  in  colonial  independence  ? 


SECTION  VII. 

CAUSES   OF   THE   AMERICAN  REVOLUTION. 

1.  THE  treaty  of  Paris  secured  to  the  Anglo-Saxon  race 
the  control  of  North  America  east  of  the  Mississippi ;  but 
England  was  not  destined  long  to  remain  mistress  of  this 
vast  region.     The  treaty  was  scarcely  ratified  when  the 
renewed  oppressions  of  the  mother  country  brought  on  a 
struggle  with  the  colonies,  which  ended,  twelve  years  later, 
in  the  War  for  Independence. 

2.  The  more  remote  causes  of  the  American  Revolution 
are  to  be  found  in  the  oppressive  enactments  made  by  En 
gland  at  an  early  day  to  cripple  or  destroy  colonial  com 
merce.     The  celebrated  Navigation  Act  of  1660  —  for  the 
early  act  of  1651  was  aimed  chiefly  at  Dutch  commerce 
with  America — with  the  additional  restrictions  of  1663,  was 
passed  for  this  purpose,  and  was  felt  severely  throughout 
the  colonies,  but  particularly  in  commercial  New  England. 
It  sought  to  keep  the  Americans  dependent  on  the  mother 
country,  making  England  the  only  place  where  colonial  prod 
ucts  could  be  sent  for  a  market,  and  whence  the  colonists 
should  wholly  draw  their  supply  of  foreign  merchandise. 

1.  What  remark  is  made  in  the  beginning  of  the  first  paragraph  ?    What  occurred 
soon  after  the  treaty  of  1T63? 

2.  What  were  the  remote  causes  of  the  American  Revolution  ?   What  is  said  of  the 
Navigation  Acts  ?    What  formed  an  important  part  of  the  plan  in  these  acts  ? 


CAUSES    OF    THE    AMERICAN    REVOLUTION.  149 

3.  From  this  it  naturally  followed  that  England  earnestly 
strove  to  discourage  the  manufacture  in  the  colonies  of  all 
such  goods  as  could  be  provided  by  her  own  manufacturers. 
We  can  judge  what  were  the  settled  feelings  of  the  govern 
ment  and  people  of  England  on  this  point  when,  some  years 
after  the  French  and  Indian  War,  Lord  Chatham,  late  Wil 
liam  Pitt,  a  friend  of  the  colonies,  said  in  Parliament  that 
"  the  British  colonists  of  North  America  had  NO  EIGHT  to 
manufacture  even  a  nail  for  a  horse-shoe."    Even  as  early  as 
the  year  1691,  the  current  English  idea  was  that  the  colo 
nies  existed  only  for  the  consumption  of  English  commod 
ities  and  the  production  of  merchantable  articles  for  the 
English  trade. 

4.  The  Americans,  on  the  other  hand,  strove  to  encourage 
manufactures  within  their  own  borders.     Iron-works  were 
established  in  Massachusetts  as  early  as  1643;  and  in  1721 
there  wrere   in   New  England    six   furnaces    and  nineteen 
forges.     The  production  of  iron  was  still  greater  in  Penn 
sylvania,  whence  it  was  exported  to  the  other  colonies.    The 
British  iron-masters  the  same  year  tried  to  prevent  the  pro 
duction  of  iron  in  America,  but  failed  at  that  time.     In  1 750 
the  Americans  were  prohibited  by  act  of  Parliament  from 
sending  pig-iron  to  England,  and  from  manufacturing  steel 
and  bar-iron  for  home  use.    This  act  shut  up  all  such  works, 
and  any  built  thereafter  were  liable  to  destruction  as  "  nui 
sances." 

5.  Parliament  in  1732   prohibited  the  transportation  of 
American  woolen  goods  from  colony  to  colony;  and  hats, 
the  making  of  which  was  already  a  thriving  business,  were 
placed  under  the  same  restriction  as  woolen  goods.     As  an 
argument  for  this,  it  was  asserted  that,  from  the  abundance 
of  beaver  and  other  furs  in  America,  the  colonists,  unless  re 
strained,  would  soon  supply  all  the  world  with  hats.     The 
act  of  1732  was  followed,  in  1733,  by  a  law  known  as  the 
"Molasses  Act,"  imposing  a  duty  on  rum,  molasses,  and 
sugar  imported  from  foreign  colonies  into  any  of  the  Brit- 

3.  What  naturally  followed  from  this  ?    By  what  can  we  learn  the  settled  views 
of  the  English  on  this  point  ?    What  were  their  opinions  as  early  as  1691  ? 

4.  What  is  said  of  manufactures  in  the  colonies  ?    In  New  England  ?    In  Pennsyl 
vania  ?    State  the  efforts  of  the  English  to  put  a  stop  to  this. 


150  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

ish  plantations.  This  was  passed  to  protect  the  West  India 
colonial  productions  at  the  expense  of  the  North  American 
colonies. 

6.  The  various  acts  of  trade  brought  in  their  train  a  large 
number  of  custom-house  officers,  who  applied  to  the  colonial 
courts  in  1761  to  grant  them  "  writs  of  assistance" — warrants 
to  search  when  and  where  they  pleased  for  smuggled  goods, 
and  to  call  in  others  to  assist  them.     This  was  felt  to  be  a 
grievous  and  dangerous  power,  and  the  issue  of  the  writs 
was  opposed  with  so  much  energy  that,  though  they  were 
granted,  they  were  so  unpopular  as  to  be  seldom  used. 

7.  Regardless  of  the  state  of  feeling  in  America,  the  En 
glish  ministers  brought  forward,  in  the  year  1763,  a  propo 
sition  to  tax  the  colonies.     It  was  claimed  that  the  debt  of 
England  had  been  largely  increased  by  defending  them,  and 
that  it  was  only  right  they  should  defray  a  share  of  the  ex 
pense  by  paying  a  tax  to  the  English  government.     In  the 
month  of  March,  1764,  the  House  of  Commons  resolved  "that 
Parliament  had  a  right  to  tax  America ;"  and  in  April  an  act 
was  passed  levying  duties  on  certain  articles  imported  into 
America,  and  adding  iron  and  lumber  to  a  list  of  "enumer 
ated  articles"  which  could  be  exported  only  to  England. 
The  preamble  of  this  act  avowed  the  purpose  "  of  raising  a 
revenue  for  the  expenses  of  defending,  protecting,  and  secur 
ing  his  majesty's  dominions  in  America. 

8.  The  colonies  protested  against  this  as  an  attempt  upon 
their  liberties,  proclaiming  that  they  had  borne  their  full 
share  in  the  various  wars  for  their  defense,  and  were  now 
able  to  protect  themselves,  and  affirming  that  "taxation 
without  representation  was  tyranny."     But  armed  resist 
ance  was   not  yet  hinted  at.     Boston,  under  the  leader 
ship  of  Samuel  Adams,  was  the  first  to  move  against  this 
new  plan  of  taxation,  and  instructed  her  delegates  in  the 

5.  What  occurred  in  1T32?    What  is  said  of  hat-making  in  the  colonies?    What 
was  the  "  Molasses  Act  ?"    What  was  its  object  ? 

6.  What  did  these  acts  of  trade  bring  along  with  them?    What  were  "  writs  of  as 
sistance,"  and  what  trouble  did  they  produce  in  the  colonies? 

7.  What  important  measure  was  proposed  by  the  English  ministry  soon  after  the 
treaty  of  Paris  ?    On  what  grounds  was  this  based  ?    What  followed  in  March,  1764  ? 
Describe  the  act  of  April,  1764,  and  its  purpose. 


CAUSES    OF    THE    AMERICAN    REVOLUTION.  151 

Massachusetts   House    of  Representatives   to   remonstrate 
against  it. 

9.  This  body  resolved  "  that  the  imposition  of  duties  and 
taxes  by  the  Parliament  of  Great  Britain  upon  a  people  not 
represented  in  the  House  of  Commons  is  absolutely  irrecon 
cilable  with  their  rights."     A  letter  was  sent  to  the  agent 
of  the  colony  in  London,  urging  him  to  protest  vigorously 
against  the  scheme  of  taxation,  in  which  letter  were  the  re 
markable  words,  "If  we  are  not  represented  we  are  slaves." 
The  Massachusetts  House  also  ordered  that  a  committee 
should  correspond  with  the  other  colonies. 

10.  Connecticut,  "New  York,  Rhode  Island,  and  Virginia 
followed  the  example  of  Massachusetts,  and  dispatched  re 
monstrances  to  England.     New  York  sent  one  so  strongly 
expressed  that  no  member  of  Parliament  could  be  found 
bold  enough  to  present  it.    All  this  produced  no  effect.    The 
Stamp  Act,  the  other  part  of  the  taxation  scheme,  passed  the 
House  of  Commons,  March,  1765,  by  a  vote  of  five  to  one, 
and  the  House  of  Lords  were  so  agreed  that  there  was  no 
division.    This  act  imposed  a  duty  on  all  paper,  vellum,  and 
parchment  used  in  the  colonies,  and  declared  all  writings  on 
unstamped  materials  to  be  null  and  void. 

11.  Another  act  passed  by  Parliament  was  more  irritating 
to  the  Americans  than  the  Stamp  Act.     This  was  known  as 
"the  Quartering  Act."     A  standing  army  was  ordered  for 
the  colonies,  and  the  people,  wherever  these  troops  were 
stationed,  were  required  by  this  enactment  to  find  quar 
ters,  fire -wood,  bedding,  drink,  soap,  and  candles  for  the 
soldiers. 

12.  The  Virginia  Assembly  was  in  session  when  the  news 
of  the  passage  of  these  acts  arrived  in  May.     The  aristo 
cratic  leaders  of  the  House  were  afraid  to  take  any  action ; 

8.  How  did  the  colonies  show  their  dislike  to  these  measures  ?    Did  they  at  first 
contemplate  armed  resistance  to  England  ? 

9.  WThat  is  said  of  the  conduct  of  Boston  ?    What  spirited  resolution  was  passed 
by  the  Massachusetts  House  of  Representatives?    State  what  is  said  of  the  letter 
sent  by  the  House  to  its  agent  in  London. 

10.  How  was  the  conduct  of  Massachusetts  regarded  by  the  other  colonies  ?    What 
effect  did  all  this  produce  on  the  English  ministry  ?    Describe  the  Stamp  Act.    When 
did  this  pass  Parliament  ? 

11.  What  other  act  was  passed  at  the  same  time  ?    Why  was  this  so  disagreeable 
to  the  people  ? 


152 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


PATRICK   HEN  BY,  1785. 


but  Patrick  Henry,  a  young 
lawyer,  presented  a  series  of 
resolutions  denouncing  the 
acts  as  destructive  to  Brit 
ish  as  well  as  American  lib 
erty.  The  resolutions,  sup 
ported  by  Henry's  wonder 
ful  eloquence,  passed,  not 
withstanding  great  opposi 
tion,  and  copies  were  sent 
at  once  to  the  different  col 
onies.  Before  the  Virginia 
resolutions  reached  Massa 
chusetts,  her  representa 
tives  had  recommended  that 
committees  from  the  several  colonies  should  meet  at  New 
York  in  October,  to  consult  on  what  was  to  be  done. 

13.  The  people  seemed  scarcely  inclined  to  wait  for  the 
meeting  of  this  Colonial  Congress,  but  took  matters  into 
their  own  hands.    In  New  York,  as  early  as  June,  the  Stamp 
Act  was  hawked  about  the  streets  as  "  The  Folly  of  England 
and  the  Ruin  of  America."     In  Boston  the  citizens  had  fre 
quent  meetings  under  a  tree,  which  they  named  "  Liberty 
Tree."     Upon  this  they  hung  in  effigy  those  persons  who 
were  supposed  to  favor  the  English  government.     In  Au 
gust  a  mob  attacked  the  house  of  a  stamp  distributer  and 
destroyed  the  furniture.     They  also  attacked  the  house  of 
Lieutenant  Governor  Hutchinson,  and,  dragging  out  his  fur 
niture,  made  bonfires  of  it.    Clubs,  called  "  Sons  of  Liberty," 
sprang  up  all  over  the  North,  and  spread  south  as  far  as 
New  Jersey. 

14.  Such  was  the  excitement  when  delegates  from  nine 
colonies  met  in  New  York  in  October,  1765,  and  appointed 
Timothy  Ruggles,  of  Massachusetts,  president.    After  a  ses 
sion  of  three  weeks,  they  agreed  on  a  "  Declaration  of  the 

12.  Why  was  Virginia  the  first  to  take  action  on  these  tyrannous  measures?    Who 
was  the  leader  there,  and  state  what  occurred  in  the  Assembly?    Which  was  the 
next  colony  to  move  ?    What  important  recommendation  was  made  ? 

13.  What  occurred  in  New  York  early  in  June  ?  How  did  the  people  show  their  feel 
ings  in  Boston  ?    What  is  said  of  the  riot  there  ?    Who  were  the  "Sons  of  Liberty  ?" 


CAUSES    OF    THE    AMERICAN    REVOLUTION.  153 

Rights  and  Grievances  of  the  Colonies ;"  and  a  petition  to 
the  king  and  memorials  to  each  house  of  Parliament  were 
also  prepared.  In  the  "  Declaration  of  Rights,"  they  took 
the  new  ground  that  representation  of  the  colonies  in  Par 
liament  was  impossible  on  account  of  distance,  and  that  the 
different  colonies  could  only  tax  themselves. 

15.  When  the  1st  of.  November  arrived,  the  day  appoint 
ed  for  the  Stamp  Act  to  go  into  operation,  not  a  stamp  was 
to  be  seen,  and  the  stamp  distributers,  every  where  unpop 
ular,  had  deemed  it  wise  to  resign.     In  New  York  the  Sons 
of  Liberty  burned  Governor  Golden  in  effigy,  and  so  far 
frightened  him  that  he  delivered  the  stamps  to  the  mayor 
and  corporation  on  the  5th  of  November. 

16.  Next  day,  November  6,  at  the  same  place,  a  commit 
tee  drew  up  an  agreement  to  import  no  more  goods  until 
the  Stamp  Act  was  repealed.     This  non-importation  agree 
ment  was  soon  signed  by  the  leading  merchants  in  New 
York,  Philadelphia,  and  Boston.    At  the  same  time  a  combi 
nation  was  entered  into  for  the  wearing  of  American  cloths. 
Business,  interrupted  for  a  short  time  by  the  want  of  stamps, 
was  presently  resumed,  and  the  courts  ere  long  ceased  to 
regard  the  Stamp  Act  in  their  proceedings. 

17.  In  February,  1766,  Benjamin  Franklin,  of  Pennsylva 
nia,  agent  in  England  for  some  of  the  colonies,  was  summon 
ed  before  the  bar  of  the  House  of  Commons  to  answer  ques 
tions  regarding  the  condition  of  the  colonies,,     In  this  try 
ing  position  that  great  man  displayed  wonderful  calmness, 
readiness,  and  practical  wisdom,     His  answers  in  relation 
to  the  operation  of  the  Stamp  Act,  and  the  temper  of  the 
Americans  should  it  be  enforced,  greatly  surprised  the  offi 
cers  of  the  cro^yn  and  promoted  the  cause  of  his  countrymen. 

14.  When  and/wlhere  did  the  first  Colonial  Congress  meet?    Who  was  the  presi 
dent?    How^Hiany  colonies  were  represented?    What  was  the  result  of  their  delib 
erations  ?  /What  was  the  spirit  of  the  "  Declaration  tft  Rights  ?"    In  what  did  this 
ground  differ  from  that  previously  held  by  the  comnists  ? 

15.  When  was  the  Stamp  Act  to  go  into  operation  ?    What  was  the  state  of  things 
when  that  day  arrived  ?    What  happened  at  New  York  ? 

16.  What  spirited  agreement  originated  in  New  York  soon  after?    How  was  this 
received  throughout  the  colonies  ?  How  was  business  affected  by  the  want  of  stamps  ? 
How  far  were  stamps  used  in  the  courts  ? 

17.  What  remarkable  event  took  place  in  February,  1766?    What  is  said  of  his  be 
havior  in  presence  of  the  House  of  Commons?    What  is  said  of  his  answers,  and 
their  influence  ? 

G  2 


154  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

18.  The  English  government  showed  signs  of  alarm;  for 
the  British  merchants  and  manufacturers  felt  seriously  the 
full  weight  of  the  non-importation  agreement.     Pitt,  who 
was  the  friend  of  the  Americans,  nobly  defended  them  in 
the  House  of  Commons;  and  in  March,  17  6  6,  Parliament  re 
pealed  the  Stamp  Act  by  a  decisive  majority.    At  the  same 
time,  the  right  to  tax  the  colonies  was  asserted  by  a  bill 
which  declared  the  right  and  power  of  Parliament  "  to  bind 
the  colonies  in  all  cases  whatsoever." 

19.  The  English  rulers  soon  showed  that  they  had  not 
yielded  much.     In  January,  1767,  a  new  bill  to  tax  the  col 
onies  was  introduced  into  Parliament,  in  which  tea,  paints, 
paper,  glass,  and  lead  were  made  subject  to  duty.     This 
was  passed  in  June.    A  board  of  revenue  commissioners  for 
America  was  also  established,  with  its  head -quarters  at 
Boston. 

20.  On  the  receipt  of  this  news,  the  excitement,  which  had 
been  allayed  by  the  repeal  of  the  Stamp  Act,  broke  out  with 
fresh  fury.     The  colonial  newspapers,  twenty-five  in  num 
ber,  were  filled  with  stirring  and  patriotic  articles.     The 
non- importation  agreement,  which  had  for  the  time  been 
forgotten,  was  again  adopted  in  Boston,  Providence,  New 
York,  and  Philadelphia.    The  Massachusetts  General  Court, 
in  February,  1768,  sent  a  circular  letter  to  the  other  Colo 
nial  Assemblies  urging  co-operation  and  consultation. 

21.  In  June,  1768,  the  revenue  officers  at  Boston  seized  a 
sloop  on  the  charge  of  smuggling  a  cargo  of  wine,  and  a 
riot  at  once  broke  out.     The  officers  fled  for  protection  to 
the  barracks  on  Castle  Island,  in  the  harbor ;  and  the  House 
of  Representatives  took  no  notice  of  the  affair.     The  En 
glish  government,  in  July,  ordered  the  Massachusetts  House 
to  rescind  their  circular  letter  to  the  other  colonies;   but 
they  stoutly  refused  to  rescind,  and  were  dissolved.     Some 

18.  How  had  the  opposition  of  the  Americans  already  affected  the  English  govern, 
ment  and  the  merchants  there  ?    What  great  Englishman  was  particularly  the  friend 
of  the  colonies  at  this  time  ?    What  followed,  and  give  the  date?    How  was  this  re 
peal  made  unsatisfactory  to  the  Americans? 

19.  In  what  way  did  the  English  government  show  that  they  had  not  yielded 
much  ?    When  was  this  new  tax  bill  passed  ? 

20.  How  was  the  news  of  the  passage  of  this  act  received  by  the  people?  by  the 
press  ?  by  tho  merchants  ?    What  action  was  taken  by  the  Massachusetts  Assembly  f 


CAUSES    OF    THE    AMERICAN    REVOLUTION.  155 

of  the  Colonial  Assemblies  that  had  cordially  answered  the 
Massachusetts  circular  were  also  dissolved  by  the  governors. 

22.  To  overawe  the  inhabitants,  four  regiments  were  or 
dered  to  Boston  in  September;  but  the  authorities  spurned 
the  Quartering  Act,  and  refused  to  provide  for  the  troops. 
Some  of  them  encamped  on  the  Common,  and  Faneuil  Hall 
was  used  as  a  temporary  barrack.     General  Gage,  hastening 
from  New  York,  was  compelled  to  hire  for  quarters  some 
houses  obtained  with  great  difficulty,  arid  to  provide  for  the 
men  out  of  his  own  military  stores ;  Boston  would  supply 
neither  bedding  nor  fuel.     In  New  York  the  Assembly  also 
firmly  refused  to  comply  with  the  requisitions  of  the  Quar 
tering  Act,  and  was  dissolved. 

23.  In  Boston,  the  ill  feeling  between  the  people  and  sol 
diers  broke  out  into  open  quarrels,  arid  on  March  5, 1770,  a 
picket-guard  of  eight  men,  provoked  by  the  taunts  of  the 
crowd,  fired,  killing  three  persons  and  wounding  eight  oth 
ers.     Next  morning  Faneuil  Hall  was  filled  with  an  excited 
crowd ;  the  anger  of  the  people  rose  throughout  the  day  to 
a  tremendous  height,  and  only  the  removal  of  the  regiments 
from  the  city,  in  compliance  with  a  positive  demand,  ap 
peased  the  citizens.     The  captain  of  the  guard  and  the  sol 
diers  were  afterward  tried  for  murder,  but  were  acquitted 
on  the  ground  of  self-defense. 

24.  The  non-importation  of  British  goods  again  began  to 
influence  public  feeling  in  England,  and  a  bill  was  passed 
by  Parliament  in  May,  1773,  repealing  the  tax  on  all  arti 
cles  except  tea,  on  which  there  was  a  nominal  duty  of  three 
pence  a  pound.     The  spirit  of  the  Americans  was  thorough 
ly  aroused,  and  they  scorned  this  concession.     It  was  not 
the  amount  of  the  tax,  but  the  attempt  to  tax  them  without 
their  consent,  of  which  they  complained.     The  non-importa- 

21.  What  riot  occurred  in  Boston  in  June,  1768  ?    State  what  is  said  of  it.    What 
order  came  to  the  Massachusetts  Assembly  from  the  English  government  in  July? 
How  was  this  received,  and  with  what  result  ?    What  followed  in  some  of  the  other 
colonies  ? 

22.  How  did  the  English  attempt  to  overawe  the  Bostonians  ?    How  did  the  latter 
show  their  hatred  of  the  troops?    In  what  way  were  the  soldiers  provided  for?    At 
what  other  place  was  there  the  same  trouble  ? 

23.  What  was  the  state  of  things  in  Boston  between  the  people  and  the  soldiers? 
What  happened  in  March,  1770  ?    What  was  done  to  the  troops  who  fired  on  the 
neople  ? 


156 


COLONIAL    HISTORY. 


tion  agreement  was  so  far  modified  as  to  apply  only  to  tea,, 
and  the  merchants  at  the  different  ports  were  earnestly 
warned  against  receiving  it  on  consignment. 

25.  The  first  of  the  tea-ships  arrived  at  Boston  Novem 
ber  25,  1773.     A  mass  meeting  of  citizens  at  Faneuil  Hali 

ordered  the  vessel  to  be 
moored  at  the  wharf,  and 
appointed  a  guard  of  25 
men  to  watch  her,  and  see 
that  no  tea  was  landed. 
Presently  a  committee,  on 
which  were  the  active  pa 
triots  John  Hancock,  Sam 
uel  Adams,  Josiah  Quincy, 
and  Joseph  Warren,  ob 
tained  a  promise  from  the 
captain  and  the  owner  of 
the  tea -ship  that  the  tea 
should  be  carried  back  to 
England;  but  Governor 
Hutchinson  would  not 

grant  a  permit,  and  without  this  the  vessel  could  not  pass 

the  fort  and  ships  of  war  in  the  harbor. 

26.  As  soon  as  the  refusal  of  the  governor  became  known, 
some  40  or  50  men,  dressed  like  Mohawks,  on  the  night  of 
December  16  boarded  the  tea-vessels — two  more  of  which 
had  meanwhile  arrived — and,  in  presence  of  a  great  but  or 
derly  crowd,  emptied,  in  two  hours,  342  chests  of  tea  into 
the  water.    At  New  York  and  Philadelphia  the  people  would 
not  permit  the  tea  to  be  landed.     That  which  arrived  at 
Charleston  was   stored  in  damp  cellars,  and  soon  became 
worthless. 

27.  When  the  news  of  the  tea-riot  reached  England  it 
produced  much  angry  feeling  there,  which  showed  itself  in 

24.  What  concession  did  the  English  government  make  in  May?    What  produced 
this  concession?    How  did  the  Americans  regard  it,  and  why?    How  was  the  non 
importation  agreement  modified  ?   What  is  said  of  the  people  and  the  tea-merchants  ? 

25.  When  and  where  did  the  first  of  the  tea-ships  arrive?    What  measures  were 
taken  by  the  Boston  committee  ?    Name  some  of  the  most  active  men.    What  suc 
cess  did  the  committee  meet  with? 

26.  What  took  place  at  Boston  in  December?    What  occurred  at  other  sea-ports? 


SAMUEL   ADAMS. 


CAUSES    OF    THE    AMERICAN    REVOLUTION.  15  7 

a  determination  to  punish  Boston.  Parliament  thereupon 
passed  the  Boston  Port  Bill,  shutting  up  the  harbor  of  the 
town,  and  removing  the  port  of  entry  and  the  seat  of  gov 
ernment  to  Salem.  In  addition,  some  of  the  most  tyran 
nous  acts  were  passed  ;  among  these,  a  new  act  for  quarter 
ing  troops  on  the  people.  Boston  was  chiefly  dependent  on 
commerce,  and  the  destruction  of  her  trade  produced  great 
distress  among  her  people.  The  inhabitants  of  Salem  and 
Marblehead  nobly  came  to  their  assistance,  and  offered  the 
use  of  their  wharves  to  the  merchants  of  Boston ;  and  the 
colonies  sent  liberal  contributions  for  her  poorer  citizens. 

28.  Virginia  was  among  the  first  in  expressing  her  sympa 
thy  for  Massachusetts.    Her  Assembly  was  dissolved  by  the 
governor  in  May,  1774,  for  appointing  the  1st  of  June — the 
day  when  the  Boston  Port  Bill  was  to  go  into  operation — 
as  a  fast-day.     It  met,  however,  next  day,  notwithstanding 
his  opposition,  and  declared  that  an  attack  on  one  colony 
was  an  attack  upon  all ;  and  advised  calling  a  Congress  to 
consider  the  grievances  of  the  people.     The  other  colonies 
joined  in  this  recommendation,  and  it  was  agreed  that  a 
Congress  should  meet  in  September. 

29.  This  second  Colonial  Congress — the  great  Congress 
of  the  Revolution — composed  of  delegates  from  all  the  colo 
nies  except  Georgia,  met  at  Philadelphia  September  5, 1774. 
Peyton  Randolph,  of  Virginia,  was  appointed  president,  and 
Charles  Thomson,  of  Philadelphia,  secretary.    The  delegates 
passed  a  declaration  of  rights,  together  with  addresses  to 
the  king  and  people  of  England,  and  recommended  the  sus 
pension  of  all  commercial  intercourse  with  Great  Britain. 
It  then  adjourned,  to  meet  May  10, 1775. 

30.  Before  Congress  met  in  September,  General  Gage,  now 
governor,  had  begun  to  fortify  Boston  Neck,  the  only  ap- 

27.  How  was  the  news  of  this  received  in  England  ?    How  did  Parliament  show 
its  desire  for  vengeance?    How  did  the  Boston  Port  Bill  affect  Boston?    In  what 
way  did  the  Salem  and  Marblehead  people  show  their  sympathy? 

28.  Which  was  the  first  Colonial  Assembly  that  manifested  its  sympathy  for  Bos 
ton?    How  did  it  show  this?    What  spirited  measures  did  it  recommend?    How 
was  this  received  by  the  other  colonies? 

29.  When  and  where  did  the  second  Colonial  Congress  meet?    What  colony  was 
not  present  by  her  delegates  ?    Who  were  the  first  president  and  secretary  ?    What 
important  papers  were  passed  ?    To  what  time  did  it  adjourn  ? 


158  COLONIAL    HISTORY. 

proach  by  land  to  the  town ;  he  had  also  seized  some  powder 
stored  by  the  provincials  at  Cambridge  On  the  other  hand, 
the  Massachusetts  Assembly,  which  had  been  dissolved  by 
Gage,  met  in  October,  1774,  as  a  Provincial  Congress,  called 
out  the  militia,  ordered  them  to  train  and  be  ready  at  a  min 
ute's  notice — hence  called  "  Minute-men" — voted  £20,000  for 
military  expenses,  and  made  preparations  for  the  worst. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.-CAUSES  OP  THE  REVOLUTION. 

1.  What  were  the  remote  causes  of  the  American  Revolution  ? 

2.  Mention  some  of  the  oppressions  on  commerce  and  manufactures. 

3.  Show  in  what  light  the  English  regarded  the  colonies. 

4.  State  what  an  English  statesman  said  in  Parliament. 

5.  What  act  passed  in  1733  produced  very  ill  feeling  in  America  ?    Why  ? 

6.  What  were  the  "  writs  of  assistance  ?"    State  their  origin. 

7.  How  were  the  feelings  of  the  Americans  still  further  irritated  ? 

8.  How  long  was  this  after  the  French  and  Indian  War  ? 

9.  What  was  the  first  of  the  revenue  acts  ? 

10.  By  what  general  protest,  on  the  part  of  the  colonies,  was  this  met  ? 

11.  Which  was  the  first  colony  to  take  pxiblic  action  ?    State  what  was  done. 

12.  What  other  colonies  followed  ? 

13.  How  did  all  this  affect  the  conduct  of  the  British  government?    • 

14.  When  was  the  Stamp  Act  passed,  and  what  were  its  provisions? 

15.  Describe  the  character  of  the  act  passed  about  the  same  time. 

10.  What  two  colonies  took  almost  simultaneous  action  when  the  news  of  tho 
Stamp  Act  arrived  in  America? 

17.  What  recommendation  followed  ? 

18.  How  did  the  colonists  show  their  feelings  before  the  meeting  of  Congress? 

19.  When  and  where  did  the  first  Colonial  Congress  meet? 

20.  What  was  done  at  it  ? 

21.  What  was  the  ground  taken  in  the  "Declaration  of  Rights?" 

22.  How  was  the  operation  of  the  Stamp  Act  nearly  nullified  before  November  ? 
28.  In  what  way  did  people  transact  business  without  the  use  of  stamped  paper? 

24.  What  effect  did  this  produce  on  the  British  government? 

25.  State  the  service  done  to  the  colonists  by  their  countryman  in  England. 

26.  To  what  tyrannical  claim  did  the  English  government  still  adhere? 

27.  When  and  what,  as  a  consequence  of  this,  was  the  next  act  of  Parliament? 

28.  What  high-handed  measure  was  adopted  by  the  English  in  1768  ?    What  pro 
duced  this  ? 

29.  How  was  Boston  particularly  marie  to  feel  the  displeasure  of  England? 

30.  What  concessions  shortly  followed,  and  how  far  were  these  successful? 

31.  Show  the  spirit  of  the  people  in  the  matter  of  the  tea-ships. 

32.  How  was  Boston  punished  for  this? 

33.  What  was  the  conduct  displayed  by  other  cities  and  colonies? 

34.  Describe  particularly  the  conduct  of  Virginia? 

85.  When  and  where  did  the  second  or  great  Continental  Congress  meat? 

36.  What  measures  did  it  adopt? 

37.  When  and  what  were  the  warlike  movements  of  Gage? 

38.  What  preparations  did  Massachusetts  make  ? 

39.  Simply  name  and  give  the  dates  of  the  leading  events  in  the  section. 

30.  What  important  movements  were  made  by  General  Gage  before  the  meeting 
of  Congress?  What  active  warlike  measures  were  adopted  by  the  Massachusetts 
Assembly  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1775, 


159 


CHAPTER  III. 

WAR   OF   THE   REVOLUTION. 

SECTION  I. 

EVENTS  OF  1775. 

1.  Br  the  beginning  of  April,  1775,  the  British  troops  in 
Boston     had     been     in 
creased  by  orders  of  the 

British  government  to 
3000  men.  Meanwhile 
the  Americans  had  col 
lected  a  quantity  of 
ammunition  and  public 
stores  at  Concord,  16 
miles  from  Boston.  To 
destroy  these,  and  per 
haps  capture  John  Han 
cock  and  Samuel  Adams, 
who  were  lodging'  in 
that  neighborhood,  Gen 
eral  Gage  secretly  dis 
patched  800  troops,  un 
der  Colonel  Smith,  be 
fore  midnight  on  the 
18th  of  April. 

2.  The  movement  was,  however,  discovered ;  the  alarm 
was  swiftly  given  to  the  country,  and  when  the  British  ar 
rived  before  sunrise  at  Lexington,  within  six  miles  of  Con 
cord,  they  found  some  70  or  80  minute-men  assembled  on 
the  green.     Major  Pitcairn,  at  the  head  of  the  British  col 
umn,  advanced  on  them  rapidly,  and  called  on  them,  as  reb 
els,  to  throw  down  their  arms  and  disperse.     Not  being  in- 


JOHN   HANCOCK. 


1.  What  was  the  state  of  the  British  army  at  Boston  in  the  spring  of  1775  ?    What 
movement  was  made  by  General  Gage  in  April  ?    Where  is  Concord? 


1GO 


WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 


stantly  obeyed,  he  ordered  the  troops  to  fire,  and  seven  of 
the  minute-men  were  killed  and  several  wounded;  the  re 
mainder  dispersed.  The  British  then  proceeded  to  Concord 
and  commenced  to  destroy  the  stores,  but  were  attacked  by 
fresh  bodies  of  minute-men  and  compelled  to  retreat. 


THE   FIRING  AT   LEXINGTON.       [From  an  Old  CUt.] 

3.  The  country  was  now  thoroughly  aroused.  Young  and 
old,  with  such  arms  as  they  could  collect,  flocked  to  the 
scene  of  action.  From  behind  trees,  walls,  and  fences,  they 
kept  up  such  a  galling  fire  on  the  enemy  during  their  re 
treat,  that,  had  the  latter  not  met  at  Lexington  a  re-enforce 
ment  of  900  men  and  two  field-pieces,  under  Lord  Percy, 
sent  by  Gage  to  their  assistance,  they  would  have  been  de 
stroyed  or  captured  to  a  man.  The  British  continued  their 
retreat  to  Charlestown,  harassed  by  the  Americans.  When 
they  arrived  here,  utterly  worn  out,  they  had  lost,  in  killed, 
wounded,  and  missing,  nearly  300  men.  The  loss  of  the  pro- 

2.  HovvAvas  Gage's  movement  anticipated?    What  happened  at  Lexington  Green? 
What  took  place  at  Concord? 


EVENTS    OF    1775.  161 

vincials  was  about  90.  The  skirmish  at  Lexington,  April 
19, 1775,  was  the  beginning  of  bloodshed  in  the  Revolution 
ary  War. 

4.  General  Gage  soon  found  himself  closely  shut  up  in 
Boston  by  an  army  of  20,000  provincials,  who  hastened  to 
that  point  on  the  news  of  the  battle  of  Lexington.     A  line 
of  intrenchments,  extending  nearly  20  miles,  was  formed 
from  Roxbury  to  the  River  Mystic,  and  the  greatest  activ 
ity  prevailed  among  the  Americans.     In  May  large  re-en 
forcements    arrived  from  England,  under  Generals  Howe, 
Burgoyne,  and  Clinton  ;  and  the  army  of  Gage  was  now  in 
creased  to  more  than  10,000  men.     Thus  strengthened,  he 
issued  a  proclamation  declaring  martial  law,  and  offering 
a  pardon  to  those  rebels  who  would  lay  down  their  arms. 
From  this  oifer  he   excluded  by  name  John  Hancock  and 
Samuel  Adams,  as  persons  whose  crimes  were  too  great 
to  be  overlooked. 

5.  The  provincials  encamped  around  Boston  consisted  of 
New  England  men,  chiefly  from  Massachusetts,  commanded 
by  General  Ward.    To  blockade  the  British  more  complete 
ly  in  the  town,  Colonel  Prescott  was  sent  with  1000  men,  on 
the  night  of  June  16,  to  fortify  Bunker  Hill,  which  com 
manded  the  great  northern  road  out  of  Boston  across  the 
peninsula  of  Charlestown.    By  some  mistake,  Prescott  pass 
ed  by  Bunker  Hill,  and  went  on  to  Breed's  Hill,  much  near 
er  the  town,  and  there  threw  up  intrenchments. 

6.  When  the  morning  broke,  the  British  were  surprised  to 
see  earth-works  so  near  them,  and  from  the  ships  and  a  bat 
tery  on  Copp's  Hill  opened  fire,  which  did  not  disturb  the 
Americans.     Gage  then  determined  to  carry  the  works  by 
assault.     About  three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  3000  picked 

3.  What  made  the  situation  of  the  British  so  critical  ?    What  is  said  of  the  running 
fight  and  retreat  ?    What  saved  the  British  from  destruction  ?    How  long  did  the 
battle  continue  ?    Why  is  it  called  the  battle  of  Lexington  ?    What  was  the  loss  on 
each  side  ? 

4.  What  was  the  situation  of  the  troops  in  Boston  soon  after  the  battle  ?    What 
was  the  extent  of  the  American  intrenchments?    See  map,  page  162.    To  what  ex 
tent  was  the  British  army  increased  in  May  ?    When  Gage  ftnind  himself  thus  re-en 
forced,  what  did  he  do  ?  Who  had  the  honor  of  being  excluded  from  this  offer  ?  Why  ? 

5.  What  American  troops  were  in  the  intrenchments  in  front  of  Boston  ?    Who  was 
sent  to  fortify  Bunker  Hill  ?    Why  was  this  deemed  necessary  ?    Where  did  Prescott 
go,  and  why  ? 


162 


WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 


British  troops  left  Boston,  under  Generals  Howe  and  Pigot, 
and,  having  landed,  began  to  ascend  the  hill,  while  the  can 
non  from  the  ships  played  on  the  American  works.  From 
the  neighboring  heights,  and  from  the  roofs  and  steeples  of 
Boston,  thousands  of  spectators  watched  anxiously  the  ap 
proaching  battle. 


BOSTON  AND  VICINITY,  1775-6. 

7.  The  Americans  remained  quiet  till  the  British  were 
within  150  yards  of  the  works,  and  then  delivered  their  fire 
so  steady  and  well  directed  that  the  enemy  fell  back  in  dis 
order  to  the  foot  of  the  hill.  A  second  time  they  advanced, 
but  with  the'  same  result.  It  was  some  time  before  they 
could  be  prepared  for  a  third  attack,  and  in  the  mean  time 
they  were  re-enforced  by  1000  fresh  troops  from  Boston,  un 
der  General  Clinton.  General  Gage  ordered  the  houses  of 
Charlestown  to  be  set  on  fire,  and,  under  cover  of  the  smoke, 
they  were  again  led  up  the  hill.  The  powder  of  the  Ameri 
cans  had  begun  to  fail,  and  the  royal  troops  pushed  in  at 
one  end  of  the  redoubt,  and  planted  light  field-pieces.  These 
raked  the  breastwork  from  end  to  end,  and  at  the  same  time 
some  British  grenadiers  swept  over  the  works  at  the  point 


6.  What  were  the  first  movements  made  by  the  British  when  they  discovered  the 
works  on  Breed's  Hill?  What  important  movement  followed  in  the  afternoon? 
Who  anxiously  watched  the  result  of  this  movement?  Where  were  they  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1775. 


163 


JOSEPH    \VABEliN. 


of  the  bayonet.  The  Americans  clubbed  their  muskets,  and 
fell  back  fighting  across  Charlestown  Neck  to  a  place  of 
safety. 

8.  The  British  had  won 
the  hill,  but  at  a  terrible 
sacrifice.      They   had    lost 
over    1000    in    killed    and 
wounded,  more  than  a  third 
of  their    troops    engaged. 
The    provincial    loss     was 
450,  but  among  these  was 
the  young  and  ardent  pa 
triot    General    Warren,    a 
loss  which  the  British  joy 
fully   thought    was    worth 
five  hundred  men. 

9.  Meanwhile,   on    May 
10,  the  day  to  which  they 

had  adjourned,  the  delegates  to  the  Continental  Congress 
reassembled  at  Philadelphia,  John  Hancock  being  president, 
and  Charles  Thomson,  the  Quaker  schoolmaster  of  Philadel 
phia,  secretary.  They  resolved  that  Great  Britain  had  be 
gun  hostilities ;  they  also  expressed  a  great  desire  for  peace, 
and  declared  that  they  had  no  wish  to  throw  off  their  alle 
giance.  At  the  same  time,  they  voted  that  the  colonies 
should  be  prepared  for  war,  and  that  nothing  but  superior 
force  would  compel  them  to  submit  to  British  taxation.  It 
was  as  yet  chiefly  in  New  England  that  the  idea  of  inde 
pendence  was  freely  spoken  of;  it  found  little  favor  in  the 
Middle  and  Southern  Colonies. 

10.  On  June  15,  Congress  unanimously  appointed  George 
Washington,  who  was  then  present  as  a  delegate  from  Vir 
ginia,  commander-in-chief.    He  accepted  the  appointment  in 

7.  How  many  attacks  did  the  British  make?    Describe  the  first  and  second  at 
tacks.    Describe  the  third. 

8.  What  was  the  loss  on  the  part  of  the  British  ?    What  was  the  loss  on  the  pro 
vincial  side  ?    Why  was  the  death  of  Warren  thought  so  important  by  the  British  ? 

9.  Where  and  when  did  the  Continental  Congress  reassemble?    Who  were  the  of 
ficers?    Do  you  remember  any  thing  of  this  Hancock?    What  did  they  resolve? 
What  recommendations  did  they  make  to  the  colonies?    To  what  extent  war*  the 
question  of  independence  entertained? 


164  WAR    OF   THE    REVOLUTION. 

a  modest  speech,  in  which  he  declined  to  receive  any 
pensation  but  the  payment  of  his  expenses.  A  fortnight 
after  the  battle  of  Bunker  Hill,  Washington  arrived  at  the 
American  camp,  and  took  command  July  2.  During  the  re 
mainder  of  the  year  he  was  fully  occupied  in  bringing  the 
army  into  a  state  of  steady  discipline,  in  providing  for  its 
wants,  and  in  watching  the  British  shut  up  in  Boston.  The 
right  of  his  line  was  commanded  by  General  Ward,  and  the 
left  by  General  Charles  Lee.  Washington  himself  command 
ed  the  centre.  Lee  was  formerly  a  British  officer,  who  had 
espoused  the  patriot  cause,  and  was  made  a  major  general 
by  Congress. 

11.  On  the  10th  of  May,  the  day  on  which  Congress  met, 
some  Connecticut  militia,  under  Ethan  Allen  and  Benedict 
Arnold,  captured  the  British   post  at  Ticonderoga.     Two 
days  after,  Crown  Point- was  captured  by  Colonel  Seth  War 
ner,  with  150  cannon  and  a  large  amount  of  ammunition  and 
stores,  which  proved  of  great  service  to  the  Americans. 

12.  Invasion  of  Canada. — The  road  to  Canada  lay  open  by 
the  capture  of  Ticonderoga  and  Crown  Point,  and  it  was  de 
termined  to  attack  the  British  power  in  that  quarter.     To 
ward  the  end  of  summer,  Generals  Schuyler  and  Montgom 
ery,  the  latter  already  noticed  as  a  companion  of  Wolfe  in 
1758,  with  one  division,  went  by  the  way  of  Lake  Champlain 
and  St.  John's ;  and  Colonel  Benedict  Arnold  was  sent  with 
1100  men,  by  way  of  Maine,  to  join  the  other  division  in 
front  of  Quebec. 

13.  Schuyler  fell  sick,  and  Montgomery,  assuming  the  com 
mand,  captured  St.  John's,  on  the  [Sorel  River,  after  a  spirit 
ed  resistance,  November  3,  and  entered  Montreal  without 
opposition  on  the  13th.     In  the  beginning  of  a  Canadian 

10.  Who  was  appointed  to  the  command  of  the  army,  and  when  ?    What  was  his 
salary  ?   Why  was  he  not  present  at  the  battle  of  Bunker  Hill  ?    When  did  he  arrive 
in  front  of  Boston?    How  was  Washington  occupied  during  the  remainder  of  the 
year  1775?    Who  assisted  Washington  in  the  command  before  Boston?    Who  was 
Lee? 

11.  What  important  event  took  place  on  the  same  day  that  Congress  met?    What 
took  place  soon  after  ?   Why  was  the  capture  of  Crown  Point  of  so  much  importance 
at  this  time  ? 

12.  To  what  expedition  did  the  capture  of  these  two  places  lead  ?    How  many  di 
visions  did  the  expedition  embrace  ?    What  route  did  each  take,  and  who  were  th^ 
respective  commanders?    Where  did  Montgomery  figure  in  1758? 


EVENTS    OF    1775.  165 

winter,  with  his  force  reduced  to  300  men,  ill  clad,  and  with 
out  proper  supplies,  he  moved  toward  Quebec  to  join  Ar 
nold's  division.  That  officer,  after  crossing  the  northern 
wilderness  of  Maine,  and  overcoming  fearful  difficulties  from 
hunger  and  fatigue,  reached  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  climbed 
the  Heights  of  Abraham  in  November.  Finding  his  force, 
which  was  reduced  to  750  men,  too  small  to  attack  the  city, 
he  went  up  the  river  20  miles  and  waited  for  Montgomery. 
On  the  arrival  of  the  latter,  they  had  together  less  than  1000 
men,  and  with  this  small  band  Montgomery  laid  siege  to 
Quebec,  December  5. 

14.  The  American  troops  made  no  progress  with  the  siege 
because  they  had  no  heavy  artillery ;  and,  as  a  last  hope,  an 
assault  was  ordered,  December  3 1 .    Montgomery,  at  the  head 
of  one  division,  was  shot  down.     Arnold,  while  leading  an 
other,  was  severely  wounded,  and  gave  up  the  command  to 
Captain  Morgan,  a  celebrated  officer  in  the  later  years  of 
the  war.    Morgan  entered  the  city,  but  was  overpowered  by 
numbers  and  compelled  to  surrender.    Arnold  then  fell  back, 
with  some  500  men,  to  a  position  three  miles  above  Quebec, 
where  he  remained  all  winter. 

15.  In  April,  1776,  General  Wooster,  with  re-enforcements, 
took  command,  and  made  another  attempt  on  Quebec,  but 
without  success.     He  was  succeeded  by  General  Thomas  in 
May,  who  fell  back,  leaving  the  sick,  together  with  the  stores, 
in  the  hands  of  Carleton,  Governor  of  Canada,  who  had  been 
heavily  re-enforced.     By  the  month  of  June,  the  American 
force,  utterly  broken  down  by  sickness  and  want,  the  mere 
skeleton  of  an  army,  reached  Ticonderoga.    Thus  ended  the 
useless  attempt  to  invade  Canada. 

16.  While  these  events  were  transpiring  at  the  North,  the 
patriots  were  active  in  Virginia.     In  the  month  of  April, 

13.  What  places  were  taken  and  occupied  by  Schuyler's  division  ?  Was  Schuyler 
at  the  capture  of  these  places?  Why  not?  To  what  point  did  Montgomery  march 
after  entering  Montreal  ?  What  was  the  number  and  condition  of  his  men  ?  What 
difficulties  had  Arnold's  division  met  with  ?  Why  did  he  not  attack  Quebec  ?  Where 
did  he  go  ?  What  was  determined  on  after  the  arrival  of  Montgomery  ? 

14  What  progress  was  made  in  the  siege?  What  attempt  was  made  on  the  last 
day  of  the  year  ?  Give  an  account  of  this.  Who  took  the  command  after  the  fail 
ure  of  the  assault  ?  Where  did  he  encamp  for  the  winter  ? 

15.  Who  arrived  in  the  following  April  ?  How  long  did  he  retain  command  ?  Who 
succeeded  him,  and  what  did  he  do  ?  What  is  said  of  the  close  of  the  expedition  ? 


166  WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 

Governor  Dumnore  seized  a  quantity  of  powder,  and  placed 
it  on  board  an  armed  vessel.  Patrick  Henry,  at  the  head  of 
a  band  of  citizens,  immediately  demanded  and  received  full 
pay  for  the  same.  In  June,  Dunmore  was  driven  from  his 
government,  and  forced  to  take  shelter  on  board  a  British 
man-of-war  in  York  River.  Toward  the  close  of  the  year, 
having  collected  a  body  of  regulars,  royalists,  and  fugitive 
slaves,  he  attacked  the  Virginians  near  Norfolk,  December 
9,  and  was  defeated.  In  revenge,  January,  1776,  he  burned 
the  town,  then  the  richest  and  largest  in  Virginia,  and  con 
taining  7000  inhabitants.  During  the  summer  of  that  year 
he  committed  great  depredations  along  the  rivers,  plunder 
ing  plantations,  burning  houses,  and  carrying  off  slaves.  Fi 
nally,  with  his  booty,  he  retired  to  Florida. 

17.  As  early  as  May,  1775,  the  people  of  North  Carolina 
threw  off  the  yoke  of  the  mother  country,  and  organized  an 
independent  government.  In  that  province,  and,  indeed, 
throughout  the  Southern  Colonies,  there  were  a  great  many 
influential  royalists,  who,  incited  by  the  government,  were 
already  very  active  for  the  English  cause.  In  South  Caro 
lina  and  Georgia  the  spirit  of  independence  animated  the 
patriots,  and  they  rose  against  the  authority  of  the  royal 
governors. 


SECTION  II. 

EVENTS  OF  1776. 

1.  IN  the  month  of  January,  the  British  in  Boston  were 
busy  preparing  a  secret  expedition  to  be  sent  off  under  Sir 
Henry  Clinton.  Washington  had  reason  to  suspect  that 
this  was  intended  against  New  York,  and  sent  General  Lee 
to  collect  volunteers  from  Connecticut  and  march  to  the  de 
fense  of  that  city.  Lee  accomplished  this  so  rapidly  that  he 
entered  New  York  on  the  same  day,  February  4,  that  Clin 
ic.  What  is  said  of  Dvmmore  and  Patrick  Henry  in  Virginia?  What  happened  in 
June?  What  occurred  in  December?  What  did  Dunmore  do  in  revenge?  State 
what  is  further  said  of  Dunmore's  operations. 

17.  What  took  place  in  North  Carolina?    How  was  public  opinion  divided  there? 
ITow  far  did  this  extend  ?    What  is  said  of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1776.  167 

ton  arrived  in  the  harbor.  Being  thus  disappointed,  Clin 
ton  soon  after  sailed  away  to  Virginia,  but  there  the  patri 
ots  were  prepared  to  receive  him.  He  then  went  to  Cape 
Fear,  where  he  awaited  the  arrival  of  a  squadron  from  En 
gland. 

2.  During  the  winter,  the  British  were  shut  up  in  Boston 
and  watched  closely  by  Washington,  whose  army,  January 
1,  did  not  amount  to  10,000  men.     Gage  had  been  super 
seded,  on  account  of  the  battle  of  Bunker  Hill,  by  Sir  Wil 
liam  Howe.     Washington  hoped  to  be  able  to  make  an  at 
tack  on  the  British  when  the  harbor  was  frozen,  but  the 
winter  was  a  very  open  one,  and  nothing  could  be  done  in 
that  way. 

3.  Resolute  in  his  purpose  to  drive  the  enemy  from  the 
city,  Washington,  on  the  night  of  the  4th  of  March,  marched 
to  Dorchester  Heights,  and,  before  morning,  threw  up  earth- 


VIEW   OF   BOSTON   FROM   DOBCHE6TEE   HEIGHTS   IN  1774. 

works  which  completely  commanded  Boston.  Howe,  feel 
ing  that  he  must  dislodge  the  Americans  from  the  heights 
or  evacuate  the  city,  made  immediate  preparations  for  an 
assault ;  but  a  severe  storm  delayed  him,  and  by  the  time  it 

1.  In  what  preparations  were  the  British  in  Boston  busy  in  January?    Against 
what  point  did  Washington  suppose  these  were  intended?    How  did  he  prepare  to 
meet  this  plan  ?    In  what  direction  did  Clinton  then  sail?    Did  he  accomplish  any 
thing  here?    Whither  did  he  then  go,  and  why? 

2.  What  was  the  situation  of  the  British  army  during  the  winter?    Who  was  now 
the  British  general  ?    Why  was  Gage  displaced  ?    What  did  Washington  hope  to  do 
luring  the  winter  ?    Why  was  this  not  done  ? 


168  WAR    OF   THE    REVOLUTION. 

subsided  the  works  had  been  made  too  strong  to  be  easily 
taken.  Nothing  was  left  for  the  British  but  to  evacuate  Bos 
ton  ;  and  on  March  17th  they  embarked  on  board  the  fleet, 
taking  with  them  some  1500  royalists,  and  sailed  for  Hali 
fax.  This  bloodless  victory  was  hailed  with  joy  throughout 
the  colonies.  Congress  passed  a  unanimous  vote  of  thanks 
to  Washington,  and  ordered  a  gold  medal  to  be  struck  in  re 
membrance  of  the  event.  Washington,  being  anxious  about 
New  York,  sent  off  the  main  body  of  his  army  to  that  place. 

4.  The  first  point  of  attack  proved  to  be,  not  New  York, 
but  Charleston,  South  Carolina.     A  British  squadron,  under 
Admiral  Parker,  came  from  Ireland,  and  was  joined  at  Cape 
Fear  by  Clinton.     After  some  delay,  they  sailed  to  attack 
Charleston,  and  appeared  off  the  harbor  June  4. 

5.  The  Carolina  patriots,  notified  of  their  danger,  had 
thrown  up  some  works  on  Sullivan's  Island,  and  placed  Col 
onel  Moultrie  there  with  a  regiment.    When  the  British 
ships  attempted  to  enter  the  harbor,  June  28,  they  became 
entangled  in  the  shoals,  and  were  met  by  so  furious  a  fire 
from  the  fort  that  they  were  compelled  to  retire  with  heavy 
loss.    One  of  their  vessels  was  abandoned.    The  British  soon 
after  sailed  for  New  York,  to  join  the  troops  that  were  as 
sembling  in  that  neighborhood. 

6.  On  the  same  day  that  Fort  Moultrie  was  attacked,  Gen 
eral  Howe  landed  on  Staten  Island  from  Halifax  with  the 
Boston  army  and  other  re  -  enforcements.     Admiral  Lord 
Howe,  the  brother  of  the   general,  arrived  from  England 
shortly  after  with  more  troops,  raising  the  number  to  30,000 
men.    A  large  part  of  these  were  Hessians,  hired  by  the  En 
glish  from  the  Duke  of  Hesse-Cassel  in  Germany. 

3.  What  unexpected  movement  was  made  on  the  4th  of  March?    What  did  Howe 
do  ?   Why  was  he  prevented  from  making  the  attack  ?    What  was  the  result  ?    How 
was  the  news  of  the  evacuation  of  Boston  received  in  the  colonies  and  by  Congress  ? 
To  what  point  did  Washington  send  the  bulk  of  his  army  ? 

4.  What  was  the  first  place  attacked  by  the  British  ?    Give  the  particulars  of  the 
force  sent  against  it. 

5.  What  preparations  had  been  made  by  the  Carolinians  to  receive  them?    De 
scribe  the  attack.    Where  did  the  British  sail  after  their  repulse  ? 

fi.  What  general  arrived  near  New  York  on  the  very  day  of  the  attack  on  Fort 
Moultrie  ?  What  troops  did  he  bring  ?  Who  arrived  soon  after  ?  How  many  Brit 
ish  were  on  Staten  Island?  What  soldiers  formed  a  large  part  of  Admiral  Howe"; 
re-enforcements? 


EVENTS    OF    1776. 


169 


;     s 


ATT\OK   ON   FOllT   MOUI/TBIE,  SOUTH   OAEOLINA. 

7.  Washington  in  the  mean  time  was  not  idle,  having  for 
tified  Manhattan  Island  at  several  points.     Defenses  were 
also  thrown  up  on  a  range  of  hills  on  Long  Island,  south  of 
Brooklyn,  and  here  was  an  intrenched  camp,  at  first  under 
General  Greene,  and  afterward  under  General  Putnam.    The 
American  forces  in  and  around  New  York  were  about  25,000, 
but  scarcely  17,000  were  fit  for  duty  on  account  of  sickness. 

8.  The  British  crossed  over  from  Staten  Island  to  Long 
Island,  and,  on  the  morning  of  the  27th  of  August,  advanced 
in  three  divisions.     Two  of  these  occupied  the  attention  of 
the  Americans  in  front,  while  Clinton,  with  the  other,  march 
ed  by  a  wide  circuit  and  struck  the  Americans  in  the  rear. 
For  a  time  the  latter  fought  well ;  but,  finding  themselves 
nearly  surrounded,  they  retreated  with  great  loss  within 
the  intrenchments  at  Brooklyn. 

7.  How  was  Washington  prepared  for  the  attack  on  New  York?    What  prepara 
tions  were  made  on  Long  Island?    What  force  was  there  to  meet  the  British? 

8.  What  was  the  first  movement  of  the  British  ?    Describe  the  movements  of  the 
27th  of  August.    Whiit  was  the  result  of  the  battle  ? 

H 


170 


WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 


9.  Washington  crossed  over  to  Brooklyn  during  the  ac 
tion,  and  saw,  with  indescribable  agony,  the  destruction  of 
his  "  brave  fellows."  The  Americans  had  suffered  severely. 
They  had  lost  2000  out  of  5000  men  engaged.  Had  the 
British  followed  up  their  success,  and  attacked  the  intrench 
ed  camp,  the  Americans  must  have  been  utterly  destroyed ; 
but  Howe  waited  till  the  following  morning.  Fortunately 
for  the  Americans,  the  next  day,  the  28th,  was  one  of  drench 
ing  rain,  and  the  enemy  did  nothing  but  break  ground  for  a 
battery.  On  the  29th  a  dense  fog  covered  the  island,  but 
news  reached  Washington  that  the  British  ships  were  pre 
paring  to  move  up  into  the  East  River  and  thus  cut  off  his 
retreat. 


9.  Was  Washington  present  in  the  battle  ?  What  were  his  feelings  during  the 
engagement  ?  What  was  the  loss  of  the  Americans  ?  What  blunder  did  the  British 
general  make  at  the  close  of  the  battle?  Did  Howe  attack  next  day?  Why  not? 
What  prevented  him  on  the  29th?  What  important  news  did  Washington  mean 
while  receive? 


EVENTS    OF    1776.  171 

10.  In  this  state  of  affairs,  with  the  enemy  so  near  his 
works  that  he  could  hear  them  in  their  camp,  he  accom 
plished  one  of  the  most  brilliant  operations  of  the  war.    On 
the  29th  he  collected  what  boats  he  could  find  on  the  East 
and  North  Rivers,  and  during  the  night  moved  his  whole 
army  across  to  New  York.     During  all  this  time  a  heavy 
fog  prevailed  on  Long  Island,  concealing  the  movements  of 
the  Americans  from  the  British,  while,  at  the  same  time,  the 
weather  was  quite  clear  on  the  New  York  side.    Howe  was 
greatly  chagrined  to  find  that  his  enemy  had  escaped  from 
Brooklyn,  and  secretly  made  preparations,  with  the  assist 
ance  of  his  ships,  to  surround  Washington  in  New  York. 

1 1 .  The  American  officers,  in  a  council  of  war,  held  Sep 
tember  12,  decided  that  the  city  could  not  be  held,  and  the 
main  body  of  the  army  was  withdrawn  on  the  14th  to  the 
northern  part  of  the  island,  the  most  southern  point  of  de 
fense  being  on  Harlem  Heights.     Washington  was  anxious 
to  learn  what  were  the  designs  of  the  British,  and  Nathan 
Hale,  a  young  captain  in  a  Connecticut  regiment,  volunteered 
to  ascertain  them.     He  accordingly  crossed  over  to  Long 
Island,  and,  having  obtained  the  necessary  information,  was 
on  his  way  back,  when  he  was  arrested  on  suspicion  and 
taken  to  Howe's  head-quarters,  now,  September  21st,  on  New 
York  Island.    Without  even  the  form  of  a  trial,  he  was  next 
morning  hanged  as  a  spy,  September  22.     He  met  his  death 
with  great  firmness,  regretting  that  he  had  only  one  life  to 
lose  for  his  country. 

12.  On  the  15th  of  September,  the  British  crossed  in  force 
from  Long  Island,  and  landed,  with  trifling  opposition,  about 
three  miles  above  the  city,     They  presently  occupied  a  line 
stretching  across  New  York  Island  from  Bloomingdale  to 
the  East  River.     On  the  16th  a  severe  skirmish  took  place, 
in  which  the  Connecticut  troops  behaved  with  great  valor, 
and  drove  back  the  enemy.     In  the  affair  Colonel  Knowl- 
ton  was  killed.     This  success  raised  the  spirits  of  the  troops, 

10.  How  did  he  prepare  to  meet  this?    State  what  was  his  success.    What  great 
ly  assisted  him  to  accomplish  this?    What  is  said  of  Howe  after  the  escape  of  the 
Americans  ? 

11.  What  important  movement  was  now  made  by  Washington  ?    Why  ?    Who  was 
Nathan  Hale  ?    For  what  duty  did  he  volunteer  ?    What  was  his  fate  ? 


172  WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 

which  had  been  much  depressed  since  the  battle  of  Long 
Island. 

13.  Howe  now  tried  to  get  to  the  rear  of  the  American 
army.     Leaving  his  own  lines  in  front  well  guarded,  he 
landed  the  main  body  in  East  Chester,  while  the  fleet  went 
up  the  North  River  on  the  west  side.     Washington  saw 
Howe's   plan,  and,  having  left  3000  men  to  defend  Fort 
Washington,  on  the  heights  overlooking  the  Hudson,  fell 
back  to  the  line  of  the  River  Bronx,  with  his  head-quarters 
at  White  Plains.     Here  he  was  attacked  on  October  28th, 
and  compelled  to  retire  to  the  heights  of  North  Castle. 

14.  Howe  was  unwilling  to  follow  him  farther,  and  re 
turned  with  the  main  body  of  his  army  to  Dobbs's  Ferry,  on 
the  Hudson.     Washington  left  Lee  at  North  Castle,  and, 
after  providing  for  the  defense  of  the  Highlands,  crossed 
the  river  at  King's  Ferry  with  a  portion  of  his  army,  and 
entered  New  Jersey,  where  he  joined  General  Greene  at 
Fort  Lee,  November  13.     While  he  was  here,  5000  Hes 
sians,  under  General  Knyphausen,  assisted  by  some  English 
troops,  attacked  Fort  Washington,  defended  by  Colonel  Ma- 
gaw.     The  place  was  taken  by  storm,  November  16,  with  a 
loss  to  the  assailants  of  nearly  1000  men,  chiefly  Hessians. 
Over  2000  Americans  were  made  prisoners. 

15.  Four  days  after,  November  20,  Lord  Cornwallis  was 
sent  across  the  Hudson  into  New  Jersey,  at  the  head  of  6000 
men,  to  follow  Washington.    On  his  approach,  Fort  Lee  was 
abandoned  by  the  Americans,  together  with  all  the  baggage 
and  military  stores.    Washington  retreated  across  New  Jer 
sey  at  a  rapid  rate,  followed  so  closely  by  Cornwallis  that 
the  vanguard  of  the  latter  was  often  within  cannon-shot  of 
the  Americans. 

16.  The  condition  of  the  latter  at  this  time  was  very  dis- 

12.  Describe  the  movements  of  the  British,  Sept.  15th.    What  position  did  they  oc 
cupy  at  its  close  ?    What  occurred  here  ?    What  good  effect  did  this  affair  produce  ? 

13.  What  was  Howe's  next  movement?    In  what  way  did  Washington  disappoint 
the  plans  of  the  British  general?    What  battle  occurred  on  the  28th  of  October? 
What  followed? 

14.  Where  did  Howe  go  after  the  battle  of  White  Plains?    What  important  move 
ments  did  Washington  make  ?    Where  was  Fort  Washington  situated  ?    What  im 
portant  event  occurred  here?    Where  is  King's  Ferry?    See  map,  page  198. 

15.  By  what  was  this  promptly  followed  up?    What  places  fell  into  the  hands  of 
Cornwallis  ?    What  is  said  of  Washington's  retreat  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1770.  173 

tressing.  Many  of  the  militia  went  quietly  to  their  homes. 
Those  that  remained  were  wretchedly  clothed,  ill  fed,  and 
utterly  worn  out.  On  the  8th  of  December,  with  scarcely 
3000  men,  Washington  crossed  the  Delaware  into  Pennsyl 
vania,  and  Cornwallis  and  his  troops  went  into  quarters  on 
the  New  Jersey  side  of  the  river. 

17.  During  this  long  and  painful  retreat,  Washington  sent 
repeated  and  positive  orders  to  Lee  at  North  Castle  to  cross 
the  Hudson  and  join  him  with  his  troops.     The  latter  hesi 
tated,  and  moved  so  slowly  to  the  support  of  his  command 
er  that  he  was  no  farther  than  Morristown  on  the  8th  of 
December.     On  the  13th,  while  lying  carelessly  quartered 
apart  from  his  troops,  in  a  small  tavern  at  Baskenridge,  he 
was  surprised  and  made  prisoner  by  a  troop  of  British  cav 
alry.     The  command  then  devolved  on  General  Sullivan, 
who  joined  Washington  a  few  days  afterward. 

18.  The  army  was  now  considerably  increased,  and  Wash 
ington  determined  to  strike  a  sudden  blow  before  the  term 
of  a  large  part  of  the  troops  should  expire.    A  body  of  1500 
Hessians  at  Trenton,  under  the  command  of  Colonel  Rahl, 
was  chosen  as  the  object  of  attack.     On  the  night  of  De 
cember  25,  Washington,  with  2400  of  his  best  men,  crossed 
the  Delaware  with  great  difficulty  nine  miles  above  Tren 
ton.    Two  other  divisions,  crossing  at  different  points,  were 
to  co-operate  with  him,  but  were  prevented  by  the  floating 
ice.     Amid  a  storm  of  rain  and  sleet,  Washington  pushed 
on,  and  at  eight  o'clock  in  the  morning  fell  suddenly  on  the 
enemy.     Rahl  was  mortally  wounded;  thirty  or  forty  Hes 
sians  were  killed;  about  500  escaped  to  Bordentown;  and 
the  remainder,  to  the  number  of  1000,  threw  down  their 
arms  and  surrendered.     In  the  evening  Washington  re-en 
tered  Pennsylvania  with  his  prisoners. 

16.  What  was  now  the  condition  of  Washington's  army?    How  was  his  retreat 
ended?    Give  the  line  of  this  retreat  from  map,  page  179. 

17.  Where  was  General  Lee  during  the  early  part  of  the  retreat  through  the  Jer 
seys?    What  is  said  of  his  conduct?    What  happened  to  him  on  the  march?    Who 
took  command  of  his  division  ?    Where  is  Morristown  ? 

18.  What  blow  did  Washington  determine  to  strike,  and  why  ?    Where  is  Trenton 
from  Philadelphia?    What  was  the  amount  of  Washington's  force?    How  was  he 
disappointed  in  assistance  ?    Describe  his  movements.    What  was  the  result  of  the 
attack?    How  far  did  Washington  advance  into  New  Jersey  ? 


174 


WAR   OF   THE    DEVOLUTION. 


SURPRISE  OF  THE   IIE88IA.N8  AT  TRENTON. 


19.  The  spirits  of  the  people  were  raised  to  a  very  high 
pitch  by  this  successful  movement,  executed  with  so  much 
energy  and  so  little  loss,  at  a  time,  too,  when  their  affairs 
seemed  sunk  to  the  lowest  point.     Several  regiments  whose 
term  of  service  was  about  to  expire  were  persuaded  to  re 
main  six  weeks  longer,  and  Washington  recrossed  the  Dela 
ware  on  the  30th  of  December  and  took  post  at  Trenton. 
The  British,  astonished  and  alarmed  at  the  activity  of  the 
Americans,  broke  up  their  scattered  encampments  on  the 
Delaware,  and  assembled  at  Princeton ;  while,  at  the  same 
time,  Howe  ordered  Cornwallis,  who  was  about  to  embark 
for  England,  to  resume  his  command  in  New  Jersey. 

20.  Civil  Transactions.    Growth  of  Public  Opinion.  — The 
beginning  of  the  year  1776  brought  a  great  change  in  the 
feelings  of  the  American  people  toward  England.     Hither- 

19.  How  did  the  battle  of  Trenton  affect  the  spirits  of  the  patriots?  What  was 
Washington's  next  movement?  What  were  the  movements  of  the  British  troops? 
Who  was  ordered  to  New  Jersey  ?  Where  is  Princeton  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1770.  175 

CQ  they  had  been  fighting  simply  for  their  rights,  and  had 
not  thought  of  breaking  away  from  the  mother  country. 
But  now  it  began  to  be  seen  that  these  rights  could  only  be 
secured  by  separation  from  England,  and  this  view  rapidly 
spread  throughout  the  country.  Those  who  still  adhered  to 
the  king,  and  were  therefore  opposed  to  independence,  were 
known  as  "  Tories,"  a  name  drawn  from  English  politics. 
They  were  much  more  numerous  in  some  parts  of  the  coun 
try  than  in  others,  and  comprised  many  of  the  wealthiest 
and  most  influential  persons  in  the  community. 

21.  As  the  year  1776  progressed,  they  were  often  very 
harshly  treated.     In  some  places,  where  the  patriots  great 
ly  outnumbered  them,  they  were  tarred  and  feathered,  and 
carted  round  as  a  spectacle.     Congress  tried  to  prevent  this 
by  appointing  local  committees  to  watch  over,  and,  if  neces 
sary,  protect  them ;  but  these  committees  proved  of  very 
little  service.     Not  a  small  number  of  the  more  ardent  pa 
triots  regretted  that  the  tories  could  not  be  exterminated. 

22,  The  ravages  of  Lord  Dunmore,  the  governor  of  Vir 
ginia,  and  the  activity  of  the  tories  in  the  South,  particu 
larly  in  North  Carolina,  turned  the  minds  of  the  people  of 
the  Southern  provinces  strongly  toward  independence ;  the 
battles  of  Lexington  and  Bunker  Hill,  and  the  evacuation 
of  Boston,  produced  the  same  feeling  at  the  North.     Early 
in  March,  Congress  took  decided  steps  toward  entire  separa 
tion  from  England.    It  granted  letters  of  marque  and  repri 
sal  against  British  commerce — that  is,  established  privateer 
ing — and  sent  Silas  Deane  as  an  agent  to  France  to  seek  as 
sistance.     Still  further,  in  May,  it  recommended  the  colonies 
to  disregard  the  royal  governments,  and  appoint  patriotic 
rulers  in  all  cases  where  this  had  not  already  been  done. 

20.  What  is  said  of  the  feelings  of  the  colonists  toward  England  previous  to  tho 
year  1776?    What  change  had  now  begun  to  take  place?    Who  were  the  king's 
friends,  or  " Tories ?"    Whence  came  the  name  of  "Tories?"    Were  these  persons 
numerous  in  the  colonies  ? 

21.  How  were  they  treated  where  they  were  in  a  minority  ?    Was  any  thing  tried 
to  prevent  this  ?    What  is  said  of  the  feelings  of  some  of  the  more  ardent  patriots  ? 

22.  What  had  turned  the  attention  of  the  people  of  the  South  toward  independ 
ence?    What  events  had  done  the  same  thing  at  the  North?    When  did  Congress 
take  the  first  steps  toward  independence  of  England?    What  measure  did  it  adopt 
against  British  commerce  ?    What  approaches  did  it  make  toward  foreign  powers  i 
What  important  recommendation  did  it  make  to  the  colonies  in  May  ? 


176  WAK    OF   THE    KEVOLUTION. 

23.  The  most  decided  action  on  the  question  of  independ 
ence  came  now  from  Virginia.     Her  Assembly,  on  the  15th 
of  May,  instructed  her  delegates  in  Congress  to  offer  resolu 
tions  in  favor  of  this.     She  was  almost  immediately  followed 
by  Massachusetts,  the  delegates  from  which  were  likewise 
instructed,  May  30,  to  support  the  movement  in  Congress. 
On  the  7th  of  June,  1776,  Richard  Henry  Lee,  of  Virginia, 
seconded  by  John  Adams,  of  Massachusetts,  offered  a  reso 
lution  "  that  the  United  Colonies  are,  and  ought  to  be,  free 
and  independent  states,  and  that  their  political  connection 
with  Great  Britain  is,  and  ought  to  be,  dissolved."     This 
was  earnestly  debated  and  passed,  not  without  great  oppo 
sition — seven  colonies  in  favor  and  six  opposed. 

24.  In  accordance  with  this  resolution,  a  committee  was 
appointed  to  draw  up  a  declaration  of  independence.     The 
committee  was  composed  of  Thomas  Jefferson,  John  Adams, 
Benjamin  Franklin,  Roger  Sherman,  and  Robert  R.  Living 
ston.     They  presented  their  draft  of  the  paper  on  the  28th 
of  June,  and  on  the  Fourth  of  July  the  Declaration  of  Inde 
pendence  was  adopted,  and  copies  were  immediately  sent 
throughout  the   country.     The   Thirteen  United  Colonies 
thenceforth  became  the  Thirteen  United  States  of  America. 
At  the  time -the  committee  was  appointed  to  draft  the  Dec 
laration,  another  committee  was  ordered  to  prepare  Articles 
of  Confederation.     Their  report,  presented  in  July,  was  not 
adopted  until  1777  ;  the  Articles  were  not  ratified  by  all  the 
states  until  the  year  1781. 

25.  On  the  12th  of  July  Admiral  Howe  arrived  from  En 
gland,  empowered,  with  his  brother  the  general,  to  offer  to 
the  colonies  terms  of  submission  and  reconciliation.    Disap 
pointed,  but  not  discouraged  by  the  adoption  of  the  Declara 
tion  of  Independence  a  few  days  before  his  arrival,  he  sent  a 

23.  From  what  colony  came  the  first  decided  action  on  independence?    What  did 
this  colony  do,  and  when  ?    By  what  colony  was  she  immediately  followed  ?  When  ? 
What  two  colonies  were  they  that  took  the  lead  in  independence?    Give  an  account 
of  the  important  movement  made  in  Congress  June  7.    How  was  this  received  by 
Congress  ? 

24.  What  followed  ?    Who  composed  this  celebrated  committee  ?    When  was  the 
Declaration  of  Independence  presented  and  adopted?    Under  what  name  did  the 
new  nation  begin  ?    What  other  committee  was  appointed  at  the  same  time  ?    What 
became  of  their  report  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1776.  177 

circular  letter  to  the  colonies,  offering  pardon  to  those  who 
would  submit,  and  threatening  those  who  refused.  Con 
gress  published  this  circular,  and  scattered  it  among  the 
people,  to  show  the  patriots  how  little  they  had  to  expect 
from  the  mercy  of  Great  Britain. 

26.  Soon  after  Howe  landed  at  Staten  Island  he  tried  to 
open  communication  with  Washington  by  a  letter  addressed 
George  Washington,  Esq.,  etc.,  etc.,  not  giving  him  his  title 
of  commander -in -chief.     This  Washington  declined  to  re 
ceive;  and,  after  some  slight  efforts  on  the  part  of  Howe,  the 
attempt  was  abandoned.     After  the  unfortunate  battle  of 
Long  Island,  thinking  that  the  Americans  would  be  in  a  more 
compliant  humor,  Howe  sent  to  Congress  asking  a  commit 
tee  of  conference.     A  committee  was  appointed,  which  met 
him  at  Staten  Island ;  but,  after  a  long  and  courteous  meet 
ing,  the  conference  ended  without  success.    There  was,  after 
this,  no  hope  of  settlement  but  by  the  sword. 

27.  Meanwhile,  Congress  was  taking  active  measures  to 
obtain  assistance  from  Europe.     Benjamin  Franklin,  Silas 
Deane,  and  Arthur  Lee  in  place  of  Thomas  Jefferson,  who 
declined  the  appointment,  were  sent,  December  30,  as  com 
missioners  to  the  French  court.     That  government  was  not 
prepared  to  go  to  war  with  England ;  and  for  this  reason 
gave  money  privately,  which  was  expended  in  the  purchase 
of  war  material,  that  was  then  sent  to  the  United  States. 
It  was  arranged  that  the  money  given  in  this  way  should 
be  repaid  by  Congress  through  a  mercantile  house  in  remit 
tances  of  tobacco  and  other  articles  of  produce. 

25.  Who  arrived  from  England  in  17TC  with  power  to  make  arrangements  with  the 
revolted  colonies  ?    Who  was  associated  as  commissioner  with  him  ?    What  did  he 
do  ?    How  did  Congress  treat  this  circular  of  his  ? 

26.  What  attempt  did  Howe  make  after  he  landed  on  Staten  Island  ?   How  was  this 
received  by  Washington  ?    In  what  did  this  attempt  result  ?    What  further  efforts  did 
Lord  Howe  make  a  short  time  after  to  promote  reconciliation  ?    Did  Congress  take 
any  notice  of  this  ?    How  did  it  all  end  ? 

27.  What  was  Congress  busily  engaged  in  doing  while  all  this  was  going  on  ?    Who 
were  appointed  commissioners  ?    How  did  France  give  assistance  ?    Why  was  this 
done  privately  ?    How  was  the  money  spent  ?    How  was  this  money  to  be  repaid  by 
Congress  ? 

H2 


178  WAR    OP    THE    REVOLUTION. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS  ON  THE  YEARS  1775  AND  1776. 

1.  Where  and  under  whom  were  the  British  at  the  beginning  of  1775? 

2.  How  did  hostilities  begin  ? 

3.  Describe  the  battle  of  Lexington. 

4.  What  effect  did  the  battle  of  Lexington  produce  throughout  the  colonies  aud 
on  the  British  troops  ? 

5.  What  were  minute-men  ? 

6.  By  what  colonial  troops  was  this  battle  fought? 

7.  What  led  to  the  battle  of  Bunker  Hill  ?    Describe  it. 

8.  Why  was  Washington  not  present  ? 

9.  Between  whom  had  the  struggle  been  carried  on  up  to  this  time  ? 

10.  How  had  Washington  become  known  enough  as  a  soldier  to  receive  the  nom 
ination  of  commander-in-chief? 

11.  How  old  was  he  when  appointed? 

12.  Give  a  brief  sketch  of  the  operations  in  the  North  in  1775. 

13.  How  was  Washington  occupied  during  the  fall  and  winter? 

14.  Mention  the  important  events  of  1775  ? 

15.  By  what  success  did  Washington  signalize  the  month  of  March,  177C? 

16.  What  foothold  did  the  British  have  in  the  colonies  ? 

17.  What  saved  New  York  from  being  occupied  by  them  in  the  early  part  of  1776? 

18.  When  and  where  did  they  attempt  to  gain  a  footing  in  the  South,  and  with 
what  success  ? 

19.  Against  what  point  did  they  direct  their  efforts,  and  what  were  their  prepara 
tions? 

20.  Why  was  New  York  so  necessary  to  the  British  ? 

21.  How  was  Washington  prepared  to  meet  them  ? 

22.  How  did  Washington's  first  pitched  battle  of  the  Revolution  terminate  ? 

23.  State  how  far  Washington  was  connected  with  the  battle.    Who  had  the  chief 
command  ? 

24.  In  what  way  did  Howe  lose  the  full  benefit  of  the  battle  of  Long  Island  ? 

25.  Sketch  rapidly  the  movements  of  the  two  armies  after  the  battle. 

26.  What  was  Howe's  plan,  and  when  did  he  give  it  up? 

27.  After  Howe  returned,  where  did  Washington  move? 

28.  What  was  Washington's  idea  m  this  ? 

29.  Why  was  Philadelphia  so  important  ? 

30.  How  was  the  retreat  through  New  Jersey  terminated  ?   When  did  it  begin  ana 
end? 

31.  What  brilliant  action  terminated  the  campaign  of  1776? 

32.  When  and  by  what  act  did  the  colonies  become  a  nation  ? 

33.  How  many  and  what  were  the  original  United  States? 

34.  What  is  said  of  the  important  measures  taken  by  Congress  in  March? 

35.  When  and  by  whom  was  the  subject  of  independence  first  broached  in  Con 
gress  ? 

36.  When  and  how  did  the  desire  for  independence  come  to  be  generally  enter 
taiued? 

37.  For  what  at  first  were  the  colonies  fighting? 

38.  What  efforts  did  the  British  make  toward  reconciliation  during  this  year? 

39.  At  what  particular  time  were  they  made? 

40.  Who  were  the  commissioners  authorized  to  propose  terms  of  reconciliation  ? 

41.  Give  an  instance  of  the  spirit  of  Congress  in  reference  to  Howe's  proclamations 

42.  What  steps  to  obtain  foreign  aid  were  taken  by  Congress  in  1776  f 

43.  State  the  general  result  of  the  war  at  the  end  of  the  year  1776. 

44.  Name  the  leading  military  events  of  1776. 


EVENTS    OF    1777, 


179 


SECTION  III. 

EVENTS    OF   1777. 

1.  WASHINGTON,  while  encamped  at  Trenton,  was  inform 
ed  that  the  British  were  assembling  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Princeton  for  a  movement  toward  the  Delaware.     By  his 
urgent  order,  Generals  Mifflin  and  Cadwallader  joined  him 
on  the  1st  of  January  with  3500  men.     Toward  sunset  on 
the  2d,  General  Cornwallis,  with  the  van  of  the  British  army, 
arrived  at  Trenton,  and  made  repeated  attempts  to  pass  the 
little  stream  that  runs  through  the  town,  but  was  as  often  re 
pulsed  by  the  artillery  of  the  Americans.     Cornwallis  there 
fore  concluded  to  wait  for  his  re-enforcements,  and  renew  the 
attack  on  the  following  day. 

2.  The  situation  of  Washington  was  most  critical.     In 
front  was  an  approaching  army  of  7000  men ;  in  the  rear 
was  the  Delaware,  impassable  by  reason   of  floating  ice. 
From  this  position  he 

determined  to  extricate 
his  troops  by  a  bold 
and  rapid  maneuvre. 
During  the  night  he 
sent  his  heavy  baggage 
down  to  Burlington, 
and,  leaving  his  camp- 
fires  burning  to  deceive 
the  enemy,  marched  his 
little  army  by  a  round 
about  road  toward  the 
British  post  at  Prince 
ton.  On  the  morning 
of  the  3d,  his  advance 
guard,  under  General 
Mercer,  met  about  800 
British  near  that  place  on  their  way  to  join  Cornwallis,  and 
a  sharp  engagement  followed.  The  Americans  were  at  first 

1.  What  was  the  situation  of  the  two  armies  at  the  beginning  of  1777  ?  How  was 
Washington  re-enforced  ?  Describe  Cornwailis's  movements.  What  did  he  deter 
mine  to  do? 


SEAT   OF   WAK   IN   NEW   JEESEY. 


ISO  WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 

worsted ;  but  Washington,  coming  up,  routed  the  enemy 
with  the  loss  of  100  killed  and  300  prisoners.  General  Mer 
cer  was  mortally  wounded. 

3.  Cornwallis,  who  heard  the  firing,  came  rapidly  up  from 
his  camp  at  Trenton ;  but  he  was  too  late  to  take  part  in  the 
battle.     Washington,  destroying  the  bridges  behind  him, 
fell  back  to  the  heights  of  Morristown,  while  Cornwallis, 
anxious  for  the  safety  of  the  stores  at  New  Brunswick, 
pushed  swiftly  to  that  point.    Though  Washington  had  but 
the  shadow  of  an  army  at  Morristown  during  the  winter,  he 
displayed  so  much  activity,  and  so  harassed  the  British,  that 
by  the  beginning  of  spring  they  had  abandoned  every  post 
in  New  Jersey  except  New  Brunswick  and  Perth  Amboy. 

4.  Toward  the  end  of  April,  General  Howe  dispatched 
General  Tryon,  ex-governor  of  New  York,  at  the  head  of 
2000  men,  to  destroy  a  large  quantity  of  American  stores 
collected  at  Danbury,  a  small  town  in  the  western  part  of 
Connecticut,  23  miles  from  the  Sound.     Tryon  landed,  April 
26,  between  Fairfield  and  Norwalk,  marched  to  Danbury, 
destroyed  the  stores  without  hindrance,  and  set  fire  to  the 
town.    On  his  retreat,  which  commenced  before  daylight  on 
the  27th,  and  continued  two  days,  he  was  attacked  by  the 
militia,  under  the  command  of  Generals  Wooster  and  Sulli 
van,  and  also  Benedict  Arnold,  who  volunteered  as  a  leader. 
At  length  the  British  were  able  to  reach  their  shipping  with 
the  loss  of  nearly  300  men.     The  Americans  lost  the  brave 
General  Wooster,  a  veteran  in  his  sixty-eighth  year.     Ar 
nold,  who  had  two  horses  shot  under  him,  displayed  so  much 
daring  gallantry  that  he  was  made  a  major  general  by  Con 
gress. 

5.  .The  burning  of  Danbury  was  revenged  by  the  Connec 
ticut  troops  in  the  following  month.     Colonel  Meigs,  with 
120  men  in  whale-boats,  crossed  the  Sound  to  the  east  end 

2.  What  is  said  of  Washington's  situation  ?    How  did  he  extricate  his  army  from 
this  ?    What  engagement  followed  ?    Describe  the  battle  of  Princeton. 

3.  How  did  Cornwallis  act?    What  were  Washington's  movements  after  the  bat 
tle  ?    How  did  he  employ  his  army  daring  the  remainder  of  the  winter  ?    What  was 
the  situation  of  the  British  in  the  spring  ? 

4.  What  expedition  was  sent  from  New  York  in  April  ?  Where  is  Danbury  ?    How 
far  was  Tryon  successful  in  his  object?    By  whom  was  he  opposed,  and  name  the 
commanders  ?    State  what  is  said  of  the  fight.    How  was  Arnold  rewarded  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1777.  181 

of  Long  Island  on  the  23d  of  May,  destroyed  a  great  quan 
tity  of  stores  and  12  vessels  at  Sag  Harbor,  took  90  prison 
ers,  and  returned  in  25  hours  without  the  loss  of  a  man.  An 
exploit  still  more  daring,  and  equally  successful,  was  the 
capture  of  General  Prescott,  the  commander  of  the  British 
forces  in  Rhode  Island,  in  the  month  of  July,  by  Colonel  Bar 
ton  and  40  men.  In  the  silence  of  the  night  of  the  10th 
they  crossed  Narragansett  Bay,  passed  by  the  British  guard- 
ships  unchallenged,  landed,  and  surprised  Prescott  at  his 
own  quarters  in  bed.  Barton  then  returned  unmolested 
with  his  prisoner  to  the  main  land.  Washington  had  now 
in  his  hands  a  general  that  could  be  exchanged  for  General 
Lee,  captured  very  much  in  the  same  way  by  the  British. 

6.  Principally  through  the  efforts  of  the  American  com 
missioners  in  France,  there  arrived  in  1776  and  1777  a  large 
number  of  foreign  military  officers  who  offered  their  services 
to  Congress.     Washington  complained  that  they  were  so 
numerous  he   did  not  know  how  to  find  employment  for 
them  ;  and  he  hinted  that  their  appointment  by  Congress  to 
places  of  higher  rank  than  those  given  to  faithful  American 
officers  was  producing  very  ill  feeling  in  the  army.     Several 
of  these  foreigners,  who  became  afterward  well  known,  were 
the  famous  Kosciusko  and  Count  Pulaski,  two  young  Polish 
officers  and  patriots ;  Conway,  an  Irishman  by  birth,  but  30 
years  in  the  French  army,  and,  after  entering  the  American 
service,  one  of  the  most  unprincipled  of  Washington's  ene 
mies  ;/" the  young  French  Marquis  de  Lafayette,  who  pur- 
chasecr a  ship,  and,  in  opposition  to  the  wishes  of  the  French 
government,  came  over,  together  with  Baron  de  Kalb  and 
others.    Later  came  Baron  Steuben,  a  Prussian  general  train 
ed  under  Frederick  the  Great,  who  did  great  service  to  the 
American  army  in  perfecting  its  discipline.  "\ 

7.  On  the  12th  of  June  General  Howe  left  New  York  and 
went  to  New  Brunswick.     From  this  point  he  tried  to  get 

6.  In  what  way  did  the  Connecticut  militia  revenge  the  attack  on  Danbury  ?  When 
was  this  ?  What  other  daring  exploit  occurred  in  July  ?  Describe  it.  In  what  way 
did  the  capture  of  Prescott  benefit  the  Americans  ? 

6.  What  persons  arrived  in  America  about  this  time  ?  What  did  Washington  say 
of  many  of  these  new  arrivals  ?  Name  some  of  these  officers.  What  was  peculiar  in 
<;he  coming  over  of  Lafayette  ?  Of  what  great  benefit  was  Baron  Steuben  ? 


182  WAR    OF   THE    REVOLUTION. 

to  the  rear  of  the  American  army  and  bring  on  a  general 
engagement.  Baffled  in  this,  after  several  attempts,  he  then, 
on  the  30th  of  June,  crossed  over  with  his  entire  force  to 
Staten  Island,  leaving  no  British  troops  in  New  Jersey.  At 
Sandy  Hook  General  Howe  found  his  brother,  Lord  Howe, 
with  his  fleet.  On  board  this  he  embarked  18,000  men,  and 
sailed  to  the  head  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  where  he  landed  his 
troops  near  Elk  River,  in  Maryland,  60  miles  south  of  Phil 
adelphia,  August  25.  Howe  then  advanced  northward  to 
the  capital  as  far  as  the  Brandywine  River. 

8.  Washington,  who  had  not  understood  Howe's  object 
until  he  was  well  on  his  way,  by  forced  marches  reached  the 
Brandywine  before  the  arrival  of  the  British,  and  at  Chad's 
Ford  was  prepared  to  resist  their  crossing,  September  11. 
General  Knyphausen,  at  the  head  of  the  Hessians,  was  or 
dered  to  make  a  feint  as  if  he  were  about  to  try  the  ford. 
Meanwhile  Cornwallis,  with  a  large  portion  of  the  army, 
crossed  higher  up,  and,  falling  on  Washington's  flank,  com 
pelled  him  to  retreat  with  the  loss  of  1200  men.     For  his 
bravery  in  this  battle,  Count  Pulaski  was  made  a  brigadier 
general.     To  complete  the  disaster  at  the  Brandywine,  Gen 
eral  Wayne,  a  few  days  after,  September  20,  while  watching 
the  British,  was  himself  so  suddenly  surprised  near  Paoli 
Tavern  that  he  lost  300  men.     The  loss  of  the  enemy  was 
only  seven. 

9.  As  the  British  continued  to  advance,  Washington  gave 
up  the  hope  of  saving  Philadelphia,  and  fell  back  to  Potts- 
grove,  on  the  Schuylkill.     Congress  left  the  city,  and,  after 
a  few  days,  assembled  at  York,  Pennsylvania.     Howe  en 
tered  Philadelphia  September  26,  and  stationed  the  bulk  of 
his  army  in  camp  at  Germantown,  at  that  time  a  small  vil 
lage  about  ten  miles  distant.    Washington,  having  received 
re-enforcements,  on  learning  that  two  detachments  of  Brit 
ish  had  beom  sent  away,  left  his  camp  on  the  Schuylkill,  1 4 

7.  What  was  Howe's  first  movement  in  June  ?    What  was  his  object  ?    Where  did 
we  leave  Washington  encamped  during  the  first  part  of  this  year  ?   What  was  Howe's 
success  ?   Who  was  at  Sandy  Hook  ?    On  what  expedition  did  Howe  move  ?   Where 
and  when  did  he  land  ?    Where  did  he  march  ? 

8.  Where,  when,  and  by  whom  was  he  opposed  ?    By  what  maneuvre  was  Wash 
ington  defeated  at  the  Brandywine  ?    What  other  misfortune  befell  a  portion  of  the 
American  army  soon  after  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1777. 


183 


miles  above,  marched  all  night,  and  at  sunrise,  October  4, 
fell  suddenly  on  the  British  at  Germantown.  The  enemy 
were  taken  by  surprise,  and  at  first  driven  in  disorder.  Vic 
tory  seemed  within  the  grasp  of  Washington  ;  but,  in  the 
fog  oi  the  morning,  the  American  lines  became  broken  and 
separated  by  the  stone  fences  that  lay  near  the  village.  A 
portion  of  the  British  made  a  stand  in  a  stone  house  ;  the 
rest  of  the  army  recovered  from  its  surprise,  and  in  turn 
drove  the  Americans  back,  with  the  loss  of  1000  men. 


10.  Howe  was  in  possession  of  Philadelphia,  but  the  Amer 
icans  still  held  command  of  the  Delaware,  principally  by 
means  of  Fort  Mifflin  on  Mud  Island,  and  Fort  Mercer  at 
Red  Bank,  opposite ;  there  were  also  obstructions  placed  in 
the  channel  of  the  river.  These  effectually  prevented  the 
British  ships  from  bringing  supplies  to  Philadelphia.  On 
October  22,  Count  Donop,  with  1200  picked  Hessians,  at 
tacked  the  fort  at  Red  Bank,  held  by  Colonel  Greene,  while 
the  British  ships  opened  fire  on  Fort  Mifflin.  Donop's  at 
tack  was  repulsed,  and  he  himself  killed,  together  with  near 
ly  400  of  his  men.  Two  British  ships  were  destroyed,  and 

9.  In  what  way  did  Howe's  advance  influence  the  movements  of  Washington  and 
of  Congress  ?  When  did  Howe  enter  Philadelphia  ?  Where  did  he  station  the  bulk 
of  his  army  ?  What  attack  did  Washington  plan  and  execute  ?  What  prevented  hi? 
success  in  the  battle  ?  What  was  the  American  loss  ? 


184  WAR    OF   THE    REVOLUTION. 

the  rest  retired,  badly  injured  by  the  fire  of  the  American 
guns. 

11.  The  British,  soon  after  this  repulse,  erected  batteries 
on  a  small  island  in  the  river,  and  on  November  10  opened 
a  severe  cannonade  on  Fort  Mifflin.  The  bombardment,  in 
which  the  fleet  joined,  continued  until  the  close  of  the  15th, 
when  the  works  were  nearly  demolished ;  the  garrison  was 
withdrawn  during  the  following  night.  Two  days  after,  the 
fort  at  Red  Bank  was  abandoned,  and  thus  the  river  was 
open  to  the  British.  Washington  established  his  winter 
quarters  at  Valley  Forge,  on  the  Schuylkill,  20  miles  from 
Philadelphia,  while  Howe  kept  his  armywithin  a  strongly- 
fortified  line  extending  from  the  Delaware  to  the  Schuylkill. 

12.  Events  in  the  North.  Burgoyne's  Invasion.  —  In  the 
spring  of  1777,  the  British  planned  an  expedition  to  move 
from  Canada  to  the  Hudson  by  way  of  Lake  Champlain. 
Its  object  was  to  obtain  control  of  that  river,  and  thus  cut 
off  New  England  from  the  Middle  and  Southern  States. 
Accordingly,  General  Burgoyne,  with  a  brilliant  army  of 
8000  men,  appeared  before  Ticonderoga,  commanded  by 
General  St.  Clair,  on  the  2d  of  July.  On  the  5th  the  British 
guns  were  planted  on  a  steep  hill  called  Mount  Defiance, 
that  commanded  the  fort,  and  which  had  been  left  unguard 
ed.  St.  Clair  at  once  saw  that  defense  was  hopeless,  and 
that  his  only  safety  was  in  instant  retreat.  Sending  his  bag 
gage  and  stores  by  water  up  the  lake  to  Skenesborough,  he 
ordered  the  troops  to  march  by  land  and  join  them  at  that 
point.  Burgoyne  dispatched  General  Fraser  in  pursuit  of 
the  enemy,  while  he  himself,  by  rapid  movements,  captured 
the  stores  at  Skenesborough.  Fraser  overtook  the  rear  of 
St.  Clair's  force  at  Hubbardton  on  the  7th  of  July,  and  in 
flicted  on  it  severe  loss. 

10.  What  prevented  Howe's  communication  with  his  ships  ?    How  did  he  try  to 
remedy  this  ?    What  was  the  success  of  these  attempts  ? 

11.  What  is  said  of  the  next  attack  on  Fort  Mifflin  ?    How  did  the  enemy  get  pos 
session  of  Fort  Mercer  ?    Where  did  they  pass  the  winter  ?    Where  was  Washing 
ton  encamped  ? 

12.  What  expedition  was  planned  in  the  North  in  1777  ?    What  was  its  object  ? 
Who  commanded  it  ?    Where  did  he  first  appear  with  his  army  ?    What  was  his  suc 
cess  ?    Who  was  the  American  general  ?    How  did  he  manage  to  escape  ?    What 
happened  at  Skenesborough  ?  at  Hubbardton  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1777. 


185 


13.  Schuyler  had   command 
of  the  Army  of  the  North,  and 
was    at  Fort  Edward,  on   the 
Hudson.     His  force  was  made 
up    of  raw   militia,  amounting 
to  about  5000,  many  of  whom 
were  unarmed,  and  there  was, 
besides,  great  scarcity  of  ammu 
nition  and  provisions.     Schuy 
ler  was  soon  joined  by  the  wreck 
of  St.  Glair's  troops.     It  was  24 
miles  from  Burgoyne's  army  at 
Skenesborough  to  Fort  Edward, 
and  Schuyler  quickly  obstructed 
the  road  through  the  wilderness 
by  destroying  the  bridges  and 
felling  trees  in  the  way.   So  thor 
oughly  did  he  do  this  work  that 
it  cost  Burgoyne  nearly  a  fort 
night  to  reach  the  Hudson.    On 
his  approach,  Fort  Edward  was 
abandoned,  July  29th,  and  the 
American  army  retired,  first  to 
Saratoga,  and  then  to  Stillwa- 
ter,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Mohawk. 

14.  As  the  British  army  was  drawing  near  Fort  Edward 
there  occurred  the  murder  of  Miss  M'Crea,  an  event  which 
exerted  a  baneful  influence  on  the  future  career  of  Burgoyne. 
This  young  lady  was  betrothed  to  an  American  loyalist  offi 
cer  in  Burgoyne's  army,  and  was  stopping  with  a  friend  near 
Fort  Edward.    A  marauding  party  of  Indians,  after  sacking 
the  house,  carried  off  Miss  M'Crea ;  and,  in  a  quarrel  as  to 
whose  prize  she  was,  one  of  them,  in  a  rage,  killed  her  on 
the  spot,  and  carried  her  scalp  into  the  British  camp.     Bur 
goyne,  when  he  heard  of  this  bloody  deed,  was  struck  with 
the  greatest  horror,  and  promptly  disavowed  it ;  but  the 

13.  Who  had  command  of  the  army  that  was  to  oppose  Burgoyne  ?  What  was  its 
condition?  What  wise  measures  did  Schnyler  take  to  hinder  the  advance  of  the 
British  ?  How  was  the  wisdom  of  these  measures  shown  ?  To  what  point  was  the 
American  army  withdrawn  ?  Where  was  Fort  Edward  ? 


/MASSACHUSE7T! 


KUKGOYNE'S  CAMPAIGN. 


186  WAR    OF   THE    REVOLUTION. 

people  of  the  frontiers  were  powerfully  excited,  and  flew  to 
arms  to  protect  their  families  and  firesides  from  their  cruel 
enemy. 

15.  While  Burgoyne  was  moving  up  Lake  Champlain  in 
June,  he  sent  Colonel  St.  Leger,  with  a  mixed  force  of  regu 
lars,  tories,  Canadians,  and  Indians,  into  the  valley  of  the 
Mohawk.    On  the  3d  of  August  St.  Leger  laid  siege  to  Fort 
Schuyler,  the  present  site  of  Rome,  commanded  by  Colonel 
Gansevoort.    A  few  days  after  this,  the  garrison  was  cheered 
by  the  intelligence  that  General  Herkimer,  at  the  head  of 
800  militia,  was  on  the  march  to  their  aid.    About  six  miles 
from  the  fort,  at  a  place  called  Oris'kany,  Herkimer  fell  into 
an  ambush,  August  6,  and  was  mortally  wounded;  but  the 
garrison  at  nearly  the  same  time,  by  a  successful  sally,  re 
pulsed  a  portion  of  St.  Leger's  force.     The  British  colonel 
soon  after  retreated  on  news  of  the  approach  of  Arnold,  who 
had  been  sent  by  General  Schuyler  to  the  relief  of  the  fort. 
St.  Leger  made  his  way  by  Oswego  to  Canada  with  what 
remained  of  his  command. 

16.  In  the  beginning  of  August,  Burgoyne,  being  greatly 
in  want  of  provisions  and  horses,  sent  a  party  of  800  men, 
under  Colonel  Baum,  to  Bennington,  to  seize  the  stores  col 
lected  there  by  the  Americans.     Colonel  Stark,  at  the  head 
of  the  New  Hampshire  militia,  met  and  defeated  Baum  about 
five  miles  from  Bennington.     Colonel  Breyman,  with  anoth 
er  body  of  British,  arrived  just  as  Baum's  corps  had  been 
defeated ;  but,  fortunately,  a  fresh  body  of  Americans  also 
arrived,  under  Colonel  Warner,  and  Breyman  was  compelled 
to  retreat.    The  loss  to  the  British  in  both  engagements  was 
200  in  killed,  600  prisoners,  1000  muskets,  and  four  pieces 
of  artillery.    The  American  loss  was  14  killed  and  62  wound 
ed.     This,  together  with  the  news  of  St.  Leger's  defeat,  was 
a  great  disaster  to  Burgoyne,  and  put  a  stop  to  any  hopes 

14.  What  event  occurred  about  this  time  ?    Why  was  this  important  ?    Who  was 
Miss  M'Crea  ?    Describe  the  circumstances  of  her  capture  and  death.    How  did  Bur 
goyne  look  on  the  act  ?    What  effect  did  it  produce  on  the  Americans  ? 

15.  What  expedition  was  sent  off  by  Burgoyne  before  he  appeared  in  front  of  T5- 
conderoga?    What  place  did  St.  Leger  attack?    What  help  was  sent  to  the  garri 
son  ?    What  happened  to  this  body  of  militia  ?    In  what  way  did  the  garrison  help 
themselves  ?    What  was  the  end  of  St.  Leger's  attempt  on  the  fort  ?    In  what  dircc 
tiondidhego* 


EVENTS    OF    1777.  187 

he  had  of  penetrating  the  country  by  way  of  the  Hudson ; 
but  he  could  not  retreat,  for  the  militia  had  now  begun  to 
collect  in  large  numbers  in  his  rear. 

17.  Loud  complaints  having  been  made  against  General 
Schuyler  for  his  conduct  of  the  campaign,  Congress  removed 
him  from  his  command  just  when  he  was  about  to  reap  the 
reward  of  his  labors,  and  General  Horatio  Gates  was  ap 
pointed  in  his  stead.     Burgoyne,  having  received  a  fresh 
supply  of  provisions,  crossed  the  Hudson  to  the  plains  of 
Saratoga,  where  he  encamped  and  threw  up  intrenchments. 
Gates  left  his  position  on  the  islands  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Mohawk,  and  fortified  himself  on  Bemis's  Heights,  not  far 
from  Burgoyne. 

18.  On  the  19th  of  September  an  alarm  was  sounded  in 
the  American  camp  that  the  British  were  advancing,  and  a 
spirited  engagement  followed.    Many  times  both  armies  ad 
vanced,  and  each  in  turn  was  driven  back ;  but  the  battle 
ended  with  the  British  troops  in  possession  of  the  ground. 
The  vigorous  attack  and  defense  by  the  Americans  were 
greatly  owing  to  the  bravery  of  Arnold.     Two  weeks  of  in 
activity  followed  the  battle,  during  which  the  two  armies 
were  within  cannon-shot  of  each  other.     Meanwhile  the  mi 
litia  from  the  country  had  entirely  cut  off  Burgoyne's  com 
munication  with  the  lake,  and  his  hopes  of  supplies.    In  this 
desperate  state  of  affairs,  he  risked  another  engagement  on 
the  7th  of  October,  and  was  beaten  with  the  loss  of  400  in 
killed,  wounded,  and  prisoners,  and  a  portion  of  his  intrench 
ed  camp. 

19.  In  the  night  he  withdrew  his  troops  to  some  heights 
in  the  rear.     When,  two  days  after,  he  fell  back  to  Sarato- 

16.  Against  what  point  did  Burgoyne  send  a  part  of  his  army  in  August?  For 
what  object  ?  By  whom  were  they  first  met?  How  many  engagements  were  there 
on  the  same  day  ?  Give  the  particulars  of  the  second.  What  was  the  loss  on  each 
side  ?  What  effect  did  this  and  St.  Leger's  (led-jer)  defeat  have  on  Burgoyne's  plans  ? 
Why,  then,  did  he  not  retreat  ? 

IT.  What  complaints  had  been  made  against  General  Schuyler  ?  How  was  Schny- 
<er  treated  ?  What  were  Burgoyne's  movements  ?  What  were  the  movements  of 
Gates  ?  Who  was  Kosciusko  ? 

18.  What  occurred  on  the  19th  of  September?  Describe  the  battle  of  Bemis's 
Heights.  Who  acquired  great  glory  in  the  battle  ?  What  occurred  during  the  next 
fortnight?  What  is  said  of  Burgoyne's  situation?  What  did  he  do?  What  wae 
the  result  of  the  second  battle  ? 


188 


WAR    OF  THE    REVOLUTION. 


ga,  his  whole  effective  force  was  not  more  than  4000  men, 
Yet  he  still  kept  a  bold  front,  and  hoped  to  receive  help 
from  General  Clinton,  who  was  pushing  up  the  Hudson  from 
New  York  to  his  assistance.  Meanwhile  his  provisions  were 
reduced  to  a  three  days'  supply ;  and  his  men  being  worn 
out  with  hunger  and  fatigue,  and  hemmed  in  by  thrice  the 
number  of  Americans,  who  were  constantly  increasing,  he 
was  forced  to  surrender  his  army,  with  the  honors  of  war, 
October  17.  Nearly  6000  prisoners,  a  large  number  of  brass 
cannon,  5000  muskets,  and  a  great  quantity  of  ammunition, 
were  the  trophies  of  this  great  success. 


6UKEENDEE  OF  BUEGOYNE.- 


20.  Had  Burgoyne  known  what  Gates  well  knew,  or  had 
he  been  able  to  hold  out  for  a  few  days  longer,  fortune  might 
have  taken  a  very  different  turn ;  for  Clinton  had  captured 
Forts  Clinton  and  Montgomery,  which  commanded  the  High- 

19.  By  what  movement  did  he  show  that  he  had  been  fairly  beaten  ?  Where  did 
he  go  ?  State  the  condition  of  his  army.  What  hope  buoyed  him  up  ?  How  did  it 
all  end?  Give  the  particulars  of  the  surrender. 


EVENTS    OF    1778.      .  189 

lands,  October  6.  On  learning  the  news  of  Burgoyne's  sur 
render,  he  collected  his  army,  dismantled  the  forts  that  he 
had  captured,  and  descended  the  river,  taking  with  him  all 
the  cannon  and  stores  to  New  York.  The  capture  of  Bur 
goyne's  army  sent  joy  throughout  the  country,  raised  the 
spirits  of  the  people,  and  increased  the  number  of  volun 
teers.  It  also  completely  relieved  the  Americans  from  any 
fear  of  an  invasion  from  Canada. 


SECTION  IV. 

EVENTS    OF    1778. 

1.  THE  American  army,  in  their  huts  at  Valley  Forge, 
spent  a  very  wretched  winter  amid  the  snow,  many  of  them* 
being  without  shoes,  half  clad,  and  all  of  them  suffering  from 
want  of  provisions.     The  officers,  as  well  as  the  men,  were 
without  pay,  and  Congress  had  no  means  of  paying  them. 
The  distress  of  the  army  was  so  great  that  Washington  was 
authorized  to  seize  provisions  wherever  he  could,  and  give 
bills  on  Congress  for  the  amount.     This  was  a  harsh,  though 
necessary  measure ;  but  it,  in  some  degree,  improved  the  con 
dition  of  the  army,    This  period  is  considered  the  gloomiest 
in  the  war. 

2.  During  the  winter  occurred  the  famous  plot,  known  as 
the  Conway  Cabal.     After  the  surrender  of  Burgoyne,  the 
reputation  of  Gates  rose  very  high.     While  this  was  at  its 
height,  a  few  officers  of  the  army,  headed  by  Generals  Con- 
way  and  Mifflin,  to  whom  were  joined  some  members  of  Con 
gress,  formed  a  plan  to  destroy  the  military  reputation  of 
Washington  by  charging  him  with  want  of  energy  and  suc 
cess.     In  this  way  they  thought  to  compel  him  to  resign, 
and  then  to  elevate  Gates  to  the  command  of  the  army. 

20.  What  possibility  was  there  that  Burgoyne  might  have  been  saved  ?  What  die 
Clinton  do  when  he  heard  of  the  surrender?  Where  were  Forts  Clinton  and  Mont 
gomery?  See  map  on  page  198.  How  was  the  news  of  Bmgoyne's  surrender  re 
ceived  in  America?  What  effect  did  it  produce? 

1.  Where  did  Washington  and  his  army  spend  the  winter  of  1777  f  What  was  the 
condition  of  the  army  while  there?  In  what  way  did  Congress  attempt  to  remedy 
this  ?  How  is  the  winter  of  1777  generally  regarded  ? 


190  WAR    OF   THE    REVOLUTION. 

The  plotting  was  very  active  and  malignant  while  it  con 
tinued,  but  Washington  held  too  firm  a  place  in  the  confi 
dence  of  the  people  and  the  army  to  be  easily  shaken  from  it. 
The  country  was  aroused  ;  his  enemies  were  baffled,  and  his 
popularity  rose  to  a  greater  height  than  ever  before. 

3.  The  spring  of  1778  opened  with  a  more  cheerful  state 
of  things  in  the  army  and  in  Congress.     The  news  of  Bur- 
goyne's  surrender  had  produced  widely  different  feelings  in 
France  and  England.     The  French  court  still  remembered 
with  bitterness  the  loss  of  its  American  colonies  a  few  years 
before,  and  now  saw  with  joy  that  England  was  likely  to 
suffer  in  the  same  way.     By  the  English  government  the 
news  was  received  with  astonishment  and  alarm,  which  were 
increased  by  the  knowledge  that  France  was  disposed  to  as- 

i  sist  the  colonies.  The  English  ministry,  therefore,  felt  the 
necessity  of  offering  terms  to  the  Americans ;  and  accord 
ingly,  in  January,  1778,  two  bills  were  passed  in  Parliament 
— one,  renouncing  all  intention  to  levy  taxes  in  America ; 
the  other,  appointing  five  commissioners,  with  full  powers 
to  treat  with  the  colonies  for  the  restoration  of  the  English 
authority. 

4.  Fortunately,  soon  after  the  news  of  the  offer  of  these 
propositions  in  Parliament  reached  America  in  April,  there 
arrived,  in  a  French  frigate,  the  intelligence   that,  in  the 
month  of  February,  France  had  agreed  with  the  American 
commissioners  on  two  treaties  with  the  United  States — one, 
of  friendship  and  commerce  ;  and  the  other,  of  defensive  alli 
ance  in  case  Great  Britain  should  declare  war  against  France. 
No  peace  was  to  be  made  without  mutual  consent,  and  not 
until  the  independence  of  the  United  States  had  been  ac 
knowledged  by  England.     These  treaties,  speedily  ratified 
by  Congress,  strengthened  the  confidence  of  the  American 
patriots;  and  when  the  English  commissioners  arrived  in 

2.  What  was  started  during  the  winter  of  1T77-78?   What  is  said  of  Gates  ?   What 
was  the  plot,  and  who  formed  the  cabal  ?    What  did  they  hope  to  do?    What  was: 
the  result  of  their  schemes  ? 

3.  How  did  next  spring  open  ?    What  was  now  the  state  of  feeling  at  the  French 
court?    What  news  produced  this?    How  did  the  English  government  receive  the 
same  news  ?    What  other  information  increased  their  alarm  ?   What  did  this  prompt 
the  English  government  to  do  ?    State  the  nature  of  these  two  bills.    Which  of  these 
seems  the  more  important? 


EVENTS    OF    1778.  191 

June,  Congress  declined  to  treat  with  them  unless  the  inde 
pendence  of  the  colonies  was  first  recognized,  and  the  fleets 
and  armies  of  England  were  withdrawn. 

5.  In  this  determination  Congress  was  still  farther  strength 
ened  by  what  was  occurring  at  Philadelphia.     Sir  Henry 
Clinton,  on  the  llth  of  May,  took  command  there  in  place 
of  General  Howe,  who  was  recalled,     Orders  were  also  re 
ceived  from  England  to  withdraw  the  troops  from  Philadel 
phia,  and  the  British  fleet  from  the  Delaware,  as  a  large 
French  fleet  for  the  assistance  of  the  Americans  might  be 
expected  on  the  coast  at  an  early  moment. 

6.  Clinton,  soon  after  his  arrival,  made  active  preparations 
for  the  evacuation  of  the  city,  and,  on  the  18th  of  June,  with 
his  army  of  about  12,000  men,  he  left  Philadelphia,  crossed 
the  Delaware,  and  commenced  his  march  through  New  Jer 
sey  to  New  York.     Admiral  Howe  had  already  sailed  with 
his  fleet  from  the  Delaware,  and  anchored  inside  of  Sandy 
Hook,  ready  for  the  arrival  of  Clinton.     Washington,  in 
formed  of  Clinton's  movements,  crossed  the  Delaware  in  pur 
suit  on  the  24th  of  June.    Lee,  who  had  been  exchanged  for 
General  Prescott,  was  second  in  command.     The  progress 
of  the  British  was  hindered  by  the  great  quantity  of  bag 
gage,  and  by  the  intense  heat  of  the  weather.    Washington, 
who  moved  more  rapidly,  came  up  with  Clinton,  near  Mon- 
mouth  Court-house,  on  the  27th  of  June,  and  determined  to 
give  him  battle. 

7.  On  the  28th  of  June,  Lee,  with  the  advance  body,  moved 
forward  to  the  attack ;  but  the  enemy  were  in  greater  force 
than  was  supposed,  and  Lee  fell  back,  in  some  disorder,  to 
higher  ground.     Washington  came  up  with  the  main  body, 
and  prevented  serious  disaster  ;  and  the  day  closed,  after  se- 

4.  What  intelligence  came  from  France  in  May?  What  was  the  purport  of  these 
two  treaties?  How  were  they  received  by  Congress  and  the  country?  How  were 
the  English  received  in  June  ? 

8.  Who  had  assumed  command  of  the  British  army  at  Philadelphia  in  May  ?  What 
orders  had  he  received  from  England  ?  What  then  was  the  first-fruit  of  the  French 
alliance  ? 

6.  How  soon  was  Clinton  prepared  to  evacuate  Philadelphia  ?  What  is  said  of  hie 
leaving;?  What  meanwhile  were  the  movements  of  the  British  fleet?  What  were 
Washington's  movements?  Who  was  his  second  in  command?  How  was  the 
British  army  hindered  in  its  march  ?  Where  and  when  did  Washington  overtake 
Clinton  ? 


192 


WAR    OF   THE    REVOLUTION. 


vere  fighting,  without  any  positive  advantage  on  either  side. 
Washington  intended  to  resume  the  battle  in  the  morning, 
but  before  sunrise  Clinton's  army  was  far  on  its  way  toward 
the  Highlands  of  Navesink.  The  Americans  were  so  worn 
out  with  rapid  marching,  and  the  fatigue  and  intense  heat 
of  the  previous  day,  that  it  was  decided  to  abandon  the  pur 
suit  ;  and,  after  a  day's  rest,  they  were  marched  to  New 
Brunswick,  where  they  encamped.  Arriving  at  Sandy  Hook, 
the  British  were  met  by  Lord  Howe's  fleet,  and  were  con« 
veyed  to  New  York.  Clinton's  retreat  had  cost  him,  in 
killed,  wounded,  and  by  desertions,  more  than  2000  men. 

8.  When  Lee  was  falling  back  at  the  battle  of  Monmouth, 

Washington  rode  up  in  great 
haste,  and,  being  deeply  irri 
tated  at  what  he  saw,  address 
ed  Lee  in  angry  terms.  The 
latter  was  greatly  offended  at 
Washington's  public  rebuke, 
and,  after  the  battle,  addressed 
two  haughty  and  offensive  let 
ters  to  his  general,  in  which 
he  demanded  a  speedy  trial. 
Washington  at  once  ordered 
him  to  be  arrested  and  tried 
by  court-martial  for  disobe 
dience  of  orders;  for  having 
made  an  unnecessary,  shameful,  and  disorderly  retreat ;  and 
for  disrespect  to  his  commander  in  the  letters  he  had  writ 
ten.  He  was  acquitted  of  the  most  serious  part  of  the 
charges,  but  was  sentenced  to  be  suspended  from  his  com 
mand  for  one  year. 

9.  He  thereupon  retired  to  his  estate  in  Virginia,  in  the 
Shenandoah  Valley.     Shortly  after  the  expiration  of  the  pe 
riod  of  his  sentence,  he  addressed  a  hasty  and  insolent  let 


GENERAL   LEE. 


7.  Who  led  the  attack?    What  was  his  success?    What  prevented  serious  disas 
ter?    How  did  the  battle  of  Monmouth  terminate?    What  prevented  a  renewal  of 
the  battle  next  day  ?    Did  Washington  continue  the  pursuit  ?    Why  was  this  ?    How 
did  Clinton  finally  reach  New  York  ?    What  was  his  loss  during  this  retreat  ? 

8.  What  took  place  at  the  time  of  Lee's  retreat  at  Monmouth  ?    In  what  way  did 
Lee  receive  this  ?    What  immediately  followed  ?    What  is  said  of  the  trial  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1778.  193 

ter  to  Congress;  and  for  this  his  name  was  promptly  or 
dered  to  be  struck  from  the  rolls  of  the  army.  Brave,  able, 
and  a  well-educated  soldier,  Lee's  chief  faults  seem  to  have 
been  an  excessive  opinion  of  his  own  abilities,  and  a  too 
great  readiness  to  criticise  the  military  conduct  of  Washing 
ton.  But  there  is  no  evidence  that  he  ever  joined  the  cabal 
of  Gates,  Conway,  and  others,  to  ruin  the  commander-in-chief. 

10.  The  French   fleet,  under  D'Estaing   (des-tany),  with 
4000  troops  on  board,  arrived  too  late  to  find  Admiral  Howe 
in  the  Delaware.    The  latter  was  safe  in  Raritan  Bay,  where 
the  heavy  French  ships  could  not  reach  him.     A  combined 
movement  against  the  British  army  in  Rhode  Island,  under 
General  Pigot,  was  arranged,  in  which  the  American  troops, 
under  General  Sullivan,  were  to  be  assisted  by  the  French 
fleet  and  army.  • 

11.  On  the  29th  of  July,  D'Estaing's  fleet  arrived  in  Nar- 
ragansett  Bay.     On  the  8th  of  August  it  entered  the  har 
bor,  and  passed  the  British  batteries  with  little  injury.    This 
delay  of  a  week  was  caused  by  the  non-arrival  of  the  Amer 
ican  troops  ;  but  it  proved  fatal  to  the  enterprise,  because  it 
gave  the  brave  and  active  Lord  Howe  time  to  arrive  off  the 
harbor  of  Newport,  on  the  9th,  to  the  assistance  of  General 
Pigot.     D'Estaing  promptly  sailed  out  on  the  10th  to  give 
Lord  Howe  battle.     Before  the  ships  could  engage,  a  terri 
ble  storm  scattered  and  disabled  both  fleets.     Howe  made 
his  way  back  to  New  York,  and  D'Estaing's  fleet  returned 
to  the  bay  in  a  very  forlorn  condition,  but  soon  sailed  to 
Boston  to  refit. 

12.  Sullivan,  in  command  of  the  American  forces,  to  the 
number  of  10,000  men,  performed  his  part  of  the  plan  by 
advancing  toward  the  British  lines  at  Newport.     Here  he 
waited  for  the  co-operation  of  the  French  fleet  and  army  that 
were  to  unite  with  him  in  an  attack  on  the  British  works. 

9.  Where  did  Lee  go  after  his  trial  ?    What  happened  to  him  after  the  expiration 
of  his  sentence  ?    What  is  said  of  his  character  ? 

10.  What  re-enforcements  arrived  from  France?    With  what  disappointment  did 
they  meet?    Where  was  Lord  Howe  ?    Against  what  point  was  a  combined  move 
ment  planned?    Who  were  the  commanders  of  this? 

11.  What  were  the  movements  of  D'Estaing's  fleet?    Why  did  the  fleet  not  enter 
the  Harbor  sooner?    What  was  the  effect  of  this  delay?    What  occurred  after  thtf 
appearance  of  Howe's  fleet  ?    What  were  the  fleets  compelled  to  do  ? 

I 


194  WAR    OF   THE    REVOLUTION. 

When  D'Estaing  got  back  to  Newport,  he  informed  Sullivan 
that  he  was  about  to  sail  to  Boston  to  repair  damages.  Sul 
livan  remonstrated,  and  asked  him  to  remain  two  or  three 
days,  before  the  end  of  which  time  the  place  must  fall;  but 
D'Estaing  remained  firm  to  his  purpose.  Still  again  Sulli 
van  asked  that  the  French  troops  might  be  left.  This  also 
was  refused. 

13.  Thus  left  to  his  own  resources,  Sullivan  was  compelled 
to  fall  back  to  the  north  end  of  the  island,  pursued  by  the 
British.     On  the  29th,  an  obstinate  engagement  was  fought 
at  Quaker  Hill,  but  the  advantage  remained  with  the  Amer 
icans.     Meanwhile  rumors  had  reached  Sullivan  that  assist 
ance  to  Pigot  was  on  the  way  from  New  York.    There  was 
no  time  for  delay.     On  the  night  of  the  30th,  the  American 
army,  with  great  skill  and  without  loss,  was^  transported  to 
the  main  land.    It  was  not  too  soon.    Next  day  Clinton  ar 
rived  at  Newport,  in  a  light  squadron,  with  a  re-enforcement 
of  4000  men. 

14.  Clinton  made  use  of  the  troops  that  had  arrived  a  day 
too  late  in  sending  them,  under  Major  General  Grey,  to  rav 
age  the  coasts  to  the  eastward.     This  was  the  same  ener 
getic  but  merciless  officer  that  surprised  General  Wayne  at 
Paoli  Tavern,  in  Pennsylvania.     Grey  made  terrible  havoc 
among  the  shipping  on  the  coasts ;  laid  waste  New  Bedford, 
Fair  Haven,  and  the  island  of  Martha's  Vineyard,  and  re 
turned,  with  a  great  amount  of  plunder,  to  New  York. 

15.  The  conduct  of  Grey  had  already  been  far  surpassed 
in  Pennsylvania,     In  the  beginning  of  July,  about  1100  to- 
ries  and  Indians,  under  Colonel  John  Butler  and  the  Indian 
chief  Brandt,  entered  the  Valley  of  Wyoming,  on  the  Sus- 
quehanna.     After  defeating  an  armed  body  of  settlers,  they 
laid  waste  the  fields,  burned  the  houses,  and  murdered  the 
inhabitants  under  circumstances  of  great  cruelty.     Nearly 

12.  How  far  did  these  movements  of  D'Estaing  affect  those  of  Sullivan  ?    What 
did  D'Estaing  conclude  to  do  ?    How  did  Sullivan  act  when  he  heard  of  this,  and  with 
what  result  ?    What  favor  did  Sullivan  finally  entreat  of  him  ? 

13.  In  what  situation  did  this  conduct  of  D'Estaing  place  General  Sullivan  ?    What 
happened  on  the  29th  of  August  ?    What  rumors  reached  Sullivan  ?    How  did  Sulli 
van  extricate  himself?    Why  was  he  fortunate  in  this  ? 

14.  In  what  way  did  Clinton  make  use  of  these  troops  ?    Who  was  Grey  ?    What 
were  the  results  of  this  expedition  f 


EVENTS    OF    1778.  195 

the  same  dreadful  atrocities  were  perpetrated  at  Cherry  Val 
ley  in  November  following.  The  country  for  miles  around 
was  a  scene  of  murder  and  bloodshed. 

16.  Toward  the  end  of  the  year,  Clinton  sent  an  expedi 
tion  to  Georgia,  under  Colonel  Campbell,  to  attack  Savan 
nah.     This  was  fortified  and  held  by  a  garrison  of  about 
1000  men,  under  General  Robert  Howe.     After  severe  fight 
ing,  the  British  took  possession  of  the  city  on  the  29th  of 
December.     During  the  winter  the  French  fleet  was  in  the 
West  Indies,  whither  Admiral  Howe  had  followed  it. 

17.  The  war  had  now  lasted  four  years,  and  the  British, 
after  tremendous  exertions,  held,  in  the  North,  only  New 
York  Island  and  Narragansett  Bay.    In  the  South  they  had 
only  gained  a  foothold  in  Georgia ;  while,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  Americans  had  become  more  formidable  than  ever  by 
means  of  the  French  alliance.    Yet  the  American  cause  was 
still  laboring  under  great  difficulties.     Congress  had  very 
little  specie,  and  had  issued  so  much  paper  money  that  it 
had  become  nearly  worthless.     Every  thing  must  have  gone 
to  ruin  had  it  not  been  for  the  exertions  of  Robert  Morris, 
a  member  of  Congress  from  Philadelphia,  in  which  city  he 
was  a  leading  merchant.    He  borrowed  large  sums  of  money 
on  his  own  credit,  and  lent  them  to  the  government.     This 
he  continued  to   do  until  the  close  of  the  war.     Notwith 
standing  all  this,  the  army  were  still  heavy  sufferers  from 
want,  not  only  of  their  pay,  but  of  the  necessaries  of  life. 

15.  What  raid  was  made  by  the  enemy  in  Pennsylvania  this  year?    State  what 
was  done.    At  what  other  place  were  like  cruelties  perpetrated  ? 

16.  To  what  point  did  Clinton  turn  his  attention  toward  the  end  of  the  year? 
Whom  did  he  send  thither  ?    Who  commanded  the  place  ?    What  was  the  result  of 
the  expedition  ?    Where  was  the  French  fleet? 

17.  State  the  situation  of  the  British  at  the  end  of  four  years'  warfare  ?    What  was 
the  military  condition  of  the  Americans?    What  was  producing  great  injury  to  the 
American  cause?    What  saved  the  country  from  nearly  total  financial  ruin?    In 
whut  way  ?    Did  this  put  a  stop  to  the  suffering  of  the  army  ? 


196 


WAB    OF   THE    REVOLUTION. 


SECTION  V. 

EVENTS    OF   1779. 

1.  IN  the  beginning  of  January,  1779,  the  British,  to  the 
number  of  3000,  were  at  Savannah,  under  the  command  of 
General  Prevost.  He  moved  against  the  American  post  at 
Sunbury,  which  surrendered  at  his  appearance,  January  9. 
Prevost  then  sent  Colonel  Campbell  to  Augusta,  which  was 
occupied  without  resistance.  The  tories  were  very  numer 
ous  in  that  region,  and  very  active.  Seven  hundred  of 
them,  under  Colonel  Boyd,  while  on  their  march  to  Augusta 
to  join  the  British,  were  attacked  at  Kettle  Creek,  Febru 
ary  14,  by  a  patriot  force  under  Colonel  Pickens,  and  de 
feated  with  severe  loss.  Five  of  the  prisoners  were  hung 
as  traitors. 


OF 

OPERATIONS 
INTHE  SOUTH 
1779  -   1781 


2.  Lincoln,  the  American  general,  sent  General  Ashe  to 
threaten  Augusta,  and  Campbell  fell  back  to  a  small  stream, 
called  Brier  Creek,  about  halfway  to  Savannah.  Ashef,  who 

1-  What  was  the  situation  of  the  British  army  at  the  South  in  January,  1770  ? 
Against  what  poiiit  did  Prevost  move  ?  and  with  what  success  ?  What  was  the  next 
movement  of  the  British  ?  How  did  a  large  part  of  the  population  regard  the  Brit 
ish?  What  befell  a  large  party  of  them?  What  instance  after  the  battle  privet  au 
idea  of  the  bitterness  between  the  patriots  and  tories? 


EVENTS    OF    1779.  197 

was  over-confident,  was  surprised  there,  March  3,  by  Camp 
bell,  and  nearly  his  whole  force  destroyed  or  dispersed.  Pre- 
vost,  encouraged  by  the  defeat  of  Ashe,  marched  to  Charles 
ton  to  demand  its  surrender.  Lincoln  heard  of  this,  and, 
having  been  re-enforced,  followed  him,  by  rapid  marches,  so 
closely,  that  Prevost  was  forced  to  retire  to  the  island  of 
St.  John,  opposite  the  main  land.  At  the  crossing  to  the 
island,  called  Stono  Ferry,  the  British  erected  a  redoubt. 
This  Lincoln  attacked  on  the  20th  of  June,  but  was  repulsed 
with  considerable  loss."-  Some  time  after,  Prevost  fell  back 
into  Georgia,  and  the  weather  became  so  hot  and  sickly 
that  all  military  operations  in  the  South  were  suspended  for 
some  months. 

3.  In  the  month  of  September,  D'Estaing,  with  his  fleet, 
arrived  off  the  coast  of  Georgia  from  the  West  Indies.     He 
and  Lincoln  agreed  to  lay  siege  to  Savannah,  September  23, 
and  every  thing  bade  fair  for  success ;  but  D'Estaing  became 
impatient  at  the  delay  of  a  regular  siege.     To  gratify  him, 
an  assault  was  ordered  ;  and  the  French  and  Americans  were 
signally  repulsed,  on  the  9th  of  October,  with  the  loss  of 
several  distinguished  officers,  the  chivalrous  Pole,  Count  Pu- 
laski,  being  one  of  this  number.     D'Estaing,  alleging  the 
lateness  of  the  season  and  the  dangers  of  the  coast,  would 
not  consent  to  make  a  second  attempt,  although  entreated 
to  do  so.     He  soon  after  sailed  away,  and  Lincoln  was  com 
pelled  to  fall  back  into  South  Carolina.     This  closed  the 
campaign  in  the  extreme  South  during  the  year  1779. 

4.  In  May,  Clinton  sent  2500  men,  under  General  Mathews, 
from  New  York  to  the  Chesapeake.     They  sailed  tip  Eliza 
beth  River  and  the  James,  burnt  the   shipping,  destroyed 
property  to   the    amount    of  two   millions   of  dollars,  and 
brought  away  some  three  thousand  hogsheads  of  tobacco. 

2.  In  what  way  did  the  American  general  meet  the  movements  of  the  British? 
With  what  success  at  first?     What  happened  to  Ashe?    What  advantage  did  Pre 
vost  take  of  this?    How  did  Lincoln  attempt  to  check  Prevost?    With  what  suc 
cess?    What  was  there  at  Stono  Ferry  ?    What  occurred  here  ?    What  Btopped  op 
erations  for  some  time  ? 

3.  When  were  operations  resumed  ?    Who  arrived  oft'  the  coast  at  that  time  ? 
What  plan  was  arranged  ?    Why  were  the  operations  unfortunately  hastened  ?   What 
was  the  result  ?    WThat  distinguished  foreigner  was  killed  ?    How  did  the  whole 
business  end? 

4.  What  expedition  was  sent  from  New  York  in  May  ?    State  what  it  accomplished. 


198 


WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 


5.  Events  in  the  North.  —  The  Americans  had  begun  to 
construct  two  forts  on  opposite  banks  of  the  Hudson,  some 

distance  below  West  Point,  and 
commanding  the  river  at  King's 
Ferry.  These  two  forts  were  at 
Stony  Point  on  the  west,  and  at 
Verplanck's  Point  on  the  east.  In 
the  month  of  June,  General  Clin 
ton  captured  Stony  Point,  which 
was  still  unfinished,  without  resist 
ance,  and  Verplanck's  Point  soon 
after  surrendered.  After  Clinton's 
return  to  New  York,  General  Try- 
on,  late  governor  of  New  York, 
was  sent,  early  in  July,  to  Long- 
Island  Sound  to  plunder  the  coast 
towns.  He  ravaged  New  Haven, 
burned  Fairfield  and  Norwalk,  and 
then  visited  Sag  Harbor.  While 
he  was  preparing  to  make  a  de 
scent  on  New  London,  he  was  re 
called  to  New  York  by  Clinton, 
who  was  alarmed  at  the  retaking 
of  Stony  Point  by  the  Americans. 
6.  Washington  had  deeply  felt 
the  loss  of  Stony  Point,  as  this 
compelled  him  to  send  his  sup 
plies,  east  and  west  of  the  Hudson,  by  a  tedious  route  through 
the  Highlands.  In  the  month  of  July,  General  Anthony 
Wayne  was  ordered  to  capture  the  fort  at  all  hazards.  At 
midnight  on  the  15th,  his  troops,  in  two  columns,  entered 
the  works  from  different  sides,  and  carried  them  at  the  point 
of  the  bayonet.  While  he  was  making  preparations  against 
Verplanck's  Point,  the  British  came  up  the  river  in  force,  and 
he  was  compelled  to  abandon  Stony  Point.  A  month  later, 
June  18,  Major  Lee  surprised  the  British  post  at  Paulus 

5.  What  important  Ferry  was  then  on  the  Hudson,  and  where  ?  Howdid  Wash 
ington  show  his  sense  of  its  importance  ?  What  happened  to  the  forts  in  the  month 
of  June  ?  Who  was  General  Tryon  ?  What  duty  was  assigned  to  him  by  Clinton  ? 
How  did  he  succeed  ?  What  put  a  stop  to  his  farther  depredations  ? 


THE   HUDSON — NEWHTTRG    TO   NEW 
VOEK. 


EVENTS    OF    1779.  199 

Hook,  now  Jersey  City,  a  little  after  midnight,  and  took  159 
prisoners. 

7.  These  brilliant  exploits  were  counterbalanced  by  a  se 
vere  disaster  that  happened  to  the  American  arms  as  far 
east  as  the  Penobscot  River.     A  Massachusetts  expedition 
of  1500  militia,  and  19  armed  vessels,  under  General  Lovell, 
was  sent  to  destroy  a  British  post  that  had  been  erected  on 
the  river.    The  works  were  found  too  strong  to  be  taken  by 
assault,  and  Lovell  sent  to  Boston  for  Continental  troops. 
In  the  mean  time  five  heavy  British  ships  of  war  ascended 
the  Penobscot,  and  destroyed  or  captured  nearly  the  whole 
flotilla,  August  13.    The  Americans  escaped  into  the  woods ; 
and,  after  wandering,  in  great  suffering,  for  nearly  a  hun 
dred  miles  through  the  wilderness,  they  finally  reached  some 
frontier  settlements. 

8.  To  revenge  the  massacres  of  Wyoming  and  Cherry 
Valley  in  the  previous  year,  and  to  punish  the  Indians  be 
longing  to  the  Six  Nations,  General  Sullivan,  with  3000  men, 
was  sent  to  Western  New  York  about  the  beginning  of  Au 
gust.     Joined  by  General  James  Clinton,  at  the  head  of 
2000  men,  he  attacked  and  defeated  1700  Indians  and  to- 
ries  at  Newtown,  now  Elmira,  August  29.     Sullivan  then 
pushed  into  the  heart  of  the  Indian  country  as  far  as  the 
Genesee  River,  destroying  the  orchards  and  corn-fields,  burn 
ing  the  villages,  and  laying  waste  the  country.     The  Indians 
fled  westward  for  shelter  to  Fort  Niagara ;  but  the  punish 
ment,  although  severe,  did  not  prevent  them  from  renewing 
their  hostile  attacks  as  soon  as  Sullivan  retired. 

9.  This  year  was  marked  by  a  most  desperate  naval  bat 
tle,  fought  by  John  Paul  Jones,  a  Scotchman  by  birth,  but 
an  American  by  adoption,  and  a  commissioned  officer  in  the 
American  navy.     He  was  cruising  near  the  British  coast  in 


6.  How  did  Washington  regard  the  loss  of  Stony  Point  ?    What  steps  did  he  take 
to  remedy  it  ?    Give  an  account  of  Wayne's  exploit.    How  long  did  he  keep  pos 
session  of  it?    What  other  dashing  enterprise  took  place  in  the  following  month  ? 

7.  Where  did  the  American  arms  meet  with  a  reverse  ?    What  were  the  Americans 
doing  there  ?    What  success  did  he  meet  with  at  first  ?    What  occurred,  before  help 
came? 

8.  What  American  general  headed  an  expedition  in  August  ?    What  was  the  ob 
ject  of  this  ?    By  whom  was  he  joined  ?    What  followed  ?    What  severe,  punishment 
did  he  administer  in  the  Indian  country  ?    What  permanent  effect  did  it  produce  ? 


200  WAR    OF   THE    REVOLUTION". 

September,  in  command  of  a  small  squadron  of  three  ships, 
fitted  out  in  France,  and  fell  in  with  two  powerful  English 
frigates  with  a  convoy  of  merchant  vessels.  The  battle  be 
gan  at  seven  in  the  evening.  During  its  progress,  Jones 
lashed  his  own  vessel,  the  Bon  Homme  Richard,  to  the  En 
glish  ship  Serapis,  and  the  combat  was  continued  with  the 
muzzles  of  the  guns  of  the  two  ships  almost  touching  each 
other.  The  vessels  were  on  fire  several  times.  At  ten 
o'clock  the  Serapis  surrendered,  and  soon  after  the  other 
frigate  did  the  same.  Jones's  ship  was  so  badly  injured 
that  it  sank  next  day. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— 17T7, 17T8, 1779. 

1.  What  two  campaigns  mark  the  year  1777  ? 

2.  State  briefly  the  movements  of  the  opposing  armies  in  New  Jersey. 

3.  Why  did  the  British  not  go  up  the  Delaware  ? 

4.  With  what  events  in  this  campaign  did  the  active  movements  of  the  year  begin 
and  end  ?    Give  dates. 

5.  What  two  prominent  points  were  held  by  the  British  at  the  end  of  the  year? 

6.  Where  did  Washington  winter? 

7.  Sketch  briefly  the  movements  of  Burgoyne  without  describing  the  battles.   Give 
dates. 

8.  When  did  they  begin,  and  describe  the  events  at  its  close. 

9.  What  effect  did  the  surrender  of  Burgoyne  have  on  the  future  of  the  war? 

10.  What  Americans  were  in  France  at  a  very  early  time  endeavoring  to  get  French 
assistance? 

11.  Who  was  the  most  distinguished  of  these? 

12.  What  did  England  do  when  she  began  to  see  that  France  was  about  to  assist 
America  ? 

13.  What  came  of  these  offers? 

14.  Give  the  principal  events  of  1777. 

15.  What  were  the  movements  of  both  armies  in  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey  in 
1778? 

16.  How  far  had  French  assistance  compelled  these  movements? 

17.  Where  had  the  British  made  a  lodgment  in  the  Eastern  States  ? 

18.  What  efforts  were  made  to  drive  them  out  of  this,  and  with  what  success? 

19.  What  other  sea-port  fell  into  their  hands  toward  the  end  of  the  year? 

20.  Where  did  Washington's  army  winter  in  1778-79? 

21.  State  the  position  of  the  British  at  the  end  of  the  year  1778. 

22.  Of  what  assistance  had  the  French  army  been  during  the  year? 

23.  What  was  the  condition  of  the  finances  of  the  country? 

24.  Who  was  of  the  greatest  assistance,  and  what  is  said  of  him? 

25.  Give  the  principal  events  of  1778. 

20.  To  what  point  were  the  more  active  operations  of  the  war  transferred  in  1779  ? 

27.  What  persons  formed  a  large  part  of  the  population  of  Georgia? 

28.  State,  without  describing  the  battles,  the  movements  of  both  armies  in  Georgia 
'and  its  vicinity  during  1779. 

9.  Up  to  this  time  had  there  been  many  naval  battles  ?  By  whom  was  the  great 
naval  battle  of  this  year  fought  ?  Where  did  he  get  his  ships  ?  What  was  the  force 
opposed  to  him  ?  Describe  the  battl«.  What  became  of  the  Bon  Homme  (bon-om) 
Richard  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1780.  201 

29.  What  reason  had  General  Lincoln  to  be  dissatisfied  with  the  French  ? 

30.  At  what  other  point  in  the  South  were  the  British  busy  ? 

31.  State  what  was  done. 

32.  Sketch  briefly  the  movements  in  New  York  and  on  Long  Island  Sound. 

33.  What  new  enemy  united  themselves  to  the  tories  in  the  North  ? 

34.  How,  where,  and  by  whom  were  they  punished  ? 

35.  What  disaster  occurred  on  the  Penobscot? 

36.  Had  the  United  States  any  navy  of  importance  ?    Why  not  ? 

37.  What  brilliant  but  terrible  battle  took  place  off  the  coast  of  France  in  1779  ? 

38.  Give  the  principal  events  of  1779. 


SECTION  VI. 

EVENTS  OF  1780. 

1.  THE  main  body  of  the  American  army  was  in  huts 
among  the  hills  around  Morristown,  in  New  Jersey,  during 
the  winter  of  1 779-80.    The  winter  was  the  most  severe  ever 
known  in  the  country.    New  York  Bay  was  frozen  over  firm 
enough  to  bear  the  heaviest  artillery.    The  sufferings  of  the 
troops  for  want  of  provisions   and  clothing  would,  in  the 
most  moderate  winter,  have  been  distressing,  but,  with  such 
a  season,  were  terribly  increased.    Washington  had  to  resort 
to  the  same  severe  measures  as  were  adopted  the  previous 
year  in  order  to  save  his  army  from  starvation. 

2.  The  paper  money  of  Congress  had  sunk  so  low  that,  at 
the  beginning  of  the  year,  it  passed  at  the  rate  of  thirty 
Continental  dollar  bills  for  one  dollar  of  silver.     It  was  nat 
ural  that  the  farmers  should  be  unwilling  to  part  with  their 
produce  for  a  currency  which  was  every  day  growing  of 
less  value ;  nor  did  they  think  more  highly  of  the  bills  on 
Congress,  which  Washington  compelled  them  to  take.     It 
was  still  worse,  if  possible,  with  the  army.     Neither  men 
nor  officers  could  get  their  pay  even  in  this  currency,  com 
paratively  valueless  though  it  had  become. 

3.  At  the  close  of  the  year  1779  Clinton  sailed  south,  with 
the  main  body  of  his  army,  in  the  fleet  of  Admiral  Arbuth- 
not,  leaving  General  Knyphausen  in  command  at  New  York. 
In  the  month  of  February,  1780,  the  British  landed  at  St. 

1.  Where  was  the  American  army  during  the  winter?    Why  was  the  suffering  of 
the  troops  rendered  more  severe  this  winter?    How  were  they  fed  and  clothed  ? 

2.  What  was  the  condition  of  the  finances  ?    What  made  Washington's  measures 
seem  harsh  to  farmers  ?    Was  it  any  better  for  the  army  in  money  matters  ? 

12 


202 


WAR    OF   THE    REVOLUTION. 


John's  Island,  30  miles  below  Charleston  ;  and,  while  Clinton 
moved  by  land  to  the  banks  of  the  Ashley,  opposite  the  city, 
the  fleet  sailed  round  to  enter  Charleston  Harbor.  The  ap 
proach  of  the  British  was  so  slow  and  cautious  that  Lincoln, 
the  American  general  at  Charleston,  had  time  to  strengthen 
his  works,  and  to  add  to  his  garrison  of  regulars  a  number 
of  militia  from  the  surrounding  country.  It  was  not  until 
April  that  the  British  fleet,  with  little  damage,  passed  the 
fire  of  Fort  Moultrie,  on  Sullivan's  Island,  and  took  a  posi 
tion  off  the  city.  A  few  days  before,  Clinton  had  thrown  up 
works,  and  commenced  preparations  for  a  regular  siege. 
4.  At  different  points,  some  miles  north  of  the  city,  there 

were  stationed  bodies  of  Amer 
ican  militia  to  keep  open  the 
communications  with  the  coun 
try.  Against  these  posts  act 
ive  British  officers  were  sent 
soon  after  the  siege  began.  On 
the  night  of  April  14,  Colonel 
Tarleton  fell  suddenly  on  a 
body  of  1400  American  caval 
ry,  under  General  Huger,  at 
Monk's  Corner,  30  miles  north 
of  Charleston,  and  defeated 
them  with  severe  loss,  captur 
ing  a  great  quantity  of  military 
stores.  Other  American  posts 
were  also  taken. 

5.  Clinton  pressed  the  siege 
of  Charleston  with  vigor,  and  Lincoln's  situation  became 
every  day  more  and  more  distressing.  His  works  were  de 
stroyed  by  the  enemy's  cannon,  which  approached  very 
close ;  his  communications  with  the  country  were  cut  off; 
and,  seeing  no  hope  of  relief,  he  surrendered  the  city  and  the 

3.  To  what  point  was  the  seat  of  war  transferred?    Who  was  left  to  take  care  of 
New  York?    Where  did  the  British  land?    State  their  movements  after  landing. 
Who  was  in  command  at  Charleston?    What  preparations  were  made  there  to  re- 
reive  the  British  ?    Show  how  slow  were  the  movements  of  the  latter.    What  was 
the  position  of  their  fleet  and  army? 

4.  What  important  posts  were  there  north  of  Charleston  ?    What  was  done  by  the 
British  ?    Mention  what  is  said  of  the  most  important  of  these  posta 


CHARLESTON   AND   VICINITY. 


EVENTS    OF    1780.  203 

garrison  on  the  12th  of  May.     The  prisoners,  including  ev 
ery  male  adult  in  the  city,  amounted  to  about  6000. 

6.  After  the  surrender,  Clinton  sent  off  three  expeditions 
to  overrun  and  subjugate  South  Carolina.    One  of  these,  com 
manded  by  Tarleton,  overtook  at  Waxhaw  Creek,  May  29, 
a  regiment  of  Virginia  troops,  under  Colonel  Buford,  which 
had  retreated  into  North  Carolina  after  the  fall  of  Charles 
ton,  and  put  nearly  all  of  them  to  the  sword.     The  other 
expeditions  met  with  no  resistance.     South  Carolina  was 
brought  so  completely  under  British  rule,  that  Clinton  set 
sail  in  the  early  part  of  June  for  New  York,  leaving  Corn 
wall  is  to  secure  its  conquest.     The  Carolinas  abounded  in 
tories,  who  now  joined  the  British  forces  in  large  numbers. 
On  the  other  hand,  there  were  bands  of  American  patriots 
in  those  states,  called  partisan  corps,  who  were  very  active 
under  such  leaders  as  Marion,  Sumter,  and  Pickens.     At 
Hanging  Rock,  east  of  the  Wateree  River,  Sumter  defeated 
a  large  body  of  regulars  and  tories,  August  6th. 

7.  To  make  a  rallying-point  for  the  formation  of  a  regular 
army,  Washington  sent  Baron  De  Kalb,  with  two  regiments, 
to  the  South  ;  and  Congress  dispatched  General  Gates,  the 
conqueror  of  Burgoyne,  to  take  the  command  of  operations 
in  the  Carolinas.     In  a  short  time  Gates  was  able  to  draw  a 
considerable  force  around  him.     With  this  he  unexpectedly 
met  the  British,  under  Cornwallis,  at  Sanders's  Creek,  near 
Camden,  Aug.   16.      The  battle  was  short  and  violent.     At 
the  first  charge  of  the  British  the  American  militia  fled  ;  but 
the  regulars,  under  De  Kalb,  stood  firm,  although  attacked 
in  front  and  flank.     De  Kalb  at  last  fell  mortally  wounded ; 
and  then  the  battle  became  a  disorderly  retreat,  the  pursuit 
by  the  British  continuing  for  nearly  30  miles.     The  Ameri- 

5.  What  was  Lincoln's  situation  in  a  short  time?    What  was  he  compelled  to  do? 
How  many  prisoners  were  surrendered? 

6.  What  did  the  surrender  of  Charleston  enable  Clinton  to  do?    What  is  said  of 
these  expeditions?    What  was  the  condition  of  South  Carolina?    What  effect  did 
the  success  of  the  British  produce  on  many  of  the  inhabitants?    Was  all  resistance 
at  an  end  ?    How  did  it  show  itself?    What  occurred  at  Hanging  Rock  ? 

7.  Who  was  sent  by  Washington  to  the  South?    For  what  purpose?    Who  was  ap 
pointed  commander  in  the  South?    What  was  he  successful  in  doing?    Where  and 
when  did  he  fall  in  with  the  British  ?    What  lost  Gates  the  battle  ?    What  instance 
of  steady  bravery  is  mentioned  ?    State  the  extent  of  the  disaster  to  the  American 
army. 


204  WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 

can  army  was  completely  dispersed.  Two  or  three  days  aft 
er,  Gates  and  a  few  of  his  officers  rested  at  a  point  80  miles 
distant  from  the  field  of  Camden. 

8.  To  sum  up  the  disasters  to  the  American  cause,  Tarle- 
ton  meanwhile  had  surprised  Sumter  on  the  18th  of  August 
at  Fishing  Creek,  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Catawba,  and 
nearly  destroyed  his  whole  partisan  corps.     All  united  re 
sistance  to  the  British  in  South  Carolina  was  for  a  time  at 
an  end.     Gates,  after  several  attempts,  was  unable  to  draw 
together  more  than  1000  men;   and  Congress,  dissatisfied 
with  his  management,  removed  him  from  the  command.    On 

O  > 

Washington's  recommendation,  General  Nathaniel  Greene 
was  appointed  in  the  place  of  Gates.  Cornwallis  used  his 
power  with  great  severity.  He  hanged  some  of  the  patriots 
and  imprisoned  great  numbers.  This  roused  a  feeling  of 
vengeance  among  the  people,  and  started  partisan  warfare 
into  new  life.  Marion  came  from  among  the  swamps,  whith 
er  he  had  retired,  and  Sumter  raised  a  fresh  band. 

9.  In  September  Cornwallis  marched  his  main  body  into 
North  Carolina  as  far  as  Charlotte,  and  dispatched  Major 
Ferguson  to  rally  the  tories  in  the  interior  among  the  moun 
tains.     On  his  route  Ferguson  was  attacked  in  camp  at 
King's  Mountain,  October  7,  by  a  large  body  of  backwoods 
riflemen,  under  Colonel  Campbell,  and  himself,  with   some 
150,  was  killed;  the  remainder  were  taken  prisoners.     The 
tories  in  Ferguson's  band  had  been  guilty  of  great  cruelties, 
and  had  deeply  exasperated  the  inhabitants.    After  the  bat 
tle,  the  North  Carolina  backwoodsmen  hanged  a  number  of 
the  tory  prisoners  on  the  spot.     Cornwallis,  when  he  heard 
the  news  of  Ferguson's  defeat,  fell  back  into  South  Carolina, 
between  the  Broad  and  Saluda  Rivers.     Here  he  remained 
until  the  close  of  the  year. 

8.  What  other  disaster  happened  to  a  partisan  corps  about  the  same  time  ?    What 
was  now  the  condition  of  the  patriot  cause  in  the  Carolinas  ?    How  did  Congress  re 
gard  Qates's  conduct  ?    Who  succeeded  Gates  ?   What  is  said  of  the  conduct  of  Corn 
wallis?    What  did  this  produce? 

9.  In  what  direction  did  Cornwallis  move  ?    Who  was  dispatched  to  rally  the  roy 
alists  ?    With  what  disaster  did  he  meet  ?    What  occurred  af cer  the  battle  that  shows 
the  outerness  of  feeling  between  the  patriots  and  tories  ?    How  did  Ferguson's  de 
feat  affect  the  movements  of  Cornwallis?    What  other  movements  were  made  by 
him  during  the  balance  of  the  year? 


EVENTS    OF    1780. 


205 


10.  The  suffering  in  the  American  camp  at  Morristown 
continued  to  increase  as  spring  opened.     In  May  there  was 
absolute  famine  among  the  troops.     To  such  a  point  of  des 
peration  were  the  soldiers  driven,  that  two  regiments  of  the 
Connecticut  line  avowed  their  purpose  to  march  home  or 
gain  subsistence  at  the  point  of  the  bayonet.     It  required 
all  the  influence  of  Washington  to  restore  order,  and  to  ob 
tain  supplies  of  food  for  the  soldiers.    So  serious  was  the  dan 
ger  that  Congress  authorized  him  to  declare  martial  law. 

11.  While  Clinton  was  in  the  South,  Knyphausen,  hearing 
of  the  state  of  things  in  the  American  camp,  determined  to 
strike  a  blow.     On  the  6th  of  June  he  landed  with  5000 
men  at  Elizabethtown,  and  advanced  toward  Springfield. 
He  experienced  serious  resistance ;  and,  after  burning  the 
village   of  Connecticut  Farms,  returned  to  Elizabethtown. 
Clinton  arrived  with  the  fleet  and  part  of  the  army  from  the 
South  on  June  7.     Knyphausen  again  moved  forward  to 
ward  Springfield,  and  on  the  23d  attacked  the  Americans, 
under  General  Greene,  who,  after  a  sharp  fight,  fell  back  in 
good  order  to  the  heights. 

The  British,  checked  by 
Greene's  spirited  resistance, 
after  burning  Springfield, 
marched  back  to  Elizabeth- 
town. 

12.  Lafayette,  who  had 
spent  the  winter  in  France, 
was  successful  in  persuad 
ing  the  French  court  to  send 
a  new  fleet  and  army  to  the 
help  of  the  Americans,  and 
brought  over  the  good  news 
in  April.  Accordingly,  in 
July,  the  fleet,  under  Admi- 
ral  De  Ticrnay,  arrived  at  Newport  with  an  army  of  nearly 

10.  What  was  the  condition  of  the  troops  at  Morristown  as  the  winter  came  to  an 
end?    What  did  this  state  of  suffering  produce?    How  was  order  restored?    What 
powers  were  granted  by  Congress  ? 

11.  What  advantage  did  the  British  attempt  to  take  of  the  feeling  in  the  American 
camp?    What  was  Knyphausen's  (success?    Who  arrived  to  Knyphausen 's  assist 
ance  ?    What  movements  followed  ?    How  did  it  end  ? 


LAFAYETTE. 


206 


WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 


7000  men,  under  the  command  of  Count  De  Rochambeau. 
Great  expectations  were  formed  from  this  assistance;  but, 
unfortunately,  the  British  fleet  on  the  American  coast  was 
heavily  re-enforced.  This  prevented  the  French  ships  from 
leaving  Narragansett  Bay,  and  for  a  time  banished  the  hope 
of  any  combined  operations  with  the  fleet  and  army,  that 
Washington  and  the  nation  had  deeply  at  heart. 

13.  Arnold's  Treason. — At  the  very  time  that  Washington 
was  absent  at  Hartford,  Connecticut,  consulting  with  De 
Tiernay  and  De  Rochambeau  on  the  best  plan  to  render 
useful  the  French  fleet  and  army,  treason  was  plotting  to 
put  into  the  hands  of  the  British  West  Point,  the  strongest 
fortress  in  the  country.  The  traitor  was  Benedict  Arnold. 

The  wounds  he  received  before 
Quebec  and  at  Saratoga  had 
rendered  him  unfit  for  active 
duty  in  the  field,  and  through 
the  influence  of  Washington 
he  was  placed  in  military  com 
mand  of  Philadelphia  after  its 
evacuation  by  Clinton  in  1778. 
Here  he  lived  expensively  and 
far  beyond  his  means ;  or,  as 
was  asserted,  far  from  what 
befitted  a  republican  general. 
14.  In  his  command  he  was 
somewhat  overbearing,  and 
quarreled  with  the  Pennsylvania  authorities,  who  made  com 
plaints  to  Congress  against  him  for  abuse  of  his  high  posi 
tion  by  embezzling  or  misusing  public  property.  On  this 
charge  he  was  tried,  and  sentenced  to  be  reprimanded  by 
Washington,  who,  notwithstanding  all  this,  still  retained  the 
highest  confidence  in  his  personal  honor  and  bravery.  Ar 
nold's  pride  was,  however,  greatly  wounded  by  the  sentence. 
,  _ 

12.  What  is  said  of  Lafayette's  efforts?    When  and  where  did  the  French  land? 
What  prevented  the  French  from  giving  active  assistance  to  the  American  cause? 

13.  What  occurred  while  Washington  was  absent  from  the  Northern  Army  ?  Where 
was  Washington  ?    Where  is  West  Point  ?    What  was  Arnold's  reputation  as  a  sol 
dier?    Why  and  through  whose  influence  was  he  placed  in  command  at  Philadel 
phia  ?    What  facts  are  mentioned  about  his  life  here  ? 


BENEDICT    ARNOLD. 


EVENTS    OF    1780. 


207 


In  August,  1780,  after  earnest  solicitation,  he  obtained  from 
Washington  the  command  of  West  Point,  and  at  once  en 
tered  into  a  correspondence  with  Clinton  at  New  York  with 
reference  to  the  surrender  of  that  important  place  to  the 
British.  The  person  who  conducted  the  correspondence  with 
Arnold  on  the  part  of  Clinton  was  Major  Andre  (andra), 
under  the  assumed  name  of  John  Anderson.  < 

15.  When  the  aifair  had  been  sufficiently  understood  by 
letter,  Andre  went  up  the  Hudson  in  the  sloop  of  war  Vul 
ture,  and  was  met  near  Haverstraw  on  the  west  bank  by 
Arnold,  September  22.  Here  all  the  arrangements  for  the 
surrender  were  completed.  Meanwhile,  the  Vulture,  com 
manded  by  the  Americans,  had  dropped  lower  down  the 
river,  and  Andre,  with  a  pass  from  Arnold  under  his  assumed 


CAPTURE   OF   MAJOK   A1SDRE. 


14.  What  charge  was  made  against  him  while  in  command  here  ?  Was  the  charge 
sustained?  To  what  extent  did  all  this  affect  Washington's  confidence  in  Arnold? 
How  did  Arnold  receive  his  sentence?  In  what  way  did  Washington  show  that  his 
regard  for  Arnold  still  continued?  What  use  did  Arnold  make  of  this  kindness? 
In  what  way  was  the  correspondence  conducted  by  Clinton  ? 


208  WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 

name,  was  compelled  to  return  by  land  on  the  east  side. 
When  he  had  ridden  as  far  as  Tarrytown,  at  a  turn  of  tho 
road  his  horse's  reins  were  suddenly  seized  by  one  of  three 
militiamen,  and,  being  for  the  moment  surprised,  he  did  not 
at  first  use  his  pass.  He  was  searched,  and  the  plans  of 
West  Point  were  found  concealed  in  his  boots.  He  then 
offered  his  purse,  his  watch — any  reward,  indeed,  that  they 
might  demand,  if  they  would  let  him  pass,  but  they  refused. 
They  took  him  to  the  nearest  American  post,  and  the  com 
mander  thoughtlessly  permitted  Andre  to  write  to  Arnold 
telling  him  that  Anderson  was  taken.  Immediately  on  re 
ceipt  of  this  letter,  Arnold  escaped  in  his  own  barge  down 
the  river,  and  was  taken  on  board  the  Vulture. 

16.  Andre  was  tried  by  court-martial  as  a  spy.     When 
before  the  court,  he  stated  his  connection  with  the  whole 
affair  with  the  utmost  frankness.     On  these  statements  he 
was  condemned  to  death,  and  was  hung  at  Tappan,  near 
the  Hudson,  October  2,1780.     Congress  voted  each  of  the 
militiamen — Paulding,  Van  Wart,  and  Williams,  a  pension 
of  200  dollars  a  year  for  life,  and  a  silver  medal.     Arnold 
received  for  his  treachery  the  appointment  of  brigadier  gen 
eral  of  the  British  army,  and  £10,000  sterling;  but  his  con 
duct  was  detested  by  the  great  bulk  of  the  British  officers 
nearly  as  much  as  by  the  American  patriots. 

17.  The  American  cause  had  made  a  narrow  and  most 
fortunate   escape  from  disaster.     The  loss  of  West  Point 
would  have  proved  an  almost  irreparable  injury  to  the  coun 
try.     It  would  have  given  the  British  the  command  of  the 
Hudson,  thereby  separating  the  Middle  States  from  the  East 
ern,  and  for  a  time  would  have  completely  disarranged  all 
the  plans  of  Washington. 

15.  Describe  Andre's  movements.    When  and  where  did  he  and  Arnold  first  meet  ? 
Why  did  not  Andre  go  back  by  the  Vulture  ?    How  then  did  he  return  ?    What  hap 
pened  to  him  at  Tarrytown  ?    How  did  the  militiamen  display  their  patriotism  ? 
What  unfortunate  blunder  was  committed  by  the  officer  in  whose  hands  he  was  first 
placed  ?    What  was  the  result  ? 

16.  What  is  said  of  Andre's  bearing  before  the  cotirt  ?    What  was  his  fate  ?    How 
were  the  militiamen  rewarded?    What  were  their  names?    What  reward  did  Ar 
nold  receive  ? 

17.  Why  was  West  Point  of  so  much  consequence  to  the  American  cause  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1781.  209 


SECTION  VII. 

EVENTS  OF  1781. 

1.  A  LARGE  part  of  the  American  army  spent  the  winter 
of  1780-81    at  Morristown,  under  General  Wayne.     They 
were  better  provided  with  food  than  in  the  previous  winter, 
but  they  still  suffered  much  from  want  of  pay  and  clothing. 
The  troops  from  Pennsylvania  had  an  additional  grievance. 
Many  of  them  had  enlisted  to  serve  for  three  years  or  the 
war.     The  three  years  had  ended,  and  their  discharge  was 
refused  on  the  ground  that  by  the  war  was  meant  a  longer 
time  than  the  three  years,  should  fighting  continue;  where 
as  the  men  contended  that  it  meant  a  shorter  time  than  three 
years,  if  the  war  ended  before  that  time. 

2.  On  the  1st  of  January,  the  Pennsylvania  line,  to  the 
number  of  1300,  under  arms,  left  the  camp  at  Morristown 
and  commenced  their  march  to  Philadelphia,  to  demand  re 
dress  from  Congress.     General  Wayne  interposed,  but  they 
threatened  to  bayonet  him  if  he  used  force.     In  an  attempt 
on  the  part  of  the  officers  to  repress  the  mutiny,  several 
were  wounded  and  a  captain  was  killed.     They  halted  at 
Princeton,  where  British  agents  from  Clinton  met  them  with 
inducements  to  join  the  British  service.     The  Pennsylvani- 
ans  showed  their  patriotism  by  seizing  these  men  and  deliv 
ering  them  up  to  General  Wayne  as  spies. 

3.  Congress  was  alarmed,  and  a  committee  of  that  body, 
and  another  from  the  Pennsylvania  Assembly,  proceeded 
to  meet  the  troops.     An  agreement  was  entered  into  dis 
charging  those  who  had  served  three  years,  and  making 
provision  for  back  pay  and  clothing.     These  concessions  on 
the  part  of  Congress  produced  an  injurious  effect  on  the  rest 
of  the  army.    The  troops  at  Pompton,  New  Jersey,  mutinied 
on  the  20th  of  January,  but  Washington  sent  a  detachment 

1.  Where  was  a  large  part  of  the  army  during  the  winter?    What  improvement 
was  there  in  the  situation  of  the  soldiers  ?    What  grievance  was  complained  of  by 
the  Pennsylvania  troops  encamped  there? 

2.  What  step  did  they  take  to  obtain  redress?    What  brave  officer  attempted  to 
prevent  them  ?    With  what  success  ?    What  other  attempt  was  made  ?   What  proof 
did  they  give  of  their  loyalty  to  the  American  cause  ? 


210  WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 

from  West  Point  which  quickly  reduced  the  mutineers  to 
obedience.  Such  disturbances  showed  plainly  that  extraor 
dinary  exertions  were  demanded  to  relieve  the  sufferings  of 
the  troops,  otherwise  the  cause  would  be  lost.  Congress 
acted  with  vigor.  Direct  taxation  was  resorted  to ;  money 
was  obtained  from  Europe ;  a  national  bank  was  establish 
ed  ;  and  full  power  was  placed  in  the  hands  of  Robert  Mor 
ris  to  adopt  what  measures  he  deemed  best  to  restore  the 
wTell-nigh  ruined  finances  of  the  country.  These  exertions 
were  partially  successful. 

4.  In  the  beginning  of  January,  the  traitor  Arnold,  now 
in  the  service  of  the  British,  at  the  head  of  1500  men,  prin 
cipally  tories,  ascended  the  James  River,  plundered  the  plan 
tations,  and  burned  many  public  and  private  buildings  in 
Richmond.     Governor  Thomas  Jefferson  called  out  the  mi 
litia,  and  Arnold  fell  back  to  Portsmouth.    A  plan  was  laid 
by  Washington  for  his  capture  at  this  place.    Lafayette  was 
ordered  to  move  with  1200  men  by  land,  and  the  French 
fleet,  sailing  from  Newport,  was  to  prevent  the  escape  of 
Arnold  from  Elizabeth  River.     The  plan  failed.     Admiral 
Arbuthnot,  with  a  British  fleet,  followed,  and  defeated  the 
French  off  the  entrance  to  the  Chesapeake,  compelling  them 
to  return  to  Newport.     General  Philips  presently  arrived 
from  New  York  with  2000  British  troops,  threw  up  works 
at  Portsmouth,  and  assumed  the  command.     Arnold  then 
returned  to  New  York,  while  Philips  proceeded  to  ravage 
the  country. 

5.  Early  in  January,  Cornwallis  set  his  troops  in  motion 
toward  North  Carolina.     Taiieton  was  dispatched  with  a 
cavalry  force  to  get  between  Greene  and  Morgan,  who  com 
manded  a  part  of  the  American  army,  and  came  up  with 
the  latter  at  the  Co wpens,  January  17.     Tarleton,  dashing 

3.  How  did  Congress  look  on  these  movements  ?    What  agreement  was  entered 
into?    How  did  this  operate  ou  the  rest  of  the  army?    Mention  an  instance  of  this, 
and  how  it  was  met.    What  good  effect  did  these  mutinies  produce  on  the  country  ? 
What  measures  were  adopted  ?    What  praise  is  given  to  Robert  Morris  ?    Who  was 
he  ?    See  page  195. 

4,  How  did  Arnold  show  his  activity  after  he  joined  the  British  army  ?    Did  he 
meet  with  any  resistance  ?    State  what.    For  what  was  Washington  anxious  while 
Arnold  lay  here?    What  plan  was  laid?    Why  did  it  fail?    What  military  officer 
soon  after  came  tc  Arnold's  assistance  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1781. 


211 


tured, 
killed  at 
the  Cowpens. 


forward  impetuously, 
as  was  his  custom,  at 
first  swept  every  thing 
before  him  ;  but  Mor 
gan  turned  suddenly 
on  the  British  when 
they  were  disarranged 
in  pursuit,  and  defeated 
them  with  great  loss. 
Cornwallis,  when  he 
heard  of  this,  moved 
with  great  speed  to  cut 
off  Morgan's  retreat  in-  The 

__.         .      .        ,  ,        my  being  put 

to  Virginia,  but  reach-  to  sight,  cap 

ed  the  Catawba  River  MEDAL  GIVEN  TO  MORGAN  BY  CONGRESS. 

a  few  hours  after  the  latter  had  crossed.  Cornwallis  waited 
until  morning,  and  in  the  night  the  river  became  swollen 
with  the  rain,  and  prevented  his  crossing  for  several  days. 

6.  Determined  on  pursuit,  he  burned  all  his  heavy  bag 
gage,  and  spared  nothing  but  what  was  absolutely  neces 
sary.  Morgan  pushed  on  to  the  Yadkin  River,  and  was  there 
joined  by  General  Greene,  who  took  command  and  crossed. 
Cornwallis  reached  the  western  bank  just  in  time  to  see 
Greene's  troops  marching  away  from  the  other  side.  Here 
again  the  rain  raised  the  water  so  high  as  to  prevent  the 
immediate  crossing  of  the  British.  The  retreat  and  pursuit 
were  continued  from  the  Yadkin  to  the  River  Dan.  Both 
armies  made  the  most  unsparing  exertions.  The  track  of 
the  Americans  was  marked  by  blood  from  their  shoeless 
feet,  but  they  were  able  to  reach  and  cross  the  Dan  a  few 
hours  before  Cornwallis  arrived.  The  British  general,  dis 
heartened  at  his  ill  success,  gave  up  the  pursuit,  and  slowly 
made  his  way  back  into  North  Carolina.  Greene  received 
great  honor  for  his  skillful  retreat. 

5.  Where  did  Cornwallis  move  in  January  ?  What  active  force  was  dispatched  else 
where,  and  for  what  object  ?  What  happened  ?  What  steps  did  Cornwallis  take  to 
retrieve  this  disaster?  Why  was  he  not  successful  ?  What  hindered  him  ? 

G.  What  vigor  did  Cornwallis  display  ?  Where  did  Morgan  push  ?  By  whom  was 
he  joined?  Show  the  energy  of  the  pursuit.  What  again  saved  the  Americans? 
What  is  said  of  the  pursuit  and  sufferings  of  the  Americans?  What  saved  them? 
How  did  this  affect  Cornwallis  ?  What  is  said  of  Greene's  conduct? 


212 


WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 


7.  Being  re-enforced,  he  in  a  short  time  resumed  the  of 
fensive,  and  advanced  into  the  Carolinas  to  watch  Cornwal- 
lis.  On  the  15th  of  March  he  made  a  stand  at  Guilford 
Court-house,  where  he  was  attacked  by  Cornwallis,  and 


OF 

OPERATIONS 
INTHE  SOUTH 
1779  -   1781 


driven  back  several  miles.  His  defeat  was  nearly  equal  to 
a  victory,  for  the  British  loss  in  the  battle  was  so  very  heavy 
that  they  were  compelled  to  fall  back  to  Wilmington,  near 
the  sea-coast.  Greene  then  turned  his  attention  to  the  Brit 
ish  forces  in  South  Carolina,  under  the  command  of  Lord 
Rawdon,  at  Camden,  and  encamped  at  Hobkirk's  Hill,  about 
a  mile  from  the  British  camp.  Here,  on  the  25th  of  April, 
he  was  surprised  and  defeated.  The  loss  on  both  sides  was 
nearly  equal,  and  Greene  was  able  to  retire  in  good  order. 
The  victory  was  of  no  value  to  Lord  Rawdon  ;  for,  being  un 
able  to  bring  on  another  general  engagement  with  Greene, 
and  becoming  anxious  for  the  safety  of  the  posts  between 
Camden  and  the  coast,  he  retreated  first  to  Nelson's  Ferry, 
on  the  Santee,  and  then  to  Monk's  Corner. 

8.  So  active,  meanwhile,  were  the  American  partisan  offi- 

7.  How  did  Greene  show  his  activity?  What  stand  did  he  make?  What  was  the 
result  of  the  battle  ?  Where  is  Wilmington  ?  Who  was  in  command  of  the  British 
forces  in  South  Carolina?  To  what  point  did  Greene  turn  his  attention  after  Corn 
wallis  retreated  ?  What  occurred  at  Hobkirk's  Hill  ?  What  use  was  Rawdon  able 
to  make  of  his  victory  ?  Where  did  he  go,  and  why  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1781. 


213 


cers,  Marion,  Lee,  and  Pickens,  that,  by  the  month  of  June, 
1781,  only  three  important  strong-holds  were  held  by  the 
British  in  South  Carolina — Charleston,  Nelson's  Ferry,  and 
Fort  Ninety-six,  near  the  Saluda.  In  Georgia,  Augusta  was 
surrendered  on  the  5th  of  June  to  Lee  and  Pickens,  after  a 
close  siege  of  seven  days.  Greene  himself  marched  against 
Ninety-six,  defended  by  Carolina  loyalists ;  and  Rawdon,  on 
learning  this,  moved  rapidly  to  their  relief.  Greene  received 
notice  of  his  approach,  and  concluded  to  assault  the  fort  be 
fore  he  arrived,  but  was  repulsed,  June  18th,  with  severe 
loss,  and  abandoned  the  siege. 

9.  After  the  beginning  of  July,  the  active  movements  of 
the  two  armies  were  suspended  for  a  time  on  account  of  the 
intense  heat  of  the  sultry  season.     The  partisan  corps  of  to- 
ries  and  patriots  still  kept  the  field,  rifling  houses,  killing 
each  other,  and  sometimes  not  sparing  women  and  children. 
The  unavoidable  horrors  of  war  were  thus  greatly  increased  ; 
and  the  desire  for  vengeance  was  rendered  still  more  blood 
thirsty  by  the  execution  of  Colonel  Hayne,  a  distinguished 
citizen  of  Charleston. 

10.  When  the  city  was  surren 
dered,  he  had  given  his  parole  of 
honor  that  he  would  not  serve  in 
the  American  ranks.    The  British 
commander,  greatly  in   need  of 
re-enforcemerits,    demanded    his 
services  in  the  army.     Hayne  re 
fused,  alleging  that  this  demand 
was  not  within  the  meaning  of 
the  parole.     He  then  headed   a 
partisan  corps,  and  was  taken  in 
arms  and  hanged,  August  4,  in 
spite  of  the  earnest  entreaties  of 
his  fellow-townsmen.    In  retalia 
tion,  Greene  felt  compelled  to  ex- 

S.  In  what  way  was  it  seen  that  the  Americans  were  gaining  ground  ?  Where  were 
these  posts  situated?  What  important  point  in  Georgia  was  surrendered  by  the 
British  ?  What  check  did  Greene  meet  with  ?  Describe  it.  Where  is  August  a  ? 

9.  What  put  an  end  for  a  time  to  the  active  movements  of  both  armies  ?  How  was 
the  contest  still  kept  up?  What  is  said  of  the  effect  of  these  barbarities?  How 
were  the  feelings  of  both  parties  still  more  embittered? 


GENERAL  NATHANIEL  GKEENE. 


214  WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 

ecute  as  deserters  all  those  prisoners  who  had  formerly 
served  in  his  own  army ;  and  it  was  not  always  possible  to 
prevent  the  American  partisan  troops  from  shooting  the 
British  officers  who  fell  into  their  hands. 

11.  Rawdon  went  to  England,  and  left  the  command  of 
the  troops  to  Colonel  Stewart.    Greene,  now  re-enforced,  and 
having  been  joined  by  Marion  and  Pickens,  marched  with 
2500  men  against  him,  and  compelled  him  to  fall  back  to 
Eutaw  Springs*    Here  he  was  attacked  by  Greene  on  the 
8th  of  September ;  and,  after  severe  fighting,  Stewart's  left 
wing  was   driven  in  every  direction.     Unfortunately,  the 
American  troops  stopped  to  plunder  the  British  camp »  this 
gave  the  enemy  time  to  recover  from  their  confusion  and 
make  a  stand.     Greene  then  drew  off  his  troops,  and  left  the 
field  to  the  British ;  but  the  latter  were  unable  to  improve 
this  advantage,  because  they  had  lost  nearly  one  third  of 
their  force,  and  during  the  following  night  they  retreated  in 
great  haste. 

1 2.  Greene,  after  following  them  as  far  as  Monk's  Corner, 
returned  with  his  barefooted  and  half  naked  troops  to  the 
high  hills  of  Santee.    The  result  of  the  campaign  in  the  Car- 
olinas  gave  great  satisfaction  to  Washington  and  to  Con 
gress.     With  limited  means,  and  under  the  most  trying  dif 
ficulties,  General  Greene  had  repeatedly  fought  the  enemy ; 
and,  although  he  never  gained  a  decisive  victory,  yet,  even 
when  defeated,  he  obtained,  to  a  considerable  extent,  the  ob 
ject  for  which  he  fought.     In  the  end,  he  was  able  to  wrest 
South  Carolina  from  the  British,  and  restore  that  state  to 
the  American  Union. 

13.  On  the  20th  of  April  Cornwallis  left  Wilmington,  and 
on  the  20th  of  May  arrived,  with  scarce  any  resistance,  at 
Petersburg,  Virginia.     At  this  point  he  was  joined  by  Phil 
ips  and  his  troops,  who  had  just  been  plundering  on  the 

10.  What  led  to  his  execution  ?    What  measures  were  taken  by  General  Greene  in 
retaliation  ?    What  was  the  feeling  among  the  partisan  troops  ? 

11.  Who  succeeded  General  Rawdon  in  the  command?    Where  did  Greene  corn* 
up  with  him?    What  is  said  of  the  first  part  of  the  battle?    What  interfered  with 
Greene's  success  ?    What  was  the  effect  of  the  battle  on  the  British  ? 

12.  What  were  Greene's  movements  after  the  battle?    What  was  thought  of  his 
operations?    Why  did  they  think  eo  highly  of  him?    What  great  result  did  he 
achieve  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1781.  215 

James  River.  Clinton,  afraid  that  the  combined  French  and 
American  forces  were  about  to  attack  New  York,  ordered 
Cornwallis  to  move  near  the  coast,  that  the  latter  might  the 
more  easily  help  him  if  this  attack  should  be  made.  Ac 
cordingly,  Cornwallis,  in  the  month  of  August,  chose  York- 
town  and  Gloucester  Point,  on  opposite  sides,  at  the  mouth 
of  York  River.  Here  he  threw  up  fortifications,  and  occu 
pied  them  with  8000  men,  the  main  body  of  which  was  at 
Yorktown. 

14.  During  the  summer,  Washington  had  been  hoping, 
with  the  help  of  the  French  fleet  and  army,  now  increased 
to  7000  men,  to  make  a  combined  attack  on  New  York ;  but 
he  was  unable  to  bring  it  about.     Washington  then  turned 
his  attention  to  operations  in  Virginia,  and  persuaded  Ad 
miral  De  Grasse  and  General  De  Rochambeau  to  unite  with 
him  in  an  attack  on  Cornwallis.     The  plan  was  to  blockade 
the  Chesapeake  with  the  fleet,  and  at  the  same  time  invest 
Yorktown  with  the   army.     "Washington,  who  was  in  the 
neighborhood  of  New  York,  moved  with  so  much  caution, 
and  so  completely  deceived  Clinton  as  to  his  intentions,  that, 
before  the  British  general  understood  his  plans,  the  army 
was  well  on  its  way  to  Virginia. 

15.  As  soon  as  Clinton  penetrated  the  designs  of  Wash 
ington,  he  saw  that  it  was  useless  to  attempt  to  overtake 
him.     Hoping  to  draw  the  latter  back  for  the  defense  of 
New  England,  he  sent  General  Arnold,  with  a  large  body  of 
troops,  to  attack  New  London.    On  the  6th  of  September  it 
was  captured,  and  the  shipping,  together  with  a  large  part 
of  the  town,  was  burned.     Fort  Trumbull  had  been  evacu 
ated  on  his  approach.     He  then  assaulted  and  took  Fort 
Griswold,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Thames,  and  basely 
massacred  the  commander,  Colonel  Ledyard,  and  60  of  the 
garrison,  after  the  surrender.     Arnold's  expedition  failed  in 
its  great  object.    Washington  kept  on  his  march  toward  the 

13.  What  were  the  movements  of  Cornwallis  in  April  and  May  ?    Who  joined  him 
here  ?    Where  was  he  ordered  to  go  by  Clinton  ?    Why  ?    What  position  did  he 
choose  ?    What  was  his  whole  force  ? 

14.  What  combined  attack  had  Washington  failed  to  bring  about  during  the  sum 
mer?    What  expedition  was  finally  arranged?    What  was  the  plan  of  operations? 
What  is  said  of  the  skillful  movements  of  Washington  ? 


216 


WAR    OF    THE    EE VOLUTION. 


Gloucester 


south,  and  left  "New  England  to  defend  itself.  The  militia 
collected,  and  did  this  so  well  that  Arnold  became  alarmed 
for  his  own  safety,  and  made  his  way  back  to  New  York. 

16.  On  the  28th  of  September,  the  allied  army,  to  the 
number  of  16,000  men,  encamped  before  Yorktown,  and  the 
French  fleet  blocked  up  the  Chesapeake.  Works  were  soon 
thrown  up,  and  on  the  9th  of  October  the  bombardment  be 
gan.  Two  advanced  redoubts  of  the  British  were  stormed 
and  taken  on  the  14th.  Additional  batteries  were  erected 
,  by  the  allies,  and  the  ramparts  of 
the  enemy  rapidly  crumbled  be 
neath  the  destructive  fire ;  his  guns 
were  dismounted ;  his  ammunition 
failed  him ;  and  on  the  15th  he  saw 
that  the  place  could  be  held  only 
a  short  time  longer. 

17.  On  the  night  of  the  16th  he 
determined  on  the  desperate  alter 
native  of  attempting  to  cross  over 
to  Gloucester  Point,  and  then,  for 
cing  his  way  through,  to  push  for 
New  York  by  rapid  marches.  His 
boats  were  actually  collected  for  the  crossing ;  but  a  violent 
storm  came  on  suddenly,  scattering  the  boats,  and  compel 
ling  him  to  abandon  his  purpose.  Nothing  was  left  but  to 
capitulate;  and  on  the  19th  Cornwallis  surrendered  his  en 
tire  army  of  nearly  7000  men  prisoners  of  war.  The  ships 
and  naval  stores,  together  with  1500  seamen,  were  given  to 
the  French. 

18.  The  news  of  the  surrender  of  Cornwallis  was  received 
with  great  rejoicing  throughout  the  country.  Every  where 
it  was  felt  that  this  must  end  the  war.  It  was  the  second 


SIEGE   OF   YOKKTOWN. 


15.  What  conclusion  did  Clinton  arrive  at?    What  counter  movement  did  he  ar 
range?    What  was  his  object  in  this?    What  did  Arnold  accomplish  ?    What  effect 
did  this  produce  on  Washington's  plans?    With  what  success  did  the  New  England 
men  defend  themselves? 

16.  When  did  the  fleet  and  allied  army  arrive  before  Yorktown  ?    How  rapid  were 
their  operations  ?    Describe  the  progress  of  the  siege. 

IT.  To  what  desperate  alternative  was  Cornwallis  about  to  resort?  When  was 
this?  What  prevented?  What  was  he  at  last  compelled  to  do?  Give  the  particu 
lars  of  the  surrender. 


EVENTS  OF  1782-83.  217 

time  that  the  English  had  lost  an  entire  army  by  capture. 
In  England  the  news  produced  great  astonishment  and  mor 
tification.  Sensible  men  saw  that  any  further  struggle  to 
keep  possession  of  the  American  colonies  must  be  useless ; 
but  the  English  king  and  the  Parliament,  which  met  in  No 
vember,  still  showed  a  determined  and  warlike  spirit. 


SECTION  VIII. 
EVENTS  OF  1782-83. — CLOSE  OF  THE  WAR. 

1.  IN  England,  as  spring  approached,  a  disposition  more 
favorable  to  America  began  to  extend  rapidly.    In  the  month 
of  March,  the  House  of  Commons  voted  to  end  the  war ;  and 
on  the  20th  of  the  same  month,  a  new  ministry,  in  favor  of 
peace,  came  into  office.    Probably  the  most  stubborn  man  in 
the  kingdom  was  old  King  George  III. ;  but  he  himself  final 
ly  yielded,  and  orders  were  sent  out  to  the  British  generals 
to  cease  fighting.     A  stop  was  thus  put  to  active  war  move 
ments  ;  yet  it  took  a  long  time  to  arrange  definitive  terms 
of  peace. 

2.  The  American  cause  was  in  the  greatest  danger  from 
the  distresses  of  the  army.     The  troops  were  without  pay, 
and  the  different  states,  already  heavy  sufferers  by  the  war, 
were  careless,  and  perhaps  unable  to  provide  the  means  for 
the  payment  of  their  defenders.     During  the  year  1782,  the 
bulk  of  the  army  was  encamped  at  Newburg,  on  the  Hud 
son.     In  the  month  of  May,  the  troops  became  very  restless 
and  impatient  under  their  wrongs,  and  a  letter  was  sent  to 
Washington  urging  that  he  would  take  the  government  into 
his  own  hands  as  king,  and  redress  the  grievances  of  the 
troops.     Washington  at  once,  and  \vith  great  firmness,  re 
buked  the  writer  for  daring  to  communicate  such  a  proposi 
tion. 

18.  How  was  the  surrender  of  Cornwallis  received  and  regarded  in  America  ?    How 
was  it  looked  at  in  England  by  many  ?    Who  did  not  share  this  feeling? 

1.  What,  great  change  in  English  feeling  took  place?    How  was  this  change  seen 
in  March  ?    What  is  said  of  King  George  III.  ? 

2.  What  state  of  things  produced  great  anxiety  in  America  ?    Where  was  the  bulk 
of  the  army  enonmped  ?    What  important  request  w;.B  made  of  Washington  ?   What 
was  his  answer? 

K 


218  WAR    OF   THE    EE VOLUTION. 

3.  Congress  meanwhile  took  no  steps  for  the  relief  of  the 
army.     It  could,  in  fact,  do  nothing,  for  it  had  nearly  ceased 
to  have  any  influence  over  the  states.    The  officers,  after  pe 
titioning  in  December,  waited  through  the  winter,  hoping 
for  some  redress ;  but  none  came.    In  March,  1783,  an  anony 
mous  letter  was  circulated  in  the  camp,  calling  on  them  to 
organize  for  the  purpose  of  enforcing  their  demands.    Wash 
ington  still  retained  a  powerful  influence  over  the  army,  and 
was  able  to  persuade  the  officers  to  trust  to  the  justice  of 
the  country.     Through  his  efforts,  the  officers  obtained  full 
pay  for  five  years  in  one  gross  sum,  instead  of  half  pay  for 
life. 

4.  Meanwhile,  in  November,  1782,  a  preliminary  treaty  of 
peace  was  signed  by  American  and  English  commissioners 
at  Paris.     This  treaty  could  not  be  final  until  the  English 
and  French  had  concluded  a  separate  treaty ;  because,  by 
the  terms  of  the  alliance  between  France  and  the  United 
States,  neither  could  make  a  separate  treaty  of  peace  with 
England.     In  January  of  the  next  year,  1783,  the  French 
and  English  governments  agreed  on  terms  of  peace ;  and  in 
March,  1783,  the  American  Congress  ratified  the  treaty  made 
by  their  commissioners  the  year  before.    Every  thing,  how 
ever,  was  not  finally  arranged  until  September,  1783,  when 
a  definitive  treaty  was  signed  by  all  the  nations  who  had 
taken  part  in  the  war — by  England  on  one  side,  and  France, 
Spain,  Holland,  and  the  United  States  on  the  other. 

5.  On  the  25th  of  November,  the  last  of  the  British  troops 
in  the  United  States  evacuated  the  city  of  New  York.    Gen 
eral  Washington  immediately  entered  and  took  possession. 
On  the  2d  of  November,  Washington  issued  his  farewell  ad 
dress  to  the  army,  and  on  December  4  took  leave  of  his  offi 
cers  at  New  York.    He  then  went  to  Annapolis,  and  on  De 
cember  23,  under  circumstances  of  great  solemnity,  resigned 
his  commission  to  Congress,  which  was  assembled  there.    He 

3.  How  did  Congress  act  in  this  alarming  state  of  affairs  ?   Why  was  this  ?    What 
course  was  taken  by  the  officers  ?    How  was  this  plan  discouraged,  and  finally  bro 
ken  up  ? 

4.  When  and  where  was  a  preliminary  treaty  of  peace  signed  ?    Why  was  this  not 
brought  to  a  prompt  and  final  settlement?  When  did  the  French  anci  English  agree 
on  a  treaty  ?    How  soon  after  did  Congress  ratify  their  own  treaty  ?   Did  these  treat 
ies  bring  things  to  a  prompt  settlement  ?    Why  not  ? 


ARTICLES    OF    CONFEDERATION. 


219 


immediately  retired  to  his  estate  at  Mount  Vernon,  on  the 
bank  of  the  Potomac  River,  in  Virginia. 


WASHINGTON   BIDDING  FAKEWELL   TO   HIS    OFFIOKK8. 


SECTION  IX. 

FROM   THE   TREATY   OF  PEACE   TO   THE   ADOPTION   OF   THE   FEDERAL 
CONSTITUTION. 

1 .  WHEN  Congress  declared  the  United  States  independ 
ent  in  July,  17 76,  it  agreed  to  recommend  a  plan  of  gov 
ernment  to  be  called  ARTICLES  OF  CONFEDERATION.  These 
were  to  be  approved  by  the  states  before  they  could  become 
the  constitution  of  the  country.  Five  years  passed  before 
the  states  gave  their  assent,  and  in  the  mean  time  Congress 

5.  What  place  witnessed  the  final  leaving  of  the  British  troops  ?  By  whom  was  it 
at  once  occupied?  State  the  closing  important  events  connected  with  Washington 
and  the  army,  giving  dates  of  each. 


220  WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 

was  compelled  to  act,  as  has  been  already  stated,  doing  what 
it  could  to  gain  the  contest  for  independence. 

2.  The  Articles  of  Confederation  went  into  operation  in 
July,  1781.     It  was  hoped  that  they  would  give  the  Conti 
nental  Congress  greater  power  to  enforce  all  necessary  laws ; 
but  a  very  short  time  proved  that  the  government  could  not 
be  strengthened  in  this  way.    The  public  creditors  remained 
unpaid ;  the  states  treated  the  orders  of  Congress  with  in 
difference,  and  it  was  fast  sinking  by  its  weakness  into  con 
tempt.     Commerce  was  deranged,  and  needed  regulating. 
The  states  interfered  with  each  other  in  taxing  imported 
goods — that  is,  one  state   admitted  these  at  a  lower  duty 
than  neighboring  states.     In   addition  to  this,  they  could 
not  even  enforce  the  collection  of  taxes  within  their  own 
borders. 

3.  What  made  matters  worse  was  the  feeling  among  many 
of  the  people  that  it  was  dangerous  to  give  Congress  the 
power  to  levy  money,  and  to  spend  it  without  the  assent  of 
the  states.    They  were  jealous  of  the  liberty  which  they  had 
just  gained,  and  they  wished  to  keep  the  power  of  levying 
taxes  in  their  own  hands.     It  was  a  very  trying  time  in  the 
history  of  the  country,  and  many  wise  and  good  men  doubt 
ed  whether  the  government  would  survive  it.    In  Massachu 
setts,  the  discontent  of  the  people  broke  out  in  open  rebel 
lion  in  the  autumn  of  1786.     The  leader  was  Daniel  Shays, 
and  the  disturbance,  known  as  Shays's  Rebellion  was  only 
put  down  by  a  powerful  armed  force.     These  troubles  ex 
cited  great  attention  throughout  the  country,  and  men  be 
gan  to  see  that  a  stronger  central  government  was  neces 
sary. 

1.  When  did  Congress  recommend  Articles  of  Confederation  ?    What  was  the  ob 
ject  of  these  Articles  ?     What  was  necessary  before  they  could  go  in  force  ?    How 
long  was  it  before  the  states  gave  their  assent?    Under  what  powers  did  Congress 
meanwhile  act? 

2.  When  did  the  Articles  of  Confederation  go  into  operation  ?    What  did  they  ac 
complish?    What  is  said  of  the  public  creditors,  and  the  way  the  states  treated  the 
orders  of  Congress?    In  what  was  commerce  deranged?    How  did  the  states  show 
their  own  weakness  ? 

3.  What  made  matters  still  worse?    What  produced  this  state  of  feeling?    How 
was  the  condition  of  the  country  regarded  by  the  leading  patriots?    In  what  way 
did  the  discontent  of  the  people  show  itself?    How  did  the  rebellion  tnd  ?    In  what 
direction  did  the  people  turn  for  a  remedy  for  this  almost  anarchy? 


ARTICLES    OF    CONFEDERATION.  221 

4.  In  the  month  of  September,  1786,  delegates  from  the 
states  met  at  Annapolis  to  devise  some  plan  to  regulate  com 
merce  and  the  revenue.     They  concluded  to  recommend  the 
assembling  of  a  convention  to  revise  the  Articles  of  Confed 
eration.     In  May,  1787,  delegates  from  all  the  states  met  in 
convention  at  Philadelphia,  and  George  Washington  was 
unanimously  chosen  as  its  president.     Instead  of  revising 
the  Articles  of  Confederation,  they,  after  a  few  months'  de 
liberation,  agreed  on  a  Constitution,  which  was  sent  to  the 
states  for  their  approval.     It  was  decided  that  it  should  go 
into  operation  on  March  4, 1 789,  if  nine  of  the  thirteen  states 
gave  their  assent.     By  the  end  of  1788,  eleven  states  had 
ratified  it,  and  the  establishment  of  the  CONSTITUTION  OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES  was  thus  secured.    North  Carolina  did 
not  give  its  assent  until  November,  1789,  and  Rhode  Island 
stood  aloof  until  May,  1790. 

5.  While  the  Convention  was  in  session  at  Philadelphia, 
Congress  was  sitting  in  New  York.     The  session  of  1787 
was  distinguished  by  an  act  worthy  of  lasting  remembrance. 
Virginia,  Connecticut,  and  Massachusetts,  by  their  original 
charters,  had  an  indefinite  western  boundary,  which  became, 
by  the  treaty  of  Paris  in  1763,  the  Mississippi  River.     Vir 
ginia  ceded  her  claim  to  this  vast  region  in  1784,  and  in  this 
cession  was  soon  followed  by  the  other  two  states ;  and  also 
by  New  York.     In  July,  1787,  Congress  passed  the  famous 
Ordinance  for  the  government  of  this  region  north  of  the 
Ohio,  under  the  name  of  the  Territory  of  the  Northwest. 

6.  This  measure  had  a  wonderful  effect  on  the  develop 
ment  of  that  region.    It  is  especially  celebrated  for  the  pro 
vision  that  slavery  should  never  be  allowed  to  exist  within 
the  territory,  qr  in  states  to  be  formed  out  of  it.     Perhaps 
no  single  statute  ever  had  so  powerful  an  influence  over  the 

4.  What  meeting  took  place  in  1780  ?    What  was  its  object  ?    What  did  they  de 
termine  ?    Where  and  when  did  this  new  Convention  meet  ?    Who  was  chosen  pres 
ident?    What  did  this  Convention  at  first  intend  to  do?    What  did  they  finally  rec 
ommend  ?    How  long  were  they  in  session  ?    When  and  under  what  agreement  was 
it  to  go  in  operation  ?    When  did  it  get  the  approval  of  a  sufficient  number  ?    What 
two  states  were  not  then  ready  ?    How  long  was  it  before  they  ratified  ? 

5.  What  is  said  of  the  Virginia,  Connecticut,  and  Massachusetts  charters?    How 
was  the  western  boundary  limited  by  the  treaty  of  Paris  ?    What  did  Virginia  do  in 
17S4?    Was  she  alone  in  this  liberal  movement  ?    How  did  Congress  act  in  relation 
to  it? 


222 


AVAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 


MAP  OF   THE   WOKTUWEST   TEEEITOBY. 


destinies  of  the  United  States  as  this;  and  in  importance  it 
ranks  second  only  to  the  Constitution  itself.  It  originally 
emanated  from  the  active  mind  of  Thomas  Jefferson  as  early 
as  1784  ;  at  which  time  the  territory  would  have  been  organ 
ized  had  it  not  been  for  the  opposition  that  arose  on  account 
of  Jefferson's  provision  to  exclude  slavery  from  its  limits. 

7.  To  the  same  distinguished  man  is  to  be  ascribed  the 
honor  of  presenting  the  simple  plan  of  our  present  decimal 
currency.  Congress  finally  adopted  this  in  August,  1786, 
and  thus  abolished  the  use  of  English  money,  universal  in 
the  states.  The  old  habit  of  reckoning  by  shillings  and 
pence,  however,  long  remained  common  among  the  people. 
A  mint  was  established  soon  after  the  adoption  of  this  cur- 


6.  What  effect  did  this  have  on  the  territory  itself?  What  remarkable  provision 
was  there  in  the  "Ordinance?"  What  is  said  of  its  importance?  From  whom  did 
the  plan  emanate  ? 


ARTICLES    OF    CONFEDERATION.  223 

rency,  but  Congress  was  so  poor  that  only  a  few  tons  of  cop 
per  cents  were  coined. 

8.  In  September,  1788,  Congress,  sitting  at  New  York,  ap 
pointed  the  first  Wednesday  of  January,  1789,  for  the  choice 
of  presidential  electors  by  the  people,  and  New  York  as  the 
place  where  the  new  government  should  go  into  operation 
on  the  4th  of  March  following.  That  city  became,  there 
fore,  the  first  capital  of  the  country  under  the  Constitution. 
George  Washington  was  unanimously  chosen  President  of 
the  United  States,  and  John  Adams,  of  Massachusetts,  Vice- 
President.  On  the  3d  of  March,  the  great  Continental  Con 
gress,  which  for  some  months  had  only  been  kept  alive  by 
the  attendance  of  a  few  members,  quietly  went  out  of  exist 
ence  without  public  observation.  All  eyes  were  turned  to 
the  new  order  of  things,  and  the  immense  services  of  that 
departing  body  were  for  the  time  forgotten.  Posterity, 
however,  does  not  forget  them,  and  the  best  monument  to 
their  value  is  the  simple  story  of  the  REVOLUTIONARY  WAR. 


GENERAL  REFLECTIONS  ON  THE  WAR  FOR  INDEPENDENCE. 

1.  THE  war  which  commenced  in  the  year  1775  between 
England  and  her  American  colonies  continued  for  three 
years  to  be  purely  a  struggle  between  these  two  contend 
ing  parties.  Important  as  it  was  to  America,  it  formed, 
however,  but  a  part  of  the  extended  contest  which  began  in 
the  year  1778,  through  the  alliance  of  France  with  the  Unit 
ed  States.  At  the  close  of  that  year  the  war  had  assumed 
immense  proportions ;  and  wherever  the  forces  of  France 
and  England  met  and  engaged,  on  land  or  sea,  there  was 
fierce  fighting  and  great  loss  of  life. 

7.  What  other  important  measure  was  proposed  by  Jefferson  ?    When  did  Congress 
finally  adopt  this?    Did  it  stop  the  reckoning  by  means  of  shillings  and  pence? 
What  is  said  of  the  United  States  mint? 

8.  What  did  Congress  do  in  September,  1T88  ?    What  place  was  made  the  capital 
of  the  country?    Who  were  chosen  President  and  Vice-President ?   What  is  said  of 
the  closing  days  of  Congress  ? 

1.  What  is  said  of  the  Revolutionary  War  during  the  first  three  years  ?  When  and 
by  what  was  the  theatre  of  war  vastly  extended  ?  What  is  said  of  its  extent  at  the 
close  of  1778  ? 


224  WAR    OF  THE    REVOLUTION. 

2.  This  gigantic  struggle  increased  still  more  when,  in  the 
year  1779,  Spain  formed  a  treaty  of  alliance  with  France  to 
assist  the  United  States.     Shortly  aft.er  this  was  signed,  the 
Spanish  laid  siege  by  sea  and  land  to  the  strong  fortress  of 
Gibraltar,  originally  belonging  to  Spain,  but  then  in  posses 
sion  of  England,  and  commanding  the  entrance  to  the  Med 
iterranean.    This  was  one  of  the  most  remarkable  sieges  of 
modern  times,  and  lasted  for  nearly  three  years.    During  its 
continuance,  France  joined  Spain  with  a  fleet  and  army ;  but 
the  English  at  last  destroyed  the  war-ships  and  floating  bat 
teries  of  the  allies,  and  the  siege  was  raised. 

3.  In  1781,  the  Spanish  captured  Pensacola,  and  then  West 
Florida  fell  into  their  hands.     Toward  the  end  of  the  year 
1780,  Great  Britain  declared  war  against  Holland,  and  severe 
fighting  ensued  between  them  at  sea  and  in  the  West  Indies. 
In  addition  to  this,  she  was  for  a  time  threatened  by  an  alli 
ance  of  the  Northern  powers — Sweden,  Denmark,  and  Rus 
sia.     Thus  we  see  that  England  was  fighting,  single-handed, 
not  only  the  United  States,  but  the  most  warlike  part  of 
Europe,  during  the  Revolutionary  War ;  and,  though  she 
inflicted  great  damage  on  France,  Spain,  and  Holland,  she 
herself  suffered  severely. 

4.  We  have  seen  what  was  the  patriotism  of  the  American 
troops ;  how  wonderfully,  winter  after  winter,  and  year  aft 
er  year,  the  soldiers  fought  on,  ill  fed,  ill  clothed,  and  nearly 
always  without  pay.     The  patience,  the  firmness,  the  cour 
age,  the  energy  of  Washington,  were  of  immense  importance. 
The  vigor  and  perseverance  of  Congress  are  worthy  also  of 
the  highest  praise.     Yet  it  is  doubtful  whether,  without  the 
French  alliance,  all  these  would  have  gained  the  independ 
ence  of  the  colonies. 


2.  What  event  occurred  in  17T9?    What  was  the  first  great  movement  made  by 
Spain?    Where  is  Gibraltar?    What  is  said  of  the  importance  of  this  siege?    Did 
Spain  carry  it  on  alone  ?    What  was  the  result  ? 

3.  What  conquest  was  made  by  Spain  in  North  America?    What  other  nation  was 
added  to  the  list  of  England's  enemies  in  1780?    In  what  way  was  she  threatened  in 
addition  to  this?    What  was  the  situation  of  England  during  the  Revolutionary 
War?    What  was  her  success  during  this  struggle  with  her  European  enemies? 

4.  What  is  said  of  the  American  army?    Of  Washington?    Of  Congress?    What 
remark  is  made  of  the  probable  success  of  all  these  unaided  in  the  struggle  with 
England  ? 


GENERAL    REFLECTIONS.  225 

5.  The  man  to  whose  exertions  and  great  reputation,  more 
than  to  any  single  individual,  the  country  was  indebted  for 
the  French  assistance,  was  Benjamin  Franklin.  In  the  year 
1776,  he  was  appointed  one  of  three  commissioners  to  the 
court  of  France  to  solicit  help.  His  fame  as  a  philosopher. 


FRANKLIN    AT   THE   COURT   OF   FRANCE. 


and  a  sage  preceded  him ;  and,  on  his  arrival  in  France,  his 
simple  yet  winning  manners,  his  venerable  and  dignified  ap 
pearance — now  seventy  years  of  age — his  great  knowledge 
of  the  world,  and  his  charming  powers  of  conversation,  won 
the  regard  of  the  French  people,  and  gained  him  the  ear  of 
the  chief  men  of  that  nation.  He  became  so  great  a  favor* 

K2 


226  AVAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 

ite,  that  portraits  of  him  were  every  where  to  be  seen,  and 
his  busts  abounded  in  the  shop-windows  of  Paris. 

6.  It  was  to  Franklin's  influence  that  the  treaty  of  alliance 
with  France  was  mainly  due ;  and  through  the  same  influ 
ence  she  sent  money,  clothing,  arms,  ammunition,  fleets,  and 
armies.     The  money,  which  she  sent  in  the  form  of  specie, 
was  of  the  greatest  importance,  on  account  of  the  wretched 
state  of  the  American  finances.    In  the  matter  of  money,  the 
French  troops  were  also  of  very  great  advantage ;  for,  dur 
ing  the  two  years  and  a  half  they  were  in  the  country,  they 
paid  regularly  for  their  supplies  in  cash.    But  we  should  re 
member  that  France  and  Spain  did  not  love  "America  and 
Freedom."    They  hated  the  power  of  England,  and  saw  that, 
by  helping  her  colonies  to  independence,  they  could  deal  a 
deadly  blow  against  her,  and  cripple  her  power.     France, 
particularly,  had  not  forgotten  her  own  expulsion  from  Can 
ada  in  1763. 

7.  It  is  to  be  remembered,  also,  that  all  the  people  of  the 
colonies  were  not  patriots.     In  the  Middle  Colonies,  but  far 
more  in  the  Carolinas  and  Georgia,  a  large  part  of  the  pop 
ulation  were  tories.     There  was  bitter  and  bloody  fighting 
between  them  and  the  patriots — far  more  bloody,  fierce,  and 
unforgiving  than  between  the  latter  and  the  English.     At 
the  end  of  the  war,  many  of  these  tories  fled  to  Nova  Scotia 
or  the  West  Indies;  but  in  course  of  time  a  number  re 
turned,  and  many  of  them  received  back  their  estates,  which 
had  been  confiscated  by  the  government. 

8.  If  the  people  of  the  colonies  were  not  all  patriots^  nei 
ther  were  all  the  people  of  England  opposed  to  the  Ameri 
cans.     There  was  a  small  but  very  active  party  in  the  En 
glish  Parliament  that  constantly  opposed  the  war  measures 

5.  To  whom  and  to  what  extent  was  the  country  indebted  ?  What  other  honor  was 
bestowed  upon  him  in  the  year  17T6  ?  Why  is  he  called  a  philosopher  ?  Mention 
the  different  things  that  influenced  the  French  people  in  his  favor.  Give  an  illus 
tration  of  his  great  popularity. 

G.  What  great  measure  was  mainly  due  to  his  influence  ?  What  else  did  he  ac 
complish?  What  remark  is  made  about  the  money  which  France  sent  ?  Can  you 
tell  from  what  is  stated  elsewhere  why  specie  was  so  important?  On  what  grounds 
did  France  and  Spain  help  the  United  States  ? 

7.  What  source  of  weakness  to  the  American  cause  was  there  in  the  colonies? 
Where  did  the  tories  most  abound  ?  How  did  the  tories  and  patriots  treat  eacb 
other?  Where  did  many  of  the  first  go  after  the  war? 


GENERAL    REFLECTIONS.  227 

of  the  government,  and  praised  the  stand  taken  by  the  Amer 
icans.  This  party  grew  stronger  and  stronger  as  the  war 
went  on,  and  finally  their  views  triumphed. 

9.  Effects  of  the  War  on  Commerce  and  Industry. — The  sev 
en  years'  contest  destroyed  the  commerce  of  the  states.    En 
glish  ships  of  war  swept  their  vessels  from  the  ocean,  and 
the  fisheries,  one  of  the  main  stays  of  New  England,  were 
broken  up.     But  large  fortunes  were  made  by  privateering. 
A  great  number  of  English  merchant  vessels  and  their  car 
goes  were  captured.     Three  hundred  and  fifty  of  them  were 
sold  as  prizes  in  French  courts,  and  brought  some  $5,000,000. 
This  business,  however,  only  benefited  the  few  who  were  en 
gaged  in  it. 

10.  Another  small  portion  of  the  people  became  rich  by 
selling  supplies  to  the  army.     Still  the  war  left  the  bulk  of 
the  inhabitants  wretchedly  poor ;  and  by  far  the  greater  part 
of  those  who  served  in  the  army  could  find  nothing  to  do 
when  they  were  discharged.     We  shall  see  before  long  that 
this  extreme  poverty  produced  great  discontent  with  the  new 
government,  and  helped  to  create  alarm  as  to  its  stability. 

11.  Settlement  during  the  War. — Early  in  the  year  1775, 
a  large  tract  of  land  south  of  the  Lower  Kentucky  was 
bought  by  one  Henderson  from  the  Indians  for  a  few  wagon- 
loads  of  goods.     In  the  same  month  that  the  battle  of  Lex 
ington  was  fought,  Daniel  Boone  was  sent  across  the  moun 
tains  with  a  number  of  adventurers  into  this  tract,  and  built 
a  wooden  fort  at  what  is  now  called  Boonesboro',  on  the  bank 
of  the  Kentucky  River. 

12.  Other  settlements  were  made  about  the  same  time, 
and  in  May  the  settlers  organized  under  the  name  of  the 
Assembly  of  Transylvania.    Soon  after,  they  sent  a  delegate 
to  the  Congress  at  Philadelphia,  asking  admission.     As  the 

8.  State  what  is  said  regarding  the  feeling  in  England  toward  the  colonies.    How 
was  this  shown  in  Parliament  ? 

9.  What  effect  did  the  war  produce  on  American  commerce  ?    What  was  one  oi' 
the  great  branches  of  New  England  industry?    How  was  this  affected?    How  did 
the  Americans  make  English  commerce  suffer?    Show  the  extent  of  this.    Whom 
did  privateering  benefit  ?    What  is  privateering  ? 

10.  In  what  other  way  did  a  few  grow  rich  ?    In  what  condition  did  the  war  leave 
the  mass  of  the  people  and  the  soldiers  ?    To  what  did  this  lead  ? 

11.  What  large  tract  was  purchased  in  the  beginning  of  the  year  1T75?    What  im 
portant  emigration  occurred  in  April  of  the  same  year  ?    Where  is  Boonesboro'  ? 


228  WAK    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 

new  territory  was  within  the  limits  of  the  State  of  Virginia, 
the  delegate  was  refused  admission.  In  course  of  time,  Vir 
ginia  made  arrangements  with  the  Transylvania  settlements, 
and  they  agreed  to  submit  to  her  authority,  and  were  organ 
ized  as  Kentucky  County.  West  Tennessee  was  first  set 
tled  at  Nashville,  by  James  Robinson,  in  the  year  1779. 
East  Tennessee  had  been  previously  settled  in  1768  by  the 
same  man.  These  both  remained  under  the  government  of 
North  Carolina,  to  which  the  territory  belonged. 

13.  New  York  had  trouble  with  the  "Green  Mountain 
Boys."     Previous  to  the  expedition  of  Burgoyne  in  1777, 
they  organized  a  state  government  and  named  it  Vermont; 
and  the  same  year  applied  to  Congress  for  admission.    New 
York  angrily  resisted,  because  she  said  this  was  her  terri 
tory;  and  the  Vermonters  were  refused  admission.     They 
were  far  from  being  cast  down  by  this,  and  immediately  set 
about  electing  a  governor  and  the  other  state  officers.     All 
through  the  war,  and  for  years  after,  the  quarrel  was  kept 
up  between  New  York  and  Vermont.     Not  seldom  blood 
flowed  ;  but  New  York  kept  the  latter  out  of  the  Union  for 
a  number  of  years. 

14.  The  Continental  Congress. — This  great  central  author 
ity  during  the  war  was  composed  of  delegates  as  remark 
able  for  ability  and  high  character  as  any  the  world  has 
ever  seen.     It  began  with  few  or  no  powers  granted  by  the 
colonies,  but  soon  found  it  necessary  to  assume  and  exercise 
power,  and  this  it  did  very  vigorously  for  some  time.     It 
called  for  troops;  it  appointed  a  commander -in -chief  and 
generals ;  it  issued  paper  money ;  it  sent  leading  men  to 
Europe  to  ask  assistance.     As  the  war  went  on,  and  the  va 
rious  states  began  to  suffer,  and  gloomy  periods  of  distress 
appeared,  and  the  currency  sank  more  and  more  in  value, 
Congress  found  that  it  had  no  power  to  enforce  its  orders ; 

12.  Under  what  name  did  the  new  settlements  organize?    What  important  step 
did  the  new  government  take?    How  was  the  petition  received?    What  arrange 
ment  was  iu  course  of  time  made  by  Virginia  ?    What  settlement  took  place  in  1779  ? 
When  was  East  Tennessee  first  settled  ?    Under  what  state  did  they  remain  ? 

13.  With  whom  did  New  York  have  trouble  about  territory?   What  spirited  move 
ment  did  they  make  ?    What  was  their  success  before  Congress?    Did  these  greatly 
disturb  the  Vermontevs  ?    How  did  they  show  their  independent  spirit?    How  long 
did  the  quarrel  continue  ?    What  is  said  of  its  bitterness? 


GENERAL    REFLECTIONS.  229 

yet  it  never  quailed,  and  in  the  darkest  times  it  never  de 
spaired  of  the  country. 

15.  It  was  a  secret  assembly,  and  sat  with  closed  doors. 
A  slight  sketch  of  the  proceedings  was  published  once  a 
month,  and  its  sitting  was  continuous — that  is,  it  adjourned 
from  time  to  time,  and  had  but  one  session  from  its  begin 
ning  in  1774  until  the  year  1781,  when,  under  the  Articles 
of  Confederation,  annual  sessions  were  adopted.  Its  full 
membership  in  its  early  years  was  less  than  sixty ;  but  the 
number  present  seldom  amounted  to  more  than  thirty,  be 
cause  the  trying  times  of  the  long  war  drew  many  of  its 
members  home  to  attend  to  their  affairs. 

1C.  The  president  of  Congress  was  the  chief  officer  of  the 
country,  and  this  important  position  was  filled  by  different 
leading  men  chosen  from  among  its  members.  Philadelphia 
has  the  honor  of  being  the  city  where  Congress  sat  during 
the  greater  part  of  the  war.  It  was  compelled  at  times  to 
change  its  place  of  sitting  by  the  movements  of  the  enemy, 
and  finally,  in  1785,  removed  to  NCAV  York,  where  it  went 
quietly  out  of  existence  in  the  year  1789  by  the  adoption 
of  the  Federal  Constitution. 
Presidents  of  the  Continental  Congress  from  1774  to  1789. 

Name.  Where  from.  When  chosen. 

Peyton  Randolph Virginia 17T4,  September. 

John  Hancock Massachusetts 1775,  May. 

Henry  Laureus South  Carolina 1777.  November. 

John  Jay New  York 1778,  December. 

Samuel  Huntington Connecticut 1779,  September. 

Thomas  McKean Delaware 1781,  July. 

John  Hanson Maryland 1781,  November. 

Edward  Boudinot New  Jersey 1782,  November. 

Thomas  Mifflin  (General). .  . .  Pennsylvania 1783,  November. 

Richard  Henry  Lee Virginia 1784,  November. 

John  Hancock  (sick  at  home) .  Massachusetts 1785,  November. 

Nathaniel  Gorham Massachusetts 1786,  June. 

-Arthur  St.  Clair  (General) Pennsylvania 1787,  February. 

Cyrus  Griffin Virginia 1788,  January. 

14.  What  was  the  great  authority  of  the  country  ?    Of  what  kind  of  men  was  it 
composed?    What  powers  were  granted  to  it  by  the  colonies?    Can  you  give  a  rea 
son  for  this?    What  did  Congress  do  notwithstanding  this?    Mention  a  few  of  the 
measures  by  which  Congress  displayed  its  energy.    In  what  condition  did  it  find 
itself  as  the  war  went  on  ?    What  is  said  of  its  courage  ? 

15.  In  what  respect  did  it  differ  from  Congress  in  our  own  times?    What  is  said 
of  its  session?    How  numerous  was  its  attendance?    Why  was  this  so  small? 

16.  How  was  the  President  of  Congress  regarded?    Name  from  the  table  some 
of  the  men  that  filled  it.    What  was  the  capital  during  the  greater  part  of  the  war? 
Mention  from  the  table  other  places  where  Congress  held  its  sittings. 


230 


WAR    OF    THE    REVOLUTION. 


Different  Places  where  the  Congress  met. 


Philadelphia 1774-1776. 

Baltimore 1776. 

Philadelphia 1777. 

Lancaster  and  York 1777. 


Philadelphia.. 

Princeton 

Annapolis 

Trenton  


1778-1783. 
1783. 
1783. 
1784. 


New  York. . .  . .  1785-1789. 


BTATE-HOUBE,  PHILADELPHIA,   WIIEBE    TUB    CONTINENTAL  OONGKE68   MET. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— FROM  THE  YEAR  1779  TO  THE  CLOSE  OF 
THE  WAR. 

1.  Give  the  leading  events  of  1T80. 

2.  What  British  general  was  in  command  in  the  South  early  in  1780  ? 

3.  Sketch  his  operations. 

4.  Why  did  he  return  North  ? 

5.  Who  succeeded  him?  and  state  his  movements. 

6.  Show  how  thoroughly  South  Carolina  was  overrun  by  the  British. 

7.  Who  were  sent  South  to  organize  and  command  the  American  army  ? 

8.  Sketch  the  movements  of  both  armies  until  the  subjugation  of  the  Carolinaa. 

9.  What  showed  Cornwallis  that  this  was  not  likely  to  be  lasting? 

10.  What  warlike  movements  occurred  at  the  North  in  1780  ? 

11.  What  important  event  took  place  on  the  Hudson  this  year? 

12.  Sketch  the  career  of  Arnold  from  his  first  appearance  in  the  history. 

13.  Where  were  the  French  this  year,  and  what  assistance  did  they  give? 

14.  Where  was  Washington  during  the  year  1780  ? 

15.  In  what  parts  of  the  country  was  the  fighting  carried  on  during  1781  ? 

16.  What  events  show  the  alarming  condition  of  affairs  at  the  beginning  of  th' 
year? 

17.  Give  the  leading  events  in  the  South  previous  to  November,  1781. 

18.  Sketch  the  character  of  Greene  as  shown  in  his  Carolina  campaigns. 

19.  In  what  way  did  Washington  show  his  skill  in  November  ? 

20.  How  did  Clinton  try  to  counteract  his  movements? 

21.  What  use  did  Washington  make  of  the  French  fleet  and  army? 

22.  Describe  the  siege  of  Yorktown  and  the  surrender  of  Cornwallis. 


REVIEW    QUESTIONS.  231 

23.  When  was  peace  proclaimed  ? 

24.  Why  was  it  so  long  delayed  ? 

25.  What  were  the  terms  of  the  treaty  ? 

20.  Where  was  the  bulk  of  the  army  during  the  fall  and  winter  of  1781  ? 

27.  What  was  the  feeling  of  the  army  during  the  year  1182  ? 

28.  How  much  justice  was  there  in  these  complaints  ? 

29.  What  proposition  was  made  to  Washington,  and  how  did  he  meet  it? 

30.  How  did  he  make  his  influence  felt  at  a  later  time  ? 

31.  What  pay  did  Washington  himself  receive  ? 

32.  What  was  the  condition  of  the  people  at  the  close  of  the  war  ? 

33.  How  many  nations  were  finally  involved  in  it  ? 

34.  Of  what  advantage  was  this  to  the  United  States? 

35.  Mention  an  important  event  in  the  European  war. 

36.  Sketch  the  character  of  the  lories. 

37.  Show  the  conduct  of  the  Continental  Congress  during  the  war. 

38.  From  what  did  its  weakness,  if  any,  originate  ? 

39.  Describe  the  meetings  of  Congress. 

40.  What  kind  of  state  governments  existed  during  the  war? 

41.  By  what  was  the  success  of  the  American  cause  most  endangered? 

42.  How  did  Congress  try  to  remedy  this  in  1781  ? 

43.  Describe  the  benefits  that  sprang  from  Franklin's  influence  in  France? 

44.  Give  an  account  of  the  settlement  of  the  country  during  the  war. 

45.  Who  was  king  in  England  during  the  Revolution? 

46.  Under  what  form  of  government  were  the  United  States  for  several  years  after 
the  close  of  the  war  ? 

47.  What  was  the  form  of  government  during  the  Revolutionary  War? 

48.  When  were  the  Articles  of  Confederation  first  framed,  and  when  adopted? 

49.  Why  were  they  found  of  little  service  ?    State  this  fully. 

50.  What  unhappy  rebellion  showed  this  more  plainly? 

51.  When  and  where  did  the  Constitutional  Convention  meet  ? 

52.  What  was  its  first  object,  and  why  changed  ? 

53.  Who  were  its  president  and  secretary? 

54.  Name  some  of  its  leading  members. 

55.  After  how  long  a  time  were  its  labors  concluded,  and  what  was  the  previse 
tvith  regard  to  the  Constitution? 

56.  Where  was  Congress  during  the  meeting  of  the  Convention  ? 
C7.  What  great  act  of  Congress  marked  the  year  1787  ? 


MOUNT    VERNON,  T11E   HOME   OF    WABUIiS'GTON. 


232 


WASHINGTON  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

FROM  THE  COMMENCEMENT  OF  WASHINGTON'S  ADMINISTRATION, 
1789,  TO  THE  CLOSE  OF  JEFFERSON'S  IN  1809. 

SECTION  I. 

WASHINGTON'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1789-1797. 

1.  THE  4th  of  March,  1789,  the  day  on  which  the  first  Con 

gress  under  the  Constitu 
tion  was  to  meet,  was  ush 
ered  in  by  the  ringing  of 
bells  and  the  firing  of  can 
non  at  New  York,  the  tem 
porary  capital.  A  sufficient 
number  of  members  to  form 
a  quorum  for  the  transaction 
of  business  did  not  arrive  un 
til  the  30th  of  March  ;  and 
it  was  not  until  April  6th 
that  the  electoral  votes  were 
counted,  and  the  unanimous 
election  of  George  Washing 
ton  as  President,  and  Johi. 
Adams  as  Vice -President, 
for  a  term  of  four  years,  was  duly  declared. 

2.  Washington,  at  his  residence  at  Mount  Vernon,  was  in 
formed  of  his  election  by  a  messenger  from  Congress.     He 
at  once   accepted  the    office,  and  in  two    days    thereafter 
started  for  New  York.     In  those  days,  when  there  were  no 
railroads  or  steam-boats,  travel  was  very  slow.     Washing 
ton's  progress  was  still  further  delayed  by  the  inhabitant* 
on  his  route,  who  insisted  on  paying  him  the  greatest  hon 
or.     His  journey  was  almost  a  constant  ovation.     The  peo- 


PKESIDENT   WASHINGTON. 


1.  When  was  the  first  Congress  to  assemble  ?    How  was  the  day  noticed  at  N^.v 
York  ?    What  delay  was  there  ?    When  were  the  electoral  votes  counted  J 


1789  TO  1797.  233 

pie  erected  triumphal  arches ;  flowers  were  strewed  in  his 
way ;  mothers,  with  their  daughters  dressed  in  white,  sang 
odes  in  his  honor;  and  processions  in  every  place  of  import 
ance  met  and  escorted  him  through  the  neighborhood.  His 
progress  was  so  slow  that  he  did  not  arrive  in  New  York 
until  the  close  of  the  month  of  April. 

3.  On  the  30th  of  April,  on  the  balcony  of  Federal  Hall, 
New  York,  Washington  took  the  oath  of  office  in  presence 
of  the  Senate  and  Representatives  in  Congress,  and  a  large 
concourse  of  spectators.  He  then  retired  to  the  Senate 
Chamber,  and  there  delivered  an  address  to  both  houses, 
which  was  listened  to  with  the  greatest  respect.  Congress 


FEDEKAL   HALL. 


first  proceeded  to  arrange  the  executive  department  of 
the  government.  It  created  a  Department  of  State,  of  the 
Treasury,  and  of  War.  Washington  appointed  Thomas  Jef 
ferson  Secretary  of  State,  Alexander  Hamilton  Secretary  of 
the  Treasury,  and  General  Knox  Secretary  of  the  War  De 
partment.  John  Jay  was  made  Chief  Justice  of  the  Su 
preme  Court,  and  Edmund  Randolph  Attorney  General. 

2.  How  and  where  was  Washington  informed  of  his  election  ?    What  answer  did 
he  give  ?    How  did  he  show  his  promptness  ?     What,  hindered  his  progress  ?    What 
is  said  of  his  journey,  and  of  the  honors  that  met  him  on  his  way?    When  did  he 
reach  New  York  ? 

3.  "Where  and  when  did  Washington  take  the  oath  of  office?    What  immediately 
followed  ?    What  was  the  first  public  measure  of  Congress  ?    How  many  and  what 
departments  were  created  ?    Who  were  placed  at  the  head  of  these  ?    To  what  pos>i« 
lions  were  Jay  and  Randolph  appointed? 


234 

4.  The  subject  of  the  finances  next  received  the  earliest 
attention.  In  the  month  of  January, 
1790,  Secretary  Hamilton  brought  for 
ward  his  plan  in  favor  of  paying  the 
national  debt  in  full,  and  also  the 
debts  of  the  states  incurred  in  the 
war.  This  plan  met  with  considerable 
opposition  in  Congress  and  through 
out  the  country,  but  was  finally  ap 
proved. 

5.  During  the  same  year,  1790,  the 
seat  of  government  was  fixed  at  Phil- 
adelphia  for  ten  years,  to  be  removed 
in  1800  to  a  new  city  on  the  banks  of  the  Potomac.  Dur 
ing  the  following  year,  the  Bank  of  the  United  States  was 
chartered  for  twenty  years ;  but  this  was  accomplished  only 
after  very  great  opposition  in  Congress. 

6.  The  Indians  in   the  Northwest  Territory  had  grown 
troublesome.     The  British  agents  were  charged  with  stir 
ring  them  up  to  claim  the  Ohio  as  their  southern  and  east 
ern  boundary.     They  lay  around  the  banks  of  that  river, 
and  waylaid  the  boats  of  the  immigrants,  who  were  now 
crowding  in  great  numbers  into  the  fertile  lands  of  the 
West.     In  the  year  1790,  General  Harmar  was  sent  against 
them,  and  was  defeated  with  great  loss.     Next  year,  an  ex 
pedition  under  St.  Clair,  governor  of  the  Northwest  Terri 
tory,  met  with  the  same  disaster. 

7.  General  Wayne,  the  hero  of  Stony  Point,  was  then  made 
commander,  and  brought  the  war  to  a  conclusion   at  the 
battle  of  the  Maumee,  in  the  year  1794.     Here  the  Indians 
were  defeated  with  great  slaughter.     They  made  nothing, 
therefore,  by  their  struggle  with  the  white  man,  but  were 
compelled  to  cede  by  treaty,  in  1795,  a  great  portion  of  their 

4.  What  important  measure  next  required  the  attention  of  Congress?    What  did 
Hamilton  propose,  and  when  ?    How  was  it  regarded  ?    Did  it  finally  become  a  law  ? 

5.  To  what  place  was  the  seat  of  government  removed  from  New  York  ?    Was  it 
to  remain  here  always?    When  and  where  was  it  to  go  after  that?    When  was  the 
first  United  States  Bank  chartered  ?    What  is  said  of  this  ? 

6.  In  what  direction  hud  trouble  arisen  ?    Who  were  blamed  as  the  cause  of  this? 
How  did  the  Indians  show  their  hostility  ?   Who  were  sent  against  them  in  1T90  and 
1791  ?    With  what  success  < 


1789  TO  1797.  235 

lands,  amounting  to  more  than  25,000  square  miles,  embrac 
ing  the  eastern  and  southern  part  of  Ohio. 

8.  On  the  4th  of  March,  1793,  Washington  entered  on  the 
second  term  of  his  presidency,  to  which  he  had  been  again 
unanimously  elected.     John  Adams  had  also  been  rechosen 
Vice-President.     The  people  of  the  United  States,  however, 
were  far  from  being  united  in  political  sentiment.     A  large 
party  were  in  favor  of  a  strong  national  government,  and 
were  known  as  Federalists ;  their  opponents  were  known  as 
anti-Federalists.     Washington,  Adams,  Hamilton,  and  Jay 
belonged  to  the.  party  of  Federalists.     Jefferson,  Madison, 
and  Monroe  were  among  the  prominent  leaders  of  the  anti- 
Federalists. 

9.  The  feeling  had  already  grown  very  bitter  between 
these  two  parties  when  the  French  Revolution  broke  out. 
In  1793,  the  French  Directory  sent  out  M.  Genet  (zha-na)  as 
ambassador  to  America.     On  his  arrival,  he  was  so  well  re 
ceived  by  the  anti-Federalists  in  particular,  and  by  many 
who  had  not  forgotten  the  assistance  of  France  during  the 
Revolutionary  War,  that  he  presumed  on  this,  and  began  to 
fit  out  privateers  against  English  commerce. 

10.  France  had  declared  war  against  England,  and  Ge- 
nf  *'s  conduct  was  therefore  very  displeasing  to  Washington, 
who  did  not  wish  the  United  States  to  be  involved  in  a  war 
with  England.     Genet  behaved  so  defiantly  in  the  matter, 
that  Washington  requested  the  French  government  to  re 
call  him,  which  request  was  complied  with  in  1794.    Genet's 
conduct  and  his  recall  increased  the  bitterness  between  the 
Federalists  and  their  opponents,  who  now  first  began  to  call 
themselves  Democratic  Republicans. 

11.  Genet's  public  opposition  to  the  government  had  oth- 

7.  Who  brought  the  war  to  an  end?    When  and  where?    What  did  the  Indians 
gain  by  their  struggle,  and  what  is  said  of  the  treaty? 

8.  What  occurred  on  the  4th  of  March,  1793?    Who  was  elected  Vice-President? 
iVhat  is  said  of  the  political  feeling  of  the  people  ?    Who  were  the  leading  Federal 
ists?    Who  were  the  leading  anti- Federalists? 

9.  What  is  said  of  the  teeling  between  these  two  parties?    Whom  did  the  French 
Revolutionists  send  out  ?    How  was  he  received  in  America  ?  What  did  this  encour 
age  him  to  do? 

10.  How  was  Genet's  conduct  regarded  by  Washington  ?   Why  ?    What  did  Wash, 
ington  do?    Did  the  French  government  accede  to  this  ?    What  was  thought  in  the 
United  States  of  Genet's  recall  ?    What  name  had  the  anti-Federalists  taken  ? 


236 


WASHINGTON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


er  evil  results ;  for  it  encouraged  rebellion  among  the  peo 
ple  of  Western  Pennsylvania.  One  of  Hamilton's  modes 
of  raising  revenue  was  by  a  duty  on  whisky.  These  Penn- 
sylvanians  formed  secret  societies,  and  determined  not  to 
pay  this  duty;  and  at  length  became  so  bold  in  1794  that 
Washington  was  compelled  to  order  a  military  force  to  put 
them  down.  On  the  appearance  of  this,  the  "  Whisky  Re 
bellion,"  as  it  was  called,  suddenly  came  to  an  end. 

12.  In  spite  of  Washington's  great  care  not  to  offend  En 
gland,  by  showing  too  great  a  leaning  toward  France,  the 
English  government  treated  the  United  States  in  a  way  that 
seemed  likely  to  end  in  war.     Her  agents  were  charged  with 
inciting  the  Indians  in  the  West,  and  she  was  unwilling  to 

give  up  some  of  the  Western  posts, 
as  she  had  agreed  to  do  by  treaty. 
John  Jay  was  sent  as  special  ern- 
bassador  to  England,  and  was  for 
tunate  in  being  able  to  conclude  a 
treaty  with  that  government  which 
settled  the  question  of  the  Western 
posts  and  other  points  in  dispute. 
But  this  treaty  did  not  please  the 
opponents  of  Washington.  When 
news  of  it  arrived  in  America,  Jay 
was  burned  in  effigy,  and  Washing 
ton  was  freely  censured.  The  trea 
ty  was,  however,  approved  by  the 
Senate  in  1795. 

13.  At  the  end  of  the  year  1793,  Jefferson  retired  from 
the  cabinet ;  but  the  agitation  between  the  two  great  par 
ties  continued.    Washington  suffered  much  annoyance  from 
the  abuse  of  his  opponents,  but  kept  on  his  way,  conscious 
of  the  purity  and  rectitude  of  his  intentions.     In  the  month 

'of  September,  1796,  he  issued  his  famous  Farewell  Address 

11.  What  other  bad  result  came  from  Genet's  conduct  ?    What  was  the  cause  of 
their  grievance,  and  what  did  they  resort  to?    How  did  Washington  meet  this? 
What  was  the  consequence? 

12.  In  regard  to  what  had  Washington  shown  great  anxiety?    How  did  England 
regard  thi.s  ?    What  complaints  were  made  ajrsinst  her  ?    Who  was  sent  to  England 
to  try  to  restore  friendly  feelings  ?    What  did  he  accomplish  ?    How  was  the  treaty 
regarded  in  America  ? 


JOHN   JAY. 


1797  TO  1801.  237 

to  the  people  of  the  United  States,  in  which  he  announced 
his  fixed  determination  to  retire  from  office  at  the  end  of  his 
second  term. 

14.  The  canvass  for  the  election  that  followed  was  con 
ducted  with  great  rancor.     Both  parties  put  forward  their 
chief  men — the  Federalists,  John  Adams ;  and  the  Repub 
licans,  Thomas  Jefferson.     After  a  bitter  contest,  the  former 
was   chosen  President;   and  Jefferson,  having  received  .the 
next  highest  number  of  electoral  votes,  was  chosen  Vice- 
President. 

15.  Congress  had  already  voted  a  reply  to  the  Farewell 
Address,  expressing  the  fullest  confidence  in  Washington's 
wisdom  and  integrity.     During  the  winter,  nearly  all  the 
Legislatures  sent  resolutions  expressive  of  the  same  feelings. 
Throughout  the  country,  the  voice  of  party  clamor  against 
Washington  was  almost  hushed.    On  the  4th  of  March,  1 797, 
he  was  present  at  the  inauguration  of  President  Adams,  and 
there  received  the  warmest  manifestations  of  regard  from 
assembled  thousands.     In  a  few  days  afterward  he  retired 
to  his  home  at  Mount  Vernon. 


SECTION  II. 
JOHN  ADAMS'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1797-1801. 

1.  JOHN  ADAMS,  the  new  President,  was  one  of  the  early 
and  active  Massachusetts  patriots.  As  a  member  of  Con 
gress,  he  from  the  first  took  a  prominent  position,  and  was 
one  of  the  celebrated  committee  that  reported  the  Declara 
tion  of  Independence.  In  1778,  he  was  sent  as  commission 
er  to  Europe,  and  remained  abroad  ten  years,  actively  en 
gaged  on  important  public  business.  During  his  residence 

13.  Who  retired  from  the  cabinet  at  the  end  of  1T93  ?    What  is  said  of  the  state  of 
party  feeling,  and  of  Washington's  conduct  in  relation  to  it  ?    What  important  event 
occurred  in  1793  ? 

14.  Who  were  put  forward  as  candidates  for  the  presidency?    How  was  the  can 
vass  conducted  ?    Who  were  elected  President  and  Vice-President  ?    Is  this  the  way 
in  which  the  Vice-President  is  chosen  at  present? 

15.  How  did  Congress  and  the  states  treat  Washington's  Farewell  Address  ?    State 
what  is  said  in  connection  with  the  inauguration  of  Adams.     Where  did  Washing 
ton  retire  ? 


238 


ADAMS'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


abroad,  in  the  year  1 785,  he  was  appointed  first  minister  to 
the  court  of  England  from  the  United  States.  Soon  after 
his  return  from  Europe  he  was  elected  Vice-President,  in 

1789. 

2.  The  trouble  with 
France  did  not  come  to 
a  close  with  the  recall  of 
M.  Genet.  Jay's  treaty 
with  England  displeased 
the  French  government 
to  such  an  extent  that 
the  latter  ordered  Pinck- 
ney,  the  American  min 
ister,  to  leave  the  coun 
try  ;  and  a  number  of 
American  vessels  were 
taken  at  sea  by  French 
men-of-war.  President 
Adams  called  an  extra 
session  of  Congress  to 
consider  these  matters ; 
and  three  envoys,  Pinckney,  the  late  minister,  Gerry,  and 
Marshall,  were  sent  to  France  to  attempt  the  restoration  of 
a  friendly  feeling  between  the  two  countries. 

3.  The  French  Directory,  the  name  of  the  new  revolution 
ary  government,  declined  to  receive  them  officially,  and  hint 
ed  that  a  present  of  money  would  pave  the  way  for  an  ar 
rangement.  If  this  were  not  given,  then  there  would  be 
war.  Pinckney's  reply  was  very  spiritedT  "  War  be  it, 
then.  Millions  for  defense,  but  not  one  cent  for  tribute !" 
Shortly  after  this,  Pinckney  and  Marshall  were  ordered  to 
leave  France,  because  they  were  Federalists.  Gerry,  on  the 
other  hand,  who  was  a  Republican,  and  supposed  to  favor 
the  interests  of  the  French,  was  allowed  to  remain.  This 
treatment  of  the  envoys  stirred  the  anger  of  the  American 

1.  What  is  said  of  President  Adams's  earlier  history  ?    Of  his  later  public  offices  ? 

2.  What  effect  was  produced  by  the  recall  of  M.  Genet  ?    What  new  source  of  irri 
tation  disturbed  the  French  court?    In  what  way  did  they  show  their  displeasure? 
How  did  Adams  show  his  opinion  of  the  seriousness  of  this?    Who  were  sent  to 
France  ? 


PRESIDENT   JOHN  ADAMS. 


1797  TO  1801.  239 

people  to  such  an  extent  that  Congress  at  once  prepared  for 
war,  and  Washington  was  appointed  commander-in-chief. 

4.  Fighting  at  sea  followed.    An  American  armed  schoon 
er  was  captured  by  the  French,  and  a  French  frigate  was 
taken  by  the  United  States  ship  Constellation.     Before  hos 
tilities  proceeded  farther,  the  French  Directory  made  pro 
posals  of  peace,  and,  after  some  delay,  Napoleon  Bonaparte, 
First  Consul  of  France,  in  the  year  1800  signed  a  treaty  at 
Paris.     Washington  did  not  live  to  see  peace  proclaimed. 
He  died,  after  a  short  illness,  at  Mount  Vernon,  of  a  disease 
of  the  throat,  on  the  14th  of  December,  1799.     All  parties 
paid  the  greatest  honor  to  his  memory,  and  he  was  univer 
sally  mourned  as  the  Father  of  his  Country.    In  Europe  the 
sincerest  tributes  were  awarded  to  the  nobleness,  purity, 
and  grandeur  of  his  character. 

5.  The  seat  of  government  was  transferred  to  Washing 
ton  in  the  year  1800,  as  originally  provided  for  by  Congress, 
Maryland  and  Virginia  ceding  a  tract  of  land  10  miles  square 
for  the  new  city. 

6.  The  difficulties  with  France  led  to  measures  that  pre 
vented  the  re-election  of  Adams  to  the  presidency.     While 
the  excitement  in  regard  to  France  was  at  its  height,  he 
recommended  the  passage  of  the  Alien  and  Sedition  Laws. 
The  Alien  Law  gave  power  to  expel  all  foreigners  who  were 
found  plotting  against  the  good  of  the  country.     The  Sedi 
tion  Law  was  aimed  chiefly  against  the  violent  attacks  on  the 
government  by  the  press.     Adams  thought  these  measures 
were  for  the  good  of  the  country.    The  majority  of  the  peo 
ple  thought  differently.    At  the  election  in  1800,  the  Repub 
lican  party  triumphed,  and  Thomas  Jefferson  was  elected 
President,  and  Aaron  Burr,  of  New  York,  Vice-President. 

3.  How  were  the  envoys  received  ?   What  was  Prnckney's  celebrated  replyT^What 
followed  ?    How  was  the  news  received  by  the- American  people,  and  what  measures 
were  adopted  ? 

4.  Where  did  the  first  fighting  take  place  ?    State  what  is  mentioned  of  it.    What 
put  a  stop  to  hostilities  ?    When,  where,  and  by  whom,  on  the  part  of  France,  was 
the  treaty  signed  ?   "What  memorable  event  took  place  in  1T99  ?    How  was  his  mem 
ory  regarded  in  America  ?    And  in  Europe  ? 

5.  What  change  was  made  in  the  year  1800  ?   In  what  year  did  Congress  decide  on 
the  change  ?    What  states  gave  the  laud,  and  how  much  ? 

6.  How  many  terms  did  Adams  serve  as  President  ?    What  prevented  his  re-elec 
tion  ?    What  were  these  measures  V    What  was  the  Alien  Law  ?    What  was  the  Se 
dition  Law  ?    Who  was  chosen  President,  and  who  Vice-Presideut  ? 


240 


JEFFERSON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


SECTION  III. 
JEFFERSON'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1801-1809. 

1.  THE  illustrious  man  who  now  became  President  of  the 

United  States  had  been 
deeply  engaged  in  the  long 
colonial  struggles  for  free 
dom  and  independence.  He 
took  an  active  part  in  the 
early  patriotic  movements 
of  Virginia,  of  which  he 
wras  governor  during  the 
later  part  of  the  war.  As 
a  member  of  Congress  and 
chairman  of  a  committee, 
he,  in  1776,  drew  tip  the 
Declaration  of  Independ 
ence,  and  again,  in  1784, 
by  his  efforts,  forever  link 
ed  his  name  with  the  great 
Northwest  Territory,  prin 
cipally  ceded  by  Virginia 
to  the  United  States.  In 
Washington's  first  term,  Jefferson  was  Secretary  of  State. 

2.  During   the   first   year   of  Jefferson's   administration, 
France  received  back  from  Spain,  by  a  secret  treaty  made 
the  year  before,  the  Territory  of  Louisiana.     The  French, 
however,  did  not  occupy  the  country,  but  allowed  it  to  re 
main  under  Spanish  rule.     In  the  year  1803,  the  Spanish 
governor  closed  the  port  of  New  Orleans  against  American 
commerce.      This   conduct  produced  immense   excitement 
west  of  the  Alleghanies,  and  it  was  difficult  to  prevent  the 
people  there  from  rushing  into  war. 

1.  What  is  said  of  Jefferson's  early  career  ?    What  offices  did  he  hold  ?    With  what 
two  great  affairs  is  his  name  connected  ? 

2.  What  important  change  in  American  territory  was  made  in  1S01  ?    Under  what 
government  did  it  remain  ?    What  occurred  in  1803  ?    How  way  this  act  regarded  by 
the  Western  people  ? 


PRESIDENT  JEFFERSON. 


1801  TO  1809.  241 

3.  It  had  long  been  Jefferson's  great  ambition  to  secure 
the  territory  on  both  banks  of  the  Lower  Mississippi  for  the 
United  States,  because  he  felt  that  whatever  power  held 
possession  of  the  mouth  of  that  river  must  also  hold  control 
of  the  valley  above  it.     Livingston,  the  American  minister 
at  the  court  of  France,  was  therefore  urged  to  use  every 
means  to  persuade  Bonaparte  to  sell  New  Orleans  to  the 
United  States.     At  this  time,  1803,  a  great  European  war 
was  about  to  break  out,  and  Bonaparte,  on  that  account  not 
unwilling  to  be  rid  of  these  American  possessions,  to  the 
surprise  of  Livingston,  offered  to  sell  the  whole  of  Louisi 
ana.     The  bargain  was  soon  concluded,  and  the  entire  terri 
tory,  embracing  more  than  1,000,000  square  miles,  passed 
into  the  possession  of  the  United  States  for  $12,000,000. 

4.  Congress  divided  this  great  tract  into  two  territories — 
that  which  is  now  the  State  of  Louisiana  was  named  the 
Territory  of  Orleans ;  the  other,  of  vast  extent,  was  called 
the  District  of  Louisiana.     The  purchase  of  French  Louisi 
ana  was  the  great  event  of  Jefferson's  administration.     It 
placed  the  Mississippi  River  in  its  entire  length,  and  an  im 
mense  district  west  of  it,  within  the  territory  of  the  United 
States. 

WAR   WITH   THE    BAEBAEY   POWEES. 

5.  For  many  years,  the  Barbary  powers,  Tunis,  Tripoli, 
Algiers,  and  Morocco,  on  the  southern  shores  of  the  Medi 
terranean,  had  seized  the  vessels  of  all  nations  that  would 
not  pay  them  annual  tribute,  and  made  slaves  of  their  crews. 
The  great  powers  of  Europe  had  adopted  the  cheapest  mode 
of  saving  their  own  trade,  by  making  these  pirates  a  year 
ly  payment.     The  United  States  followed  this  custom,  and, 
previous  to  1801,  expended  nearly  $2,000,000  in  presents  to 
them.     But  America  was  more  than  3000  miles  distant,  and 
the  Barbary  pirates,  regardless  of  a  nation  so  far  off,  did 

3.  What  value  did  Jefferson  place  on  the  control  of  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi? 
What  did  he  earnestly  urge  ?    Who  was  Bonaparte  ?    What  was  the  state  of  Europe 
in  1803?    What  offer  did  Bonaparte  make  ?    WThy  did  he  do  this  ?    Upon  what  terms 
was  a  bargain  concluded  ?    What  was  the  extent  of  the  territory  ? 

4.  How  did  Congress  divide  this  territory?    How  was  the  purchase  of  Louisiana 
regarded  ?    Why  was  it  so  important  ? 

L 


242 

not  hesitate  to  ill  treat  and  attack  American  vessels  that 
came  in  their  way. 

6.  In  1801,  the  Bey  of  Tripoli  declared  war,  and  several 
American  war  vessels  were  soon  on  their  way  to  the  Medi 
terranean.     A  Tripolitan  cruiser  was  captured  after  a  hard 
fight.     In  1803,  Commodore  Preble  was  sent  with  a  fleet 
into  Mediterranean  waters.     While   he    was   endeavoring 
to  punish  the  Emperor  of  Morocco  by  an  attack  on  Tan- 
giers,  the  frigate  Philadelphia  was  blockading, Tripoli.    Dur 
ing  this  service  she  was  chasing  a  vessel  near  shore,  ran 
aground,  and  in  this  helpless  state  was  captured  by  Tripoli- 
tan  gun-boats.    Bainbridge,  her  captain,  and  300  of  her  crew, 
were  made  prisoners.     The  latter  were  reduced  to  slavery. 

7.  The  Tripolitans  did  not  keep  their  prize  very  lorg. 
About   six   months   after,  Lieutenant  Deeatur,  in    a  small 
schooner,  with  a  picked  crew,  ran  alongside  of  the  Philadel 
phia  in  the  harbor  of  Tripoli,  killed  or  drove  the  Tripolitan 
crew  into  the  sea,  and  set  fire  to  the  vessel.     All  this  was 
done  under  the  fire  of  the  enemy's  batteries,  yet  Decatur  es 
caped  without  the  loss  of  a  man.     During  the  year  1804, 
Tripoli  was  repeatedly  bombarded,  and  considerable  dam 
age  was  done  to  the  forts  and  ships  of  the  enemy. 

8.  The  reigning  Bey  had  an  older  brother,  named  Hamet, 
whom  he  had  driven  from  the  throne,  and  Eaton,  the  Amer 
ican  consul  at  Tunis,  undertook,  with  the  assistance  of  Ha- 
met,  to  capture  Tripoli.     Tunis  was  nearly  1000  miles  from 
this  point,  and  Eaton  and  Hamet  commenced  their  long 
march  with  only  70  seamen  and  a  small  body  of  Egyptian 
soldiers.     On  their  way  they  attacked  and  captured  Derne. 
With  the  help  of  the  fleet,  they  would  probably  have  taken 
Tripoli  when  they  arrived  there ;  but  the  reigning  Bey  of 
fered  to  make  peace,  and  the  American  commissioner,  Mr. 
Lear,  accepted  his  terms.    This  put  an  end  to  the  war  in  the 

5.  What  were  the  Barbary  powers  ?    What  had  long  been  their  custom  ?    Did  thf; 
powers  of  Europe  submit  to  this  ?    What  had  the  United  States  done  ?    Did  these 
payments  by  the  United  States  give  American  vessels  security  ?    Why  was  this  ? 

6.  What  brought  matters  to  a  crisis  in  1801  ?    What  capture  was  made  ?    Who  was 
sent  with  a  fleet  in  1803?    What  happened  to  one  of  the  frigates?    Why  was  she 
alone  there  ?    What  happened  to  the  captain  and  his  crew  ?    Where  is  Tripoli  ? 

7.  In  what  brilliant  way  did  Decatur  retrieve  this  disaster  ?    Did  he  suffer  much 
from  the  enemy  ?    How  was  the  American  fleet  kept  busy  during  1804  ? 


1801  TO  1809. 


243 


Mediterranean,  and  the  oppression  of  the  Barbary  powers  on 
American  commerce  ceased  for  a  time. 

9.  While  these  events  were  transpiring  on  the  distant 
shores  of  Africa,  the  country  was  agitated  by  the  death  of 
General  Alexander  Hamilton,  the  friend  and  associate  of 
Washington,  who  was  shot  in  a  duel  at  Weehawken,  oppo 
site  New  York,  by  Aaron  Burr,  the  Vice  -  President.  The 


S^iir 


DUEL,   BETWEEN   BCEK  AND   HAMILTON  AT   WEEHAWKEN. 

quarrel  originated  in  political  animosity.  Burr  had  been 
nominated  for  governor  of  the  State  of  New  York,  and 
Hamilton,  feeling  that  he  was  a  very  unfit  man  to  be  gov 
ernor,  had  opposed  his  election.  After  Burr  was  defeated 
he  challenged  and  killed  Hamilton,  July  llth,  1804. 

8.  What  is  said  of  Hamet  ?    What  American  was  at  Tunis  ?    What  plan  did  he  ar 
range  with  Hamet?    How  far  was  Tunis  from  Tripoli ?    With  what  force  did  they 
commence  their  march?    What  place  did  they  attack  on  their  route?    Where  is 
Derne?    What  is  said  of  their  attempt  on  Tripoli?    What  prevented  this?    What 
effect  did  this  treaty  have  on  the  war  ? 

9.  What  unfortunate  event  occurred  during  1S04  ?    How  did  the  quarrel  originate  ? 
What  is  said  of  Hamilton's  opposition  to  Burr? 


244  JEFFERSON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

10.  The  same  fall  Jefferson  was  re-elected,  with  Clinton 
as  Vice-President.     In  the  year  1806,  Burr  was  arrested  by 
the  government  on  an  obscure  charge  of  conspiring  either 
to  seize  Mexico  or  to  form  an  empire  west  of  the  Allegha- 
nies.     After  a  long  trial,  in  which  he  defended  himself  with 
great  ability,  the  jury  brought  in  a  verdict  of"  not  guilty." 
But  the  killing  of  Hamilton,  and  his  suspicious,  intriguing 
conduct,  notwithstanding  his  acquittal,  ruined  him  forever 
in  public  estimation. 

11.  In  the  year  180  7,  a  steam-boat  constructed  by  Robert 

Fulton,  a  native  of  Penn 
sylvania,  made  a  voyage 
from  New  York  to  Alba 
ny,  a  distance  of  about  150 
miles,  in  36  hours.  This 
was  the  beginning  of  that 
great  system  of  steam  nav 
igation  which  has  extend- 

FULTON'S   STEAM-BOAT. 


I 


of  the  United  States,  and  which  has  exercised  a  powerful  in 
fluence  not  only  on  the  trade,  but  also  on  the  settlement  of 
the  country. 

12.  During  these  years,  the  great  European  war  was  rag 
ing  between  France  on  the  one  hand,  led  by  Napoleon,  and 
the  other  nations  urged  on  by  England.  The  latter  power 
was  mistress  of  the  sea,  and  behaved  in  a  very  oppressive 
manner  to  American  vessels,  stopping  them  and  taking  from 
them  what  seamen  she  wanted  for  her  ships  of  war.  This 
she  did  on  the  plea  that  they  were  English  citizens,  and  that 
she  had  a  right  to  their  services.  The  frigate  Chesapeake 
was  in  this  way  fired  into  by  the  British  man-of-war  Leop 
ard,  and,  after  being  boarded,  four  of  her  men  were  taken  as 
deserters.  Mr.  Jefferson,  compelled  to  take  notice  of  high 
handed  outrages  like  this,  issued  a  proclamation  forbidding 
English  ships  from  entering  any  American  port  until  satis- 

10.  Who  was  elected  President  in  the  fall  of  1804?    Was  Burr  re-elected?    What 
happened  to  him  in  180G  ?    What  was  the  result  of  the  trial  ?    How  was  he  regarded 
thereafter  by  the  public  ? 

11.  What  great  improvement  in  navigation  was  made  about  this  time  ?    What  wa« 
the  flrst  voyage  made  ?    What  is  said  of  the  importance  of  this  ? 


1801  TO  1809.  245 

faction  was  made  by  the  English  government  for  its  past 
offenses. 

13.  The  United  States  merchant  vessels  were  busily  en 
gaged,  as  neutrals,  in  conveying  goods  to  all  parts  of  Eu 
rope.     England  was  determined  to  close  French  ports  to 
trade,  and  she  declared,  in  1806,  the  French  coast  from  Brest 
to  the  Elbe  in  a  state  of  blockade.     Then  Napoleon,  in  re 
taliation,  declared  the  British  Islands  in  a  state  of  blockade. 
As  the  European  war  went  on,  the  British  government,  in 
November,  1807,  passed  the  famous  "Orders  in  Council," 
prohibiting  all  trade  with  France  and  her  allies.     Napole 
on,  not  to  be  behind  Great  Britain,  immediately  proclaimed 
his  decree  at  Milan,  called  the  "Milan  Decree,"  forbidding  all 
trade  with  England  and  her  colonies.     In  this  way,  Ameri 
can  vessels  were  liable  to  be  captured  by  French  or  British 
cruisers  in  attempting  to  trade  with  either  country  or  its 
colonies. 

14.  In  December,  1807,  Congress  passed  an  embargo  that 
hindered  American  vessels  from  leaving  United  States  ports, 
hoping  in  this  way  to  punish  France  and  England.    It  proved 
very  objectionable  to  the  New  England  and  Middle  States, 
on  account  of  the  injury  it  did  to  their  commerce,  and  on 
March  1,  1809,  it  was  repealed.      In  its  place  there  was  pass 
ed,  in  the  same  month,  a  non- intercourse  act,  prohibiting 
trade  with  France  and  England.     In  this  state  of  political 
confusion  Mr.  Jefferson's  administration  ended.     In  the  pre 
vious  fall,  Jefferson,  imitating  the  example  of  Washington, 
declined  a  re-election  at  the  close  of  his  second  term,  and 
James  Madison,  of  Virginia,  was  chosen  President ;  George 
Clinton,  of  New  York,  was  re-elected  Vice-President. 

12.  What  contest  was  going  on  in  Europe  at  this  time  ?    What  is  said  of  the  con 
duct  of  England  ?    On  what  ground  did  she  seize  these  men  ?    What  serious  affair 
brought  matters  to  a  crisis?    What  did  the  President  do  in  retaliation ? 

13.  What  lucrative  branch  of  commerce  were  United  States  vessels  engaged  in? 
How  did  England  attempt  to  stop  this?    In  what  way  did  Napoleon  retaliate?    By 
what  more  serious  measure  on  the  part  of  England  was  this  followed  ?    What  then 
did  Napoleon  do  ?    What  now  was  the  condition  of  the  American  shipping  trade  ? 

14.  How  did  Congress  endeavor  to  retaliate?     What  effect  did  it  produce?    After 
the  embargo  was  taken  off,  what  retaliatory  act  was  passed  ?    When  did  Jefferson's 
second  term  end?    Who  were  elected  President  and  Vice-Presideut ? 


246  JEFFERSON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— 1789-1809. 

1.  When  and  where  was  Washington  inaugurated? 

2.  Who  was  Vice-President? 

3.  How  long  was  New  York  the  capital  under  the  Constitution  ? 

4.  Name  the  first  secretaries  of  the  different  departments. 

5.  What  was  the  first  and  greatest  measure  of  Washington's  administration,  and 
who  was  the  mover  of  it  ? 

G.  Why  was  this  the  greatest  measure  of  his  administration? 

7.  Give  an  account  of  the  two  great  parties  that  sprang  up. 

8.  By  what  was  the  feeling  between  these  parties  greatly  increased  ? 

9.  How  did  Washington  act  in  reference  to  Genet  ? 

10.  Why  was  it  so  necessary  to  act  with  prudence  toward  France? 

11.  How  was  the  critical  state  of  affairs  with  England  brought  to  a  settlement? 

12.  With  what  feelings  was  this  regarded  by  a  part  of  the  country? 

3.  What  determination  did  Washington  announce  in  the  fall  of  1793  ? 

14.  Who  were  the  rival  candidates  for  the  presidency  in  1793,  and  which  was 
chosen  ? 

15.  What  can  you  state  with  regard  to  the  close  of  Washington's  administration? 

16.  State,  without  describing  them,  the  principal  events  of  Adams's  administration. 

17.  Describe  the  conduct  of  the  French  government  to  our  envoys. 

18.  How  were  these  difficulties  terminated  ? 

19.  What  became  the  capital  in  1800  ? 

20.  When  and  by  what  authority  was  this  settled? 

21.  What  prevented  Adams's  re-election  to  the  presidency? 

22.  Who  were  elected  President  and  Vice-President  in  1804  ? 

23.  Who  was  named  Secretary  of  State  ? 

24.  What  were  the  leading  events  of  Jefferson's  administration  ? 

25.  Which  of  these  was  the  most  celebrated  measure  ? 

26.  Give  the  history  of  the  purchase  of  Louisiana. 

27.  Why  was  Jefferson  so  deeply  interested  in  obtaining  this? 

28.  What  was  the  extent  of  the  territory,  and  how  was  it  organized  after  its  pur. 
chase  ? 

29.  Give  the  origin  of  the  war  in  the  Mediterranean. 

30.  Name  the  principal  events  that  marked  its  progress,  with  dates. 

31.  How  and  when  was  it  brought  to  a  termination? 

32.  What  led  to  the  death  of  Hamilton  ?    Give  the  date. 

33.  What  can  you  say  of  the  future  career  of  Burr? 

34.  What  was  the  state  of  affairs  in  Europe  about  this  time? 

35.  How  did  this  affect  the  crews  of  American  vessels ;  and  what  collision  ensued  ? 

36.  In  what  way  was  American  commerce  affected  by  the  European  war? 

37.  What  measures  of  retaliation  did  Congress  pass,  and  when  ? 

OS.  Describe  what  was  the  condition  of  affairs  at  the  close  of  Jefferson's  Adminis 
tration. 

39.  From  1789  to  this  time,  how  many  and  what  states  had  been  admitted  into  tha 
Union  ? 

40.  From  what  territories  or  states  were  they  formed  ? 

41.  Give  the  boundaries  of  the  United  States  at  the  close  of  Jefferson's  admiuir. 
tration. 

£11  Give  the  boundaries  of  the  United  States  at  the  beginning  of  it. 


EVENTS   PREVIOUS   TO    THE    WAR    OF    1812.  247 


CHAPTER  V. 

MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1809-1817. 

SECTION  I. 

EVENTS  PREVIOUS   TO   THE   SECOND   WAR   WITH  ENGLAND. 

1.  PRESIDENT  MADISON  was  a  member  of  the  Continental 
Congress,  and  one  of 
the  most  distinguished 
delegates  in  the  Conven 
tion  of  1787.  He  was 
also,  for  eight  years,  Sec 
retary  of  State  under 
Jefferson,  and  was  thus, 
in  some  degree,  prepared 
to  encounter  the  formi 
dable  difficulties  with 
France  and  England, 
which  were  increasing 
at  the  close  of  the  last 
administration.  French 
cruisers  seized  American 
merchant  vessels ;  and, 
early  in  1 810,  Bonaparte 
issued  another  and  more 
offensive  decree  against  American  commerce.  Toward  the 
end  of  the  year  he  revoked  these  decrees,  and  trade  was  re 
sumed  between  France  and  the  United  States,  although  the 
former  power  still  continued  to  capture  American  vessels. 

2.  England,  on  the  other  hand,  would  listen  to  no  terms. 
Her  vessels  cruised  boldly  off  United  States  ports,  and  seized 
merchant  ships  as  prizes.  One  of  these  cruisers,  the  Little 

1.  Mention  some  of  the  high  offices  that  Madison  had  filled.  With  what  difficul 
ties  did  his  administration  begin  ?  State  what  grievances  the  United  States  endured 
from  the  French.  What  occurred  toward  the  end  of  the  year  1810  ? 


248 

Belt,  in  the  year  1811,  on  being  hailed  by  the  American 
frigate  President,  answered  insolently  with  a  cannon-shot. 
The  President  returned  the  fire  with  a  broadside,  and  in  a 
short  time  the  guns  of  the  Little  Belt  were  silenced,  but  not 
until  she  had  lost  33  men  in  killed  and  wounded. 

3.  To  add  to  these  difficulties,  the  Indians  of  the  North 
west  Territory  were  growing  more  and  more  uneasy  as  the 
white  man  pushed  out  into  the  wilderness,  and  had  appa 
rently  forgotten  the  severe  punishment  that  General  Wayne 
gave  them  in  1794.     Besides,  it  was  believed  that  British 
emissaries  were  inciting  them  to  war.     Tecurntha,  a  Shaw- 
nee  chief,  became  their  leader,  and  was  assisted  by  his  broth 
er,  the  Prophet,  as  he  was  called,  a  man  of  great  influence 
among  the  Indians. 

4.  The  American  government  determined  to  strike  before 
Tecumtha  could  unite  the  Northwest  tribes;  and  General 
Harrison  was  sent  to  destroy  the  town  of  the  Prophet,  at 
the  junction  of  the  Tippecanoe  and  Wabash  Rivers.    When 
he  came  near  this  point,  November  6, 1811,  the  crafty  Proph 
et  sent  forward  some  Indian  chiefs,  who  met  Harrison,  and 
said  that  their  leader  would  sign  a  treaty  next  day.     This 
was  only  done  to  deceive  the  American  general.     In  the 
morning,  before   daybreak,  November   7,  the  Indians    sud 
denly  attacked  him  in  his  camp;  but  he  was  an  old  Indian 
fighter,  and  his  men  were  on  their  guard.     The  battle  was 
very  severe,  but  when  daylight  broke  Harrison  ordered  his 
men  forward,  and  the    enemy  were   defeated   with   great 
slaughter.     This  battle  quieted  the  Indians  for  a  time,  but 
greatly  helped  to  stir  up  the  people  of  the  Western  country 
against  the  English. 

5.  There  seemed  to  be  nothing  left  for  the  United  States 
but  to  go  to  war  with  England.     She  was  determined  to 

2.  What  is  s aid  of  the  conduct  of  England  ?    Describe  the  punishment  given  to 
one  of  the  British  ships. 

3.  What  trouble  was  growing  up  on  the  Northwest  frontiers  ?    Who  were  believed 
to  be  exciting  the  Indians?    Who  were  the  Indian  leaders? 

4.  What  resolution  was  taken  by  the  American  government?    Who  was  sent 
against  them,  and  with  what  object?    In  what  state  are  those  two  rivers?    What 
happened  on  his  march  when  near  that  point?    What  was  the  object  of  this  embas 
sy  ?    How  far  did  it  deceive  Harrison  ?    What  occurred  ?    Describe  the  battle  of 
Tippecanoe.    What  was  the  effect  of  the  battle  on  the  Indians  and  on  the  people 
of  the  West? 


EVENTS    OF    1812.  249 

destroy  American  commerce.  She  had  declared  a  blockade 
of  the  French  ports  without  a  sufficient  force,  and  seized 
American  seamen  wherever  she  could  find  them.  In  addi 
tion,  she  was  charged,  as  has  been  stated,  with  inciting  the 
Indians  on  the  frontiers.  In  April,  1812,  Congress  laid  an 
embargo  on  British  ships,  and  on  June  19  President  Madi 
son  proclaimed  war  against  England.  The  President  was 
thereupon  authorized  to  enlist  25,000  men,  to  raise  50,000 
volunteers,  and  to  call  out  100,000  militia  for  garrison  duty 
in  coast  and  frontier  defenses.  Henry  Dearborn,  of  Massa 
chusetts,  was  appointed  Commander-in-chief.  In  June,  Lou 
isiana  became  a  state,  and  Missouri  Territory  was  formed. 


SECTION  II. 

EVENTS  OF  1812. 

1.  Invasion  of  Canada.— The  war  opened  on  the  North 
western  frontier  in  the  month  of  July  with  the  invasion  of 
Canada  by  the  American  troops.  In  the  early  part  of  1812, 
General  Hull,  governor  of  Michigan  Territory,  began  his 
march  against  the  Indians,  who  were  again  threatening  the 
frontier  settlements.  After  war  was  declared,  he  was  or 
dered  to  invade  Canada;  and  on  the  12th  of  July  he  crossed 
the  river  from  Detroit,  then  a  small  fortification,  to  attack 
the  British  post  at  Maiden.  Instead  of  moving  with  vigor, 
lie  waited  in  his  camp  at  Sandwich,  doing  little  for  nearly 
four  weeks ;  and  a  detachment,  under  Major  Van  Home, 
sent  by  him  to  guard  supplies,  was  surprised  and  defeated 
at  Brownstown,  August  5,  by  the  British  and  Indians.  In 
the  mean  time  Maiden  had  been  strengthened  by  fresh  troops 
and  supplies,  and  Hull  recrossed  the  river  to  Detroit. 

5.  Into  what  were  the  United  States  gradually  forced  ?  Enumerate  the  grievances 
against  England.  What  retaliatory  measiire  was  passed  by  Congress?  When  was 
war  declared  ?  What  preparations  were  made  for  the  struggle  ?  What  changes  were 
made  west  f  the  Mississippi  ?  See  Map,  page  250. 

1.  How  was  the  war  opened  ?  Who  was  General  Hull  ?  In  what  was  he  employed 
previous  to  the  declaration  of  war?  What  change  was  ordered?  What  was  his  first 
movement  ?  What  is  said  of  his  conduct  at  Sandwich  after  his  crossing  into  Cana 
da  ?  What  occurred  at  Brownstown  ?  Where  is  Browustown  ?  See  Map,  page  251 
What  was  Hull  forced  to  do,  and  why  ? 

L2 


250 


MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


MAP   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES    IN    1812. 


EVENTS    OF 


251 


2.  While  Hull  was  in  camp  at  Sandwich,  Fort  Mackinaw 
surrendered  without  resistance  to  a  British  force,  July  1 7. 
This  fort  was  on  the  Straits  of  Mackinaw,  then  beyond  the 
frontiers  of  civilized  life,  and  was  built  as  a  protection  for 
the  fur  traders.     The  garrison  knew  nothing  of  the  declara 
tion  of  war  until  they  were  called  on  to  surrender. 

3.  General  Brock  came  to  Maiden  and  took  command  of 
the  British  troops.     Tecumtha  was  already  there,  with  his 
Indians,  to  meet  him ;  and  the  combined  army  then  pushed 
across  the  river  to  Detroit,  where  Hull  was  fortified.    While 
the  Americans  eagerly  awaited  the  signal  to  fire  on  Brock's 
men,  a  white  flag  was  raised  on  the  fort,  by  Hull's  order,  as 
a  sign  of  surrender.     The  American  troops  were  overcome 
with  rage  and  shame  when  they  saw  the  signal.     It  was  a 
most  disastrous  affair ;  for  not  only  did  Hull  surrender  the 
fort,  with  its  garrison  and  stores,  but  he  gave  up  the  whole 
of  Michigan  Territory  to  the  British,  August  16th. 


4.  Later  in  the  war,  General  Hull  was  exchanged  for  30 
British  prisoners,  and  tried  by  court-martial  for  treason  and 
cowardice.  He  was  acquitted  of  treason,  but  convicted  of 
cowardice,  and  sentenced  to  be  shot.  The  President,  how 
ever,  pardoned  him,  because  he  had  served  his  country  faith 
fully  as  a  soldier  during  the  Revolutionary  War. 

2.  What  event  occurred  while  Hull  was  at  Sandwich  ?    Where  was  Fort  Macki 
naw  ?    For  what  purpose  had  it  been  built  ?    What  is  said  of  the  garrison  ? 

3.  Who  took  command  of  the  British  at  Maiden  ?    Who  also  was  there  ?    Against 
what  point  did  they  move  ?  What  happened  as  the  battle  was  about  to  begin  ?    How 
did  the  American  troops  regard  this  ?    What  were  the  terms  of  Hull's  surrender  ? 

4.  How  did  Hull  regain  his  liberty  ?   What  followed  ?   What  was  the  result  of  the 
trial? 


252  MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

5.  A  body  of  troops,  principally  New  York  State  militia, 
commanded  by  General  Van  Reusselaer,  was  encamped  at 
Lewiston,  on  the  Niagara  River.     On  the  other  side  was 
Queenstown,  held  by  a  British  force  under  General  Brock. 
On  the   13th  of  October,  Colonel  Van  Rensselaer,  a  kins 
man  of  the  general,  crossed  with  a  portion  of  the  militia,  and 
drove  the  British  from  their  batteries.     In  the  battle  that 
followed,  General  Brock  was  killed,  and  the  British  were 
again  driven  back.     All  day  long  General  Van  Rensselaer 
could  not  persuade  more  than  1000  men  to  cross  the  river  to 
the  help  of  their  companions,  the  rest  refusing  because  they 
were  unwilling  to  go  out  of  their  own  state  to  right  an  enemy. 

6.  The  result  was  that  the  British,  who  were  heavily  re- 
enforced,  attacked  the  Americans,  and  nearly  all  the  latter 
were  either  killed,  wounded,  or  taken  prisoners.     Among 
them  was  Lieutenant  Colonel  Winfield  Scott,  afterward  a  cel 
ebrated  general,  then  a  young  man,  who  had  crossed  over  as 
a  volunteer.    General  Van  Rensselaer  resigned  his  command, 
in  disgust  with  the  troops,  and  General  Smyth,  of  Virginia, 
was  appointed  to  succeed  him ;  but,  after  one  or  two  fruitless 
attempts  to  move  against  different  points,  he  also  resigned. 

V.  The  year's  campaign  on  the  land  was  unfortunate  for 
the  Americans.  They  retreated  from  Canada.  They  lost 
Detroit  under  circumstances  disgraceful  to  their  arms,  and 
with  it  the  whole  of  Michigan  Territory.  They  failed  at 
Queenstown,  where  all  the  troops  that  were  engaged  were 
destroyed  or  captured.  A  large  portion  of  the  country,  par 
ticularly  in  the  New  England  States,  was  opposed  to  the 
war,  and  these  reverses  on  the  land  gave  new  strength  to 
this  opposition.  Affairs  would  have  borne  a  most  discour 
aging  aspect  had  not  the  American  navy  redeemed  the  na 
tional  honor  in  a  series  of  brilliant  engagements  at  sea. 

5.  On  what  frontier  was  a  body  of  troops  stationed  ?    What  lay  opposite  ?    \Vhat 
movement  was  made  by  the  Americans?    When?    What  is  said  of  the  battle  ?    What 
re-enforcements  were  sent  across  to  the  Americans  ?    Why  did  the  troops  refuse  to 
cross  the  river  ? 

6.  What  was  the  result  at  the  close  of  the  day?    Who  was  among  the  prisoners? 
How  did  General  Van  Rensselaer  show  his  feelings  ?    Who  took  the  command,  and 
what  was  his  success? 

7.  What  was  the  result  of  the  campaign  of  1812  ?    Enumerate  the  disasters  of  1812. 
What  section  of  the  people  was  opposed  to  the  war  ?    How  did  these  reverses  affect 
them  ?    What  saved  the  glory  of  the  American  arms? 


EVENTS    OF    1812. 


253 


8.  Events  of  1812  at  Sea. — In  August  the  British  frigate 
Guerriere  (ger-e-are)  was  met  by  the  American  frigate  Con 
stitution,  under  Captain  Isaac  Hull,  near  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence.  After  a  fierce  fight  of  two  hours,  a  portion  of 
which  was  fought  yard-arm  to  yard-arm,  the  Guerriere 
struck  her  flag.  She  was  so  completely  riddled  that  Hull 
was  forced  to  burn  her,  as  he  could  not  bring  her  into  port. 


DESTRUCTION    OF   THE    GUERRIERE    JJY    THE    CONSTITUTION. 

The  Constitution  was  little  injured.  This  contest  gave  im 
mense  satisfaction  to  the  country,  for  it  was  the  first  victory 
gained  over  an  English  ship  in  fifty  years.  Captain  Deca- 
tur,  in  the  frigate  United  States,  distinguished  himself  by 
the  capture  of  the  British  frigate  Macedonian,  after  a  long 
and  severe  battle,  and  brought  his  prize  safely  into  New 
York.  The  engagement  occurred  near  the  Azores,  in  the 
month  of  October. 

8.  What  was  the  first  naval  engagement  of  the  war  ?  Where  was  it,  fought  ?  What 
is  said  of  the  engagement?  What  did  Captain  Hull  do  with  his  prize?  Why  was 
this  victory  regarded  with  so  much  satisfaction  ?  What  battle  occurred  between  two 
frigates  in  October?  When  and  where  did  it  or-cur? 


254  MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

9.  The  frigate  President  captured  a  packet  ship,  with  two 
hundred  thousand  dollars  in  specie.     The  Wasp,  an  Ameri 
can  sloop-of-war,  commanded  by  Captain  Jones,  was  not  so 
fortunate.     In  October  he  fought  and  captured  the  war-brig 
Frolic,  after  a  very  bloody  battle  off  the  coast  of  North  Caro 
lina.     While  getting  her  in  a  condition  to  sail,  a  British  ship 
of  seventy-four  guns  came  up  and  took  both  vessels  into  the 
Bermudas.    In  December  the  Constitution,  under  a  new  com 
mander,  Bainbridge,  was  cruising  along  the  coast  of  Brazil, 
when  she  fell  in  with  the  British  frigate  Java.     After  a  long 
engagement  the  Java  struck  her  colors,  but  was  too  much 
injured  to  be  taken  to  the  United  States,  and  was  burned. 

10.  These  victories  over  "the  mistress  of  the  seas,"  as 
Great  Britain  was  haughtily  styled,  created  immense  rejoic 
ing  throughout  the  country,  and  equally  surprised  and  mor 
tified  the  people  of  England.    The  American  privateers  wTere 
also  very  successful  in  capturing  British  merchant  ships. 
They  swarmed  in  great  numbers  from  our  sea-ports,  and 
took  300  vessels,  many  of  them  with  valuable  cargoes.     In 
the  fall  of  1812,  Madison  was  re-elected  President. 


SECTION  III. 

EVENTS  OF  1813. 

1.  THE  year  1813  opened  with  vigorous  war  measures. 
Harrison,  the  hero  of  Tippecanoe,  was  already  in  command 
of  the  Army  of  the  Northwest,  General  Dearborn  was  ap 
pointed  to  lead  the  Army  of  the  Centre,  and  General  Hamp 
ton  was  at  the  head  of  the  Army  of  the  North,  near  the 
shores  of  Lake  Champlairi. 

2.  The  Army  of  the  Northwest. — Harrison's  head-quarters, 
during  the  winter  of  1 812-1 81 3,  were  near  Franklinton,  Ohio. 

9.  What  success  did  the  frigate  President  meet  with?    What  engagement  took 
place  off  North  Carolina  ?    How  did  the  Wasp  lose  the  result  of  the  action  ?    On 
what  coast,  in  December,  did  another  engagement  occur  ?    Describe  the  battle,  and 
what  followed.    Mention  in  order  these  four  engagements. 

10.  How  were  these  naval  successes  regarded  by  the  Americans  ?    In  what  other 
way  were  the  Americans  active  and  successful  at  sea  ?    Give  some  idea  of  their  BUC» 
cess.    What  is  said  of  Madison  ? 

1.  How  did  the  year  1813  open  ?    What  was  the  arrangement  of  the  troops? 


EVENTS    OP    1813.  255 

General  Winchester,  with  a  portion  of  the  troops,  was  at  a 
fort  on  the  Maumee.  In  January,  the  latter  sent  a  part 
of  his  force  to  drive  off  the  British,  who  were  threatening 
Frenchtown,  on  the  River  Raisin.  The  enemy  were  dis 
persed,  and  soon  after  Winchester  joined  the  detachment 
with  the  remainder  of  his  troops,  and  encamped  in  the  open 
fields.  Altogether  there  were  scarce  1000  men.  General 
Proctor,  marching  from  Fort  Maiden  with  1500  British  and 
Indians,  attacked  Winchester,  and,  after  a  bloody  fight, 
forced  him  to  surrender,  January  22. 

3.  Harrison,  while  on  his  way  to  the  assistance  of  Win 
chester,  hearing  of  this  disaster,  took  post  at  the  Rapids  of 
the  Maumee,  and  threw  up  fortifications,  which  he  called 
Fort  Meigs  (megs).     On  the  1st  of  May,  Proctor  opened  the 
batteries  against  the  fort,  but  General  Clay,  with  1200  Ken- 
tuckians,  came  to  Harrison's  relief.     The  British  were  at 
tacked  and  defeated  with  some  loss,  and  the  siege  was  aban 
doned. 

4.  In  July,  Proctor  came  again,  hoping  for  better  success ; 
but  General  Clay,  now  in  command,  was  prepared  for  him, 
and  the  English  general  retired.     He  then  moved  against 
Fort  Stevenson,  at  Lower  Sandusky,  commanded  by  Major 
Croghan  (crogan],  a  youth  of  twenty-one.     Proctor  attack 
ed  the  fort  Aug.  2d,  but  was  beaten  back  with  great  loss. 
The  same  night,  being  afraid  of  Harrison's  approach,  he  re 
turned  to  Maiden. 

5.  A  small  squadron  of  British  ships,  under  Captain  Bar 
clay,  had  command  of  the  waters  of  Lake  Erie.     A  young 
United  States  officer,  named  Perry,  after  great  difficulties, 
built  and  equipped  a  fleet.     A  large  part  of  the  crews  that 
manned  these  vessels  was  obtained  from  Harrison's  army. 
On  the  10th  of  September  a  severe  battle  was  fought  at  the 

2.  Where  were  Harrison's  head-quarters  during  the  winter?    Where,  and  under 
whom,  were  a  portion  of  his  troops  stationed  ?    What  movement  was  made  by  Win 
chester  in  January  ?    What  is  said  of  his  carelessness,  and  the  result  ?    What  is  the 
battle  called  ? 

3.  Where  was  Harrison  at  the  time  of  the  battle  ?    Where  did  he  go  when  he  heard 
of  it  ?    By  whom  was  he  attacked  here  ?    What  compelled  Proctor  to  raise  the  siege  ? 

4.  When  did  Proctor  make  a  second  attempt?    With  what  success?    What  was 
his  next  point  of  attack  ?    Where  is  this  ?    What  was  his  success  here  ?    Why,  when, 
and  where  did  he  retire  ? 


256 


MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


western  end  of  the  lake,  between  Perry  and  Barclay,  in  which 
the  Americans  were  completely  victorious.  During  the  bat 
tle  his  own  vessel  was  rendered  useless,  and  in  the  heat  of 
the  firing  he  went  to  another  of  his  ships  in  an  open  boat, 
and  continued  the  contest.  Shortly  after  its  close,  Harrison 


1'EBEY    CHANGING    HIS   S1IIP   DUBING   THE  BATTLE. 

received  Perry's  laconic  message:  "We  have  met  the  ene 
my,  and  they  are  ours.  Two  ships,  one  brig,  a  schooner, 
and  a  sloop." 

6.  This  important  victory  gave  the  Americans  the  com 
mand  of  the  lake,  and  opened  the  way  to  Canada.  Perry 
soon  after  conveyed  Harrison's  army  across  the  lake;  and 
Proctor  at  once  abandoned  Maiden,  and  retreated  with  Te- 
cumtha  into  Canada.  Harrison  pursued,  and  came  up  with 
him,  October  5,  on  the  banks  of  the  River  Thames.  After  a 
short  but  spirited  battle,  Tecumtha  was  killed,  and  Proctor 

5.  What  ships  had  command  of  Lake  Erie  ?  Who  managed  to  equip  a  fleet  to  con 
test  the  control  of  the  lake  ?  Where  did  he  get  his  crews  ?  When  did  the  rival  fleets 
meet?  Which  was  victorious  ?  What  incident  of  this  battle  is  given  ?  What  mes 
sage  shows  the  simplicity  and  directness  of  Perry's  character? 


EVENTS    OF    1813.  257 

Baved  himself  only  by  the  swiftness  of  his  horse.  Michigan 
Territory  was  once  more  in  possession  of  the  United  States, 
and  the  northwestern  frontier  was,  for  the  present,  relieved 
from  the  fear  of  the  British  and  Indians. 

7.  The  Army  of  the  Centre. — In  April,  General  Dearborn, 
with  1700  picked  men,  sailed  across  Lake  Ontario  in  Com 
modore  Chauncey's  vessels  against  York,  now  Toronto,  the 
capital  of  Upper  Canada.     In  the  assault,  April  27,  General 
Pike,  who  led  the  advance,  was  killed,  with  one  or  two  hun 
dred  of  his  troops,  by  the  explosion  of  a  magazine,  and  the 
British  general  and  his  troops  retreated  during  the  disorder. 
The  Americans  rallied,  and  captured  the  place,  with  a  great 
amount  of  military  stores. 

8.  As  it  was  not  a  part  of  the  plan  to  keep  possession  of 
York,  the  troops  re-embarked  on  board  the  fleet,  and,  after 
landing  at  Sackett's  Harbor,  sailed  against  Fort  George,  on 
the  Niagara.     On  the  arrival  of  the  Americans,  the  British 
general  blew  up  his  magazines,  and  fell  back  to  Burlington 
Heights,  near  the  western  end  of  the  lake.    To  this  position 
he  was  followed  by  the  Americans ;  but  the  British  attacked 
them  after  midnight,  June  6,  and,  though  the  enemy  were 
driven  back,  they  made  prisoners  of  two  American  generals, 
Chandler  and  Winder.     The  Americans  then  retreated  pre 
cipitately,  and  reached  Fort  George  June  8. 

9.  As  soon  as  the  British  learned  that  the  Americans  had 
left  Sackett's  Harbor,  General  Prevost,  with  1000  men,  land 
ed,  May  29,  to  attack  the  place.     He  was  opposed  so  vigor 
ously  by  General  Brown,  in  command,  that  he  fell  back  hast 
ily  to  his  ships,  leaving  behind  him  his  wounded.    .General 
Dearborn,  whom  we  left  on  the  Niagara,  soon  after  this  al 
lowed  himself  to  be  surrounded  at  Fort  George,  and  was  un 
fortunate  in  having  a  detachment  of  600  men  cut  oif  by  the 

0>.  Why  was  Perry's  victory  so  important  ?  What  immediately  followed  ?  Where 
did  Harrison  come  up  with  the  British  and  Indians  ?  What  is  said  of  the  battle  that 
followed?  What  important  consequences  came  from  this  battle? 

7.  What  was  the  first  movement  of  the  Army  of  the  Centre  ?    What  American  na 
val  officer  commanded  on  Lake  Ontario  ?    What  misfortune  happened  at  York  ? 
How  did  the  attack  terminate? 

8.  How  long  did  the  Americans  keep  possession  of  York?    Against  what  point 
did  they  next  go?    How  did  the  British  receive  them  ?    What  misfortunes  fol 
lowed? 


258  MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

British.     There  was  a  great  outcry  raised  against  him  for 
his  ill  success,  and  he  was  recalled. 

10.  General  Wilkinson  took  Dearborn's  place,  and  Gener 
al  Hampton  was  placed  in  command  of  the  Army  of  the 
North,  around  Lake  Champlain.    An  expedition,  under  Wil 
kinson  in  person,  started  against  Montreal,  to  be  joined  on 
the  St.  Lawrence  by  General  Hampton  and  a  part  of  the 
Army  of  the  North.     When  Wilkinson  reached  the  Great 
Rapids,  he  sent  General  Brown  forward  with  troops  to  cov 
er  the  descent  of  the  army.     A  confused  battle  followed, 
November  11,  known  as  the  battle  of  Chrysler's  farm,  in 
which  the  British  were  driven  back,  but  with  a  loss  of  more 
than  300  men  on  the  part  of  the  Americans. 

11.  The  plan  was  that  Hampton  should  join  Wilkinson  at 
St.  Regis ; .  but  Hampton  was  unable  to  do  so,  and  the  expe 
dition  was  abandoned.     Wilkinson  went  into  winter  quar 
ters  at  French  Mills,  about  nine  miles  east  of  St.  Regis,  and 
Hampton  encamped  at  Plattsburg.    Meanwhile  Fort  George 
had  been  abandoned  in  December,  and  the  American  forces, 
under  General  M'Clure,  had  been  compelled  to  recross  the 
river.     The  British  in  turn  crossed  over,  took  Niagara,  and 
burned  several  small  villages,  among  them  Black  Rock  and 
Buffalo. 

12.  Creek  War. — In  the  spring  of  1813,  Tecumtha  visited 
the  Southwest,  and  aroused  the  war  spirit  of  the  Indians. 
In  the  month  of  August,  700  Creeks  attacked  and  took  Fort 
Minis,  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Alabama  River,  slaughtering 
nearly  400  settlers  who  had  gone  there  for  protection.     Sev 
eral  divisions  of  militia  were  at  once  ordered  into  the  Creek 
country.     The  principal  villages  of  the  Indians  lay  on  and 
near  the  banks  of  the  Coosa  and  Tallapoosa ;  their  hunting- 
grounds  extended  much  farther  north.     Generals  Jackson 

9.  In  what  way  were  the  British  busy  while  the  Americans  were  at  Fort  George  ? 
How  was  Prevost  opposed,  and  with  what  success?    What  misfortune  befell  Gen 
eral  Dearborn's  force  ?    How  was  this  regarded  by  the  American  people  and  gov 
ernment? 

10.  Who  succeeded  him  in  the  command  of  the  Army  of  the  Centre  ?    Where  was 
General  Hampton  ?    What  expedition  was  planned?    What  movement  was  made 
at  the  Rapids  ?    What  was  the  result  of  the  battle  ? 

11.  Where  was  Hampton  to  join  Wilkinson  ?    How  was  this  carried  out?    Where 
did  the  troops  go  into  winter  quarters?    What  was  taking  place  at  Fort  George? 
And  on  the  Niagara  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1813. 


259 


and  Coffee,  at  the  head  of  volunteers  from  West  Tennessee, 
were  the  first  to  move,  and,  after  some  minor  encounters,  in 
flicted  severe  blows  on  the  Creeks  at  Tallasehatche,  Novem 
ber  3,  and  at  Talladega,  November  8.  General  Floyd,  with 
the  Georgia  Volunteers,  attacked  the  Indian  town  of  Autos- 
see,  November  29,  and 
killed  200  warriors. 

13.  The  Indians,  al 
though  poorly  armed, 
assumed  the  offensive, 
and  attacked  Jackson 
at  Emucfau,  January 
22,1814,  and,  although 
they  were  repulsed,  he 
fell  back  to  Fort  Stroth- 
er.  Three  days  after 
they  again  made  an  at 
tack  on  him,  and  were 
repulsed.  Jackson,  at 
the  head  of  a  new  force 
of  4000  Tennesseeans, 
advanced  southward, 


atsKV/ 


8KAX    Oi1'    Tilli    OliliJiii.    VV'j 


and  gave  the  Creeks  a 
final  and  crushing  blow  at  the  great  Horse-shoe  Bend  of 
the  Tallapoosa,  where  1000  warriors,  with  their  women  and 
children,  occupied  an  intrenched  camp.  Here  they  were  at 
tacked  March  27, 1814,  and,  after  a  desperate  resistance,  the 
battle  was  brought  to  a  close  by  the  slaughter  of  600  war 
riors,  and  the  capture  of  250  women  and  children.  This  de 
feat  entirely  broke  the  spirit  of  the  remaining  Creeks,  who, 
after  their  submission,  were  compelled  to  give  up  more  than 
two  thirds  of  their  hunting-grounds. 

14.  Events  at  Sea. — Again  the  American  navy  raised  the 
spirits  of  the  country,  cast  down  by  the  disasters  of  the 
army.  On  the  25th  of  February,  the  sloop  of  war  Hornet, 

12.  Where  have  we  already  heard  of  Tecumtha  ?    Where  was  he  busy  in  1813  ? 
How  did  the  Creek  War  begin  ?    Where  were  the  settlements  of  the  Creeks  ?    How 
was  the  massacre  at  Fort  Mims  revenged  in  November  ? 

13.  State  what  is  said  of  the  energy  of  the  Indians.    Where  had  the  Indians  for 
tified  themselves  in  March,  1814  ?   Wnat  occurred  here  ?   What  was  the  result  of  this 
battle  ?    Notice  on  the  map  the  places  mentioned. 


260  MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

Captain  Lawrence,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Demerara  River,  cap 
tured  the  British  brig  Peacock  after  an  action  of  15  minutes. 
So  terrible  was  the  fire  of  the  Hornet,  that  the  Peacock  sank 
in  a  few  minutes  after  she  struck  her  flag. 

15.  When  Captain  Lawrence  arrived  in  the  United  States 
in  the  spring,  he   was   promoted  to  the    command  of  the 
frigate  Chesapeake,  which  lay  at  Boston,  getting  ready  for 
sea.     The  British  frigate  Shannon,  Captain  Broke,  with  a 
highly  disciplined  crew,  was    cruising  off  Boston  Harbor 
waiting  for  the  Chesapeake,  and  Broke  sent  a  challenge  to 
Lawrence,  offering  to  light  him  in  any  latitude  and  longi 
tude  he  might  choose.     This  letter,  however,  did  not  reach 
Lawrence.     Although  the  Chesapeake  was  badly  manned 
with   an   untrained   crew,  and  short  of  officers,  Lawrence 
sailed  out  of  Boston  Harbor  to  meet  him,  June  1.     The  en 
gagement  took  place  some  30  miles  from  Boston  Light,  and 
ended,  after  a  short  but  sanguinary  battle  of  but  15  minutes, 
in  the  capture  of  the  Chesapeake,  and  the  killing  or  wound 
ing  of  146  of  her  crew  ;  among  the  latter  was  Lawrence. 
His  last  words,  when  being  carried  below,  mortally  wound 
ed,  "  Don't  give  up  the  ship,"  have  become  famous  in  Amer 
ican  history. 

16.  This   misfortune   did  not   come  singly.     About  the 
same  time,  the  United  States,  Macedonian,  and  Hornet,  in 
attempting  to  get  to  sea  from  New  York  through  Long  Isl 
and  Sound,  were  driven  into  the  harbor  of  New  London,  and 
there  blockaded  and  rendered  useless  by  a  British  squad 
ron.     In  the  month  of  August,  the  American  sloop  of  war 
Argus  was  captured  by  the  Pelican,  while  cruising  in  the 
British  Channel.     In  September,  the  Enterprise,  of  12  guns, 
Captain  Burrows,  captured  the  British  brig  Boxer,  Captain 
Blythe,  off  the  coast  of  Maine.    Both  commanders  were  slain 
in  the  action. 

14.  Where  was  the  first,  naval  battle  of  1813?    Describe  the  action. 

15.  How  was  Lawrence  honored  for  his  victory  over  the  Peacock  ?    Where  was  the 
Chesapeake?    What  British  vessel  was  off  the  harbor?    What  challenge  was  sent 
by  Captain  Broke?    What  was  the  condition  of  the  Chesapeake?    Did  this  prevent 
Lawrence  from  meeting  him  ?    Where  did  the  engagement  take  place  ?    How  did  it 
end  ?    What  were  his  dying  words  ? 

1(5.  What  misfortune  befell  three  American  ships?    What  other  disaster  occurred 
at  sea  in  August  ?    What  victory  occurred  in  September  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1814-15.  2G1 

SECTION  IV. 

EVENTS    OF   1814-15,  AND   TO   THE    CLOSE    OF   THE   ADMINISTRATION. 

1.  Niagara  Frontier. — The  campaign  of  the  year  1814  was 
opened  by  the  Americans  on  the  Niagara  frontier.     In  the 
beginning  of  May  General  Brown  moved  to  that  river  from 
Sackett's  Harbor  with  some  2000  men,  and,  after  his  arrival, 
his  force  was  increased  to  more  than  5000.     He  then  crossed 
the  Niagara,  and  Fort  Erie  surrendered  to  him  without 
bloodshed,  July  3.     Next  day,  General  Scott  led  the  ad 
vance  against  the  British  under  General  Riall,  at  Chippewa, 
15  miles  distant.     At  midnight  Scott  was  joined  by  General 
Brown  with  the  main  body,  and  a  sharp  engagement  was 
fought  on  the  following  day,  July  5th,  in  which  the  British 
were  defeated  with  the  loss  of  500  men ;  the  loss  of  the 
Americans  was  about  300. 

2.  Riall  then  fell  back  to  Burlington  Heights,  and  the 
Americans  moved  forward  and  occupied  Queenstown,  but 
soon  after  returned  to  Chippewa.     The  British  marched  to 
seek  the  Americans ;  and  General  Brown,  although  in  less 
force  than  the  British,  at  once  ordered  an  advance,  and 
General  Scott,  who  was  in  front  with  1000  men,  unexpect 
edly  found  himself  near  the  British  army  at  Bridgewater  on 
the  25th  of  July. 

3.  The  enemy  were  strongly  posted,  but  Scott  immedi 
ately  attacked  them ;  and,  on  the  arrival  of  the  main  body 
of  the  Americans,  the  fight  became    general.      The   most 
bloody  part  of  the  battle  was  fought  for  the  possession  of  a 
slight  elevation  on  which  the  British  had  planted  a  battery, 
whose  guns  commanded  the  field.     The  Americans  captured 
this  at  the  point  of  the  bayonet,  and  thrice  the  British,  re- 
enforced  by  troops  under  General  Drummond,  in  the  dark 
ness  of  the  night  tried  to  retake  it,  but  in  vain.     At  mid- 

1.  When  and  where  did  the  campaign  of  1814  open  ?    What  was  the  first  movement 
of  the  Americans?    What  occurred  on  the  Niagara?    What  movement  was  next 
made  ?    Describe  the  hattle.    Who  commanded  the  British  ? 

2.  What  were  the  next  movements  of  hoth  armies?    What  change  was  made  in 
the  English  army?    How  did  Brown  act  on  learning  the  news?    Who  led  the  ad 
vance  ?    Where  and  when  did  he  come  up  with  the  British  ? 


262  MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

night,  after  the  loss  of  more  than  800  men  on  both  sides,  the 
ground  was  left  in  possession  of  the  Americans.  This  mid 
night  battle  of  Lundy's  Lane,  although  glorious  for  the  Amer 
ican  army,  proved  a  barren  victory.  The  Americans  were 
now  so  worn  out  that  they  could  not  drag  oif  the  captured 
cannon.  Generals  Brown  and  Scott  were  both  wounded, 
and  General  Ripley  next  day  withdrew  the  American  army 
to  Fort  Erie.  Here  General  Gaines  soon  after  arrived  and 
took  command. 

4.  General  Drummond,  on  the  4th  of  August,  laid  siege  to 
Fort  Erie.     On  the  15th  he  made  a  midnight  assault,  but 
was  beaten  back  with  the  loss  of  1000  men.     Not  discour 
aged,  he  still  pushed  forward  his  works ;   and,  meanwhile, 
General  Brown,  who  had  recovered  from  his  wounds,  as 
sumed  command  of  the  garrison.     On  the  17th  of  Septem 
ber  the  latter  made  a  sortie  from  the  fort,  destroyed  the 
enemy's   works,  and   captured  400  prisoners ;  after  which, 
Drummond  soon  raised  the  siege,  and  retired  across  Chippe- 
wa  Creek.     In  October,  General  Izard  arrived  from  Lake 
Champlain,  by  the  way  of  Sackett's  Harbor,  with  4000  men, 
and  took  command  of  the  Americans;  but  he  did  nothing  but 
face  the  British  at  the  Chippewa  for  several  weeks.     In  No 
vember,  fearing  that  Drummond  would  be  re-enforced,  he 
blew  up  Fort  Erie,  and  recrossed  to  the  American   side. 
Fort  Niagara  was  left  in  possession  of  the  British. 

5.  Events  on  and  near  Lake  Champlain. — When  General 
Izard  left  Plattsburg,  General  Macomb  took  command  of 
some  3000  men  that  remained.     The  English  troops  in  Can 
ada  were  meanwhile  increased  by  the  arrival  of  veteran 
soldiers,  who,  under  Wellington,  had  been  fighting  Napole 
on's  armies  in  Spain.     With  12,000  of  these,  General  Pre- 
vost  advanced  by  land  against  Macomb  at  Plattsburg  on  the 

3.  How  did  the  battle  begin  ?    What  was  the  centre  of  the  contest  ?    What  is  said 
of  the  struggle  for  this  ?    When  did  the  battle  end,  and  with  what  result  ?    Of  what 
benefit  was  this  victory  to  the  Americans  ?    Why  was  this  ?    Why  did  General  Rip- 
ley  assume  command  ?    Who  superseded  General  Ripley,  and  at  what  place  ? 

4.  Describe  Drummond's  movements  and  success.    Who  soon  took  command  of 
Fort  Erie ?    What  spirited  movement  did  he  make?    What  effect  did  this  produce 
on  the  British?    Who  arrived  with  re-enforcements?    What  dicl  he  accomplish? 
What  did  he  do  in  November?    What  became  of  Fort  Niagara?    Where  was  Fort 
Niagara  situated  ?    See  map,  p.  200. 


EVENTS    OF    1814-15. 


263 


llth  of  September.  Ma- 
comb,  on  his  approach,  fell 
behind  the  Saranac,  a  rapid 
stream  which  could  not  be 
forded,  and  the  British  spent 
four  days  in  erecting  batter 
ies  and  preparing  to  cross. 

6.  The  British  plan  of  at 
tack  provided  that  Captain 
Downie,  with  his  squadron, 
should  force  an  entrance 
into  the  Harbor  of  Plattsburg,  defended  by  an  American 
squadron  under  Commodore  MacDonough,  at  the  same  time 
that  Prevost  should  attempt  the  crossing  of  the  Saranac. 


BRITISH  ATTEMPTING  TO  CROSS  TUB  SARANAC;.    From  an  old  Print. 

On  the  llth  of  September  Downie  joined  battle  with  Mac 
Donough,  and,  after  a  severe  engagement  of  two  hours 
and  a  quarter,  the  British  commander  surrendered.  While 
the  battle  was  going  on  in  the  harbor,  Prevost  was  try 
ing  to  cross  the  Saranac,  but  was  beaten  back  at  every 
point.  Duringfethe  night  the  enemy  retreated  in  disorder, 
leaving  their  sick  and  wounded  behind,  and  a  large  part 

5.  What  troops  were  left  by  Izard  at  Plattsburg,  and  under  what  command  ?  What 
was  the  state  of  the  English  army  in  Canada  ?  To  what  use  were  these  troops  put  ? 
What  preparations  did  Macomb  make  to  meet  them  ? 


264, 


MADISON'S  ADMINISTBATION. 


VICINITY   OF  WASHINGTON,  1814. 


of  their  military  stores.     Their  whole  loss  was  about  2500 
men. 

V.  Chesapeake  Bay  and  Neighborhood.  —  In  the  month  of 

August,  a  British  fleet,  under 
Admiral  Cochrane,  appeared  in 
Chesapeake  Bay,  and  landed 
General  Ross,  with  4500  men, 
at  Benedict,  on  the  shores  of 
the  Patuxent  River.  He  at 
once  marched  to  attack  Wash 
ington,  the  capital,  fifty  miles 
distant,  but  met  with  no  resist 
ance  until  he  reached  Bladens- 
burg,  six  miles  northeast  from 
Washington,  on  the  24th  of 
August.  Here  General  Win 
der  had  stationed  some  militia  to  stop  his  advance,  but  these 
fled  at  the  first  fire.  Commodore  Barney,  with  his  marines, 
and  some  pieces  of  artillery,  stood  firm,  and  checked  the  en 
emy  for  some  time ;  but  in  the  end  Barney  was  wounded 
and  captured,  and  his  small  force  dispersed.  The  affair  at 
Bladensburg  was  little  more  than  a  skirmish.  Ross  then 
marched  to  Washington,  where,  after  burning  the  Capitol, 
the  President's  house,  and  other  buildings,  he  retreated 
stealthily  to  his  ships  at  Benedict. 

8.  A  portion  of  the  British  fleet  sailed  up  the  Potomac  as 
far  as  Alexandria,  and  captured  21  merchant  vessels,  16,000 
barrels  of  flour,  arid  1000  hhds.  of  tobacco.  The  rest  of  the 
fleet,  with  the  troops  on  board,  ascended  to  the  head  of 
Chesapeake  Bay  to  attack  Baltimore ;  and  General  Ross 
landed  at  North  Point,  on  the  Patapsco  River,  14  miles  be 
low.  While  the  troops  were  to  move  by  land,  the  fleet  was 
to  attack  Fort  M'Henry,  that  defended  the  city,  two  miles 
distant ;  General  Ross  was  killed  at  North  Point  September 

6.  What  was  the  British  plan  of  attack  ?    When,  and  with  what  success,  did  Dow- 
nie  perform  his  part  ?    What  was  Prevost's  success  on  land  ?    What  were  the  Brit 
ish  compelled  to  do? 

7.  What  arrival  took  place  in  August?    What  was  the  chief  point  aimed  at  by  the 
expedition  ?    What  resistance  did  Ross  meet  with  ?    Where  is  Bladensburg  ?    What 
preparations  were  made  at  Bladeueburg  to  receive  him  ?    Where  is  the  Patuxent 
River? 


EVENTS    OF    1814-15. 


265 


REMAINS   OF   'i'llE   CAPITOL   AFTEK   T11E    KIBE. 

12th,  while  riding  in  front  to  reconnoitre,  and  a  sharp  en 
counter  followed,  in  which  200  or  300  fell  on  each  side. 
Next  day  the  British  advanced  to  the  city. 

9.  The   same  day,  the   13th,  the   fleet  bombarded  Fort 
M'Henry,  but  without  effect. 

In  the  night,  the  British  force, 
without  attempting  an  attack 
on  the  city,  retired  to  their 
shipping,  and  sailed  away. 
It  was  on  board  one  of  these 
British  ships,  during  the  bom 
bardment,  that  the  national 
song,  "  The  Star  Spangled 
Banner,"  was  composed  by  an 
American  gentleman,  Francis 
S.  Key,  who  had  gone  thither 
to  ask  the  release  of  a  prison 
er,  and  was  detained  until  the  fleet  was  ready  to  sail. 

10.  Operations  of  the  British  on  the  Coast. — Baltimore  and 
Washington  were  not  the  only  points  that  suffered  from  the 
British  fleet  and  armies.     The  coast  of  Maine  was  laid  waste, 
Stoning  ton  was  bombarded,  the  fisheries  were  suppressed, 

8.  In  what  was  a  portion  of  the  British  fleet  meanwhile  employed  ?    Against  wha,. 
place  did  ROBS  next  move?    Where  did  he  land?    What  was  the  plan  of  attack V 
How  far  was  Fort  M'Henry  from  Baltimore  ?    What  happened  at  North  Point  Sep 
tember  12th  ?    What  advance  was  made  next  day  ? 

9.  WThat  was  the  fleet  engaged  in  while  the  British  were  marching  on  Baltimore', 
What  was  the  end  of  the  expedition  ?    What  incident  is  mentioned  in  connection 
with  the  bombardment  of  Fort  M'Henry? 

M 


VICINITY    OF   BALTIMORE,  1814. 


266 

and  the  salt-works  on  Cape  Cod  were  only  saved  by  heavy 
payments  to  the  attacking  force.  Maritime  commerce  was 
so  completely  destroyed  by  the  British  blockade  that  the 
lights  in  the  coast  light-houses  were  ordered  to  be  extin 
guished,  because  they  were  of  use  only  to  British  ships. 
All  the  sea-ports  on  the  coast  were  threatened,  and  were 
more  or  less  fortified  and  defended  by  American  militia. 

11.  Operations  in  the  South.  —  Florida  was  at  this  time 
in  possession  of  Spain,  and  regarded  as  neutral  territory. 
Great  Britain  had  done  so  much  for  the  Spaniards  in  Eu 
rope  during  the  great  wars  of  N  apoleon  that  she  had  no 
difficulty  in  entering  Florida,  and  from  that  point  annoying 
the  United  States.     A  British  fleet  arrived  at  Pensacola  in 
August,  took  possession  of  the  forts  with  consent  of  the 
Spaniards,  and  fitted  out  an  expedition  against  Fort  Bow- 
yer,  at  the  entrance  to  Mobile  Bay,  commanded  by  Major 
Lawrence.     On  the  15th  of  September  they  attacked  this, 
and  were  repulsed  with  the  loss  of  a  vessel  and  a  number 
of  men.     General  Jackson,  at  the  head  of  military  operations 
in  the  South,  acting  with  his  usual  energy,  determined  to 
expel  the  British  from  Pensacola.     Marching  rapidly,  he  en 
tered  the  town  with  little  resistance,  November  7,     The 
British  commander  shortly  after  bleAV  up  Fort  Barancas,  six 
miles  below,  and  took  to  his  ships. 

12.  Jackson  then  hastened  to  New  Orleans,  which  was 
threatened  by  the  British.     Here  he  found  the  people  in  the 
greatest  state  of  alarm,  and  it  required  a  display  of  Jack 
son's  iron  will  to  bring  things  to  order  throughout  Louisi 
ana.     He  proclaimed  martial  law,  collected  and  trained  the 
militia,  built  fortifications,  and  prepared  to  make  the  best 
defense  with  the  means  at  his  disposal.     While  he  was  in 
the  midst  of  his  preparations,  a  British  fleet  entered  Lake 
Borgne,  the  shortest  passage  by  water  to  the  vicinity  of 
New  Orleans.     On  board  were  12,000  soldiers,  and  4000  ma- 

10.  What  other  points  on  the  coast  suffered  ?    What  effect  had  the  war  on  com 
merce?    What  is  mentioned  to  show  how  utterly  this  was  mined? 

11.  In  whose  possession  was  the  territory  of  Florida?    How  was  it  regarded? 
What  is  neutral  territory  ?    What  use  did  Great  Britain  make  of  it  ?    Why  did  Spain 
permit  this  ?    What  preparations  were  made  by  the  British  in  Florida  ?    What  suc 
cess  did  they  meet  with  ?    What  celebrated  man  was  in  command  of  th«  American 
nrmy  in  the  South  ?    What  was  his  prompt  determination  ?    How  did  he  succeed  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1814-15.  267 

rines  and  sailors.  The  troops  were  many  of  them  veterans, 
commanded  by  General  Pakenham,  and  other  able  generals 
who  had  fought  under  Wellington  in  Spain. 

]  3.  To  resist  this  formidable  expedition,  there  was  an 
American  flotilla  on  Lake  Borgne,  and  5000  troops  under 
Jackson,  only  1000  of  whom  were  regulars.  The  British 
barges,  after  a  hard  fight,  captured  the  flotilla,  and  opened 
the  way  to  the  city,  December  14.  On  the  22d,  2400  of  the 
enemy,  under  General  Keane,  took  post  on  the  river  bank, 
nine  miles  below  New  Orleans.  Jackson  fell  on  the  advanced 
party  on  the  following  night,  and,  after  inflicting  a  loss  of 
400  men  on  the  British,  retired,  leaving  223  of  his  own  force 
killed,  wounded,  arid  prisoners. 

14.  Four  miles  below  the  city,  behind  a  deep  and  broad 
trench  that  extended  from  the  Mississippi  River  to  a  swamp, 
Jackson  threw  up  intrenchments.     To  defend  these,  he  had 
now  under  his  command  a  force  of  6000  men.     The  solid 
land  over  which  the  enemy  were  compelled  to  move  to  the 
attack  was  less  than  a  mile  in  width,  and  completely  ex 
posed  to  Jackson's  fire. 

15.  The  British  twice  tried  the  effect  of  a  heavy  cannon 
ade,  but  this  failed  to  produce  any  impression.     On  the  8th 
of  January  Pakenham  ordered  an  assault,  and  pushed  his 
troops  forward  across  the  open  space  against  the  American 
breastworks.     The  fire  was  so  severe  that  the  British  were 
literally  mowed  down  by  the  cannon-shot.     Steadily  these 
brave  men  closed  their  ranks  and  moved  onward ;  but,  as 
they  neared  the  works,  the  Tennessee  backwoodsmen  opened 
upon  them  with  their  unerring  rifles,  and  the  British  troops, 
broken  and  unable  to  face  this,  fled  in  confusion.     General 
Pakenham  was  killed  while  trying  to  restore  order.     His 
next  in  command  fell,  and  nearly  2000  were  killed  or  wound 
ed.     General  Lambert  then  collected  the  scattered  troops, 

12.  To  what  point  did  Jackson  next  hasten  ?    What  state  of  things  did  he  find 
here?    To  what  measures  did  he  resort  to  restore  order?    What  occurred  while  he 
was  busy  at  this?    What  was  the  size  of  the  British  force?    What  is  said  of  the 
troops  and  their  commanders? 

13.  What  preparations  were  made  to  resist  the  British  ?    What  happened  to  the 
flotilla  ?    What  energetic  movement  was  made  by  Jackson  ? 

14.  Describe  the  preparations  made  by  Jackson  for  the  defense  of  New  Orleans 
WhaX  force  was  behind  these  fortifications  ? 


268 


MADISON'S    ADMINISTRATION. 


and  withdrew  to  his  shipping.  The  loss  of  the  Americans 
was  only  seven  killed  and  six  wounded.  Jackson's  entire 
loss  in  the  whole  campaign  was  but  333. 


OF  WEVV  OKLEANB.    From  an  old  Print. 


16.  Such  was  the  remarkable  battle  of  New  Orleans,  and 
the  last  land  battle  of  the  war.  It  is  painful  to  think  that 
the  lives  of  so  many  brave  men  should  have  been  sacrificed 
three  weeks  after  a  treaty  of  peace  had  been  signed.  But 
there  was  no  ocean  telegraph  in  those  days,  nor  any  swift 
steamers  to  bring  the  news.  On  the  1 4th  of  December,  1814, 
a  treaty  of  peace  was  signed  at  Ghent  by  commissioners  of 
Great  Britain  and  the  United  States,  and  the  news  arrived 
on  February  11.  On  the  18th  peace  was  proclaimed  by  the 
President.  The  war  began  about  the  impressment  of  sea 
men  and  the  rights  of  neutral  nations ;  but  the  treaty  said 
not  a  word  about  them,  and  the  chief  causes  of  the  war  were 
left  to  be  settled  at  some  other  time.  The  people  and  the 

15.  What  was  made  on  these  works?  What  was  the  great  movement  of  the  8th 
of  January?  Describe  the  attack.  What  was  the  British  loss?  What  was  the  loss 
of  the  Americans  ?  What  was  done  by  Pakenham's  successor  ?  What  was  Jackson's 
entire  loss  in  the  campaign  ? 


EVENTS  OP  1814-15.  269 

government  were  rejoiced  at  the  news  of  peace,  and  mani 
fested  their  joy  in  the  most  extravagant  manner. 

17.  Engagements  at  Sea,  1814-15.— The  United  States  frig 
ate  Essex,  Commodore  Porter,  after  a  long  and  successful 
cruise,  anchored  in  the  harbor  of  Valparaiso,  on  the  Pacific. 
Here,  in  March,  1814,  she  was  attacked  by  a  British  frigate 
and  a  sloop  of  war,  and  was  captured,  but  not  until  after  a 
most  bloody  struggle.      In  January,  1815,  Decatur,  in  the 
frigate  President,  soon  after  leaving  the  port  of  New  York, 
was  chased  and  captured,  at  the  close  of  a  long  running 
fight,  by  a  British   squadron  of  five  vessels,  on  the   south 
shore  of  Long  Island,  but  not  until  Decatur's  ship  was  com 
pletely  crippled. 

18.  In  February,  1815,  on  a  moonlight  night,  off  Lisbon, 
Portugal,  the   frigate   Constitution   captured  two   British 
sloops  of  war,  the  Cyane,  of  24  guns,  and  the  Levant,  of  18 
guns,  with  a  loss  to  herself  of  only  3  killed  and  12  wound 
ed.     On  March  23,  the  Hornet,  Captain  Biddle,  captured, 
near  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  the  British  brig  of  war  Pen 
guin,  of  nearly  equal  force.     The  Penguin  was  so  much  cut 
up  that  Captain  Biddle  was  compelled  to  destroy  her.     On 
the  30th  of  June,  four  months  after  the  proclamation  of 
peace,  the  American  vessel  Peacock,  Captain  Warrington, 
captured  the  Nautilus  oif  the  Straits  of  Sunda.     He  was  in 
formed  before  the  capture  that  peace  had  been  made,  but  he 
insisted  that  the  Nautilus  should  strike  her  flag.    Next  day 
the  vessel  was  restored  to  the  British.     This  was  the  last 
event  of  naval  warfare. 

19.  It  has  already  been  said  that  the  American  people 
were  filled  with  joy  at  the  news  of  peace.     The  country  was 
indeed  in  a  deplorable  condition  ;  trade  was  well-nigh  ruin- 

16.  What  is  the  sad  reflection  concerning  the  battle  of  New  Orleans?  Why  would 
such  a  thing  not  be  possible  in  our  own  times  ?  When  and  where  was  a  treaty  of 
peace  signed  ?  About  what  had  the  war  commenced  ?  How  were  these  points  set 
tled  in  the  treaty  ?  How  was  the  news  received  in  the  United  States  ? 

IT.  State  what  is  said  of  the  frigate  Essex.  Who  commanded  her?  What  hap 
pened  to  the  frigate  President  ?  Who  commanded  her?  When  were  these  two  en 
gagements  fought? 

18.  How  many  naval  engagements  were  fought  in  1815  after  the  treaty  of  peace? 
Why  was  this?  Describe  the  action  in  February  ;  of  March  23 ;  of  June  30.  What 
Is  especially  noticeable  about  the  last  ?  Where  is  Lisbon  ?  Straits  of  Sunda  ? 


270  MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

ed ;  commerce  was  gone ;  little  specie  was  to  be  seen,  and 
the  paper  currency  commanded  no  confidence.  From  its 
commencement  the  war  had  been  very  unpopular  with  the 
Federal  party  generally,  and  particularly  with  the  New  En 
gland  States.  It  destroyed  their  trade,  their  fisheries,  and 
their  vessels  at  sea.  The  misfortunes  of  the  American  ar 
mies  during  the  first  year  furnished  them  strong  ground  of 
complaint  and  anxiety. 

20.  Hartford  Convention.— This  dissatisfaction  kept  increas 
ing  as  the  war  went  on,  and  toward  the  end  of  the  year  1814, 
when  affairs  looked  very  gloomy — for  the  Capitol  had  been 
burned,  the  American  army  had  recrossed  the  Canadian  fron 
tier,  and  the  British  were  threatening  New  Orleans — a  New 
England  Convention  assembled  at  Hartford,  Connecticut, 
December   14.     It  was    composed   of  26   delegates,  all   of 
whom,  save  three,  were  from  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island, 
Connecticut,  and  New  Hampshire. 

21.  By  the  friends  of  the  war  it  was  charged  against  the 
Convention  that  it  intended  to  make  a  separate  peace  with 
Great  Britain,  and  leave  the  other  states  to  continue  the 
contest.     This  intention,  carried  out,  would  have  been  noth 
ing  more  nor  less  than  the  withdrawal  of  New  England  from 
the  Union.     After  a  session  of  20  days,  the  delegates  pre 
pared  and  sent  out  an  address,  moderate  in  its  tone,  and 
proposing  nothing  of  the  kind  charged  against  them.     The 
address  was  mainly  a  statement  of  wrongs,  and  recommend 
ed  an  alteration  in  the  Constitution.     But  the  war  party 
spared  no  pains  to  expose  the  Convention  to  the  hatred  of 
the  country,  and  for  many  years  to  be  called  a  Hartford 
Convention  Federalist  was  a  name  of  deep  reproach.     By 
its  opposition  to  the  war,  the  Federal  party  was  broken  up. 

22.  The  Military  Movements  of  the  War. — The  grand  plan 

19.  Where  and  with  what  party  had  the  war  been  very  unpopular  ?    Why?    What 
increased  their  discontent? 

20.  When  did  this  discontent  reach  its  highest  point  ?    State  what  was  the  condi 
tion  of  the  struggle  at  that  time.    How  did  the  dissatisfaction  show  itself  in  New 
England  ?    Of  whom  was  this  Convention  composed  ? 

21.  What  was  charged  against  this  Convention  by  its  enemies?    What  would  this 
have  been  if  carried  out?    What  was  the  real  character  of  its  proceedings  ?    What. 
was  the  nature  of  the  address?    How  far  did  this  soften  its  enemies?     What  efieci 
did  the  war  have  on  the  Federalist  party  ? 


GENERAL    REFLECTIONS.  27  > 

of  the  American  government,  throughout  the  war,  was  to 
strike  at  Great  Britain  through  Canada.  The  invasion  of 
this  employed  nearly  all  the  men  and  the  energy  of  the  gov 
ernment  until  the  middle  of  the  year  1814.  It  began  with 
Hull's  crossing  the  Detroit  River  in  1812,  and  it  ended  in 
October,  1814,  by  General  Izard's  blowing  up  Fort  Erie  and 
recrossiug  to  the  American  side. 

23.  Throughout  the  war,  the  British  troops  generally  out 
numbered  the  Americans.     The  honor  of  the  country  was 
preserved  by  small  armies,  and  by  battles  which,  in  the  great 
wars  of  Europe,  or  in  our  own  times,  would  have  been  little 
more  than  skirmishes.     But  a  number  of  them  were  really 
very  hard-fought  battles— the  Thames,  Chippewa,  Lundy's 
Lane,  or  Bridgewater,  Fort  Erie,  Plattsburg.     The  generals 
who  sustained  the  honor  of  the  American  army  were  Gen 
eral  Brown,  some  years  afterward  commander-in-chief  of  the 
American  army ;  General  Scott  the  same ;  General  Ripley, 
General  Macomb,  and  Generals  Harrison  and  Jackson,  both 
of  whom  were  afterward  elected  presidents. 

24.  Naval  Operations  of  the  War. — It  is  noticeable  that  the 
most  brilliant  victories  of  the  war — those  on  the  ocean  and 
the  lakes — were  gained  by  that  branch  of  the  service  which 
was  very  unpopular  with  Jefferson  and  his  party.     The  na 
tion  had  reason  to  be  proud  of  the  navy.     The  victories  had 
been  gained  on  an  element  where  England  had  long  claimed 
to  reign  supreme.     The  British  people,  on  the  other  hand, 
were  grievously  annoyed,  and  tried  in  all  ways  to  dull  the 
edge  of  their  defeat.     They  said  that  the  American  ships 
carried  heavier  guns  and  more  men,  and  claimed  that  when 
ever  these  had  been  equal  in  the  vessels  of  the  two  nations, 
the  British  had  proved  superior.     But  this  did  not  prevent 
the  Americans  from  rejoicing  greatly  over  the  humiliation 
of  the  English  navy. 

22.  What  was  the  great  military  plan  of  the  American  government?    How  is  this 
seen ? .  With  what  did  it  begin  aud  end? 

23.  What  is  said  of  the  battles  of  the  war  as  compared  with  those  of  Europe  ? 
Which  are  instanced  as  hard-fought  battles?    Give  the  names  of  the  most  distin 
guished  generals. 

24.  What  point  is  worthy  of  notice  in  reviewing  the  war?    Why  did  the  victories 
of  the  navy  give  the  Americans  so  much  satisfaction  ?    How  did  the  British  look  ou 
them  ?    What  excuses  did  they  offer  for  the  defeat  of  their  vessels  ? 


272  MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

25.  Privateering  against  British  commerce  was  carried  on 
with  considerable  success,  and  large  fortunes  were  made  in 
this  business.     Tlie  chief  obstacle  to  their  complete  success 
was,  that  the  American  privateers  could  not  bring  their 
prizes  into  United  States  ports  on  account  of  the  British 
blockading  vessels.     Hence  an  immense  number  of  the  cap 
tured  ships  were  burned  at  sea.     The  whole  number  of  Brit 
ish  vessels  captured  on  the  lakes  and  ocean  by  privateers 
and  national  vessels  was  1750.     The  British  had  not  been 
far  behind  in  activity;  they  captured  1683. 

26.  Events  after  the  Close  of  the  War. — When  war  broke 
out  with  England,  the  Dey  of  Algiers,  under  pretense  that 
his  presents  were  not  what  he  had  demanded,  declared  war. 
He  captured  an  American  vessel,  and  reduced  her  crew  to 
slavery.     The  United  States  were  too  busy  to  attend  to  this 
until  the  end  of  the  war ;  and  on  the  9th  of  May,  1815,  Deca- 
tur  was  sent  with  a  fleet  of  nine  vessels  to  the  Mediterrane 
an.     Near  Gibraltar  he  captured  an  Algerine  frigate,  June 
1 7th,  and  soon  afterward  appeared  off  Algiers.     The  Dey, 
terrified  at  the  sight  of  the  fleet,  signed  a  treaty  on  the 
quarter-deck  of  Decatur's  ship,  surrendering  the  prisoners, 
and  giving  up  in  future  all  claims  to  tribute.     Tunis  and 
Tripoli  were  likewise  compelled  to  pay  for  American  vessels 
which  they  had  allowed  British  ships  to  capture  in  their 
harbors. 

27.  In  the  fall  of  1816,  James  Monroe,  of  Virginia,  was 
elected  President,  and  Daniel  D.  Tompkins,  of  New  York, 
Vice-President.     Both  of  these  gentlemen  represented  the 
same  political  opinions  as  Madison's  administration.     In  the 
month  of  December,  Indiana,  another  state,  formed  out  of 
the  original  Northwest  Territory,  was  admitted  into  the 
Union. 

25.  What  was  pursued  with  great  energy  during  the  war?    What  interfered  witii 
the  profits  of  privateering  ?    What  were  the  comparative  losses  of  vessels  on  both 
Rides  ? 

26.  What  power  took  advantage  of  the  war  with  England  to  harass  our  commerce  ? 
What  instance  is  given  ?    When  and  how  did  the  United  States  notice  this  ?    How 
did  Decatur  punish  the  Dey  ?    How  were  Tunis  and  Tripoli  humhled  ? 

27.  Who  were  elected  in  1816?    To  what  party  did  the  successful  candidates  be 
long  ?    What  important  addition  to  the  United  States  was  made  in  December  ? 


REVIEW    QUESTIONS.  273 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

1.  Who  succeeded  Jefferson  as  President,  and  state  what  is  said  of  him  ? 

2.  What  was  the  conduct  of  France  and  England  at  the  commencement  of  his  ad 
ministration  ? 

3.  What  great  contest  was  taking  place  in  Europe  at  this  time? 

4.  Where  and  in  what  way  did  Great  Britain  give  the  United  States  great  annoy 
ance? 

5.  What  led  to  the  Indian  troubles  in  the  Northwest  ? 

6.  Who  were  the  Indian  leaders,  and  what  was  their  character  ? 

7.  Sketch  the  principal  events  in  the  Indian  War. 

8.  State  the  grievances  that  led  Congress  to  declare  war  against  England. 

9.  Why  did  England  need  to  impress  American  seamen? 

10.  When  was  war  declared? 

11.  How  long  did  actual  hostilities  in  the  War  of  1812  continue,  giving  date  of  first 
and  last  battle  ? 

12.  To  what  extent  was  the  war  popular  throughout  the  country  ? 

13.  Why  was  New  England  opposed  to  the  war? 

14.  In  what  two  parts  of  the  country  were  military  operations  mainly  conducted  ? 

15.  In  which  of  them  was  the  greatest  amount  of  fighting  done? 

16.  What  was  the  great  object  of  the  United  States  government  in  its  military 
movements  in  the  North  ? 

17.  At  what  points  on  the  frontier  do  we  find  the  severest  fighting  during  the  war? 

18.  Which  of  these  battles  was  fought  within  sound  of  Niagara  Falls  ?    Date  ? 

19.  How  far  was  the  invasion  of  Canada  a  military  success  ? 

20.  Name  the  persons  afterward  distinguished  who  first  appear  in  connection  with 
events  on  the  Northern  frontier. 

21.  What  were  the  British  movements  on  the  Chesapeake  and  that  neighborhood 
in  1813  ? 

22.  What  great  disgrace  was  the  American  government  compelled  to  endure  in  the 
year  1814  ? 

23.  Give  the  origin  and  principal  events  of  the  Creek  War. 

24.  State,  in  a  general  way,  the  extent  of  the  Creek  country,  as  it  was  called.    In 
what  territory  did  it  lie  ? 

25.  Give  a  brief  account  of  British  movements  on  and  near  Lake  Champlain,  and 
the  result? 

26.  To  what  point  was  the  seat  of  war  changed  at  the  close  of  1814,  and  by  whom  ? 

27.  How  were  the  movements  there  repelled? 

28.  Who  was  the  hero  of  events  in  that  direction  ? 

29.  To  what  extent  were  the  Americans  successful  on  laud  during  the  war,  stating 
this  by  successive  years  ? 

30.  What  successes  redeemed  the  misfortunes  on  land  ? 

31.  Name  a  few  of  the  most  important  naval  engagements  at  sea  and  on  the  lakes, 
and  the  years  in  which  they  occurred. 

32.  Describe  two  or  three  of  these  that  you  consider  most  important. 

33.  Why  were  the  naval  successes  considered  of  so  much  importance  ? 

34.  How  many  persons  were  afterward  elevated  to  the  presidency  on  account  of 
their  conduct  in  this  war? 

35.  When  did  the  war  terminate  ? 

36.  Sketch  the  direction  of  the  campaigns  during  each  year. 

37.  Name  the  leading  events  of  each  year. 

38.  How  did  the  treaty  dispose  of  the  questions  that  produced  the  war  ? 

39.  What  occurred  at  Hartford  in  December,  1814  ? 

40.  What  party  did  this  Convention  utterly  break  up? 

41.  What  states  were  added  to  the  Union  during  Madison's  administration  ?    Give 
mouths  and  years. 

42.  Out  of  what  original  territories  were  these  states  formed? 

43.  Who  were  elected  President  and  Vice-President  ? 

M2 


274 


MONROE  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

PROM  THE  YEAR  1817  TO  THE  BEGINNING  OF  THE  MEXICAN  WAR. 

SECTION  I. 

MONROE'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1817-1825. 

1.  JAMES  MONROE  had  been  an  officer  in  the  Revolution 
ary  War,  afterward  a  member 
of  Congress,  and  latterly  Sec 
retary  of  War  under  Madison, 
He  was  a  man  of  remarkably 
courteous  manners  and  pleas 
ing  appearance.  So  popular 
was  he,  that  both  Republic 
ans  and  those  who  were  former 
ly  Federalists  united  to  elect 
him.  His  entire  administra 
tion,  in  its  peaceful  relations 
with  foreign  powers,  present 
ed  a  striking  contrast  to  the 
stormy  times  of  Madison. 

2.  In  December,  1817,  the 
western  part  of  Mississippi  Territory  was  admitted  into  the 
CTnion  as  the  State  of  Mississippi,  and  the  eastern  portion 
was  erected  into  Alabama  Territory.  This  was  presently 
the  scene  of  an  Indian  war.  Toward  the  end  of  the  year 
1817,  the  Seminole  Indians,  living  in  the  Spanish  Territory 
of  Florida,  assisted  by  the  Creeks,  committed  depredations 
on  the  borders  of  Georgia  and  Alabama  Territory.  General 
Games,  commanding  the  United  States  posts  in  that  vicin 
ity,  attempted  to  reduce  the  Indians  to  obedience ;  but  his 
force  was  not  sufficient,  and  he  was  compelled  to  ask  for  aid. 

1.  What  offices  had  Monroe  held  ?    What  is  said  of  his  personal  manners  and  pop 
ularity  ?    What  remark  is  made  about  his  administration  ? 

2.  What  state  was  admitted  in  1817  ?    What  Territory  was  formed  ?    What  Indian 
war  broke  out  in  1817?    Who  attempted  to  bring  them  to  obedience?    Where  did 
General  Gaines  appear  previously  in  this  history  ? 


PRESIDENT  MONKOE. 


1817  TO  1825.  275 

3.  General  Jackson,  in  command  of  the  Southern  Depart 
ment,  was  ordered  to  call  out  the  militia  and  proceed  to  the 
scene  of  disturbance.     At  the  head  of  about  1000  mounted 
Tennessee  troops,  in  the  month  of  March,  1818,  he  entered 
the  Indian  country,  and  in  a  short  time  laid  waste  their  vil 
lages,  and  captured  or  destroyed  their  corn  and  cattle. 

4.  Thinking  that  the  Spaniards  had  incited  the  Indians, 
Jackson  entered  Florida,  and  appeared  before  St.  Marks, 
which  he  compelled  to  surrender.     Soon  after  he  seized  two 
British  subjects — Arbuthnot  and  Ambuster — and  put  them 
on  trial  before  a  court-martial,  by  which  they  were  found 
guilty  of  inciting  the  Indians  to  war,  and  of  supplying  the 
means  to  carry  it  on.    Both  were  sentenced  to  be  hung,  and 
were  promptly  executed. 

5.  Jackson,  in  the  month  of  May,  seized  the  town  of  Pen- 
sacola,  and  captured  Fort  Barrancas  near  it  after  a  short  re 
sistance.     The  Spanish  government  was  very  indignant  at 
Jackson's  entering  the  territory  of  Florida  in  this  warlike 
manner,  but  his  conduct  was  fully  approved  by  the  gov 
ernment  and  people  of  the  United  States.     It  was  now  very 
evident  that  Spain  could  not  long  retain  her  hold  on  Flori 
da.     In  the  year  1819  it  was  ceded  to  the  United  States  by 
treaty  for  5,000,000  dollars,  and,  at  the  same  time,  the  east 
ern  boundary  of  Mexico  was  fixed  at  the  Sabine  River.     In 
this  year  Alabama  was  admitted  into  the  Union,  making  the 
twenty-second  state.     Maine,  formerly  a  part  of  Massachu 
setts,  was  admitted  in  the  year  following. 

6.  The  question  of  negro  slavery  was  fast  rising  into  one 
of  national  importance ;  and  the  states  were  beginning  to 
be  known  as  North  and  South,  according  as  they  favored 
the  use  of  free  or  slave  labor.     In  the  Northern  States  the 
employment  of  the  latter  had  nearly  died  out ;  on  the  other 
hand,  it  was  steadily  on  the  increase  throughout  the  South- 

3.  What  distinguished  man  was  appointed  to  the  duty  ?    What  force  was  placed  at 
his  disposal  ?    What  was  his  success  ? 

4.  What  vigorous  movement  did  he  make,  and  why  ?    Give  an  account  of  the  affair 
of  Arbuthnot  and  Ambuster. 

5.  What  other  energetic  movement  was  made  by  Jackson  in  Florida?    How  was 
Jackson's  conduct  regarded  by  the  American  people  and  by  Spain?    What  impor 
tant  change  in  territory  took  place  in  1S21  ?    When  was  Alabama  admitted  ?    What 
other  state  was  admitted  in  1820  ? 


276  MONROE'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

era  States,  where  it  received  a  powerful  stimulus  at  the  close 
of  the  previous  century.  In  the  year  1793,  Eli  Whitney,  a 
native  of  Connecticut,  invented  a  machine  called  a  cotton 
gin,  to  separate  the  fibre  from  the  seed,  an  operation  which 
had  previously  been  performed  by  hand.  So  slow  and  cost 
ly  was  the  old  process,  that,  but  for  Whitney's  invention, 
the  expense  of  cleaning  upland  cotton  must  have  put  a  stop 


to  its  cultivation. 


WHITNEY'S  COTTON  GIN,  1793. 

7.  From  that  year  the  cultivation  of  cotton  spread  with 
astonishing  rapidity  in  all  the  states  and  territories  south 
of  Virginia,  and  year  by  year  it  employed  more  slave  labor. 
The  production  of  tobacco  an'd  rice  depended  also  on  the 
help  of  the  negro,  and  the  people  of  those  states  where  these 
three  great  staples  were  produced  considered  slaves  a  ne 
cessity.  It  is  to  be  remembered  that  in  the  great  North 
west  Territory  negro  slavery  was  prohibited  by  act  of  Con- 

~~6.  On  what  question  had  a  division  sprung  up  in  the  country  ?  What  is  said  of  the 
two  sections?  What  largely  developed  cotton  culture  in  the  South?  What  was 
this  machine  ?  What  is  said  of  the  old  process  of  cleaning  cotton  by  hand  ? 


1817  TO  1825.  277 

gress ;  but  in  the  territories  formed  south  of  that,  slavery 
was  sanctioned  by  law. 

8.  In  New  England,  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylva 
nia,  and  also  in  the  Northwest  States,  where  slave,  labor 
was  not  deemed  a  necessity,  there  was  a  growing  feeling 
against  slavery.     In  some  of  these  states  there  had  been, 
from  the  establishment  of  the  government,  a  marked  opposi 
tion  to  it,  and  this  had  expressed  itself  in  Congress  several 
times.     This  feeling  showed  itself  powerfully  in  the  session 
of  1818-19,  when  the  bill  authorizing  the  Territory  of  Mis 
souri  to  form  a  state  constitution  was  before  the  House.     A 
motion  was  made  to  add  a  clause  providing  that  there  should 
be  no  slaves  allowed  in  the  new  state.     This  was  passed  by 
a  small  majority,  but  failed  in  the  Senate. 

9.  Next  session  the  debate  was  renewed  on  the  Missouri 
question.     Again  the  House  passed  the  bill  restricting  the 
introduction  of  slaves.     The  Senate  returned  it  to  the  House 
with  the  clause  prohibiting  slavery  struck  out,  and,  as  a  con 
cession  to  the  anti-slavery  sentiment,  had  inserted  the  pro 
vision  that  no  slavery  should  exist  in  any  states  to  be  form 
ed  thereafter  north  of  30°  30'.     After  long  debates,  which 
were  carried  on  so  warmly  as  to  threaten  the  stability  of 
the  Union,  this  clause  was  accepted  as  a  compromise  by  a 
decided  majority,  and  Missouri  was  allowed  to  come  in  as  a 
slave  state.     This  famous  agreement  is  known  as  the  Mis 
souri  Compromise,  and  was  passed  March  3d,  1820. 

10.  Next  in  importance  to  this  was  the  question  of  the 
tariff,  or  a  protective  duty  in  favor  of  home  manufactures. 
Soon  after  the  close  of  the  war,  in  the  year  1816,  a  tariff 
bill  was  carried  through  Congress  by  the  influence  of  the 
Southern  States,  against  the  wishes  of  the  greater  part  of 
the  North.     It  was  particularly  opposed  by  the  Eastern 
States,  which  were  largely  engaged  in  commerce  and  navi- 

7.  How  did  Whitney's  invention  affect  slavery  ?    What  other  staples  depended  on 
slave  labor?    What  celebrated  provision  was  made  in  establishing  the  Northwest 
Territory  ?    What  was  provided  in  territories  south  of  this  ? 

8.  In  what  states  was  there  a  growing  feeling  against  slavery?    Why?    Had  this 
feeling  shown  itself  in  a  public  way  ?    When  and  where  did  it  show  itself  particu 
larly  ?    In  what  way  ?    How  did  this  motion  succeed  ? 

9.  When  was  the  debate  in  Congress  renewed  ?    How  was  the  question  settled  ? 
By  what  name  is  this  great  acl  known  ?    When  was  it  passed  ? 


278  MONROE'S  ADMIXISTKATIOX. 

gation.  In  the  year  1820,  a  revision  of  the  tariff,  increasing 
the  duties,  was  proposed  in  Congress;  and  the  Southern 
States,  originally  in  favor  of  r,  protective  duty,  changed 
ground.  During  the  same  year  Monroe  was  re-elected  for 
a  second  term. 

11.  Another  important  measure  of  Monroe's  administra 
tion  was  the  recognition  of  the  South  American  republics. 
Spain  held  in  Mexico  and  South  America  an  immense  terri 
tory  under  her  control.     The  people  of  this  vast  region  re 
volted,  and,  having  formed  separate  republics,  gained  their 
independence,  and  their  nationality  was  acknowledged  by 
the  United  States  in  the  year  1822.     Next  year  President 
Monroe  announced  in  his  message  that  "  the  American  con 
tinents  are  not  to  be  considered  as  subjects  for  future  coloni 
zation  by  any  European  powers."     This  claim,  that  America 
belongs  to  republicanism,  is  called  the  "  Monroe  doctrine." 

12.  The  year  1824  is  memorable  for  the  visit  made  by 
Lafayette,  the  friend  of  Washington,  to  the  United  States. 
Wherever  he  went  he  was  received  with  the  highest  honor ; 
and,  on  his  departure  to  France,  an  American  frigate  was 
placed  at  his  disposal  by  the  government.     Mr.  Monroe's 
second  term  was  drawing  to  a  close,  amid  great  political 
excitement  as  to  his  successor,  and  four  candidates  were 
put  in  nomination  for  the   presidency  —  Andrew  Jackson, 
John  Quincy  Adams,  Wm.  H.  Crawford,  and  Henry  Clay. 
None  of  these  having  received  a  majority  of  the  popular 
vote,  the  election,  as  provided  for  in  such  cases  by  the  Con 
stitution,  went  into  the  House  of  Representatives  in  Con 
gress,  and  John  Quincy  Adams,  of  Massachusetts,  was  cho 
sen  President  for  four  years.     John  C.  Calhoun,  of  South 
Carolina,  had  been  elected  Vice-President  by  the  people. 

10.  What  other  great  question  was  next  discussed  ?    When  was  a  tariff  first  enact 
ed  by  Congress?    What  position  did  the  states  at  first  occupy  on  this  question? 
What  change  took  place  in  1820,  and  why?    Who  was  elected  in  the  fall? 

11.  What  other  important  measure  marked  this  administration?     What  great 
changes  took  place  in  Spanish  territory  ?    When  were  they  recognized  as  nations  ? 
What  is  the  "Monroe  doctrine?" 

12.  For  what  is  the  year  1824  memorable  ?    How  was  he  received  by  the  people  and 
honored  by  the  United  States  government?    How  was  Mr.  Monroe's  second  term 
closing ?    How  many,  and  what  candidates  were  put  in  nomination  for  the  Presi 
dency  ?    In  what  way  was  the  election  decided  ?    Why  did  it  go  to  Congress  ?    Who 
was  chosen  Vice-President  by  the  people  ? 


1825  TO   1829. 


279 


PRESIDENT  JOHN   Q.  ADAMS. 


SECTION  II. 
ADAMS'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1825-1829. 

1.  JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS  was  the  son  of  John  Adams,  the 
second  President  of  the  United 

States.  From  his  early  youth 
he  received  an  excellent  train 
ing  in  statesmanship,  and  was 
well  fitted  for  the  duties  of 
his  high  office.  He  served  as 
minister  to  the  Netherlands, 
Portugal,  Prussia,  Russia,  and 
England,  was  a  member  of 
the  United  States  Senate,  and 
Secretary  of  State  under  Mon 
roe.  During  his  administra 
tion  the  country  was  prosper 
ous,  but  party  spirit  raged 
with  great  violence. 

2.  Georgia  had  for  some  time  been  involved  in  trouble 

O 

with  the  general  government,  and  with  the  Creek  Indians, 
about  the  lands  of  the  latter,  which  the  United  States  had 
agreed  to  purchase  for  the  benefit  of  Georgia.  These  the 
government  at  length  purchased  in  February,  1826,  and  the 
Creeks  agreed  to  remove  to  lands  provided  for  them  west 
of  the  Mississippi.  On  the  4th  of  July,  the  same  year,  and 
the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  independence,  the  two  ex-presi 
dents — John  Adams  and  Thomas  Jefferson — died  within  a 
few  hours  of  each  other.  The  former  had  reached  the  age 
of  90,  the  latter  was  82. 

3.  Toward  the  end  of  Adams's  administration  the  debates 
on  the  tariff  question  in  Congress  were  again  revived.     In 
the  year  1828,  a  tariff  with  very  high  protective  duties  was 
passed.     This  bill  was  bitterly  opposed  by  the  greater  part 
of  the  South,  and  defended   with  equal   zeal  by  the  Mid- 

1.  Sketch  the  career  of  John  Q.  Adams.    What  remark  is  made  ahout  his  adminis 
tration  ? 

2.  What  trouble  had  arisen  in  Georgia?    How  was  it  settled,  and  when  ?    What 
remarkable  event  occurred  the  same  year  ? 


28U 


JACKSON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


die  and  New  England  States. 
Massachusetts,  from  being 
opposed  to  protection,  now 
changed  in  its  favor,  Daniel 
Webster,  of  Massachusetts, 
being  her  eloquent  and  pow 
erful  representative. 

4.  In  the  midst  of  intense 
party  feeling,  growing  out 
of  these  debates,  the  presi 
dential  election  took  place. 
General  Jackson  and  Presi 
dent  Adams  were  the  rival 
candidates,  and  the  former 
was  elected  by  a  great  ma 
jority.  John  C.  Calhoun,  of 
South  Carolina,  was  chosen  Vice-President.  This  was  re 
garded  as  a  victory  over  the  protective  policy,  and  a  tri 
umph  of  the  South  over  the  North. 


DANIEL    WEBSTER. 


SECTION  III. 
JACKSON'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1829-1837. 

1.  GENERAL  JACKSON,  whose  military  career  has  already 
been  given,  began  his  administration  with  the  same  fearless 
energy  that  marked  his  past  life.  The  charter  of  the  Bank 
of  the  United  States  was  about  to  expire.  In  his  first  annu 
al  message,  December,  1829,  he  took  ground  against  renew 
ing  this  charter,  because  he  believed  it  was  contrary  to  the 
Constitution  of  the  United  States.  It  was  a  bold  step,  be 
cause  the  bank  was  very  powerful  by  means  of  its  branches 
throughout  the  country,  and  had  many  warm  friends.  At 
first  the  bank  gained  the  day,  for  Congress,  in  the  year  1832, 
a  bill  to  recharter  it.  Jackson  refused  to  sign  this 


3.  What  debate  was  revived,  and  when  ?   What  was  passed  in  1828  ?   What  ground 
was  taken  by  the  North  and  South  on  this  question  ?  What  is  said  of  Massachusetts  ? 

4.  How  was  this  measure  received  by  the  country  ?    Who  were  the  rival  candi 
dates  for  the  presidency?    Who  were  chosen  President  and  Vice-President  ?    How 
was  this  choice  regarded  ? 


1829  TO  1837. 


281 


PRESIDENT   JACKSON. 


bill,  and,  by  doing  so,  conquered,  because  Congress  was  un 
able  to  pass  it  over  his  veto  by  a  two  thirds  vote. 
2.  War  with  the  Seminole 

Indians  in  Florida  broke  out 

in    1835.     The    government 

wished  to  remove  them  from 

their  territory  in  Florida  to 

land  west  of  the  Mississippi, 

but  they  were  unwilling  to 

go.     Their  great  leader  was 

Osceola,  a  brave,  active,  and 

crafty  chief.    General  Clinch, 

stationed  at  Fort  Drane,  was 

threatened  by  the  Seminoles, 

and  Major  Dade,  with    117 

men,  was  sent  from  Tampa 

Bay  to  his  assistance.    While 

Dade  was  on  his  march,  he  was  suddenly  attacked  by  the 

Indians,  on  the  28th  of  December,  1835,  and  all  but  four 

were  killed.  The  same  day,  many  miles  distant  from  the 
scene  of  Dade's  massacre,  General 
Thomson  and  some  of  his  friends 
were  dining  quietly  outside  of  Fort 
King.  Without  warning,  Osceola 
and  a  war  party  fell  on  them,  and 
killed  and  scalped  them  all. 

3.  Three  days  after,  on  Decem 
ber  31,  General  Clinch  had  a  bat 
tle  with  the  Indians  at  Withlacoo- 
chee,  90  miles  north  of  Tampa  Bay. 
In  February,  1836,  General  Gaines 
defeated  them  near  the  same  place 

with  severe  loss.     The  Creeks  joined  the  Seminoles  in  May, 

1.  Mention  the  principal  events  in  Jackson's  past  career.    How  did  he  begin  his 
administration  ?    What  did  he  at  once  attack,  and  why  ?    Why  was  this  a  bold  act  ? 
Who  won  the  day  at  first,  aud  how  ?    What  course  did  Jackson  pursue  ?    Who  in 
turn  triumphed,  and  why  ? 

2.  In  what  Territory  were  the  Seminole  Indians  at  this  time  ?   When  did  war  com 
mence  with  them?    What  was  the  cause  of  this?    Who  was  their  leader?    State 
what  is  said  of  Dade's  massacre.    What  other  massacre  showed  thut  there  was  a 
well-concerted  plan  among  the  Indians? 


SCENE   OF   THE   SEMINOLE   WAR. 


282 


JACKSON  S    ADAILNISTKAT1OX. 


1836,  and  this  extended  the  war  into  Georgia  and  Alabama. 
Murders  and  devastation  followed.  Houses  were  burned, 
the  fields  were  laid  waste,  and  the  settlers  fled  in  terror 
from  the  vengeance  of  the  red  man. 

4.  The  Creeks  were  in  a  short  time  severely  punished  by 
the  United  States  troops,  and  submitted.     Soon  after,  they 
allowed  themselves  to  be  transported  west  of  the  Mississip 
pi.     Still  the  Seminoles  kept  up  the  war.     As  fast  as  they 
were  beaten  by  the   troops  they  retired  farther   into  the 
swamps  and  everglades,  where  it  was   difficult  to  follow 
them.     In  November,  1836,  Governor  Call,  of  Florida,  with 
550  men,  found  a  large  body  of  them  in  a  swamp  near  the 
ground  of  Dade's  massacre.    Here  he  fought  a  severe  battle, 
and  finally  repulsed  them;  but  the  war  still  went  on. 

5.  Jackson's  courage  was  again  put  to  the  test  in  1832. 
During  that  year  new  duties  were  added  to  the  tariff,  and 

the  people  of  South  Carolina 
broke  out  into  almost  open  re 
bellion.  They  resolved  in  Con 
vention  that  the  tariff  acts  were 
unconstitutional,  and  therefore 
"null  and  void;"  and  that  if 
the  government  should  attempt 
to  collect  the  revenues  in  the 
harbor  of  Charleston,  it  would 
be  prevented  by  force  of  arms. 
They  also  threatened  to  secede 
from  the  Union,  and  made  prep 
arations  for  war.  The  great 
leaders  in  these  acts  were  John 
C.  Calhoun,  late  Vice-President, 
and  Colonel  Hayne,  both  being 
at  that  time  United  States  senators  from  South  Carolina. 

3.  What  check  did  the  Seniinoles  receive  a  few  days  after  ?    What  battle  was  fought 
in  February,  1836?    What  assistance  did  the  Seminoles  receive?    How  did  this  af 
fect  the  war?    State  what  followed. 

4.  What  befell  the  Creeks  ?    How  did  the  Seminoles  continue  the  war  ?   What  bat 
tle  took  place  in  November,  1836  ?    Where  was  the  scene  of  Dade's  massacre  ?    Did 
this  end  the  war? 

5.  Where  and  on  what  did  excitement  break  out  in  1832?    What  resolutions  did 
the  South  Carolinians  pass  ?    What  did  they  threaten  to  do  ?    Who  were  the  leaders 
in  this  ? 


J011N    C.  OALUOUN. 


1829  TO   1837.  283 

6.  President  Jackson  acted  with  his  usual  energy  and  de 
cision.     He  issued  a  proclamation  denying  the  right  of  any 
state  to  set  at  defiance  the  laws  of  Congress,  and  warned 
the  "  nullifiers"  of  the  danger  of  their  course.    He  ordered  a 
large  body  of  troops  to  assemble  at  Charleston,  under  Gen 
eral  Scott,  and  a  ship  of  war  was  sent  thither.    Before  blood 
was  shed  South  Carolina  fell  back  from  her  warlike  position. 
In  February,  1833,  Mr.  Clay,  in  Congress,  brought  forward 
a  bill  for  the  gradual  reduction  of  the  tariff,  and  for  a  time 
the  discontent  of  the  South  was  allayed. 

7.  While  the  excitement  was  at  its  height  in  Congress 
about  the  Bank  of  the  United  States,  and  the  people   of 
South  Carolina  were   declaring  nullification,  the  Sacs  and 
Foxes,  tribes  of  Indians  living  in  what  is  now  Wisconsin, 
commenced  war  on  the  whites  in  the  spring  of  1832.     They 
were  led  by  a  chief  named  Black  Hawk,  and  the  short  war 
that  followed  is  known  as  the  "  Black  Hawk  War."     The 
chief  was,  after  some  severe  skirmishes,  taken  prisoner,  and 
the  Indians   were   removed  beyond  the  Mississippi.     The 
trouble  lasted  little  more  than  six  months,  and  was  termi 
nated  in  October,  1832. 

8.  In  the  fall  of  1832,  General  Jackson  was  elected  Presi 
dent  for  a  second  term,  and  Martin  Van  Buren,  of  New  York, 
was  chosen  Vice-President.    Jackson's  contest  with  the  pow 
er  of  the  Bank  of  the  United  States  did  not  end  with  his 
veto  of  the  bill  renewing  its  charter.     In  1833  he  ordered 
the  removal  of  all  the  public  money  in  its  vaults  to  different 
state  banks.     This  caused  a  great  outcry  from  the  friends 
of  the  bank  and  from  the  party  opposed  to  the  President. 
It  also  produced  great  distress  among  the  mercantile  com 
munity.     Jackson,  however,  remained  firm  to  his  purpose, 
and,  with  the  help  of  the  House  of  Representatives  in  Con 
gress,  finally  carried  his  point. 

G.  How  did  Jackson  act  ?    What  was  the  spirit  of  his  proclamation  ?    What  order 
did  he  issue  ?    What  fortunately  prevented  bloodshed  ? 

7.  What  war  broke  out  during  these  excitements  ?    Who  was  their  leader  ?    How 
and  when  was  it  terminated  ?    How  long  did  the  war  last  ? 

8.  Who  was  chosen  President  in  the  fall  of  1832?    Who  Vice-President?    When 
and  on  what  grounds  was  the  quarrel  between  Jackson  and  the  United  States  Bank 
renewed  ?    What  effect  did  this  produce  ?    How  far  did  this  turn  Jackson  from  his 
course  ?    How  did  the  struggle  end  ? 


284  VAN  BUREN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

9.  He  was  scarcely  through  with  this  struggle  when,  in 
1834,  he  determined  to  call  France  to  account.     That  gov 
ernment  agreed,  in  1831,  to  pay  $5,000,000  for  injuries  done 
to  American  commerce  during  Napoleon's  wars ;  but,  for 
some  years,  the  money  was  not  forthcoming.      President 
Jackson  promptly  ordered  the  American  minister  at  Paris 
to  demand  his  passports,  and  at  the  same  time  he  urged 
Congress  to  make  reprisals  on  French  vessels.    These  active 
measures  alarmed  the  French,  and  the  money  was  paid. 

10.  In  the  fall  of  1836,  the  election  for  President  to  suc 
ceed  Andrew  Jackson  took  place,  when  Martin  Van  Buren, 
of  New  York,  was  chosen  President,  and  Colonel  Richard  M. 
Johnson,  of  Kentucky,  Vice-President.     During  Jackson's 
administration  two  new  states  were  added  to  the  Union — 
Arkansas,  admitted  June,  1836,  and  Michigan  in  January, 
1837.     The  whole  number  of  states  was  now  twenty-six. 

11.  On  the  4th  of  March,  1837,  Jackson  left  the  White 
House  and  retired  to  his  home,  called  the  Hermitage,  near 
Nashville,  Tennessee.     His  fame  as  a  President  stands  very 
high.     In  the  administration  of  the  government  he  proved 
himself  to  be  a  man  of  great  honesty  of  purpose,  of  inflexi 
ble  will,  and  of  wonderful  energy.     He  left  the  country  free 
from  debt,  and  respected  throughout  the  world. 


SECTION  IV. 
VAN  BUREN'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1837-1841. 

1.  MARTIN  VAN  BUREN,  the  next  president,  had  filled  the 
offices  of  United  States  senator,  Governor  of  New  York, 
Secretary  of  State,  minister  to  England,  and  Vice-President 
under  General  Jackson.  The  last  year  of  Jackson's  admin 
istration  had  been  one  of  great  speculation  and  overtrading. 

9.  When,  and  with  what  nation,  did  trouble  spring  up?    What  was  the  origin  of 
this?    What  energetic  measures  did  the  President  adopt?    What  effect  did  they 
produce  ? 

10.  What  was  the  result  of  the  presidential  election  of  1836  ?    What  states  were 
added  to  the  Union  toward  the  end  of  Jackson's  administration? 

11.  To  what  place  did  Jackson  go  after  the  close  of  his  term  of  office  ?    Can  yon 
give  the  names  of  the  residences  of  Washington  and  Jefferson  ?    What  is  said  of 
Jackson's  administration  ?    In  what  situation  did  he  leave  the  country  ? 


1837  TO  1841. 


285 


PRESIDENT   V. 


No  sooner  had  Van  Bu- 
ren  taken  his  seat  as  Pres 
ident  than  a  financial  pan 
ic  overran  the  country. 
Merchants  every  where 
failed,  and  thousands  in 
all  walks  of  life  were 
thrown  out  of  employ 
ment.  Government  was 
implored  to  call  an  extra 
session  of  Congress,  and 
adopt  some  measures  to 
relieve  the  country.  The 
President  at  first  declined 
to  do  this,  and  the  banks 
stopped  specie  payments. 

2.  Matters  grew  worse; 

and  at  length,  in  September,  1837,  Congress  met  in  extra 
session,  but  could  do  little  to  restore  public  confidence.  It 
took  years  to  bring  trade  back  into  its  usual  channels.  At 
this  session  Van  Buren  proposed  his  plan  of  a  sub-treasury. 
The  public  funds  were  to  be  kept  in  this,  or  its  branches 
to  be  established  in  the  chief  cities.  His  idea  was,  that  in 
them  a  large  amount  of  money  would  be  kept  out  of  active 
circulation,  and  in  that  way  speculation  would  be  stopped. 
It  failed  to  pass  at  this  extra  session,  but  was  made  a  law 
in  1840. 

3.  In  1837  a  portion  of  the  Canadian  people  near  the  fron 
tier  rose  in  rebellion  against  Great  Britain.     They  had  many 
sympathizers  on  the  American  side,  and  for  a  time  it  seem 
ed  as  though  the  lawless  would  involve  England  and  the 
United  States  in  a  serious  quarrel.     The  President  acted 
with  promptness,  and  sent  General  Wool  to  the  border,  with 
orders  to  prevent  all  expeditions  from  the  United  States. 

1.  What  positions  of  prominence  hnd  Van  Bnren  occupied  ?    What  took  place  soon 
after  the  inauguration  of  Van  Buren  ?    By  what  was  this  caused?    To  whom  did 
the  people  look  for  help  ?    What  was  the  answer,  and  what  followed  ? 

2.  What  did  the  President  do  in  September?    How  much  good  did  this  accom 
plish  ?    Descrihe  the  plan  proposed  by  the  President  at  this  session  ?    What  did  he 
hope  to  effect  by  the  sub-treasury  scheme  ?    How  was  it  regarded  by  Coiigress  ? 


286  ADMINISTRATION    OF    HARRISON. 

The  Canadian  rebels,  after  some  bloodshed,  were  put  down 
by  a  British  force. 

4.  The  SeminoleWar  was  still  going  on.    In  October,  1837, 
Osceola,  under  a  flag  of  truce,  came  to  the  American  camp. 
General  Jesup,  who  was  in  command,  seized  the  chief,  and 
he  was  sent  to  Charleston,  and  died  in  prison  at  Fort  Moul- 
trie.     This,  though  a  hard  blow  to  the  Seminoles,  did  not 
stop  the  war.     Colonel  Zachary  Taylor,  with  1000  men,  at 
tacked  a  large   body  of  Indians  at  Lake   Okeechobee,  on 
Christmas  day,  1838.     Taylor  lost  139  men,  but  the  enemy 
were  compelled  to  retreat.     In  1839  a  treaty  was  signed, 
although  the  fighting  still  continued  at   different  points. 
The  war  was  finally  ended  in  1842.     It  cost  a  great  number 
of  valuable  lives,  and  the  United  States  spent  in  its  prose 
cution  nearly  $40,000,000. 

5.  The  country  had  been  unprosperous  during  Van  Bu- 
ren's  term   of  office,  and  for  this  his    administration   was 
blamed.     The  result  was,  that  in  the  election  of  President  in 
1840,  Van  Buren,  nominated  by  the  Democratic  party,  was 
defeated,  and  General  William  Henry  Harrison,  of  Ohio,  the 
nominee  of  the  Whig  party,  was  elected  by  a  large  majori 
ty.     John  Tyler,  of  Virginia,  was  chosen  Vice-President. 


SECTION  V. 

ADMINISTRATIONS   OF   HARRISON   AND   TYLER,  1841-1845. 

1.  GENERALHARRisoNhad  been  member  of  Congress,  Gov- 

O  " 

ernor  of  Indiana  Territory,  and  the  conqueror  in  the  battles 
of  the  Tippecanoe  and  the  Thames.  His  first  step,  after  his 
inauguration,  March  4,  was  to  call  an  extra  session  of  Con 
gress  to  remedy  the  finances  of  the  country.  Before  Con- 

3.  What  disturbance  occurred  on  the  frontier  in  1837  ?    How  far  was  it  feared  that 
it  would  extend?    What  was  done  by  the  United  States  government? 

4.  What  important  event  in  the  SeminoleWar  took  place  in  1837?    How  did  this 
affect  the  war?    Describe  Taylor's  battle  at  Lake  Okeechobee?    To  what  did  this 
battle  lead  ?    When  was  the  war  finally  ended  ?    What  is  said  of  its  cost  in  men  and 
money? 

5.  On  whom  was  laid  the  blame  of  the  financial  misfortunes  of  the  country  ?    How 
did  this  influence  the  election  for  President  in  1840? 


1841   TO  1845. 


287 


PUEblUEMT  liAliiUSON. 


gress  assembled  he  died,  April  4,  just  one  month  after  he  had 
entered  the  White  House. 

2.  John  Tyler,  of  Virginia,  Vice- 
President,  became,  by  the  Consti 
tution,  President,  April  6.  He 
had  been  Governor  of  Virginia,  a 
member  of  Congress,  and  United 
States  senator.  Congress  met  in 
extra  session,  and  abolished  the 
sub-treasury  system.  It  passed 
a  general  Bankrupt  Law  to  re 
lieve  merchants  and  others  who 
had  failed,  and  two  bills  to  re-es 
tablish  the  national  bank.  Pres 
ident  Tyler  vetoed  both  bills.  At 
this  the  Whig  party,  who  had 
placed  Mr.  Tyler  in  power,  were  very  indignant,  and  all  of 
the  President's  cabinet,  except 
Daniel  Webster,  Secretary  of 
State,  resigned.  In  1842,  Mr. 
Webster  and  Lord  Ashburton 
agreed  on  a  treaty  fixing  the 
northeastern  boundary  as  it 
now  exists.  This  question  at 
one  time  threatened  to  pro 
duce  war  between  the  two 
countries. 

3.  The  year  1843  was  mark 
ed  by  an  insurrection  in  Rhode 
Island,  known  as  the  Dorr  re 
bellion.  The  old  charter  of  the 
colony,  in  existence  for  nearly 
200  years,  was  still  the  consti 
tution  of  the  state.  It  no  lon- 


PBEBIBENT  TYLER. 


1.  Who  was  General  Harrison?    What  was  his  first  act  after  his  inauguration? 
What  occurred  on  the  4th  of  April  ? 

2.  Who  became  President  on  the  death  of  Harrison  ?    What  positions  had  he  fill 
ed  ?    What  was  done  at  the  extra  session  of  Congress  ?    What  produced  angry  feel 
ings  against  Mr. Tyler  among  his  own  party?    What  resulted?    What  important 
matter  was  settled  by  Mr.  Webster  ?    Why  was  this  so  important  ? 


288  TYLER'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

ger  pleased  a  large  portion  of  the  people,  particularly  be 
cause  it  required  that  all  citizens  should  possess  a  certain 
amount  of  property  before  they  could  vote. 

4.  In  attempting  to  alter  the  constitution  very  bitter  feel 
ing  sprung  up ;  two  parties  were  formed,  and  each  elected 
its  governor.     One  of  these,  called  the  "  suffrage  party," 
chose  Thomas  W.  Dorr  governor,  took  up  arms,  and  attack 
ed  the  state  arsenal,  but  they  were  driven  off  by  the  militia, 
assisted  by  United  States  troops.    Dorr  was  finally  arrested, 
tried  for  treason,  and  condemned  to  imprisonment  for  life, 
but  in  1845  he  was  released.     The  "law  and  order  party" 
yielded,  however,  to  the  wishes  of  the  majority,  and  the  Leg 
islature  passed  a  free  constitution,  November,  1842. 

5.  The  disturbances  in  Rhode  Island  were  scarcely  ended, 
when  a  serious  excitement  broke  out  in  Illinois  between  the 
people  and  a  sect  called  Mormons.     The  latter  professed 
to  believe  in  a  new  revelation  from  God,  received  by  their 
leader,  Joseph  Smith,  on  golden  plates.     Among  the  articles 
of  the  Mormon  faith  is  one  that  teaches  the  doctrine  of 
polygamy,  or  a  plurality  of  wives.     They  settled  at  first  in 
Missouri,  but  their  conduct  there  was  so  offensive  that  it 
stirred  up  the  anger  of  the  citizens,  and  they  were  driven 
from  the  state. 

6.  They  then  settled  in  Illinois,  where  they  founded  a  city 
called  Nauvoo,  and  built  a  temple.     Here  they  grew  strong, 
and  were  increased  by  emigrants  from  nearly  all  parts  of 
Europe.     Conscious  of  their  strength,  they  defied  and  broke 
the  laws  of  the  state.     After  one  of  these  violations,  Joseph 
Smith,  the  prophet,  and  his  brother,  were  put  in  jail;  and, 
while  lying  there,  were  shot  by  a  mob,  July,  1844.     Next 
year,  1845,  their  followers  were  compelled  to  leave  the  city 
after  it  had  been  cannonaded  three  days,  and  in  the  year 
1846  some  of  them  began  their  march  across  the  wilderness 

3.  What  event  marked  the  year  1843?    How  long  had  the  Constitution  been  in 
force  ?    Why  was  it  now  deemed  objectionable  ? 

4.  What  occurred  in  attempting  to  remedy  this?    What  is  said  of  the  "suffrage" 
party  ?    What  became  of  Dorr  ?    What  concession  was  made  by  the  ' '  law  and  order" 
party  ? 

5.  What  excitement  followed  close  on  the  Rhode  Island  rebellion  ?    Give  some  ac 
count  of  their  belief,  and  its  origin  ?    Where  did  they  first  settle,  and  what  was  their 
experience  here  ? 


1841   TO  1845.  289 

to  the  Rocky  Mountains.  Here,  in  the  valley  of  Salt  Lake, 
hundreds  of  miles  from  their  old  residence  in  Illinois,  all  that 
remained  of  them  were  gathered  in  1848,  and  then  was  laid 
the  foundation  of  the  Territory  of  Utah. 

7.  That  portion  of  the  republic  of  Mexico  bordering  on 
Louisiana,  called  Texas,  threw  off  the  yoke  of  Mexico,  and 
declared  itself  independent  in  1835.     After  several  battles 
with  the  Mexicans,  its  independence  was  recognized  by  the 
United  States  and  the  chief  powers  of  Europe,  but  not  by 
Mexico.     In  April,  1844,  it  asked  to  be  admitted  as  a  state 
into  the  American  Union.     The  petition  produced  great  ex 
citement  throughout  the  country,  and  was  strongly  opposed 
at  the  North,  because  it  was  felt  that  the  annexation  of 
Texas  would  bring  on  a  war  with  Mexico,  and  increase  the 
area  of  slavery.     A  treaty  for  its  admission  was  rejected  by 
the  Senate,  July  8th. 

8.  The  question  came  before  the  country  for  decision  in 
the  election  of  President  in  the  fall  of  1844.     The  political 
excitement  of  the  canvass  was  increased  by  a  dispute  be 
tween  England  and  the  United  States  for  the  Territory  of 
Oregon,  which  threatened  to  involve  the  two  countries  in 
war.     James  K.  Polk,  of  Tennessee,  was  chosen  President, 
being  the  representative  of  the  party  that  favored  the  ad- 
mission  of  Texas  and  the  claim  of  the  United  States  to  Ore 
gon.    At  the  same  time,  George  M.  Dallas,  of  Pennsylvania, 
was  chosen  Vice-President. 

9.  The  question  of  the  admission  of  Texas,  thus  approved 
by  the  people  in  the  election  of  Mr.  Polk,  came  again  before 
Congress  for  final  settlement  when  it  met  in  December.    On 
the  1st  of  March,  three  days  before  Tyler's  term  expired,  a 
resolution  annexing  Texas  to  the  United  States  finally  pass 
ed,  and  was  immediately  signed  by  the  President.     Two 

6.  To  what  place  did  they  go?  What  was  their  fortune  here  ?  What  happened  to 
their  leader  ?  How  did  the  Illinois  people  rid  themselves  of  the  Mormons  ?  Where 
did  they  emigrate?  Where  and  when  did  they  all  at  last  find  a  home? 

T.  What  important  event  happened  to  the  eastern  part  of  Mexico  a?  early  as  1835? 
When  did  Texas  ask  admission  into  the  American  Union  ?  What  did  this  request 
produce  ?  Why  ?  How  did  the  Senate  act  on  the  petition  ? 

8.  Where  did  the  question  of  the  admission  of  of  Texas  go  for  a  decision  ?  Whnt 
other  important  question  came  before  the  people  in  this  election  ?  Who  were  chosen 
President  and  Vice-President? 

N 


290 


TYLEK'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


days  later,  he  signed  the  acts  admitting  Florida  and  Iowa 
into  the  Union. 

10.  An  event  of  no  less  importance  to  the  country  than 
the  annexation  of  Texas  took  place  in  1844.  This  was  the 
operation  of  the  first  electric  telegraph  line  in  the  United 
States.  The  celebrated  man  to  whom  the  country  was  in 
debted  for  its  introduction  was  Samuel  F.  B.  Morse,  a  native 
of  Massachusetts.  The  telegraph,  it  is  now  settled,  was  in 
vented  by  him  as  early  as  1832.  In  the  year  1838,  and  for 
successive  years,  he  was  before  Congress  soliciting  assistance 
amid  great  discouragements.  It  was  not  till  the  year  1843, 
on  the  last  day  of  the  session,  when  he  had  given  up  hope 
of  assistance,  that,  to  his  surprise,  Congress  appropriated  the 
sum  of  $30,000  to  operate  a  telegraph  line  between  Balti- 


MOKSE   EXPLAINING   TUE   TELEGRAPH   TO   A    COMMITTEE   OF   OONUKEBB. 

more   and  Washington.     The   experiment  was   a  complete 
success.     The  telegraph  system  soon  spread  throughout  the 

9.  When  did  the  Texas  question  come  up  before  Congress?    State  the  closing 
events  of  the  last  days  of  Tyler's  term. 


REVIEW    QUESTIONS.  291 

United  States  and  over  the  continent  of  Europe.     Professor 
Morse  received  the  highest  honors  from  foreign  nations 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— 1817-1845. 

I.  Who  was  James  Monroe,  and  what  offices  had  he  filled? 
1  What  was  the  general  character  of  his  administration  ? 

3.  Give  its  leading  events,  aud  dates. 

4.  What  was  the  only  warlike  trouble  during  his  presidency? 

5.  Who  was  appointed  to  the  chief  command  against  the  Indians? 

6.  Give  some  account  of  Jackson's  energetic  conduct  during  the  war. 

7.  To  what  acquisition  of  territory  did  this  Indian  war  lead? 

8.  What  is  said  of  the  cession  of  this  territory? 

9.  What  political  distinction  had  begun  to  be  drawn  between  the  states? 

10.  To  what  remarkable  invention  was  this  partly  attributable  ? 

II.  Explain  how  this  was  produced. 

12.  What  was  the  feeling  in  the  North  in  reference  to  negro  slavery  ? 

13.  How  was  this  shown  in  Congress  during  Monroe's  term  ? 

14.  Give  a  sketch  of  the  contest  and  its  settlement. 

15.  What  is  understood  by  the  Monroe  doctrine? 

16.  Who  were  elected  President  and  Vice-President  in  1824? 

17.  What  peculiarity  was  there  about  Adams's  election? 

18.  Name  the  chief  events  of  his  administration. 

19.  Who  were  the  candidates  for  the  presidency  in  1828? 

20.  Who  was  chosen,  and  how  was  the  election  regarded  ? 

21.  State  the  principal  events  in  Jackson's  military  career. 

22.  What  were  the  leading  events  of  his  administration  ? 

23.  Give  an  account  of  his  contests  with  the  United  States  Bank  ? 

24.  Mention  some  of  the  events  at  the  beginning  of  the  Semiuole  War. 

25.  Sketch  the  history  of  the  South  Carolina  troubles. 
2G.  How  did  Jackson  act  in  reference  to  France  ? 

27.  Who  were  elected  President  and  Vice-President  in  183G? 

28.  Who  was  Martin  Van  Buren  ? 

.  29.  In  what  condition  was  the  country  in  1837  ? 

30.  How  far  was  the  administration  able  to  remedy  this  ? 

31.  What  measure  was  proposed  by  Van  Bureu  ?    Describe  it. 

32.  Give  an  account  of  the  Canadian  troubles. 

33.  State  the  events  preceding  the  end  of  the  Florida  War.    Give  dates. 

34.  Who  were  elected  President  and  Vice-President  in  1S40  ? 

35.  What  were  the  principal  events  of  Van  Buren's  administration  ? 

36.  Why  was  he  defeated? 

37.  Who  was  General  Harrison,  and  how  long  was  he  President  ? 

38.  What  account  is  given  of  his  successor? 

39.  Give  the  leading  events  of  Tyler's  administration. 

40.  What  was  the  Ashburton  Treaty  ? 

41.  Give  the  particulars  of  the  Dorr  Rebellion. 

42.  Who  were  the  Mormons  ?    Give  their  movements  up  to  the  year  1846. 

43.  Give  an  account  of  the  introduction  of  the  electric  telegraph. 

44.  What  is  said  of  Texas  and  its  efforts  for  admission  into  the  Union? 

45.  Why  was  its  admission  so  strongly  opposed? 
48.  How  and  when  was  the  question  settled? 

47.  What  states  were  admitted  into  the  Union  from  1817  to  1845? 

48.  State  the  length  of  the  different  administrations,  and  dates. 

10.  What  great  invention  was  first  introduced  into  the  United  States  in  1844? 
Sketch  the  history  of  Morse's  labors  to  introduce  his  invention,  and  his  final  success. 


292 


FOLK'S    ADMINISTJRATION. 


CHAPTEE  VII. 

POLE'S  ADMINISTKATION,  1845-1849.— WAR  WITH  MEXICO. 

SECTION  I. 

COMMENCEMENT   OF   HOSTILITIES   WITH  MEXICO. 

1.  PEESIDENT  POLK  had  been  fourteen  years  a  member  of 

Congress,  of  which  he  was 
chosen  speaker  several  times, 
and  also  Governor  of  Tennes 
see.  His  administration  be 
gan  with  two  stirring  ques 
tions — war  with  Mexico,  and 
the  settlement  of  the  Oregon 
difficulty.  In  the  latter  the 
United  States  claimed  54°  40' 
as  the  northern  boundary  of 
that  Territory.  The  question 
was  finally  settled  peaceably 
in  1846  by  a  treaty  fixing  the 
boundary  at  49°. 

2.  General  Taylor,  who  dis 
tinguished  himself  in  Florida 
against  the  Seminoles,  was  ordered  to  Texas  in  July,  1845, 
and  in  September  took  post  at  Corpus  Christi,  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Nueces  (nwa'ces)  River.  The  Mexicans  con 
sidered  this  the  western  boundary  of  Texas ;  the  Texans 
claimed  the  Rio  Grande  (re'-o  grahn'-da)  as  the  boundary. 
In  January,  1846,  Taylor  was  ordered  to  the  eastern  bank 
of  the  Rio  Grande,  and,  on  his  way,  threw  up  some  slight 
works  at  Point  Isabel,  which  he  made  a  de'pdt  for  supplies. 
On  the  28th  of  March  he  encamped  opposite  Matamoras,  and 
began  to  build  a  fort,  whereupon  General  Ampudia  (am-poo'- 


PKESIDENT  POLK. 


1.  Who  was  James  K.  Polk?    What  were  the  two  principal  events  at  the  com 
mencement  of  his  administration  ?    How  was  the  Oregon  question  settled  ? 


1845-49. — WAR  WITH  MEXICO.  293 

de-ali),  stationed  on  the  other  side  of  the  river,  notified  him 
that  this  was  an  act  of  war  on  Mexican  soil.  Presently  the 
Mexicans  crossed  the  Rio  Grande,  and  surprised  a  small  body 
of  dragoons  under  Captain  Thornton,  killing  or  capturing 
nearly  the  whole  party,  April  26. 

3.  They  then  began  to  push  in  between  Taylor  and  his 
supplies  at  Point  Isabel,  threatening  his   communications. 
Leaving  Major  BroAvn  to  defend  the  fort,  the  American  gen 
eral  on  the  1st  of  May  marched  to  Point  Isabel,  which  was 
menaced  by  the  enemy.     Here  he  received  re-enforcements, 
and,  with  2300  men  and  a  large  supply  train,  commenced  his 
return  to  the  Rio  Grande.    "N"ext  day,  May  8,  he  met  the  en 
emy,  6000  strong,  under  General  Arista,  drawn  up  to  dispute 
his  way  at  Palo  Alto  (pah'-lo  ahl'-to).    Taylor  at  once  joined 
battle,  which  lasted  five  hours,  and  was  mainly  carried  on 
with  artillery.    At  night  the  Mexicans  retreated,  with  a  loss 
of  about  600.    The  American  loss  was  53,  among  whom  was 
the  brave  Major  Ringgold,  of  the  artillery. 

4.  Taylor  continued  his  march,  and  late  on  the  following 
day,  May  9,  found  the  Mexicans  prepared  to  oppose  him  at 
a  ravine  called  Resaca  de  la  Palma  (res-ati -Jca  da  lah  paJd- 
mak).     The  battle  which  followed  was  short  and  severe, 
ending  in  the  capture  of  General  La  Vega  (va'-gah)  and  100 
prisoners,  and  the  defeat  of  the  Mexicans,  with  the  loss  of 
nearly  1000  men.     Next  day  Taylor  arrived  at  the  fort  on 
the  Rio  Grande,  which  had  been  constantly  bombarded  by 
the  Mexicans  during  his  absence.     Major  Brown  was  mor 
tally  wounded,  and  the  brave  garrison  were  anxiously  look 
ing  for  assistance.     In  honor  of  its  gallant  defender,  it  was 
named  Fort  Brown. 

5.  When  Congress  heard  what  occurred  on  the  Rio  Grande 

2.  Who  was  ordered  to  Texas,  and  when  ?    Where  did  he  first  encamp?    What 
dispute  was  there  about  boundaries?    How  did  the  United  States  government  in 
dorse  the  Texan  claim  ?    What  did  he  do  on  his  march  ?    Where  did  he  make  his 
permanent  quarters?    How  did  the  Mexicans  regard  this?    When  and  where  was 
the  first  blood  shed  in  the  war  with  Mexico  ? 

3.  What  threatening  movements  were  made  by  the  Mexicans?    How  did  Taylor 
act  when  he  learned  this  ?    When  and  in  what  condition  did  he  commence  his  re 
turn  ?    What  occurred  next  day  ? 

4.  What  further  opposition  did  he  meet  with  ?    What  was  the  result  of  the  second 
battle?    When  did  he  arrive  at  the  Rio  Grande,  and  in  what  situation  did  he  find 
things  at  the  fort? 


294 


FOLK'S    ADMINISTRATION. 


in  April,  it  at  once  declared  war,  May  11,  voted  $10,000,000 
for  expenses,  and  ordered  that  50,000  volunteers  should  be 
raised.  A  campaign  was  planned  at  Washington,  embracing 
two  separate  expeditions.  One  was  to  rendezvous  in  the  Far 
West,  and  push  across  the  northern  provinces  of  Mexico, 
and  over  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  California :  this  was  the 
"  Army  of  the  West."  The  second  was  to  march  to  the  cap 
ital  of  Mexico,  and  was  called  the  "Army  of  the  Centre." 
Taylor's  army,  which  was  called  the  "Army  of  Occupation," 
was  ordered  to  co-operate  with  the  "Army  of  the  Centre." 
Notwithstanding  the  opposition  that  the  annexation  of  Tex 
as  had  met  with,  the  war  was  now  a  matter  of  national  pride 
with  a  large  part  of  the  American  people,  and  the  govern 
ment  had  no  difficulty  in  obtaining  volunteers  for  its  armies. 


CAMPAIGNS   IN   MEXICO. 


6.  General  Taylor  meanwhile  crossed  the  Rio  Grande,  en 
tered  Mexican  territory,  and  occupied  Matamoras  May  18. 
Here  he  received  re-enforcements  that  brought  his  army  up 
to  the  number  of  6000  men.  At  Monterey  (mon-ta-ra),  the 
capital  of  the  province  of  New  Leon  (la-ori),  there  were  heavy 
fortifications,  defended  by  more  than  9000  Mexicai^under 


5.  When  was  war  declared,  and  why?    What  warlike  measures  were  decided  on 
by  the  United  States  government?    Describe  the  plan  of  the  campaign. 


1846-47. WAR    WITH    MEXICO. 


295 


General  Ampudia.  The  city  lay  in  the  path  of  Taylor's 
march  into  the  interior,  and  he  determined  to  attack  it  on 
the  21st  of  September.  After  a  continued  assault  of  near 
ly  four  days,  Monterey  was  taken  by  severe  fighting,  street 
by  street  and  house  by  house.  General  Ampudia  and  the 


•^K~,  ~-'" %• 


CAPTURE   OF  MONTEBEY. 

garrison  surrendered,  and  were  allowed  to  march  out  with 
the  honors  of  war,  September  24.  At  the  same  time,  Taylor 
agreed  to  an  armistice  with  the  Mexican  government  for 
eight  weeks. 

7.  General  Wool-,  with  a  re-enforcement  of  3000  troops, 
had  already  commenced  his  march  from  San  Antonio  into 
Mexico.  He  crossed  the  Rio  Grande,  and  when  he  reached 
Monclova,  70  miles  from  Monterey,  he  learned  of  Taylor's 
success.  Upon  the  advice  of  the  latter,  he  marched  to  a  fer- 

6.  What  was  Taylor's  uext  movement?  In  what  direction  did  he  determine  to 
march  ?  What  lay  in  his  way  ?  What  is  said  of  the  assault  on  Monterey  ?  What 
terms  were  given  to  the  garrison  ?  In  what  direction  is  Monterey  from  Matamoras  ? 
What  important  agreement  was  made  wiih  the  Mexicans? 


296  FOLK'S    ADMINISTRATION. 

tile  district  convenient  to  Monterey,  where  he  was  able  to 
supply  his  own  command,  and  also  that  of  General  Taylor, 
with  forage  and  provisions.  The  armistice  terminated  on 
November  13.  On  the  loth,  General  Worth,  with  700  men, 
took  possession  of  Saltillo  (sahl-teel'-yo).  General  Taylor, 
leaving  a  garrison  at  Monterey,  went  as  far  as  Victoria  on 
his  way  to  attack  Tampico  (tam-pee-ko}.  At  Victoria  he 
learned  that  Tampico  had  already  surrendered  to  a  United 
States  squadron  under  Captain  Conner,  November  14th. 
Wool,  with  his  troops,  joined  Worth  at  Saltillo. 

8.  The  Army  of  the  West.— General  Kearny  was  appoint 
ed  to  command  the  Army  of  the  West,  with  orders  to  con 
quer  the  Spanish  provinces  of  New  Mexico  and  California. 
In  the  month  of  June,  1846,  he  started  from  Fort  Leaven- 
worth,  on  the  Missouri,  and,  after  a  journey  of  nearly  1000 
miles,  reached  Santa  Fe,  which  he  occupied  on  August  18. 
Leaving  a  garrison  here,  he  continued  his  march  to  Califor 
nia.     On  his  way  he  received  information  that  the  province 
had  been  already  conquered.     He  then  sent  back  the  main 
body  of  his  troops  to  Santa  Fe,  and,  with  100  picked  men, 
marched  to  the  Pacific  coast. 

9.  The  conquest  of  California  was  -achieved  by  Lieutenant 
Colonel  Fremont  and  Commodores  Sloat  and  Stockton.    Fre- 

•mont,  a  United  States  officer,  was  sent,  in  1845,  to  explore 
the  Salt  Lake  Valley,  California,  and  Oregon.  While  busy 
with  his  explorations,  he  heard  that  wrar  had  been  declared 
against  Mexico,  and,  with  his  small  force  of  60  men,  hasten 
ed  to  California.  Here,  being  joined  by  some  American  set 
tlers,  he  defeated  the  Mexicans  in  several  sharp  skirmishes, 
and  drove  them  from  that  part  of  the  country.  All  this  was 
done  by  the  beginning  of  July,  1846. 

10.  On   the   7th  of  July,  Commodore   Sloat,  with   some 

7.  Describe  the  first  movement  of  the  division  under  General  Wool  ?    Where  is 
San  Antonio?    What  were  his  next  movements?    When  did  the  armistice  end? 
What  took  place  soon  after  ?    Where  is  Saltillo  ?    To  what  point  did  Taylor  march  ? 
What  prevented  him  from  going  there  ? 

8.  Who  commanded  the  Army  of  the  West  ?    What  was  the  object  of  this  expedi 
tion  ?    What  is  said  of  Kearay's  long  march  ?    What  prevented  him  continuing  it  to 
California  with  his  whole  command  ?    What,  did  he  then  resolve  to  do  ? 

9.  By  whom  was  California  conquered  ?    How  did  it  happen  that  Fremont  was 
connected  with  its  conquest  ?    Describe  his  movements. 


1847-48. — AVAR  WITH  MEXICO.  297 

war  vessels,  bombarded  and  took  Monterey,  on  the  Pacific 
coast.  On  the  15th  Commodore  Stockton  arrived,  and, 
with  Fremont,  took  possession  of  Los  Angelos,  August  17th. 
When  Kearny  arrived  at  Los  Angelos  in  December,  Fre 
mont  claimed  the  governorship ;  but  the  former,  being  his 
superior  officer,  would  not  consent  to  this,  and  assumed  the 
office  February  8, 1847. 

11.  Kearny,  on  leaving  Santa  Fe,  ordered  Colonel  Doni- 
phan  to  march  into  the  Indian  country,  and  compel  the 
natives  to  promise  peace.  This  Doniphan  did,  and  then 
marched  his  command  of  less  than  1000  men  to  Chihuahua 
(che-whah'-whah),  which  he  entered  about  the  beginning  of 
March.  On  his  route  he  fought  and  defeated  more  than 
4000  Mexicans,  under  General  Ponce  de  Leon,  at  Bracito 
(brah-the-to),  December  25th,  and  again  at  Sacramento,  Feb 
ruary  28.  Having  rested  his  little  army  in  Chihuahua  near 
ly  six  weeks,  he  pressed  on  to  Saltillo,  and  joined  General 
Wool  May  22.  His  march,  for  more  than  1000  miles  through 
an  enemy's  country,  was  one  of  constant  hardship,  and  is  one 
of  the  most  brilliant  of  the  many  brave  acts  that  marked  the 
Mexican  War. 

EVENTS    OF    1847-48. 

1.  In  the  fall  of  1846,  during  Taylor's  armistice,  the  Amer 
ican  government  offered  the  Mexicans  terms  of  peace.  These 
they  refused,  and  General  Winfield  Scott,  as  commander-in- 
chief,  was  ordered  to  carry  the  war  to  the  city  of  Mexico. 
The  plan  of  the  ensuing  campaign  was  very  simple ;  he  was 
to  land  nearVera  Cruz,  capture  it,  and  then,  by  the  shortest 
route,  march  to  the  capital.  In  accordance  with  this  ar 
rangement,  Scott  ordered  Taylor  to  send  immediately  the 
best  of  his  troops,  and  with  them  Generals  Worth  and  Quit- 
man,  already  distinguished  for  their  bravery.  Taylor  was 
deeply  mortified  at  receiving  such  an  order,  particularly  as 
he  was  .about  to  commence  active  operations ;  but  Scott  was 

10.  What  was  Commodore  Sloat's  part  in  the  conquest?  and  Stockton's?    Where 
is  Los  Angelos  ?    What  difficulty  arose  when  Kearny  arrived  at  this  place  ? 

11.  What  orders  had  Kearny  left  at  Santa  Fe  ?    What  was  Doniphan 's  next  move 
ment  ?    Where  is  Chihuahua  ?    What  battles  were  fought  before  he  reached  Chihu- 
ahna  ?    What  is  said  of  his  future  movements,  and  of  his  march  ? 

N"  9, 


298 


POLKS    ADMINISTRATION. 


GENEEAL  SCOTT'S  CAMPAIGN  IN  MEXICO. 

his  superior  officer,  and  he  shortly  dispatched  the  required 
re-enforcements  to  the  neighborhood  of  Vera  Cruz. 

2.  General  Taylor's  Operations. — By  the  loss  of  these  troops 
Taylor  was  left  with  little  more  than  5000  men,  only  500  of 
whom  were  regulars.     General  Santa  Anna,  taking  advan 
tage  of  this  weakness,  moved  against  him  from  San  Luis 
PotOsi  with  nearly  20,000  Mexicans.     Taylor  determined  to 
fall  back  and  oppose  the  enemy  in  a  narrow  defile  at  Buena 
Vista  (bwa'-nah  vees'-tah),  eleven  miles  from  Saltillo.    When 
Santa  Anna  came  up,  February  23,  he  was  so  confident  in 
his  overwhelming  numbers  that  he  sent  word  to  Taylor  he 
would  <rive  him  one  hour  to  surrender.     The  latter  made 

& 

use  of  the  time  in  preparing  for  battle,  which  was  continued 
from  morning  until  sunset. 

3.  The  Americans  expected  to  renew  the  struggle  next 
morning ;  but  in  the  night  Santa  Anna   retreated,  leaving 
his  dead  and  wounded,  to  the  number  of  2000,  on  the  field. 
No  other  important  operations  followed  in  this  part  of  the 
country.     In  the  summer,  General  Taylor,  leaving  Wool  in 
command,  returned  to  the  United  States,  where  he  was  re 
ceived  with  the  most  distinguished  honor. 

1.  What  attempt  was  raade  in  the  United  States  government  in  1846,  and  the  re 
sult?    What  was  the  plan  of  the  campaign?    What  order  did  he  send  to  General 
Taylor?    Why  was  this  felt  severely  by  Taylor  ? 

2.  What  was  now  the  condition  of  Taylor's  army?    What  advantage  was  taken  of 
this  ?    Where  did  Taylor  propose  to  meet,  him  ?    Describe  the  battle. 

3.  How  was  the  battle  decided  ?    What  operations  followed  ?    Where  did  General 
Taylor  <ro  ? 


1847-48. — WAR  WITH  MEX:CO. 


299 


4.  Campaign  of  General  Scott. — On  the  9th  of  March,  1847, 
General  Scott,  with  1 3,000  men,  landed  near  Vera  Cruz.  The 
city  was  defended  by  the  strong  castle  of  San  Juan  de  Ulloa 
(san-whahn-dd  ool-lo'-ak).  On  the  18th  Scott  opened  fire 
on  the  city  and  castle  from  his  batteries.  In  this  bombard 
ment  he  was  assisted  by  a  powerful  fleet  under  Commodore 
Conner.  On  the  27th  the  castle  surrendered,  with  5000  pris 
oners  and  500  pieces  of  artillery. 


JJOMUAKDMK^X    Oi'    VKIiA    OKUZ. 


5.  On  the  8th  of  April,  the  advanced  force,  led  by  General 
Twiggs,  moved  toward  the  capital  by  the  Jalapa  (hal-lati- 
paty  road.  Santa  Anna,  with  1 2,000  men,  occupied  the  well- 
fortified  mountain  pass  of  Cerro  Gordo,  at  the  foot  of  the 
Cordilleras.  General  Scott,  meanwhile,  had  joined  Twiggs 
with  the  rest  of  the  troops,  making  in  all  about  8500  men. 
Avoiding  a  direct  attack  in  front,  Scott  fell  suddenly  on  the 

4.  When,  where,  and  with  what  force  did  Scott  land?    How  was  the  city  defend 
ed  ?    Where  is  Vera  Cruz?    What  is  said  of  the  siege,  and  the  result  ? 


300  FOLK'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

enemy  in  a  quarter  he  least  expected.  The  heights  were 
carried,  and  3000  prisoners  and  43  pieces  of  artillery  were 
captured,  April  18th. 

6.  The  brilliant  victory  at  Cerro  Gordo  opened  the  way 
for  the  American  army  to  Jalapa.     Continuing  their  march, 
they  captured  the  strong  Castle  of  Perote  (pa-ro-ta),  situ 
ated  on  a  peak  of  the  Eastern  Cordilleras,  which  was  aban 
doned  on  their  approach,  April  22d.     The  city  of  Puebla 
(pweb'-lah),  with    80,000    inhabitants,  and  the    second  lar 
gest  city  of  Mexico,  was  entered  May  15th.     Here  General 
Scott  rested  for  several  months,  and  waited  for  re-enforce 
ments.     This  rest  was  greatly  needed,  for  the  climate  had 
made  sad  havoc  with  the  health  of  his  men.     At  Puebla 
alone  he  was  compelled  to  leave  1800  sick,  and  at  Perote  a 
great  number  died  during  the  summer. 

7.  On  the  7th  of  August  General  Scott  left  Puebla  with  a 
force  increased  to  10,000  men,  and,  on  crossing  the  ridge  of 
the  Cordilleras,  the  army  saw  stretched  out  beneath  them 
the  beautiful  valley  of  Mexico.     In  the  midst  of  this  lay  the 
capital,  defended  by  strong  works,  which  guarded  the  ap 
proaches   to  the  city,  and  behind  these  fortifications  were 
32,000  Mexicans.     The  direct  approach  by  the  Vera  Cruz 
road  seemed  to  General  Scott  beset  with  most  danger;  and 
he  ordered  General  Twiggs  to  turn  to  the  left  and  occupy 
San  Augustine,  eight  miles  south  of  the  city,  on  the  Acapul- 
co  (ah-kah-pool '-co)  road.     In  front  of  this  position  were 
the  fortified  camp  of  Contreras  (con-tra' -ras) ,  the  strong  for 
tress  of  San  Antonio,  and  the  heights  of  Cherubusco  (choo- 
roo-boos'-ho),  crowned  with  cannon,  and  well  garrisoned. 

8.  At  sunrise,  August  20,  1847,  General  Smith  burst  into 
the  Mexican  camp  at  Contreras,  and  captured  it  in  little 
more  than  fifteen  minutes.     A  large  number  of  prisoners 

5.  What  movement  followed?  Who  opposed  the  march  of  Twiggs,  and  where? 
What  was  the  amount  of  the  American  force  when  Scott  came  up  ?  Describe  the 
battle  and  its  results. 

C.  What  was  the  result  of  the  battle  of  Cerro  Gordo  ?  What  fortified  place  was 
next  taken  ?  What  great  city  was  entered  the  following  mouth  ?  How  long  did  the 
army  remain  here  ?  Why  was  rest  necessary  ? 

7.  When  and  with  what  force  did  Scott  leave  Puebla?  What  lay  between  them 
and  the  capital?  Describe  the  view  the  army  had  of  the  valley.  What  route  did  he 
take  to  advance  to  the  city  ?  Why  did  he  choose  this  ?  What  fortifications  were  to 
be  taken  before  be  could  enter  the  capital? 


1847-48. — WAR  WITH  MEXICO. 


301 


TUE   AKMY   COMING   IN    SIGHT   OF   THE   VALLEY   OF  MEXICO. 

and  33  pieces  of  cannon  were  taken.  General  Worth,  on 
the  same  day,  stormed  and  took  possession  of  San  Antonio. 
He  then  joined  General  Pillow,  and,  by  assault,  captured  one 
of  the  defenses  of  Cherubusco;  General  Twiggs  took  anoth 
er  ;  and  the  heights  fell  into  the  possession  of  the  Americans. 
Meanwhile  Santa  Anna,  who  lay  with  12,000  men  nearer  the 
city,  made  the  most  vigorous  efforts  to  assist  his  garrisons, 
but  was  driven  back  with  heavy  loss. 

9.  All  these  battles  took  place  on  the  20th  of  August.  On 
that  day  more  than  30,000  Mexicans,  behind  defenses  of  the 
strongest  kind,  had  been  utterly  beaten  by  an  army  of  Amer 
icans  less  than  one  third  their  number;  4000  Mexicans  were 
killed  and  wounded,  and  3000  prisoners  were  taken ;  the 
American  loss  was  1100.  Next  day,  August  21,  General 
Scott  advanced  within  three  miles  of  the  city.  Santa  Anna 
asked  for  an  armistice,  which  Scott  granted,  hoping  to  save 

8.  Describe  the  attack  on  the  camp  at  Contreras.    What  was  accomplished  by  Gen 
erals  Worth,  Pillow,  and  Twiggs  ?    What  was  Santa  Anna  doing  at  this  time  ? 


302  FOLK'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

further  bloodshed ;  but  the  wily  Mexican  used  the  time  to 
strengthen  his  works.  As  soon  as  Scott  saw  this  he  ordered 
an  advance. 

10.  Two  powerful  works  still  defended  the  city — Molino 
del  Rey  (mo-le-no  delra)  and  Chapultepec  (chah-pool-ta-peti). 
The  first  of  these  was  stormed  by  General  Worth,  Septem 
ber  8,  and  taken,  after  severe  fighting  on  both  sides.     Four 
teen  thousand  Mexicans  were  driven  out  of  these  defenses 
by  4000  Americans.     Four  days   after,  September  12,  the 
American  batteries  opened  on  the  Castle  of  Chapultepec. 
Next  day  an  assault  was  ordered,  and,  amid  a  scene  of  blood 
and  carnage,  the  Americans  entered  the  works.     General 
Quitman  pursued  the  fleeing  enemy,  and  at  nightfall  rested 
at  the  gates  of  the  capital. 

11.  During  the  night,  Santa  Anna,  with  what  remained 
of  his  army,  escaped,  and  left  the  city  authorities  to  manage 
matters  as  they  could.    They  came  humbly  to  General  Scott 
begging  for  peace ;  but  the  American  general  turned  a  deaf 
ear  to  their  entreaties,  and  ordered  his  troops  to  enter  the 
capital.     On  September  14, 1847,  the  American  army  occu 
pied  the  grand  square  of  the  city,  and  the  American  flag 
floated  over  the  public  buildings. 

12.  When  Santa  Anna  fled  from  the  capital  he  made  his 
way  to  the  neighborhood  of  the  city  of  Puebla,  which  was 
besieged  by  a  Mexican  force.    Eighteen  hundred  sick  Amer 
icans  had  been  left  there,  under  Major  Childs,  and  he  suffered 
great  hardships  in  trying  to  defend  the  place.     Fortunate 
ly,  General  Lane  arrived  with  re-enforcements  for  General 
Scott,  and  instantly  attacked  Santa  Anna,  defeated  him,  and 
relieved  the  garrison. 

13.  The  war  was  now  at  an  end.    Santa  Anna  was  a  fugi- 

9.  State  the  result  of  the  day's  work,  August  20.    What  occurred  next  day?    What 
agreement  was  entered  into  by  the  two  opposing  generals  ?    To  what  use  did  Santa 
Anna  put  the  time?    Why  was  the  armistice  ended? 

10.  What  powerful  works  defended  the  city  itself?    State  how  the  first  was  taken. 
How  was  Chapultepec  taken  ?    What  progress  was  made  by  another  part  of  the 
army  ? 

11.  How  did  the  Mexican  army  defend  the  city?    By  whom  was  General  Scott 
met,  and  what  was  his  answer  to  them?    What  important  event  occurred  on  Sep 
tember  14? 

12.  In  what  direction  did  Santa  Anna  march  after  he  left  the  capital  ?    What  was 
the  condition  of  things  at  Puebla?     flow  were  Santa  Anna's  plans  overturned  ? 


1847-48. AVAR    \VITH    MEXICO. 


303 


THE  AMEBICAN  ARMY  IN   THE  CITY   OF  MEXICO. 

live ;  his  army  was  scattered.  On  the  2d  of  February,  1848, 
the  Mexican  Congress  concluded  a  treaty  of  peace  with  the 
American  commissioners  at  Guadalupe  Hidalgo  (gwah-dah- 
loo-pa  he-da  Id' -go).  By  the  terms  of  the  treaty  Mexico 
agreed  to  consider  the  Rio  Grande  as  the  western  bounda 
ry  of  Texas,  and  gave  up  to  the  United  States  the  provinces 
of  New  Mexico  and  California.  For  this  vast  territory  the 
American  government  was  to  pay  $15,000,000,  and  to  as 
sume  debts  due  to  certain  citizens  of  the  United  States 
amounting  to  $3,500,000.  The  treaty  was  confirmed  by  the 
United  States,  and  peace  was  proclaimed  by  President  Polk 
on  the  4th  of  July,  1848. 

14.  The  province  of  Upper  California,  stretching  more 
than  650  miles  along  the  Pacific  coast,  and  nearly  as  many 
miles  inland,  contained  at  the  close  of  the  war  scarce  15,000 

13.  What  was  the  state  of  the  war  after  the  siege  of  Puebla  ?  What  took  place  in 
the  beginning  of  the  following  year?  Give  the  terms  of  the  treaty.  When  was 
peace  proclaimed? 


304 

persons.  It  was  not  long  before  a  thronging  population 
found  its  way  into  the  new  territory.  In  February,  1848, 
gold  was  first  discovered  at  Captain  Slitter's  mill,  on  a 
branch  of  the  Sacramento  River,  in  Coloma  County,  and 
soon  in  abundance  in  that  neighborhood.  The  news  spread 
with  great  rapidity,  and  crowds,  not  only  from  the  United 
States,  but  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  flocked  to  the  land 
of  gold.  By  the  year  1850  the  population  was  estimated  at 
nearly  100,000;  in  1852  it  numbered  264,000.  ' 

15.  In  the  year  1848  Wisconsin  was  admitted  into  the 
Union.  The  election  for  president  was  now  approaching, 
and  three  parties  appeared,  each  of  which  placed  a  candidate 
in  nomination.  The  two  great  parties  were  the  Whig  and 
the  Democratic.  The  former  nominated  General  Zachary 
Taylor,  one  of  the  heroes  of  the  war;  the  latter,  General 
Cass,  of  Michigan.  The  third  party  put  in  nomination  ex- 
President  Van  Buren,  and  laid  down  the  principle  that  it  is 
the  duty  of  Congress  to  prohibit  the  introduction  of  slavery 
into  any  territory  now  possessed,  or  which  may  hereafter  be 
acquired  by  the  United  States ;  hence  it  was  called  the  Free 
Soil  party.  In  the  election  that  followed,  General  Taylor, 
of  Louisiana,  was  chosen  President,  and  Millard  Fillmore, 
of  New  York,  Vice-President. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS 1845-1849. 

1.  What  was  the  Oregon  difficulty,  and  how  was  it  settled? 

2.  What  were  the  causes  of  the  Mexican  War  ? 

3.  Who  was  President  during  its  continuance? 

4.  What  were  the  first  hostile  movements  ? 

5.  Where  was  Taylor  prominent  before  this  time? 

6.  What  led  to  the  battles  of  the  8th  and  9th  of  May,  1846?  . 

7.  Describe  them. 

S.  When  and  why  did  the  United  States  declare  war? 

9.  What  different  lines  of  operation  were  determined  on? 

10.  What  was  the  result  of  Taylor's  expedition  into  New  Leon? 

11.  Where  is  Tampico  ?    What  happened  here  ? 

12.  What  overtures  of  peace  were  made,  and  when? 


14.  What  was  the  extent  and'population  of  Upper  California  at  the  close  of  the 
Mexican  War  ?    What  event  suddenly  increased  its  population  ?    What  was  the  es 
timated  population  in  1850  and  in  1852? 

15.  When  was  Wisconsin  admitted  into  the  Union  ?    What  is  said  of  the  canvass 
for  the  presidency  ?    Which  were  the  two  leading  parties,  and  who  were  their  nom 
inees  ?    Give  the  principles  and  nominee  of  the  third  party.    Who  were  chosen  Pres 
ident  and  Vice-President? 


REVIEW    QUESTIONS.  305 

13.  Who  commanded  the  Army  of  the  Centre? 

14.  State  some  particulars  of  his  previous  history. 

15.  When  and  iu  what  way  did  he  interfere  with  Taylor's  plans* 

16.  Descrihe  the  battle" of  Buena  Vista. 

17.  In  how  many  battles  was  Taylor  engaged  after  this  ? 

18.  Describe  the  operations  of  the  Army  of  the  West.    Give  dates, 

19.  Sketch  briefly  the  conquest  of  California. 

20.  What  difficulties  occurred  there  between  rival  officers '( 

21.  Describe  the  movements  of  Colonel  Douiphau. 

22.  Give  a  sketch  of  General  Scott's  first  battle. 

23.  What  route  did  his  army  take  ? 

24.  Name  the  battles  that  occurred  between  Vera  Cruz  and  the  city  of  Mexico. 
Give  dates. 

25.  What  mountains  were  crossed? 

26.  When  and  where  did  the  army  rest  for  some  time? 
2T.  Why  was  this  rest  so  necessary? 

28.  What  lay  on  the  other  side  ol  the  mountains? 

29.  How  was  the  city  of  Mexico  defended  ? 

30.  Describe  the  battles  fought  in  the  suburbs  of  the  city. 

31.  How  long  a  time  intervened  between  the  attack  on  Contreras  and  the  entrance 
of  Scott  into  the  capital  ? 

32.  What  Mexican  general  opposed  Scott's  advance  ? 

33.  Who  was  Santa  Anna  ? 

34.  Where  and  when  did  he  appear  after  the  surrender  of  the  capital? 

35.  When  and  where  was  a  treaty  of  peace  concluded? 

36.  Give  the  terms  of  the  treaty. 
3T,  What  was  gained  by  the  war  ? 

38.  Name  the  principal  American  officers  engaged. 

39.  What  immediate  advantage  followed  the  close  of  the  war? 

40.  How  did  this  affect  the  population  of  the  western  coast  ? 

41.  Who  were  nominated  in  184S  for  President  and  Vice-President? 

42.  State  the  principles  of  the  different  parties. 

43.  Who  were  chosen  President  and  Vice-President? 

44.  What  state  was  admitted  during  Folk's  term  ?    Give  date. 


IJEUTENANT  GENERAL  SCOTT. 


300 


TAYLOli  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


CHAPTEE  VIII. 

FROM  THE  END  OF  FOLK'S  ADMINISTRATION  TO  THE  BEGINNING  OF 
LINCOLN'S,  1849-1861. 

SECTION  I. 
TAYLOR'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1849-1850. 

1.  PRESIDENT  TAYLOR  began  his  military  career  in  the 

Northwest  in  the  War  of  1812. 
We  have  already  seen  him  an 
active  soldier  in  Florida,  and 
one  of  the  heroes  of  the  Mex 
ican  War.  In  the  month  of 
September,  1849,  the  people 
of  California  met  in  conven 
tion,  and  adopted  a  constitu 
tion  excluding  slavery  from 
the  Territory.  In  the  Febru 
ary  following,  California  pe 
titioned  Congress  for  admis 
sion  into  the  Union  as  a  free 
state.  Then  arose  a  struggle 
in  that  body  so  bitter  and  so 
determined  that  many  of  the  Southern  members  threatened 
to  secede  from  the  Union  if  California  was  admitted  with  a 
free  constitution.  Outside  of  Congress  the  excitement  was 
equally  great,  and  many  were  alarmed  for  the  peace  of  the 
country. 

2.  While  the  excitement  was  at  its  height,  Henry  Clay 
brought  forward  in  the  United  States  Senate  a  plan  of  com 
promise.     Other  statesmen  did  the  same.     Then  a  commit 
tee  of  thirteen  was  appointed,  Clay  being  chairman,  to  con 
sider  the  different  plans.     On  the  9th  of  May,  1850,  this  com- 

1.  What  is  ^aid  of  the  new  President?  What  movement  took  place  in  California 
in  1849  ?  When  did  California  seek  admission  into  the  Union  as  a  state  ?  What  was 
the  feeling  in  Congress  011  the  subject  of  the  petition?  How  far  did  the  excitement 
spread  ? 


PRESIDENT    TAYLOIt. 


1849  TO  1850. 


307 


mittee  reported  a  bill  admit 
ting  California  with  its  free 
constitution,  but  proposing  at 
the  same  time  additional  meas 
ures,  on  which  account  it  was 
nicknamed  the  "Omnibus  Bill." 
3.  The  chief  of  these  were 
that  a  tract  of  land  east  of 
California,  on  a  part  of  which 
the  Mormons  lived,  should  be 
erected  into  the  Territory  of 
Utah,  without  slavery;  also 
that  New  Mexico  should  be 
made  a  territory,  and  nothing 
said  about  slavery;  further, 
that  the  slave-trade  in  the  District  of  Columbia  should  be 
abolished  ;  and,  last,  a  law  was  recommended  providing  for 
the  arrest  and  return  to  their  masters  of  all  slaves  that  s.hould 
escape  into  the  Free  States.  While  the  discussion  of  this 
bill  was  going  on  in  Congress,  President  Taylor  was  seized 
with  a  sudden  illness,  and  died  July  9, 1850.  Vice-President 
Fillmore  immediately  assumed  the  office  of  President. 


SECTION  II. 
FILLMORE'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1850-1853. 

1.  THE  Compromise  Act  became  a  law  September  9, 1850. 
President  Fillmore,  during  his  entire  administration,  enforced 
its  provisions  with  all  the  powers  of  the  government.  It  ap 
peared  for  a  time  to  quiet  the  excited  feeling  of  the  coun 
try  ;  but  the  enforcement  of  that  part  called  the  Fugitive 
Slave  Law  gradually  produced  intense  bitterness  at  the 
North.  The  law  was  there  evaded,  sometimes  resisted  ;  and 
this  greatly  increased  the  ill  feeling  in  the  Southern  States. 

2.  Who  came  forward  with  a  plan  to  harmonize  these  difficulties  ?    What  followed  ? 
On  what  did  this  committee  determine  ?    What  name  did  the  latter  receive  ?   Why  ? 

3.  Name  the  chief  of  these  measures?    What  important  event  occurred  while  the 
debate  was  going  on  in  Congress? 

1.  When  did  the  Compromise  Act  become  a  law?    How  did  Fillmore  regard  itf 
What  effect  did  it  produce  on  the  country?    How  was  it  received  in  the  North? 


308 


FILLMORB'S  ADMINISTRATIOX. 


//  / 

PRESIDENT  FILLMORE. 


2.  In  the  year  1851,  some 
wild  and  restless  spirits  in  the 
South  and  Southwest  banded 
themselves  together  for  the  in 
vasion  of  the  island  of  Cuba. 
Led  by  General  Lopez,  they 
landed  on  the  coast  of  that 
island  to  the  number  of  480. 
Only  a  short  time  elapsed  be 
fore  nearly  all  of  them  were 
made  prisoners ;  and  Lopez, 
with  a  number  of  his  follow 
ers,  was  shot  by  the  Spaniards. 

3.  The  United  States,  in  the  year  1852,  came  near  being 
involved  in  a  Avar  with  England  about  the  deep-sea  fisher 
ies.     A  treaty  had  been  made  34  years  before,  in  which  it 
was  settled  that  the  Americans  should  not  fish  within  three 
miles  of  the  shores  of  the  British  provinces.   England  claimed 
that  this  shut  out  the  Americans  from  the  large  bays ;  the 
latter,  on  the  other  hand,  said  they  had  a  right  to  fish  in 
these,  provided  they  kept  three  miles  from  the  shores.     The 
quarrel  rose  to  such  a  height  that  England  and  the  United 
States  both  sent  war-ships  to  the  disputed  ground.    Fortu 
nately,  bloodshed  was  prevented ;  and  American  fishermen 
finally,  in  1854,  secured  equal  rights  to  fish  any  where  in  the 
bays  of  the  British  possessions. 

4.  Mr.  Fillmore's  administration  has  the  honor  of  sending 
out  an  expedition  in  the  year  1852  to  open  the  Japanese 
Empire  to  American  trade.     It  consisted  of  a  squadron  un 
der  the  command  of  Commodore  Perry,  the  youngest  broth 
er  of  the  famous  Captain  Perry  of  the  War  of  1812.     The 
successful  prosecution  of  the  enterprise  falls  within  the  his 
tory  of  the  next  administration. 

5.  As  the  time  approached  for  the  election  of  President  in 

2.  What  expedition  was  started  in  1851  ?    What  was  its  fate  ? 

3.  What  dispute  threatened  danger  in  1S52  ?    What  treaty  had  been  made  with  En 
gland  in  reference  to  the  fisheries?    What  construction  was  placed  on  this  by  the 
English  and  American  fishermen  ?    To  what  point  did  the  quarrel  rise  ?    How  and 
when  was  the  matter  finally  settled? 

4.  For  what  peaceful  expedition  is  Mr.  Fillmore's  administration  distinguished? 
Who  commanded  it? 


1850  TO  1853.  309 

1852,  it  was  seen  that  the  "  Omnibus  Bill"  had  not  produced 
permanent  peace  throughout  the  country.  The  people  were 
divided  on  the  slavery  question.  The  extreme  party  in  the 
South  talked  earnestly  of  Southern  rights ;  at  the  North  a 
small  but  increasing  minority  urged  that  the  government 
should  separate  itself  from  all  connection  with  slavery.  Both 
of  these  parties  advocated  a  dissolution  of  the  Union ;  but 
these  were  the  extreme  views.  An  influential  body  in  the 
South,  and  a  very  large  majority  of  the  people  in  the  North, 
adhered  to  the  act  of  1850. 

6.  The  nominations  for  President  were  made  in  the  fall 
of  1852.  The  Democrats  presented  the  name  of  Franklin 
Pierce,  of  New  Hampshire,  and  at  the  same  time  declared 
that  they  stood  by  the  Compromise  Act.  The  Whigs  nom 
inated  General  Scott,  and  they  also  affirmed  the  justice  of 
the  "  Omnibus  Bill."  There  were,  however,  leading  Whigs 
and  Democrats  who  thought  the  Compromise  Act  to  be 
wrong ;  that  the  Territories  ought  to  be  free  from  slavery ; 
that  the  general  government  infringed  on  the  rights  of  the 
states  by  capturing  fugitive  slaves  within  their  borders ;  and 
that  the  government  should  throw  its  influence  against  slav 
ery.  These  persons  met  as  the  Free  Soil  party,  and  nomi 
nated  John  P.  Hale,  of  New  Hampshire.  At  the  election 
Franklin  Pierce  received  a  large  majority  of  all  the  votes 
cast ;  and  William  R.  King,  of  Alabama,  was  chosen  Yice- 
President. 


SECTION  III. 

PIERCE'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1853-1857. 

1.  FRANKLIN  PIERCE,  a  man  of  note  in  his  own  state,  had 
been  a  member  of  Congress,  and  a  United  States  senator 
He  had  also  distinguished  himself  as  a  brave  and  able  offi 
cer  in  the  Mexican  War. 

5.  What  was  the  state  of  political  feeling  in  the  fall  of  1852?    Give  the  extreme 
views  North  and  South.    What  was  the  opinion  of  the  great  body  of  the  people  ? 

6.  How  many  parties  presented  presidential  candidates?    What  position  was  as 
sumed  by  the  Whigs  and  the  Democrats  on  the  Compromise  Act?  What  were  the 
views  of  the  Free  Soil  party  ?    What  was  the  result  of  the  election  ? 

1.  What  official  positions  had  President  Pierce  occupied  ? 


310  FIERCE  S    ADMINISTRATION. 

2.  A  dispute  had  arisen 
with  Mexico  in  1852  about 
boundaries  between  New 
Mexico  and  the  province  of 
Chihuahua.  This  was  set 
tled  in  the  early  part  of  Mr. 
Pierce's  term  by  the  pur 
chase  of  a  large  tract  of  land 
which  was  erected  into  the 
Territory  of  Arizona.  An 
other  early  and  most  impor 
tant  measure  was  the  send 
ing  out  of  expeditions  in  the 
year  1853  to  explore  the  best 
PRESIDENT  PIERCE,  routes  for  a  Pacific  railroad. 

This  was  the  first  movement  in  that  great  enterprise  which, 
in  our  own  day,  has  brought  into  rapid  communication  the 
Atlantic  and  Pacific  coasts. 

3.  The  Japanese  expedition  has  been  already  noticed.    In 
the  summer  of  1853,  Commodore  Perry  entered  the  Bay  of 
Jeddo,  Japan,  with  his  squadron.     On  the  14th  of  July  he 
obtained  an  audience  of  the  emperor,  by  whom  he  was  re 
ceived  with  high  honors.     Some  necessary  delay  then  oc 
curred ;  but  in  the  month  of  March,  1854,  the  commodore 
obtained  a' treaty  by  which  the  United  States  were  allowed 
to  trade  with  Japan.     America  has  the  distinguished  honor 
of  being  the  first  nation  of  the  West  to  which  that  empire 
opened  her  ports. 

4.  In  December,  1853,  Mr.  Douglas,  in  the  United  States 
Senate,  brought  forward  a  bill  for  the  organization  of  two 
new  territories  north  of  latitude  36°  30',  under  the  names  of 
Nebraska  and  Kansas.    In  this  famous  bill  was  inserted  the 
provision  that  slavery  should  be  allowed  to  enter  the  terri 
tories  if  the  people  there  desired  it.     This  was  generally 
known  as  "  Popular"  or  "  Squatter  Sovereignty,"  and  was 
contrary  to  the  Missouri  Compromise  of  1820,  which  ex- 

2.  What  dispute  had  arisen  with  Mexico?    How  was  this  settled?    What  impor 
tant  expeditions  were  sent  out  in  1853?    What  is  said  regarding  these? 

3.  Give  the  further  history  of  the  expedition  to  Japan.     When  was  it  dispatched 
from  the  United  States  ?    What  honor  belongs  to  America  for  this? 


1857  TO  1861.  ^11 

pressly  prohibited  slavery  in  all  territories  north  of  36°  30'. 
The  bill  met  with  great  opposition  in  Congress,  and  pro 
duced  intense  feeling  throughout  the  North.  It,  however, 
passed  both  houses,  and  became  a  law  in  May,  1854. 

5.  The  contest  was  now  removed  from  Congress  to  Kan 
sas.  The  question  whether  slavery  should  be  admitted  be 
ing  left  to  the  settlers,  a  struggle  commenced  between  the 
Free  State  and  pro-Slavery  men  so  bitter  as  to  produce  civil 
war  in  the  territory.  The  struggle,  which  was  watched 
with  extraordinary  interest  throughout  the  whole  country, 
was  still  going  on  when  the  time  for  the  presidential  elec 
tion  arrived  in  1856.  The  Democratic  party  put  in  nomina 
tion  James  Buchanan,  of  Pennsylvania,  and  declared  the 
Kansas-Nebraska  Act  to  be  just  and  proper.  The  Whig 
party  had  broken  np  and  disappeared.  The  Republican 
party  sprang  into  existence,  adopting  the  views  of  the  Free 
Soil  party,  and  nominated  John  C.  Fremont  for  President. 
A  small  party, known  as  the  "Americans,"  or  "Know  Noth 
ings,"  nominated  Millard  Fillmore.  The  Democrats  tri 
umphed,  and  James  Buchanan,  of  Pennsylvania,  was  elected 
President,  and  John  C.  Breckinridge,  of  Kentucky,  Vice-Pres- 
ident. 


SECTION  IV. 
BUCHANAN'S  ADMINISTRATION,  1857-1861. 

1.  JAMES  BUCHANAN  had  been  a  member  of  the  United 
States  Senate,  afterward  Secretary  of  State  under  President 
Polk,  and  minister  to  England  during  the  administration  of 
President  Pierce.  The  Mormons  in  Utah,  at  the  instigation 
of  Brigham  Young,  their  leader,  broke  out  into  open  rebel 
lion  against  the  United  States  authorities  in  1857,  and  or 
dered  the  United  States  judge  from  the  territory.  An  army 

4.  What  proposition  was  brought  forward  in  1853  ?    What  celebrated  provision  was 
inserted  in  the  bill  ?    By  what  name  is  this  generally  known  ?   With  what  did  it  con 
flict  ?    How  was  the  bill  received  ?    What  was  its  success  in  Congress  ? 

5.  How  far  did  this  settle  the  contest?    What  is  said  of  the  struggle  ?    What  took 
place  during  the  height  of  the  excitement  ?    Who  was  nominated  by  the  Democrats, 
and  on  what  platform?    What  became  of  the  Whig  party?    What  party  now  ap 
peared  under  a  new  name  ?    What  were  it.«  views  ?    Whom  did  it  nominate  ?   What 
is  said  of  the  third  party  ?    Who  were  chosen  ? 


312 


BUCHANAN'S  ADMINISTKATION. 


PRESIDENT  BUCHANAN. 


of  2500  men  was  sent  out  to  reduce  them  to  obedience ;  but 
in  the  spring  of  1858  the  Mormons  quietly  submitted  to  the 
authority  of  the  United  States  officers. 

2.  The  contest  about  slavery 
in  Kansas  went  on.  But  the 
slavery  agitation  was  not  con 
fined  to  that  territory ;  it  was 
very  violent  in  Congress,  and 
spread  throughout  the  coun 
try.  This  agitation  was  in 
creased  by  the  action  of  some 
of  the  Free  States,  which  pass 
ed  "Personal  Liberty  Bills"  to 
secure  fugitive  slaves  the  right 
of  trial.  These  acts  filled  the 
people  of  the  Slave  States  with 
bitter  indignation.  In  Kansas, 
both  the  Free  State  and  the 
pro-Slavery  parties  claimed  the  government  of  the  territory. 
After  a  severe  and  long-continued  contest,  the  anti-Slavery 
party  triumphed,  and  Kansas  was  admitted  under  a  Free 
State  Constitution,  but  not  till  the  year  1861,  in  the  follow 
ing  administration.  Minnesota  was  meanwhile  admitted  in 
1858,  and  Oregon  in  1859. 

3.  On  the  night  of  October  16, 1859,  John  Brown,  an  act 
ive  Free  State  settler  in  Kansas,  and  21  companions,  seized 
the  United  States  Arsenal  at  Harper's  Ferry,  Virginia.  This 
small  party  held  possession  of  the  arsenal  for  nearly  two 
clays.  A  body  of  state  and  national  troops  attacked  them, 
killed  13,  and  captured  the  rest,  except  two,  who  escaped. 
On  Brown's  trial  by  the  State  of  Virginia,  he  avowed  that  it 
was  his  object  to  produce  a  rising  among  the  slaves,  and 
then  conduct  them  to  the  Free  States.  He  steadily  denied 
that  he  was  aided  or  encouraged  by  any  persons  in  the 

1.  What  is  said  of  President  Buchanan  ?   What  trouble  broke  out  in  the  Far  West  ? 
What  measures  were  taken  by  the  government?    How  was  the  difficulty  settled ? 

2.  What  is  said  of  the  slavery  agitation  in  Kansas  and  elsewhere  ?    What  was  the 
conduct  of  some  of  the  Free  States?    How  did  the  South  regard  this?    What  did 
both  parties  in  Kansas  claim  ?    Which  party  finally  triumphed  ?    When  was  Kansas 
admitted  as  a  Free  State? 


1857  TO   1861.  313 

North,  although  every  effort  was  made  by  the  counsel  of  the 
state  to  draw  from  him  this  confession.  Prompt  conviction 
followed  the  trial,  and  John  Brown  and  six  of  his  compan 
ions  were  hanged. 

4.  The  feeling  in  the  South  against  the  North  after  John 
Brown's  raid  greatly  increased  in  bitterness;  and  the  year 
1860  was  marked  by  a  more  violent  agitation  of  the  slavery 
question,  which  was  increased  by  the  presidential  election. 
A  Democratic  convention   met  to  nominate  candidates  at 
Charleston  in  the  month  of  April.     Those  delegates  who 
were  advocates  of  extreme  Southern  views  were  unable  to 
control  the  convention,  and  left  it  in  a  body ;  and  those  who 
remained  nominated  Stephen  A.  Douglas,  of  Illinois,  for  Pres 
ident.     The  Southern  delegates  met  in  June,  and  nominated 
John  C.  Breckinridge,  of  Kentucky.     Another  small  party 
nominated  John  Bell,  of  Tennessee.     The  Republican  party 
brought  before  the  people  Abraham  Lincoln,  of  Illinois,  as 
its  candidate.     In  the  election  that  followed,  Mr.  Lincoln 
was  chosen  President,  and  Hannibal  Hamlin,  of  Maine,  Vice- 
President. 

5.  All  through  the  canvass  the  Southern  politicians  had 
threatened  to  carry  the  South  out  of  the  Union  if  Mr.  Lin 
coln  were  elected.     In  December  they,  began  to  put  their 
threats  in  execution.    On  the  1 7th  of  the  month  a  convention 
assembled  at  Charleston,  and  on  the  20th  declared  the  State 
of  South  Carolina  to  be  no  longer  in  the  Union.     As  a  rea 
son  for  this  course,  it  was  alleged  that  the  Northern  States 
had  violated  the  Constitution  by  passing  the  personal  lib 
erty  bills,  thus  nullifying  the  Fugitive  Slave  Act,  and  by 
the  election  of  a  President  opposed  to  slavery.    The  leaders, 
however,  freely  declared  that  secession  was  neither  produced 
by  Mr.  Lincoln's  election  nor  by  the  non-execution  of  the 
above  act ;  the  movement  had  been  gathering  head  for  thir 
ty  years.     The  states  of  Mississippi,  Florida,  Alabama,  Geor- 

3.  Who  was  John  Brown  ?    What  did  he  and  his  party  do  in  October  ?    What  hap 
pened  to  him  and  his  companions  ?    What  was  Brown's  statement  on  his  trial  ? 
What  attempt  was  made  on  his  trial?    What  was  his  fate? 

4.  How  did  all  this  operate  on  public  feeling  at  the  South  ?    How  was  this  feeling 
increased?    What  is  said  of  the  Democratic  Convention  and  its  nomination?    Men 
tion  the  other  nominees,  and  the  parties  they  represented.    Who  were  chosen  Pres 
ident  and  Vice-President  ? 

o 


314 

gia,  Louisiana,  and  Texas  followed  the  lead  of  South  Caro 
lina  in  less  than  six  weeks. 

6.  On  the  4th  of  February,  1861,  delegates  from  six  of 
the  seven  seceding  states  met 
at  Montgomery,  Alabama,  and 
formed  a  government,  called  the 
Confederate  States  of  America. 
On  the  8th  of  February,  Jeffer 
son  Davis,  late  United  States 
senator  from  Mississippi,  was 
elected  provisional  President, 
and  Alexander  II.  Stephens,  of 
Georgia,  Vice -President.  Both 
were  shortly  after  re-elected  for 
six  years. 

7.  Before  the  Confederate  gov- 
eminent  was  organized  in  Feb 
ruary,  the  Southern  leaders  seized  all  the  forts  and  arse 
nals  belonging  to  the  United  States  within  their  borders, 
with  the  exception  of  Forts  Moultrie  and  Sumter  in  Charles 
ton  Harbor,  Fort  Pickens,  near  Pensacola,  and  a  few  posts 
in  Florida.  In  the  places  seized  was  an  immense  quantity 
of  guns  and  military  stores,  valued  at  nearly  $20,000,000, 
all  of  which  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  Confederates. 

8.  The  condition  of  things  at  Washington,  during  these 
proceedings,  was  very  deplorable.  President  Buchanan 
took  no  active  measures  to  prevent  the  seizure  of  United 
States  property.  General  Scott  warned  him  and  urged  him 
to  act  with  vigor,  but  he  did  nothing.  General  Cass,  of 
Michigan,  Secretary  of  State,  resigned  in  disgust  because 
Buchanan  would  not  interfere.  The  President's  cabinet  was 
composed  largely  of  Southern  men,  or  those  who  sympa 
thized  with  them.  The  little  army*was  scattered  at  far  dis- 

5.  What  threats  had  been  made  during  the  canvass?    What  occurred  after  the 
election  ?    What  took  place  on  the  ITth  and  20th  of  December  ?    What  reasons  were 
assigned  in  the  Convention  for  this  step  ?    What  states  followed  in  the  wake  of 
South  Carolina? 

6.  What  important  step  was  taken  in  February,  1860?    Who  were  'chosen  perma 
nent  President  and  Vice-President  ? 

7.  What  prompt  movements  were  made  by  the  South  before  the  Montgomery  Con 
vention  met  ?    How  much  United  States  property  was  obtained  by  these  seizures  ? 


1857  TO  1861. 


315 


tant  points.  The  navy  was  in  the  same  condition.  To 
crown  all,  the  President  was  only  half-hearted,  and  hesitated 
to  use  promptly  the  means  at  his  command.  There  were 
attempts,  during  the  winter,  both  in  and  out  of  Congress,  to 
arrange  matters ;  but  nothing  came  of  these  movements, 
and  the  country  drifted  rapidly  into  civil  war. 

9.  Affairs  were  meanwhile  drawing  to  a  crisis  in  Charles 
ton  Harbor.  Anderson,  with  some  sixty  men,  abandoned 
Fort  Moultrie,  and  occupied  the  more  important  post  of 
Fort  Sumter.  At  different  points  on  the  harbor  shore,  and 


FOBT   8UMTEE. 

at  Fort  Moultrie,  the  Carolinians  planted  cannon  command 
ing  the  harbor  and  Fort  Sumter.  Anderson  being  short  of 
provisions,  and  needing  re-enforcements,  the  steamship  Star 
of  the  West  was  sent  from  New  York  with  supplies,  and  a 
detachment  of  250  men  to  his  assistance.  At  the  mouth  of 
the  harbor  she  was  fired  on  by  the  Carolina  batteries,  and 
compelled  to  return.  This  was  on  the  9th  of  January,  1861. 
In  this  state  of  affairs,  marked  by  vigor  and  decision  at  the 

8.  How  did  the  President  act  during  all  this  time?  Who  warned  him,  and  with 
What  result?  What  was  Cass's  conduct?  What  was  the  character  of  Buchanan's 
cabinet  ?  What  was  the  situation  of  the  army  and  navy  ?  What  was  the  chief  diffi 
culty  ?  What  is  said  of  the  attempts  to  harmonize  the  North  and  South  ? 


310  BUCHANAN'S  ADMINISTEATION. 

South,  and  irresolution  at  the  North,  Mr.  Buchanan's  term 
drew  to  a  close. 


SECTION  V. 

GENERAL   REFLECTIONS    ON    THE    CAUSES   OF    THE    CIVIL    WAR. 

1.  As  we  have  now  nearly  reached  the  beginning  of  the 
Civil  War,  it  becomes  necessary  to  review,  in  a  brief  way, 
the  most  striking  events  in  that  long  line  which  led  to  this 
great  calamity.     We  have  seen  that  negro  slavery  in  the 
United  States  began  in  1620  Avith  the  importation  of  slaves 
by  a  Dutch  vessel  into  the  colony  at  Jamestown.     The  use 
of  slaves  was  not  confined  to  Virginia,  but  was  encouraged, 
in  course  of  time,  in  all  the  thirteen  colonies.     It  will  be  re 
membered  that  the  Puritans  of  New  England  enslaved  the 
Indians  at  the  close  of  the  Pequod  and  King  Philip's  Wars. 

2.  Negro  slavery,  during  the  colonial  times,  spread  and 
increased  more  rapidly  in  the  South,  because  the  climate 
there  was  warmer,  the  soil  in  many  places  richer,  and  be 
cause  tobacco,  which,  until  the  close  of  the  Revolution,  was 
the  chief  production,  needed  cheap   labor  for  its  cultiva 
tion.     The   distribution  of  slaves  throughout  the  original 
thirteen  states,  together  with  Tennessee  and  Kentucky,  will 
best  be  seen  from  the  following  table,  drawn  up  in  1790, 
seven  years  after  the  close  of  the  Revolutionary  War. 


New  Hampshire 158 

Rhode  Island 952 

Connecticut 2,759 

Massachusetts none. 

New  York 21 ,344 


Maryland 1 03,036 

Virginia 293,427 

North  Carolina 1 00, r>72 

South  Carolina 107.094 

Georgia 29,26t 


New  Jersey 1 1,423  i  Tennessee 3,41 7 


Pennsylvania 3, 737 

Delaware 8,887 


Kentucky 1 1,830 

Total 697,897 


9.  Where  were  affairs  drawing  to  a  crisis  ?  What  was  the  situation  of  things  there  ? 
What  attempt  was  made  to  re-enforce  Anderson  and  provision  the  fort?  and  with 
what  success  ?  When  was  this  ? 

1.  What  review  now  becomes  necessary  ?    What  has  already  been  seen  elsewhere  ? 
Was  slavery  in  this  way  confined  to  Virginia?    How  do  we  know  that  the  holding 
of  slaves  was  not  regarded  with  abhorrence  in  the  Northern  colonies? 

2.  Why  did  negro  slavery  spread  more  extensively  in  the  South  ?    What  was  the 
whole  number  of  slaves  in  the  year  1790  ?    What  state  had  none  ?    What  great  Mid 
dle  State  in  proportion  to  its  size  had  the  smallest  number  ?    Which  four  states  had 
the  greatest  number?    Give  the  comparisons  regarding  the  increase  of  slaves. 


CAUSES     OF    THE    CIVIL    WAR.  317 

From  this  it  will  be  noticed  that  from  1620  till  1790,  a  peri 
od  of  170  years,  the  number  increased  from  20  to  700,000. 
Of  these  it  is  supposed  that  300,000  at  least  were  imported 
directly  from  Africa.  From  1790  to  1860,  a  period  of  70 
years,  the  number  increased  from  700,000  to  4,000,000  ;  and 
we  must  remember  that  the  importation  of  slaves  was  for 
bidden  after  the  year  1808. 

3.  After  the  year  1793,  the  cultivation  of  cotton  as  a  great 
staple  became  possible  by  the  remarkable  invention  of  Whit 
ney's  cotton  gin.     The  exportation  began  almost  immedi 
ately  after  this,  and  thus  the  two  great  exported  staples  of 
the  Southern  States  came  now  to  be  tobacco  and  cotton. 
Through  these  the  interests  of  the  South  in  slave  labor  kept 
growing  stronger  and  stronger.     On  the  other  hand,  in  the 
North,  becoming  populous  by  free  immigration,  the  opposi 
tion  to  slavery  steadily  increased.     The  South,  previous  to 
this  new  era  introduced  by  the  cotton  gin — that  is,  until  the 
close  of  the  decade  following  the  Revolution — was  far  from 
being  a  unit  on  the   question  of  slavery.     No   one  spoke 
more  strongly  against  it  than  the  great  Virginian,  Thomas 
Jefferson.     When,  as  late  as  1784,  Virginia  ceded  her  rights 
to  Western  territory,  it  was  Thomas  Jefferson  who,  in  Con 
gress,  brought  forward  the  proposition  that  all  this  great 
domain  should  be  sacred  to  free  labor. 

4.  As  the  Northern  States  increased  more  rapidly  in  pop 
ulation,  the  efforts  of  Southern  statesmen  were,  on  this  ac 
count,  constantly  directed  toward  keeping  up  the  balance 
of  power ;   that  is,  in  trying  to  prevent  the  admission  of 
more  Free  States  than  Slave  States.     By  these  efforts  they 
Avere  able  for  a  long  time  to  keep  the  Senate  equally  bal 
anced,  because  there   were    only   two    senators  from  each 
state;  but  they  could  not  prevent  the  Free  States  from 
gaining,  through  their  population,  a  majority  in  the  House 
of  Representatives. 

3.  What  remarkable  invention  was  made  in  1703?    How  did  this  affect  the  indus 
try  and  productions  of  the  South  ?  What  is  said  of  the  relation  of  the  North  to  slave 
labor?    What  is  said  of  the  early  opinions  in  the  South  with  regard  to  slave  labor? 

4.  In  what  way  did  Southern  statesmen  try  to  offset  the  increase  in  population  of 
the  North?    What  did  they  accomplish  ?    Why  were  they  not  able  to  keep  up  this 
balance  in  the  House  of  Representatives? 


318  GENERAL    EEFLECTIONS. 

5.  To  illustrate  how  carefully  this  admission  of  Free  and 
Slave  States  was  watched  and  regulated,  we  will  notice  the 
condition  of  things  at  three  different  dates — 1819-1845,  and 
1848.     At  the  close  of  the  year  1819  there  were  twenty-two 
states,  equally  divided — eleven  to  the  North,  eleven  to  the 
South.     The  Northern  States  were  New  Hampshire,  Massa 
chusetts,  Rhode  Island,  Connecticut,  Vermont,  New  York, 
Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,   Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois.      The 
Southern  were  Delaware,  Maryland,  Virginia,  North  Caro 
lina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Tennessee,  Kentucky,  Alaba 
ma,  Mississippi,  Louisiana. 

6.  In  1845  there  were  twenty-six  states.     Missouri  and 
Florida,  two  slaveholding   states,  balanced  the    two   non- 
slaveholding  states,  Maine  and  Michigan.     Though  the  bal 
ance  of  states  was  thus  preserved,  the  preponderance  of  pop 
ulation  was  with  the  North,  for  there  was  an  immense  terri 
tory  there  rapidly  filling  with  settlers :  on  the  other  hand, 
the  area  of  Southern  territory  Avas  exhausted.     To  meet  this 
want,  and  at  the  same  time  retain  the  equal  number  of  Free 
and  Slave  States,  Texas,  in  1848,  was  admitted,  with  her  vast 
territory  secured  by  the  war;  Wisconsin,  a  Free  State,  was 
admitted  shortly  after.    Now  there  were  30  states,  15  North 
ern,  15  Southern.     Shortly  after  the  close  of  the  Mexican 
War,  California,  Oregon,  and  Minnesota  admitted,  gave  a 
majority  to  the  North  of  three  states,  and  in  Congress  a  ma 
jority  of  six  senators  and  sixty  representatives. 

7.  We  are  now  able  to  understand  the  object  of  those  long 
struggles  for  power  in  and  out  of  Congress  which  ended  at 
last  in  civil  war. 

These  were  principally — 

1.  The  contest  on  the  admission  of  Missouri  as  a  slave 
state,  ending  in  the  Missouri  Compromise  Act — 1820 — Mon 
roe's  administration. 

5.  For  what  purpose  are  the  three  dates,  1819,  1845,  1848,  choseu?    How  many 
states  were  there  in  1819,  and  how  divided?    Which  of  these  were  admitted  after 
the  Revolution  ? 

6.  What  was  the  number  of  states  in  1845?    What  states  had  been  admitted  since 
1810,  and  how  divided  ?    What  is  said  of  the  real  balance  of  power  between  the  two 
sections  of  the  Union.    In  what  way  was  this  remedied  in  1848  ?    What  was  now  the 
number,  and  how  divided  ?    How  did  the  admission  of  California,  Oregon,  and  Min 
nesota  affect  the  question  of  supremacy  ? 


CAUSES    OF    THE    CIVIL    WAR.  319 

2.  The  opposition  of  the  South  to  the  TARIFF,  which  they 
said  was  making  the  North  rich  at  their  expense— 1828 — 
Adams's  administration,  and  onward. 

3.  The  doctrine  of  NULLIFICATION  and  STATE  RIGHTS,  al 
most  ending  in   secession  and  war— 1832  — Jackson's    ad 
ministration. 

4.  The  ANNEXATION  OF  TEXAS,  and,  as  a  result, WAB  with 
MEXICO— 1846— Tyler's   administration;    1846-48 — Folk's 
administration. 

5.  The  COMPROMISE  ACT  OF  1850,  called  also  the  Omnibus 
Act — Fillmore's  administration— involving 

6.  THE  KANSAS  NEBRASKA  STRUGGLE,  through  the  aboli 
tion  of  the  Missouri  Compromise,  thus  permitting  the  peo 
ple  of  new  territories  to  determine  the  question  of  slavery 
in  them,  under  what  was  known  as  the  doctrine  of  popular 
or  squatter  sovereignty— 1853— Pierce' s  administration. 

This  was  the  crisis  of  the  struggle ;  and  when  in  this  the 
North  gained  the  victory,  the  contest  in  Congress  for  power 
was  seen  to  be  virtually  at  an  end.  The  South  felt  that  there 
was  nothing  left  for  them  but  secession  from  a  Union  that 
they  no  longer  loved ;  and  the  North  determined  that  the 
Union  should  not  be  broken  up.  What  could  come  of  this 
but  war  ? 

8.  But  the  Southern  leaders,  while  preparing  for  war,  re 
peatedly  expressed  their  firm  belief  that  the  North  would 
not  fight,  and  that  the  separation  would  be  a  peaceful  one ; 
that,  moreover,  the  North  was  disunited ;  and  that,  last  and 
best  of  all,  England  and  France  would  be  on  their  side,  be 
cause  the  greater  part  of  the  cotton  produce  of  the  world 
was  in  the  South,  and  Europe  needed  this  for  her  factories. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  North  felt  equally  sure  that  the  South 
did  not  mean  war,  because  they  thought  the  South  would 
never  take  up  arms  with  4,000,000  of  slaves  in  their  midst. 
They  therefore  treated  the  threats  of  the  South  as  mere  idle 
menace,  and  regarded  their  bitterness  of  feeling  as  arising 
out  of  their  loss  of  power,  which  bitterness  time  would  soon 

7.  What  do  we  learn  from  this  review?    Name  those  that  are  mentioned.    De- 
pcribe  each  in  turn.    What  was  the  turning-point  of  the  long  struggle  ?    What  was 
felt  when  this  came  ?    State  the  feelings  of  the  South  and  North  when  this  occurred. 


320  GENERAL    REFLECTIONS. 

remove.  Each  section  was  grievously  mistaken  about  the 
feelings  of  the  other,  and  a  single  spark  was  all  that  was 
needed  to  fire  the  magazine. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— 1849-1861. 

1.  How  was  Harrison  distinguished  before  he  became  President  ? 

2.  When,  and  in  what  way,  did  California  become  a  source  of  contention? 

3.  What  was  the  object,  and  what  were  the  chief  points  of  the  Omnibus  Bill  ? 

4.  What  important  event  occurred  during  the  discussion  of  the  bill  ? 

5.  Who  succeeded  Harrison  ? 

6.  How  did  the  Compromise  operate  when  put  in  force  ? 

7.  Who  was  President  Fillmore? 

8.  Give  the  principal  events  of  his  administration  ? 

9.  What  misunderstanding  occurred  with  England  in  1852? 

10.  How  was  this  settled  ? 

11.  What  expedition  was  sent  out  in  Fillmore's  administration? 

12.  Describe  Senator  Douglas's  remarkable  bill  of  1853. 

13.  How  was  it  received  in  Congress  and  by  the  country? 

14.  WThat  took  place  during  the  excitement  of  the  discussion,  as  evincing  the  feel 
ings  of  the  people  ? 

15.  What  was  the  state  of  public  feeling  during  the  election  of  1854? 
1C.  What  party  came  into  existence  then  ?  and  state  its  principles. 

17.  Sketch  the  principles  of  the  other  political  parties. 

18.  Which  views  triumphed,  and  how? 

19.  Who  was  Buchanan  ? 

20.  What  were  the  chief  events  of  his  administration? 

21.  Give  the  history  of  the  Kansas  question  ? 

22.  How  was  this  complicated  by  the  action  of  some  of  the  Free  States? 

23.  What  was  the  great  contest  during  Buchanan's  administration? 

24.  Give  the  particulars  of  John  Brown's  raid,  and  the  effect  it  produced. 

25.  How  did  all  this  affect  the  Presidential  canvass? 

2C.  State  the  particulars  of  the  Conventions  at  Charleston  and  elsewhere? 

27.  What  followed  the  election  of  Lincoln,  and  how  soon  ? 

28.  State  the  ground  of  secession  as  given  by  the  South. 

29.  Name  the  first  Confederate  States,  and  give  account  of  their  organization. 

30.  What  is  said  of  the  movements  in  the  South? 

31.  What  did  Buchanan  do  ? 

32.  What  attempts  were  made  to  compromise  the  quarrel? 

33.  Sketch  the  movements  in  Charleston  Harbor  ? 

8.  What  arguments  did  the  Southern  leaders  give  why  secession  would  not  lead  to 
war  ?    What  views  prevailed  at  the  North  ?    What  it  said  of  the  mutual  mistake  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1861. 


021 


CHAPTEE  IX. 

LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. -CIVIL  WAR.— 1861-1865. 

SECTION  I. 

EVENTS    OP    1861. 

1.  THE  history  of  Abraham  Lincoln,  the  new  president,  fur 
nishes  a  striking  proof  of  the  fact 

that,  in  the  United  States,  pover 
ty  prevents  no  citizen  from  rising 
to  the  highest  position  in  the  gift 
of  the  people.  In  the  year  1818 
his  father  moved  from  Kentucky 
into  Indiana,  where,  at  the  age 
of  eight  years,  young  Lincoln, 
axe  in  hand,  assisted  in  clearing 
away  the  forest.  His  entire 
school  education,  until  manhood, 
did  not  amount  to  more  than 
one  year.  At  the  age  of  twenty- 
one  he  removed  to  Illinois,  where, 
while  keeping  a  store,  he  studied 
law,  borrowing  each  evening  the 
law-books,  and  returning  them  in  the  morning.  He  was 
chosen  to  the  Legislature,  became  a  lawyer,  was  sent  as  rep 
resentative  to  Congress,  and,  in  a  canvass  for  the  position 
of  United  States  Senator,  was  defeated  by  Judge  Douglas. 
It  was  this  contest  that  brought  him  prominently  before  the 
country,  and  led  the  way  to  his  nomination  as  President. 

2.  Attack  on  Fort  Sumter. — When  Lincoln  entered  on  his 
duties,  March  4,  Major  Anderson  was  still  in  possession  of 
Fort   Sumter.      The   Confederates   heard  that  the  United 

1.  Of  what  does  Lincoln's  life  form  an  illustration  ?  What  is  said  of  his  early  life, 
and  of  his  studies  after  he  reached  manhood  ?  What  positions  did  he  fill  2  What 
led  to  his  nomination  to  the  presidency? 

O  2 


PRESIDENT    LINCOLN. 


322 

States  government  would  re-enforce  and  provision  the  fort 
at  all  risks ;  they  therefore  determined  to  capture  it  before 
this  could  be  done.  On  the  morning  of  April  12,  they  open 
ed  fire  from  their  batteries,  and  the  bombardment  was  con 
tinued  for  34  hours.  At  the  end  of  that  time  many  of  the 
guns  in  the  fort  were  dismantled,  and  the  handful  of  men 
composing  the  garrison  was  so  utterly  worn  out,  that  An 
derson  was  compelled  to  surrender,  No  lives  were  lost  on 
either  side  during  the  attack. 

3.  The  telegraph  published  throughout  the  country  the 
news  of  the  bombardment,  and  its  result.     In  the  South,  and 
particularly  in  South  Carolina,  the  people  were  wild  with 
joy.     At  the  North  the  news  was  generally  received  with 
astonishment  and  profound  indignation.     It  was  plain  now 
that  war  had  begun.     There  was  no  longer  any  doubt  as  to 
what  the   South    meant,  and   75,000    volunteers  for  three 
months  sprang  to  arms  at  the  call  of  President  Lincoln, 
April  14.     The  attack  on  Fort  Sumtcr  united  the  South  as 
well  as  the  North.     States  that  had  before  hesitated  soon 
joined  the   Confederacy — Virginia   on   the  17th  of  April; 
Arkansas,  May  6 ;  North  Carolina,  May  20 ;  and  on  the  20th 
of  June,  Tennessee,  making  the  number  of  Confederate  States 
eleven.     Missouri  and  Kentucky  remained  neutral. 

4.  Virginia  had  scarcely  passed  the  act  of  secession  when 
250  of  her  militia  were  sent  to  seize  the  United  States  Arse 
nal  at  Harper's  Ferry.     The  officer  in  command,  on  their  ap 
proach,  April  18,  destroyed  a  portion   of  the  muskets,  set 
fire  to  the  buildings,  and  retreated  north  into  Pennsylvania. 
At  the  same  time  the  Virginians  were  planning  to  surprise 
the  great  navy  yard  at  Norfolk.     Hearing  this,  the  officer 
in  command,  without  waiting  to  strike  a  blow  for  its  de 
fense,  spiked  the  cannon,  scuttled  or  burned  the  war-ships, 
and  set  fire  to  the  buildings.      Notwithstanding  this  de 
struction,  April  20,  the  Confederates  obtained  nearly  2000 

2.  What  was  the  state  of  affairs  in  Charleston  Harbor  in  March  ?  On  what  did  the 
Confederates  resolve,  and  why?  When  was  the  bombardment  begun?  What  is 
said  of  its  continuance,  and  the  result? 

8.  How  was  the  news  received  in  the  South  ?  How  at  the  North  ?  What  did  the 
people  of  the  North  at  last  realize  ?  How  did  they  show  their  spirit  and  determina 
tion  ?  What  movements  took  place  in  the  South  ?  Name  all  the  Confederate  States 
in  June,  1801.  What  two  states  remained  neutral  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1861. 


323 


cannon,  besides  a  vast  amount  of  stores ;  arid  they  afterward 
raised  some  of  the  vessels  that  had  been  sunk.  The  United 
States  property  destroyed  and  captured  here  was  valued  at 
ten  millions  of  dollars. 


DESTRUCTION  OF  THE  NAVY   YABD  AT  NOBFOLK. 

5.  Washington  was  threatened  by  the  Confederate  troops, 
but  help  was  approaching  from  the  North.  On  the  17th  of 
April,  only  two  days  after  the  President's  proclamation,  the 
Sixth  Massachusetts  Regiment  left  Boston  for  the  capital. 
On  the  19th,  while  passing  through  the  streets  of  Baltimore, 
it  was  attacked  by  a  secession  mob,  and  three  soldiers  were 
killed  and  eight  wounded.  It  made  its  way,  however,  to  the 
capital,  where  it  was  soon  joined  by  other  regiments  from 
the  Northern  States.  For  the  present  the  capital  was  safe, 
and  President  Lincoln,  May  3,  made  a  call  for  83,000  men 

4.  In  what  way  did  Virginia  first  show  her  zeal?  Against  what  other  important 
point  did  her  troops  move  ?  What  was  the  conduct  of  the  United  States  officer  at 
thnt  place  ?  How  did  the  Confederacy  profit  by  this  capture  ?  To  what  extent  were 
the  United  States  losers  ? 


324 


LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


VICINITY    OF   FOBTEE88  AICKNKOE. 


for  the  army  and  navy,  to  serve  during  the  war.     The  troops 
were  speedily  raised. 

6.  The  War  in  Virginia. — The  United  States  government 
held  possession  of  Fortress  Mon 
roe,  at  the  entrance  to  the  Chesa 
peake.  General  B.  F.  Butler,  of 
Massachusetts,  was  stationed  here 
in  May,  with  a  force  increased 
presently  to  12,000  men.  A  de 
tachment  from  General  Magruder's 
army  of  8000  Confederates  was  en 
camped  so  near  the  fort  that  they 
became  troublesome.  In  attempt 
ing  to  dislodge  them  at  Big  Beth 
el,  a  party  of  the  Union  troops  was 
defeated  June  10th. 

7.  A  force,  composed  principally 
of  Ohio  and  Indiana  men,  was  sent,  under  General  M'Clellan, 
into  Western  Virginia.  He  pushed  the  Confederates  so  vig 
orously  that  they  were  beaten  at  Philippi  on  June  3d,  and 
again  at  Rich  Mountain  on  the  llth  of  July.  A  few  days 
after,  at  Carrick's  Ford,  on  Cheat  River,  General  Garnett,  the 
Confederate,  made  a  stand,  but  was  himself  killed,  and  his 
troops  were  compelled  to  flee.  In  the  latter  of  these  battles 
M'Clellan  was  assisted  by  an  able  officer,  Colonel  Rosecrans. 
On  August  10,  Rosecrans,  now  made  a  general,  assaulted  Gen 
eral  Floyd,  the  late  Union  Secretary  of  War,  now  at  the  head 
of  a  Confederate  force,  at  Carnifex  Ferry,  on  the  Gauley  Riv 
er,  and  compelled  him  to  retreat.  At  Cheat  Mountain,  the 
Confederates,  under  Robert  E.  Lee,  were  repulsed  September 
14th,  and  shortly  the  enemy  retired  from  Western  Virginia. 
8.  The  Union  forces  at  Washington  crossed  the  Potomac 

5.  What  city  was  threatened  by  the  Confederates?    What  was  the  first  assistance 
that  came  to  it  from  the  North  ?    What  occurred  on  its  march  ?    How  was  Washing., 
ton  saved  ?    What  call  was  made  by  the  President,  and  how  was  it  met  ? 

6.  What  important  place  in  Virginia  remained  in  the  hands  of  the  government? 
What  force  was  here  in  June  ?    Describe  the  skirmish  that  took  place  not  far  from 
this? 

7.  What  occurred  in  Western  Virginia  in  May  ?  Who  commanded  the  Union  troops  ? 
What  other  officer  distinguished  himself  there?    What  took  place  at  the  Gauley 
River?    What  was  the  result  of  all  these  successes  ?    Where  is  Philippi  ?  Romney  ? 
Cheat  Mountain? 


EVENTS    OF    1861. 


325 


CAMPAIGN  IN  WESTERN  VIRGINIA. 


and  occupied  Alexandria,  nine  miles  below  Washington,  May 
23,  General  M'Dowell  in  command.  The  Confederate  army, 
under  General  Beauregard  (bo-ra  gard),  was  encamped,  to 
ward  the  end  of  June,  at  Manassas  Junction,  27  miles  from 
Alexandria.  As  the  Confederate  government  was  about  to 
assemble  at  Richmond,  the  new  capital,  on  the  20th  of  July, 
it  was  deemed  necessary  by  the  United  States  government 
to  make  a  forward  movement.  M'Dowell  accordingly  ad 
vanced,  and,  on  the  21st  of  July,  attacked  Beauregard  at 
Bull  Run,  a  small  stream  in  front  of  the  enemy.  The  force 
on  each  side  was  between  20,000  and  30,000. 

9.  The  fighting  in  the  forenoon  was  favorable  to  the 
Unionists.  As  the  day  wore  on,  the  enemy  received  re- 
enforcements  under  General  Joseph  E.  Johnston,  and  these 
turned  the  tide  of  battle.  M'Dowell's  troops  were  seized 
with  panic,  and  fled  in  great  disorder,  leaving  behind  them 
nearly  1500  killed  and  wounded,  and  as  many  more  prison- 

8.  What  movement  was  made  by  the  Union  troops  at  Washington?  Where  was 
the  Confederate  army  lying?  Where,  when,  and  by  whom  were  they  attacked? 
Where  is  TSnll  "Run?  Alexandria?  Mamissa?  Junction? 


326 


LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


THE   BATTLE   OF   BULL   RUN. 


ers.  Beauregard  did  not 
pursue ;  had  he  done  so, 
he  might  have  entered 
Washington,  so  great 
was  the  confusion.  As 
this  was  the  first  impor 
tant  battle  between  the 
two  armies,  the  defeat 
at  first  greatly  depress 
ed  the  spirits  of  the 
North.  The  disgrace 
was  all  the  harder  to 
bear  when  it  became 
known  how  the  Confed 
erates  were  re-enforced 
at  so  fortunate  a  mo- 
menf.  General  Patter 
son,  with  20,000  men, 
had  been  ordered  to  watch  General  Joseph  E.  Johnston,  who 
had  just  been  forced  to  evacuate  Harper's  Ferry,  and  pre 
vent  him  from  joining  Beauregard  at  Manassas.  Instead 
of  this,  he  permitted  Johnston  to  slip  away  from  him  to 
Bull  Run. 

10.  After  the  battle,  General  M'Clellan  was  brought  from 
Western  Virginia  to  take  command  at  Washington.  Con 
gress  ordered  a  levy  of  500,000  men,  and  the  spirit  of  the 
people  was  such  that  this  force  was  soon  raised.  M'Clellan 
was  busy  organizing  and  drilling  these  recruits  during  the 
fall  and  winter.  The  only  noticeable  event  in  the  Potomac 
Army  during  the  fall  was  the  disaster  at  Ball's  Bluff,  on  the 
Potomac,  near  Leesburg,  Virginia,  October  21st.  Colonel 
Baker,  United  States  senator  from  Oregon,  at  the  head  of 
nearly  2000  men,  was  sent  by  General  Stone  across  the  river 
at  Edwards' s  Ferry,  to  attack  General  Evans  at  Leesburg. 
Here  he  was  overpowered,  himself  killed,  and  his  troops 
driven  to  the  river  side,  where  a  great  number  were  dro \vri- 


9.  Describe  the  battle  of  Bull  Run.  What  was  the  Union  loss  ?  What  opportuni 
ty  did  Beauregard  lose?  What  effect  was  produced  at  the  North  by  tbe  defeat? 
What  made  this  felt  more  bitterly? 


EVENTS    OF    1861. 


327 


HARPER'S  FERRY. 

ed  trying  to  cross  to  the  Maryland  side,  sufficient  boats  not 
having  been  provided  in  view  of  disaster.  The  loss  was 
very  severe:  only  1100  oiit  of  1900  men  returned. 

11.  Events  in  Missouri. — Although  Missouri  had  not  join 
ed  the  Confederate  States,  the  secessionists  were  making 
powerful  efforts  to  carry  her  out  of  the  Union.  A  secession 
camp,  named  Camp  Jackson,  was  formed  near  St.  Louis,  in 
May,  but  was  broken  up  by  the  activity  of  Captain  Lyor., 
a  United  States  officer.  By  this  prompt  movement  the 
arsenal  at  St.  Louis  was  saved.  Large  bodies  of  Confed 
erates  poured  into  Southwest  Missouri,  where  there  were 
important  lead  mines,  very  necessary  to  their  armies.  On 
the  17th  of  June,  Lyon,  now  general,  defeated  Governor 
Jackson  at  Booneville.  The  governor  was  again  beaten  at 

10.  Who  was  appointed  to  the  command  of  the  army  round  Washington?  How 
many  men  were  called  for?  How  was  this  call  met  ?  In  what  was  M'Clellan  occu 
pied  ?  What  occurred  on  the  Potomac  during  the  fall  ?  Describe  the  battle  of  Ball's 
Bluff.  Why  was  the  loss  so  heavy  ? 


328 


LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


Carthage  on  the  5th  of  July  by  Colonel  Sigel  (segcl1),  after  a 
severe  engagement. 

12.  On  the  10th  of  August  a  heavy  battle  was  fought  by 

General  Lyon  at 
Wilson's  Creek, 
near  Springfield, 
with  a  superior 
force  of  Confed- 
erates  under 
Generals  M'Cul- 
lough  and  Price. 
Lyon  was  killed, 
but  the  enemy 
were  repulsed. 
After  the  battle 
thellnion  troops 
fell  back  to  Rol- 
la,  near  the  cen 
tre  of  the  state. 
General  Price, 
in  command  of 
20,000  Confed 
erates,  pushed 
westward  to 
ward  Lexington,  on  the  Missouri  River,  held  by  Colonel 
Mulligan  with  2600  men.  After  a  brave  defense,  Mulligan 
surrendered  to  Price  on  the  20th  of  September. 

13.  General  John  C.  Fremont,  appointed  to  the  command 
of  the  Western  Army,  now  drove  General  Price  before  him 
south  through  the  state.     Fremont  reached  Springfield  in 
October,  and  was  preparing  to  attack  the  enemy,  when  he 
was   removed  from  his    command,  November  2.     General 
Hunter  took  his  place ;   and  the  Union  Army,  instead  of 
fighting,  fell  back  to  St.  Louis,  General  Price  following   it. 
General  Halleck  superseded  Hunter  November  18,  and  push- 

11.  What  was  the  state  of  things  in  Missouri  in  May  ?    What  part  of  the  state  was 
particularly  important  to  the  enemy,  and  why?    Mention  the  battles  in  June  and 
July.     Where  is  Booneville?  Carthage? 

12.  Describe  the  battle  of  Wilson's  Creek.    Where  is  this  ?    What  was  tht  result  ? 
What  was  the  next  Confederate  movement,  and  the  result? 


MISSOURI  AND   ARKANSAS. 


EVENTS    OF    1861.  329 

ed  Price  south  toward  Arkansas,  the  latter  leaving  his  pris* 
oners  and  military  stores  on  the  way. 

14.  Kentucky,  like  Missouri,  had  chosen  to  remain  neutral. 
The  Confederate  government  ordered  General  Polk  to  take 
military  possession  of  the  state,  without  regard  to  the  wish 
es  of  its  people.     Polk  at  once  occupied  and  fortified  Colum 
bus,  thus  blockading  the  Mississippi.     Opposite  this,  at  Bel- 
mont,  Missouri,  was  stationed  a  body  of  Confederate  troops. 
On  the  7th  of  November,  General  U.  S.  Grant,  having  moved 
from  Cairo,  Illinois,  with  3000  men,  attacked  the  camp  at 
Belmont,  and  at  first  drove  the  enemy  with  loss  to  the  river. 
But  delay  occurred;  Polk  turned  the  guns  of  Columbus  on 
the  Union  troops,  and  sent  over  re-enforcements.     Grant 
was  then  compelled  to  retreat. 

15.  Events  on  the  Coast  and  at  Sea.— The  Federal  govern 
ment,  on  the  27th  of  April,  ordered  a  blockade  of  all  the  sea 
ports  on  the  Southern  coast.     The  forts  at  the  entrance  to 
nearly  all  these  ports  had  been  seized  by  the  Confederates 
before  the  war  actually  began,  and  it  was  necessary  that 
they  should  be  captured  if  the  blockade  was  to  be  effectual. 
Accordingly,  the  first  movement  was  made  in  August  against 
Hatteras  Inlet,  where  were  two  sand  forts  commanding  the 
entrance  to  Albemarle  and  Pamlico  Sounds.     A  combined 
force,  under  Commodore  Stringham  and  General  Butler,  cap 
tured  them  on  the  29th  of  August. 

16.  The  extent  of  coast  blockaded  by  the  Union  steam 
ships  was  so  great  that  it  became  necessary  to  have  some 
harbor  near  the  centre  of  the  line  where  repairs  could  be 
made,  and  where  military  and  naval  supplies  could  be  stored 
and  obtained.     Port  Royal  Harbor,  South  Carolina,  was  de 
cided  to  be  the  most  desirable.     It  was  defended  by  Forts 
Walker  and  Beauregard,  one  on  Hilton  Head,  the  other  on 
the  opposite  side  of  the  channel.     Commodore  Dnpont  and 

13.  Who  was  made  general  of  the  Union  troops?  What  was  his  success?  Who 
succeeded  him?  State  the  movements  of  both  armies.  Who  superseded  Hunter? 
How  did  Halleck  succeed  ? 

U.  What  is  said  about  Confederate  movements  in  Kentucky?  What  occurred  at 
Belmont  ?  Why  is  the  Belmont  attack  especially  worthy  of  notice  ? 

15.  What  important  measure  was  adopted  by  the  Federal  government?  What 
made  the  enforcement  of  the  blockade  difficult  ?  Whut  important  capture  was  made 
in  August? 


330  LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

General  Thomas  W.  Sherman,  at  the  head  of  a  large  naval 
and  military  expedition,  captured  these,  after  a  brilliant  en 
gagement,  November  7.  Thenceforward  Port  Royal  became 
a  great  depot  for  the  Union  fleets  and  armies. 

1 7.  As  the  blockade  became  more  and  more  close,  it  was 
difficult  for  the  Confederates  to  carry  on  trade  with  foreign 
nations.     There  were  fast-sailing  steamers,  called  blockade- 
runners,  built  in  England  specially  for  this  business,  and 
many  of  them  were  able,  for  a  time,  to  elude  the  American 
cruisers.     In  a  small  steamer,  two  Confederate  commission 
ers,  Mason  and  Slidell,  escaped  from  Charleston  Harbor,  Oc 
tober  12th,  and  reached  Cuba,  whence  they  took  passage  in 
the  British  merchant  steamer  Trent  for  England.     Captain 
Wilkes,  in  the  United  States  steamer  San  Jacinto,  stopped 
the  Trent  at  sea,  boarded  her,  seized  the  two  commissioners 
and  their  secretaries,  and  sailed  with  them  to  Boston  Har 
bor,  where  they  were  imprisoned. 

18.  There  was  great  indignation  in  England  when  the 
news  of  this   seizure    arrived.      The  English   government 
promptly  demanded  satisfaction  for  the  insult  to  her  flag, 
and  required  the  release  of  the  Confederate  commissioners. 
It  was  understood  that  France  agreed  with  Great  Britain  in 
the  propriety  of  these  demands.     In  this  critical  situation, 
Mr.  Seward,  the  American  Secretary  of  State,  hastened  to 
send  word  to  London  that  Captain  Wilkes  had  acted  with 
out  authority,  and  the  commissioners  were  put  on  board  a 
steamer  at  Boston  and  sent  on  their  journey.     Thus  the  dan 
ger  of  war  with  England,  and  possibly  with  France,  which 
the  Confederates  greatly  desired,  was  happily  averted. 

19.  Fort  Pickens  was  situated  on  Santa  Rosa  Island,  op 
posite  Pensacola  Navy  Yard.     The  latter  was  disgracefully 
surrendered  to  the  Confederates  when  they  were   seizing 
forts  and  arsenals ;  but  the  fort  was  saved  to  the  Union  by 
the  courage  and  patriotism  of  a  Union  officer,  Lieutenant 

16.  What  was  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  blockade  effectual  ?    What  was  de 
cided  on  ?    How,  when,  and  by  whom  was  Port  Royal  gained  to  the  Union  arms  ? 

17.  In  what  way  did  the  Confederates  break  through  the  blockade  ?    What  mem 
orable  use  was  made  of  one  of  these  blockade  runners?    State  what  is  said  of  the 
stoppage  of  the  Trent. 

18.  How  did  the  English  look  on  this  conduct  ?   What  demands  were  made  ?    Ho\V 
was  the  danger  of  war  with  England  averted  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1861.  331 

Sleramer.  He  was  succeeded  in  the  command  by  Colonel 
Brown,  who  arrived  with  re-enforcements.  On  a  dark  night, 
October  9,  the  Confederates  came  over  in  force  from  Pensa- 
cola,  and,  after  surprising  and  severely  handling  a  New  York 
regiment,  were  driven  off.  Throughout  the  war,  Fort  Pick- 
ens  firmly  held  guard  over  the  approaches  to  Pensacola. 

20.  Reflections  at  the  Close  of  1861.— The  Confederates  had 
greatly  the  advantage  at  the  commencement  of  the  war. 
They  were  prepared  to  fight.     The  North  did  not  think  the 
South  meant  war,  and  was  surprised.     A  large  part  of  the 
army  and  naval  officers  was  from  the  South,  nearly  all  of 
which  joined  the  Confederates.     The  enemy  thus  had  train 
ed  generals  to  lead  their  armies  from  the  very  first. 

21.  By  the  seizure  of  the  United  States  arsenals  and  navy 
yards  the  Confederates  obtained,  at  the  very  beginning  of 
the  contest,  a  great  quantity  of  cannon  and  small-arms.     At 
Norfolk  alone  they  captured  2000  guns.     In  population,  and 
money,  and  industry,  and  machinery,  however,  the  North 
had  greatly  the  advantage  ;  and  it  became  tolerably  plain, 
after  the  end  of  the  first  year,  that  it  would  be  a  war  in 
Avhich  the  North  would  win,  if  both  sections  were  left  to 
fight  it  out.     Would  they  be  left  alone?     That  was  the 
question.     The  Confederates  hoped  and  believed  that  En 
gland  and  France  would  interfere,  and  this  expectation  very 
powerfully  sustained  them. 

22.  In  1861,  the  North  suffered  serious  reverses  in  the  loss 
of  Norfolk,  of  Harper's  Ferry,  in  the  battle  of  Bull  Run,  and 
in  the  severe  check  at  Ball's  Bluff.     Much,  however,  had 
been  gained.     Missouri  was  saved  to  the  Union  after  hard 
fighting.     Western  Virginia  had  been  preserved  in  the  same 
way.     The  rapidly  increasing  navy  had  made  the  blockade 
effectual.     The  army,  augmented  by  numerous  levies  to  a 
million  of  men,  was  being  drilled  for  future  operations.    The 

19.  Where  was  Fort  Pickens  situated?    Was  this  in  possession  of  the  Confeder 
ates?    Why  not?    Who  was  sent  to  command  there?    What  happened  there  in 
October  ? 

20.  What  remark  is  made  regarding  the  North  and  South  at  the  commencement  of 
the  war?    State  what  advantage  the  South  had  in  officers. 

'21.  How  and  to  what  extent  had  the  South  been  supplied  with  arms?  In  what 
had  the  North  a  superiority  ?  What  was  plain  at  the  end  of  1861  ?  What  buoyed  m? 
the  hopes  of  the  Confederates  ? 


332  LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

South  was  also  active,  and  was  straining  every  nerve  in 
preparation  for  the  struggle  of  the  next  year. 

REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— 1861. 

1.  What  led  to  the  attack  on  Fort  Sumter? 

2.  What  eft'ect  was  produced  on  the  North  and  South  by  the  attack? 

3.  Name  the  Confederate  States  after  June  20, 1861. 

4.  How  did  Virginia  show  her  activity? 

5.  What  results  followed? 

6.  How  was  the  capital  saved  from  attack? 

7.  How  was  West  Virginia  preserved  to  the  Union  ? 

8.  What  officers  first  acquired  celebrity  here  ? 

9.  What  led  to  the  battle  of  Bull  Run  ? 

10.  Describe  the  battle,  and  the  results. 

11.  How  was  Missouri  saved  to  the  Union  ? 

12.  What  distinguished  men  appear  in  the  Missouri  campaign? 

13.  State  the  plan  of  military  movements  in  1S61. 

14.  Sketch  the  general  condition  of  affairs,  North  and  South,  at  the  close  of  the 
year. 


SECTION  II. 

EVENTS    OP    1862. 

1.  AT  the  beginning  of  the  year  1862  the  war  had  assumed 
immense  proportions.     It  was  no  longer  to  be  carried  on  by 
one  or  two  small  armies  acting  without  concert,  but  through 
a  wide,  yet  connected  series  of  naval  and  military  opera 
tions,  some  of  them  at  points  more  than  a  thousand  miles 
apart.     The  great  objects  to  be  accomplished  by  these  fleets 
and  armies  were  chiefly,  in  the  West  and  extreme  South,  the 
opening  of  the  Mississippi  River  to  the  Union  armies ;  in  the 
East,  the  capture  of  Richmond,  now  the  Confederate  capi 
tal;  and  the  thorough  blockade  of  the  Southern  coast. 

2.  In  the  West,  General  Buell  was  in  command  of  an  army, 
the  headquarters  of  which  were  at  Louisville ;  General  Plal- 
leck,  with  another  army,  lay  farther  west,  with  his  headquar 
ters  at  St.  Louis.     In  addition  to  these,  a  large  fleet  of  river 
steamers  and  gun-boats,  under  Commodore  Foote,  was  at 
Cairo,  at  the  junction  of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi,  waiting 
to  assist  in  the  impending  military  movements  in  that  quar- 

22.  State  the  reverses  endured  by  the  North  in  1361.  Show,  on  the  other  hand, 
how  much  had  been  gained.  How  were  the  North  busy  at  the  close  of  the  war? 
What  is  said  of  the  South  in  the  same  connection  ? 

1.  How  did  the  preparations  for  the  year  1862  compare  with  those  of  1861  ?  What 
did  the  government  aim  to  accomplish  by  these  preparations? 


EVENTS    OF    1862.  333 

ter.  There  were  also  operations  in  progress  against  the  ex 
treme  South.  A  combined  naval  and  military  expedition, 
under  Captain  Farragut  and  General  B.  F.  Butler,  was  pre 
paring  to  enter  the  Lower  Mississippi  from  its  mouth  and 
capture  the  city  of  New  Orleans.  The  expedition  was  thus 
to  form  a  part  in  the  great  plan  for  the  opening  of  that  river. 

3.  In  the  East,  General  M'Clellan  lay  along  the  Potomac 
with  more  than  150,000  men,  getting  ready  to  move  against 
Richmond ;  and  an  expedition,  under  General  Burnside  and 
Commodore  Goldsborough,  was  already  on  its  way  to  attack 
the  forts  on  Roanoke  Island,  on  the  coast  of  North  Carolina. 
The  plan  of  military  operations  for  the  year,  although  on  a 
great  scale,  was  very  simple.     By  order  of  President  Lin 
coln,  all  the  armies  were  required  to  move  forward  on  the 
22d  of  February,  and  crush  the  Confederacy  by  their  com 
bined  movements.     Those  in.  the  West  began  a  little  in  ad 
vance  of  this  time,  and  will  be  noticed  under 

4.  Operations  in  Kentucky,  West  Tennessee,  and  Mississippi. 
— On  the  9th  of  January,  Colonel  Garfield,  after  a  brilliant 
engagement,  routed  Humphrey  Marshall,  at  the  head  of  a 
Confederate  force,  on  the  Big  Sandy  River,  in  Eastern  Ken 
tucky.     On  the  19th,  General  Thomas,  with  severe  fighting, 
defeated  and  drove   the  Confederates  from  Mill  Spring,  a 
strong  place  in  the  same  part  of  the  state.     This  was  in  the 
department  of  General  Buell. 

5.  In  Western  Kentucky,  in  the   department  of  General 
Halleck,  the  enemy  had  forts  at  Columbus  on  the  Mississip 
pi,  and  at  Bowling  Green  on  the  Big  Barren  River.     South 
of  these,  in  West  Tennessee,  there  were  Fort  Henry  on  the 
Tennessee,  and  Fort  Donelson  on  the  Cumberland.     If  we 
examine  the  map,  we  shall  see  how  these  opposed  the  march 
of  the  Union  troops.     General  Halleck  determined  to  pierce 
this  line  by  capturing  Forts  Henry  and  Donelson,  which 
he  could  easily  reach  by  water,  on  account  of  the  peculiar 

2.  What  two  great  armies  lay  west  of  the  Cumberland  Mountains?    In  what  Avay 
were  the  movements  of  these  to  be  assisted?    What  expedition  was  preparing  to 
enter  the  South  from  the  Gulf?    Of  what  general  plan  did  this  form  a  part  ? 

3.  What  great  army  was  in  the  East  ?    State  its  object.    What  preparations  were 
already  made  for  the  more  perfect  blockade  of  the  coast  ?    How  were  the  first  move 
ments  of  their  armies  regulated  ?    What  operations  anticipated  this  date  ? 

4.  What  were  the  Union  successes  in  Kentucky  in  the  beginning  of  the  year? 


334 


LINCOLN  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


\  w^  A^~ 

\  SffiHATTANtiOGA    .0^ 


KENTUCKY  AND   WEST  TENNESSEE. 


course  of  the  Tennessee  and  Cumberland  Rivers.  If  he 
proved  successful  in  this,  he  clearly  saw  that  Nashville,  the 
capital  of  the  state,  would  fall  into  his  hands,  and  the  Con 
federates  would  be  forced  to  evacuate  Bowling  Green  and 
Columbus.  The  first  point  of  attack  was  Fort  Henry. 

6.  Commodore  Foote,  with  his  gun-boats,  was  sent  up  the 
Tennessee,  and  General  Grant,  with  the  troops,  was  ordered 
to  proceed  by  land.  Before  the  latter  could  get  his  men 
near  enough  to  surround  the  works,  the  commander  of  the 
fort  surrendered  to  Commodore  Foote,  after  a  heavy  bom 
bardment  by  the  gun-boats,  February  6.  Nearly  all  the 
garrison,  to  the  number  of  three  thousand,  escaped  to  Fort 
Donelson. 

V.  Although  the  latter  was  only  twelve  miles  across  the 
country  from  Fort  Henry,  it  was  six  days  before  General 
Grant  could  march  his  army  to  that  post.  Of  this  delay 
the  enemy  made  good  use  in  re-enforcing  the  garrison  and 

5.  What  fortified  places  opposed  the  advance  of  the  Union  troops  ?    Where  were 
these  posts?    On  what  did  General  Halleck  determine?    Why  did  he  make  this 
choice  ?    What  was  the  first  point  of  attack  ? 

6.  What  arrangements  were  made  for  the  capture  of  Fort  Henry  ?    How  was  it 
taken  ?    Why  did  so  many  of  the  garrison  escape  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1862.  335 

strengthening  their  works.  Grant  was  compelled  to  wait 
the  movements  of  the  gun-boats,  which  had  to  steam  down 
the  Tennessee,  then  up  the  Cumberland,  stopping  on  the 
way  at  Cairo  for  supplies  and  re-enforcemerits  for  the  army. 
The  gun-boats  did  not  reach  the  neighborhood  of  Fort  Don- 
elson  until  the  14th. 

8.  It  was  a  much  stronger  place  than  Fort  Henry,  and 
had  a  garrison  of  fourteen  or  fifteen  thousand  men.     In  the 
attack  on  the  14th  the  gun-boats  were  severely  injured  and 
driven  back  by  the  Confederate  batteries,  Commodore  Foote 
being  seriously  wounded.     Grant's  army,  increased  to  the 
number  of  30,000,  had,  in  the  mean  time,  gradually  surround 
ed  the  fort.     Through  his  lines  the  Confederates  attempted 
to  cut  their  way  on  the  15th ;  but  after  a  bloody  battle  they 
were  repulsed,  and  a  portion  of  their  intrenchments  captured 
by  the  Union  troops.     Next  day,  the  16th,  General  Buckner 
surrendered  Fort  Donelson,  and  not  less  than  12,000  mc'ii. 
This  was  by  far  the  most  brilliant  victory  yet  gained  by  the 
Union  arms. 

9.  The  line  of  Confederate  defense  through  Tennessee  and 
Kentucky  was  now  shattered.     Bowling  Green  was  evacu 
ated,  and  shortly  after  Columbus.     The  way  was  now  open 
to  Nashville,  which  was  immediately  occupied  by  the  Union 
troops.     The  national  army,  re-enforced,  moved  up  the  Ten 
nessee  as  far  as  Pittsburg  Landing,  where  Grant  again  took 
the  command,  and  General  Buell  marched  from  Nashville  to 
join  him  there. 

10.  On  Sunday  morning,  April  6th,  before  the  arrival  of 
Buell,  the  Confederate  army,  under  General  A.  S.  Johnston, 
Beauregard  being    second  in    command,  suddenly  fell   on 
Grant's  troops,  encamped  at  Shiloh  Church,  near  Pittsburg 
Landing,  with  the  river  in  their  rear.     During  a  day's  dread 
ful  slaughter,  in  which  Johnston  was  killed,  the  Union  troops 
were  driven  back  step  by  step  to  a  small  plateau  near  the 

7.  What  was  Grant's  next  movement  ?    What  delay  occurred,  and  with  what  re 
sult  ?    What  was  the  cause  of  the  delay  ? 

8.  Who  began  the  attack,  and  when  ?    What  was  the  result  ?    What  is  said  of 
Grant's  operations  ?    How  did  the  siege  terminate  ? 

9.  What  was  the  first  result  of  the  capture  of  these  two  fortt?    What  followed  ? 
What  was  the  next  forward  movement  of  the  Union  troops  ? 


336  LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

edge  of  the  Tennessee,  protected  by  the  fire  of  the  gun-boats. 
The  Union  army  was  saved  that  day  by  the  extraordinary 
efforts  of  Brigadier  General  W.  T.  Sherman,  who  command 
ed  a  division.  During  the  night  Buell's  troops  arrived,  and, 
on  the  morning  of  April  7th,  Grant  moved  to  the  attack. 
Beauregard  was  compelled  to  fall  back,  and  he  slowly  re 
treated  to  Corinth,  Mississippi,  some  fifteen  miles  distant, 
commanding  an  important  system  of  railroads. 

11.  General  Halleck,  made    commander  of  the   different 
Union  armies  in  the  West,  brought  them  together,  and,  at 
the  head  of  more  than  100,000  men,  moved  against  Corinth. 
Beauregard,  seeing  that  he  was  greatly  outnumbered,  evac 
uated  the  place  on  the  approach  of  Halleck,  and  on  the  30th 
of  May  it  was  entered  by  the  Union  troops. 

12.  While  Grant  was  fighting  the  battle  of  Shiloh,  events 
of  great  importance  took  place   on  the  Mississippi  River. 
When  the  Confederates  left  Columbus  they  fortified  Island 
No.  10,  ten  miles  below.     The  position  was  so  strong  by  na 
ture,  and  they  had  so  strengthened  it  by  art,  that  they 
thought  it  could  not  be  taken.     But  all  these  preparations 
could  not  stop  General  Pope  with  his  Western  men,  nor 
Commodore  Foote  and  his  gun-boats.     After  a  bombard 
ment  of  twenty-three  days,  it  was  captured  on  the  7th  of 
April,  with  5000   prisoners,  the  same  morning  that  Grant 
repulsed  Beauregard  at  Shiloh. 

13.  Fort  Pillow  was  the  next  strong  point  on  the  river, 
but  before  it  could  be  invested  Pope's  army  was  withdrawn 
to  join  Halleck  in  his  movement  against  Corinth.     Commo 
dore  Foote,  disabled  by  the  wound  he  had  received  at  Fort 
Donelson,  was  succeeded  by  Captain  Davis,  who,  after  a  se 
vere  battle,  destroyed  a  part  of  the  Confederate  iron-clads 
near  Fort  Pillow,  May  10.     The  fort  itself  was  abandoned 
on  June  4,  in  consequence  of  the  evacuation  of  Corinth  by 

10.  State  what  befell  Grant's  army  on  the  morning  of  the  6th  of  April  ?    What  was 
the  result  of  the  day's  contest  ?    How  was  the  disaster  changed  into  a  victory  ?   To 
what  point  did  the  Confederates  retreat1? 

11.  Who  assumed  the  entire  command  of  the  Western  armies?    With  what  foro» 
did  he  move  against  the  Confederates  ?    How  did  they  resist  him  ? 

12.  What  was  meanwhile  taking  place  on  the  Mississippi  River?    What  is  said 
of  the  preparations  at  Island  "No.  10  ?    How  was  the  Confederate  confidence  over 
thrown  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1862.  337 

.Beauregard.  On  the  6th  of  June  Davis  pushed  down  to 
Memphis,  where  he  destroyed  the  Confederate  fleet,  and  that 
city  was  immediately  surrendered.  The  Union  troops  now 
held  a  line  from  Memphis,  on  the  Mississippi,  through  Cor 
inth,  nearly  to  Chattanooga.  All  of  Western  Kentucky  and 
West  Tennessee  were  under  their  control. 

14.  The  Confederates  still  held  East  Tennessee,  and  de 
termined  to  make  one  powerful  effort  to  restore  their  power 
in  Kentucky.     An  army  in  two  divisions,  under  Bragg  and 
Kirby  Smith,  was  sent  there  to  make  the  attempt.     Bragg, 
leaving    Chattanooga,  was  to   inarch    northwestward,  and 
Smith,  starting  from  Knoxviile,  was  to  join  him  in  the  cen 
tre  of  the  state.     Smith  moved  in  the  month  of  August, 
and,  after  defeating  the  Union  troops  at  Richmond,  Ken 
tucky,  August  30,  entered  Lexington  and  Frankfort.     He 
then  moved  toward  the  Ohio,  threatening  Cincinnati ;  but 
the  active  measures  taken  there  by  General  Lewis  Wallace 
compelled  him  to  fall  back,  and  he  joined  Bragg  at  Frank 
fort  October  4. 

15.  Bragg's  objective  point  was  Louisville.     On  his  march 
he  captured,  after  two  slight  engagements,  4500  Union  troops 
at  Mumfordsville,  September  1 7.     General  Buell,  who  lay  at 
Nashville,  on  discovering  Bragg's  purpose,  moved  by  forced 
marches  to  the  relief  of  Louisville,  and  reached  it  only  one 
day  before  the  Confederates.     Here  he  was  shortly  re-en 
forced  to  the  number  of  100,000  men.     Bragg  then  fell  back, 
ravaging  the  country,  followed  very  slowly  by  Buell,  who 
came  up  with  him  at  Perryville  October  8.     Here  a  battle 
was  fought,  which,  after  severe  loss  on  both  sides,  ended 
doubtfully.     Bragg  continued  his  retreat  so  leisurely  that 
he  was  able  to  take  out  of  Kentucky  a  wagon  train  of  plun 
der  forty  miles  in  length. 

13.  What  was  the  next  strong  point  on  the  river?    What  is  said  of  the  operations 
against  this  fort?    When  and  how  was  Fort  Pillow  occupied  by  the  Union  troops? 
Who  succeeded  Foote  ?    Describe  Davis's  movements  on  the  river.    How  can  you 
Bhow  the  progress  made  by  the  Union  troops  ? 

14.  What  part  of  Tennessee  was  still  held  by  the  Confederates  ?    What  expedition 
was  arranged  by  the  enemy  ?    Describe  Kirby  Smith's  movement  in  full.     How  is 
East  Tennessee  bounded? 

15.  What  was  Bragg's  object?    What  success  did  he  meet  with  on  his  march? 
How  was  he  prevented  from  gaining  his  object?    Why  was  the  battle  of  Perryville 
fought,  ant!  with  what  result  ?    What  is  said  of  Bragg's  retreat  ?   See  Map,  pace  33<£. 

P 


338  LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

16.  While  Bragg  was  in  Kentucky,  a  Confederate  army, 
under  Generals  Price  and  Van  Dorn,  threatened  Grant  at 
Corinth.     General  Halleck  had  been  called  to  Washington 
to  act  as  general-in-chief,  and  Grant  was  appointed  to  the 
command  of  the  army  west  of  the  Tennessee.     The  latter, 
joined  by  General  Rosecrans,  moved  against  Price,  and  de 
feated  him  at  luka,  September  19.     Grant  then  proceeded 
northward  to  Jackson,  Tennessee,  leaving  General  Rosecrans 
to  defend  Corinth  with  30,000  men. 

1 7.  Here  the  latter  was  attacked  on  the  4th  of  October  by 
Generals  Van  Dorn  and  Price,  at  the  head  of  40,000  Confed 
erates.     After  a  bloody  battle  they  were  driven  back,  with 
a  loss  of  over  6000  in  killed  and  wounded,  and  were  after 
ward  pursued  for  40  miles.     The  Union  loss  was  only  315 
killed.     For  this  brilliant  victory  Rosecrans  was  promoted 
to  the  command  of  the  Army  of  the  Cumberland  in  place 
of  General  Buell. 

18.  Rosecrans  soon  gathered  the  bulk  of  this  army  round 
Nashville,  and  marched  to  attack  the  Confederate  army  un 
der  Bragg,  which  lay  at  Murfreesboro',  30  miles  distant.    At 
Stone  River,  near  that  place,  he  himself  was  attacked  and 
driven  back,  December  31.     On  the  2d  of  January  the  bat 
tle  was  renewed,  and  Bragg  in  turn  was  repulsed,  but  re 
treated  in  good  order.    This  was  one  of  the  bloodiest  battles 
of  the  war.     The  loss  on  each  side  was  estimated  at  from 
10,000  to  12,000. 

19.  Grant   meanwhile    arranged   an   expedition   against 
Vicksburg,  a  strongly  fortified  position  on  the  Mississippi, 
400  miles  above  New  Orleans.     General  Sherman  was  to 
move  down  the  river  from  Memphis  with  40,000  men,  and 
the  gun-boats  under  Porter;  while  Grant  pushed  forward 
by  land  from  Jackson.     At  first  the  combined  movements 
promised  complete  success ;  but,  unfortunately,  Van  Dorn 
was  able  to  get  into  the   rear   of  Grant,  cutting  off  his 

""  16.  What  was  meanwhile  going  on  in  Mississippi  ?  Why  was  Grant  in  command 
in  that  region  ?  Where  is  luka  ?  What  occurred  here  ?  What  is  said  of  Grant's 
movements  ? 

IT.  Where,  when,  and  by  whom  was  Rosecrans  attacked  ?  How  did  the  battle  ter 
minate  ?  What  reward  did  Rosecrans  receive  for  this  ? 

18.  How  did  Rosecrans  employ  his  new  command  ?  Describe  the  battle  of  Stone 
River.  What  i«  said  of  the  losses  on  both  sides  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1862. 


339 


supplies  at  Holly  Springs,  December  20,  and  the  latter  waa 
compelled  to  abandon  his  purpose.  Sherman,  unaware  of 
what  had  happened  to  Grant,  started  from  Memphis  on  the 
day  of  this  misfortune.  Assisted  by  the  gun-boats,  he  land 
ed  on  the  Yazoo  River,  and  attacked  the  works  on  the  bluft 
north  of  Vicksburg,  but  was  repulsed  with  considerable  loss. 
This  battle  of  Chickasaw  Bayou,  December  29th,  ended  ac 
tive  operations  in  the  Department  of  Mississippi  for  the  year 
1862. 


THE  WAB  IN   THE   SOUTH   AND   SOUTHWEST. 


20.  The  War  in  the  Southwest. — In  the  spring,  an  impor 
tant  battle  was  fought  in  the  department  of  General  Halleck, 
on  the  northwest  edge  of  Arkansas,  at  Pea  Ridge,  among 

19.  Where  and  what  was  now  the  strong  Confederate  post  on  the  Mississippi  ? 
Where  is  Vicksbnrg  ?  What  expedition  was  arranged  against  it  ?  How  was  the 
plan  interfered  with  ?  Describe  the  attack  and  the  result.  What  is  the  name  of 
this  battle  ? 


340 


LINCOLN'S    ADMINISTRATION. 


the  mountains.  General  Curtis  pushed  Price  and  M'Cul- 
loch  out  of  Missouri  in  the  early  part  of  the  year.  Genera] 
Van  Dorn,  at  the  head  of  20,000  fresh  men,  on  the  7th  of 
March  attacked  Curtis,  who,  with  not  more  than  11,000,  had 
taken  post  on  the  heights  around  Sugar  Creek.  The  battle 
lasted  two  days,  and  ended  in  the  repulse  of  Van  Dorn. 
Curtis  was  greatly  indebted  to  the  skill  and  gallantry  of 
General  Sigel  for  the  victory  at  Pea  Ridge. 

21.  Opening  of  the  Lower  Mississippi.  Capture  of  New  Or 
leans. — In  the  expedition  against  New  Orleans,  Captain  Far- 
ragut  was  chosen  to  command  the  powerful  fleet  of  45  ves 
sels,  including  mortar-boats,  and  General  Butler  the  land 
troops,  amounting  to  15,000.  By  the  beginning  of  March, 
the  entire  expedition  was  assembled  at  Ship  Island,  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Mississippi.  About  30  miles  from  the  Gulf, 
and  70  miles  below  New  Orleans,  the  river  channel  was 
guarded  by  strong  forts,  St.  Philip  and  Jackson,  and  by  a 
chain  which,  resting  on  hulks,  stretched  across  the  river. 
During  a  terrible  bombardment  of  six  days,  from  the  18th 
to  the  24th  of  April,  Farragut.  came  to  the  conclusion  that 
the  fire  of  the  mortar-boats  could  not  reduce  the  forts,  and 
he  determined  to  run  past  them. 


r-r  ss PHILIP 


FROM   NEW   ORLEANS   TO   TUB   GULF. 


FORTS   JACKSON   AND   ST.  PHILIP. 


20.  What  severe  battle  occurred  in  Arkansas  in  March,  1862  ?   Where  is  Pea  Ridge  ? 
Why  was  the  battle  considered  so  praiseworthy  to  Curtis  and  Sigel  ?    See  the  num 
bers  engaged. 

21.  State  the  preparations  for  the  expedition  against  New  Orleans.    How  waa  it 
defended  on  the  river?    What  attempts  were  made  against  the  forth? 


EVENTS    OF    1802.  341 

22.  On  the  20th  of  April,  the  chain  and  barricades  were, 
with  great  bravery,  cut  through,  so  as  to  permit  a  free  pas 
sage  for  his  ships.  At  three  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  the 
24th  he  sailed  up  the  river  in  the  darkness,  at  the  head  of  17 
vessels,  carrying  294  guns.  A  dreadful  battle  ensued,  but 
Farragut  slowly  passed  Fort  Jackson,  and  immediately  at 
tacked  the  Confederate  fleet  of  16  armed  steamers,  the  steam 
battery  Louisiana,  and  the  iron-plated  ram  Manassas.  When 
the  morning  sun  had  risen  through  the  fog,  Fort  St.  Philip 
had  been  passed,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  Confederate 
fleet,  including  the  Louisiana  and  the  Manassas,  had  either 
been  destroyed  or  captured. 


PASSAGE   OF   FOBTS  JACKSON   ANU   ST.  PIIILIP. 

23.  Next  day,  the  25th,  Farragut  appeared  in  front  of 
New  Orleans,  which  lay  helpless  under  his  guns.  On  the 
28th,  Forts  St.  Philip  and  Jackson  surrendered  to  Captain 
Porter,  who  remained  down  the  river  in  command  of  the 
mortar  fleet.  On  the  1st  of  May,  General  Butler  entered 
the  city,  and  took  possession  of  it  with  his  troops.  A  part 
of  Farragut' s  fleet  was  sent  up  the  river,  and  occupied  Ba 
ton  Kouge,  the  capital  of  the  state.  The  expedition  of  Far- 

22.  How  was  success  achieved ''.    Describe  Farragut's  movements  fully. 


342  LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

ragut  and  Butler  proved  a  complete  success.  The  Lower 
Mississippi  was  opened,  New  Orleans  wrested  from  the  Con 
federates,  and  their  iron -clad  fleet  completely  destroyed. 
Farragut  pushed  up  the  river,  and,  passing  the  batteries  at 
Vicksburg  without  much  injury,  met  the  fleet  of  Davis  at 
Memphis. 

24.  Operations  on  the  Atlantic  Coast.    1.  Burnside's  Expe 
dition. — Two  long  inland  seas,  called  Albemarle  and  Pam- 
lico  Sounds,  stretch  from  the  coast  far  into  the  State  of 
North  Carolina.     The  object  of  General  Burnside's  expedi 
tion  was  to  obtain  the  control  of  these  seas  by  the  capture 
of  Roanoke  Island,  which  commanded  the  entrance  to  Albe 
marle  Sound,  and  was  the  key  to  all  the  rear  defenses  of 
Norfolk.    In  addition,  the  cities  and  towns  on  the  main  land 
were  to  be  occupied,  and  the  Confederate  vessels  and  iron 
clads  building  in  these  waters  to  be  destroyed. 

25.  On   the  llth  of  January,  1862,  the  expedition  left 
Hampton  Roads,  and,  after  encountering  a  severe  storm, 
passed  through  Hatteras  Inlet  on  the  28th.     The  fleet  came 
to  anchor  off  Roanoke  Island  on  the  6th  of  February,  and 
on  the  8th  the  army,  assisted  by  the  guns  of  the  fleet,  at 
tacked  and  captured  the  fort,  with  2500  prisoners.     Two 
days  after,  the  Confederate  fleet  in  the  Sound  was  all  either 
destroyed  or  captured.     On  the  14th  of  March,  Newbern, 
with  46  heavy  guns  and  military  stores,  fell  into  the  hands 
of  Burnside  after  a  severely-fought  battle.     The  final  and 
complete  success  of  the  expedition  was  reached  on  the  25th 
of  April  in  the  capture  of  Fort  Macon,  which  defended  the 
harbor  of  Beaufort,  in  North  Carolina. 

27.  2.  Expedition  against  the  Coasts  of  Florida  and  Geor 
gia. — The  withdrawal  of  troops  from  Florida  for  service  in 
the  Confederate  army  permitted  a  Union  expedition  from 
Port  Royal,  February  28,  to  obtain  easy  possession  of  Fer- 
nandina  and  Fort  Clinch;  of  Jacksonville,  on  the  St.  John's 

23.  What  followed  on  the  25th  and  28th  ?    When  was  the  city  occupied  by  ths 
United  States  troops?    State  the  result  of  the  expedition.    What  were  Farragut's 
further  movements? 

24.  Where  and  what  are  Albemarle  and  Pamlico  Sounds  ?    See  Map,  page  371. 
What  was  to  be  gained  by  Burnside's  expedition  ? 

25.  What  were  the  first  movements?    Describe  the  attack  on  Roanoke  Island. 
Wi>at  occurred  on  the  10th  and  14th  ?    What  was  the  last  success  of  the  expedition  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1862.  343 

River ;  of  St.  Augustine,  with  Fort  Marion ;  and  in  Georgia 
of  the  important  town  of  Brunswick,  and  also  Darien,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Altamaha.  These  were  all  captured  in  the 
month  of  March. 

27.  3.  The  Engagement  between  the  Monitor  and  the  Mer- 
rimac. — When  Norfolk  was  surrendered  to  the  Virginians 
in  1861,  the  steam  frigate  Merrirnac  was  scuttled  and  sunk. 
The  Confederates  afterward  raised  her,  lowered  her  deck, 
covered  it  with  a  slant  roof  which  they  plated  with  railroad 
iron,  fitted  her  with  a  long  iron  prow  to  act  as  a  ram,  and 
named  her  the  Virginia. 

28.  A  fleet  of  Union  war-ships  and  smaller  vessels  lay  off 
Fortress  Monroe,  in  Hampton  Roads,  on  the  8th  of  March, 
1862.     At  noon,  the  Virginia,  accompanied  by  two  small 
vessels,  steamed  down  to  attack  the  fleet,  and,  utterly  re 
gardless  of  the  shot  and  shell  that  rained  harmlessly  on  her 
sides,  struck  the  sloop  of  war  Cumberland  with  her  iron 
prow  so  dreadful  a  blow  that  she  sank  in  a  few  minutes. 
The  captain  of  the  frigate  Congress,  fearful  of  the  same  fate, 
ran  his  vessel  ashore,  and  was  compelled  to  surrender.     At 
sunset  the  ram  steamed  back  to  Norfolk,  having  destroyed 
two  frigates  and  250  officers  and  men,  with  a  loss  to  her 
self  of  only  two  killed  and  eight  wounded. 

29.  During  the  night,  the  Monitor,  an  iron-plated  vessel 
of  a  new  construction,  invented  by  Captain  John  Ericsson, 
and  commanded  by  Lieutenant  Worden,  arrived  from  the 
North  at  Fortress  Monroe.     Soon  after  sunrise  next  morn 
ing,  March  9,  it  met  and  attacked  the  Virginia  after  she 
came  out  from  the  Elizabeth  River.     Although  one  fifth  of 
her  antagonist's  size,  she  compelled  the  Virginia,  after  an  en 
gagement  of  several  hours,  to  return  disabled  to  Norfolk. 
The  latter  did  not  again  appear  in  the  harbor.     Never  had 
any  arrival  proved  more  fortunate.     The  little  iron -clad 
Monitor  had  saved  the  rest  of  the  fleet.     The  battle  opened 

26.  What  expedition  left  Port  Royal  in  February  ?   What  did  it  accomplish  ?   What 
made  this  success  comparatively  easy  ?    In  what  month  were  these  places  occupied  ? 

27.  Describe  the  construction  of  the  Confederate  iron-clad  Virginia.    What  was  its 
origin? 

28.  What  was  the  state  of  things  in  Hampton  Roads  on  the  morning  of  March  8? 
What  occurred  during  the  afternoon  ?    How  much  damage  was  done  by  sunset  ?   Sea 
Map,  page  324. 


344 


LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


a  new  era  in  naval  warfare,  and  was  the  first  contest  in  the 
world  between  iron-clad  ships. 


T1IE  MOHITOE  AND   THE   VIBUINIA,  Oli  " 


30.  4.  Closing  of  Savannah  as  a  Confederate  Port.—  An  ex- 
pediton  against  Fort  Pulaski,  one  of  the  chief  defenses  of  the 
city  of  Savannah,  resulted  in  the  surrender  of  the  fort,  April 
11,  to  General  Hunter,  after  a  severe  bombardment  of  15 
hours.     By  the  fall  of  Pulaski,  Savannah  was  thoroughly 
closed  against  a  class  of  ships  known  as  Anglo-Confederate 
blockade-runners.     The  city  itself  was  not  captured  until 
December,  1864. 

31.  Military  Operations  in  Virginia.    1.  Shenandoah  Val- 
l6y.  —  General  Banks,  in  command  of  the  Union  troops  in  the 
Shenandoah  Valley,  in  accordance  with  the  general  forward 
movement  ordered  by  the  President,  had  advanced  as  far 
south  as  Harrisonburg  toward  the  end  of  March.     There 
upon  that  vigorous  Confederate  general,  popularly  known 
as  "Stonewall  Jackson,"  from  the  saying  at  Bull  Run  that 
his  brigade  "  would  stand  like  a  stone  wall,"  was  sent  into 

29.  What  arrival  carne,  and  when  ?    Describe  Avhat  took  place  next  day.    Why  was 
its  arrival  of  so  much  importance  ?    For  what  is  the  battle  itself  remarkable  ? 

30.  Where  is  Fort  Pulaski  ?    What  happened  here  in  April  ?    What  advantage  was 
pained  by  the  surrender  of  Fort  Pulaski  ?    For  mention  of  these  ships,  see  page  330. 
When  was  the  city  captured  ? 


EVENTS    OF    18G2. 


345 


KORTIl   VIKGLNIA. — SHENANDOAH   VALLKY. 


the  Valley  with  a  heavy  force,  and  Banks  fell  back  50  miles 
to  Strasburg. 

32.  Jackson,  mov 
ing   rapidly,  attack 
ed  a  body  of  Union 
troops  at  Front  Roy 
al,  May  23,  capturing 
a  large    number   of 
prisoners,  guns,  and 
military  stores.  Gen 
eral   Banks,  hearing 
of  this  disaster  to  a 
portion   of  his  com 
mand,  retreated  rap 
idly  from  Strasburg 
pursued  by  Jackson, 
and,  by  tremendous 
exertions,  was    able 
to  cross  the  Potomac 

in  advance  of  the  latter,  and  thus  save  the  bulk  of  his  ex 
hausted  troops.  In  the  entire  pursuit  Jackson  captured  sev 
eral  guns,  9000  small-arms,  and  between  2000  and  3000  pris 
oners. 

33.  Generals  Shields  and  Fremont  were  ordered  into  the 
Valley  to  intercept  Jackson.    The  latter,  learning  this,  moved 
south  with  the  greatest  celerity,  but  was  brought  to  bay  at 
Cross  Keys,  June  8,  where  a  battle  was  fought  which  check 
ed  Fremont's  advance.     Next  day  Jackson  struck  Shields's 
division  at  Port  Republic,  and  compelled  it  to  fall  back  with 
considerable  loss.      Here   the   pursuit   ended,  and  Jackson 
moved  leisurely  to  join  Lee's  army  in  the  battles  for  the 
defense  of  Richmond.     He  had  performed  a  great  service. 
With  only  20,000  men,  he  had,  by  the  rapidity  of  his  move 
ments,  thoroughly  alarmed  the  United  States  government 
for  the  safety  of  Washington,  and  had  succeeded  in  occupy 
ing  the  attention  of  more  than  60,000  Union  troops,  40,000 

31    Where  is  the  Sheuandoah  Valley  ?    What  were  the  first  movements  of  Banks 
here?    Describe  the  first  movements  of  the  Confederates. 

32.  Describe  the  retreat  and  pursuit  down  the  Valley.    What  were  Jackson's  tro 
phies  ? 

P2 


346  LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

of  whom,  under  the  command  of  M'Dowell,  were  about  to 
join  M'Clellan  in  the  Peninsula. 

34.  2.  Movements  of  the  Army  of  the  Potomac  against  Rich 
mond. — The  great  army  of  nearly  200,000  men,  under  Gen 
eral  M'Clellan,  which  lay  along  the  Potomac  during  the  win 
ter  of  1861-62,  began  to  move  forward  toward  Manassas 
on  the  10th  of  March,  the  enemy  retiring  as  it  advanced. 
The  Union  army  presently  returned  to  its  camp  near  Wash 
ington,  and  it  was  determined  in  a  council  of  war  to  move 
the  bulk  of  the  troops,  amounting  to  121,000  men,  to  For 
tress  Monroe,  which  was  accomplished  April  2. 

35.  From  this  point,  April  4,  M'Clellan  commenced  his 
march  against  the  Confederate  capital.     Yorktown  and  its 
neighborhood,  fortified  and  garrisoned  by  10,000  Confeder 
ates  under  Magruder,  lay  in  his  way.     M'Clellan,  deeming 
the  Confederate  works  too  strong  to  be  taken  by  an  imme 
diate   assault,  concluded  to   invest  them.     This   occupied 
nearly  a  month,  at  the  end  of  which  Magruder  evacuated 
the  place,  which  was  entered  by  M'Clellan  May  4. 


M'CLELLAN'B  CAMPAIGN  AGAINST  RICHMOND. 

36.  His  troops  followed  the  enemy,  and  gained  the  battle 
of  Williamsburg  May  5,  and  that  of  West  Point  May  9.    In 

33.  What  prevented  Jackson  from  remaining  near  the  Potomac  ?    When  and  where 
did  his  pursuers  come  up  with  him?    What  was  the  result?    In  what  direction  did 
Jackson  then  move?    Why  was  the  work  that  he  had  done  so  important?    For 
places  mentioned,  see  Map,  page  345. 

34.  When  and  in  what  direction  did  the  Potomac  army  move  ?    What  was  the  re 
sult?    To  what  point  was  the  army  moved?    What  was  the  amount  of  force  sent 
thither? 

35.  When  did  the  advance  commence?    What  was  the  first  obstacle  to  be  over 
come  ?    How  did  M'Clellan  prepare  to  overcome  it  ?    What  was  the  result  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1862.  347 

less  than  three  weeks  from  the  time  he  left  Yorktown  his 
advance  was  within  seven  miles  of  Richmond.  There  Avas 
a  great  panic  in  the  city ;  many  persons  left,  and  the  Con 
federate  Congress  adjourned  in  haste.  M'Clellan,  however, 
did  not  advance,  but  employed  the  army  in  the  swamps  of 
the  Chickahominy  building  bridges  and  constructing  earth 
works.  His  lines  extended  from  Bottom's  Bridge  on  the 
Chickahominy,  to  Mechanicsville  on  the  north.  The  base  of 
his  supplies  was  at  White  House,  on  the  Pamunkey  River. 

37.  Norfolk,  threatened  by  a  division  of  the  Union  army, 
under  General  Wool,  from  Fortress  Monroe,  was  abandoned 
by  the  enemy  May  3,  who  were  concentrating  their  troops 
for  the  defense  of  Richmond,  and  entered  by  the  Unionists 
May  10.     Before  leaving  Norfolk,  the  enemy  destroyed  the 
stores  and  burned  the  navy  yard.     On  the  llth  of  May 
they  blew  up  the  famous  ram  Virginia,  which  it  had  been 
hoped  would  defend  James  River.     This  wras  now  open  to 
within  eight  miles  of  Richmond,  and  the  gun-boats,  with  the 
little  Monitor,  went  up  on  the  15th  to  force  a  passage,  but 
were  stopped  by  the  heavy  guns  of  Fort  Darling,  and  driven 
back  badly  injured. 

38.  On  the  31st  of  May,  the  Confederate  troops,  which  had 
time  to  collect  in  great  numbers  around  Richmond,  attacked 
the  south  wing  of  the  Union  army,  which  had  advanced  to 
Seven  Pines  and  Fair  Oaks,  south  of  the  Chickahominy. 
The  battle  continued  next  day,  June  1,  and  the  enemy  were 
finally  repulsed  after  a  severe  battle,  their  general,  Joseph  E. 
Johnston,  being  seriously  wounded.     The  Union  army  now 
lay  within  six  miles  of  the  city  of  Richmond,  and  a  portion 
of  General  Hooker's  command  went  within  three  and  a  half 
miles  of  it. 

-^39.  General  Robert  E.  Lee  was  appointed  to  the  command 

36.  What  occurred  May  5  and  May  9  ?  State  what  is  said  of  his  progress,  and  the 
effect  it  produced.  How  was  his  advance  delayed?  How  far  did  the  Union  lines 
extend  ?  Where  was  the  base  of  his  supplies  ? 

3T.  What  important  movement  near  the  peninsula  was  made  by  the  Confederates 
in  May  ?  Why  was  this  done  ?  What  did  they  do  before  leaving  Norfolk  ?  What 
occurrence  happened  on  May  11  ?  In  connection  with  what  attack  does  the  Monitor 
make  its  appearance  ? 

38.  What  did  the  slowness  of  the  Union  army  permit  the  Confederates  to  do  ?  De 
scribe  the  battle  of  Seven  Pines  and  Fair  Oaks :  see  Map.  Where  was  now  the  ad 
vance  of  the  Union  troops? 


348 


LINCOLN  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


GENERAL   ROBERT  E.  LEE. 


of  the  Confederate  army  after 
Johnston  was  disabled  at  Fair 
Oaks.  While  M'Clellan  was 
on  the  point  of  marching  on 
the  defenses  of  Richmond, 
Lee,  on  the  25th  of  June,  fell 
suddenly  on  the  Union  right, 
and  at  Mechanicsville  next 
day,  the  26th,  was  repulsed 
with  severe  loss.  On  the  fol 
lowing  day,  the  27th,  the  Un 
ion  troops,  who  had  fallen 
back,  were  attacked  with 
great  fury  at  Cold  Harbor,  or 
Gaines's  Mill.  With  difficul 
ty  the  army  saved  itself  by 
crossing  to  the  south  side  of  the  Chickahominy,  and  destroy 
ing  the  bridges. 

40.  Already  M'Clellan,  finding  himself  in  danger  of  being 
cut  off  from  his  base  of  supplies  at  White  House,  had  de 
termined  on  a  change  of  base  to  the  James  River ;  and  the 
retreat  began  June  28,  the  wearied  troops  marching  during 
the  greater  part  of  the  night,  and  fighting  all  day.     On  the 
29th,  the  rear  of  the  retreating  army  was  attacked  at  Sav 
age's  Station.     On  the  30th  was  fought  the  bloody  but  in 
decisive  battle  of  Frazier's  Farm. 

41.  Next  morning,  July  1st,  the  Union  troops  reached  Mal- 
vern  Hill,  near  the  James.     This  had  been  hastily  fortified 
with  heavy  guns,  and  was  supported  by  gun-boats  in  the 
river.     Late  in  the  afternoon  Lee  hurled  his  troops  against 
the  Union  batteries,  but  was  driven  back   with   dreadful 
slaughter.     The  battle  had  scarcely  closed  when  the  Union 
army  was  ordered  to  fall  back  to  Harrison's  Landing,  farther 
down  the  river.     The  contest,  generally  known  as  the  "sev 
en  days'  battles,"  had  ended.     From  Mechanicsville  to  Mal- 

39.  What  officer  was  now  appointed  to  the  command  of  the  Confederates  ?    What 
was  Lee's  first  movement?    What  occurred  on  the  26th  and  27th?    What  was  the 
condition  of  the  Union  army  at  the  close  of  the  27th  ? 

40.  What  decision  had  M'Clellan  meanwhile  reached  ?    When  did  the  retreat  bo 
ffin,  and  how  was  it  continued  ?    What  occurred  on  the  29th  and  30th  ? 


EVENTS    OF    180 2.  349 

vern  Hill,  M'Clellan  had  lost,  in  killed,  wounded,  and  miss 
ing,  more  than  15,000  men;  the  Confederate  loss  was  nearly 
20,000.  Richmond  was  saved,  and  the  object  for  which  the 
Army  of  the  Potomac  had  been  so  long  and  so  splendidly 
trained  was  entirely  lost.  The  discouragement  at  the  North, 
after  this  retreat,  was  nearly  as  great  as  after  the  battle  of 
Bull  Run.  President  Lincoln,  on  the  very  day  of  Malvern 
Hill,  called  for  a  fresh  levy  of  300,000  troops. 

42.  Lee  had  no  longer  any  thing  to  fear  from  M'Clellan's 
crippled  army.     After  waiting  a  month,  in  which  he  recruit 
ed  and  reorganized  his  troops,  he  marched  north  in  the  di 
rection  of  Washington.     In  his  way  there  was  an  army  of 
40,000  men,  under  the  command  of  General  Pope,  who  had 
been  sent  for  from  the  West,  and  had  united  the  various 
commands  of  Banks,  Fremont,  and  M'Dowell.     Lee  pressed 
on  rapidly,  and  his  advanced  corps  attacked  a  portion  of 
Pope's  army,  under  General  Banks,  at  Cedar  Mountain,  Au 
gust  9th,  and,  after  a  severe  struggle,  the  latter  was  defeated. 

43.  Pope  fell  back,  contesting  every  mile  of  the  way,  and 
expecting  help  from  M'Clellan's  army,  which  had  been  or 
dered  to  join  him;  but  re-enforcements  came  up  slowly.     At 
Manassas  Junction,  August  26th,  the  Confederates  captured 
8  guns,  10  locomotives,  7  trains,  and  immense  quantities  of 
stores.     On  the  28th  Pope  turned  upon  the  enemy  and  drove 
them  from  Centre ville.     Next  day,  the  29th,  he   attacked 
them  successfully  at  Gainesville,  but  on  the  following  morn 
ing  the  battle  was  renewed,  and  Pope  was  compelled  to  fall 
back  to  Centreville.    On  Aug.  31st  he  was  attacked  at  Chan- 
tilly,  where,  after  a  bloody  battle,  the  enemy  were  repulsed. 

44.  Overpowered  by  superior  numbers,  he  withdrew  his 
wearied  troops  within  the  defenses  of  Washington.     He  had 
lost,  in  the  campaign,  not  less  than  30,000  men,  and  a  large 

41.  What  point  did  the  Union  army  reach  ?    How  was  it  defended  ?    What  final 
blow  did  Lee  hurl,  and  with  what  success  ?    To  what  place  did  M'Clellau  fall  back  ? 
Why  ?    How  many  days  had  this  running  battle  lasted  ?    What  was  the  loss  on  both 
sides  ?    How  did  all  this  affect  the  people  of  the  North  ?    In  what  way  did  the  Pres 
ident  and  government  show  their  determination  ? 

42.  What  did  these  disasters  to  the  Union  army  permit  Lee  to  do  ?    In  what  direc 
tion  aid  he  move?    What  was  there  to  oppose  him?    Where  had  Pope  already  dis 
tinguished  himself?    Where  and  when  was  the  first  battle  in  the  pursuit? 

43.  How  did  Pope  act  ?    What  made  his  situation  so  critical  ?    Mention  the  differ 
ent  engagements  that  occurred  during  the  retreat,  with  the  dates. 


350 


LINCOLN  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


POPE'S  RETREAT  TO   WASHINGTON. 


number  of  cannon 
and  small-arms,  be 
sides  munitions  and 
supplies.  Pope  was 
now  relieved  from 
the  command  at  his 
own  request,  and 
M'Clellan  was 
placed  at  the  head 
of  the  Union  army, 
which  had  been, 
meanwhile,  heavily 
re-enforced. 

45.  Lee  turned 
into  Maryland,  hop 
ing  that  he  would 
find  volunteers  and  support  there.  In  this  he  was  greatly 
disappointed.  He  divided  his  army,  and  sent  a  large  part 
of  it,  under  Jackson,  to  capture  Harper's  Ferry,  which  was 
held  by  Colonel  Miles  and  13,000  raw  troops,  principally 
militia.  Miles  made  a  disgraceful  surrender,  after  scarce 
any  show  of  resistance,  September  15th. 

46.  Jackson's  expedition  well-nigh  proved  the  ruin  of  Lee. 
M'Clellan  took  the  field  September  7th,  and  pushed  in  be 
tween  the  two  divisions  of  Lee's  army  at  Turner's  Gap. 
There  he  fought  and  gained  the  battle  of  South  Mountain, 
September  14th.     Lee,  being  in  a  perilous  situation,  retreat 
ed  next  day  toward  the  Potomac,  and  took  a  position  at 
Sharpsburg,  with  the  Antietam  River  in  front. 

47.  M'Clellan  delayed  his  attack  until  the  17th,  and  by 
that  time  Jackson  had  come  up  rapidly  from  Harper's  Fer 
ry.     On  the  17th  the  battle  of  Sharpsburg,  or  Antietam, 
was  fought  between  70,000  men  under  Lee,  and  80,000  un 
der  M'Clellan.     At  t'he  close  of  the  battle  the  position  of  the 

44.  Where  did  he  retire  ?    What  had  been  his  losses  ?    What  change  was  made  in 
the  command  ? 

45.  Where  did  Lee  now  move  ?    What  disappointment  did  he  meet  with  ?    Where, 
and  under  whom,  did  he  send  a  part  of  his  army  ?    What  was  its  success  ? 

46.  How  did  M'Clellan  take  advantage  of  this  movement  ?    What  battle  was  gain 
ed  ?    To  what  point  did  Lee  retire  ?    Where  is  Sharpsburg  ?    See  Map,  page  355. 


EVENTS    OF    1862.  351 

two  armies  was  nearly  the  same  as  at  the  beginning ;  yet 
the  Confederates  had  lost  10,000  in  killed  and  wounded,  the 
Union  troops  about  11,500.  M'Clellan  did  not  renew  the  at 
tack  next  day.  On  the  night  of  the  18th  Lee  quietly  cross 
ed  the  Potomac,  and  continued  his  march  slowly  through 
Virginia  without  interruption.  The  Union  army  did  not 
reach  the  south  side  of  the  Potomac  until  the  2d  of  Novem 
ber,  more  than  six  weeks  after  the  battle. 

48.  President  Lincoln  and  a  great  part  of  the  North  had 
become  dissatisfied  with  General  M'Clellan,  and  on  the  7th 
of  November  General  Burnside  was  appointed  to  the  com 
mand.     He  moved  the  army  toward  the  Rappahannock,  in 
tending  to  proceed  against  Richmond.     Fredericksburg  was 
chosen  as  the  place  of  crossing.     Lee  had  placed  his  men  be 
hind  strong  earth-works  and  a  stone  wall  on  the  other  side, 
some  distance  from  the  river.     On  the  llth  and  12th  of  De 
cember  Burnside  crossed,  and  on  the  13th  attacked  the  Con 
federate  works.     At  the  close  of  that  short  winter's  day  he 
found  himself  repulsed,  with  the  terrible  loss  of  nearly  11,000 
in  killed  and  wounded.     Of  these  there  were  left  6500  in 
front  of  the  stone  wall  alone. 

The  Army  of  the  Potomac  was  nearly  demoralized  by  this 
dreadful  defeat.  It  had  become  greatly  dissatisfied  with  its 
leader,  and  the  year  closed  in  gloom  on  the  trials  of  these 
brave  but  devoted  troops. 

49.  State  of  the  War  at  the  Close  of  1862.  — The  Union 
forces  in  the  West  had  made  decided  progress  during  the 
year.     Forts  Henry  and  Donelson,  and  Island  No.  10,  were 
captured,  and  the  Mississippi  was  opened  as  far  as  Yicks- 
burg.     From  the  mouth  it  had  been  entered,  New  Orleans 
captured,  and  the  Confederate  fleets  of  steamers  and  iron 
clads  destroyed.     West  Tennessee  was  brought  thoroughly 

47.  How  did  Lee  escape  from  his  dangerous  situation  ?    What  is  said  of  the  battle 
of  Antietam?    What  was  immediately  gained  by  it?    What  was  the  loss  on  each 
Bide  ?    What  movement  followed  the  battle  of  Antietam  ?    When  did  M'Clellan  move 
after  him? 

48.  Who  was  appointed  to  the  command  of  the  Union  army  ?    Why  was  this  done  ? 
What  was  his  plan  of  the  campaign?    What  is  said  of  Lee's  preparations  on  the 
south  side  of  the  river?    Describe  the  battle  of  Fredericksburg,  and  the  result. 
Where  is  Fredericksburg?    (See  Map,  page  350.)    What  reflection  is  made  on  the 
state  of  the  army  ? 


352  LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

under  "  Union  rule,"  and  the  Southern  limit  of  occupation  in 
that  region  was  marked  by  a  line  of  posts  from  Memphis 
through  Corinth,  Mississippi,  eastward  toward  Chattanooga. 

50.  On  the  coast  the  power  of  the  national  arms  had  been 
as  strikingly  shown.     At  the  commencement  of  the  year 
the  enemy  were  in  possession  of  Norfolk  and  every  port  on 
the  Southern   coast.     At  its  close,  Charleston,  Mobile,  and 
Wilmington  alone  remained  to  them   on  the  Atlantic  sea 
board,  and  these  were  carefully  blockaded. 

51.  East  and  north  of  Richmond  there  had  been  disaster. 
The  defeats  in  the  Shenandoah  Valley,  the  seven  days'  bat 
tles  on  the  Chickahominy,  and  the  retreat  of  Pope,  were  far 
from  being  balanced  by  the  battle  of  Antietam,  followed  as 
this  was  by  the  unharassed  and  deliberate  retreat  of  Lee, 
and  the  Union  slaughter  at  Fredericksburg.     But,  despite 
this,  the  national  successes  throughout  the  country  warrant 
ed  the  profound  satisfaction  which  was  felt  in  the  North, 
and  particularly  the  West ;  and  the  government  was  cheer 
fully  sustained  in  continued  and  still  greater  efforts  to  bring 
the  struggle  to  a  close. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— 1862. 

1.  Sketch  the  plan  of  operations  for  the  year  1S62. 

2.  How  was  the  Mississippi  opened  from  the  South  ? 

3.  What  progress  was  made  in  opening  it  from  the  North  ? 

4.  What  skillful  strategy  was  adopted  in  this? 

5.  What  prevented  the  capture  of  Vicksburg  in  December? 

6.  State  the  principal  events  occurring  on  and  near  the  Mississippi  during  the 
year. 

7.  Name  the  other  principal  battles  west  of  the  Alleghanies. 

8.  Describe  the  battle  of  Shiloh,  or  Pittsburg  Landing. 

9.  How  did  Rosecrans  rise  to  the  command  of  the  Army  of  the  Cumberland? 

10.  To  what  position  was  Grant  elevated  this  year,  and  why? 

11.  What  were  the  principal  events  on  the  sea-board  ? 

12.  Give  a  short  description  of  Burnside's  expedition. 

13.  Sketch  the  important  occurrences  near  Fortress  Monroe  in  March. 

14.  Why  was  this  BO  important? 

15  What  took  place  in  the  Shenandoah  Valley  early  in  the  year? 

16.  Where  is  this  valley,  and  why  was  it  so  important? 

17.  When,  and  with  what  object,  did  the  Army  of  the  Potomac  advance? 

18.  Describe  its  movements  until  the  month  of  June. 

49.  What  was  the  progress  of  the  national  cause  in  the  West  during  the  year  ? 
State  how  much  had  been  gained  there. 

50.  What  had  been  gained  on  the  coast? 

51.  What  is  said  of  the  state  of  affairs  east  and  north  of  Richmond  ?    How  did  the 
country  regard  the  military  movements  of  the  year? 


EVENTS    OF    1863.  353 

19.  How  near  did  this  army  seem  to  be  to  success  ? 

20.  Who  commanded  the  Confederates  until  June  1,  and  who  afterward? 

21.  What  prevented M'Clellan  from  moving  on  Richmond  in  June? 

22.  Describe  what  followed. 

23.  What  use  did  Lee  make  of  M'Clellan's  defeat? 

24.  By  whom  was  he  opposed,  ana  with  what  success  ? 

25.  What  great  battle  checked  Lee's  invasion  ? 

26.  What  led  to  it,  and  what  prevented  its  being  a  complete  Union  success? 

27.  What  change  in  the  Union  army  did  the  escape  of  Lee  produce  ? 

28.  What  was  the  result  of  Buruside's  campaign  ? 

29.  Give  a  general  review  of  the  progress  of  the  war  at  the  end  of  1862  in  the  West; 
an  the  sea-board ;  and  in  Virginia. 


SECTION  III. 

EVENTS     OF     1863. 

1.  IN  the  fall  of  the  year  1862,  President  Lincoln  warned 
the  Confederate  States  that,  unless  they  returned  to  their 
allegiance,  he  would  declare  every  slave  within  their  bor 
ders  free  on  the  1st  of  January,  1863.     Punctual  to  his  warn 
ing,  on  that  day  he  issued  his  celebrated  Emancipation  Proc 
lamation.     In  this  he  declared  all  slaves  forever  free  in  those 
states  or  parts  of  states  then  under  the  control  of  the  Con 
federates. 

2.  The  p'lan  of  military  operations  for  the  year  1863,  adopt 
ed  by  the  Federal  government,  did  not  vary  much  from  that 
of  the  preceding  year.     Its  great  object  in  the  West  was  the 
opening  of  the  Mississippi  by  the  capture  of  Vicksburg, 
thence  to  pass  eastward  into  Mississippi,  Alabama,  and  Geor 
gia,  and  to  occupy  East  Tennessee,  the  great  centre  of  Union 
feeling  in  the  heart  of  the  Confederacy.     In  the  East  the 
plan  was  to  push  toward  Richmond,  through  Virginia,  with 
the  Army  of  the  Potomac.     In  addition  to  these  military  op 
erations,  a  powerful  expedition  was  to  be  sent  against  the 
defenses  of  Charleston. 

3.  Operations  in  Virginia,  and  Invasion  of  the  North. — Gen 
eral  Burnside  had  lost  the  confidence  of  the  army  by  his  fail 
ure  at  Fredericksburg,  and,  at  his  own  request,  was  relieved 
from  the  command.     Joseph  Hooker  was  appointed  in  his 

1.  What  proclamation  did  Lincoln  issue  in  the  fall  of  1862  ?    How  did  he  carry  out 
his  warning  ? 

2.  How  did  the  plan  of  operations  for  1S63  compare  with  that  of  18G2  ?    What  were 
the  great  objects  on  the  West?  on  the  East?    What  naval  expedition  was  planned  ? 


354 


LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


QENEKAL  JACKSON. 


stead,  January  25th.  Toward 
the  end  of  April  he  crossed  the 
Rappahannock  with  120,000 
men,  and  took  the  road  to  Rich 
mond  by  way  of  Chancellors- 
ville.  Here  he  was  attacked  by 
Lee,  and,  after  a  terrible  battle, 
which  lasted  through  the  2d 
and  3d  of  May,  he  was  defeat 
ed,  with  the  loss  of  12,000 
men.  He  then  recrossed  the 
Rappahannock.  It  was  in  this 
battle  that  the  famous  "Stone 
wall"  Jackson  was  mortally 
wounded  in  the  darkness, 
through  mistake,  by  his  own  men. 

4.  Lee,  as  soon  as  he  had  driven  off  Hooker,  tried  the  plan 
of  1862,  and  moved  quickly  to  invade  the  North  in  the  first 
week  of  June.     Hooker's  army,  by  rapid  marches,  threw  it 
self  between  Lee's  army  and  Washington,  and  in  this  way 
protected  the  capital.     Lee  turned  northward  by  the  Val 
ley  of  the  Shenandoah,  and  entered  Pennsylvania,  plunder 
ing  and  burning  as  he  went.    The  people  of  the  North  made 
extraordinary  efforts  to  resist  him ;  troops  poured  into  Penn 
sylvania,  and  George  G.  Meade  was  put  in  command  of  the 
army  in  place  of  Hooker. 

5.  Meade  took  up  a  strong  position  on  some  hilly  ground 
near  Gettysburg,  Pennsylvania,  where  he  was  attacked  by 
Lee.     Each  army  had  about  80,000  men.     The  battle  began 
on  the  1st  of  July,  and  lasted  to  the  close  of  the  3d,  when 
Lee  was  compelled  to  fall  back,  after  terrible  slaughter.     On 
the  4th  of  July  the  Confederate  army  recrossed  the  Poto 
mac,  and  retreated  to  the  south  bank  of  the  Rapidan,  where 
it  prepared  to  dispute  the  passage  of  the  river  by  the  LTnion 

3.  Who  was  placed  in  command  of  the  Union  army  in  January  ?    Why  was  this 
change  made  ?    What  was  Hooker's  plan  ?    What  route  did  he  take  ?    Where  is 
Chancellorsville  ?    Where  and  what  disaster  did  he  meet  with  ? 

4.  What  was  Lee's  movement  after  the  defeat  of  Hooker  ?    What  saved  Washing 
ton  ?    What  route  did  Lee  finally  take  ?    What  is  said  of  the  efforts  made  to  resist 
him,  and  the  change  in  the  command  of  the  army  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1863. 


355 


PART  OF  PENNSYLVANIA,  MARYLAND,  AND   VIRGINIA. 

army.  The  invasion  of  the  North  was,  however,  at  an  end. 
The  battle  of  Gettysburg  was  decisive  of  this  point.  It  cost 
Meade  24,000  men,  and  Lee  nearly  40,000  in  killed,  wounded, 
and  missing.  The  latter  commenced  the  invasion  with  an 
army  of  100,000  ;  at  its  close  it  was  reduced  to  40,000. 

6.  Operations  in  Arkansas  and  Mississippi.— At  Vicksburg 
the  year  1862  ended,  as  has  already  been  noticed,  with  the 
defeat  of  part  of  Grant's  army,  under  Sherman,  at  Chickasaw 
Bayou.     The  latter  kept  his  troops  busy,  and  in  January, 
1863,  accompanied  by  Admiral  Porter  and  his  fleet,  moved 
up  Arkansas  River,  and  captured  Arkansas  Post,  January 
10,  after  a  severe  battle. 

7.  General  Grant  adhered  to  his  great  purpose,  the  cap 
ture  of  Vicksburg.     For  three  months  in  the  beginning  of 
the  year  he  made  several  attempts  to  take  it  from  the  Yazoo 
side,  but  failed.     Pie  then  turned  his  attention  to  the  south 
side,  and  moved  his  army  along  the  west  bank  of  the  Mis 
sissippi,  from  Milliken's  Bend  to  New  Carthage,  below  Vicks 
burg,  intending  to  cross  the  river  and  fight  his  way  to  the 

5.  Where  did  Meade  come  up  with  Lee?    Where  is  Gettysburg?    How  long  did 
the  battle  last  ?  What  was  the  result  ?    State  the  loss  on  each  side.   What  was  Lee's 
loss  during  the  sortie  ? 

6.  What  was  the  closing  movement  of  1862  at  Vicksburg  ?    What  was  done  by  a 
part,  of  that  army  in  January  ?    Where  is  this  place  ? 


356  LINCOLN'S    ADMINISTRATION-. 

rear  of  the  city.  To  furnish  the  means  of  crossing,  trans 
ports,  accompanied  by  gun-boats,  ran  past  the  Vicksburg 
batteries  on  the  16th  and  22d  of  April,  not  without  severe 
loss  from  the  terrible  fire  that  was  poured  on  them. 


8.  While   Grant  was  thus  busy,  he  dispatched  Colonel 
Grierson,  at   the  head  of  1 700  cavalry,  on  a  raid  through 
Mississippi,  to  cut  the  enemy's  communications  east  of  Vicks 
burg  by  destroying  the  railroads.     Leaving  La  Grange,  Ten 
nessee,  about  fifty  miles  east  of  Memphis,  April  17,  Grierson 
passed  round  Pemberton's  Confederate   army;    and  in  16 
days,  after  traversing  800  miles  of  hostile  country,  and  de 
stroying  railroad  bridges,  stores,  and  arms,  reached  Baton 
Rouge,  Louisiana,  May  2,  with  a  loss  of  only  27  men. 

9.  From  New  Carthage  Grant  advanced  south,  nearly  op- 

7.  How  was  Grant  busy  at  the  beginning  of  the  year  ?    What  was  his  next  move 
ment?    How  and  where  did  he  move  his  army?    How  did  he  get  the  transports 
down  the  river  ? 

8.  What  happened  while  Grant  was  engaged  with  these  preparations  ?    Describe 
this  raid  and  its  results. 


EVENTS   OF    1863.  357 

posite  Grand  Gulf,  which  he  attacked  with  the  gun-boats, 
but  was  repulsed,  April  29.  Next  day  he  crossed  lower 
down  at  Bruinsburg,  the  landing  for  Port  Gibson,  and,  ad 
vancing,  defeated  a  part  of  Pemberton's  army  at  the  latter 
place,  May  1.  This  compelled  the  evacuation  of  Grand 
Gulf.  On  the  14th  of  May  he  defeated  General  Johnston 
at  Jackson  after  a  severe  battle ;  and,  pushing  in  between 
him  and  Pemberton,  defeated  the  latter  in  two  battles  on 
the  16th  and  17th,  driving  him  into  Vicksburg. 

10.  In  17  days  from  the  time  Grant  landed  below  Grand 
Gulf  he  was  in  the  rear  of  the  city  with  his  army.    Pember 
ton  was  there  closely  shut  up,  and  Johnston  lay  to  the  east 
unable  to  assist  him.     Twice  Grant  tried  to  take  the  works 
by  assault,  but  failed,  with  heavy  loss.     There  remained 
nothing  but  to  commence  a  regular  siege.     This  was  fol 
lowed  up  so  steadily  that,  on  the  4th  of  July,  Pemberton 
surrendered,  with  about  30,000    troops   prisoners   of  war. 
Thus  Lee's  retreat  from  Gettysburg  and  the  surrender  of 
Vicksburg  were  telegraphed  throughout  the  North  the  same 
day,  July  4. 

11.  During  the  siege  of  Vicksburg  General  Banks  was  be 
sieging  Port  Hudson,  another  strong  place  lower  down  the 
Mississippi.    When  the  Confederate  commander  there  heard 
that  Vicksburg  had  been  taken,  he  surrendered  to  Banks, 
July  8th.    The  Mississippi  River  was  now  open  to  the  Union 
vessels  throughout  its  wrhole  length,  never  again  to  be  closed 
durin.g  the  war. 

1 2.  Events  in  Tennessee  and  Georgia. — After  the  battle  of 
Murfreesboro',  the  army  of  Rosecrans  lay  quiet  for  several 
months.     In  the  last  week  of  June  it  was  again  in  motion, 
and  pressed  Bragg  out  of  Tennessee  into  Georgia.     Bragg 
was  then  heavily  re-enforced,  and  attacked  Rosecrans  at 
Chickamauga,  near  Chattanooga  River,  on  the  19th  of  Sep- 

9.  What  was  Grant's  first  point  of  attack  ?    Where  did  he  next  go,  and  with  what 
result?    What  is  said  of  the  battles  of  the  14th,  16th,  and  17th  of  May? 

10.  How  long  did  it  take  him  to  reach  the  rear  of  Vickshurg  ?    What  was  now  the 
condition  of  both  armies  ?    What  attempts  were  made  to  capture  the  city  ?    What  is 
said  of  the  siege  and  surrender?    What  great  event  happened  elsewhere  at  nearly 
the  same  time  ? 

11.  What  was  going  on  lower  down  the  Mississippi?    How  did  the  surrender  of 
Vicksburg1  affect  operations  here  ?    What  mighty  result  was  at  last  achieved  ? 


358 


LINCOLN  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


tember.  The  battle  was  continued  next  day.  Rosecrans 
himself  was  driven  off  the  field,  but  General  Thomas,  with 
his  corps,  kept  up  the  fight,  and  retreated  in  good  order. 
The  whole  army  then  fell  back  as  far  as  Chattanooga,  hav 
ing  lost  16,000  men  and  51  guns.  Bragg's  loss  was  about 
18,000.  At  Chattanooga  Rosecrans  was  closely  besieged 
by  Bragg,  and  suffered  greatly  from  want  of  supplies. 

13.  Soon  after,  Rosecrans  was  removed  from  the  command 
of  the  Army  of  the  Cumberland,  and  Grant  was  placed  over 
all  the  Western  armies.  His  arrival, -and  that  of  Generals 
Sherman  and  Hooker  with  re-enforcements,  speedily  changed 
the  aspect  of  affairs  round  Chattanooga.  Bragg's  army  was 
attacked.  Lookout  Mountain,  opposite  the  town  and  near 


I 


CAPTUBE  OF  LOOKOUT  MOUNTAIN,  NEAK  CHATTANOOGA. 

the  river,  was  carried  by  storm,  November  24,  by  General 
Hooker.  Next  day,  25th,  Missionary  Ridge,  close  by,  was 
occupied.  Bragg  retreated  into  Georgia,  and  shortly  after 
was  deprived  of  .his  command. 

12.  When  did  the  battle  of  Mnrfreesboro'  take  place  ?    What  generals  were  op 
posed  there?    How  long  was  it  before  Rosecrans  moved,  and  with  what  results? 
What  is  said  of  the  battle  of  Chickamauga  ?    Where  is  Chickamauga  ?    Who  dis 
tinguished  himself  in  this  battle  ?    What  is  said  of  the  final  retreat  ? 

13.  Who  superseded  Rosecrans  after  this  disaster,  and  with  what  powers?    What 
effected  a  change  at  Chattanooga?    What  movements  followed?    Where  is  Chatta 
nooga  ?    Lookout  Mountain  ?    Missionary  Ridge  ?    Who  disappears  from  the  Con 
federate  army  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1863.  359 

14.  After  the  battle  of  Missionary  Ridge,  Sherman  was 
sent  from  Grant's  army  north  into  East  Tennessee,  to  help 
General  Burnside,  who  had  gone  with  an  army  to  protect  the 
loyal  people  of  that  region.     He  was  now  closely  besieged 
in  Knoxville  by  General  Longstreet,  and  in  great  straits  for 
provisions.     On  the  29th  of  November  the  enemy  made  an 
assault  on  Burnside's  works,  which,  for  heroic  daring,  was 
unsurpassed  during  the  war,  but  they  were  driven  back  with 
great  slaughter.     On  the  3d  of  December  Longstreet  heard 
that  Sherman  was  approaching,  and  at  once  raised  the  siege 
and  retreated  into  Virginia. 

15.  The  War  in  the  extreme  Southwest.— On  the  day  that 
Vicksburg  surrendered,  General  Holmes,  who  commanded 
the  Confederates  in  Arkansas,  attacked  Helena,  but  was  re 
pulsed  by  General  Prentiss  with  severe  loss.     In  September, 
General  Steele,  at  the  head  of  the  Union  troops,  moved  from 
Helena,  beat  Marmaduke,  who  opposed  him,  and  then  drove 
Price  out  of  Little  Rock,  the  capital.     In  October  the  Con 
federates  were  chased  as  far  south  as  Red  River. 

16.  Away  out  in  Indian  Territory  there  was  fighting.     In 
Kansas,  also,  the  guerrilla  Quantrell,  with  300  bandits,  com 
mitted  great  excesses.     He  entered  Lawrence,  plundered  the 
bank,  burned  the  houses,  and  murdered  140  persons  in  cold 
blood.     Before  a  sufficient  cavalry  force  could  be  gathered 
in  the  neighborhood,  he  and  his  band  escaped. 

17.  Morgan's  Cavalry  Raid. — Another  Confederate  raid,  al 
though  on  a  larger  scale,  was  that  of  General  John  Morgan, 
at  the  head  of  3000  cavalry,  through  Kentucky,  into  Indiana 
and  Ohio.     Starting  from   Sparta,  Tennessee,  June   27,  he 
pushed  north  through  Kentucky^  crossed  the  Ohio  into  In 
diana,  traversed  the  southern  border  into  Ohio,  and,  passing 
north  and  around  Cincinnati,  endeavored  at  several  places 

14.  What  expedition  was  sent  by  Grant  after  these  battles  ?    What  was  the  situa 
tion  of  General  Bnrnside  ?    What  waa  he  doing  at  Knoxville  ?    Where  is  Knoxville  ? 
What  is  said  of  the  assault  on  the  29th  of  November  ?    How  was  Burnside  finally  r.  — 
lieved  ? 

15.  What  disaster  happened  to  the  Confederates  in  Arkansas  on  the  4th  c5 
What  other  movements  took  place  there  in  September?    To  what  poinf 
Confederates  driven  ?    See  Map,  page  367. 

16.  To  what  extreme  point  in  the  Southwest  did  the  war  extend  ? 
•were  perpetrated  in  Kansas  ? 


360 


LINCOLN  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


to  recross  the  Ohio  into  Virginia.  Gun-boats  patroling  the 
river  prevented  his  crossing,  and,  forced  eastward,  he  had  a 
race  for  his  life,  followed  by  a  Union  force  that  had  tracked 
him  all  the  way  from  Kentucky.  Different  detachments  of 
his  troops  were  captured  after  sharp  encounters.  At  last, 
July  27,  Morgan  himself,  with  what  was  left  of  his  band, 
surrendered  at  discretion,  near  New  Lisbon,  Ohio,  exactly 
one  month  from  the  time  he  started  from  Tennessee. 

18.  Events  on  the  Coast. — On  the  1st  of  January,  Galves- 
ton,  Texas,  was  captured  by  the  Confederates  under  Magru- 
der.     A  valuable  United  States  steamer  and  a  great  quan 
tity  of  stores  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  enemy.     It  was  a  sad 
affair  for  the  Union  cause  in  Texas,  because  it  furnished  the 
enemy  with  one  more  port  through  which  they  could  obtain 
supplies  from  abroad. 

1 9.  Expedition  against  Charleston, — A  great  naval  expedi 

tion,  under  Ad 
miral  Dupont, 
sent  against 
Charleston,  met 
with  signal  de 
feat,  April  7.  In 
attempting  t  o 
pass  the  forts 
and  batteries  in 
the  harbor,  nine 
iron-clads  were 
badly  injured. 
Another  expedi 
tion,  principally 
of  land  troops, 
was  sent  to  that 
harbor  three  months  after.  On  the  10th  of  July,  General 
Gillmore,  the  commander,  made  a  lodgment  on  the  south 
jend  of  Morris  Island,  and  threw  up  batteries.  From  these 
|.  bombarded  Fort  Sumter  in  the  harbor,  and  Fort  Wag- 

Btot  other  raid  was  started  ?    Describe  his  route,  and  the  measures  that  were 
*ure  him.    What  was  the  result? 

'     nortant  place  on  the  coast  was  lost  by  the  Unionists  in  January? 
«e  besides  the  place  ?    Why  was  this  disaster  so  unfortunate  ? 


EVEXTS    OF    1863. 


361 


ner  on  Morris  Island.  On  the  night  of  September  6th  Fort 
Wagner  was  evacuated.  Fort  Sumter  was  completely  de 
stroyed  on  its  land  side,  and  shells  were  thrown  into  the 


FORT  SUMTEB.—  LAND  SIDE  AFTER  THE  BOMBARDMENT. 

city  of  Charleston.  Although  the  harbor  was  still  held  by 
the  enemy,  the  Federal  ships  were  now  enabled  to  watch  it 
so  thoroughly  that  no  blockade-runner  could  get  in  or  out. 
Thus  the  Confederates  lost  one  more  port. 

20.  State  of  the  War  at  the  Close  of  1863.— The  Union 
cause  had  again  made  great  progress  during  the  year.    The 
Federal  troops  had  been  beaten,  it  is  true,  at  Chickamauga 
and  at  Chancellorsville ;  the  North  suffered  greatly  by  Lee's 
invasion  of  Pennsylvania;  the  Confederates  seized  and  held 
Galveston ;  and  the  iron-clad  fleet  was  driven  back  from 
Charleston  Harbor. 

21.  On  the  other  hand,  there  were  marked  successes.     A 
great  part  of  Arkansas  was  gained  and  held  firmly,  and  Mis 
souri  was  freed  from  the  Confederates.     By  the  capture  of 
Vicksburg  and  Port  Hudson  the  entire  Mississippi  was  con 
trolled  by  the  Federal  gun-boats.     Thus  the  immense  sup 
plies  from  Texas  and  the  Red  River  country  sent  formerly 
to  the  Confederate  armies  in  the  East  across  the  Mississippi 
were   stopped.     Bragg  had  been  driven  out  of  Tennessee 

19.  What  attempt  was  made  against  Charleston  in  April?    With  what  success? 
What  occurred  in  July  ?    See  Map  for  the  situation  of  these  pointe.    What  other  ex 
pedition  followed  ?    What  is  said  of  General  Gillmore's  mode  of  attack,  and  its  suc 
cess?    What  did  Gillmore's  success  enable  the  Federal  ships  to  accomplish? 

20.  State  the  principal  misfortunes  experienced  by  the  Federal  cause  in  the  yeur 
1863. 

Q 


362 

into  Georgia.  East  Tennessee  was  occupied.  Lee  had  suf 
fered  a  disastrous  defeat  at  Gettysburg,  and  the  attempt  to 
transfer  the  Avar  to  Northern  soil  failed.  Charleston  Har 
bor,  although  held  by  the  enemy,  was  now  so  sealed  up  aft 
er  the  capture  of  Fort  Wagner  as  to  be  useless  to  them. 

22.  Then  supplies  from  Europe  were  almost  cut  oifby  the 
blockade.     The  South  was  becoming  weaker  in  men  and  in 
resources  of  every  kind.    In  the  North,  each  year  seemed  to 
be  adding  new  determination.     Fresh  troops  were  demand 
ed  by  the  government  and  granted  by  the  states.    The  city 
of  New  York  seemed  for  a  short  time  an  exception.     In  the 
month  of  July,  during  Lee's  invasion,  while  all  the  city  regi 
ments  had  gone  to  Pennsylvania,  a  riot  broke  out.     The 
draft  wras  resisted ;  public  and  private  property  was  burned  ; 
the  negroes  were  chased  on  the  streets,  abused,  and  killed. 
by  the  rioters.     At  length  the  riot  was  put  down,  but  not 
until  it  had  lasted  three  days  and  after  heavy  loss  of  life. 
Afterward  the  draft  went  on. 

23.  The  cost  of  the  war  was  enormous.     At  the  end  of 
1863  the  debt  reached  $1,300,000,000,  and  the  preparations 
for  the  next  year  were  on  such  a  scale  as  would  necessarily 
increase  this  amount.     Still  the  North  was  prosperous.     The 
war  created  a  demand  for  all  kinds  of  labor ;  paper  money 
was  abundant ;  every  thing  went  on  as  in  peace,  and  a  for 
eigner  could  scarcely  have  realized,  from  any  evidence  of 
distress  at  the  North,  that  the  United  States  were  waging 
one  of  the  most  tremendous  wars  in  history. 

In  the  month  of  June,  Western  Virginia,  which  had  re 
mained  constant  to  the  Union  cause,  was  separated  by  Con 
gress  from  Virginia,  and  erected  into  a  separate  state. 

21.  What  were  the  successes  of  the  Unionists  in  Arkansas  and  Missouri  ?    On  ths 
Mississippi  ?    What  immediate  advantage  was  gained  by  the  last  ?    What  was  gained 
in  Tennessee  ?    What  is  said  of  Gettysburg  ?    of  the  effect  of  the  capture  of  Fort 
Wagner  ?    What  contrast  is  made  between  the  resources  of  the  North  and  South  ? 

22.  How  was  the  war  affecting  the  spirit  of  the  North  ?    What  place  seemed  an 
exception  ?    State  what  occurred  there  this  year.    How  long  did  this  last  ?    Did  this 
not  stop  the  draft  ? 

23.  What  is  said  of  the  cost  of  the  war  ?    How  is  this  seen  ?    What  was  the  state 
of  prosperity  at  the  North  ?    What  evidence  is  given  of  this  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1864.  363 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS.— 1868. 

1.  With  what  great  event  did  the  year  1863  open  ? 

2.  What  was  the  plan  of  operations  for  the  year  ? 

3.  Who  was  placed  in  command  of  the  Army  of  the  Potomac  ? 

4.  What  was  his  success  ? 

5.  How  did  Lee  profit  by  this  ? 

6.  How  was  he  opposed,  and  by  whom  ? 

7.  Why  was  the  battle  of  Gettysburg  so  important? 

8.  What  extent  of  time  did  Lee's  invasion  cover  ? 

9.  For  what  other  event  was  July  4, 1863,  celebrated? 

10.  What  two  renowned  generals  were  engaged  in  the  battles  that  preceded  this 
siege  ? 

11.  Sketch  Grants  movements  on  the  Mississippi  and  neighborhood. 

12.  Describe  the  famous  cavalry  raid  during  this  campaign. 

13.  What  place  surrendered  after  the  fall  of  Vicksburg? 

14.  How  was  Rosecrans  busy  in  the  year  1863  ? 

15.  Who  saved  the  army  at  Chickamauga  ? 

16.  How  was  the  Union  army  saved  at  Chattanooga? 

17.  Describe  the  battles  in  that  neighborhood. 

18.  Why  was  East  Tennessee  considered  so  important? 

19.  Sketch  the  state  of  affairs  at  Kuoxville  in  November. 

20.  What  Confederate  raids  marked  the  year? 

21.  What  disaster  occurred  in  Texas? 

22.  Why  was  this  particularly  unfortunate? 

23.  What  took  place  in  Arkansas  ? 

24.  Mention  the  operations  near  Charleston,  and  what  was  gained  there. 

25.  Give  a  general  review  of  the  results  of  the  fighting  in  1863. 

26.  What  events  were  transpiring  in  New  York  during  Lee's  invasion  ? 

27.  What  new  state  was  admitted  in  1863,  and  under  what  circumstances  'i 

28.  Name  the  principal  Union  generals  and  naval  officers  engaged  during  this  year. 

29.  Name  the  Confederate  generals. 

30.  Give  the  principal  events  of  1863. 


SECTION  IV. 

EVENTS    OF     1864. 

1.  BEFORE  proceeding  to  trace  the  operations  of  the  dif 
ferent  armies  during  the  year  1864,  the  eiforts  of  the  Con 
federates  on  the  ocean,  which  were  brought  nearly  to  an 
end  during  this  year,  will  first  be  noticed.     The  Confeder 
ate  government  determined,  at  the  very  beginning  of  the 
war,  to  strike  where  the  United  States  were  open  to  attack, 
by  either  destroying  American  merchant  ships  with  armed 
vessels,  or  by  driving  them  from  the  ocean. 

2.  The  first  step,  as  early  as  May,  1861,  was  the  establish- 

1.  What  is  here  first  to  be  noticed  ?    At  what  determination  did  the  Confeder= 
ates  arrive  at  the  beginning  of  the  war  ? 


364 

ment  of  privateering.  This  had  only  moderate  success,  be 
cause  the  Confederates  had  no  open  ports  into  which  the 
privateers  could  bring  their  prizes,  and  neutral  powers 
would  not  permit  the  use  of  their  ports  for  that  purpose. 
TJie  first  privateer  was  the  Savannah,  fitted  out  at  Charles 
ton,  carrying  only  one  gun,  and  not  much  larger  than  an  or 
dinary  pilot  boat.  Her  career  was  short;  she  was  captured 
the  same  day  after  she  ran  the  blockade  by  the  United 
States  brig  Perry. 

3.  In  the  beginning  of  May,  the  Confederate  cruiser  Sum- 
ter,  commanded  by  Captain  Semmes,  was  prepared  for  sea 
at  New  Orleans,  and  in  July  escaped  to  sea,  and  captured 
some  American  vessels.    She  continued  her  cruise  until  Feb 
ruary,  1862,  seizing  and  burning  merchant   ships,  and  was 
then  blockaded  by  the  Tuscarora  at  Cadiz,  where  she  was 
sold  by  Semmes,  and  the  crew  was  discharged.     The  Nash 
ville,  another  of  these  early  Confederate  cruisers,  succeeded 
in  escaping  from  Charleston  to  England  in  October,  1861, 
and  returned  to  the  United  States  in  1862,  running  the  block 
ade,  and  bringing  with  her  $3,000,000  worth  of  stores.    One 
year  afterward,  March,  1863,  she  was  destroyed  by  the  iron 
clads,  near  Fort  M'Allister,  on  the  Savannah  River. 

4.  The  Confederates  now  turned  to  British  ship-yards  for 
the  supply  of  armed  cruisers.    The  Florida,  originally  named 
the  Oreto,  built  near  Liverpool,  sailed  into  Mobile  Bay  un 
der  British  colors,  August,  1862.     In  January,  1863,  she  ran 
the  blockade,  and,  after  destroying  in  three  months  fifteen 
vessels,  was  finally  seized  in  the  harbor  of  Bahia,  Brazil,  and 
brought  to  Hampton  Roads.     Here  she  sank  in  an  accidental 
collision  with  another  vessel.     The  Georgia,  built  at  Glas 
gow,  Scotland,  after  a  short  cruise,  was  captured  in  1863. 
The  Chickamauga  burnt  ships  to  the  value  of  half  a  million 
of  dollars.     The  Tallahassee  destroyed  in  ten  days  thirty- 
three  vessels;  arid  the  Olustee  was  also  busy  in  the  same 
work. 

2.  When  did  they  put  this  purpose  in  execution?    Was  this  successful,  and  why 
not  ?    What  is  said  of  the  first  privateer  ? 

3.  What  is  the  history  of  the  Sumter  ?    Sketch  the  career  of  the  Nashville. 

4.  Who  now  supplied  these  privateers  ?    What  is  the  history  of  the  Florida?   What 
three  other  Anglo-Confederate  cruisers  are  mentioned?    What  is  said  of  them? 


EVENTS    OF    1864. 


365 


The  most  active  and  notorious  of  all  the  Anglo-Con 
federate  cruisers  was  the  Alabama,  built  at  Liverpool,  and 
allowed  to  escape  to  sea  against  the  earnest  remonstrance 
of  the  American  minister  in  England.  She  was  commanded 
by  Captain  Semmes,  formerly  of  the  Sumter ;  but  her  crew 
was  British,  her  guns  were  British,  and  under  the  British 
flag  she  approached  unsuspecting  merchant  vessels,  and 
captured  or  destroyed  them.  After  a  long  career,  during 
which  she  never  entered  a  Confederate  port,  she  sailed  into 
the  harbor  of  Cherbourg,  France,  where  she  was  blockaded 
by  the  United  States  war  steamer  Kearsarge,  Captain  Wins- 
low. 

6.  Ordered  by  the  French  government  to  leave  the  har 
bor,  the  Alabama  was  attacked,  June  19, 1864,  by  the  Kear 
sarge,  five  miles  from  shore,  and  sunk,  after  an  engagement 
of  one  hour  and  a  quarter.  Her  commander,  Semmes,  was 


DESTRUCTION   OF   THE   ALABAMA   BY   THE   KEAR8ARGE. 


5.  What  was  the  most  active  of  them  all?  What  is  said  of  her  building  and  her 
escape?  What  stamps  her  character ?  Who  commanded  her?  Where  was  she  in 
the  beginning  of  1SG4  ? 


366 


LINCOLN  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


rescued  from  the  water  by  an  English  yacht  that  hovered 
near  during  the  battle.  The  Alabama  captured  65  mer 
chant  vessels,  and  destroyed  property  worth  10  millions  of 
dollars.  Pier  cruise  rises  to  first-rate  importance  as  forming 
the  ground  of  a  claim  by  the  United  States  against  England 
for  damages  to  American  commerce — a  claim  still  unsettled 
in  1870,  and  which  has  already  threatened  serious  difficulty 
between  the  two  nations. 

7.  The  Union  government,  with  immense  armies  and  un- 
diminished  resources,  proceeded  steadily  in  its  work  of  crush 
ing  out  the  Confederacy.     The  plan  of  operations  for  the 
year  1864,  in  the  spring,  resolved  itself  into  the  two  simulta 
neous  movements — one  of  Sherman  eastward  into  Georgia 
with  the  armies  of  the  West;  the  other  of  Grant,  with  the 
Potomac  army,  toward  Richmond — and  the  capture  of  the 
remaining  Confederate  sea-ports.     A  movement  of  second 
ary  importance  was  made  in  the  beginning  of  the  year  from 
Port  Royal,  South  Carolina,  under  General  Seymour,  to  Flor 
ida.     At  Olustee  he  received  a  disastrous  defeat,  February 
20,  and  was  compelled  to  return. 

8.  Operations  in  Mississippi. — General  W.  T.  Sherman  left 

Vicksburg  February  3,  with 
the  intention  of  destroying  the 
railroads  in  northern  Mississip 
pi,  and  thus  breaking  the  com 
munications  of  that  state  with 
the  rest  of  the  Confederacy. 
His  plans  were  somewhat  dis 
arranged  by  General  Forrest, 
who  defeated  a  large  cavalry 
force  from  Memphis  intended 
to  join  Sherman  at  Meridian, 
Mississippi.  From  this  point, 
the  intersection  of  two  great 
railroads,  Sherman  returned  to 
Vicksburg,  after  destroying  150 

6.  State  what  happened  to  her  in  June.    What  was  the  extent  of  her  depredations? 
Why  is  the  cruise  of  the  Alabama  of  so  much  importance  ? 

7.  What  was  the  plan  of  operations  for  1804?    What  movement  was  made  to  the 
coast  of  Florida,  and  with  what  success? 


GENEKAL    W.   T.    SUEBMAN. 


EVENTS    OF    1864. 


367 


miles  of  railroad,  67  bridges,  20  locomotives,  28  cars,  thou 
sands  of  bales  of  cotton,  and  20,000  bushels  of  corn. 

9.  The  Confederate  Forrest  advanced  north  into  Tennes 
see,  laying  waste  the  country,  and  captured  Union  City, 
Tennessee,  March  24.     Next  day  he  appeared  before  Padu- 
cah,  Kentucky,  but  was  repulsed,  with  the  loss  of  1500  men. 
On  the  12th  of  April  he  attacked  Fort  Pillow.     The  garri 
son,  principally  negro  troops,  made  a  brave  resistance,  but 
were  forced  to  surrender.    After  they  had  thrown  down  their 
arms,  a  number  were  shot  in  cold  blood,  or  otherwise  bru 
tally  murdered.      Forrest's  raid  accomplished  nothing  for 
the  Confederate  cause. 

10.  The  Red  River  Expedition.— Early  in  March  an  expe- 


WAR   IN   THE    SOUTHWEST.       RED    RIVER    EXPEDITION. 


8.  On  what  expedition  did  General  Sherman  start  in  February?    What  interfered 
With  his  plans?    How  far  was  Sherman  successful ? 

9.  State  Forrest's  movements  in  March.     Describe  what  occurred  in  April. 


368  LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

dition  was  sent  into  the  Red  River  country,  Louisiana.  The 
advance  consisted  of  10,000  troops  from  Vicksburg,  under 
General  Smith,  and  this  was  joined  by  a  fleet  of  gun-boats 
under  Admiral  Porter.  Sailing  up  lied  River,  the  army 
landed  and  captured  Fort  de  Russy  with  the  help  of  the 
gun- boats,  March  14.  On  the  21st  Natchitoches  was  en 
tered. 

11.  General  Banks  soon  after  joined  with  troops  from  New 
Orleans,  took  command,  and  pushed  on  toward  Shreveport, 
at  the  head  of  navigation  on  Red  River.     Near  Mansfield, 
at  Sabine  Cross  Roads,  he  was  attacked  by  the  enemy  on 
April  8,  and  met  with  a  severe  reverse.     He  then  fell  back 
to  Pleasant  Hill,  where  the   enemy  was  repulsed,  April  9. 
Banks  continued  his  retreat,  but  on  the  way  was  opposed  at 
Cane  River,  where  he  routed  the  enemy,  April  23,  and  ar 
rived  at  Alexandria  on  the  25th. 

12.  When  Banks  moved  toward  Shreveport,  Porter  and 
his  gun-boats  ascended  the  river.     Hearing  of  the  disaster 
to  the  troops,  Porter  dropped  down  to  the  rapids  or  falls  of 
Alexandria,  with  the  loss  of  one  of  his  boats.     The  water  in 
the  river  had  fallen  so  low  that  he  could  not  pass  the  falls ; 
and  it  seemed  for  a  time  as  though  the  boats  must  be  de 
stroyed  or  fall  into  the  hands  of  the  enemy.     Fortunately, 
Lieutenant  Colonel  Bailey,  formerly  a  Wisconsin   lumber 
man,  constructed  an  immense  dam  below  the  rapids,  and 
when  the  water  had  risen,  the  boats  were  floated  over  in 
safety.     The  expedition  then  returned  to  the  Mississippi. 
Banks  was  relieved  of  his  command,  and  General  Canby  was 
appointed  in  his  stead. 

13.  Steele,  the  LTnion  general  in  Arkansas,  moved  from 
Little  Rock,  March  23,  to  co-operate  with  Banks,  and  had 
arrived  near  Shreveport  when  he  heard  of  the  defeat  of  the 
latter.     Being  severely  pressed  by  a  superior  force  of  the 
enemy,  Steele  then  fell  back,  fighting  all  the  way,  to  Little 
Rock,  which  he  reached  May  2.     The  entire  Red  River  expe- 

10.  What  expedition  was  sent  out  in  March?     Where  is  the  Ked  River  country? 
Of  what  troops  did  the  advance  consist  ?    What  was  their  success  at  first  ? 

11.  By  whom  was  the  army  joined  ?    Describe  his  movements  and  the  'battles  that 
followed  ?    For  these  places,  see  Map,  page  HOT.     To  what  place  did  he  retreat  ? 

12.  What  happened  to  the  gun-boats?    How  were  they  saved  from  destruction? 
To  what  poiut  did  the  expedition  return  ?    What  change  was  made? 


EVENTS    OF    18G4.  369 

dition  proved  both  useless  and  disastrous,  and  was  a  source 
of  o-reat  mortification  to  the  North. 

O 

14.  The  Changes  at  the  Head  of  the  Union  Armies. — In  the 
beginning  of  March  Grant  was  appointed  lieutenant  general 
and  commander  of  all  the  armies  of  the  Union.     He  imme 
diately  removed  his  head-quarters  to  the  Army  of  the  Poto 
mac.    At  the  same  time  Sherman  was  appointed  to  the  com 
mand  of  the  Military  Division  of  the  Mississippi,  which  em 
braced  three  great  armies — that  of  the  Ohio,  the  Cumber 
land,  and  the  Tennessee. 

15.  This  was  a  change  of  great  importance,  because  the 
operations  in  the  East  and  West  could  now  be  made  to  as 
sist  each  other.     The  two  large  armies  of  the  Confederacy 
were  under  Lee  and  Johnston.     That  under  Lee  guarded 
Richmond ;  the  other,  under  Johnston,  covered  Atlanta,  in 
Georgia.     Grant's  plan  of  the  campaigns  for  1864  required 
that  Sherman  should  strike  the  army  of  Johnston,  while,  at 
the  same  time,  he  himself,  with  the  Army  of  the  Potomac, 
should  crush  Lee  and  capture  Richmond. 

16.  Sherman's  Campaign  to  Atlanta. — Sherman  commenced 
to  perform  his  part  by  leaving  Chattanooga,  on  the  Atlanta 
campaign,  May  7,  with  nearly  100,000  men.     Johnston,  at 
the  head  of  the  Confederate  army,  numbering  70,000,  dis 
puted  his  advance.     Outflanked  by  Sherman  at  Dalton,  he 
fell  back  to  Resaca,  where  a  severe  battle  was  fought  May 
14  and  15.     Johnston,  again   outflanked,  made  a  stand  at 
Dallas,  where  he  was  defeated,  and  Allatoona  Pass  turned, 
May  25-28.     At  Lost  Mountain  there  was  heavy  fighting 
June  15,  16,  17,  and  at  Kenesaw  Mountain  June  22  to  July 
3.     By  the  10th  of  July  Johnston  had  fallen  back  within 
the  fortifications  of  Atlanta. 

17.  The  Confederate  government,  dissatisfied  with  John- 
is.  Describe  the  movement  intended  to  co-operate  with  Banks.    What  is  said  of 

the  Red  River  expedition  ? 

14.  WThat  distinguished  honor  did  Grant  now  receive?  and  also  Sherman?    What 
armies  were  combined  under  the  latter? 

15.  Why  was  th's  change  so  important?    What  and  where  were  the  chief  Confed 
erate  armies?    What  was  Grant's  plan  of  the  campaigns? 

16.  When  and  from  what  place  did  Sherman  commence  to  move?    What  was  his 
force?    What  army  opposed  him?    What  military  movement  did  Sherman  adopt? 
Mention  the  different  battles  that,  were  fought.    What  was  the  result  on  the  10th  of 
July? 

O   9 


370 


LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


stem's  retreating  policy,  ordered  General  Hood  to  supersede 
him;  and  Hood  attacked  Sherman  three  times  during  the 
month  of  July,  only  to  be  defeated.  The  latter  tightened 
his  hold  on  Atlanta,  and  at  last,  by  a  masterly  movement, 
got  in  between  two  parts  of  Hood's  army.  This  compelled 
Hood  to  evacuate  the  city,  and  Sherman's  advanced  corps 
entered  it  September  2.  His  campaign  from  Chattanooga 


BATTLE   OF   ATLANTA. 


had  cost  him  30,000  men.  The  Confederate  loss  probably 
exceeded  this.  Atlanta  had  been  a  place  of  great  impor 
tance  to  the  Confederates.  Here  were  extensive  manufac 
tories  of  cannon  and  munitions  of  war,  and  it  was  at  the 
crossing  of  several  railroads.  Sherman  rested  here  to  re 
cruit  his  army  and  to  prepare  for  his  famous  march  of  200 
miles  across  Georgia  to  the  sea. 

IT.  What  change  was  made  in  the  command  of  the  Confederate  army,  and  why? 
What  success  followed  this  change '?  What  was  Hood  forced  to  do,  and  why  ?  What 
had  the  capture  of  Atlanta  cost?  What  made  it  of  so  much  importance  ?  How  was 
Sherman  occupied  after  the  capture  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1864. 


371 


NORTH  CAROLINA,  SOUTH  CAROLINA,  AND  GEORGIA.      SHERMAN'S  MARCH. 

1 8.  Advance  of  Hood  to  Nashville. — Hood,  in  order  to  draw 
the  Union  general  out  of  Georgia,  moved  north  into  Tennes 
see.     Sherman,  at  first  followed  him  with  a  part  of  his  troops, 
but  soon  tired  of  pursuing  an  enemy  that  would  not  fight, 
and  returned  to  Atlanta    He 

presently  arranged  with  Gen 
eral  Thomas,  now  at  the  head 
of  the  Army  of  the  Tennessee, 
that  the  latter  should  watch 
Hood.  Thomas's  army  was 
heavily  re-enforced  from  the 
North,  and  he  fell  back  to 
ward  Nashville,  followed  by 
the  Confederates.  A  severe 
battle  was  fought  at  Frank 
lin  by  General  Schofield  on 
the  30th  of  November,  and 
Thomas  retired  within  the 
fortifications  of  Nashville. 

19.  Hood  followed  him,  and,  while  making  preparations 

18.  What  was  Hood's  plan  ?  How  did  Sherman  at  first  act?  What  arrangement 
did  he  make  ?  What  were  Thomas's  movemeuts  ?  What  battle  was  fought  in  No 
vember? 


GENERAL  THOMAS. 


372 


LINCOLN  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


to  move  on  the  Union  work's,  was  himself  attacked  sudden 
ly  by  Thomas,  December  15.  On  the  second  day  of  the  bat 
tle  of  Nashville  the  Confederate  army  was  completely  rout 
ed.  Next  day,  the  17th,  the  Union  troops  commenced  the 
pursuit,  and  continued  it  for  over  50  miles.  The  Confeder 
ate  army  of  40,000  men  was  nearly  destroyed. 


SIEGE   OP  NASHVILLE. 

20.  Sherman's  March  to  the  Sea,— While  Hood  was  mov 
ing  into  Tennessee,  Sherman  cut  his  own  railroad  and  tele 
graphic  communications  with  Chattanooga,  burned  Atlanta, 
and  on  the  14th  of  November  commenced  his  march  across 
Georgia  to  Savannah  with  00,000  men.  Pie  met  with  little 
resistance,  and  in  four  weeks  reached  the  neighborhood  of 
Savannah.  On  the  13th  of  December  he  stormed  and  took 
Fort  M'Allister,  which  commanded  the  river.  On  the  21st, 
five  weeks  from  the  time  he  left  Atlanta,  he  entered  the 
city,  which  had  been  evacuated  by  the  enemy,  and  sent  the 


19.  What  brought  on  the  buttle  of  Nashville  i   Wliat,  is  said  of  it  and  of  the  pursuit? 


EVENTS    OF    1864. 


373 


news  of  its  capture,  as  "  a  Christmas  present,"  to  President 
Lincoln. 


SHERMAN'S  ARMY  ON  ITS  MARCH  TO  TUK  SEA. 

21.  The  Campaign  in  Virginia. — Grant's  part  of  the  great- 
forward  movement  began  by  crossing  the  Rapid  an  Rivei( 
with  140,000  men,  on  the  morning  of  the  4th  of  May,  Gen 
eral  Meade  being  in  immediate  command.  This  was  only 
four  days  before  Sherman  left  Chattanooga,  Grant,  after 
crossing  the  river,  entered  a  tract  called  the  Wilderness. 
Here  Lee's  army,  numbering  about  100,000,  attacked  him  on 
the  5th,  near  the  old  battle-ground  of  Chancellorsville.  Aft 
er  three  days'  hard  fighting,  and  terrible  slaughter  on  both 
sides,  Lee  fell  back  to  Spottsylvania  Court-house,  where  the 
battle  was  renewed.  It  was  on  the  morning  of  the  llth 
that  Grant,  after  six  days'  very  hard  fighting,  sent  his  fa 
mous  dispatch  to  Washington,  containing  these  now  historic 

20.  What  important  movement  was  be<rnn  by  Sherman  in  November?  What  was 
his  success?  What  was  taken  on  Uie  13th  and  20th? 


374 


LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


words,  "I  propose  to  fight  it  out  on  this  line,  if  it  takes  all 
summer" 

22.  The  battle  of  the  12th  of  May  was  probably  the  most 
severe,  the  loss  on  each  side  being  not  less  than  10,000. 
Finding  that  Lee  could  not  be  driven  in  front,  Grant  moved 
by  the  enemy's  right  flank,  crossed  the  Pamunkey  River  at 
Hanover  Town,  and  attacked  Lee,  strongly  fortified,  at  Cold 
Harbor  on  the  1st  of  June,  but  was  repulsed  with  a  loss  of 
2000  men.  On  the  3d,  a  second  attack,  which  lasted  little 
more  than  half  an  hour,  was  made,  in  which  Grant's  loss  was 
7000.  The  entire  Union  loss  in  the  Army  of  the  Potomac 
from  the  5th  of  May  to  the  13th  of  June  was  54,551  men 
in  killed,  wounded,  and  missing.  Lee's  was  about  32,000. 


21.  When  did  the  Potomac  army  begin  to  move?    What  was  its  size,  and  who 
was  in  command?    Where  was  the  first  battle  fought?    How  many  days'  fighting 
followed  ?    What  was  Grant's  determination  ? 

22.  What  is  said  of  the  battle  of  the  12th  ?    What  movement  was  Grant  compelled 
to  make,  and  with  what  success  ?    Describe  the  terrible  losses  at  Cold  Harbor.   What 
is  said  of  the  losses  on  each  side  in  the  campaign-up  to  this  time? 


EVENTS    OF    1864.  375 

23.  Before  Grant  reached  Spottsylvania,  he   dispatched 
Sheridan,  May  7,  with  10,000  cavalry,  to  break  the  railroad 
connection  between  Richmond  and  the  Shenandoah  Valley 
and  Lynchburg.     In  this  he  met  with  considerable  success. 
and  went  within  a  few  miles  of  the  Confederate  capital.    On 
the  25th   of  June  he   rejoined  Grant.     As  a  part  also  of 
Grant's  movement,  General  Butler  moved  in  force  from  For 
tress  Monroe  toward  Richmond,  and  occupied  City  Point 
and  Bermuda  Hundred  on  the  James,  May  5.     On  the  16th 
he  was  attacked  by  the  Confederates,  and  forced  back  be 
tween  the  James  and  Appornattox  Rivers  at  Bermuda  Hun 
dred,  where  his  force  was  hemmed  in,  and  rendered  useless 
for  an  immediate  advance  on  Richmond. 

24.  A  movement  was  also  made  up  the  Shenandoah,  to  as 
sist  operations  on  Lee's  flank  and  rear.     On  the  1st  of  May 
Sigel  moved  up  the  Valley  with  10,000  men,  and  was  routed 
at  Newmarket  on  the  15th  by  Brcckinridge  with  consider 
able  loss.     Hunter  succeeded  Sigel,  and  defeated  the  enemy 
at  Piedmont  June  5th.     He  then  approached  the  important 
point  of  Lynchburg.     Lee,  becoming  alarmed  for  its  safety, 
sent  a  strong  force  to  its  relief,  and  Hunter  retreated  into 
Western  Virginia. 

25.  Grant  began  to  move  his  army,  re-enforced  to  150,000 
men,  across  the  James  on  the  15th  of  June.     On  the  18th  he 
assaulted  Petersburg,  which  had  been  hastily  fortified  by  a 
part  of  Lee's  army.     It  was  a  place  of  great  importance,  be 
cause  it  was  the  centre  of  several  railroads  connecting  Rich 
mond  with  the  South.     In  four  days  Grant's  losses  in  the  as 
sault  were  9000  men.     With  his  repulse  at  Petersburg  the 
siege  of  that  place  and  of  Richmond  began.     Grant's  move 
ments  had  thus  far  cost  him  64,000  men.    Lee  had  lost  about 
38,000.     The  struggle  was  now  a  simple  question  of  the  re 
sources  of  the  North  against  the  exhausted  energies  of  the 
South. 

23.  What  movement  was  made  by  Sheridan,  and  for  what  purpose?    What  was 
his  success  ?    What  other  movement  did  Grant  plan  ?    What  happened  to  Butler  ? 

24.  State  the  operations  in  the  Shenandoah  Valley  in  May?  also  in  June?    What 
was  the  result  ?    What  was  the  object  of  these  movements  ? 

25.  Where  did  Grant  move  in  June?    What  place  did  he  assault,  and  with  what 
success  ?    What  is  said  of  the  losses  of  each  army  from  the  commencement  of  the 
campaign  ? 


376 


LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


MECH/W/ CSWUE 


26.  An  attempt  was  presently  made  to  break  Lee's  lines  by 

____  running  a  mine  under  one  of 
the  enemy's  forts.  On  the 
morning  of  the  30th  of  July, 
four  tons  of  powder  were  ex 
ploded  in  it,  and  over  the 
chasm  that  was  made  the 
Federal  soldiers  charged. 
But  the  enemy  turned  their 
guns  upon  them,  and  drove 
them  back  with  the  loss  of 
5000  men.  On  August  18, 
19,  20,  Grant  seized  and  de 
stroyed  a  part  of  the  Wei- 
don  Railroad  soutli  of  Pe 
tersburg.  This  contest  of 
three  days  cost  Grant  4500 
troops.  There  was  more 
severe  fighting,  continuing 
as  late  as  December  ;  and 
throughout  the  Avinter  the 

Z3 

Union  army  was  occupied 
in  extending  their  intrench- 
ments,  and  endeavoring  to 
break  the  enemy's  commu* 

K1CIIMO.N1),  Ib64-05. 

vacations. 

27.  Early's  Raid  into  Maryland  and  Pennsylvania,  —  Tt  has 
already  been  seen  how  the  co-operating  army  failed  in  the 
Valley  of  the  Shenandoah.     Hunter's  retreat  into  West  Vir 
ginia  left  Washington  exposed,  and  Lee,  quickly  perceiving 
this,  ordered  Early,  with  20,000  men,  to  advance  north,  hop 
ing,  perhaps,  that  this  would  compel  Grant  to  raise  the  siege 
of  Petersburg.     Early  marched  with  great  rapidity,  crossed 
the  Potomac,  and  entered  Maryland  July  5th. 

28.  At  Monocacy  River,  July  9,  he  defeated  General  L. 


26.  To  what  mode  of  attack  did  Grant  resort  iri  July?    Describe  it,  and  state  the 
-eault.    What  great  success  did  lie  meet  with  in  August?    See  map.    What  is  said 
of  later  events  around  Petersburg? 

27.  What  followed  the  misfortunes  of  the  Union  army  in  the  Shenandoah  Valley? 
What  advantage  was  taken  of  this?    In  what  direction  did  Early  march? 


PETEBbliCKti 


EVENTS    OF    1864. 


377 


A  portion  of  the  Confed- 


8HENANDOAU   VALLEY. 


Wallace  with  considerable  loss. 
erate  troops  went 
within  gunshot  of 
Baltimore  and  Wash 
ington.  Laden  with 
booty,  Early  retired 
up  the  Shenandoah 
Valley,  pursued  by 
General  Wright  as 
far  as  Winchester, 
where  a  portion  of 
the  Confederate  ar 
my  was  defeated, 
July  20.  Turning  on 
the  Union  troops  near 
Winchester, he  drove 
them  back  with  loss. 
Crossing  the  Poto 
mac,  he  enteredPenn- 
sylvania,  burned  a  great  part  of  the  town  of  Chambers- 
burg  July  30,  and,  with  a  considerable  quantity  of  plunder, 
returned  to  the  Shendandoah  Valley. 

29.  Sheridan,  who  had  been  appointed  general  in  that 

quarter,  followed  Early,  and 
came  up  with  him  at  Winches 
ter.  Here  a  battle  was  fought 
September  19,  and  Early  was 
defeated.  Three  days  after, 
Sheridan  routed  him  at  Fish 
er's  Hill  with  heavy  loss.  The 
fertile  Shenandoah  Valley  had 
year  after  year  furnished  a  large 
part  of  the  supplies  for  Lee's 
army.  Grant  determined  that 
this  should  end,  and  Sheridan, 
by  his  orders,  burned  all  the 
crops,  mills,  barns,  and  farming 


GENERAL   PHILIP   SHEEIDAN. 


28.  With  what  opposition  did  he  meet?    Describe  his  movements  to  July  20,  in 
clusive.     Sketch  the  movements  that  followed. 


378 

tools,  and  swept  the  cattle  along  with  him  as  he  moved 
back. 

30.  Early  followed  the  Union  army,  and  suddenly  attacked 
it,  October  19,  at  Cedar  Creek,  when  Sheridan  was  absent. 
The  Union  troops  were  badly  driven  in  the  first  part  of  the 
fight,  and  fell  back  to  a  new  position.     At  this  critical  mo 
ment  Sheridan  arrived,  and,  by  his  courage  and  energy,  re 
stored  his  lines,  ordered  an  advance,  and  changed  the  rout 
into  a  Union  victory.     Early's  troops,  broken  up  into  small 
parties,  fled  in  confusion  for  more  than  thirty  miles.     The 
Valley  was  cleared  of  Confederates,  but  this  had  been  done 
at  heavy  cost.     Sheridan's  campaign  of  one  month  was  at 
the  expense  of  17,000  men  killed,  wounded,  and  missing. 

31.  Events  on  the  Coast.    Mobile  Bay. — Mobile  was  one  of 
the  most  strongly  fortified  cities  of  the  Confederacy.     Two 
strong  fortifications,  Gaines  and  Morgan,  besides  a  number 
of  batteries,  commanded  the  entrance  to  the  bay.     An  expe 
dition,  consisting  of  a  powerful  fleet,  under  Admiral  Farra- 
gut,  and  a  land  force  commanded  by  General  G.  Granger, 
was  sent  against  Mobile  in  July. 

32.  Farragut  attacked  the  forts  on  the  5th  of  August. 
To  enable  him  to  see  and  direct  the  operations  of  the  fleet, 
he  had  himself  lashed  to  the  main-top  of  his  own  vessel,  the 
Hartford.     The  fleet  fought  its  way  past  the  forts  with  the 
loss  of  only  one  iron-clad.     When  it  got  above  them,  the 
iron-plated  ram  Tennessee  attacked  Farragut,  but  was  dis 
abled,  and  compelled  to  surrender  after  a  short  but  desper 
ate  fight.     The  forts  were  soon  after  given  up  to  General 
Granger.      Mobile,  as   a   port,  was    now    effectually   shut 
against  blockade-running ;  but  the  city  was  not  taken  until 
next  year. 

33.  Expedition  against  Fort  Fisher. — There  remained  north 
of  the  Gulf  only  one  port  of  entrance  open  to  the  Confeder- 

29.  Who  took  command  in  the  Shenandoah  Valley?    What  were  his  movements? 
iVhat  was  done  by  Sheridan  in  the  Valley  by  Grant's  orders  ? 

30.  What  attempt  was  made  by  Early  to  retrieve  success  ?    Describe  the  battle. 
At  what  cost  was  Sheridan's  success  accomplished  ? 

31.  What  is  said  of  Mobile?    Where  is  it  situated?    What  movement  was  made 
against  it,  and  when  ? 

32.  Describe  Farragut's  arrangements.    When  was  the  attack  made?    What  fol 
lowed?    What  advantage  was  gained  by  the  capturo  of  the  forts? 


EVENTS    OF    1864. 


379 


ates  — Wilmington, 
North  Carolina. 
This  was  command 
ed  by  Fort  Fisher,  a 
work  of  extraordi 
nary  strength.  Ad 
miral  Porter,  with  a 
fleet,  and  a  land  force 
of  8000  men  under 
General  Butler,  were 
sent  against  it  in  De 
cember.  On  the  2  4th 
the  bombardment 
was  begun  with  the 
heaviest  fleet  that 
had  been  employed 
during  the  war.  The 
troops  landed  above 
the  fort  after  the 
bombardment,  but 
General  Butler  de 
cided  that  it  was  too 
strong  to  be  taken 
by  assault.  The  ex 
pedition  then  return 
ed  to  Fortress  Mon 
roe. 

34.  Destruction  of  the  Iron  Ram  Albemarle. — One  of  the 
bravest  and  most  dangerous  acts  of  the  war  was  the  blow 
ing  up  of  the  Albemarle,  an  iron  ram,  at  Plymouth,  North 
Carolina,  which  place  had  been  recaptured  by  the  Confeder 
ates  with  the  help  of  this  vessel.  It  had  afterward  done 
great  damage  to  the  Union  vessels  in  Albemarle  Sound. 
Lieutenant  W.  B.  Gushing,  on  the  night  of  the  27th  of  Oc 
tober,  in  a  small  steamer  manned  by  a  volunteer  crew,  sailed 
up  the  Roanoke  River,  and,  with  his  own  hands,  fastened  to 


FABRAGDT    KNTKIUNG    MOBILE   BAY. 


33.  What  was  the  only  port  remaining  to  the  Confederates?  Where  was  this? 
How  was  it  defended  ?  What  expedition  was  sent  against  it,  and  when?  Describe 
the  attack,  and  state  the  result. 


380  LINCOLN'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

the  Albemarle  a  torpedo,  which  was  immediately  exploded, 
and  the  ram  sunk.  All  but  Gushing  and  one  other  were  ei 
ther  killed  or  captured.  In  consequence  of  the  destruction 
of  the  Albemarle,  Plymouth  was  surrendered  on  the  31st  to 
the  Union  squadron. 

35.  What  had  been  achieved  through  the  Year.— The  mili 
tary  events  of  1864  opened  with  the  Union  repulse  at  Olus- 
tee,  Florida,  and  Sherman's  short  campaign  in  northern  Mis 
sissippi.     These  were  followed,  in  March  and  April,  by  the 
misfortunes  of  Banks's  expedition  in  the  Red  River  country. 
The  successes  achieved  by  the  Union  armies  during  the  re 
mainder  of  the  year  were   decided.     Sherman  pierced  the 
southern  part  of  the  Confederacy  by  the  capture  of  Atlanta, 
and  followed  this  up  by  his  march  through  Georgia  and  the 
capture  of  Savannah.     Grant  drove  Lee  within  the  defenses 
of  Richmond,  and  held  him  there.     Sheridan,  in  a  series  of 
brilliant  engagements,  swept  the  Confederate  troops  out  of 
the  Shenandoah  Valley,  and  closed  completely  that  avenue 
to  the  North,  so  often  and  so  successfully  used  by  the  Con 
federates. 

36.  On  the  Atlantic  coast  Farragut  entered  Mobile  Bay, 
and,  by  the  capture  of  Forts  Gaines  and  Morgan,  closed  the 
harbor  against  Confederate  blockade-runners.     Wilmington 
was,  at  the  close  of  the  year,  the  only  port  on  the  Atlantic 
open  to  the  enemy,  and  this  was  destined  soon  to  be  in  pos 
session  of  the  Union  troops.     East  of  the  Mississippi,  North 
and  South  Carolina  and  Georgia  were  all  that  remained  to 
the  Confederacy. 

37.  Still  there  was  no  relaxation  of  effort  on  the  part  of 
the  North.     Each  fresh  demand  for  men  or  money  was  met 
promptly,  the  more  so  because  it  was  clearly  seen  that,  by 
a  few  more  vigorous  movements,  the  war  would  be  brought 
to  a  close.     The  South  was  exhausted. 

38.  During  the    summer  the   nominations  for  the  presi- 

34.  What  was  the  Aihemarle,  and  where  did  it  lie?    Descn  ->e  the  circumstances 
attending  its  destruction.    What  important  surrender  followed  this? 

35.  How  did  the  year  1864  open  ?    State  Sherman's  success ;  Grant's  ;  Sheridan';?, 

36.  What  was  the  condition  of  things  on  the  Atlantic  coast?    What  territory  re 
mained  in  the  possession  of  the  Confederacy? 

37.  How  far  did  the  North  relax  its  efforts?    What  is  said  of  this?    What  is  wiid 
of  the  South? 


EVENTS    OF    1864.  381 

dency  were  made.  The  Democratic  party  nominated  Gen 
eral  George  B.  M'Clellan  for  President,  and  George  H.  Pen- 
dleton,  of  Ohio,  for  Vice-President.  By  the  Republican  par 
ty  President  Lincoln  was  renominated,  with  Andrew  John 
son,  of  Tennessee,  as  Vice-President.  In  the  election  that 
followed,  the  latter  were  chosen  by  a  large  majority.  In 
the  month  of  October  Nevada  wras  admitted  to  the  Union, 
making  the  thirty-sixth  state. 


EEVIEW  QUESTIONS.— 1864. 

1.  How  extensive  was  the  Confederate  navy  during  the  war? 

2.  How  did  they  make  up  for  this  want  ? 

3.  State  in  general  terms  what  was  their  success. 

4.  Give  the  names  of  the  different  Confederate  cruisers. 

5.  Sketch  the  career  of  the  most  celebrated  one. 

6.  Where  were  the  most  of  these  vessels  built? 

7.  How  did  the  United  States  regard  this  conduct  of  England? 

8.  With  what  success  did  Sherman  begin  the  year'/ 
0.  What  Union  defeat  occurred  the  same  mouth? 

10.  What  change  was  made  in  the  command  of  the  Union  armies  ? 

11.  Why  was  this  advantageous? 

12.  What  was  the  plan  of  the  campaign  for  1S64? 

13.  Against  what  point  did  Sherman  move  ? 

14.  When,  and  with  what  resistance,  did  he  get  into  the  neighborhood  of  Atlanta  ? 

15.  What  change  was  made  in  ttie  command  of  the  Confederate  army,  and  why? 

16.  What  was  the  result  of  this? 

17.  What  did  the  capture  of  Atlanta  cost  the  Union  army  ? 

18.  Why  was  this  city  so  important  ? 

19.  State  clearly  how  Hood  was  finally  disposed  of. 

20.  What  was  Sherman's  next  great  movement,  and  its  success? 

21.  When  and  where  did  Grant  first  move? 

22.  How  did  the  time  compare  with  that  of  Sherman's  movements  ? 

23.  How  was  Grant's  progress  opposed,  as  shown  by  the  battles  and  the  losses? 

24.  To  what  line  of  defense  did  he  force  Lee? 

25.  What  place  now  rose  into  immense  importance  as  one  of  the  defenses  of  Rich 
mond,  and  why? 

26.  State  briefly  the  result  of  Grant's  efforts  near  Petersburg  this  year. 

27.  What  befell  Grant's  co-operating  force  in  the  Shenandoah  Valley? 

28.  WThat  advantage  did  Early  take  of  this  ? 

29.  Who  was  chosen  by  Grant  to  take  care  of  Early? 

30.  What  battles  were  fought  ? 

31.  In  what  way  did  Sheridan  punish  the  settlements  in  the  Valley? 

32.  Describe  the  closing  battle  there  during  1864. 

33.  What  expedition  was  sent  west  of  the  Mississippi  in  the  spring? 

34.  Sketch  the  principal  events  of  the  Red  River  expedition. 

35.  State  the  circumstances  attending  the  Fort  Pillow  massacre. 

36.  What  was  the  great  naval  event  of  the  year,  and  describe  it? 

37.  How  many  ports  were  now  open  to  the  Confederates  on  the  Atlantic? 

38.  What  attempt  was  made  by  a  Union  force  on  the  coast  of" North  Carolina  ? 

39.  State  how  much  had  been  gained  by  the  Union  armies  during  the  year. 
4*).  Where  were  Grant  and  Sherman  at  the  close  of  1864? 

38.  What  is  said  of  the  fall  election  for  President  and  Vice-Presicleut '(    What  state 
was  admitted  to  the  Union,  and  when  ? 


382 


SECTION  V. 

EVENTS   OF    1865. 

1.  NOTWITHSTANDING  the  unfortunate  issue  of  the  attempt 
against  Fort  Fisher  at  the  close  of  the  previous  year,  Ad 
miral  Porter  remained  firm  in  the  conviction  that  it  could 
be  taken.    Another  expedition  was  accordingly  sent  against 
it  in  January,  1865.     Porter  commanded  the  fleet,  and  Gen 
eral  Terry  the  land  force.     The  troops  landed  near  the  fort 
on  the  12th,  and  the  fleet  bombarded  it  with  terrific  power 
for  the  three  following  days.     On  the  15th',  Terry,  after  a 
bloody  struggle,  took  the  works  by  assault.     On  the  22d  of 
February  Wilmington  was  occupied  by  the  Union  troops. 

2.  The  plan  of  the  campaign  had  now  become  very  sim 
ple.     The  Confederacy  was  in  its  last  agony.     Sherman's 
course  lay  northward  through  South  and  North  Carolina 
into  Virginia,  and  Grant's  business  was  the  capture  of  Pe 
tersburg  and  Richmond.     Both  these  movements  were  car 
ried  through  at  a  very  early  period  in  the  year. 

3.  Sherman  allowed  his  army  to  rest  a  month  in  Savan 
nah.    Toward  the  end  of  January  he  pushed  through  South 
Carolina  to  Columbia,  the  capital,  and  entered  it  February 
17th.     On  his  way  he  cut  the  railroad  north  of  Charleston. 
Hardee,  the  Confederate  general  at  that  place,  afraid  of 
being  hemmed  in,  evacuated  the  city  February  17th,  arid 
moved  north  to  join  General  Johnston  in  North  Carolina. 
From  Columbia  Sherman  pressed  toward  Fayetteville,  North 
Carolina,  which  he  entered  March  12th.     After  sharp  fight 
ing,  he  reached  Goldsboro'  March  21st,  where  he  was  joined 
by  Generals  Schofield  and  Terry,  who  had  come  up  from  the 
coast  with  re-enforcements.     General  Johnston,  with  40,000 
men,  lay  at  Raleigh,  the  capital  of  the  state. 

1.  What  opinion  was  entertained  by  Admiral  Porter  ?    How  far  did  this  influence 
General  Grant  ?    What  was  the  result  ?    What  did  the  capture  of  Fort  Fisher  in 
volve  ? 

2.  What  is  said  of  the  plan  of  the  campaign  ?    What  part  was  Sherman  called  on 
to  execute  ?    What  did  Grant  keep  immediately  under  his  own  control  ? 

3.  Where  was  Sherman  at  the  beginning  of  the  year  ?    What  were  his  first  move 
ments?    What  important  result  followed?    In, what  direction  did  Sherman  move 
from  Columbia  ?    What  place  did  he  reach  at  last  ?    Who  opposed  him  ?    By  whom 
was  Sherman  joined  ? 


EVENTS    OF    1865. 


383 


4.  Operations  in  Virginia. — All  winter  Grant's  army  was 
encamped  in  front  of  Petersburg,  stretching  away  round  to 
the  southwest.     On  the  27th  of  February  Sheridan  was  sent 
from  Winchester,  with  a  cavalry  force  10,000  strong,  up  the 
Shenandoah  Valley,  to  destroy  Lee's   communications  by 
canal  and  railroad  to  the  north  and  east  of  Richmond.     Ear 
ly  was  intrenched  at  Waynesboro,  where  he  was  attacked 
by  Sheridan,  and  compelled  to  retreat,  with  the  loss  of  1600 
prisoners.     After   an  almost  continued  career  of  success, 
Sheridan  joined  the  army  near  Petersburg  March  26th. 

5.  Lee's  situation  began  to  grow  desperate.     He  tried  to 
break  the  Union  lines  at  Fort  Steadman,  but  was  repulsed 
with  loss  March  25th.     His  only  hope  now  was  to  be  able 
to  join  Johnston's  army  in  North  Carolina,  and  prolong  the 
contest.    On  the  1st  of  April,  Sheridan,  with  .30,000  men,  at 
tacked  Lee's  position  at  Five  Forks,  and  gained  it.     Then 


GBANT  AND   LEE   SIGNING  TUB   TEEMS   OF   8DBBENDEK. 


4.  Where  was  the  Army  of  Virginia  during  the  winter?    What  occurred  in  Feb 
ruary  ?    With  what  opposition  did  he  meet  ?    Describe  Sheridan's  movements. 


384 


LINCOLN  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


followed  Grant's  attack  along  the  whole  front,  and  Lee's 
lines  were  pierced  in  several  places.  On  the  3d  of  April, 
Petersburg  was  entered  by  the  Union  troops,  and  Richmond 
a  few  hours  afterward.  Lee  fled  westward,  but  was  so 
closely  followed  that  he  was  compelled  to  surrender  his 
army  to  Grant  at  Appomattox  Court-house,  April  9th. 

6.  The  joy  that  filled  the  hearts  of  the  loyal  people  of  the 
North  at  the  news  of  Lee's  surrender  was  turned  to  sorrow 
five  days  afterward.     President  Lincoln  was  shot  in  the  pri 
vate  box  of  the  theatre  at  Washington  on  the  evening  of 
April  14  by  J.  Wilkes  Booth.     On  the  morning  of  the  15th 
the  President  died.     Almost  at  the  same  time  he  was  shot, 
another  assassin  broke  into  the  sick-chamber  of  Mr.  Sewafd, 
Secretary  of  State,  and,  after  wounding  him  and  his  son  se 
verely,  escaped.     Booth,  tracked  into  Maryland,  was  cap 
tured  in  a  tobacco-house  near  Port  Royal,  and  killed  by  his 
pursuers.     Four  of  his  accomplices  were  tried  and  executed. 

7.  Sherman's  Operations.— Close  of  the  War. — At  the  begin 
ning  of  April,  the  Confederate  army  under  General  John 
ston  was  at  Raleigh,  close 
ly  watched  by  Sherman. 
On  the  10th  Sherman  be 
gan  to  press  him  back,  and 
on  the   13th   entered  Ra 
leigh.     At  this  time  news 
reached  Johnston  of  Lee's 
surrender,  and  he  at  once 
made  proposals    to   Sher 
man.     On  April  26th  the 
terms    of  surrender   were 
signed  by  both  generals. 
Davis,  the  Confederate 
president,  was*captured  on 

GENERAL  JOSEPH  K.  JOHNSTON.  the  10th  of  May  at  Irwms- 


5.  What  is  said  of  Lee's  situation,  arid  his  attempt  to  relieve  it  ?    What  hope  re 
mained  to  him  ?    How  far  did  Grant  permit  him  to  attempt  this?    What  followed 
Sheridan's  attack  ?    What  great  events  occurred  April  3  and  April  9  ? 

6.  What  sad  occurrence  took  place  a  few  days  after  the  surrender  of  Lee?    State 
the  particulars.    What,  other  attempted  assassination  was  made?    What  was  the 
fate  of  the  conspirators  ? 


JOHNSON  S    ADMINISTRATION. 


385 


ville,  Georgia,  while  trying  to  make  his  escape  to  the  sea- 
coast.  He  was  sent  prisoner  to  Fortress  Monroe.  By  the 
end  of  May  all  the  Confederate  armies  in  the  Southwest  had 
surrendered,  and  the  CIVIL  WAR  was  at  an  end. 


SVIEW  QUESTIONS.— 1865. 

1.  Describe  the  movements  in  the  month  of  January,  1865. 

2.  What  important  result  was  achieved  bj  this  ? 

3.  What  was  the  plan  of  operations  during  the  year? 

4.  Describe  Sherman's  early  movements  and  the  result. 

5.  How  did  Grant  open  the  campaign  in  Virginia? 

6.  What  Wjis.-the  result  of  this? 

7.  To  what  point  was  Lee's  mind  directed  ? 

8.  How  was  this  prevented  ? 

9.  When  were  Petersburg  and  Richmond  occupied  by  the  Union  troops? 

10.  What  became  of  Lee  and  his  army  ? 

11.  Describe  the  lamentable  event  by  which  this  was  followed  in  a  few  days. 

12.  What  were  the  military  events  in  North  Carolina  immediately  preceding  John 
ston's  surrender? 

13.  What  other  events  marked  the  close  of  the  war? 


SECTION  VI. 
JOHNSON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

1.  BY  the  death  of  Mr.  Lincoln,  Vice-President  Johnson, 

formerly  United  States  sena 
tor  from  Tennessee,  became 
President,  April  15th.  Pre 
vious  to  this,  on  the  7th  of 
April,  the  American  minister, 
Mr.  Adams,  at  the  court  of  St. 
James,  addressed  a  communi 
cation  to  the  English  govern 
ment  setting  forth  the  depre 
dations  committed  on  Amer 
ican  vessels  by  Confederate 
cruisers  built,  equipped,  and 
manned  in  Great  Britain.  He 
claimed  that  the  latter  was 
responsible  for  the  damage 


PRESIDENT    JOHNSON. 


1.  What  were  Sherman's  movements  in  April  ?  What  occurred  on  th«  2Gth  of 
April  ?  What  led  to  this  ?  What  became  of  Jefferson  Davis  ?  When  was  the  war 
every  where  at  an  and  ? 

R 


386 

that  had  been  done  to  American  commerce.  Correspond 
ence  on  this  subject  was  continued  through  the  summer,  but 
the  English  government  refused  to  admit  the  validity  of 
the  claim,  or  to  submit  the  question  to  the  arbitration  of 
any  foreign  government.  This,  known  as  the  "  Alabama" 
question,  after  the  famous  cruiser  of  that  name,  still  remains 
unsettled  (1870),  and  has  been  the  cause  of  much  bitterness 
of  feeling  between  the  two  nations. 

2.  The  war  left  a  debt  amounting,  in  June,  1865,  to  nearly 
$2,700,000,000.     The  interest  on  this,  nearly  all  of  which 
was  payable  in  gold,  amounted  to  $133,000,000.    By  means 
of  duties  on  imported  articles,  and  taxes  on  manufactures, 
incomes,  etc.,  the  amount  necessary  to  meet  this  interest, 
and  some  $200,000,000  in  addition  to  carry  on  the  govern 
ment,  was  raised  without  difficulty.    To  strengthen  the  con 
fidence  of  the  holders  of  government  bonds  in  the  good  faith 
of  the  United  States,  the  House  of  Representatives  in  Con 
gress,  on  the  5th  of  December,  1865,  with  only  one  dissent 
ing  voice,  passed  a  resolution  declaring  that  the  "  public 
debt  must  and  ought  to  be  paid,  principal  and  interest." 

3.  Another  matter,  not  less  important  than  the  finances, 
which  at  an  early  day  occupied  the  attention  of  President 
Johnson's  administration,  was  the  reconstruction  of  the  Con 
federate  States,  and  their  read  mission  into  the  American 
Union.     In  a  very  short  time  after  his  inauguration,  a  seri 
ous  difference  of  opinion  on  the  best  mode  of  accomplishing 
this  began  to  manifest  itself  between  the  President  and  Con 
gress.     The  latter  appointed  a  reconstruction  committee,  to 
which  was  referred  all  the  different  propositions  and  resolu 
tions  presented  on  the  subject. 

4.  On  the  1st  of  February,  1865,  Congress  passed  a  resolu 
tion  submitting  to  the  Legislatures  of  the  different  states 
an  amendment  to  the  Constitution  abolishing  slavery.     On 

1.  Who  was  now  President,  and  when  inaugurated  ?    Describe  the  important  de 
mand  made  in  April.    How  was  this  received  by  England  ?    What  farther  is  said 
about  this  ? 

2.  What  is  said  of  the  public  debt  and  interest  thereon  ?    How  was  the  interest  on 
this  met  ?    What  important  measure  was  passed  by  Congress  in  December,  1865  ? 
What  was  the  object  of  this  ? 

3.  What  measure  engaged  the  attention  of  Congress  ?    What  misunderstanding 
arose  ? 


JOHNSON'S  ADMINISTRATION.  387 

the  18th  of  December,  William  H.  Seward,  Secretary  of 
State,  formally  announced  that  this,  the  13th  amendment, 
had  been  duly  ratified  by  the  Legislatures  of  twenty-seven 
states,  and  was  therefore  adopted  as  a  part  of  the  Constitu 
tion  of  the  United  States. 

5.  While   civil  war  was  raging  between  the  North  and 
South,  France  sent  an  army  to  Mexico  to  overrun  that  coun 
try,  and  to  establish  an  empire  there  under  an  Austrian 
prince.     After  a  series  of  severe  battles,  the  Liberal  or  Re 
publican  party  was  defeated,  and  the  French  entered  the 
capital  in  1863.     An  election,  which  proved  a  mere  mock 
ery,  was  ordered  on  the  question  of  the  empire,  and  Maxi 
milian,  Archduke  of  Austria,  was  chosen  emperor  through 
the  influence  of  French  bayonets.     The  American  govern 
ment  was  not  blind  to  what  was  transpiring  in  Mexico,  and 
entered  a  respectful  protest  against  the  French  interference 
in  Mexican  affairs.     It  limited  its  efforts  to  a  protest,  be- 
cause  it  had  enough  to  do  in  meeting  the  great  demand 
made  on  its  resources  by  the  Civil  War. 

6.  As  that  drew  to  a  close,  the  feeling  of  the  people  of  the 
United  States  in  favor  of  Mexican  liberty  emboldened  the 
United  States  government  to  demand  of  the  French  Emper 
or  the  withdrawal  of  his  troops  from  Mexico.     After  some 
hesitation  this  was  done.     The  Mexican  Republicans  there 
upon  attacked  the  forces  of  Maximilian,  deprived  of  French 
assistance,  with  so  much  energy,  that  the  emperor  himself 
at  last  fell  into  their  hands,  and,  with  two  of  his  generals, 
was  shot,  June  19, 1867.    Thus  ended  the  empire  of  Mexico. 

7.  An  enterprise  of  the  highest  importance  to  Europe  and 
America,  the  laying  of  the  Atlantic  cable,  reached  a  trium 
phant  success  in  the  month  of  July,  1866.     The  first  unsuc 
cessful  attempt  to  lay  a  telegraph  cable  between  these  two 
continents  was  made  through  the  efforts  of  Cyrus  W.  Field, 
and  others,  of  New  York,  in  the  year  1857.     In  June,  1858, 
there  was  another  attempt  and  failure.     In  July,  the  same 

4.  What  was  the  resolution  of  February?    When  and  how  was  it  declared  to  be 
adopted? 

5.  What  was  taking  place  in  Mexico  during  the  Civil  War?    How  did  the  United 
States  regard  this  ?    Why  was  it  prevented  from  active  interference  ? 

5.  What  took  place  at  the  close  of  the  Civil  War  ?    What  was  the  result  of  this  ? 


388  JOHNSON'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

year,  the  laying  of  the  cable  was  once  more  begun,  and  was 
completed  from  shore  to  shore  in  August;  but,  owing  to 
some  defect,  it  soon  ceased  to  transmit  messages.  In  1865, 
the  same  company  commenced  to  lay  another  cable.  When 
the  vessels  had  proceeded  about  1400  miles  from  the  Irish 
coast  the  cable  parted,  and  the  expedition  returned  to  En 
gland. 

8.  These  unsuccessful  attempts  had  cost  not  less  than 
$6,000,000.     Undismayed  by  them,  Mr,  Field  was   able  to 
persuade  capitalists  to  make  one  more  trial,  and  in  July  of 
the  following  year  a  new  cable  was  laid  with  complete  suc 
cess.     As  if  to  make  this  the  more  marked,  the  fleet  then 
proceeded  to  search  for  the  lost  cable  of  1865,  and  in  Au 
gust  grappled  it,  and  brought  it  to  the  surface  from  a  depth 
of  more  than  two  miles.     It  was  then  spliced,  the  relaying 
commenced,  and  a  second  cable  was  successfully  laid.    The 
entire  distance  from  Trinity  Bay,  Newfoundland,  to  Valen- 
tia  Bay,  in  Ireland,  is  a  little  less  than  1700  miles. 

9.  The  misunderstanding  between  the  President  and  Con 
gress  continued,  and  in  February,  1867,  a  bill  was  passed 
over  the  President's  veto,  placing  a  large  part  of  the.  former 
Confederate  States  under  military  government.    In  the  same 
month  Nebraska  was  admitted  into  the  Union  over  the  veto 
of  the  President.    With  the  same  opposition,  the  reconstruc 
tion  act,  arranging  for  the  reorganization  of  the  former  Con 
federate  States  except  Tennessee,  was  passed  in  July,  1867. 
This  wras  followed  by  other  measures  on  the  part  of  the 
President  and  of  Congress,  increasing  the  irritation  between 
them,  until  at  length,  on  the  24th  of  January,  1868,  the  im 
peachment  of  the  President  was  ordered  by  the  House  of 
Representatives.     After  a  tedious  trial  before  the  Senate  of 
the  United  States,  he  was  acquitted,  on  the  23d  of  May,  of 
the  charges  brought  against  him.     A  two-thirds  vote  was 
necessary  for  his  conviction,  and  one  vote  was  wanting. 

7.  What  wonderful  enterprise  ended  successfully  in  1866?    How  many  unsuccess 
ful  attempts  were  made  ?    Describe  these. 

8.  How  much  had  these  attempts  cost  ?    Who  was  the  moving  spirit  in  these  ef 
forts?    Describe  the  final  success.    How  was  this  rendered  more  striking  ?    What 
are  the  termini  of  the  cable,  and  how  long  is  it? 

9.  What  occurred  in  Congress  in  April,  186T  ?    What  state  was  admitted  this  ses- 
oion  ?    WThat  measure  was  passed  in  July  ?    To  what  important  step  did  this  lead  ? 


JOHNSON'S  ADMINISTRATION.  389 

10.  Meanwhile  affairs  in  the  South  were  drawing  nearer 
adjustment.     Jefferson   Davis,  the    Confederate  President, 
who  had  been  confined  in  Fortress  Monroe  ever  since  his 
capture,  was  released  on  bail  in  May,  1867.     On  the  8th  of 
September,  President  Johnson  proclaimed  "  amnesty  to  all 
engaged  in  the  rebellion,"  with  the  exception  of  the  leaders. 
Finally,  on  the  24th  of  June,  1868,  Arkansas,  Alabama,  Geor 
gia,  Louisiana,  North  and  South  Carolina,  were  readmitted 
to  the  Union  over  the  veto  of  the  President,  who  took  the 
ground  that  they  never  had  been  out  of  the  Union. 

11.  On  the  29th  of  March,  1867,  a  treaty  was  concluded 
between  the  United  States  and  Russia,  by  which  the  latter 
sold  to  the  United  States  all  of  her  possessions  in  North 
America  for  the  sum  of  seven  millions  of  dollars.     This 
treaty,  ratified  by  the  Senate  on  the  9th  of  April,  added  to 
the  territory  of  the  United  States  an  area  of  550,000  square 
miles,  chiefly  valuable,  however,  for  the  fisheries  on  its  coasts. 
In  the  fall  of  1868,  both  parties,  the  Republican  and  Demo 
cratic,  prepared  themselves  for  the  presidential  contest.    Ho 
ratio  Seymour,  of  New  York,  was  nominated  by  the  Demo 
crats,  and  General  U.  S.  Grant  by  the  Republicans.     In  the 
election  that  followed  the  latter  was  chosen  President,  and 
Schuyler  Colfax,  of  Indiana,  Vice-President 

12.  An  Indian  war  began  in  the  year  1864  in  the  South 
west,  stretching  through  Southern  Colorado  and  into  Indian 
Territory.     It  reached  such  dimensions  in  the  years  1865 
and  1866  that  it  drew  toward  it  the  earnest  attention  of 
government,  and  General  Sheridan  was  sent  out  to  superin 
tend  operationSc     In  the  fall  of  1868  General  Custar's  cav 
alry  pressed  the  enemy  so  closely  that  Black  Kettle  and  a 
large  party  of  his  warriors  were  surprised  and  killed  in  the 
battle  of  the  Wacheta  (wah-che-tah).     This  was  the  death 
blow  to  the  Indian  disturbances  in  that  quarter. 

13.  In  February,  1869,  both  houses  of  Congress  agreed  to 

10.  What  measure  of  clemency  was  adopted  in  May,  1867,  and  what  other  in  Sep 
tember  ?    What  occurred  in  June,  18C8  ? 

11.  What  purchase  of  territory  was  now  made,  and  from  whom  ?    What  is  said  of 
its  extent  and  value  ?    State  what  is  said  of  the  nominations  and  election  for  the 
presidency. 

12.  Where  and  when  did  an  Indian  war  burst  out?   Who  was  finally  sent  to  bring 
it  to  an  end  ?    How  did  he  succeed  ? 


390 


GRANT'S  ADMINISTRATION. 


recommend  to  the  Legislatures  of  the  different  states  the 
passage  of  the  fifteenth  amendment  to  the  Constitution  of 
the  United  States,  in  the  following  words :  "  The  right  of 
the  citizens  of  the  United  States  to  vote  shall  not  be  denied 
or  abridged  by  the  United  States  or  any  state  on  account 
of  race,  color,  or  previous  condition  of  servitude." 


SECTION  VII. 
GRANT'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

1.  THE  distinguished  military  services  of  President  Grant 

during  the  Civil  War  have 
been  already  narrated.  Pre 
vious  to  its  commencement 
his  name  was  unknown  to  the 
country,  although  he  had 
served  with  credit  as  a  sub 
ordinate  officer  during  the 
war  with  Mexico.  He  now 
appears  in  a  new  character, 
the  President  of  the  greatest 
republic  of  modern  times. 

2.  The  .yearJrgaa^ga&'chief- 
ly  remarkable  for  the  comple 
tion  of  the  Pacific  Railway 
connecting  the  Mississippi  Val 
ley  with  the  Pacific  Coast.  This  immense  work,  1776  miles 
in  length,  was  built  entirely  with  government  aid,  by  two 
companies,  one  working  westward  from  the  Missouri,  the 
other  eastward  from  the  Pacific.  They  met  near  the  head 
of  Salt  Lake,  Utah,  where  the  last  spike  was  driven  with 
appropriate  ceremonies,  May  10,  1869,  and  the  East  and 
West  were  united  by  bands  of  iron. 

3.  The  emancipation  of  the  blacks  by  the  Civil  War,  and 

13.  What  important  recommendation  was  made  by  Congress  ?    Give  the  language 
of  this. 

1.  What  is  said  of  President  Grant's  earlier  history? 

2.  For  what  is  the  year  1869  remarkable  ?    What  was  the  extent  of  this  work  and 
how  constructed ?    Where  and  when  finished? 


PRESIDENT   GKANT. 


GRANT'S  ADMINISTRATION.  391 

the  unsettled  state  of  affairs  in  the  South,  produced  great 
anxiety  in  the  minds  of  friends  of  the  blacks  regarding  their 
future.  In  order  more  effectually  to  secure  the  rights  of 
the  colored  race  throughout  the  country,  an  amendment  to 
the  Constitution  was  submitted,  as  already  stated,  to  the 
action  of  the  different  states.  In  March,  1870,  it  was  de 
clared  that  this,  the  Fifteenth  Amendment  to  the  Constitu 
tion,  having  been  ratified  by  the  states,  had  been  adopted. 

4.  During  the  first  years  of  President  Grant's  administra 
tion  the  country  seemed  prosperous.     The  injury  expected 
to  flow  from  the  enormous  national  debt  incurred  by  the 
war,  together  with  general  derangement  and  depression  of 
trade,  which  were  also  feared,  did  not  at  once  appear.     The 
price  of  gold  had  fallen,  as  early  as  September,  1869,  to  110. 
The  national  debt  was  reduced  more  than  $120,000,000; 
and  the  Southern  States,  re-admitted  to  the  Union,  began 
slowly  to  accommodate  themselves  to  the  new  condition  in 
which  they  found  themselves  placed  by  the  abolition  of 
slave  labor. 

5.  The  foreign  relations  of  the  country  were  not  in  so 
prosperous  a  condition.    Throughout  the  North  there  exist 
ed  a  strong  feeling  that  the  conduct  of  the  English  govern 
ment,  during  the  Civil  War,  had  been   unfriendly  to  the 
United  States ;  and  the  destruction  of  American  commerce 
by  Confederate  cruisers,  built  in  English  ship-yards,  rankled 
deeply  in  the  minds  of  many  of  our  people.     The  American 
government  had  repeatedly  demanded  satisfaction  for  the 
injuries  committed  by  these  cruisers,  but  no  basis  of  adjust 
ment  was  reached  until  the  conclusion  of  the  Treaty  of 
Washington,  May  8,  1871.     By  this  it  was  provided  that  a 
Tribunal  of  Arbitration  should  be  appointed,  with  full  pow 
er  to  settle  the  claims  for  depredations  known  as  the  "Ala 
bama  claims."    This  Tribunal  was  to  consist  of  five  arbitra- 


3.  What  measure  seemed  to  be  necessary,  and  why  ?   When  was  it  ratified  ?   What 
was  the  provision  of  this  amendment?    (See  paragraph  13,  page  390.) 

4.  What  is  said  of  the  condition  of  the  country  during  the  early  part  of  President 
Grant's  administration?    Of  the  price  of  gold?     Of  the  national  debt?    Of  the 
South  ? 

5.  State  what  is  said  of  the  feeling  of  the  North  towards  England  ?    What  was  the 
action  of  the  American  government?    What  is  said  of  the  Treaty  of  Washington? 


392 

tors.  The  President  of  the  United  States,  Her  Britannic 
Majesty,  the  King  of  Italy,  the  President  of  the  Swiss  Con 
federation,  and  the  Emperor  of  Brazil  were  each  authorized 
to  name  one  arbitrator.  It  held  its  first  meeting  at  Geneva, 
December  15, 1871 ;  and  at  its  final  meeting,  September  14, 
1872,  it  decided  that  Great  Britain  should  pay  the  United 
States  the  sum  of  $15,500,000  in  gold  for  losses  sustained 
by  Confederate  cruisers. 

6.  The    northwestern    boundary    question    was    another 
source  of  trouble  between  Great  Britain  and  the  United 
States.     The  Treaty  of  Washington  provided  for  the  set 
tlement  of  this  boundary  by  submitting  its  decision  to  the 
Emperor  of  Germany.     Great  Britain  claimed  that  the  line 
ought  to  be  drawn  so  as  to  make  the  Island  of  San  Juan, 
south  of  Vancouver's  Island,  British  territory.     This  claim 
was  resisted  by  the  United  States.     By  the  decision  of  the 
Emperor,  rendered  October,  1872,  the  boundary  line  was 
drawn  north  of  San  Juan,  giving  that  island  to  the  United 
States. 

7.  The  years  1872  and  1873  are  memorable  for  two  great 
conflagrations  that  destroyed  large  portions  of  the  cities  of 
Chicago  and  Boston.     The  first  of  these  broke  out  in  Chica 
go  on  October  4, 1872,  and  did  not  cease  for  two  days,  dur 
ing  which  it  destroyed  property  amounting  to  $200,000,000, 
and   drove  more   than  100,000   of  the   citizens  from  their 
homes.     In  Boston,  the  fire  broke  out  November  9,  1873, 
and  destroyed  the  buildings  covering  60  acres  in  the  busi 
ness  part  of  the  city.     The  loss  was  estimated  to  be  about 
$80,000,000. 

f  8.  In  the  summer  of  1872,  the  nominations  for  the  Presi 
dential  election  were  made.  The  Republican  party  renom- 
inated  President  Grant.  The  Liberal  Republicans,  dissatis 
fied  with  the  administration,  placed  in  nomination  Horace 
Greeley,  editor  of  the  New  York  Tribune,  who  was  shortly 

Describe  the  constitution  of  the  Tribunal  of  Arbitrntion.  What  was  the  decision  of 
this  tribunal? 

6.  What  was  the  ground  of  dispute  on  the  N.  W.  boundary  question?    How  and 
in  what  way  was  this  settled  ? 

7.  State  what  is  said  regarding  the  Chicago  fire.    What  is  said  of  the  fire  in  Bos 
ton  ? 


GRANT'S  ADMINISTRATION.  393 

after  adopted   as   a  candidate  by  the  Democratic  party. 
President  Grant  was  re-elected  by  a  large  majority. 

9.  In  the  fall  of  1873,  the  general  prosperity  of  the  coun 
try,  which  marked  the  early  part  of  President  Grant's  first 
term,  was  brought  to  a  sudden  close.     A  banking-house  in 
New  York,  of  great  reputation,  and  widely  interested  in 
railroad-building,  suspended  payment.     Other  houses  rapid 
ly  followed,  and  a  well-nigh  universal  panic  swept  over  the 
business  community.    For  a  time  mercantile  confidence  was 
destroyed  —  private  enterprise  was  prostrated,  and  wide 
spread  ruin  followed.     Four  years  of  the  most  painful  de 
pression  succeeded   before  the  country  began  to  recover 
from  the  shock  of  over-speculation,  the  legacy  left  them  by 
the  Civil  War. 

10.  Constant  complaints  in  regard  to  the  ill-treatment  of 
the  Indian  tribes  led  President  Grant,  in  the  year  1869,  to 
appoint  a  Commission   to   supervise   their  interests.     The 
treacherous  nature  of  the  Indians,  chafing  under  a  sense  of 
real  and  imagined  injury  from  the  whites,  presented  serious 
obstacles  in  the  way  of  the  Commission.     A  striking  exam 
ple  of  this  occurred  among  the  Modoc  Indians.     This  tribe 
occupied  a  reservation  of  land  in  California,  and  commenced 
war  with   settlers  near  them   in   the   year  1872.     Several 
members  of  the  Indian  Commission,  by  appointment,  met 
the  Modoc  chiefs  to  talk  over  their  difficulties.     Without 
warning,  the  Commission  was  treacherously  attacked,  and 
General  Canby  and  Dr.  Thomas  were  murdered.    All  hopes 
of  peace  through  arbitration  were  thus  at  an  end,  and  the 
United  States  troops  pursued  the  Modocs  into  the  natural 
fastnesses  of  that  region  known  as  the  lava-beds.     Driven 
from  these,  their  leaders  were  captured,  and  Captain  Jack, 
with  three  of  his  companions,  was  hanged  for  the  murder 
of  the  Commissioners,  October,  1873. 

11.  The  Modoc  troubles  were  scarcely  settled  when  the 
Sioux,  a   powerful   tribe  among   the   Black  Hills,   on   the 

8.  What  candidates  were  nominated  for  President?    What  was  the  result  of  the 
election  ? 

9.  State  what  is  said  of  the  panic  of  1ST3. 

10.  Why  was  the  Indian  Commission  appointed?    How  did  it  succeed  with  the 
Modocs  ?    Where  were  they  located  ?    What,  was  the  result  of  the  Modoc  War  ? 

R  2 


394  GRANT'S  ADMINISTRATION. 

borders  of  Dakotah  and  Wyoming,  began  to  manifest  great 
uneasiness.  The  discovery  of  gold  within  the  limits  of  the 
reservation  of  this  tribe,  had  drawn  a  large  number  of  set 
tlers  thither,  in  spite  of  the  prohibition  of  the  United  States 
government.  This  intrusion  of  the  whites  deeply  irritated 
the  Sioux,  and  this  irritation  was  further  increased  by  the 
Act  of  Congress  which  took  away  from  them  that  part  of 
the  reservation  in  Dakotah.  The  Sioux  declared  for  war, 
and  United  States  troops  were  sent  against  them.  At  the 
head  of  a  small  body  of  the  latter,  General  George  A.  Cus- 
ter,  without  waiting  for  reinforcements,  on  June  25,  1876, 
impetuously  attacked  a  much  superior  force  of  the  Indians, 
under  their  Chief,  Sitting  Bull,  and  he  and  261  men  were 
killed.  After  this  success,  the  Sioux  did  not  wait  to  meet 
the  main  body  of  the  United  States  forces,  but  crossed  into 
the  Dominion  of  Canada,  where  they  were  safe  from  pur 
suit.  ^ 

12.  As  early  as  the  year  1866,  the  approach  of  the  hundredth 
anniversary  of  American  Independence  had  drawn  public 
attention  to  the  desirableness  of  celebrating  this  memorable 
event.  As  time  passed  on,  the  proposed  celebration  gradu 
ally  assumed  the  form  of  an  exhibition  illustrating  the  prog 
ress  of  American  industry  during  the  first  century  of  the 
nation's  existence.  Action  of  Congress  was  obtained  March, 
1870,  a  national  character  was  given  to  the  celebration,  and 
Philadelphia  was  named  as  the  most  appropriate  place  where 
the  exhibition  should  be  held.  In  1874,  President  Grant, 
under  authority  of  Congress,  extended  an  invitation  to  for 
eign  governments  to  send  specimens  of  their  productions 
to  the  exhibition,  and  thirty-three  nationalities  responded 
to  the  invitation.  On  May  10,  the  exhibition  was  formally 
opened  in  Fail-mount  Park,  by  President  Grant,  in  presence 
of  a  vast  and  distinguished  assemblage.  The  preparations 
for  the  exhibition  had  been  made  on  a  scale  of  great 
magnitude.  The  chief  buildings,  five  in  number,  with  their 

11.  What  troubles  followed?    Where  was  the  reservation  of  the  Sioux?    What 
was  the  immediate  cause  of  trouble?    What  occurred  June  25,  1S7C?    How  were 
warlike  operations  ended? 

12.  What  was  the  origin  of  the  Centennial  Exhibition?  Where  was  it  held?  What 
was  its  character,  and  its  extent?    How  long  open  ?    Its  popularity? 


395 

"  annexes,"  covered  75  acres,  and  cost  $4,444,000.  The 
whole  number  of  buildings  on  the  rest  of  the  grounds  was 
190.  The  structures  erected  were  models  of  convenience  and 
beauty,  and  the  space  occupied  was  far  greater  than  that 
of  any  previous  exhibition  of  a  similar  kind  in  the  world. 
The  number  of  persons  admitted  was  nearly  10,000,000,  and 
the  total  receipts  for  admission  about  $4,000,000.  Punctual 
to  the  arrangement  of  the  managers,  the  Centennial  Exhi 
bition  was  closed  formally  by  the  President,  September  10, 
having  been  kept  open  159  days. 

13.  On  the  1st  of  August,  1876,  the  number  of  states  was 
increased  by  the  admission  of  Colorado — which  may  appro 
priately  be  called  the  "Centennial  State." 

14.  In  the  summer  of  1876,  the  Republican  party  placed 
in  nomination,  for  the  presidency,  Rutherford  B.  Hayes,  of 
Ohio.      The   Democrats   nominated   Samuel   J.  Tilden,  of 
New  York.     In  the  fall,  both  parties  claimed  the  election, 
and  it  remained  to  determine  by  the  electoral  count  which 
was   the   successful   candidate.      When  Congress   met   to 
count  the  vote,  it  was  found  that  the  State  of  Florida  had 
sent  three  certificates  of  its  electoral  vote,  and  that  the 
States  of  Louisiana  and  Oregon  had  each  sent  two.     In  the 
absence  of  any  rule,  by  which  the  electoral  vote  of  a  state 
may  be  settled,  Congress  decided  that  a  Committee  should 
be  appointed  to  determine  the  vote  of  those  states  from 
which  there  appeared  more  than  one  electoral  certificate. 
The  Commission  was  composed   of  fifteen   members:   five 
from  the  Senate,  five  from  the  House,  and  five  from  the  Su 
preme  Court  of  the  United  States.     In  accordance  with  the 
decision  of  this  Commission,  Rutherford  B.  Hayes  was  de 
clared   elected  President,  and  William  A.  Wheeler.  Vice- 
President. 

13.  What  state  was  admitted  into  the  Union,  and  when  ? 

14.  Who  were  nominated  for  President?    What  difficulties  ensued  regarding  the 
election  ?    How  was  it  decided  ? 


396  SETTLEMENT    AND    GROWTH    OF 


CHAPTER  X. 

SETTLEMENT  AND  GROWTH  OF  THE  PACIFIC  STATES. 
I.   CALIFORNIA. 

1.  IN  the  year  1579,  Sir  Francis  Drake,  the  English  navi 
gator  already  mentioned,  explored  the  coast  of  California, 
and  named  it  New  Albion.    About  two  centuries  after  this, 
in  the  year  1769,  the  Spaniards  established  a  mission  at 
St.  Diego  (de-d-go).     From  time  to  time  they  planted  new 
stations,  which  by  the  year  1803  had  increased  to  eighteen 
in  number.     Beyond  this  they  did  nothing  to  promote  the 
settlement  of  the  country,  the  population  of  which  amount 
ed  in  1831  to  scarce  5000  whites.     At  the  time  of  the  de 
struction  of  Spanish  power  in  the  New  World,  1822,  the  re 
public  of  Mexico  erected  the  country  on  the  Pacific  into  the 
province  of  Alta,  or  Upper,  California. 

2.  Emigrants  from  the  United  States  began  to  find  their 
way  into  the  territory  between  the  years  1843  and  1846,  and 
when  war  was  declared  in  the  latter  year  they  at  once  raised 
the  flag  of  their  country,  and  rose  against  the  Spanish  ruler. 
We  have  already  seen  that  Fremont,  when  he  arrived  there, 
found  them  prepared  for  the  struggle,  and  placed  himself 
at  their   head.      The    subjugation    of  California  followed, 
and  its  provisional  government  fell  into  the  hand  of  General 
Kearney,  of  the  United  States  army. 

3.  By  far  the  most  valuable  portion  of  the  territory  ac 
quired  by  treaty  at  the  close  of  the  Mexican  War  was  the 
province  of  Upper  California.     It  extended  from  about  109° 
W.  long.,  through  the  present  State  of  Colorado,  to  the  Pa 
cific,  more  than  1000  miles;  and  from  42°  N".  lat.,  the  south- 


1.  Where  and  when  was  Upper  California  first  settled?    What  was  it  afterward 
named,  and  by  whom?    What,  is  said  of  its  settlement  by  the  Spaniards  y    What 
happened  to  the  territory  in  1822  ? 

2.  From  what  source  did  additions  come  to  the  settlers?    To  what  did  this  tend 
in  1846?    State  all  of  this. 


THE    PACIFIC    STATES. 


397 


EARLY  GOLD-MINING  IN   CALIFORNIA. 


ern  boundary  of  Oregon,  to  the  River  Gila  (Gheelci)  on  the 
south,  a  distance  of  about  600  miles.  It  embraced  what  is 
now  known  as  the  State  of  California,  Nevada,  the  western 
part  of  Colorado,  and  a  considerable  part  of  the  Territory 
of  Arizona — an  area  of  450,000  square  miles. 

4.  The  treaty  of  peace  was  scarce  concluded  between  Mex 
ico  and  the  United  States  when  the  discovery  of  gold  was 
made,  February,  1848.  This  at  once  gave  an  impetus  to  the 
development  of  the  territory,  which  otherwise  might  long 
have  remained  comparatively  unknown.  Thousands  flocked 
to  the  gold  diggings,  across  the  plains,  or  by  the  tedious 
voyage  around  Cape  Horn,  or  across  the  isthmus  of  Panama. 
By  the  year  1850,  two  years  after  the  discovery  of  gold, 
there  were  100,000  persons  in  the  territory,  where,  at  the 
close  of  the  war,  there  were  only  23,000.  In  the  year  1852 
the  population  had  increased  to  254,000. 

3.  Describe  the  limits  of  Upper  California  as  ceded  to  the  United  States.    What 
did  it  embrace  ? 

4.  What  occurred  about,  the  time  the  treaty  of  peace  was  made  ?    What  effect  did 
this  immediately  produce  ?    What  is  said  of  the  population  ? 


398  SETTLEMENT   AND    GROWTH    OF 

5.  Iii  September,  1849,  delegates,  chosen  by  the  settlers, 
met  in  convention  at  Monterey,  and  formed  a  free-state  con 
stitution.     They  then  applied  to-  Congress  for  admission, 
and  California  was  received  into  the  Union,  September  9, 
1850.    At  the  time  it  sought  to  be  admitted,  there  was,  as  we 
have  already  seen,  great  excitement  throughout  the  country 
on  the  question  of  slavery,  and  the  petition  of  California  to 
be  allowed  to  corne  in  with  a  free  Constitution  was  not  cal 
culated  to  calm  the  angry  waters  of  slave  agitation.     Its 
admission  formed  one  of  the  items  of  the  celebrated  com 
promise  measure — the  Omnibus  Bill,  passed  in  1850.     On 
the  admission  of  California,  the  boundaries  of  the  new  state 
were  definitely  fixed.     To  the  east  of  its  present  boundary 
was  created  Utah  Territory,  embracing  within  its  limits 
what  is  now  the  State  of  Nevada.     The  balance  south  of 
Utah  was  united  with  New  Mexico,  and  is  now  known  as 
part  of  Arizona. 

6.  All  the  world  has  learned  of  the  wealth  of  California — 
the  "El  Dorado,"  or  "  land  of  gold."    It  is  rich  also  in  cop 
per  and  the  ores  of  quicksilver.     But  it  has  already  become 
equally  celebrated  for  its  agricultural  riches ;  for  its  valleys 
raise  in  abundance  wheat,  which  has  found  its  way  to  the 
shores  of  the  Atlantic.     Its  remarkable  climate  and  soil  are 
suited  to  the  growth  of  the  vine  and  the  various  Northern 
fruits,  which  flourish  with  a  luxuriance  that  has  no  counter 
part  in  less  favored  regions  east  of  the  Mississippi.     Its  trees 
are  the  wonder  of  the  world  ;  and  the  famous  Valley  of  the 
Yosemite  combines  beauty,  grandeur,  and  sublimity  in  an 
astonishing  degree. 

7.  Facing  the  distant  shores  of  Asia,  with  which  it  is  con 
nected  by  swift  steamers,  it  is  the  great  link  between  China 
and  Japan  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  United  States  on  the 
other.    To  all  these  unequaled  natural  advantages,  improved 
by  wonderful  energy,  art  has  added  that  triumph  of  modern 
enterprise,  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad.     But  the  best  assur- 

5.  What  occurred  in  1849  ?    When  did  it  become  a  state  ?    Under  what  circum 
stances  did  it  apply  for  admission  ?    What  were  its  boundaries  ? 

6.  What  is  said  of  the  mineral  and  agricultural  resources  of  the  state,  and  of  the 
natural  scene ry  ? 


THE    PACIFIC    STATES. 


399 


TIIBEE  BROTHERS — YOSEMITE   VALLEY. 


ance  for  her  continued  progress  lies  in  her  widely-established 
system  of  common  schools,  in  the  intelligence  and  energy  of 
her  people,  and  in  that  regard  for  law  which  out  of  anarchy 
has  brought  forward  the  young  state  of  the  Pacific,  purified 
and  braced  to  enter  on  her  present  career. 

r 

II.   OEEGON. 

1.  THE  country  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  extending 
north  of  42°  as  far  as  the  British  line,  was  bought  by  the 
United  States  as  a  part  of  Louisiana  in  1803.  Little  was 
known  of  the  western  part  of  this  vast  territory  at  the  time 
of  the  purchase.  In  the  year  1792,  Captain  Gray,  of  Boston, 
in  a  trading  voyage  to  the  Northwest,  entered  the  river, 

7.  What  is  said  of  the  situation  of  California?    How  have  these  advantages  been 
lately  increased  ?    What  concluding  remarks  are  mnde  ? 


400  SETTLEMENT    AND    GROWTH    OF 

which  he  named  the  Columbia,  after  the  ship  in  which  he 
sailed.  On  this  discovery  the  United  States  based  their 
claim  to  the  territory  watered  by  the  Columbia  River. 

2.  While  negotiations  were  still  pending  for  the  purchase 
of  Louisiana,  the  far-reaching  mind  of  President  Jefferson 
had  recommended  to  Congress  that  a  party  be  dispatched 
to  trace  the  Missouri  River  to  its  source,  cross  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  and  proceed  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.    The  company, 
commanded  by  Captains  Lewis  and  Clarke,  left  their  encamp 
ment,  21  miles  up  the  Missouri,  in  May,  1804,  and,  after  sur 
mounting  great  difficulties,  at  the  end  of  18  months  reached 
the  entrance  of  the  Columbia  in  November,  1805.     On  the 
route  Lewis  discovered  the  sources  of  the  river  now  known 
by  his  name.     Their  return  journey  was  still  more  serious, 
though  more  rapid,  and  they  at  length  reached  St.  Louis  in 
September,  1806, .having   been  absent  two  years  and  four 
months. 

3.  This  expedition,  although  it  extended  the  knowledge 
with  regard  to  the  territory,  did  not  greatly  promote  its  set 
tlement.     It  was  too  remote  from  the  United  States,  which 
were  yet  mainly  confined  to  the  Atlantic  coast.     For  a  long 
time  the  country  was  chiefly  occupied  by  trappers  and  fur 
traders  in  the  employment  of  the  British  Fur  Company. 
An  American  association,  the  Pacific  Fur  Company,  in  1811 
built  Fort  Astoria,  which,  in  the  War  of  1812,  was  taken  by 
the  British,  but  restored  at  its  close.     In  1818  the  United 
States  and  England  agreed  to  a  mutual  occupancy  of  the 
whole  territory  until  the  year  1828.     At  this  time  the  trea 
ty  of  joint  occupancy  was  renewed,  to  terminate  on  either 
party  giving  one  year's  notice. 

4.  The  first  emigration  of  Americans  came  overland  in  the 
year  1839.     From  the  difficulties  attending  so  long  a  jour 
ney,  additions  to  their  numbers  were  very  slowly  made.     So 

1.  In  what  way  did.  Oregon  come  into  the  possession  of  the  United  States  ?    What 
American  first  visited  its  shores,  and  with  what  results  ? 

2.  When  and  how  was  the  inland  exploration  of  the  territory  made  ?   Give  a  sketch 
of  this  expedition. 

3.  How  far  was  Oregon  benefited  by  this  exploration?    Why  wns  this?    How  was 
the  country  occupied  ?    What  occurred  here  during  the  War  of  1812  ?    What  agree 
ment  was  made  between  England  and  the  United  States? 


THE    PACIFIC    STATES.  401 

many  arrived,  however,  that  the  attention  of  the  British  arid 
American  governments  was  drawn  to  the  territory,  and  the 
latter,  in  1845,  gave  the  year's  notice  required  to  terminate 
the  treaty.  For  a  time  serious  trouble  was  apprehended  be 
tween  the  two  nations  in  relation  to  the  settlement  of  bound 
aries.  Happily,  war  was  averted  by  the  treaty  of  1846. 

5.  Lying  close  to  California,  its  growth  in  population  was 
for  a  time  seriously  interfered  with  by  the  gold  excitement. 
Congress  very  wisely,  in  1850,  passed  an  act  granting  lands 
to  immediate  and  actual  settlers.  Since  that  time  the  pop 
ulation  of  the  country  has  steadily  increased.  In  the  year 
1848  it  was  organized  as  a  territory,  and  in  1853  that  part 
of  it  north  of  Columbia  River  was  erected  into  Washington 
Territory.  On  the  12th  of  February,  1859,  Oregon  was  ad 
mitted  as  a  free  state.  Its  development  is  yet  in  its  infancy. 
With  a  remarkably  equable  climate,  and  with  good  sea-coast 
advantages,  it  bids  fair  to  occupy  a  commanding  influence 
on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific. 

4.  When  did  the  first  active  emigration  take  place  ?    To  what  did  these  new  arri 
vals  lead  ?    How  did  the  trouble  end  ? 

5.  What  interfered  with  the  growth  of  Oregon  ?    What  remedy  was  tried  for  this  ? 
State  the  changes  made  in  territorial  limits.    When  was  it  admitted  to  the  Union  ? 


402 


PRESIDENTS    AND    VICE-PRESIDENTS. 


3  o>  o5        eg 


08 

Ill 


•5  '-3  9        X 


li  21|1  !J5 

l^ll  •§.£! 

Illl  Ill 


A 

U 
R 


00  O    O  rH  C<1  CO  ^ 


HISTORY    OF   THE    UNITED    STATES. 


403 


SETTLEMENT  AND  ADMISSION  OF  THE  STATES. 


SETTLED. 

ADMIT 

STATES. 

When. 

Where. 

By  whom. 

TED. 

Virginia.                .... 

1607 

Jamestown  

English  

1  76 

1G14 

New  York  

Dutch  

t 

16l>0 

Plymouth         .... 

English  .... 

i 

New  Hampshire  .... 
Connecticut  
Ma.ryla.nd 

1623 
1633 
1634 

Little  Harbor  
Windsor  
St.  Mary's  

English  
English  
English  

Rhode  Island  
Delaware 

1636 
1638 

Providence  
Wilmington  

English  
Swedes  

North  Carolina  

1650 

Chowan  River  

English  

New  Jersey 

1664 

Elizabeth  

Dutch  

South  Carolina  . 

1670 

Ashlev  River  

English  .... 

Pennsylvania  
Georgia 

1682 
1733 

Philadelphia  ..... 
Savannah  

English  
English  .... 

Vermont 

1724 

Fort  Dummer.  .  .  . 

English  .... 

1791 

Kentucky        

1  775 

Boonesboro  

English  .... 

1792 

Tennessee 

1757 

Fort  London  

English  

1796 

Ohio 

1788 

Marietta  

English  .... 

1802 

1699 

Iberville           .  .   . 

French  ...    . 

1812 

1730 

Vincennes  

French  

1816 

1716 

Natchez 

French 

1817 

1790 

Kaskaskia      .  ... 

French  

1818 

1711 

Mobile     

French  

1819 

1695 

Bristol 

French 

1820 

1764 

St  Louis 

French  

1821 

1685 

French 

1836 

Michigan 

1670 

Detroit  

French  

1837 

Florida  
Texas  

1565 
1692 

St.  Augustine  
S.  A.  De  Bexar  .  . 

Spaniards  .  . 
Spaniards  .  . 

1845 
it 

1833 

Burlington 

English  .... 

1846 

Wisconsin  

1669 

Green  Bay  

French  

1848 

California 

1769 

San  Diego  

Spaniards  .  . 

1  850 

Minnesota  

1846 

St.  Paul....,  

Americans  . 

1858 

Oregon 

1811 

Astoria      

Americans  . 

1  859 

Kansas  

Americans  . 

1861 

\Vest  Virginia 

1863 

Nevada  

("arson  City  

Americans  . 

1864 

Nebraska 

1867 

Colorado  

Americans  . 

1876 

DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


A    DECLARATION    BY    THE    REPRESENTATIVES    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES    OF 
AMERICA,  IN    CONGRESS    ASSEMBLED,  JULY    4,  1776. 

WHEN,  in  the  course  of  human  events,  it  becomes  necessary  for  one  peo 
ple  to  dissolve  the  political  bands  which  have  connected  them  with  another, 
and  to  assume,  among  the  powers  of  the  earth,  the  separate  and  equal  sta 
tion  to  which  the  laws  of  nature  and  of  nature's  God  entitle  them,  a  decent 
respect  to  the  opinions  of  mankind  requires  that  they  should  declare  the 
causes  which  impel  them  to  the  separation. 

We  hold  these  truths  to  be  self-evident — that  all  men  are  created  equal ; 
that  they  are  endowed  by  their  Creator  with  certain  unalienable  rights ;  that 
among  these  are  life,  liberty,  and  the  pursuit  of  happiness ;  that,  to  secure 
these  rights,  governments  are  instituted  among  men,  deriving  their  just  pow 
ers  from  the  consent  of  the  governed ;  that,  whenever  any  form  of  govern 
ment  becomes  destructive  of  these  ends,  it  is  the  right  of  the  people  to  alter 
or  to  abolish  it,  and  to  institute  a  new  government,  laying  its  foundation  on 
such  principles,  and  organizing  its  powers  in  such  form,  as  to  them  shall 
seem  most  likely  to  affect  their  safety  and  happiness.  Prudence,  indeed, 
will  dictate  that  governments  long  established  should  not  be  changed  for 
light  and  transient  causes ;  and,  accordingly,  all  experience  hath  shown 
that  mankind  arc  more  disposed  to  suffer,  while  evils  are  sufferable,  than  to 
right  themselves  by  abolishing  the  forms  to  which  they  are  accustomed. 
But  when  a  long  train  of  abuses  and  usurpations,  pursuing  invariably  the 
same  object,  evinces  a  design  to  reduce  them  under  absolute  despotism',  it  is 
their  right,  it  is  their  duty  to  throw  off  such  government,  and  to  provide  new 
guards  for  their  future  security.  Such  has  been  the  patient  sufferance  of 
these  colonies,  and  such  is  now  the  necessity  which  constrains  them  to  alter 
their  former  systems  of  government.  The  history  of  the  present  king  of 
Great  Britain  is  a  history  of  repeated  injuries  and  usurpations,  all  having, 
in  direct  object,  the  establishment  of  an  absolute  tyranny  over  these  states. 
To  prove  this,  let  facts  be  submitted  to  a  candid  world  : 

He  has  refused  his  assent  to  laws  the  most  wholesome  and  necessary  for 
the  public  good. 

He  has  forbidden  his  governors  to  pass  laws  of  immediate  and  pressing 
importance,  unless  suspended  in  their  operation  till  his  assent  should  be  ob 
tained  ;  and,  when  so  suspended,  he  has  utterly  neglected  to  attend  to  them. 

He  has  refused  to  pass  other  laws  for  the  'accommodation  of  large  dis 
tricts  of  people,  unless  those  people  would  relinquish  the  right  of  representa 
tion  in  the  Legislature — a  right  inestimable  to  them,  and  formidable  to  ty 
rants  only. 

He  has  called  together  legislative  bodies  at  places  unusual,  uncomforta 
ble,  and  distant  from  the  depository  of  their  public  records'}  for  the  sole  pur 
pose  of  fatiguing  them  into  compliance  with  his  measures. 

He  has  dissolved  representative  houses  repeatedly  for  opposing  with  manly 
firmness  his  invasions  on  the  rights  of  the  people. 


406  DECLARATION    OF    INDEPENDENCE. 

He  has  refused,  for  a  long  time  after  such  dissolutions,  to  cause  others  to 
be  elected,  whereby  the  legislative  powers,  incapable  of  annihilation,  have 
returned  to  the  people  at  large  for  their  exercise ;  the  state  remaining,  in 
the  mean  time,  exposed  to  all  the  danger  of  invasion  from  without  and  con 
vulsions  within. 

He  has  endeavored  to  prevent  the  population  of  these  states ;  for  that 
purpose  obstructing  the  laws  for  naturalization  of  foreigners,  refusing  to 
pass  others  to  encourage  their  migration  hither,  and  raising  the  conditions 
of  new  appropriations  of  lands. 

He  has  obstructed  the  administration  of  justice  by  refusing  his  assent  to 
laws  for  establishing  judiciary  powers. 

He  has  made  judges  dependent  on  his  will  alone  for  the  tenure  of  their 
offices,  and  the  amount  and  payment  of  their  salaries. 

He  has  erected  a  multitude  of  new  offices,  and  sent  hither  swarms  of  offi 
cers  to  harass  our  people  and  eat  out  their  substance. 

He  has  kept  among  us,  in  times  of  peace,  standing  armies  without  the 
consent  of  our  Legislature. 

He  has  affected  to  render  the  military  independent  of  and  superior  to  the 
civil  power. 

He  has  combined  with  others  to  subject  us  to  a  jurisdiction  foreign  to  our 
Constitution,  and  unacknowledged  by  our  laws,  giving  his  assent  to  their 
acts  of  pretended  legislation  : 

For  quartering  large  bodies  of  armed  troops  among  us : 

For  protecting  them,  by  a  mock  trial,  from  punishment  for  any  murders 
which  they  should  commit  on  the  inhabitants  of  these  states  .• 

For  cutting  off  our  trade  with  all  parts  of  the  world : 

For  imposing  taxes  on  us  without  our  consent : 

For  depriving  us,  in  many  cases,  of  the  benefits  of  trial  by  jury  : 

For  transporting  us  beyond  seas  to  be  tried  for  pretended  offenses  : 

For  abolishing  the  free  system  of  English  laws  in  a  neighboring  province, 
establishing  therein  an  arbitrary  government,  and  enlarging  its  boundaries, 
so  as  to  render  it  at  once  an  example  and  fit  instrument  for  introducing  the 
same  absolute  rule  into  these  colonies  : 

For  taking  away  our  charters,  abolishing  our  most  valuable  laws,  and  al 
tering  fundamentally  the  powers  of  our  governments : 

For  suspending  our  own  Legislatures,  and  declaring  themselves  invested 
with  power  to  legislate  for  us  in  all  cases  whatsoever. 

He  has  abdicated  government  here  by  declaring  us  out  of  his  protection, 
and  waging  war  against  us. 

He  has  plundered  our  seas,  ravaged  our  coasts,  burnt  our  towns,  and  de 
stroyed  the  lives  of  our  people. 

He  is,  at  this  time,  transporting  large  armies  of  foreign  mercenaries  to 
complete  the  works  of  death,  desolation,  and  tyranny,  already  begun,  with 
circumstances  of  cruelty  and  perfidy  scarcely  paralleled  in  the  most  barbar 
ous  ages,  and  totally  unworthy  the  head  of  a  civilized  nation. 

He  has  constrained  our  fellow-citizens,  taken  captive  on  the  high  seas,  to 
bear  arms  against  their  country,  to  become  the  executioners  of  their  friends 
and  brethren,  or  to  fall  themselves  by  their  hands. 

He  has  excited  domestic  insurrections  amongst  us,  and  has  endeavored  to 
bring  on  the  inhabitants  of  our  frontiers  the  merciless  Indian  savages,  whose 
known  rule  of  warfare  is  an  undistinguished  destruction  of  all  ages,  sexes, 
and  conditions. 

In  every  stage  of  these  oppressions,  we  have  petitioned  for  redress  in  the 
most  humble  terms ;  our  repeated  petitions  have  been  answered  only  by  re- 


DECLARATION    OF    INDEPENDENCE.  40 7 

peated  injury.  A  prince  whose  character  is  thus  marked  by  every  act  which 
may  define  a  tyrant  is  unfit  to  be  the  ruler  of  a  free  people. 

Nor  have  we  been  wanting  in  attention  to  our  British  brethren.  Wo 
have  warned  them,  from  time  to  time,  of  attempts  made  by  their  Legisla 
ture  to  extend  an  unwarrantable  jurisdiction  over  us.  We  have  reminded 
them  of  the  circumstances  of  our  emigration  and  settlement  here.  We  have 
appealed  to  their  native  justice  and  magnanimity,  and  we  have  conjured 
them,  by  the  ties  of  our  common  kindred,  to  disavow  these  usurpations, 
which  would  inevitably  interrupt  our  connections  and  correspondence. 
They,  too,  have  been  deaf  to  the  voice  of  justice  and  consanguinity.  We 
must,  therefore,  acquiesce  in  the  necessity  which  denounces  our  separation, 
and  hold  them,  as  we  hold  the  rest  of  mankind — enemies  in  war,  in  peace 
friends. 

We,  therefore,  the  representatives  of  the  United  States  of  America,  in 
General  Congress  assembled,  appealing  to  the  Supreme  Judge  of  the  world 
for  the  rectitude  of  our  intentions,  do,  in  the  name  and  by  the  authority  of 
the  good  people  of  these  colonies,  solemnly  publish  and  declare  that  these 
United  Colonies  are,  and  of  right  ought  to  be,  free  and  independent  states  ; 
that  they  are  absolved  from  all  allegiance  to  the  British  crown,  and  that  all 
political  connection  between  them  and  the  state  of  Great  Britain  is,  and 
ought  to  be,  totally  dissolved ;  and  that,  as  free  and  independent  states, 
they  have  full  power  to  levy  war,  conclude  peace,  contract  alliances,  estab 
lish  commerce,  and  to  do  all  other  acts  and  things  which  independent  states 
may  of  right  do.  And  for  the  support  of  this  declaration,  with  a  firm  reli 
ance  on  the  protection  of  Divine  Providence,  we  mutually  pledge  to  each 
other  our  lives,  our  fortunes,  and  our  sacred  honor. 

The  foregoing  declaration  was,  by  order  of  Congress,  engrossed,  and 
signed  by  the  following  members  :  JOHN  HANCOCK. 

New  Hampshire. — Josiah  Bartlett,  'Smith,  George  Taylor,  James  Wilson, 
William  Whipple,  Matthew  Thornton. !  George  Ross. 


Massachusetts  Bay. — Samuel  Ad 
ams,  John  Adams,  Robert  Treat 
Paine,  Elbridge  Gerry. 

Rhode  Island.—  Stephen  Hopkins, 
William  Ellery. 

Connecticut.  —  Roger  Sherman, 
Samuel  Huntington,  William  Wil 
liams,  Oliver  Wolcott. 

New  York.—  William  Floyd,  Phil 


ip  Livingston,  Francis  Lewis,  Lewis  Braxton. 
Morris.  iVWA  < 


Delaware. — Cassar  Rodney,  George 
Read,  Thomas  M'Kean. 

Maryland.  —  Samuel  Chase,  Wil 
liam  Paca,  Thomas  Stone,  Charles 
Carroll,  of  Carrollton. 

Virginia. — George  Wythe,  Rich 
ard  Henry  Lee,  Thomas  Jefferson, 
Benjamin  Harrison,  Thomas  Nelson, 
Jr.,  Francis  Lightfoot  Lee,  Carter 


New  Jersey. — Richard  Stockton, 
John  Witherspoon,  Francis  Hopkin- 
son,  John  Hart,  Abraham  Clark. 

Pennsylvania.  —  Robert  Morris, 
Benjamin  Rush,  Benjamin  Franklin, 


North  Carolina. — William  Hooper, 
Joseph  Hewes,  John  Penn. 

South  Carolina.  —  Edward  Rut- 
ledge,  Thomas  Heyward,  Jr.,  Thom 
as  Lynch,  Jr.,  Arthur  Middleton. 

Georgia. — Button  Gwinnett,  Ly/ 


John  Morton,  George  Clymer,  James  man  Hall,  George  Walton. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


PREAMBLE. 

WE,  the  people  of  the  United  States,  in  order  to  form  a  more  perfect 
union,  establish  justice,  insure  domestic  tranquility,  provide  for  the  common 
defense,  promote  the  general  welfare,  and  secure  the  blessings  of  liberty  to 
ourselves  and  our  posterity,  do  ordain  and  establish  this  Constitution  for  the 
United  States  of  America. 

ARTICLE  I.    LEGISLATIVE  DEPARTMENT. 

SECTION  I.      Congress  in  General. 

All  legislative  powers  herein  granted  shall  be  vested  in  a  Congress  of  the 
United  States,  which  shall  consist  of  a  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives. 

SECTION  II.     House  of  Representatives. 

Clause  1 .  The  House  of  Representatives  shall  be  composed  of  members 
chosen  every  second  year  by  the  people  of  the  several  states ;  and  the  elect 
ors  in  each  state  shall  have  the  qualifications  requisite  for  electors  of  the 
most  numerous  branch  of  the  State  Legislature. 

Clause  2.  No  person  shall  be  a  representative  who  shall  not  have  attained 
to  the  age  of  tAventy-five  years,  and  been  seven  years  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States,  and  who  shall  not,  when  elected,  be  an  inhabitant  of  that  state  in 
which  he  shall  be  chosen. 

Clause  3.  Representatives  and  direct  taxes  shall  be  apportioned  among 
the  several  states  which  may  be  included  within  this  Union,  according  to 
their  respective  numbers,  which  shall  be  determined  by  adding  to  the  whole 
number  of  free  persons,  including  those  bound  to  service  for  a  term  of  years, 
and  excluding  Indians  not  taxed,  three  fifths  of  all  other  persons.  The  act 
ual  enumeration  shall  be  made  within  three  years  after  the  first  meeting  of 
the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  and  within  every  subsequent  term  of  ten 
years,  in  such  manner  as  they  shall  by  law  dii-ect.  The  number  of  repre 
sentatives  shall  not  exceed  one  for  every  thirty  thousand,  but  each  state  shall 
have  at  least  one  representative  ;  and  until  such  enumeration  shall  be  made, 
the  state  of  New  Hampshire  shall  be  entitled  to  choose  three,  Massachusetts 
eight,  Rhode  Island  and  Providence  Plantations  one,  Connecticut  five,  New 
York  six,  New  Jersey  four,  Pennsylvania  eight,  Delaware  one,  Maryland  six, 
Virginia  ten,  North  Carolina  five,'  South  Carolina  five,  and  Georgia  three. 

Clause  4.  When  vacancies  happen  in  the  representation  from  any  state, 
the  executive  authority  thereof  shall  issue  writs  of  election  to  fill  such  va 
cancies. 

Clause  5.  The  House  of  Representatives  shall  choose  their  speaker  and 
other  officers,  and  shall  have  the  sole  power  of  impeachment. 

SECTION  III.     Senate. 
Clause  \ .  The  Senate  of  the  United  States  shall  be  composed  of  two  sen- 


->  CONSTITUTION    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES.  409 

ators  from  each  state,  chosen  by  the  Legislature  thereof  for  six  years,  and 
each  senator  shall  have  one  vote. 

Clause  2.  Immediately  after  they  shall  be  assembled  in  consequence  of 
the  first  election,  they  shall  be  divided,  as  equally  as  may  be,  into  three 
classes.  The  seats  of  the  senators  of  the  first  class  shall  be  vacated  at  the 
expiration  of  the  second  year,  of  the  second  class  at  the  expiration  of  the 
fourth  year,  and  of  the  third  class  at  the  expiration  of  the  sixth  year,  so  that 
one  third  may  be  chosen  every  second  year  ;  and  if  vacancies  happen,  bj 
resignation  or  otherwise,  during  the  recess  of  the  Legislature  of  any  state, 
the  executive  thereof  may  make  temporary  appointments  until  the  next 
meeting  of  the  Legislature,  which  shall  then  fill  such  vacancies. 

Clause  3.  No  person  shall  be  a  senator  who  shall  not  have  attained  to  the 
age  of  thirty  years,  and  been  nine  years  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  and 
who  shall  not,  when  elected,  be  an  inhabitant  of  that  state  for  which  he 
shall  be  chosen. 

Clause  4.  The  Vice-President  of  the  United  States  shall  be  President  of 
the  Senate,  but  shall  have  no  vote,  unless  they  be  equally  divided. 

Clause  5.  The  Senate  shall  choose  their  other  officers,  and  also  a  presi 
dent  pro  tempore,  in  the  absence  of  the  Vice-President,  or  when  he  shall 
exercise  the  office  of  President  of  the  United  States. 

Clause  6.  The  Senate  shall  have  the  sole  power  to  try  all  impeachments. 
When  sitting  for  that  purpose,  they  shall  be  on  oath  or  affirmation.  When 
the  President  of  the  United  states  is  tried,  the  chief  justice  shall  preside; 
and  no  person  shall  be  convicted  without  the  concurrence  of  two  thirds  of 
the  members  present, 

Clause  7.  Judgment  in  case  of  impeachment  shall  not  extend  farther  than 
to  removal  from  office,  and  disqualification  to  hold  and  enjoy  any  office  of 
honor,  trust,  or  profit  under  the  United  States  ;  but  the  party  convicted  shall, 
nevertheless,  be  liable  and  subject  to  indictment,  trial,  judgment,  and  pun 
ishment  according  to  law. 

SECTION  IV.     Both  Houses. 

Clause  1.  The  times,  places,  and  manner  of  holding  elections  for  senators 
and  representatives  shall  be  prescribed  in  each  state  by  the  Legislature 
thereof;  but  the  Congress  may  at  any  time,  by  law,  make  or  alter  such  reg 
ulations,  except  as  to  the  place  of  choosing  senators. 

Clause  2.  The  Congress  shall  assemble  at  least  once  in  every  year,  and 
such  meeting  shall  be  on  the  first  Monday  in  December,  unless  they  shall 
by  law  appoint  a  different  day. 

SECTION  V.      The  Houses  separately. 

Clause  1.  Each  house  shall  be  the  "judge  of  the  elections,  returns,  and 
qualifications  of  its  own  members,  and  a  majority  of  each  shall  constitute  a 
quorum  to  do  business ;  but  a  smaller  number  may  adjourn  from  day  to 
day,  and  may  be  authorized  to  compel  the  attendance  of  absent  members, 
in  such  manner  and  under  such  penalties  as  each  house  may  provide. 

Clause  2.  Each  house  may  determine  the  rules  of  its  proceedings,  punish 
its  members  for  disorderly  behavior,  and,  with  the  concurrence  of  two  thirds, 
expel  a  member. 

Clause  3.  Each  house  shall  keep  a  journal  of  its  proceedings,  and  from 
time  to  time  publish  the  same,  excepting  such  parts  as  may  in  their  judgment 
require  secrecy  ;  and  the  yeas  and  nays  of  the  members  of  either  house,  on 
any  question,  shall,  at  the  desire  of  one  fifth  of  those  present,  be  entered  on 
the  journal. 


410  CONSTITUTION    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES. 

Clause  4.  Neither  house  during  the  session  of  Congress  shall,  without  the 
consent  of  the  other,  adjourn  for  more  than  three  days,  nor  to  any  other 
place  than  that  in  which  the  two  houses  shall  be  sitting. 

SECTION  VI.     Disabilities  of  Members. 

Clause  1.  The  senators  and  representatives  shall  receive  a  compensation 
for  their  services,  to  be  ascertained  by  law,  and  paid  out  of  the  treasury  of 
the  United  States.  They  shall  in  all  cases,  except  treason,  felony,  and 
breach  of  the  peace,  be  privileged  from  arrest  during  their  attendance  at 
the  session  of  their  respective  houses,  and  in  going  to  or  returning  from  the 
same  ;  and  for  any  speech  or  debate  in  either  house,  they  shall  not  be  ques 
tioned  in  any  other  place. 

Clause  2.  No  senator  or  representative  shall,  during  the  time  for  which 
he  was  elected,  be  appointed  to  any  civil  office  under  the  authority  of  the 
United  States,  which  shall  have  been  created,  or  the  emoluments  whereof 
shall  have  been  increased,  during  such  time  ;  and  no  person  holding  any  of 
fice  under  the  United  States  shall  be  a  member  of  either  house  during  his 
continuance  in  office. 

SECTION  VII.     Mode  of  passing  Laws. 

Clause  1.  All  bills  for  raising  revenue  shall  originate  in  the  House  of 
Representatives  ;  but  the  Senate  may  propose  or  concur  with  amendments, 
as  on  other  bills. 

Clause  2.  Every  bill  which  shall  have  passed  the  House  of  Representa 
tives  and  the  Senate  shall,  before  it  become  a  law,  be  presented  to  the  Pres 
ident  of  the  United  States  ;  if  he  approve,  he  shall  sign  it ;  but  if  not,  he 
shall  return  it,  with  his  objections,  to  that  house  in  which  it  shall  have  orig 
inated,  who  shall  enter  the  objections  at  large  on  their  journal,  and  proceed 
to  reconsider  it.  If,  after  such  reconsideration,  two  thirds  of  that  house 
shall  agree  to  pass  the  bill,  it  shall  be  sent,  together  with  the  objections,  to 
the  other  house,  by  which  it  shall  likewise  be  reconsidered,  and  if  approved 
by  two  thirds  of  that  house,  it  shall  become  a  law.  But  in  all  such  cases 
the  votes  of  both  houses  shall  be  determined  by  yeas  and  nays,  and  the 
names  of  the  persons  voting  for  and  against  the  bill  shall  be  entered  on  the 
journal  of  each  house  respectively.  If  any  bill  shall  not  be  returned  by  the 
President  within  ten  days  (Sundays  excepted)  after  it  shall  have  been  pre 
sented  to  him,  the  same  shall  be  a  law  in  like  manner  as  if  he  had  signed  it, 
unless  the  Congress  by  their  adjournment  prevent  its  return,  in  which  case 
it  shall  not  be  a  law. 

Clause  3.  Every  order,  resolution,  or  vote  to  which  the  concurrence  of  the 
Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  may  be  necessary  (except  on  a  ques 
tion  of  adjournment),  shall  be  presented  to  the  President  of  the  United 
States  ;  and  before  the  same  shall  take  effect,  shall  be  approved  by  him,  or, 
being  disapproved  by  him,  shall  be  repassed  by  two  thirds  of  the  Senate  and 
House  of  Representatives,  according  to  the  rules  and  limitations  prescribed 
in  the  case  of  a  bill. 

SECTION  VIII.     Powers  granted  to  Congress. 

The  Congress  shall  have  power — 

Clause  1.  To  lay  and  collect  taxes,  duties,  imposts,  and  excises,  to  pay 
the  debts  and  provide  for  the  common  defense  and  general  welfare  of  the 
United  States  ;  but  all  duties,  imposts,  and  excises  shall  be  uniform  through 
out  the  United  States ; 

Clause  2.  To  borrow  money  on  the  credit  of  the  United  States ; 


i 

and 

£ 


CONSTITUTION    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES.  411 

Clause  3.  To  regulate  commerce  with  foreign  nations,  and  among  the 
several  states,  and  with  the  Indian  tribes ; 

Clause  4.  To  establish  a  uniform  rule  of  naturalization,  and  uniform  laws 
on  the  subject  of  bankruptcies,  throughout  the  United  States  ; 

Clause  5.  To  coin  money,  regulate  the  value  thereof  and  of  foreign  coin, 
and  fix  the  standard  of  weights  and  measures  ; 

Clause  6.  To  provide  for  the  punishment  of  counterfeiting  the  securities 
and  current  coin  of  the  United  States  ; 

Clause  7.  To  establish  post-offices  and  post-roads  ; 

Clause  8.  To  promote  the  progress  of  science  and  useful  arts,  by  securing 
limited  times  to  authors  and  inventors  the  exclusive  right  to  their  re- 

ctive  writings  and  discoveries  ; 

Clause  9.  To  constitute  tribunals  inferior  to  the  Supreme  Court ; 

Clause  10.  To  define  and  punish  felonies  committed  on  the  high  seas, 
and  offenses  against  the  law  of  nations ; 

Clause  11.  To  declare  war,  grant  letters  of  marque  and  reprisal,  and 
make  rules  concerning  captures  on  land  and  water ; 

Clause  12.  To  raise  and  support  armies;  but  no  appropriation  of  money 
to  that  use  shall  be  for  a  longer  term  than  two  years  ; 

Clause  13.  To  provide  and  maintain  a  navy  ; 

Clause  14.  To  make  rules  for  the  government  and  regulation  of  the  land 
and  naval  forces ; 

Clause  15.  To  provide  for  calling  forth  the  militia  to  execute  the  laws  of 
the  Union,  suppress  insurrections,  and  repel  invasions ; 

Clause  1G.  To  provide  for  organizing,  arming,  and  disciplining  the  mili 
tia,  and  for  governing  such  part  of  them  as  may  be  employed  in  the  service 
of  the  United  States,  reserving  to  the  states  respectively  the  appointment  of 
the  officers  and  the  authority  of  training  the  militia  according  to  the  disci 
pline  prescribed  by  Congress ; 

Clause  1 7.  To  exercise  exclusive  legislation,  in  all  cases  whatsoever,  over 
such  district  (not  exceeding  ten  miles  square)  as  may,  by  cession  of  partic 
ular  states  and  the  acceptance  of  Congress,  become  the  seat  of  government 
of  the  United  States,  and  to  exercise  like  authority  over  all  places  pur 
chased,  by  the  consent  of  the  Legislature  of  the  state  in  which  the  same 
shall  be,  for  the  erection  of  forts,  magazines,  arsenals,  dock-yards,  and  other 
needful  buildings ;  and, 

Clause  18.  To  make  all  laws  which  shall  be  necessary  and  proper  for  car 
rying  into  execution  the  foregoing  powers,  and  all  other  powers  vested  by 
this  Constitution  in  the  government  of  the  United  States,  or  in  any  depart 
ment  or  officer  thereof.  ^_ 

SECTION  IX.     Powers  denied  to  the  United  States. 

Clause  ].  The  migration  or  importation  of  such  persons  as  any  of  the 
states  now  existing  shall  think  proper  to  admit,  shall  not  be  prohibited  by 
the  Congress  prior  to  the  year  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  eight ;  but 
a  tax  or  duty  may  be  imposed  on  such  importation,  not  exceeding  ten  dol 
lars  for  each  person. 

Clause  2.  The  privilege  of  the  writ  of  habeas  corpus  shall  not  be  suspend 
ed  unless  when,  in  case  of  rebellion  or  invasion,  the  public  safety  may  re 
quire  it. 

Clause  3.  No  bill  of  attainder,  or  ex-post-facto  law,  shall  be  passed. 

Clause  4.  No  capitation  or  other  direct  tax  shall  be  laid,  unless  in  pro 
portion  to  the  census  or  enumeration  herein  before  directed  to  be  taken. 

Clause  5.  No  tax  or  duty  shall  be  laid  on  articles  exported  from  any  state. 


412  CONSTITUTION"    OP    THE    UNITED    STATES. 

Clause  6.  No  preference  shall  be  given  by  any  regulation  of  commerce  or 
revenue  to  the  ports  of  one  state  over  those  of  another ;  nor  shall  vessels 
bound  to  or  from  one  state  be  obliged  to  enter,  clear,  or  pay  duties  in  an 
other. 

Clause  7.  No  money  shall  be  drawn  from  the  treasury  but  in  consequence 
of  appropriations  made  by  law ;  and  a  regular  statement  and  account  of  the 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  all  public  money  shall  be  published  from  time 
to  time. 

Clause  8.  No  title  of  nobility  shall  be  granted  by  the  United  States  ;  and 
no  person  holding  any  office  of  profit  or  trust  under  them  shall,  without  the 
consent  of  the  Congress,  accept  of  any  present,  emolument,  office,  or  title  of; 
any  kind  whatever,  from  any  king,  prince,  or  foreign  state. 

SECTION  X.     Powers  denied  to  the  States. 

Clause  \.  No  state  shall  enter  into  any  treaty,  alliance,  or  confederation  ; 
grant  letters  of  marque  and  reprisal ;  coin  money ;  emit  bills  of  credit ; 
make  any  thing  but  gold  and  silver  coin  a  tender  in  payment  of  debts ;  pass 
any  bill  of  attainder,  ex-post-facto  law,  or  law  impairing  the  obligation  of 
contracts  ;  or  grant  any  title  of  nobility. 

Clause  2.  No  state  shall,  without  the  consent  of  the  Congress,  lay  any  im 
posts  or  duties  on  imports  or  exports,  except  what  may  be  absolutely  neces 
sary  for  executing  its  inspection  laws  :  and  the  net  produce  of  all  duties  and 
imposts  laid  by  any  state  on  imports  or  exports  shall  be  for  the  use  of  the 
treasury  of  the  United  States ;  and  all  such  laws  shall  be  subject  to  the  re 
vision  and  control  of  the  Congress. 

Clause  3.  No  state  shall,  without  the  consent  of  Congress,  lay  any  duty 
of  tonnage,  keep  troops  or  ships  of  war  in  time  of  peace,  enter  into  any 
agreement  or  compact  with  another  state  or  with  a  foreign  power,  or  en 
gage  in  war,  unless  actually  invaded,  or  in  such  imminent  danger  as  will  not 
admit  of  delay. 

AETICLE  II.    EXECUTIVE  DEPARTMENT. 
SECTION  I.     President  and  Vice-President. 

Clause  1.  The  executive  power  shall  be  vested  in  a  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America.  He  shall  hold  his  office  during  the  term  of  four  years, 
and,  together  with  the  Vice-President,  chosen  for  the  same  term,  be  elected 
as  follows : 

Clause  2.  Each  state  shall  appoint,  in  such  manner  as  the  Legislature 
thereof  may  direct,  a  number  of  electors,  equal  to  the  whole  number  of  sen 
ators  and  representatives  to  which  the  state  may  be  entitled  in  the  Con 
gress  ;  but  no  senator  or  representative,  or  person  holding  an  office  of  trust 
or  profit  under  the  United  States,  shall  be  appointed  an  elector. 

[Clause  3.  The  electors  shall  meet  in  their  respective  states,  and  vote  by 
ballot  for  two  persons,  of  whom  one  at  least  shall  not  be  an  inhabitant  of 
the  same  state  with  themselves.  And  they  shall  make  a  list  of  all  the  per 
sons  voted  for,  and  of  the  number  of  votes  for  each  ;  which  list  they  shall 
sign  and  certify,  and  transmit,  sealed,  to  the  seat  of  the  government  of  the 
United  States/directed  to  the  President  of  the  Senate.  The  President  of 
the  Senate  shall,  in  the  presence  of  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representa 
tives,  open  all  the  certificates,  and  the  votes  shall  then  be  counted.  The 
person  having  the  greatest  number  of  votes  shall  be  the  President,  if  such 
number  be  a  majority  of  the  whole  number  of  electors  appointed ;  and  if 
there  be  more  than  one  who  have  such  majority,  and  have  an  equal  number 
of  votes,  then  the  House  of  Representatives  shall  immediately  choose  by 


CONSTITUTION    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES.  413 

ballot  one  of  them  for  President ;  and  if  no  person  have  a  majority,  then, 
from  the  five  highest  on  the  list,  the  said  House  shall  in  like  manner  choose 
the  President.  But  in  choosing  the  President,  the  votes  shall  be  taken  by 
states  the  representation  from  each  state  having  one  vote ;  a  quorum  for 
this  purpose  shall  consist  of  a  member  or  members  from  two  thirds  of  the 
states,  and  a  majority  of  all  the  states  shall  be  .necessary  to  a  choice.  In 
every  case,  after  the  choice  of  the  President,  the  person  having  the  greatest 
number  of  votes  of  the  electors  shall  be  the  Vice-President.  But  if  there 
should  remain  two  or  more  who  have  equal  votes,  the  Senate  shall  choose 
from  them  by  ballot  the  Vice-President.*] 

Clause  4.  The  Congress  may  determine  the  time  of  choosing  the  electors, 
and  the  day  on  which  they  shall  give  their  votes,  which  day  shall  be  the 
same  throughout  the  United  States. 

Clause  5.  No  person  except  a  natural-born  citizen,  or  a  citizen  of  the 
United  States  at  the  time  of  the  adoption  of  this  Constitution,  shall  be  eli 
gible  to  the  office  of  President ;  neither  shall  any  person  be  eligible  to  that 
office  who  shall  not  have  attained  to  the  age  of  thirty-five  years,  and  been 
fourteen  years  a  resident  within  the  United  States. 

Clause  6.  In  case  of  the  removal  of  the  President  from  office,  or  of  his 
death,  resignation,  or  inability  to  discharge  the  powers  and  duties  of  the 
said  office,  the  same  shall  devolve  on  the  Vice-President ;  and  the  Congress 
may  by  law  provide  for  the  case  of  removal,  death,  resignation,  or  inability, 
both  of  the  President  and  Vice-President,  declaring  what  officer  shall  then 
act  as  President ;  and  such  officer  shall  act  accordingly,  until  the  disability 
be  removed  or  a  President  shall  be  elected. 

Clause  7.  The  President  shall,  at  stated  times,  receive  for  his  services  a 
compensation,  which  shall  neither  be  increased  nor  diminished  during  the 
period  for  which  he  shall  have  been  elected,  and  he  shall  not  receive  within 
that  period  any  other  emolument  from  the  United  States,  or  any  of  them. 

Clause  8.  Before  he  enter  on  the  execution  of  his  office,  he  shall  take 
the  following  oath  or  affirmation  : 

(      "  I  do  solemnly  swear  (or  affirm)  that  I  will  faithfully  execute  the  office     \ 
I  of  President  of  the  United  States,  and  will,  to  the  best  of  my  ability,  pre- 
1  serve,  protect,  and  defend  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States. " 

SECTION  II.     Powers  of  the  President. 

Clause  1.  The  President  shall  be  commander-in-chief  of  the  army  and 
navy  of  the  United  States  and  of  the  militia  of  the  several  states,  when  called 
into  the  actual  service  of  the  United  States  ;  he  may  require  the  opinion  in 
writing  of  the  principal  officer  in  each  of  the  executive  departments,  upon 
any  subject  relating  to  the  duties  of  their  respective  offices ;  and  he  shall 
have  power  to  grant  reprieves  and  pardons  for  offenses  against  the  United 
States,  except  in  cases  of  impeachment. 

Clause  2.  He  shall  have  power,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate,  to  make  treaties,  provided  two  thirds  of  the  senators  present  con 
cur  ;  and  he  shall  nominate,  and  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate,  shall  appoint  embassadors,  other  public  ministers  and  consuls,  judges 
of  the  Supreme  Court,  and  all  other  officers  of  the  United  States,  whose  ap- 
pointmeiits  are  not  herein  otherwise  provided  for,  and  which  shall  be  estab 
lished  bf  Jaw  ;  but  the  Congress  may  by  law  vest  the  appointment  of  such 
inferior  officers  as  they  think  proper  in  the  President  alone,  in  the  courts  of 
law,  or  in  the  heads  of  departments. 

*  Altered  by  the  12th  Amendment.    See  page  412. 


414  CONSTITUTION    OF   THE    UNITED    STATES. 

Clause  3.  The  President  shall  have  power  to  fill  up  all  vacancies  that 
may  happen  during  the  recess  of  the  Senate,  by  granting  commissions,  which 
shall  expire  at  the  end  of  their  next  session. 

SECTION  III.     Duties  of  the  President. 

He  shall,  from  time  to  time,  give  to  the  Congress  information  of  the  state 
of  the  Union,  and  recommend  to  their  consideration  such  measures  as  he 
shall  judge  necessary  and  expedient ;  he  may,  on  extraordinary  occasions, 
convene  both  houses,  or  either  of  them ;  and  in  case  of  disagreement  be 
tween  them,  with  respect  to  the  time  of  adjournment,  he  may  adjourn  them 
to  such  time  as  he  shall  think  proper  ;  he  shall  receive  embassadors  and 
other  public  ministers ;  he  shall  take  care  that  the  laws  be  faithfully  exe 
cuted,  and  shall  commission  all  the  officers  of  the  United  States. 

SECTION  IV.     Impeachment  of  the  President. 

The  President,  Vice-President,  and  all  civil  officers  of  the  United  States, 
shall  be  removed  from  office  on  impeachment  for  and  conviction  of  treason, 
bribery,  or  other  high  crimes  and  misdemeanors. 

AKTICLE  III.     JUDICIAL  DEPARTMENT. 
SECTION  L    United  States  Courts. 

The  judicial  power  of  the  United  States  shall  be  vested  in  one  Supreme 
Court,  and  in  such  inferior  courts  as  Congress  may  from  time  to  time  or 
dain  and  establish.  The  judges,  both  of  the  supreme  and  inferior  courts, 
shall  hold  their  offices  during  good  behavior  ;  and  shall,  at  stated  times,  re 
ceive  for  their  services  a  compensation,  which  shall  not  be  diminished  dur 
ing  their  continuance  in  office. 

SECTION  II.     Jurisdiction  of  the  United  States  Courts. 

Clause  1 .  The  judicial  power  shall  extend  to  all  cases  in  law  and  equity 
arising  under  this  Constitution,  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  and  treaties 
made,  or  which  shall  be  made,  under  their  authority ;  to  all  cases  affecting 
embassadors,  other  public  ministers,  and  consuls ;  to  all  cases  of  admiralty 
and  maritime  jurisdiction  ;  to  controversies  to  which  the  United  States  shall 
be  a  party ;  to  controversies  between  two  or  more  states ;  between  a  state 
and  citizens  of  another  state;  between  citizens  of  different  states;  between 
citizens  of  the  same  state  claiming  lands  under  grants  of  different  states ; 
and  between  a  state,  or  the  citizens  thereof,  and  foreign  states,  citizens,  or 
subjects.* 

Clause  2.  In  all  cases  affecting  embassadors,  other  public  ministers  and 
consuls,  and  those  in  which  a  state  shall  be  party,  the  Supreme  Court  shall 
have  original  jurisdiction.  In  all  the  other  cases  before  mentioned,  the  Su 
preme  Court  shall  have  appellate  jurisdiction,  both  as  to  law  and  fact,  with 
such  exceptions,  and  under  such  regulations  as  the  Congress  shall  make. 

Clause  3.  The  trial  of  all  crimes,  except  in  cases  of  impeachment,  shall  be 
by  jury  ;  and  such  trial  shall  be  held  in  the  state  where  the  said  crimes  shall 
have  been  committed ;  but  when  not  committed  within  any  state,  the  trial 
shall  be  at  such  place  or  places  as  the  Congress  may  by  law  have  directed. 

SECTION  III.      Treason. 

Clause  1 .  Treason  against  the  United  States  shall  consist  only  in  levying 
war  against  them,  or  in  adhering  to  their  enemies,  giving  them  aid  and  com- 

*  Altered  by  the  llth  Amendment.     See  page  411. 


CONSTITUTION    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES.  415 

fort.     No  person  shall  be  convicted  of  treason  unless  on  the  testimony  of 
two  witnesses  to  the  same  overt  act,  or  on  confession  in  open  court. 

Clause  2.  The  Congress  shall  have  power  to  declare  the  punishment  of 
treason ;  but  no  attainder  of  treason  shall  work  corruption  of  blood,  or  for 
feiture,  except  during  the  life  of  the  person  attainted. 

ARTICLE  IV. 

SECTION  I.     State  Records. 

Full  faith  and  credit  shall  be  given  in  each  state  to  the  public  acts,  rec 
ords,  and  judicial  proceedings  of  every  other  state.  And  the  Congress  may, 
by  general  laws,  prescribe  the  manner  in  which  such  acts,  records,  and  pro 
ceedings  shall  be  proved,  and  the  effect  thereof. 

SECTION  II.     Privileges  of  Citizens,  etc. 

Clause  1 .  The  citizens  of  each  state  shall  be  entitled  to  all  privileges  and 
immunities  of  citizens  in  the  several  states. 

Clause  2.  A  person  charged  in  any  state  with  treason,  felony,  or  other 
crime,  who  shall  flee  from  justice  and  be  found  in  another  state,  shall,  on 
demand  of  the  executive  authority  of  the  state  from  which  he  fled,  be  deliv 
ered  up,  to  be  removed  to  the  state  having  jurisdiction  of  the  crime. 

Clause  3.  No  person  held  to  service  or  labor  in  one  state,  under  the  laws 
thereof,  escaping  into  another,  shall,  in  consequence  of  any  law  or  regula 
tion  therein,  be  discharged  from  such  service  or  labor,  but  shall  be  delivered 
up  on  claim  of  the  party  to  whom  such  service  or  labor  may  be  due. 

SECTION  III.     New  States  and  Territories. 

Clause  1 .  New  states  may  be  admitted  by  the  Congress  into  this  Union : 
but  no  new  state  shall  be  formed  or  erected  within  the  jurisdiction  of  any- 
other  state  ;  nor  any  state  be  formed  by  the  junction  of  two  or  more  states, 
or  parts  of  states,  without  the  consent  of  the  Legislatures  of  the  states  con 
cerned,  as  well  as  of  the  Congress. 

Clause  2.  The  Congress  shall  have  power  to  dispose  of,  and  make  all 
needful  rules  and  regulations  respecting  the  territory  or  other  property  be 
longing  to  the  United  States ;  and  nothing  in  this  Constitution  shall  be  so 
construed  as  to  prejudice  any  claims  of  the  United  States  or  of  any  particu 
lar  state. 

SECTION  IV.     Guarantee  to  the  States. 

The  United  States  shall  guarantee  to  every  state  in  this  Union  a  repub 
lican  form  of  government,  and  shall  protect  each  of  them  against  invasion  ; 
and,  on  application  of  the  Legislature,  or  of  the  executive  (when  tho  Legis 
lature  can  not  be  convened),  against  domestic  violence. 

ARTICLE  V.     POWER  OF  AME^BMENT. 

The  Congress,  whenever  two  thirds  of  both  houses  shall  deem  it  necessary, 
shall  propose  amendments  to  this  Constitution,  or,  on  the  application  of  the 
Legislatures  of  two  thirds  of  the  several  states,  shall  call  a  convention  for 
proposing  amendments,  Avhich,  in  either  case,  shall  be  valid  to  all  intents 
and  purposes,  as  part  of  this  Constitution,  when  ratified  by  the  Legislatures 
of  three  fourths  of  the  several  states,  or  by  conventions  in  three  fourths 
thereof,  as  the  one  or  the  other  mode  of  ratification  may  be  proposed  by 
Congi-ess ;  provided,  that  no  amendment  which  may  be  made  prior  to  the 
year  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  eight  shall  in  any  manner  affect  the 
first  and  fourth  clauses  in  the  ninth  section  of  the  first  Article ;  and  that 


416  CONSTITUTION    OP    THE    UNITED    STATES. 

no  state,  without  its  consent,  shall  be  deprived  of  its  equal  suffrage  in  the 
Senate. 

ARTICLE  VI.  PUBLIC  DEBT,  SUPREMACY  OF  THE  CONSTITUTION,  OATH  OP  OFFICE. 
RELIGIOUS  TEST. 

Clause  1.  All  debts  contracted  and  engagements  entered  into  before  the 
adoption  of  this  Constitution,  shall  be  as  valid  against  the  United  States  un 
der  this  Constitution  as  under  the  Confederation. 

Clause  2.  This  Constitution,  and  the  laws  of  the  United  States  which 
shall  be  made  in  pursuance  thereof,  and  all  treaties  made,  or  which  shall  be 
made,  under  the  authority  of  the  United  States,  shall  be  the  supreme  law 
of  the  land ;  and  the  judges  in  every  state  shall  be  bound  thereby,  any  thing 
in  the  Constitution  or  laws  of  any  state  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

Clause  3.  The  senators  and  representatives  before  mentioned,  and  the 
members  of  the  several  state  Legislatures,  and  all  executive  and  judicial  of 
ficers,  both  of  the  United  States  and  of  the  several  states,  shall  be  bound  by 
oath  or  affirmation  to  support  this  Constitution ;  but  no  religious  test  shall 
ever  be  required  as  a  qualification  to  any  office  or  public  trust  under  the 
United  States. 

ARTICLE  VII.    RATIFICATION  OF  THE  CONSTITUTION. 

The  ratification  of  the  Conventions  of  nine  states  shall  be  sufficient  for  the 

establishment  of  this  Constitution  between  the  states  so  ratifying  the  same. 

Done  in  Convention,  by  the  unanimous  consent  of  the  states  present,  the 

seventeenth  day  of  September,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  seven 

hundred  and  eighty-seven,  and  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States 

of  America  the  twelfth.    In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereunto  subscribed 

our  names. 

GEORGE  WASHINGTON,  President  and  Deputy  from  Virginia. 


New  Hampshire. — John  Langdon, 
Kicholas  Gilman. 

Massachusetts.  —  Nathaniel  Gor- 
ham,  Rufus  King. 

Connecticut. — Win.  Samuel  John 
son.  Roger  Sherman. 

New  York. — Alexander  Hamilton. 

New  Jersey. — William  Livingston, 
William  Patterson,  David  Brearley, 
Jonathan  Dayton. 

Pennsylvania.  — Benjamin  Frank 
lin,  Robert  Morris,  Thomas  Fitzsi- 
mons,  James  Wilson,  Thomas  Mif- 
flin,  George  Clymer,  Jared  Ingersoll, 
Gouverneur  Morris. 


Delaware.  —  George  Read,  John 
Dickinson,  Jacob  Broom,  Gunning 
Bedford,  Jr.,  Richard  Bassett. 

Maryland.  — James  M  'Henry,  Dan 
iel  Carroll,  Daniel  of  St.  Tho.  Jenifer. 

Virginia. — John  Blair,  Jas.  Madi 
son,  Jr. 

North  Carolina. — William  Blount, 
Hugh  Williamson,  Richard  Dobbs 
Spaight. 

South  Carolina. — John  Rutledge, 
Charles  Cotesworth  Pinckney,  Pierce 
Butler. 

Georgia. — William  Few,  Abraham 
Baldwin. 


Attest,  WILLIAM  JACKSON,  Secretary. 


AMENDMENTS  TO  THE  CONSTITUTION. 

ARTICLE  I.     Freedom  of  Religion,  etc. 

Congress  shall  make  no  law  respecting  an  establishment  of  religion,  or 
prohibiting  the  free  exercise  thereof;  or  abridging  the  freedom  of  speech, 
or  of  the  press  ;  or  the  right  of  the  people  peaceably  to  assemble,  and  to  pe' 
tition  the  government  for  a  redress  of  grievances. 


CONSTITUTION    OF   THE    UNITED    STATES.  41 7 

ARTICLE  II.     Right  to  bear  Arms. 

A  well-regulated  militia  being  necessary  to  the  security  of  a  free  state, 
the  right  of  the  people  to  keep  and  bear  arms  shall  not  be  infringed. 

ARTICLE  III.      Quartering  Soldiers  on  Citizens. 

No  soldier  shall,  in  time  of  peace,  be  quartered  in  any  house  without  the 
consent  of  the  owner ;  nor  in  time  of  war,  but  in  a  manner  to  be  prescribed 
by  law. 

ARTICLE  IV.     Search  Warrants. 

The  right  of  the  people  to  be  secure  in  their  persons,  houses,  papers,  and 
effects,  against  unreasonable  searches  and  seizures,  shall  not  be  violated ; 
and  no  warrants  shall  issue  but  upon  probable  cause,  supported  by  oath  or 
affirmation,  and  particularly  describing  the  place  to  be  searched,  and  the 
persons  or  things  to  be  seized. 

ARTICLE  V.      Trial  for  Crime,  etc. 

No  person  shall  be  held  to  answer  for  a  capital  or  otherwise  infamous 
crime,  unless  on  a  presentment  or  indictment  of  a  grand  jury,  except  in 
cases  arising  in  the  land  or  naval  forces,  or  in  the  militia  when  in  active 
service  in  time  of  war  or  public  danger ;  nor  shall  any  person  be  subject  for 
the  same  offense  to  be  twice  put  in  jeopardy  of  life  or  limb ;  nor  shall  be 
compelled,  in  any  criminal  case,  to  be  a  witness  against  himself;  nor  be  de 
prived  of  life,  liberty,  or  property,  without  due  process  of  law  ;  nor  shall  pri 
vate  property  be  taken  for  public  use  without  just  compensation. 

ARTICLE  VI.     Rights  of  accused  Persons. 

In  all  criminal  prosecutions,  the  accused  shall  enjoy  the  right  to  a  speedy 
and  public  trial,  by  an  impartial  jury  of  the  state  and  district  wherein  the 
crime  shall  have  been  committed,  which  district  shall  have  been  previously 
ascertained  by  law,  and  to  be  informed  of  the  nature  and  cause  of  the  accu 
sation  ;  to  be  confronted  with  the  witnesses  against  him ;  to  have  compul 
sory  process  for  obtaining  witnesses  in  his  favor ;  and  to  have  the  assistance 
of  counsel  for  his  defense. 

ARTICLE  VII.     Suits  at  Common  Law. 

In  suits  at  common  law,  where  the  value  in  controversy  shall  exceed 
twenty  dollars,  the  right  of  trial  by  jury  shall  be  preserved ;  and  no  fact 
tried  by  a  jury  shall  be  otherwise  re-examined  in  any  court  of  the  United 
States  than  according  to  the  rules  of  the  common  law. 

ARTICLE  VIII.     Excessive  Bail. 

Excessive  bail  shall  not  be  required,  nor  excessive  fines  imposed,  nor  cruel 
and  unusual  punishment  inflicted. 

ARTICLE  IX. 

The  enumeration  in  the  Constitution  of  certain  rights  shall  not  be  con 
strued  to  deny  or  disparage  others  retained  by  the  people. 

ARTICLE  X. 

The  powers  not  granted  to  the  United  States  by  the  Constitution,  nor  pro 
hibited  by  it  to  the  states,  are  reserved  to  the  states  respectively  or  to  the 
people. 

ARTICLE  XI. 

The  judicial  power  of  the  United  States  shall  not  be  construed  to  extend 

S2 


418  CONSTITUTION    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES. 

to  any  suit  in  law  or  equity  commenced  or  prosecuted  against  one  of  the 
United  States  by  citizens  of  another  state,  or  lrr  citizens  or  subjects  of  any 
foreign  state. 

ARTICLE  XII.     Mode  of  choosing  the  President  and  Vice-President. 

Clause  1.  The  electors  shall  meet  in  their  respective  states,  and  vote  by 
ballot  for  President  and  Vice-President,  one  of  whom,  at  least,  shall  not  be 
an  inhabitant  of  the  same  state  with  themselves ;  they  shall  name  in  their 
ballots  the  person  voted  for  as  President,  and  in  distinct  ballots  the  person 
voted  for  as  Vice-President ;  and  they  shall  make  distinct  lists  of  all  per 
sons  voted  for  as  President,  and  of  all  persons  voted  for  as  Vice-President, 
and  of  the  number  of  votes  for  each,  which  list  they  shall  sign  and  certify, 
and  transmit,  sealed,  to  the  seat  of  government  of  the  United  States,  directed 
to  the  President  of  the  Senate ;  the  President  of  the  Senate  shall,  in  the 
presence  of  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives,  open  all  the  certifi 
cates,  and  the  votes  shall  then  be  counted ;  the  person  having  the  greatest 
number  of  votes  for  President  shall  be  the  President,  if  such  number  be  a 
majority  of  the  whole  number  of  electors  appointed ;  and  if  nc  person  have 
such  majority,  then  from  the  persons  having  the  highest  numbers,  not  ex 
ceeding  three,  on  the  list  of  those  voted  for  as  President,  the  House  of  Kep- 
resentatives  shall  choose  immediately  by  ballot  the  President.  But  in 
choosing  the  President,  the  votes  shall  be  taken  by  states,  the  representa 
tion  from  each  state  having  one  vote ;  a  quorum  for  this  purpose  shall  con 
sist  of  a  member  or  members  from  two  thirds  of  the  states,  and  a  majority 
of  all  the  states  shall  be  necessary  to  a  choice.  And  if  the  House  of  Repre 
sentatives  shall  not  choose  a  President,  whenever  the  right  of  choice  shall 
devolve  upon  them,  before  the  fourth  day  of  March  next  following,  then  the 
Vice-President  shall  act  as  President,  as  in  the  case  of  the  death  or  other 
constitutional  disability  of  the  President. 

Clause  2.  The  person  having  the  greatest  number  of  votes  as  Vice-Presi 
dent  shall  be  the  Vice-President,  if  such  number  be  a  majority  of  the  whole 
number  of  electors  appointed,  and  if  no  person  have  a  majority,  then  from 
the  two  highest  numbers  on  the  list  the  Senate  shall  choose  the  Vice-Presi 
dent  :  a  quorum  for  the  purpose  shall  consist  of  two  thirds  of  the  whole 
number  of  senators,  and  a  majority  of  the  whole  number  shall  be  necessary 
to  a  choice. 

Clause  3.  But  no  person  constitutionally  ineligible  to  the  office  of  Presi 
dent  shall  be  eligible  to  that  of  Vice-President  of  the  United  States. 

ARTICLE  XIII. 

SECTION  1.  Neither  slavery  nor  involuntary  servitude,  except  as  a  pun 
ishment  for  crime  whereof  the  party  shall  have  been  duly  convicted,  shall 
exist  within  the  United  States,  or  any  place  subject  to  their  jurisdiction. 

SECTION  2.  Congress  shall  have  power  to  enforce  this  article  by  appropri 
ate  legislation. 

ARTICLE  XIV. 

SECTION  1.  All  persons  born  or  naturalized  in  the  United  States,  and 
subject  to  the  jurisdiction  thereof,  are  citizens  of  the  United  States  and  of 
the  state  wherein  they  reside.  No  state  shall  make  or  enforce  any  law  which 
shall  abridge  the  privileges  or  immunities  of  citizens  of  the  United  States ; 
nor  shall  any  state  deprive  any  person  of  life,  liberty,  or  property,  without 
due  process  of  law,  nor  deny  to  any  person  within  its  jurisdiction  the  equal 
protection  of  the  laws. 


CONSTITUTION    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES.  419 

SECTION  2.  Representatives  shall  be  apportioned  among  the  several  states 
according  to  their  respective  numbers,  counting  the  whole  number  of  persons 
in  each  state,  excluding  Indians  not  taxed.  But  when  the  right  to  vote  at 
any  election  for  the  choice  of  electors  for  President  and  Vice-President  of 
the  United  States,  representatives  in  Congress,  the  executive  and  judicial 
officers  of  a  state,  or  the  members  of  the  Legislature  thereof,  is  denied  to 
any  of  the  male  members  of  such  state,  being  twenty-one  years  of  age,  and 
citizens  of  the  United  States,  or  in  any  way  abridged,  except  for  participa 
tion  in  rebellion  or  other  crime,  the  basis  of  representation  therein  shall  be 
reduced  in  the  proportion  which  the  number  of  such  male  citizens  shall  bear 
to  the  whole  number  of  male  citizens  twenty-one  years  of  age  in  such  state. 

SECTION  3.  No  person  shall  be  a  senator  or  representative  in  Congress, 
or  elector  of  President  and  Vice-President,  or  hold  any  office,  civil  or  mili 
tary /under  the  United  States,  or  under  any  state,  who,  having  previously 
taken  an  oath,  as  a  member  of  Congress,  or  as  an  officer  of  the  United 
States,  or  as  a  member  of  any  State  Legislature,  or  as  an  executive  or  judi 
cial  officer  of  any  state,  to  support  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States, 
shall  have  engaged  in  insurrection  or  rebellion  against  the  same,  or  given 
aid  or  comfort  to  the  enemies  thereof.  But  Congress  may,  by  a  vote  of  two 
thirds  of  each  house,  remove  such  disability. 

SECTION  4.  The  validity  of  the  public  debt  of  the  United  States,  author 
ized  by  law,  including  debts  incurred  for  payment  of  pensions  and  bounties 
for  services  in  suppressing  insurrection  or  rebellion,  shall  not  be  questioned. 
But  neither  the  United  States  nor  any  state  shall  assume  or  pay  any  debt 
or  obligation  incurred  in  aid  of  insurrection  or  rebellion  against  the  United 
States,  or  any  claim  for  the  loss  or  emancipation  of  any  slave ;  but  all  such 
debts,  obligations,  and  claims  shall  be  held  illegal  and  void. 

SKCTION  5.  The  Congress  shall  have  power  to  enforce  by  appropriate  leg 
islation  the  provisions  of  this  article. 

ARTICLE  XV. 

SECTION  1.  The  right  of  the  citizens  of  the  United  States  to  vote  shall 
not  be  denied  or  abridged  by  the  United  States  or  any  state  on  account  of 
race,  color,  or  previous  condition  of  servitude. 

SECTION  2.  The  Congress  shall  have  power  to  enforce  by  appropriate  leg 
islation  the  provisions  of  this  article. 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


Columbus  applied  to  Genoa  for  assistance. 
"        sought  aid  from  Spain, 
sailed  from  Palos,  Spain. 


1484. 
1486. 
1492. 

"  "        discovered  America. 

1497.  iThe  Cabots  discovered  Newfoundland. 
H98.!Colnmbus  discovered  South  America. 

"    iThe  Cabots  discovered  the  Atlantic  coast. 

"     Vasco  de  Gama  discovered  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
1499.  'Amerigo  Vespucci  visited  America. 
1506. 'Columbus  died. 

1510.  Ojeda  settled  Darien,  on  the  Isthmus. 
1512.  Juan  Ponce  de  Leon  discovered  Florida. 
1513. 'Nunez  de  Balboa  discovered  the  Pacific. 
1517.|Cordova  discovered  Yucatan. 
1518.!Grijalva  explored  the  coast  of  Mexico. 
1521.  Conquest  of  Mexico  by  Cortez. 


1524. 


Verazzani  explores  the  coast  of  North  America. 


1528.  Pamphilo  de  Narvaez's  expedition  to  Florida. 

1534.  Carrier  discovers  the  Gulf  and  River  St.  Lawrence. 

1541.  De  Soto's  expedition — discovers  the  Mississippi  River. 

1562.  j Huguenot  colony  at  Port  Royal. 

1564.|lluguenots  settle  in  Florida. 

1565.IMelendez  founds  St.  Augustine. 

1576.iFrobisher  enters  Baffin's  Bay. 

1579.  [Sir  Francis  Drake  enters  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco.        ^ 

1582.  'Don  Antonio  de  Espego  founds  Santa  Fe. 

1584.  Amidas  and  Barlow  sent  out  by  Raleigh. 

Jeo5/  I  Unsuccessful  attempts  to  settle  Roanoke  Island. 

1587. 1) 

1602.  Gosnold  discovers  Cape  Cod. 

1605.  Port  Royal,  Nova  Scotia,  settled  by  De  Monts. 

1606.  [Grants  to  the  London  and  Plymouth  Companies, 

1607.  'Jamestown  settled  by  the  London  Company. 

1608.  jQuebec  settled  by  Champlain. 

1609. 'Henry  Hudson  discovers  the  Hudson  River. 

"     Champlain  discovers  Lake  Champlain. 

"     Second  Charter  granted  to  Virginia. 
1610. !  Starving  time  in  Virginia. 
1612.  Third  Charter  granted  to  Virginia. 
1613.|Captain  Argall  pulls  down  the  Dutch  flag  on  Manhattan  Islano. 


1614. 
« 

1615. 
1620. 


Actual  settlement  of  New  York  begins  by  the  Dutch. 
John  Smith  explores  the  coast  of  New  England. 
Cultivation  of  tobacco  commenced  in  Virginia. 
Slavery  introduced  by  the  Dutch  at  Jamestown. 
The  "  Great  Patent"  granted  to  the  Virginia  Company 
The  Puritans  settled  at  Plymouth. 


422  CHRONOLOGICAL    TABLE. 


1621. 
1622. 

M 

1623. 
1626. 
1629. 
1630. 
1632. 
1 634. 

1635. 
« 

1636. 
1637. 

1638. 

a 

1G43. 

1644. 
« 

1660. 
1662. 
1604. 


1668. 
1670. 
1673. 


1675. 
1676. 

1680. 


1682. 


1685. 
1689. 
1690. 
1692. 
1697. 
1699. 
1701. 

1702. 

a 

1710. 
1713. 
1732. 
1733. 
1741. 
1744. 
1745. 
1748. 
1753. 


Cotton  began  to  be  cultivated. 

Indian  massacre  at  Jamestown. 

New  Hampshire  granted  to  Georges  and  Mason. 

settled  at  Dover  and  Little  Harbor. 

The  French  explore  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Ontario. 

Charter  granted  to  the  Massachusetts  Bay  Colony. 

Boston  settled. 

Maryland  granted  to  Lord  Baltimore. 

Maryland  settled  at  St.  Mary's. 

Connecticut  settled  at  Hartford,  Windsor,  and  Wethersfield. 

Roger  Williams  banished  from  Massachusetts. 

Providence  settled. 

Pequod  War  in  Connecticut. 

Harvard  College  founded. 

New  Haven  colony  founded. 

Union  of  the  New  England  colonies. 

Second  Indian  massacre  in  Virginia. 

Charter  granted  to  Rhode  Island. 

Navigation  Act  passed. 

Charter  granted  to  Connecticut. 

New  Jersey  settled  at  Elizabethtown. 

New  York  captured  by  the  English. 

North  Carolina  settled  on  the  Chowan  River. 

The  French  settle  St.  Mary,  north  of  Lake  Huron. 

South  Carolina  settled  on  the  Ashley  River. 

Charles  II.  grants  Virginia  to  Culpepper  and  Arlington. 

Marquette  and  Joliet  discover  the  Mississippi  at  the  mouth  of  thf.  Ar 
kansas  River. 

King  Philip's  War. 

Bacon's  rebellion  in  Virginia. 

Hennepin  explores  the  Mississippi  to  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony. 

Charleston  founded. 

Pennsylvania  settled  by  William  Penn. 

Delaware  granted  to  Penn  by  the  Duke  of  York. 

La  Salle  sails  down  the  Mississippi  to  the  Gulf,  naming  the  country 
Louisiana. 

La  Salle  plants  a  colony  in  Texas. 

King  William's  War. 

Schenectady  burned. 

Witchcraft  delusion  in  Salem,  Massachusetts. 

King  William's  War  ended  by  the  Treaty  of  Ryswick. 

D'Iberville's  colony  on  the  Bay  of  Biloxi. 

Detroit  founded  by  the  French. 

D'Iberville  lays  the  foundation  of  Mobile. 

Queen  Anne's  War  begun. 

Port  Royal  captured  from  the  French,  and  named  Annapolis. 

The  Treaty  of  Utrecht  ends  Queen  Anne's  War. 

Washington  born  in  Westmoreland  County,  Virginia. 
Georgia  settled  at  Savannah. 
'  Negro  Plot"  in  New  York. 

King  George's  War  begun. 

Louisburg  captured  from  the  French. 

Treaty  of  Aix-la-Chapelle— end  of  King  George's  War. 

Fort  at  Presque  Isle  built  by  the  French. 


CHRONOLOGICAL   TABLE. 


423 


1753. 

1754. 
ii 

ii 
ti 

1755. 
it 

(4 
|| 

1756. 


n 

1759. 


1760. 
it 

1763. 

1765. 

ii 

1766, 
1767, 

1768 

1770 
ii 

1773 

1774 


,1775 


1776. 


Washington  starts  on  his  mission  to  the  French  com 
mander,  St.  Pierre October  31. 

Jonvention  at  Albany  to  form  a  plan  of  union June. 

Battle  of  Great  Meadows May  28. 

Fort  Necessity  captured  by  the  French July  4. 

?ort  du  Quesne  built  by  the  French 

Braddock  arrives  from  England  as  commander-in-chief  February. 

Conquest  of  Acadia  by  the  English June. 

The  French  defeated  near  Lake  George Sept.  8. 

Braddock's  defeat July  9. 

3rreat  Britain  declares  war  against  France May  17. 

Oswego  captured  by  the  French August  14. 

Fort  William  Henry  captured  by  the  French August  9. 

Abercrombie's  defeat  at  Ticonderoga July  8. 

Louisburg  captured  by  Amherst July  27.^ 

fort  Frontenac  captured  by  the  English August  27. 

[<"ort  du  Quesne  captured  by  the  English... Nov.  25. 

"  '     July  &  Aug. 
July  31. 
Sept.  13. 

•ept.  18. 

\pril  28. 

-'ept.  8. 

•ebruarylO. 

-larch  8. 

)ctober  7. 

klarch  18. 

June  29. 

)ctober  1. 

March  5. 

May. 
Dec.  16. 

March  31. 


Ticonderoga  and  Crown  Point  captured  by  the  English 

Battle  of  Montmorenci 

Battle  of  Quebec 

Surrender  of  Quebec 

Attempt  to  retake  Quebec  by  the  French 

Montreal  surrendered  to  the  English 

Treaty  at  Paris  ends  the  French  and  Indian  War 

Stamp  Act  passed 

First  Colonial  Congress  at  New  York 

Stamp  Act  repealed 

New  tax  bill  passed 

British  troops  arrive  at  Boston 

Boston  massacre 

Repeal  of  duties  excepting  tea 

Tea  destroyed  in  Boston  Harbor 

Boston  Port  Bill"  passed 

The  "Continental,"  or  second  Colonial  Congress  met 

at  Philadelphia 

Battle  of  Lexington 

Battle  of  Bunker  Hill 

Ticonderoga  captured  by  Ethan  Allen 

Crown  Point  captured  by  Colonel  Warner 

George  Washington  appointed  commander-in-chief 

Montreal  captured  by  Montgomery 

Attack  on  Quebec— Montgomery  killed 

Norfolk,  Virginia,  burned  by  Lord  Dunmore 

British  evacuate  Boston 

Attack  on  Fort  Moultrie 

Declaration  of  Independence 

Battle  of  Long  Island 

New  York  evacuated 

Battle  of  White  Plains 

Fort  Washington  captured 

Fort  Lee  occupied  by  the  British 

Washington's  retreat  through  New  Jersey 

Battle  of  Trenton 

Commissioners  sent  to  France 


Sept.  o. 
\piil  19. 
June  17. 
May  10. 
May  12. 
June  15. 
Nov.  13. 
Dec.  31. 
January  1. 
March  17. 
June  28. 
July  4. 
August  27. 
-ept.  14. 
October  28. 
Nov.  1 6. 
Nov.  20. 
Nov.,  Dec. 
Dec.  25. 
Dec.  30. 


424 


CHRONOLOGICAL    TABLE. 


1777.  Battle  of  Princeton January  3. 

"     Try on's  expedition  to  Connecticut April. 

"     Sag  Harbor,  Long  Island,  captured  by  Colonel  Meigs ...  May  23. 

'' '     Ticonderoga  captured  by  the  British July  5. 

"     Battle  of  Hubbardton,  Vermont July  7. 

"     Fort  Edward  abandoned July  29. 

"     Battle  of  Oriskany August  6. 

"     Battle  of  Bennington August  16. 

"     A  British  fleet  arrives  in  Chesapeake  Bay August  25. 

"     Battle  of  Brandy  wine Sept.  11. 

"     Battle  of  Saratoga,  "  Bemis's  Heights" Sept.  19. 

' '     Philadelphia  captured  by  the  British Sept.  26. 

"     Battle  of  German  town October  4. 

"      Forts  Clinton  and  Montgomery  captured October  6. 

"     Battle  of  Saratoga,  "  Stillwater" October  7. 

"   '  Surrender  of  Burgoyne October  17. 

"     The  British  repulsed  at  Fort  Mercer October  22. 

"     Washington  encamped  at  Valley  Forge December. 

1778.  The  British  evacuate  Philadelphia June  18. 

"     Battle  of  Monmouth June  28. 

"      Massacre  of  Wyoming July  3. 

"     A  French  fleet  in  Narragansett  Bay July  29. 

"     Battle  of  Quaker  Hill,  Rhode  Island August  29. 

"     The  British  capture  Savannah,  Georgia Dec.  29. 

1779.  Sunbury,  Georgia,  captured  by  the  British January  9. 

"     Battle  of  Kettle  Creek Feb.  14. 

Battle  of  Brier  Creek March  3. 

Capture  of  Stony  Point  by  General  Wayne July  15. 

Battle  of  Chemung,  "Newtown" — Sullivan's  expedition  October  9. 

Paul  Jones's  victory August  29. 

Attack  on  Savannah — the  Americans  repulsed Sept.  23. 

1780.  Siege  of  Charleston  begun April,  May. 

"     Battle  of  Monk's  Corner April  14. 

"     Charleston  surrendered  to  the  English May  12. 

"     Battle  of  Waxhaw  Creek May  29. 

"     Battle  of  Springfield,  New  Jersey June  23. 

"     Second  French  fleet  arrives  at  Newport July  10. 

"     Battle  of  Hanging  Rock August  6. 

"     Battle  of  Sanders's  Creek — first  battle  of  Camden August  16. 

"     Battle  of  Fishing  Creek August  18. 

*'     Arnold's  treason September. 

"     Andre  executed October  2. 

"     Battle  of  King's  Mountain October  7. 

1781.  Mutiny  of  the  Pennsylvania  line January  1 . 

"     Greene's  famous  retreat Jan.  &  Feb. 

"     Articles  of  Confederation  ratified 

"     Richmond  burned  by  Arnold January  5. 

"     Battle  of  the  Cowpens : January  17. 

"     Mutiny  of  the  New  Jersey  troops  January  20. 

"     Battle  of  Guilford  Court-house March  15. 

"     Battle  of  Hobkirk's  Hill— second  battle  of  Camden April  25. 

"     Greene  repulsed  at  Fort  Ninety-six June  18. 

"     New  London  burned  by  Arnold Sept.  6. 

"     Battle  of  Eutaw  Springs Sept.  8. 


CHRONOLOGICAL   TABLE. 


425 


1781.  Surrender  of  Cornwallis  at  Yorktown October  19. 

1782.  Cessation  of  hostilities April. 

"     Preliminary  treaty  of  peace  at  Tans jNov.  30. 

1783.  Definitive  treaty  of  peace  at  Paris Sept.  3. 

' '     Evacuation  of  New  York  by  the  British Nov.  25. 

' '     Washington  resigns  his  commission Dec.  23. 

1786.  Breaking  out  of  IShays's  Rebellion 

1787.  The  Constitution  adopted  by  the  Convention Sept.  17. 

1788.  The  Constitution  adopted  by  eleven  states — 

1789?  First  Congress  meets  at  New  York March  4. 

' '     Washington  inaugurated  President April  30. 

1 790.  Secretary  Hamilton  proposes  his  plan  for  the  payment 

of  the'national  debt January. 

"     General  Harmar  defeated  by  the  Indians |Oct.  17,  22. 

1791.  Vermont  admitted  into  the  Union Feb.  18. 

"     St.Clair  defeated  by  the  Indians.. |November4, 

1792.  Kentucky  admitted  into  the  Union June  1. 

"     Discovery  of  the  Columbia  River  by  Captain  Gray May  11. 

1793.  Invention  of  the  cotton  gin 

' '     Difficulties  with  the  French  embassador  Genet 

1794.  Battle  of  the  Maumee August  20. 

"     Whisky  insurrection  in  Pennsylvania 

1795.  Jay's  treaty  ratified June. 

1796.  Tennessee  admitted  into  the  Union June. 

1797.' John  Adams  inaugurated March  4. 

1798.  War  with  France  anticipated 

"     Washington  appointed  cornmander-in-chief July.  - 

1799.  Washington  died  at  Mount  Vernon Dec.  14. 

1800.  The  capital  removed  to  Washington 

"     Treaty  of  peace  with  France Sept.  30. 

J  801-  Thomas  Jefferson  inaugurated March  4. 

"     War  against  Tripoli  declared  by  the  United  States June. 

1802.  Ohio  admitted  into  the  Union November. 

1803.  Purchase  of  Louisiana  from  the  French April  30. 

"     Commodore  Preble  sent  against  Tripoli 

1804.  Lieutenant  Decatur  destroys  the  frigate  Philadelphia  ...  February  3. 
"      Hamilton  killed  by  Burr  in  a  duel July  11. 

1805.  Derne  captured  by  Eaton April  27. 

"     Treaty  of  peace  with  Tripoli June. 

1806.  Blockade  of  the  French  coast  declared  by  the  British...  May. 

"     Blockade  of  the  British  Islands  declared  by  Napoleon...  November. 

1807.  The  Chesapeake  fired  into  by  the  Leopard June  22. 

"     British  "Orders    in    Council"  prohibiting   trade    with 

France  and  her  allies Nov.  11. 

"     Napoleon's  "Milan  Decree"  prohibiting  trade  with  En-| 

gland  and  her  colonies jDec.  17. 

"     Embargo  on  American  ships jDec.  22. 

"     Fulton's  first  steam-boat,  the  Clermont,  on  the  Hudson.  Sept,  14. 

1809.  Embargo  Act  repealed March  1. 

"     Commerce  with  Great  Britain  and  France  prohibited  by 

,.    Congress March  1. 

"     James  Madison  inaugurated March  4. 

1811.  Engagement  between  the  United  States  frigate  President 

i     and  the  Little  Belt...,  iMay  16, 


426 


CHRONOLOGICAL    TABLE. 


1811. 'Battle  ofTippecanoe [Nov.  7. 

1812.  President  Madison  declares  war  against  England I  June  19. 

"     Louisiana  admitted  into  the  Union JApril  14. 

"     General  Hull  invades  Canada I  July  12. 

"     Surrender  of  Mackinaw July  17. 

11     Battle  of  Brownstown August  5. 

"     Surrender  of  Detroit August  16. 

"     Battle  of  Queenstown October  13. 

Naval  Battles. 

"     The  Constitution  captures  the  Guerriere August  19. 

"     The  sloop-of-war  Wasp  captures  the  brig  Frolic October  18. 

"     The  frigate  United  States  captures  the  Macedonian October  25. 

"     The  Constitution  captures  the  Java Dec.  29. 

1813.  Battle  of  Frenchtown January  22. 

"     Capture  of  York  (now  Toronto),  Canada !  April  27. 

."  Siege  of  Fort  Meigs {May  1. 

"  Attack  on  Sackett's  Harbor May  29. 

"  Battle  of  Sandusky JAugust  2. 

"  Perry's  victory  on  Lake  Erie Sept.  10. 

"  Battle  of  the  Thames October  5. 

"  Battle  of  Chrysler's  Farm Nov.  11. 

Naval  Battles. 

"     The  Hornet  captures  the  Peacock Feb.  24. 

"     The  Chesapeake  captured  by  the  Shannon June  1. 

' '     The  Argus  captured  by  the  Pelican August  14. 

"      The  Enterprise  captures  the  Boxer Sept.  5. 

1814.  The  Creek  War  ended  by  the  battle  of  the  Horse-shoe 

Bend March  27. 

"  Fort  Erie  captured  by  the  Americans July  3. 

"  Battle  of  Lundy's  Lane July  25. 

"  jBattle  of  Fort  Erie JAugust  15. 

"  Battle  of  Bladensburg JAugust  24,, 

"  City  of  Washington  captured  by  the  British JAugust  21, 

"  Battle  of  Plattsburg T-. '. 'Sept.  11. 

"  Battle  of  Lake  Champlain ;Sept.  11. 

"  Battle  of  North  Point Sept.  12. 

"  Bombardment  of  Fort  M 'Henry Sept.  13. 

*'  Battle  of  Lake  Borgne ;Dec.  14. 

"  Hartford  Convention 'Dec.  14. 

"  Battle  near  New  Orleans ..jDec.  23. 

"  Treaty  of  peace Dec.  24. 

1815.  Battle  of  New  Orleans |  January  8. 

"  The  frigate  President  captured  by  a  British  squadron  .J January  15, 

"  jThe  Essex  captured  by  a  British  frigate ..jMarch  2h- 

"  I  War  with  Algiers ...[March. 

"     Treaty  of  peace  with  Algiers .....'June. 

1816.[Indiana  admitted  into  the  Union [Dec.  11. 

1817.  James  Monroe  inaugurated , i  March  4. 

"     Mississippi  admitted  into  the  Union ! Dec.  10. 

1818.  Pensncola,    Florida    (Spanish),    captured    by    General 

Jackson May  24. 

' '    illlinois  admitted  into  the  Union Dec.  3. 


CHRONOLOGICAL    TABLE. 


427 


1819.  Alabama  admitted  into  the  Union Dec.  14. 

"     Treaty  for  the  purchase  of  Florida  negotiated  at  Wash 
ington February. 

1820.  Missouri  Compromise  Act  passed,  admitting  Missouri 

into  the  Union March  3. 

"     Maine  admitted  into  the  Union March  15. 

"     Florida  purchased  of  Spain October. 

1821.  Missouri  accepts  the  terms  of  the  Compromise  Act,  and 

becomes  a  state August  10. 

1824.  Visit  of  Lafayette  to  the  United  States August  15. 

1825.  John  Quincy  Adams  inaugurated March  4. 

1826.  Ex-Presidents  Adams  and  Jefferson  died July  4. 

1829.  Andrew  Jackson  inaugurated March  4. 

1832.  Black  Hawk  War 

1835.  Seminole  War  begun — 

"     Dade's  massacre  by  Seminoles Dec.  28. 

1836.  Arkansas  admitted  into  the  Union June  15. 

1837.  Michigan  admitted  into  the  Union Jan.  26. 

"     Martin  Van  Buren  inaugurated March  4. 

"     Battle  of  Okechobee Dec.  25. 

1841.  William  H.  Harrison  inaugurated March  4. 

"     President  Harrison  died April  4. 

"     John  Tyler  inaugurated April  6. 

1843.  The  "Dorr  Rebellion"  in  Rhode  Island — - 

"     Morse's  electric  telegraph — grant  by  Congress March  3^ 

1844.  First  telegraph  line  completed  between  Baltimore  and 

Washington ^—- 

1845.  Resolution  of  Congress  annexing  Texas March  1. 

"     Acts  of  Congress  admitting  Florida  and  Iowa March  3. 

"     James  K.  Polk  inaugurated March  4. 

1846.  The  northwestern  boundary  fixed  at  49° 

"     General  Taylor  ordered  to  the  Rio  Grande Jan.  13. 

"     Captain  Thornton's  party  captured  by  Mexicans April  26. 

"     Battle  of  Palo  Alto May  8. 

"     Battle  of  Resaca  de  la  Palrna May  9. 

' '     Congress  declared  war  against  Mexico May  1 1 . 

"     Matamoras  captured May  18. 

"     Monterey  captured Sept.  24. 

"     Battle  of  Bracito Dec.  25. 

"     Iowa  accepts  the  conditions  imposed  by  Congress,  and 

becomes  a  state 

1847.  Battle  of  Buena  Vista Feb.  23. 

"     Capture  ofVera  Cruz March  27. 

"     Battle  of  Cerro  Gordo jApril  18. 

"     Battle  of  Contreras August  20. 

Capture  of  Molino  del  Rev Sept.  8. 

Capture  of  Chapultepec Sept.  13. 

"     Mexico  surrendered j  Sept.  14. 

2848.  Treaty  of  peace  with  Mexico |Feb.  2. 

"     Gold  discovered  in  California February. 

' '     Wisconsin  admitted  into  the  Union May  29. 

1849.  General  Taylor  inaugurated March  4. 

1850.  GeneralTaylor  died July  9. 

u     Millard  Fillmore  inaugurated July  10, 


428 


CHRONOLOGICAL    TABLE. 


California  admitted  into  the  Union Sept.  9. 

Franklin  Pierce  inaugurated March  4. 

Commodore  Ferry's  treaty  with  Japan March. 

James  Buchanan  inaugurated March  4. 

Minnesota  admitted  into  the  Union jMay  11. 

Oregon  admitted  into  the  Union (February. 

South  Carolina  seceded  from  the  Union [Dec.  20. 

Steamer  Star  of  the  West  fired  into  by  the  Secessionists 

at  Charleston January  9. 

Kansas  admitted  as  a  state January  29. 

A  Southern  Confederacy  formed  by  South  Carolina, 
Georgia,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  Louisiana,  and  Flor 
ida,  at  Montgomery,  Alabama 


Jefferson  Davis  elected  provisional  president  of  the  Con 
federacy  

Abraham  Lincoln  inaugurated  President  of  the  United 
[States 

Attack  on  Fort  Sumter 

Virginia  ioins  the  Confederacy 

Harper's  Ferry  Arsenal  captured  by  the  Virginia  militia 

Massachusetts  troops  attacked  in  Baltimore 

Norfolk  Navy  Yard  abandoned 

Battle  at  Philippi,  Virginia 

Union  troops  repulsed  at  Big  Bethel,  Virginia 

Battle  of  Booneville,  Missouri 

Battle  of  Carthage,  Missouri 

Battle  of  Rich  Mountain,  Virginia 

Battle  at  Carricksford,  Virginia 

Confederate  capital  changed  to  Richmond 

First  battle  of  Bull  Run,  Virginia 

Battle  of  Wilson's  Creek,  Missouri 


Capture  of  the  forts  at  Hatteras  Inlet,  North  Carolina... 
Battle  at  Cai-nifex  Landing,  Gauley  River,  Virginia 


February  4. 
February  8. 

March  4. 
April  12-13. 
April  17. 
April  18. 
April  19. 
April  21. 
June  3. 
June  10. 
June  17. 
July  5. 
July  11. 
July  14 
July  20. 
I  July  21. 
August  10. 
August  29. 
Sept.  10. 


Capture  of  Lexington,  Missouri Sept.  20. 

Union  disaster  at  Ball's  Bluff,  Virginia October  21. 

Battle  at  Belmont,  Missouri j  November  7. 

Capture  of  Port  Royal,  South  Carolina j  November  7. 

Seizure  of  Mason  and  Slidell  on  board  the  Trent [November  8. 

Engagement  at  the  Big  Sandy  River,  Kentucky. 
Confederates  beaten  at  Mill  Spring,  Kentucky 


January  9. 

January  19. 

Capture  of  Fort  Henry,  Tennessee , (February  6. 

Capture  of  Roanoke  Island,  North  Carolina (February  8. 

February  16. 

February  28. 

March  7,  8. 

March  8. 

March  9. 

March  14. 

'March  23. 

April  6,  7. 

\pril  7. 

April  11. 

April  24. 


Fort  Donelson,  Tennessee,  captured, 

Union  expedition  against  Florida  and  Georgia  dispatched 

Battle  of  Pea  Ridge,  Arkansas 

The  Ram  Virginia  sinks  the  Cumberland  and  Congress . 

Engagement  between  the  Monitor  and  Virginia 

Capture  of  Newbern,  North  Carolina 

Battle  at  Winchester,  Virginia 

Battle  of  Shiloh  ,Pittsburg  Landing.  Tennessee 

Capture  of  Island  No.  10,  Mississippi  River .. 

Capture  of  Fort  Pulaski,  Georgia 

Farragut  passes  Forts  Jackson  and  St.  Philip,  Mississippi 
River...,  


CHRONOLOGICAL   TABLE. 


429 


1862.  Capture  of  New  Orleans April  25. 

Capture  of  Fort  Macon,  and  Beaufort,  South  Carolina...  April  25. 

Surrender  of  Forts  Jackson  and  St.  Philip April  28. 

Yorktown,  Virginia,  taken May  4. 

Battle  of  Williamsburg,  Virginia May  5. 

Battle  of  West  Point,  Virginia May  9. 

Norfolk,  Virginia,  occupied  by  Union  troops May  10. 

Banks's  retreat  down  the  Shenandoah  Valley May. 

Battle  at  Front  Royal,  Virginia May  23. 

Corinth,  Mississippi,  taken May  30. 

Battle  of  Fair  Oaks,  or  Seven  Pines . .  i  ^'  s* ' 

(  June  1. 

Lee  assumes  command  of  the  Confederates  in  Virginia.  June  3. 

Capture  of  Fort  Pillow,  Tennessee June  4. 

Naval  battle,  and  surrender  of  Memphis,  Tennessee June  6. 

Seven  days'  battles  from  the  Chickahominy  to  the  (  June  25  to 

James (  July  1. 

President  Lincoln  calls  for  300,000  troops July  1. 

Battle  of  Cedar  Mountain,  Virginia August  9. 

Pope's  battles  in  defense  of  Washington j  S«?f  86* 

Battle  of  Richmond,  Kentucky August  30. 

Invasion  of  Maryland  by  Lee Sept.  5. 

Battle  of  South  Mountain,  Maryland Sept.  14. 

Capture  of  Harper's  Ferry  by  Jackson Sept.  15. 

Battle  of  Antietam,  Maryland Sept.  17. 

Battle  of  Mumfordsville,  Kentucky Sept.  17. 

Battle  of  luka,  Mississippi Sept.  If). 

Battle  of  Corinth,  Mississippi October  4. 

Battle  of  Perryville,  Kentucky October  8. 

Battle  of  Fredericksburg,  Virginia Dec.  13. 

Battle  of  Holly  Springs,  Mississippi Dec.  29. 

Battle  of  Chickasaw  Bayou, Vicksburg,  Mississippi Dec.  29. 

Battle  of  Murfreesboro',  Tennessee — first  day Dec.  31. 

1863.  Emancipation  Proclamation  by  President  Lincoln January  1. 

Galveston  captured  by  the  Confederates January  1. 

Battle  of  Murfreesboro' — second  day January  2. 

Arkansas  Post  captured  by  Union  troops January  11. 

Attack  on  Fort  Sumter  repulsed April  7. 

Grierson's  Union  cavalry  raid April,  May. 

Union  repulse  at  Grand  Gulf,  Mississippi April  29. 

Battle  of  Port  Gibson,  Mississippi May  1. 

Battle  of  Chancellorsville,  Virginia May  2,  3. 

Confederates  defeated  at  Jackson,  Mississippi May  14. 

Battle  of  Champion  Hill,  Mississippi May  16. 

Battle  of  Big  Black  River May  17. 

General  Grant  assaults  Vicksburg,  Mississippi June. 

Lee's  second  invasion  of  Maryland June. 

West  Virginia  admitted  as  a  state June  20. 

The  Confederate  Morgan  starts  on  his  raid June  27. 

Battle  of  Gettysburg,  Pennsylvania July  1-3. 

Surrender  of  Vicksburg,  Mississippi July  4. 

Port  Hudson  surrendered July  8. 

Draft  riots  in  New  York  City July  13-1(5. 


430 


CHRONOLOGICAL   TABLE. 


1803.  Morgan  captured  near  New  Lisbon,  Ohio July  27. 

' '     Lawrence,  Kansas,  burned  by  Quantrell Aug.  21,  22. 

"     Fort  Wagner  evacuated  by  the  Confederates Sept.  6. 

"     Steele's  operations  in  Arkansas September. 

"     Battle  of  Chickamauga,  Georgia Sept.  19,  20. 

"     Battle  of  Lookout  Mountain,  Georgia Nov.  25. 

"     Battle  of  Missionary  Ridge,  Georgia Nov.  26. 

"     Longstreet  repulsed  at  Knoxville,  Kentucky Nov.  29. 

1864.  Battle  of  Olustee,  Florida Feb.  20. 

' '     Sherman's  expedition  to  Meridian,  Mississippi February. 

Grant  appointed  Lieutenant  General March  3. 

' '     Fort  De  Russy,  Louisiana,  captured March  1 4 . 

"     Forrest's  raid — captures  Union  City March  24. 

"     Battle  of  Mansfield,  or  Sabine  Cross  Roads,  Louisiana  .  April  8. 

"     Battle  of  Pleasant  Hill.  Louisiana April  9. 

"     Forrest's  raid,  Tennessee — Fort  Pillow  massacre April  12. 

"     Plymouth,  North  Carolina,  surrendered  to  the  Confed 
erates  April  20. 

"     Battle  at  Cane  River,  Louisiana April  23. 

"     The  Army  of  the  Potomac  crosses  the  Rapidan May  4. 

"     Battles  in  the  Wilderness,  Virginia May  5-7. 

"     Sherman  begins  his  march  toward  Atlanta,  Georgia May  7. 

'*     Butler  defeated  at  Bermuda  Hundred,  Virginia May  7. 

"     Battles  near  Spottsylvania  Court-house,  Virginia May  7-12 

"     Battle  of  Resaca,  Georgia May  14,  i5. 

"     Battle  of  Newmarket,  Virginia May  15. 

"     Battles  at  Dallas,  Georgia May  25,28. 

' '     Sheridan's  expedition  north  of  Richmond May,  J  une. 

"     Battle  of  Cold  Harbor,  Virginia June  i-3. 

u     Battle  of  Piedmont,  Virginia June  5. 

The  Potomac  Army  crosses  the  James  River June  15. 

Battle  of  Lost  Mountain,  Georgia... June  15-17. 

Petersburg  assaulted June  18-21. 

Destruction  of  the  Alabama  by  the  Kearsarge June  19. 

Early  invades  Maryland July  5. 

Battle  of  Monocacy,  Maryland ...  July  9. 

Battles  before  Atlanta ^<  July  20,  22, 

(       ^o. 

Chambersburg,  Pennsylvania,  burned , July  30. 

Union  repulse  at  Petersburg,  Virginia July  30. 

Farragut's  fleet  enters  Mobile  Bay Aug.  5. 

Fort  Gaines  and  Fort  Morgan  taken Aug.  8-,  23. 

Weldon  Railroad  seized  by  the  Unionists Aug.  18. 

Atlanta,  Georgia,  captured  by  Sherman Sept.  2. 

Battle  of  Winchester,  Virginia Sept.  1 9. 

Battle  of  Fisher's  Hill,  Virginia Sept.  22. 

Battle  of  Cedar  Creek,  Virginia October  19. 

The  Ram  Albemarle  destroyed October  27. 

Plymouth,  North  Carolina,  recaptured  by  Union  troops.  October  31. 

Nevada  admitted  into  the  Union October  31. 

Sherman's  march  from  Atlanta  to  the  oea  begun Nov.  14. 

Battle  of  Franklin,  Tennessee Nov.  30. 

Fort  M'Allister,  Georgia,  captured <Dec.  13. 

iBattle  of  Nashville,  Tennessee iDec.  15, 16. 


CHRONOLOGICAL   TABLE. 


431 


1864.! Savannah  captured  by  Sherman Dec.  21. 

"     First  bombardment  of  Fort  Fisher,  North  Carolina Dec.  24. 

1865.  Capture  of  Fort  Fisher January  15. 

Capture  of  Columbia,  South  Carolina February  1 7. 

Charleston,  South  Carolina,  evacuated  by  the  Confederates  February  1 7. 

Wilmington,  North  Carolina,  captured February  22. 

Sheridan's  expedition  up  the  Shenandoah  Valley,  Virginia  February  27. 

Early  defeated  at  Waynesborough,Va.,by  Sheridan March  2. 

Fayetteviile,  North  Carolina,  occupied March  12. 

'       Battle  of  Goldsborough,  North  Carolina March  21. 

Confederate  repulse  at  Fort  Steadman,  Virginia March  25. 

Battle  of  Five  Forks,  Virginia April  1. 

Capture  of  Petersburg  and  Richmond April  3. 

Lee's  surrender April  9. 

'      Raleigh,  North  Carolina,  entered  by  Sherman April  13. 

Assassination  of  President  Lincoln. April  14. 

Andrew  Johnson  inaugurated April  15. 

Johnston's  surrender April  26. 

Jefferson  Davis  captured May  10. 

Surrender  of  the  last  Confederate  force  in  the  Southwest  May  26. 

1866.  Atlantic  Telegraph  cable  laid July. 

1867.  Amnesty  declared Septembers. 

"     Treaty  for  the  purchase  of  Alaska  ratified ; April  9. 

1 868.  Impeachment  of  President  Johnson January  24. 

1 869.  General  Grant  inaugurated • March  4. 

"     Pacific  Railroad  completed May  10. 

1870.  Fifteenth  Amendment  declared  adopted March. 

1871.  Treaty  of  Washington  concluded May  8. 

1872.  | Tribunal  of  Arbitration  announces  its  decision Sept.  14. 

"    [Northwestern  boundary  settled October. 

Chicago  fire 'October  4. 

Grant  re-elected  President November. 

1873.  Financial  panic 'September. 

Boston  fire < JNovember  9C 

"     Modoc  War  ended !  October. 

1876.  Sioux  War — Caster's  defeat ijune  25. 

;     Centennial  Exhibition  opened jMay  10. 

"     Colorado  admitted jAugust  1. 

1877.  Rutherford  B.  Hayes  declared  President [March  3. 


THE    END. 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 

EDUCATION-PSYCHOLOGY 
LIBRARY 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or 

on  the  date  to  which  renewed. 
Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


AUG  9    1968 

Ml  31REC'D-4PM 

JLL'L  1  7  jogg 

JUL  i/  REtrD  -11  A! 

\ 

APR  1       '•-  •* 

4 

LD  21A-30m-6,'67 
(H2472slO)476 


General  Library 

University  of  California 

Berkeley 


re 


OUOH7 


L 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


